Full text of "Combined catalog. Vol. 1, College Park, University of Maryland"

See other formats

COJVtBIISrEO

1900-1901

Digitized by the Internet Arciiive

in 2010 with funding from

Lyrasis IVIembers and Sloan Foundation

http://www.archive.org/details/combinedcatalog1960univ

COMBINED CATALOG

Series 1960-1961

Volume One

COLLEGE PARK
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

The 1960-1961 Series of University of Maryland Catahos is vuhlished in
l^^o-volurne set of combined catalogs. Volume- One contains cataios pertan-
2 o c^cadenuc unUs located on the Colleoe Park Campus. Volume tL con-

I nis IS \ ol-nnie One. '

Catalogs in this volume are located
in this order:

Adventure in Learniug
(^General Information^

College of Agriculture

College of Arts and Sciences

College of Business
and Pzihlic Administration

College of Education

College of Engineering

College of Home Economics

College of Physical Education,
Recreation and Health

Department of Air Science

Graduate School Announcements

Summer School

University College

.sfe*^ ^:v

^'^-.3*

IMPORTANT NOTICE

The statements in this booklet are for information only.
The provisions of this pubUcation do not form a contract be-
tween the student and the University of Maryland.

Official notice concerning student life, grading systems and
other regulations are to be found in the publication General
and Academic Regulations, made available to all incoming
students.

The University reserves the right to change any provision or
requirement at any time within the student's term of residence.
The University further reserves the right at any time, to ask a
student to withdraw when it considers such action to be in the
best interests of the University.

O N T E N

iii Board of Regents

iv A Message from the President

1 To the Applicant for Admission

2 The University Heritage

3 You are the Vital Factor

5 Admission to the University

8 Physical Education and Military Instruction

9 Where Will I Live?

10 How Much Will It Cost?

12 Extracurricular, Social and Religious Life

14 Academic Standards

14 Special Services

1 5 Program in American Civilization

THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

16 College of Agriculture

1 8 College of Arts and Sciences

22 College of Business and Public Administration

24 College of Education

26 College of Engineering

28 College of Home Economics

31 College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health

33 School of Nursing

34 University College

APPENDICES

36 Appendix A. Fees and Expenses

40 Appendix B. Honors, Awards, Scholarships, Grants-in-Aid
and Loans

BOARD OF REGENTS

and

MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE

CHA IRMA N Charles P. McCormick

McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2

VICE-CHAIRMAN Edward F. Holter

The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, N.W., Washington 6

SECRETARY
TREASURER

ASSISTANT
SECRETARY

ASSISTANT
TREASURER

B. Herbert Brown

The Baltimore Institute, JO West Chase Street, Baltimore I

Harry H. Nuttle
Denton

Louis L. Kaplan

5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15

Enos S. Stockbridge
10 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Thomas W. Pangborn

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown

Thomas B. Symons

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park

C. Ewing Tuttle

907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2

William C. Walsh

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst
4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18

< JA

THIS PUBLICATION EXPLAINS HOW YOU MAY TAKE ADVANTAGE OF

the opportunity for a quality education at moderate cost through
the programs and facihties of your State University.

The key to your future Hes in your own hands. The University
of Maryland exists to help you to develop your particular talents
and capabiUties to the maximum degree.

At College Park and at Baltimore, the faculties and staff serve
the citizens of the State through eight undergraduate colleges, a
graduate school, and five professional schools.

We welcome your inspection of our program and urge you to
visit the campus when you have an opportunity.

DR. WILSON H. ELKINS

President of the University

To the Applicant for Admission

This booklet is the all-purpose, general information booklet of the
University.

It contains the information you need

► to arrange your high school curriculum for acceptance by the various
colleges of the University

► to select a course of study at the University

► to apply for admission

► to matriculate

Adventure in Learning also covers fees and expenses, housing, scholarships
and loans.

The course catalog of the College of your choice will be made available to
you after you enter the University.

You may consult reference copies in your high school library, principal's
office or office of the guidance counselor. Course catalogs usually require
interpretation for new freshman students and should, therefore, be used in
consultation with the high school guidance counselor or principal.

Professional school catalogs are available by writing to the office of the
appropriate dean on the Baltimore campus.

Prospective part-time and evening adult education students may obtain the
appropriate course catalog or brochure by writing to the Director, University
College (formerly College of Special and Continuation Studies), Skinner Build-
ing, University of Maryland at College Park.

Prospective graduate students may obtain the Graduate Catalog by writing
directly to the Dean of the Graduate School, Skinner Building.

Prospective summer students may write to the Director of the Summer
Session for copies of the Summer Session bulletin — usually available after
April 15.

The University Heritage

Few institutions of higher learning in the united states have had
as rich and proud a history as the University of Maryland. Students admitted
will find the institution stressing programs of educational excellence, vital
research, and important service to the community.

Just 3 1 years after the signing of the Declaration of Independence, there was
established in Baltimore a College of Medicine, the fifth such medical school in
the United States. The College began with no visible assets save determination,
enthusiasm and skill, and the first seven students enrolled received their lectures
in the homes of their professors. One member of the faculty. Dr. John Shaw,
died as a result of exposure suffered while working winter nights in a delapidated
structure that was the college's home in 1808. The other two members of the
faculty. Dr. John Beal Davidge and Dr. James Cocke, were extremely skillful
researchers — professionally outstanding in that day and even more so from the
perspective of today.

Under an 1812 act of the State Legislature, the College of Medicine of
Maryland was authorized to appoint and annex to itself three other colleges
and faculties: the Faculty of Divinity, the Faculty of Law, and the Faculty of
Arts and Sciences. These four colleges became known as the University of
Maryland. In the ensuing years, the departments of Dentistry and Pharmacy
as well as the Training School for Nurses were created under the College of
Medicine. Still, in 1907, on the University's one hundredth birthday, no
affiliated College of Arts and Sciences had been established.

Meanwhile, on the old Ross Borough Estate, south of Baltimore near
Washington, D. C, another institution, the Maryland Agricultural College, was
developing.

As THE result of INTEREST GENERATED BY A GROUP OF FAR-SIGHTED

Maryland farmers, "an act to establish and endow an agricultural college" had
been passed by the State Legislature in 1856, creating the second such institu-
tion established in the Western Hemisphere. In 1862 the College became a
land-grant institution under an act of the United States Congress. In 1920, by
an act of the State Legislature, the University of Maryland (Baltimore) was
merged with the Maryland State College of Agriculture (College Park) and
the combined institutions were given the name University of Maryland.

This, of course, forms only the briefest outline of the 150-year history of
the University.

Although the University is a State institution quite large in physical plant,
student enrollment, the number of courses and degrees offered, and services
performed, its objectives remain constant and form a base for all educational
activity. Simply stated they are: (1) to prepare students in the arts, the human-
ities, the pure and applied sciences, agriculture, business and public administra-
tion, home economics, industry, and for the professions; (2) to contribute to
the civic, ethical, moral, cultural, spiritual, and general welfare; (3) to provide
general education in its broadest sense, both formal and informal, for all
students who enroll; (4) to develop those ideals and finer relationships among
students which characterize cultured individuals; (5) to conduct systematic
research and to promote creative scholarship; and (6) to offer special, continu-
ation, and extension education in communities where it is feasible.

The goverament of the University is vested in a Board of Regents, each
member of which is appointed by the Governor of the State to serve a term of
nine years. The administration of the University is vested in the President.
The following is a listing of the major administrative divisions on both
campuses:

AT COLLEGE PARK

College of Agriculture

College of Arts and Sciences

College of Business and Public Ad-
ministration

College of Education

College of Engineering, the Glenn
L. Martin Institute of Technology

College of Home Economics

Department of Air Science

College of Physical Education, Rec-
reation and Health

University College (formerly College
of Special and Continuation
Studies)

Graduate School

Summer School

Agricultural Experiment Station
Agricultural and Home Economics
Extension Service

Agricultural Services and Controls

AT BALTIMORE

School of Dentistry
School of Law
School of Medicine

School of Nursing
School of Pharmacy
University Hospital

You are the Vital Factor

Where do you fit in? you are the basic, vital factor in the univer-
sity's educational program. It is with you in mind that the citizens of this
State (your parents) contribute toward the establishment of a well-equipped
University. Much has been done to provide the means for you to acquire an
excellent education. You will have an opportunity to fulfill this obligation by
diligent application in your studies.

If you are a high school student, or graduate, you are trying, certainly, to
decide ( 1 ) whether or not to spend the next four years of your life at a college
or university and (2) which institution and which course of study is the right
one for you.

First you should know that the administration and faculty of the University
of Maryland will make every attempt to help you find the answers to these
questions. Through personal counseling, letters, and transmittal of information
dealing with the academic program, the University attempts to present to the
prospective student as complete a picture of its activities as possible. The
University is willing to go all the way for you, both during your period of
decision and (if accepted for admission) during your academic tenure. Now,
here is what the University expects of you.

The University expects you to be a good student; it expects you to be a
conscientious student. Even though the University is concerned with a large
number of students, emphasis remains on the individual. An estimate of the

value of the individual at the University was given recently by the President
of the University, Dr. Wilson H. Elkins, in an address entitled "A Quantity
of Quality."

During the last few decades we have been witnessing a social
revolution with the individual as the center, and it is extremely
important that this revolution have a clear objective. Otherwise,
it could very easily result in a widespread conviction that every
one should share and share alike, the benefits of a free society
regardless of the capacity, effort, initiative, and ambition. Among
other things this would lead to the weakening of higher education
by the admission and retention of all comers to the campuses of
the colleges and universities, and the reduction of our program
to a low common denominator. This would be a disservice to
society. We must therefore strive to direct the revolution toward
the recognition of individual differences while assuring each
individual of the opportunity to go as far along various courses
as his talents and energies will permit.

What Dr. Elkins has said is that there are wide and impressively deep educa-
tional opportunities offered to each individual at the University of Maryland,
but it is up to each individual to prove his own worth and to develop his talents
according to his own special capabilities. The University makes every attempt
to maintain small, intimate classes and the teaching staff makes every attempt to
provide individual guidance and instruction for each student.

When you visit the campus at college park or in Baltimore, you will
see a number of newly-completed buildings and several under construction.
Among the major buildings planned or under construction at College Park are
a new building for the College of Business and Public Administration and
a Physical Sciences Lecture Hall. Among the major buildings completed in
the last several years are the new Journalism Building and the new Main Library.
The latter building provides one of the finest library facilities of its kind on any
state university campus in the nation. It is located in the geographical center of
the University, on the Mall, and has become the center of campus intellectual
activity. Its four floors and seven levels contain these main study centers:
Fine Arts, Maryland Room and Rare Books, Special Collections, Technology
and Science, Social Science, Humanities, Browsing Room, General Reference,
Study Room and Reserve Book Room. Ultimately, the Library will house
some 1,000,000 volume^. It accommodates 2,000 readers. Other libraries are
located in the various educational branches. Notable among these are the
modern libraries located in the College of Engineering and the Department
of Chemistry at College Park, and in the Psychiatric Institute in Baltimore.
Professional students will have the advantage of a new modern Medical Sciences
Library, to be completed in 1959 on the Baltimore campus.

The University has at its disposal some 2,500 acres of land. The main campus
at College Park encompasses about 300 acres with 800 additional acres adjacent
to it available for agricultural research and teaching. At College Park there are
seventy-five principal buildings all designed in a Georgian colonial style. On
the Baltimore campus, located in the vicinity of Lombard and Greene Streets,
are situated a number of buildings including the original School of Medicine
building constructed in 1812, the Out-Patient Department, the University

Hospital, the Psychiatric Institute, the Frank C. Bressler Building, the Dental
School Building, Pharmacy School and Nursing School, the School of Law
Building, the Gray Laboratory and others.

New and recent construction in Baltimore includes a building for the School
of Pharmacy, the School of Nursing, a Union-Dormitory Building, and the
modernization of existing facilities in the Schools of Dentistry and Medicine.

In summary, the University offers:

► a large, modern physical plant;

► extensive educational and research facilities;

► accommodations for a large student body;

► a spirit of inquiry and helpfulness which aims
at the individual rather than at the class;

► and a rich, colorful, and proud heritage.

Admission to the University

Now YOU WILL WANT TO ASK THIS QUESTION: WHO MAY BE ADMITTED TO

the University?

The University says officially: "Admission from secondary school is based
upon evidence indicating the applicant's probable success in the program of
his choice."

By the word "evidence" the University means that:

1) You must be a graduate of an accredited secondary school;

2) Your principal or headmaster should recommend you for entrance to
the University;

3) Your high school program should have provided you with the subjects
required for the college and curriculum which you wish to enter.

Actually, during your high school years, you have been preparing for the
University. You should have maintained a good scholastic record and planned
your curriculum so that you will have at graduation the required number of
units to begin your university program.

A graduate of an accredited secondary school in Maryland whose secondary
record indicates probable success in the University will be admitted without
examination, provided that his program has included the subjects required
for the college and curriculum which he wishes to enter, and provided that
he has a satisfactory general recommendation from his secondary school as
to his character and ability.

A graduate of an accredited secondary school of Maryland whose secondary
school preparation has not included the subjects necessary for the college and
curriculum which he wishes to enter or whose academic performance has not
been consistently satisfactory may be asked to take examinations to supplement
his secondary school record.

Examinations are given at College Park at stated intervals during the year.
On the basis of the applicant's secondary school record and his performance

on the examination, he may be given a regular admission or he may be
admitted on a trial status.

The student who is admitted on a trial status receives special counseling
and guidance for which a special fee is charged. He is required to take a
limited program until he has demonstrated that he can do satisfactory work
at the college level. He is not eligible for re-instatement if his college perform-
ance during his first semester is unsatisfactory.

General Requirements

In general, your subject requirements for entrance total 16 high school units.
The University requires that 7 of these 16 units be in college preparatory sub-
jects as follows: English, 4 units; Mathematics (preferably algebra), one unit;
history or social sciences, one unit; biological or physical sciences, one unit. Of
course, your remaining nine units should be selected to give you as strong
preparation as possible for work at the University. You should most certainly
consult the sections titled, "Recommended Preparation in High School," found
under each College heading beginning on page 16.

How about Mathematics ?

Most programs in the University require some college work in mathematics.
The student who plans to go to college should be sure to take College Prepara-
tory Mathematics for two, three or four years. Some programs in the Univer-
sity, for example Engineering, require from three and one-half to four years
of College Preparatory Mathematics.

Courses in General Mathematics, Commercial Mathematics, and Shop
Mathematics are not considered as College Preparatory Mathematics.

A four-year program in College Preparatory Mathematics will include
Algebra (usually two years). Plane Geometry (usually one year), and Trigo-
nometry. Analytical Geometry, Solid Geometry, and introduction to the
Calculus are desirable if available.

How about English ?

A considerable portion of the work in English during the freshman year at
the University is devoted to expository writing. The high school student should
therefore get as much preparation as possible in composition. The student who
passes the English Classification test in the top fifteen percent of his entering
class will be placed in an advanced English grouping.

Where do you apply ?

The Office of Admissions is chiefly responsible for advising prospective
students prior to application for admission and for processing applications when
submitted. All inquiries concerning undergraduate work, therefore, should be
submitted to:

DIRECTOR, OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS
NORTH ADMINISTRATION BUILDING
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE PARK, MARYI AND

In your first letter of inquiry you should state your educational background
and your expected date of graduation from secondary school, your educational
objectives, and the date of your expected entrance to the University. You
should request application forms for admission and housing. It is not essential
that you receive a course catalog for the College in which you are interested
prior to your registration.

Your completed forms, accompanied by a $10 application fee, should be
returned to the Office of Admissions as soon as possible after your mid-year
grades are available, assuming you are making application while a high school
senior. The fee should be in the form of a check made payable to the University
of Maryland and is non-refundable under any circumstance. The fee will be
applied in lieu of the matriculation fee provided the applicant enrolls for the
term applied for on his application. Applicants who have been enrolled with
the University of Maryland in its Evening Division at College Park or Balti-
more, or at one of its off"-campus centers are not required to pay the fee
since they have already paid a matriculation fee.

The Transfer Student

A student must be in good standing as to scholarship and character to be
eligible for transfer to the University. Advanced standing is assigned to a
transfer student from an accredited institution under the following conditions:
( I) A minimum of one year of resident work or not less than 30 semester
hours (including the meeting of all University and curricular requirements) is
necessary for a degree; (2) The University reserves the right to make the
assignment of transfer credit conditional upon the student's making a satis-
factory record during his first semester at the University; (3) The University
reserves the right to revoke advanced standing if the transfer student's progress
is at any time unsatisfactory.

The Special Student

An applicant who is at least twenty-one years of age, and who has not
completed the usual preparatory course, may be admitted to such courses as
he seems qualified to take. A special student is ineligible to matriculate for a
degree until he has satisfied the entrance requirements.

The Unclassified Student

An applicant who meets entrance requirements but who does not wish to
pursue a program of study leading to a degree is eligible for admission to
enroll in courses for which he has the prerequisites.

The Foreign Student

The foreign student applying for admission to the undergraduate schools
of the University of Maryland should make application at least three months
in advance of the term for which he is applying. He will be required to submit
an application for admission on a form furnished upon request by the Admis-

sions Office of the University and official copies of his secondary school prepa-
ration, certificates of completion of state secondary school examinations, and
records of college or university studies completed in schools in the United
States or elsewhere. He will also be required to furnish proof of his ability to
read, write, speak, and understand English sufficiently well to pursue satisfac-
torily an approved course of study m one of the Colleges of the University.
Arrangements can be made for administering an English test to prospective
students both in the United States and in countries abroad.

The foreign student accepted for admission to the University will receive
from the Director of Admissions the Immigration 1-20 form needed to secure
a student visa from the American consul.

Every foreign student is expected to see the Foreign Student Adviser as
soon as possible after arrival at the University. The office of the Adviser is
located in the North Administration Building, Room 223.

When do you enter ?

New students should plan, if possible, to enter the University at the beginning
of the fall semester. Application should be filed not later than August 15 for
the fall semester and January 1 for the spring semester. If a student does not
apply by these. dates it may not be possible to process his application even if
his records and recommendations are acceptable.

Musts— Physical Education Training
and Military Instruction

The university is concerned with the physical fitness of each
student. Therefore, all undergraduate men and women students, classified
academically as freshmen or sophomores registered for more than six semester
hours of credit, are required to enroll in and successfully complete four pre-
scribed courses in Physical Education for a total of four semester hours of
credit. These courses must be taken by all eligible students during their first
two years of attendance at the University whether they intend to graduate or
not.

The University operates one of the largest Air Force Reserve Officer Training
Corps units in the United States. Successful completion of the required two-
year course is prerequisite for graduation. The course must be taken during
the first two years of attendance. Those students interested in a career in the
Air Force, and who have not yet reached their 25th birthday at the time of
initial enrollment in any undergraduate or graduate curriculum, may apply for
advanced training in the Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps upon satis-
factory completion of the basic requirements. Successful completion of this
advanced training course, and attainment of a baccalaureate degree leads to a
commission in the United States Air Force Reserve or a Certificate of Com-
pletion.

Bases for Exemption From Military Instruction

1. Students who have completed the basic program in other approved units
of the United States Air Force, Army, or Naval R. O. T. C. will receive credit.

2. Students holding commissions in the Reserve Corps of the Army, Navy,
Marine Corps, Coast Guard, or Air Force will receive credit.

3. Students who have served in the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Coast
Guard, or Air Force for a period of time long enough to be considered equiva-
lent to the training received in the basic A. F. R. O. T. C. program will receive
credit. Short periods of service in any of the branches named above will be
evaluated and allowed as credit toward completion of the course.

4. Graduate students will be exempt.

5. Students classified as "special students" who are registered for less than
seven semester hours will be exempt.

6. Students who have passed their thirtieth birthday before starting the
course will be exempt from any part of the course not already completed.

7. Students who are not citizens of the United States or one of its territorial
possessions will be exempt. Students having applied for United States citizenship
will not be exempt.

Where Will I Live?

Dormitories

Room reservations. If you desire to room in a dormitory, you should
request room application cards by so indicating on your application for
admission. The Director of Admissions will refer these applications to the
offices of the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. Application cards or
blanks will be sent to you and should be promptly returned to the proper
office. A fee of $25.00 will be required, which will be deducted from the
first semester room charges when the student registers. A room is not assured
until you receive acknowledgment from the Dean concerned. If you do not
claim your room on your proper registration day, the reservation will be
cancelled. You may hold a room by special request until after classes begin
providing you notify the dormitory offices by the first day of registration.
If you desire to cancel your room reservation, fees will not be refunded if
your cancellation notice is received later than July 15 for the first semester.

Applications for rooms are acted upon only when you have been fully
admitted academically to the University.

All undergraduate women except those who live at home or with close
relatives are required to room in the University dormitories. (If an under-
graduate woman is 21 years of age or over at the time she applies for
admission she may be referred to off-campus housing.) All male freshmen
except those who live at home or with close relatives are required to room
in the University dormitories when accommodations are available.

New students are urged to attend to their housing arrangements at least
three months in advance of registration. It is understood that all housing and
board arrangements which are made for the fall semester are binding for the
spring semester.

Room and board charges begin with the evening meal prior to the first day
of the registration period and include the last day of classes for each semester,
with the exception of the Christmas recess and the Easter recess. If you are
unable to make other arrangements for the holidays you may consult the
Dean of Men or the Dean of Women for assistance.

Equipment. You should bring with you sufficient single blankets, sheets,
pillow cases, towels, a pillow, a laundry bag, a waste paper basket and a study
lamp. Each student assumes responsibility for all dormitory property assigned
to him. Any damage done to the property, other than that which results from
ordinary usage, will be charged to the student concerned. Where individual
responsibility for damage cannot be ascertained, the amount of the damage
will be prorated among the occupants of the room or dormitory in which the
damage occurred.

You will be furnished with a key for your room, for which a deposit of
$1.00 will be made. The deposit will be returned in exchange for the key at
the end of your stay at the University dormitory.

Laundry. The University does not provide laundry service. You are
responsible for your own laundry. There are several reliable laundry concerns
in College Park, or if you prefer, you may send your laundry home. It is
also possible to make arrangements to rent towels and bed linens. You may
do laundry (not including bed linens) in the laundry rooms which are located
in each dormitory.

Personal Baggage. Baggage sent via the American Express and marked
with the college housing address will be delivered when you notify the
College Park Express Office of your arrival.

Off-Campus Housing

Only upperclass and veteran male students are allowed to live in houses off
the campus. A list of "off campus" rooms is available in the Office of the
Dean of Men. All housing arrangements for undergraduate women students
must be approved by the Office of the Dean of Women. Most of the "off-
campus" houses have double rooms with twin beds and provide linens and
towels. Some require that you furnish your own bed linens. The price for a
person in a double room is about $25.00 a month.

Meals

Those of you who live in University dormitories must have your meals at
the University Dining Hall, where three meals are served daily and two on
Sunday. (No special diets will be furnished.)

Others may make arrangements to board by the semester at the Dining
Hall. If you live off campus, lunches on school days may be obtained at the
University cafeteria; lunches, breakfast and Sunday suppers may be obtained
at the Student Union. There are also eating establishments available in College
Park.

No rebate is made for meals not eaten at the University Dining Hall or in
other places where board is paid for in advance.

How Much Will It Cost?

Student tuition and fees and expenses for dormitory board and
lodging contribute less than half of the actual expense of educating a student
at the University of Maryland. The deficit is made up from monies appropriated
by the State Legislature. The fees listed on the following page are effective
July 1, 1960.

Fees Elective July 1, 1960

Fees for Undergraduate Students, First Second
Maryland Residents Semester Semester Total

FIXED CHARGES

$ 92.00

$ 93.00

$185.00

INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS

12.00

24.00

ATHLETIC FEE

15.00

STUDENT ACTIVITIES FEE

12.00

SPECL\L FEE

20.00

RECREATIONAL FACILITIES FEE ....

20.00

INFIRMARY FEE

5.00

ADVISORY AND TESTING FEE

5.00

Total for Residents

$181.00 $105.00 $286.00

Residents of the District of
Columbia, Other States and
Countries

TUITION FEE FOR NON-RESIDENT

STUDENTS

$150.00

$300.00

Total for Non-Residents

$331.00

$255.00

$586.00

Board and Lodging

BO\RD

$200.00

85-100
110-125

$200.00

85-100
110-125

$400.00

DORMITORY ROOM

MARYLAND RESIDENTS

OTHER STATES AND COUNTRIES

170-200
220-250

For complete information concerning fees see Appendix A.

Can You Work Your Way Through College ?

A number of students are employed on a part-time basis by the University,
others work in various capacities in shops and stores located in the College
Park area. If you seek employment while pursuing a regular program of
instruction, you should consult the Office of the Dean of Men who maintains
a listing of available jobs within the University and in nearby commercial
areas. Holiday and summer employment for undergraduates as well as full-time
career employment for graduating seniors and alumni are available through
the University Placement Service. The Placement Service also maintains a
guidance and information service relative to full-time career employment. This
assistance is on a non-fee basis.

How About Grants and Scholarships ?

For promising young men and women who might not otherwise be able to
provide themselves an opportunity for higher education, a number of grants
and scholarships are available. All requests for information concerning these
awards should be directed to:

DIRECTOR

OFFICE OF SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND

In deciding whether you are eligible to receive a grant or a scholarship, the
Committee considers such qualifications as leadership, character, achievement,
and participation in student activities, as well as academic ability and financial
need.

You should know of the five major groupings of grants and scholarships.
These are:

FULL UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS — Covering board, lodging, fixed charges, fees
and books;

UNIVERSITY GRANTS — awarded to deserving and qualified secondary school
graduates covering fixed charges only;

GENERAL ASSEMBLY GRANTS — for fixed charges only, awarded by members
of the State Legislature, three for each Senator and one for each member of
the House of Delegates, only to persons in the county or in the legislative
district of Baltimore City which the Delegate or Senator represents;

SPECIAL ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS — awarded to students of exceptional aca-
demic ability by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid;

ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS — supported by income from funds
especially established for this purpose.

Are Loans Possible ?

Several loans are made available by private organizations to worthy students
in financial need.

The American Bankers' Association Loan Fund provides loans of $250 for
one year only to senior or graduate students who are emphasizing Banking,
Economics, or related subjects.

Under the will of Catherine Moore Brinkley, a loan fund is available for
worthy students who are natives and residents of Maryland.

Under provisions of the National Defense Education Act, loans are available
to qualified students in amounts not to exceed $1000 per year.

Extracurricular, Social and Religious Life

Organized student activities are recognized and encouraged
Opportunities are open in student government, fraternities, sororities, clubs,
civic and service organizations, subject matter organizations, and recreational
organizations. You may be interested in joining the band or the staff of one of
the student publications. You may be interested in athletics or perhaps you will
want to become a member of a club or society which has a primary interest in
the informal investigation of an academic specialty.

The Student Government Association represents all students and operates
under an approved constitution and by-laws. The Associated Women Students,
in cooperation with the Dean of Women, is concerned with matters pertaining
to women students. The Men's League, in cooperation with the Dean of Men,
is concerned with matters pertaining to men students.

The University Band is under the supervision of the Department of Music
and is composed of four groups: the Marching Band, the Symphonic Band, the
Air Force R.O.T.C. Band, and the Pep Band. Membership is open to all
registered students who meet the requirement of audition.

Five student publications are published with faculty guidance and the general
supervision of the Committee on Student Publications and Communications.

They are: The Diamondback, the campus newspaper; The Terrapin, the student
yearbook; The Old Line, a magazine of humor, hterature and art; The M Book,
the student handbook; and Expression, campus literary magazine.

Athletics and Recreation

The University recognizes the importance of the physical development of
all students and, in addition to the required physical education for freshmen
and sophomores, sponsors a comprehensive intercollegiate and intramural
program. Students are encouraged to participate in competitive athletics and
to learn the skill of games that may be carried on after leaving college. The
intramural program, which covers a large variety of sports, is conducted by
the Physical Education Department for both men and women.

The Council on Intercollegiate Athletics sponsors and supervises a full
program of intercollegiate athletics in every form necessary to meet the needs
of the student body. By keeping this program in proper bounds, it becomes an
incidental feature of University life. Each student is encouraged to participate
in the program, either as an athlete or as a spectator. A strong intercollegiate
program creates the incentives for extensive participation in the intramural
program and, further, the program furnishes a rallying point of common
interest for students, alumni, and faculty.

The University is a member of the Atlantic Coast Conference, the National
Collegiate Athletic Association, the United States Intercollegiate Lacrosse
Association, the Intercollegiate Amateur Athletic Association of America, and
cooperates with other national organizations in the promotion of amateur
athletics.

The University has an activities building which contains a modern gymnasium,
a swimming pool, training facilities for indoor sports, physical education
laboratories, and an arena; also a large armory; a modern stadium with a
running track; a number of athletic fields; tennis courts; golf course; baseball
diamonds; and a gymnasium and swimming pool for women.

To Round Out Your Experience

Many clubs and societies, with literary, art, cultural, scientific, social, and
other special objectives function at the University. Some of these are strictly
student organizations; others are conducted jointly by students and members of
the faculty.

To round out your college experience there are many social functions occur-
ring throughout the year. Formal dances are presented by each of the classes
and there is the Homecoming Dance each November. In addition, various
clubs, sororities, and fraternities have smaller parties taking place throughout
the year. Dormitories sponsor exchange desserts and open houses from time
to time. For freshmen there is an extensive Orientation Week program which
includes a number of social events, designed to acquaint new students with
each other and with the University.

The All-Faith Memorial Chapel is one of the most beautiful structures of
its kind in the nation. Within its shelter are housed the offices of chaplains,
representing the major denominational bodies, and there are many opportunities
for you to consult with th' minister of your faith. Chances are that you will
want to join a religious club such as the Canterbury Association (Episcopal),
Channing Fellowship (Unitarian), Christian Fellowship (non-denominational),

Christian Science Club, Hillel Foundation (Jewish), Lutheran Students Asso-
ciation, Newman Club (Roman Catholic), Westminster Foundation (Presby-
terian), and the Wesley Foundation (Methodist).

Academic Standards

The student who maintains at least a "c" average in academic sub-
jects is proceeding satisfactorily toward graduation. The student who does not
maintain this average is falling behind.

The student who fails fifty percent or more of his academic work will
normally not be permitted to continue. Special provisions, however, are made
for the student who has difficulty in the first semester of his freshman year.
The student who fails more than 35% of his academic work in any semester
or who fails to make a minimum 1.5 average for the academic year will be
placed on academic probation. Each student must earn junior standing within
a specified time in order to be eligible to continue in the University.

The regulations governing junior standing, academic probation, and academic
dismissal are printed in a separate publication, University General and
Academic Regulations. Every student should familiarize himself with these
regulations. The student who is granted a trial admission will find in this
publication a statement of the special rules applicable to students who have
been granted this conditional admission.

Special Services

Student Health

The University recognizes its responsibility for safeguarding the health of its
students. All new undergraduate students are required to undergo a thorough
physical examination prior to their registration. A well-equipped infirmary is
available for the treatment of sick or injured students, and a nurse is on duty
at all hours.

All dormitories, oflf-campus houses, sorority and fraternity houses are
inspected periodically by the Student Health Service to make certain that
proper sanitary conditions are maintained.

Group Accident Insurance, issued by a national company, is available to
students on a voluntary basis.

Counseling Services

The services of three offices are available for counseling and guidance: the
Office of the Dean of Men, the Office of the Dean of Women, and the Uni-
versity Counseling Center which provides individual assistance concerning
vocational choice, personal problems and personal educational progress.

The Counseling Center is staffed by a well trained group of counseling
psychologists. Psychiatric and other medical consultation is available if needed.
As part of its program, the Counseling Center operates a Reading and Study
Skills Laboratory for students having difficulties in reading or studying efl'ec-
tively. In the laboratory, students typically meet in small groups set up to deal
with common problems. Individual work is also provided so that individual
problems may be dealt with.

University Post Office

The University operates an office for the reception, dispatch and delivery of
the United States Mail, including parcel post items, and for inter-oflfice com-
munication. The office is not part of the United States Postal System and no
facilities are available for the receipt or transmission of postal money orders;
all registered and insured mail must be picked up at the regular United States
Post Office in the town of College Park.

At the time of registration, each student is assigned a postal box for which
a small fee is charged.

The Student Union

It is the University policy to assign meeting space in the Student Union
Building, as far as it is practical to do so, for all student and faculty organiza-
tions. This building has available a total of 9 meeting rooms varying in capacity
from 25 to 300. No charge will be made for any student or faculty organiza-
tion on the College Park campus that wishes to meet in the Student Union.

Special charges for dances and other extra services may be necessary. Located
in the building are lounges for relaxation or study, television rooms, music
lounge with a record library, billiard room, coflfee shop, tobacco shop, student
supply store and campus post office.

The Program in American Civilization

In this modern era of ideological conflict, with the presence of
totalitarian systems and their cynical philosophies, the University considers it
important for every student to achieve an appreciative understanding of his
country, its history and its culture. It has therefore established a compre-
hensive program in American Civilization to provide the student with a general
educational background which is the rightful heritage of every American citizen.

Work in American Civilization is offered at three distinct academic levels.
The first level is required of all freshmen and sophomores at the University.
The second level is for undergraduate students wishing to carry a major in
this area. The third level is for students desiring to do graduate work in this
area. Majors in American Civilization should obtain a catalog for the College
of Arts and Sciences, and graduate students should obtain a catalog for the
Graduate School from offices of the respective deans upon the student'^ arrival
on campus.

The University of Maryland takes pride in its rich and colorful past, its
tradition of tolerance, and its constant dedication to the ideals on which the
American Republic was founded. It attempts, through the American Civiliza-
tion Program, to pass on this common heritage to each of its students.

The succeeding pages describe briefly the undergraduate programs offered
by each of the colleges. Sufficient information is provided herein to enable
the applicant to select a major area of specialization and to matriculate at the
University. Course catalogs of the various colleges may be obtained at the
appropriate dean's office and should be used by the new student in consultation
with his major field adviser.

>%&;

rrr' -

^iiMs

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

Four-year programs leading to the bachelor of science degree
include courses in the American Civilization Program, in basic biological and
physical sciences, along with courses in the various phases of agriculture.

agriculture-general. For students preparing to return to the farm and for
those preparing to work in any general field of agriculture.

agricultural chemistry. Prepares students for work in food laboratories and
fertilizer industries and for research in industries related to agriculture.

agricultural economics. Prepares students for employment in agri-business,
production and marketing of agricultural products.

agricultural and extension education. For students preparing to teach
vocational agriculture to pursue extension work or rural education services.

agriculture-engineering, a five-year program in Agriculture and Engineer-
ing leading to a B. S. degree in agriculture at the end of the fourth year and a
B. S. degree in one of the engineering fields at the end of the fifth year.

agronomy (crops and soils). The basic principles of crop production, soil
science and soil conservation.

animal husbandry. Basic and applied training in the specialized field of
animal husbandry.

botany. The basic plant science work includes plant morphology, taxonomy
and plant pathology and plant physiology and ecology.

dairy (dairy husbandry and dairy technology). Basic and applied training
in dairy production and dairy processing and distribution.

entomology. Basic training in entomology and related fields of insect life and
control.

horticulture (fruits and vegetables, floriculture and ornamental
horticulture and food processing). Technical training in fruits, vegetables,
flowers, ornamental gardening and processing of horticultural crops.

POULTRY. Basic training in poultry production, marketing and processing
poultry products.

PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

PRE-FORESTRY. Fundamental courses for students preparing to study forestry in
another institution.

PRE-THEOLOGY. Fundamental courses in agriculture as a preparation for the
rural ministry.

PRE-VETERiNARY. A program designed for students who wish to prepare for
the study of Veterinary Medicine.

TWO-YEAR PROGRAM IN AGRICULTURE. A program designed for students desiring
two years of specialized college training.

l.ABORATORY

Up-to-date laboratory facilities are provided for effective instruction in plant
and animal sciences and related fields in agriculture. Research facilities provide
an additional opportunity for effective instruction.

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER

English English

Government & Politics Sociology, Philosophy or
R. O. T. C. {men) Psychology

Health (women) R.O.T.C. (men)

Agriculture Health (women)

Botany Zoology

Agricultural electives Agricultural electives

Physical Activities Physical Activities

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

English 4 units

Mathematics (College Preparatory) 2 units

(Algebra 1 unit and Plane Geometry 1 unit — Agriculture-Engineering
and Agricultural Chemistry require 2 additional units)

Biological and Physical Sciences 3 units

History and Social Sciences 2 units

Two units of foreign language are recommended for students in Agriculture-
Engineering, Agricultural Chemistry, Botany and Entomology.

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

BACHELOR OF ARTS

The college of arts and sciences offers its students a liberal
education. It seeks to develop graduates who can deal intelligently with the
problems which confront them and whose general education will be a con-
tinuing source not only of material profit, but of genuine personal satisfaction.
The programs combine liberal education with special concentration in one or
more of the basic intellectual or artistic disciplines.

A liberal arts education is the normal preparation for the student who plans
to go to law school; to a post-graduate or professional school of business
administration, library science or social service; or to a theological seminary.

The student interested in research (business and industry, government, uni-
versity) and in college teaching will receive the undergraduate preparation
necessary for the graduate work required in these fields.

By including the appropriate courses in education, a student in many of
these areas can qualify for public school teaching. For students interested in
foreign service, the foreign area programs combine intensive study of a language
with study of the civilization of the area. Other special fields in business and
government are open to the student who completes a liberal arts education
with a suitable concentration in a single field of study.

Specialized programs are also offered in the fine arts (art, drama, music) and
in speech therapy.

FOUR YEAR BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE PROGRAMS

American Civilization

Art**

Economics*

English

Foreign Area Studies (French, German, Latin American, Russian, Spanish)

French

Geography*

German

Government and Politics*

Greek

History

Latin

Music (see also Bachelor of Music degree)

Philosophy

Psychology

Sociology (including also a program in Crime Control)

Spanish

Speech (including also programs in Dramatic Art and in Speech Therapy)

* Programs in these fields are also offered in the College of Business and Public
Administration.

** A program in Practical Art is offered in the College of Home Economics. A
student may also earn a degree in Art Education.

PRE-LAW. A three year program, followed by three years of Law at the
University of Maryland Law School, leads to the A. B. and LL.B. degree.
Pre-law students may also follow any of the four-year programs and earn the
Bachelor of Arts degree before entering law school.

BACHELOR OF MUSIC. Four year program leading to the Bachelor of Music
degree. Professional training in theory-composition, history-literature, and
applied music (voice or instrument).

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR

Typical program for the freshman year for students following a program
leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree:

FIRST SEMESTER

English

Science or Mathematics
Foreign Language
Sociology or Philosophy
Public Speaking
R. O. T. C. (men)
Health (women)
Physical Activities

SECOND SEMESTER

English

Science or Mathematics
Foreign Language
American Government
Public Speaking
R. O. T. C. (men)
Health (women)
Physical Activities

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

English 4 units

Mathematics 3 or 4 units of College

Preparatory Mathematics

Biological and Physical Sciences 1 or more units

History and Social Sciences 1 or more units

Foreign Languages and Latin 2 or more units

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE

The program in each of the science fields combines liberal educa-
tion with a concentration in one of the basic sciences or in mathematics. The
graduates of these science programs are prepared for speciahzed positions in
industry and government.

The student in these science programs can also gain the preparation necessary
for admission to the professional schools of medicine and dentistry or for
admission to graduate work leading to advanced degrees in Mathematics,
Chemistry, Physics, and the Biological Sciences. Research work (industry,
government, university) and college teaching are among the possibilities open
to the student who successfully completes an undergraduate and graduate
program in mathematics or one of the basic sciences.

four year bachelor of science degree programs

Botany'^

Chemistry

Mathematics

Microbiology

Physics

Psychology

Zoology

General Biological Sciences

General Physical Sciences

* A curriculum in Botany is also offered in the College of Agriculture.

pre-medical and pre-dental programs, a three-year program meeting mini-
mum requirements for medical school or dental school. A four-year program
in any of the major fields in the College of Arts and Sciences leading to an
A. B. or B. S. degree.

typical program for the freshman year

first semester second semester

English English

Mathematics Mathematics

Science (one or more of the Science (continued)

introductory courses) American Government

Sociology or Philosophy Public Speaking

R. O. T. C. (men) R. O. T. C. (men)

Health (women) Health (women)

Physical Activities Physical Activities

For the pre-medical and pre-dental student . . .

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER

English English

Mathematics Mathematics

Chemistry Chemistry

Zoology Zoology

R. O. T. C. (men) R. O. T. C. (men)

Health (women) Health (women)

Physical Activities Physical Activities

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

English 4 units

Mathematics 4 units of College

Preparatory Mathematics

Biological and Physical Sciences 1 or more units, including

Chemistry and Physics, if
possible

History and Social Sciences 1 or more units

Foreign Languages and Latin 2 or more units

COLLEGE
AND PUBLIC

OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION

Four year programs leading to the bachelor of science degree are
offered by the College of Business and Public Administration in the following
fields:

BUSINESS organization AND ADMINISTRATION. The curriculums of the Depart-
ment of Business Organization and Administration emphasize the principles
and problems of the development and the use of policies and organizations, and
the methods, techniques and procedures of execution — in other words, the
essence of Administration and Management. The program of study for any
individual student may be so arranged as to meet the needs of those preparing
for specific lines of work such as accounting, advertising, banking, foreign trade,
industrial administration, marketing administration, personnel administration,
transportation, office management, real estate practice, insurance, journalism,
public relations, government employment, office techniques, teaching and
research.

ECONOMICS. The program of studies in the field of Economics is designed to
meet the needs of students who wish to concentrate either on a major or minor
scale in this division of the Social Studies.

FOREIGN SERVICE AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS. If the Student CXpCCtS tO

enter the foreign service, he should be well grounded in the language, geog-
raphy, history, and politics of the region of his anticipated location as well as
in the general principles and practices of organization and administration. It
should be recognized that only a limited training can be secured during the
undergraduate program.

GEOGRAPHY. This curriculum is designed to aid the student in securing the
facts concerning the major geographical areas of the world and in studying and
analyzing the manner in which these facts affect economic, political, and social
activities. The student interested in international trade, international political
relations, diplomacy, overseas governments, and national aspirations will find
the courses in this department of great practical value.

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. The Department of Government and Politics offers
course work designed to prepare students for government service, politics,
foreign assignments, and intelligent and purposeful citizenship. If desired,
students may specialize in international relations, foreign governments, public
administration, public law, public policy, political theory, state and local govern-
ment and administration, or a combination of these fields.

JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS. The Department offers two professional
majors: one in editorial journalism, for those who seek beginning news jobs
upon graduation; the other in public relations, for those who plan to work in
public relations, in public information, or on company publications.

OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNIQUES. The purposc of the curriculums is
not only to furnish merely technical or vocational training, but also, to aid the
student in developing his natural aptitudes for secretarial and administrative
positions. The development of the student's capacity to plan, organize, direct,
and execute is the guiding principle followed in these curriculums.

The teaching staff and the curriculums of the College of Business and Public
Administration have been selected and organized for the purpose of providing
a type of professional and technical education that will aid the capable and
ambitious student in developing his potential talents to their full capacity.

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR

FIRST SEMESTER

English
Geography
Economics
Organization and

Control
Government & Politics
Speech

R. O. T. C. (men)
Health (women)
Physical Activities

SECOND SEMESTER

English
Geography
Economics
Organization and

Control
Government & Politics
Speech

R. O. T. C. (men)
Health (women)
Physical Activities

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

In general, four units of English and one unit each of Social' Studies and
Natural Sciences are required. At least one unit of Algebra is required and one
unit of Plane Geometry is desirable. While foreign language is desirable for a
certain program, no foreign language is required for entrance. Fine Arts,
Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

The curriculums in the college of education provide opportunities
for persons to qualify for certification to teach in the public schools in the
following subject matter areas and/ or grade levels, except in the one instance
noted which is a program preparing for positions of an educational nature in
industry. These are four-year programs leading to a Bachelor of Arts or
Bachelor of Science degree:

ACADEMIC education (SECONDARY SCHOOLS). English, foreign languages,
mathematics, social sciences, natural sciences, speech (minor only).

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS. OFFERED BY THE COLLEGE
OF AGRICULTURE)

ART EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS)

BUSINESS EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS)

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (NURSERY SCHOOLS AND KINDERGARTEN BOTH PUBLIC
AND PRIVATE)

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS; GRADES 1-6)

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS; VOCATIONAL OR GENERAL)

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS; INDUSTRIAL ARTS OR VOCATIONAl -
INDUSTRL\L EDUCATION)

EDUCATION FOR INDUSTRY (PREPARES STUDENTS FOR ENTRANCE INTO SUPER-
VISORY OR MANAGEMENT POSITIONS IN INDUSTRY)

MUSIC EDUCATION (ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS; VOCAL OR INSTRU-
MENTAL)

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS; PHYSICAL
EDUCATION ALSO IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS)

Majors in English, social sciences, language, and art receive the B. A. degree.
Majors in mathematics may receive either degree. Majors in all other fields
receive the B. S. degree.

SPECIAL FACILITIES

The Institute for Child Study conducts child study programs and provides
for the supervision of undergraduate students in the study of children as a part
of their program in preparation for teaching. Modern equipped shops and
classrooms in a new building house the Industrial Education Department. A
nursery-kindergarten laboratory school provides for practical experience of
students in childhood education. Schools in nearby areas offer rich opportuni-
ties for observation and student teaching.

I. TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR

For Students Preparing to Teach in Elementary Schools or
Nursery Schools and Kindergartens.

FIRST SEMESTER

Ed. 1 Freshman Orientation

Eng. 1 Composition and American

Literature
Soc. 1 Sociology of American Life or

Phil. 1 Philosophy for Modern

Man or an Economics Course
Bot. 1 General Botany
Art 15 Fundamentals of Art (Elem.

major)
A.S. 1 R.O.T.C. (men)
Health 2 Personal Health (women)
P.E. Physical Education

SECOND SEMESTER

Eng. 2 Composition and American

Literature
G.&P. 1 American Government
Zool. 1 General Zoology
Mus. 16 Music Fundamentals for the

classroom teacher (Elem. major)
A.S. 1 R.O.T.C. (men)
Health 4 Community Health

(women)
P.E. Physical Education
Sp. 3 Fundamentals of General

American Speech (Childhood

Education major)
C.Ed. 2 Introduction to Childhood

Education (Childhood Education

major)

II. TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR

For Students Majoring in any of the Fields Preparing to Teach
in Secondary Schools.

FIRST SEMESTER

Ed. 1 Freshman Orientation

Eng. 1 Composition and American
Literature

Soc. 1 Sociology of American Life or
Phil. 1 Philosophy for Modern
Man or an Economics Course

Sp. 1 Public Speaking

A.S. 1 R.O.T.C. (men)

Health 2 Personal Health (women)

P.E. Physical Education

Science, mathematics, foreign lan-
guage, or requirements in major
and minor fields

SECOND SEMESTER

Eng. 2 Composition and American
Literature

Sp. 2 Public Speaking

G.&P. 1 American Government

A.S. 2 R.O.T.C. (men)

Health 4 Community Health
(women)

P.E. Physical Education

Science, mathematics, foreign lan-
guage, or requirements in major
and minor fields

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

Four units of English and one unit each of social sciences, natural sciences,
and mathematics are required. For some major fields two units of mathematics
are required. Additional units in mathematics, natural sciences, social sciences,
and foreign languages are desirable for a program that permits the greatest
amount of flexibility in meeting the requirements of various College of Educa-
tion curricula. Fine arts, txade and vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

Glenn L. Martin Institute of Technology

Four-year programs lead to the bachelor of science degree in aero-
nautical, chemical, civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering. Each program
integrates these elements: (1) basic sciences including mathematics, physics,
chemistry; (2) engineering sciences including mechanics of solids and fluids,
engineering materials, thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism; (3) profes-
sional studies in aeronautical, chemical, civil, electrical or mechanical engi-
neering; (4) LIBERAL arts AND SOCIAL STUDIES in "The American Civilization
Program," and (5) certain other required subjects including military
science and physical activities.

Each program lays a broad base for continued learning after college in
professional practice, in business or industry, in public service, or in graduate
study and research.

The following is representative of work performed by engineering graduates.

the aeronautical engineer deals with problems related to transporting
people and things by air and through space. Aerodynamics, thermodynamics,
and the mechanics of fluids and solids are among his, basic sciences. He may
apply them in some phase of planning or producing airplanes, missiles, or
rockets, or devising means to sustain and control their flight.

THE chemical ENGINEER applies chemistry to development and economic
production of industrial chemicals, fuels, modern synthetics and certain alloys.
He also applies mechanics, thermodynamics, reaction kinetics and aspects of
nuclear science to unit operations and processes which are fundamental in the
design and operation of the chemical industries.

THE CIVIL ENGINEER is primarily a planner, a designer, a builder, and a
manager of public works and private enterprise. His professional service plays
a major role in designing, supervising construction, or managing virtually every
large building, bridge, dam, highway, railway, airport, water supply, waste
disposal system, city plan, industrial plant, public works project, etc.

THE electrical ENGINEER puts mathematics and the physical sciences to
practical use in designing systems to generate, transmit, distribute, and use
electrical energy; to transmit and receive "intelligence," as for example by
telephone, radio, radar, television and computers; and to regulate and control
mechanical and industrial processes by electronics and servomechanisms.

THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER figurcs ways to transmit power economically by
heat or by mechanical systems. He applies the mechanics of fluids and solids,
thermodynamics, and an understanding of the behavior of engineering materials
under different conditions. As a professional engineer he devises processes for
industrial production. As an industrial agent he serves as a supervisor, manager,
or sales representative.

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

If you wish to become a professional engineer you should enroll in an
academic program in high school. Subjects that are recommended and re-
quired for admission are these:

SUBJECTS RECOMMENDED REQUIRED

English 4 units 4 units

Mathematics (college preparatory) — including

algebra (2), plane geometry (1 ), and solid

geometry, trigonometry, or advanced

mathematics 3V2 3V2

History and social sciences 2 1

Physical sciences 2 1

Foreign language — German or French 2 0

Unspecified academic subjects or suitable

elect ives 2V2 6V2

Total 16 16

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR

All engineering students enroll in essentially the same subjects during their
first year in college as follows:

SEMESTER
SUBJECTS I jl

Composition and American Literature 3 3

Public Speaking — 2

Elementary Mathematical Analysis 5 5

General Chemistry 4 4

Engineering Drawing 2 2

Basic Air Force R.O.T.C. 3 3

Physical Activities 1 1

Total 18 20

The numbers are "semester-credits." A student should plan to devote each
week, on the average, three hours of effective work for each semester-credit
on his schedule.

Each engineering student will select his major-line department — aeronautical,
chemical, civil, electrical, or mechanical — before he begins his sophomore
year's work. Thereafter he will pursue the approved program of his department
which leads to the bachelor's degree.

Advanced engineering students who show promise of creativity and leader-
ship in engineering, in the engineering sciences, and in teaching and research,
are encouraged to continue in a program of graduate study leading to master's
and doctor's degrees. There is an acute shortage of engineers with earned
doctor's degrees. There are challenging opportunities for able men with such
top-level preparation. The time to plan and to begin working for these top-level
opportunities is while you are in high school. Your parents and your teachers
can help provide the opportunity — after that your education is up to you.
Plan to make the best of it!

tzi

COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS

The educational program of the college of home economics is
planned to help students function effectively as individuals, as family members
and responsible citizens; to interpret the art and science of better home living,
and to prepare men and women for positions for which home economics is a
major or minor preparation. Basic course requirements are similar for all
home economics curricula. Entering freshmen may enroll the first year without
choosing a specific major area and an assigned adviser will counsel with him
relative to his program.

Coordination of the sciences and arts toward constructive family life
appropriate to our society is a primary function of home economics. This
College, as part of the University, provides students the opportunity to elect
studies in many fields. The function of home economics is to integrate the
contributions of the physical biological sciences, the social sciences, psy-
chology, philosophy, and art in the treatment of all phases of home and family
life, to the end that they are used by families in all parts of society and by
the agencies serving families.

There are four departments in the College: Home Management, Equipment,
and Family Economics; Food, Nutrition, and Institution Management; Prac-
tical Art and Crafts; Textiles and Clothing. Eff'ort is made to interrelate the
work of the departments so that students think of them not as isolated divisions
but rather as different aspects of the total program of offerings in home
economics and closely allied fields.

Graduates of the College of Home Economics have basic preparation for a
wide variety of occupations or careers. The present program of offerings leading
to the Bachelor of Science degree includes the following major curricula:

GENERAL HOME ECONOMICS. The program is designed to meet the needs of
students who wish a background in several areas of home economics related to
home and community living. Courses may be selected from the various areas
of home economics to meet individual needs and interests. Preparation for the
profession of homemaking is a recognized aspect of this curriculum. Graduates
are employed with business firms — working with textiles, clothing, or equip-
ment; in promotion — testing, demonstrations, consumer education, writing, or
a combination of these.

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION. This program is designed for students who are
preparing to teach education for home and family living in the schools, or to
engage in any phase of home economics work which requires a knowledge
of teaching methods. It includes studies of all phases of home economics and
the allied sciences, with professional training for teaching these subjects. A
student majoring in this curriculum may qualify for a science minor.

HOME ECONOMICS EXTENSION. The program to prepare a student to become a
home demonstration agent combines the general home economics courses with
extension methods and home economics education. Courses in speech, journal-
ism, and rural sociology are essential, and suggested elective subjects include
literature, philosophy, art, drama, and radio.

FOOD AND NUTRITION. Students learn the scientific principles underlying food
selection, purchase, preparation and service; nutritional needs of persons of
different ages and occupations; food processing and marketing, and consump-
tion practices. They develop some skill in handling foods and some ability to
manage time, energy, and money effectively in supplying food for the family.
They learn how food affects health and human relations and they acquire the
ability to improve the nutritional well being of individuals and families. Because
food and nutrition are applied sciences, courses in chemistry, physiology,
bacteriology, psychology and economics are essential to their understanding.
Graduates find positions in the consumer education departments of food
companies and their trade associations, magazine and advertising firms, in
testing, editorial or promotion work, or as nutritionists with industry or in
state or community programs.

INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT. The courscs in Institution Management emphasize
food preparation and service in quantity, food science, sanitation, organization
and administration procedures, personnel management, human relations, teach-
ing methods, nutrition, menu planning, quantity purchasing, cost control,
physical plant layout, and the selection and care of institution equipment.
Work experience in an institutional food service is required during the summer
between the junior and senior year. Graduates have positions dealing with food
production, supervision, diet therapy, administration or teaching in school
lunch programs, colleges or commercial food service, government institutions
or hospitals.

PRACTICAL art; CRAFTS. This program permits a choice of three majors: art in
advertising, interior design and costume design. Graduates will have studied
in the areas of designing, promotion, selling or buying of wearing apparel or
house furnishings or both. The crafts program permits a choice of two voca-
tional areas: pre-occupational therapy and teaching. In this program emphasis
is given to creative expression through ceramics, metalry and weaving.

TEXTILES AND CLOTHING; TEXTILES. The programs are planned for students
desiring to capitalize on their interest in clothing or home furnishings for
personal living and future careers through a fuller development of knowledge
and talents in these fields. Experience gained from courses in textiles, clothing
and related fields of the social and physical sciences promotes understanding
of textiles, fashion, clothing design and construction in relation to technological
and social developments influential in determining consumer and employee
behavior in the ever-changing textile and clothing market. Graduates have
positions in homemaking and/ or merchandising, designing, fashion promotion,
textile testing, and in research.

LABORATORY FACILITIES

Facilities for studying work simplification and household equipment are
available in a home management laboratory. A home management house
serves as a residence-laboratory for senior students to experience managerial
situations under family living conditions.

Three foods laboratories are available for teaching the courses in food prep-
aration, preservation, economics, and experimental and foreign foods. For
meal management study a dining room is provided adjacent to the foods
laboratory.

The nutrition laboratory includes facilities for biochemical analysis of food,
including vitamin determination, and facilities for rat feeding experimentation.

Well-equipped contemporary studios enable students in practical art to
sample specialized techniques and media, such as display, photography, air
brush, silk screen, water color painting, scale drafting, enameling on metal,
and clay sculpture.

Textiles and clothing facilities include two well equipped laboratories for
clothing design and construction, a workroom for use by students and faculty,
and two laboratories used in textile analysis and testing.

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER

English Composition and English Composition and

Literature Literature

American Government Sociology of American Life

Public Speaking Textiles

Home Economics Orientation Community Health (women)

Design R.O.T.C. (men)

Personal Health (women) Physical Activities

R.O.T.C. (men) General Chemistry, Science, or

Physical Activities Elective
General Chemistry, Science, or
Elective

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

Four units of English and one unit each of social sciences, natural sciences,
and mathematics are required. Additional units in mathematics, natural sciences,
social sciences, foreign language, and home and family living are desirable
for a program that permits the greatest amount of flexibility in meeting the
requirements of various curricula in the College.

COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION,
RECREATION, AND HEALTH

Four year programs leading to the bachelor of science degree:

PHYSICAL EDUCATION. The curriculum provides an adequate background in
general education and scientific areas closely related to this field. Development
of skills in a wide range of motor activities is emphasized. Many vocational
opportunities are available in public and private schools, organized camping,
youth and adult organizations which offer a program of physical activity.

DANCE. With the increasing recognition of the importance and scope of dance
in educational programs, the need for teachers adequately trained in dance
far exceeds the number available. The professional curriculum in dance is
constructed to meet the steadily rising demand for personnel qualified to teach
dance in college, secondary, elementary schools, in camps, recreational agencies
and in preparation for dance therapy.

RECREATION. Through area courses in sports, speech and drama, music, arts
and crafts, nature lore, and those courses in the major field itself, program
planning, organization and administration, leadership, techniques, etc. students
are qualified to accept leadership positions in hospitals, industry, churches,
public departments, with the armed forces or the many public and private
agencies.

HEALTH EDUCATION. A healthy nation is not primarily the responsibility of
physicians and druggists but of the people themselves. This means that people
need to know how to live healthfully and to utilize available health facilities
— that is they all need health education. Persons qualified to teach health are
needed in schools, colleges, community health agencies and hospitals. Students
interested in qualifying for supervisory or college-level positions are encouraged

to plan on doing graduate work either in school health or public health
education.

PHYSICAL THERAPY. Physical therapy is one of the professions which has
come into prominence as the scope of medical care has expanded. The modern
concept of the rehabilitation of acute and chronically disabled persons has
created an increasing demand for physical therapy service. It offers careers
for both men and women who are interested in becoming members of a
service which assists the ill and handicapped achieve maximum restoration of
physical function.

The University of Maryland offers a course of physical therapy leading to
the Bachelor of Science degree and to a certificate of proficiency in physical
therapy.

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

In addition to the four units of English and one unit each of Social and
Natural Sciences, it is especially desirable for students to have at least one
unit each in Biological and Physical Science and in Algebra and Plane Geometry.
Any experience in music, drama, camping, playground and recreational activi-
ties, and group leadership also will be helpful. In addition, participation in
school programs of health and safety education and in physical education and
athletics are desirable.

SPECIAL FACILITIES

The facilities on the campus include five gymnasia, two swimming pools, a
physical fitness research laboratory, tennis courts, sports fields, golf driving
range and golf course, dance studio, and an excellent library. The Washington
YMCA camp. Camp Letts, also is used for certain activities.

Students also are encouraged to use the excellent facilities of the Library of
Congress, Army Medical Library and Museum, and the National Institutes
of Health.

EXPERIENCES

In addition to classroom and laboratory work, opportunities for teaching
on and off campus and participating in field experience are provided. Member-
ship in professional groups such as Phi Alpha Epsilon, Aqualiners, Dance
Club and Gymkana troupe is encouraged as well as participation in other
campus activities. In each of the fields of specialization in this College unique
opportunities in dance, sports, recreation, musical and dramatics organizations
exist in the environs of Washington and Baltimore.

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR

FIRST SEMESTER. English; Government and Politics; Speech; Introduction to
Physical Education, Recreation and Health; Rhythmic Analysis and Move-
ment; Sport Skills and Gymnastics; Basic Body Controls (Women); R.O.T.C.
(Men)

SECOND SEMESTER. English; Zoology; Sociology, Philosophy or Economics;
Modern Dance Techniques (Women); Skills in Square and Social Dance; Sport
Skills and Gymnastics; R.O.T.C. (Men)

"■^^^^^■^

^ A •

t^ /.

THE

SCHOOL OF NURSING

The school of nursing offers both general and fundamental educa-
tion for students who wish to prepare for professional nursing: (A) A generic
four year college program planned for students who have no previous experi-
ence or knowledge in nursing; and (B) A program designed to bring up to full
collegiate level the basic preparation of graduates of three year hospital diploma
schools. Both programs lead to the degree Bachelor of Science in Nursing.

In association with the Graduate School of the University the School of
Nursing prepares professional nurses who hold Bachelor of Science degree in
Nursing with a "B" or better average as instructors, supervisors, and clinical
specialists in medical and surgical nursing, psychiatric nursing, pediatric nursing,
obstetrical nursing and Administration in Nursing Education and/or Services.

Beginning students in nursing spend the first two academic years on the
College Park campus. Students from other accredited colleges may be admitted
directly to the Baltimore campus providing they meet admission requirements.

Students in the graduate nurse supplementary program attend classes on
either campus. Masters students take most of their work on the Professional
School campus in Baltimore.

The School of Nursing is accredited by the National League for Nursing in
all areas including public health nursing.

SPECIAL FACILITIES

The facilities for instruction used by the School of Nursing include the
various colleges and professional schools of the University and the University
Hospital. Other facilities include the Baltimore City Health Department, Mary-
land State Health Department, the State Department of Mental Hygiene and
Montebello State Hospital.

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER

English English

Sociology Government and Politics

Zoology Chemistry

Chemistry Speech

Speech Nwsing

Physical Activities Physical Activities

English M^th 10 Algebra

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

English "^y^^^^

Mathematics 2 years

History and Social Sciences 2 years

Foreign Language ^ years or more

Science ^ y^^^

(Biology, Chemistry or Physics)

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE

The PRIMARY PURPOSES OF THE COLLEGE ARE: (1) TO EXTEND THE FACILI-

ties of the University by offering adult educational programs in the on-campus
evening division and at conveniently established off-campus centers located
throughout the State of Maryland, the District of Columbia and at various
overseas military centers; (2) to offer a Bachelor of Arts degree m General
Studies and a Bachelor of Science degree in Military Studies to adult off-
campus students; and (3) to arrange conferences, institutes and special
programs for interested groups of adults.

Undergraduate and graduate courses are offered in the arts and sciences,
business administration, education, military studies, and engineenng. Both the
Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies and the Bachelor of Science degree
in Military Studies are available through University College, and either may be
completed in its entirety off-campus. Graduate courses are offered only in the
State of Maryland and the District of Columbia.

The General Studies curriculum provides opportunity for progranis in the
areas of the social sciences, with concentrations of study m such fields as:
economics, history, government and politics sociology, g^^g^.^^f >; P;^'^^^/^^^^
and commerce. The military studies curriculum is designed for armed services

personnel desiring to pursue military careers. Only persons who hold or have
held a commission are eligible to complete this degree.

In addition, University College offers conferences, institutes, and special
programs for interested adult groups. Many high school students who obtain
employment upon graduation may avail themselves of these short-term educa-
tional opportunities.

Admission requirements for credit courses are the same oflf-campus as they
are on-campus. Undergraduate students, who are undecided about their future
plans may register in off-campus classes as special students. Graduate courses
are open only to students who are fully matriculated in the Graduate School
prior to the date of registration.

During the 1958-59 school year, educational programs were available at
the stateside centers listed below:

Aberdeen Proving Ground

Andrews

Annapolis

Baltimore

Bel Air

Boiling Air Force Base

Bureau of Ships

Campus (College Park)

Cambridge

Centreville

Chestertown

Cumberland

David Taylor Model Basin

Denton

District Heights

Dundalk

Easton

Edgewood Army Chemical Center

Ellicott City

Fort Holabird

Fort George G. Meade

Fort Ritchie

Frederick

Gaithersburg

Glen Burnie

Hagerstown

Hughesville

La Plata

Maryland Penitentiary

Marley

Metropolitan Police

Montgomery Blair

National Bureau of Standards

Naval Ordnance Laboratory

Naval Research Laboratory

Oakland

Park Lawn

Patuxent

Pentagon

Prince Frederick

Princess Anne

Reisterstown

Rockville

RoUingwood

Salisbury

Silver Spring

Snow Hill

Suitland

Towson

Viers Mill

Walter Reed

Westinghouse

Woodlin

For further information, see the University College catalog which may be obtained by writing the Dean,
University College, University of Maryland, College Park. Maryland.

APPENDIX A

FEES AND EXPENSES

EFFECTIVE JULY 1, 1960

GENERAL

All checks or money orders should be made payable to the University of Maryland for the
exact amount of the charges. In cases where students have been awarded General Assembly
Grants or University Grants, the amount of such grants will be deducted from the bill.

All fees are due and payable at the time of registration, and students should come prepared
to pay the full amount of the charges. No student will be admitted to classes until such payment
has been made.

The University reserves the right to make such cnanges in fees and other charges as may be
found necessary, although every effort will be made to keep the cost to the student as low as
possible.

No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma, certificate, or transcript of record issued to
a student who has not made satisfactory settlement of his account.

EXPLANATION OF FEES

The application fee for the undergraduate colleges and the summer session partially defrays
the cost of processing applications for admission to these divisions of the University. If a student
enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is accepted in lieu of the matriculation fee.
Applicants who have enrolled with the University of Maryland in its Evening Division at College
Park or Baltimore, or at one of its off-campus centers are not required to pay the fee since they
have already paid a matriculation fee.

The Fixed Charges Fee is not a charge for tuition. It is a charge to help defray the cost of
operating the University's physical plant, to pay administrative and clerical expenses and other
costs which ordinarily would not be included as a cost of teaching personnel and teaching
supplies.

The Instructional Materials Fee represents the average of laboratory fees assigned to full-
time undergraduate students. Graduate students, part-time undergraduate students and students
enrolled in University College and the Summer School will be billed for individual laboratory
fees, and not the Instructional Materials Fee. Full-time undergraduate students subject to the
fees set forth below will be billed the appropriate fee and also will be billed the Instructional
Materials Fee: Math. 0 and Math. 1, $30.; Prac. Tech., $30.; Applied Music, $40.; and P. E.
8 Riding Class, $26.

The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics.
All students are eligible and all students are encouraged to participate in all of the activities of
this department and to attend all contests in which they do not participate.

The Special Fee is used to pay interest on and amortize the cost of construction of the
Student Union Building, the Activities Building, and the Swimming Pool.

The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the request of the Student Govern-
ment Association. It covers subscription to the Diamondback, student newspaper; the Old Line,
Uterary magazine; the Terrapin, yearbook; class dues; and includes financial support for the
musical and dramatic clubs and a cultural entertainment series.

The Infirmary Fee is charged for the support of the Student Health Service, but does not
include expensive drugs or special diagnostic procedures. Expensive drugs will be charged at
cost and special diagnostic procedures, such as X-ray, electro-cardiographs, basal metabolic
rates, etc., will be charged at the lowest cost prevailing in the vicinity.

Full-time undergraduate students who register for the second semester but who were not
full-time undergraduate students in the first semester are required to pay the following addi-
tional fees: Athletic, $7.50; Student Activities, $8.00; Special, $10.00; Recreational Facilities
Fee, $10.00; Infirmary, $2.50; Advisory and Testing, $5.00.

The Recreational Facilities Fee is paid into a fund which will be used to expand the recrea-
tional facilities on the College Park campus, especially the Student Union Building.

The Advisory and Testing Fee is charged to cover partially the cost of the University
Counseling Center and the Freshman Testing Program.

DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE

Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the time of their
•egistration their parents have been domiciled in the State of Maryland for at least one year.

The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his first registration
n the University and may not thereafter be changed by him unless, in the case of a minor, his
parents move to and become legal residents of Maryland by maintaining such residence for at
east one full year. However, the right of the minor student to change from a non-resident status
;o resident status must be established by him prior to the registration period set for any semester.

Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their registration they have
jeen domiciled in Maryland for at least one year provided such residence has not been acquired
vhile attending any school or college in Maryland or elsewhere. Time spent on active duty in the
irmed services while stationed in Maryland will not be considered as satisfying the one year
period referred to above except in those cases in which the adult was domiciled in Maryland for
It least one year prior to his entrance into the armed service and was not enrolled in any school
luring that period.

The word "domicile" as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent place of abode.
For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be maintained.

FEES FOR RESIDENTS AND NON-RESIDENTS— EFFECTIVE JULY I, 1960

■EES FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS :
MARYLAND RESIDENTS

Fixed Charges

Instructional Materials

Athletic Fee

Student Activities Fee

Special Fee

Recreational Facilities Fee

Infirmary Fee

Advisory and Testing Fee

lESIDENTS OF THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA,
OTHER STATES AND COUNTRIES

Tuition Fee for Non-Resident Students.
Total for Non-Resident Students

First

Second

Semester

Total

$ 92.00

$ 93.00

$185.00

12.00

24.00

15.00

12.00

20.00

5.00

$181.00

$105.00

$286.00

Semester

Total

$150.00

$300.00

$331.00

$255.00

$586.00

lOARD AND LODGING

Board

Dormitory Room:

Maryland Residents

Other States and Countries .

$200.00

85-100
110-125

$200.00

85-100
110-125

$400.00

170-200
220-250

The above fees do not apply to the temporary Veteran's Housing Units. The rates for these
amily units are as follows: two-room apartment $40 per month; three-room apartment $43
>er month.

JPECIAL FEES

Application Fee (see "Explanation of Fees," preceding page) $ 10.00

Vlatriculation Fee 10.00

Graduation Fee for Bachelor's degree 1 0.00

Jpecial Fee for students requiring additional preparation in Mathematics, per semester 30.00
(Required of students whose curriculum calls for Math. 5, 10 or 18 and who fail in
qualifying examination for these courses.)

Jpecial Guidance Fee per semester (for students who are required or who wish to take
advantage of the effective study course, and /or the tutoring service offered by the
Office of Intermediate Registration 15.00

loom Key Deposit (A room key deposit is payable upon initial entry to the dormitories.
Upon return of the key, a refund will be made whenever the student does not plan
to re-enter the dormitories the next succeeding semester.) 1.00

Fees for Auditors are exactly the same as fees charged to students registered for
credit, with the exception that the non-resident fee will not be charged in the case of
students not registering for credit in any courses.

LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES

Paid by all students except full-time undergraduate students who are assessed the Instruc-
tional Materials Fee.

LABORATORY FEES PER SEMESTER COURSE:

Agricultural Engineering S 3.00 Horticulture 5.00

Botany 6.00 and 10.00 Industrial Education 5.00 and 7.50

Business Administration 7.50 and 10.00 Mechanical Engineering 3.00

Journalism 3.00 and 6.00 Microbiology 1 1 .00 and 20.00

Statistics 3.50 Physical Activities Courses 6.00

Chemical Engineering 8.00 and 10.00 Physics —

Chemistry 10.00 and 20.00 Lecture Demonstration 2.00 and 3.00

Education (depending on Labora- Introductory 3.00

tory) 1.00,2.00,3.00, 5.00 All Other 10.00

Dairy 3.00 Psychology 4.00

Electrical Engineering 4.00 Office Techniques and Manage-

Entomology 3.00 ment 7.50 and 10.00

Home Economics — Speech (depending on Labora-

Practical Art, Crafts, Textiles and torv) 1.00, 2.00, 3.00, 7.50 and 10.00

Clothing 3.00 Radio and Stage Craft 2.00

Foods and Home Management, Zoology 8.00

each 3.00, 7.00 and 1 0.00

MISCELLANEOUS FEES AND CHARGES

Fee for part-time student per credit hour 12.00

(The term "part-time students" is interpreted to mean undergraduate students taking
6 semester credit hours or less. Students carrying more than 6 semester hours are
considered to be full time and must pay the regular full-time fees.)

Late Registration Fee 5.00

(All students are expected to complete their registration, including the filing of class
cards and payment of bills, on the regular registration days. Those who do not
complete their registration during the prescribed days must pay this fee.)

Fee for change in registration 3.00

Fee for failure to report for medical examination appointment 2.00

Special Examination Fee — to establish college credit — per semester hour 5.00

Makeup Examination Fee (for students who are absent during any class period when

tests or examinations are given) 1.00

Transcript of Record Fee (one transcript furnished without charge) 1.00

Property Damage Charge: Students will be charged for damage to property or equip-
ment. Where responsibility for the damage can be fixed, the individual student will
be billed for it; where responsibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repairing the damage
or replacing equipment will be prorated.
Library Charges:

Fine for failure to return book from General Library before expiration of loan

period per day .05

Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf before expiration of loan
period :

First hour overdue .25

Each additional hour overdue .05

In case of loss or mutilation of a book, satisfactory restitution must be made.
In the event it becomes necessary to transfer uncollected charges to the Cashier's office,
an additional charge of $1.00 is made.

TEXTBOOKS AND SUPPLIES

Textbooks and classroom supplies: These costs vary with the course pursued, but will

average per semester 35.00

FEES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS

Fees for student carrying 10 or more semester credit hours 120.00

Fee per semester hour for students carrying less than 10 semester credit hours 12.00

Matriculation Fee, payable only once, at time of first registration 10.00

Graduation Fee for Master's Degree 10.00

Graduation Fee for Doctor's Degree 50.00

Infirmary Fee (voluntary) 5.00

Foreign Language examination (first examination without charge) 5.00

Testing Fee (Education Majors) 5.00

Notes: Fees in the Graduate School are the same for all students, whether or not they are
residents of the State of Maryland.

All fees, except Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee, are payable at the time of registration
for each semester.

Graduation Fee must be paid prior to graduation.

No provision for housing students is made by the University.

The Infirmary services normally furnished the undergraduate students are available to
graduate students who elect to pay the fee of $5.00 for the year (not including Summer
School), provided that the fee is paid not later than the end of the first week of classes
in the regular academic session. A graduate student entering in February may benefit
in the same manner by the payment of $2.50.

FEES FOR OFF-CAMPUS COURSES

Matriculation Fee (payable once, at time of first registration by all students — full time
and part time, candidates for degrees, and non-candidates):

For Undergraduates 10.00

For Graduates 10.00

Fee for all students — limit 6 hours. For exceptional adult students taking off-campus

courses the limit may be increased to 9 hours. Charge per credit hour 12.00

Laboratory Fees: A laboratory fee, to cover cost of materials used, is charged in
laboratory courses. Fees vary with the course and can be ascertained in any case by
inquiry to the Dean of University College.

WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES

Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the academic year should
file an application for withdrawal, bearing the proper signatures, in the Office of the Registrar.
If this is not done, the student will not be entitled, as a matter of course, to a certificate of honor-
able dismissal, and will forfeit his right to any refund to which he would otherwise be entitled.
The date used in computing refunds is the date the application for withdrawal is filed in the Office
of the Registrar.

In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be permitted only with the written consent of the
student's parent or guardian.

Students withdrawing from the University will be credited for all fees charged to them
except the Application Fee, the Matriculation Fee and board in accordance with the following
schedule:

Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable

Two weeks or less 80%

Between two and three weeks 60%

Between three and four weeks 40%

Between four and five weeks 20%

Over five weeks 0

The Application Fee and the Matriculation Fee are not returnable in any instance.

Board is refunded only in the event the student withdraws from the University. Refunds of
board are made on a pro-rata, weekly basis. Dining Hall cards issued to boarding students must
be surrendered at the Auditor's Office in the Administration Building on the day of withdrawal,
before any refund will be processed.

In computing refunds to students who have received the benefit of scholarships and loans
from University Funds, the computation will be made in such a way as to return the maximum
amount to the scholarship and loan accounts without loss to the University.

No refund of the Athletic, Student Activity, Special Recreational Facilities, Infirmary, and
Advisory and Testing Fees is made to students who withdraw at the close of the first semester.

No refunds of Fixed Charges, Lodging, Tuition, Laboratory Fees, Instructional Materials
Fee, etc., are allowed when courses are dropped, unless the student withdraws from the
University.

When regularly enrolled part-time students in off-campus instruction officially drop a course
or courses and continue with one or more courses, they may receive a refund of 80% for the
dropped courses if they are officially dropped prior to the third meeting of the class or classes.

TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS

Students and alumni may secure transcripts of their scholastic records from the Office of
the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy; for additional copies, there is a charge of
$1.00 for each transcript, except when more than one copy is requested at the same time. In that
case, one dollar is charged for the first copy, and fifty cents for each additional copy. Checks
should be made payable to the University of Maryland. Transcripts of records should be requested
at least one week in advance of the date when the records are actually needed. No transcript of a
student's record will be furnished any student or alumnus whose financial obligations to the
University have not been satisfied.

APPENDIX B

HONORS, AWARDS, SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID

HONORS, AWARDS

SCHOLARSHIP HONORS — Final honors for excellence in scholarship are awarded to one-fifth
of the graduating class in each College. First honors are awarded to the upper half of this group;
second honors to the lower half. To be eligible for honors, a student must complete at least two
years of resident work at the University with an average of B (3.0) or higher.

ALPHA CHI SIGMA AWARD — The Alpha Rho Chapter of the Alpha Chi Sigma Honorary
Fraternity offers annually a year's membership in the American Chemical Society to the senior
majoring in Chemistry or Chemical Engineering whose average has been above 3.0 for three and
one-half years.

ALPHA LAMBDA DELTA SENIOR CERTIFICATE AWARD — Senior members of Alpha Lambda Delta,
honorary scholastic society for women, who have maintained an average of 3.5, receive this
certificate.

ALPHA ZETA MEDAL — The Professional Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually
a medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the highest average record
in academic work.

AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF UNIVERSITY WOMEN AWARD — This award is presented to a senior
woman selected for scholarship and community leadership.

AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS AWARD — A Certificate, pin, and magazine
subscription are awarded to the junior member of the Student Chapter who attained the highest
overall scholastic average during his freshman and sophomore years.

AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS AWARD — The Washington Section of the
American Institute of Electrical Engineers defrays the expenses of a year's membership as an
associate in the Institute for the senior doing the most to promote Student Branch activities.

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS AWARD — The Maryland Section of the American
Society of Civil Engineers awards annually the first year's dues of an associate membership in
the Society to a senior member of the Student Chapter on recommendation of the faculty of
the Department of Civil Engineering.

APPLEMAN-NORTON AWARD IN BOTANY — The Department of Botany offers a scholarship
award of $100 in honor of Emeritus Professors C. O. Appleman and J. B. S. Norton to a senior
major in Botany who is considered worthy on the basis of demonstrated ability and excellence
in scholarship. The scholarship is awarded by the Committee on Scholarships upon the recom-
mendation of a committee of the faculty of the Department of Botany.

DINAH BERMAN MEMORIAL MEDAL — The Dinah Bcrman Memorial Medal is awarded annually
to the sophomore who has attained the highest scholastic average of his class in the College of
Engineering. The medal is given by Mr. Benjamin Berman.

CITIZENSHIP PRIZE FOR MEN — President Emeritus H. C. Byrd, of the Class of 1908, annually
presents this award to the member of the senior class who, during his collegiate career, has most
nearly typified the model citizen and who has done most for the general advancement of the
interests of the University.

CITIZENSHIP PRIZE FOR WOMEN — This prize is presented annually as a memorial to Sally
Sterling Byrd, by her children, to that member of the senior class who best exemplifies the enduring
qualities of the pioneer woman. These qualities typify self dependence, courtesy, aggressiveness,
modesty, capacity to achieve objectives, willingness to sacrifice for others, strength of character,
and those other qualities that enabled the pioneer woman to play such a fundamental part in
the building of the nation.

CIVIL ENGINEERING HONOR SOCIETY AWARD — A year's Subscription to Civil Engineering is
awarded annually by the Society to the outstanding civil engineering sophomore.

BERNARD L. CROziER AWARD — The Maryland Association of Engineers awards a cash prize
of twenty-five dollars annually to the senior in the College of Engineering who, in the opinion
of the faculty, has made the greatest improvement in scholarship during his stay at the University.

DAVIDSON TRANSFER AND STORAGE COMPANY AWARD — A $500.00 award is made to a high-
ranking student in the College of Business and Public Administration who is concentrating in
transportation. This award is made through the College of Business and Public Administration.

DELTA DELTA DELTA MEDAL — This soFority awards a medal annually to the woman who
attains the highest average in academic work during the sophomore year.

DELTA GAMMA SCHOLARSHIP AWARD — This award IS offered to the woman member of the
graduating class who has maintained the highest average during three and one-half years at the
University,

DELTA SIGMA PI SCHOLARSHIP KEY — This award is offered to a member of the graduating
class who has maintained the highest scholastic average for the entire four-year course in the
College of Business and Public Administration.

GODDARD MEDAL — The James Douglass Goddard Memorial Medal is awarded annually to
the resident of Prince Georges County, born therein, who makes the highest average in his studies
and who at the same time embodies the most manly attributes. The medal is given by Mrs. Anne
G. Goddard James of Washington, D. C.

GRANGE AWARD — The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the senior who has
excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has contributed meritorious service to the
College of Agriculture.

MAHLON N. HAINES AWARD — An award of one hundred dollars is presented each year to the
students in the Department of Fine Arts for outstanding work in the painting classes.

CHARLES B. HALE DRAMATIC AWARDS — The University Theatre recognizes annually the man
and woman members of the senior class who have done most for the advancement of dramatics
at the University.

INSTITUTE OF AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES AWARDS — Free memberships in the Institute for one
year and cash prizes for the best paper presented at a Student Branch meeting and for the
graduating aeronautical senior with the highest academic standing.

machinery's AWARD — For excellence in machine design, a copy of Machinery's Handbook
and a copy of the Handbook Guide is awarded annually to a mechanical engineering senior.

INDUSTRIAL PRESS ACHIEVEMENT AWARD — An award by the Industrial Press Company for
scholastic excellence in air conditioning, heating, and ventilation studies.

MARYLAND MOTOR TRUCK ASSOCIATION AWARD — A five hundred dollar award is made to a
student majoring in Transportation with an interest in motor transportation who has shown in
three years of training an apparent ability to succeed. This award is made through the College
of Business and Public Administration.

OMICRON NU SORORITY MEDAL — This honorary sorority awards a medal annually to the fresh-
man woman in the College of Home Economics who attains the highest scholastic average during
the first semester.

PHI ALPHA AWARD — Epsilon Chapter of Phi Alpha Fraternity awards annually a plaque to
the man in the junior class who has attained the highest scholastic average during his first two
years at the College Park colleges of the University.

PHI CHI THETA KEY — The Phi Chi Theta Key is awarded to the outstanding graduating senior
woman in the College of Business and Public Administration on the basis of scholarship, activities,
and leadership.

PILOT FREIGHT CARRIERS, INC., AWARD— A five hundred dollar award is made to a senior student
in the College of Business and Public Administration who has majored in transportation and
who has demonstrated competence in this field of study. This award is made through the College
of Business and Public Administration.

PI SIGMA ALPHA — FRED HAYS MEMORIAL AWARD — This award. Consisting of the sum of thirty
dollars, is presented by an alumnus to the senior in Government and Politics having the highest
average in departmental courses.

PI TAU SIGMA AWARD — An annual handbook award to the most outstanding sophomore in
mechanical engineering on the basis of scholastic average and instructors' ratings.

WILLIAM s. ROSENBAUM MEMORIAL FOUNDATION AWARD — This award. Consisting of twenty-five
dollars, is presented for excellence in Hebrew studies by Barbarossa Lodge 133, Knights of Pythias,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

SIGMA ALPHA OMICRON AWARD — This award is presented to a senior student majoring in
Bacteriology for high scholarship, character and leadership.

SIGMA CHI CUP — Sigma Chi Fraternity offers annually a cup to the man in the freshman class
who has made the highest scholastic average during the first semester.

ALGERNON SYDNEY SULLIVAN AWARD — The New York Southern Society, in memory of its
first president, awards annually medallions and certificates to one man and one woman of the
graduating class and one non-student who evince in their daily life a spirit of love for and helpful-
ness to other men and women.

TAU BETA PI AWARD — The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi Association, national
engineering honor society, awards annually an engineer's handbook to the junior in the College
of Engineering who during his sophomore year has made the greatest improvement in scholarship
over that of his freshman year.

WASHINGTON pAnhellenic ASSOCIATION AWARD — The sum of two hundred dollars is presented
to a woman student, a member of the National Panhellenic Conference Sorority, who has done
most to promote social relations among the sororities on the campus.

DAVID ARTHUR BERMAN MEMORIAL AWARD — This award is offered by the family of David
Arthur Berman to the highest ranking junior in the Department of Chemical Engineering who
is also a member of Tau Beta Pi.

HAMILTON AWARD — Thls award is offered by the Hamilton Watch Company to the graduating
senior in the College of Engineering who has most successfully combined proficiency in his major
field of study with achievements — either academic, extra-curricular, or both — in the social sciences
or humanities.

men's LEAGUE CUP — This award is offered by the Men's League to the graduating male senior
who has done the most for the male student body.

PHI BETA KAPPA ASSOCIATION AWARD — This award is presented to the graduating senior with
the highest cumulative scholastic average whose basic course program has been in the liberal
studies.

MILITARY AWARDS

AIR FORCE ASSOCIATION MEDAL — This silver medal is awarded to the outstanding advanced
cadet in the A.F. R.O.T.C. course who has demonstrated outstanding ability in scholastic grades,
both general and military, in individual characteristics, and in performance during the period of
summer camp.

ALUMNI CUP — The Alumni Association offers each year a cup to the Leader of the best drilled
Flight in competitive drill.

AMERICAN LEGION POST NO. 217 AWARD — This award is presented to the senior advanced
cadet who displays outstanding leadership.

AMERICAN LEGION GOLD MEDAL — The gold medal is awarded to the senior advanced cadet
for academic achievement in leadership.

ARMED FORCES COMMUNICATIONS MEDAL — This medal is awarded to the senior advanced cadet
in recognition of outstanding achievement in the field of electronics.

ARNOLD AIR SOCIETY PLAQUE — This plaque is awarded to the second year advanced cadet
who has done the most to advance the A.F.R.O.T.C. interests and activities for the Arnold Air
Society.

CONSOLIDATED vuLTEE AIRCRAFT CORPORATION AWARD — This award is presented to the
sophomore cadet displaying leadership ability and academic excellence.

DISABLED AMERICAN VETERANS' GOLD CUP — This cup is awarded to the senior advanced cadet
who has displayed outstanding leadership, scholarship, and citizenship.

DISTINGUISHED A.F.R.O.T.C. CADET AWARDS — Thcsc awards are presented to senior cadets
who have been outstanding in A.F.R.O.T.C. and who are outstanding in their academic major
fields. Distinguished A.F.R.O.T.C. cadets are eligible to apply for regular Air Force commission.

governor's CUP — This cup is oflTered each year by His Excellency, the Governor of Mary-
land, to the best drilled squadron.

HAMiLL MEMORIAL PLAQUE — This plaquc, offered by the local chapter of Theta Chi Fraternity,
is presented to the sophomore cadet excelling in leadership and scholarship.

DISTINGUISHED A.F.R.O.T.C. GRADUATE — Presented to distinguished cadets of the A.F.R.O.T.C.
who continue to display outstanding academic and leadership qualities.

A.F.R.O.T.C. ANGEL FLIGHT AWARD — Presented to the most outstanding member of the
Angel Flight.

CHARLES H. DICKINSON MEMORIAL PLAQUE — Offered by the Veterans Club, University of
Maryland, to the Junior cadet who has shown leadership ability, outstanding individual char-
acteristics of military bearing.

VANDENBERG GUARD AWARD — Presented to the member displaying most leadership ability.

GLENN L. MARTIN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING AWARD — This award is presented for academic
excellence in the field of aeronautical engineering to a senior advanced cadet who has applied
for flight training.

MARYLAND STATE SOCIETY DAUGHTERS OF FOUNDERS AND PATRIOTS OF AMERICA AWARD —

This award is presented to the freshman cadet attaining the highest over-all academic grades.

NATIONAL DEFENSE TRANSPORTATION ASSOCIATION AWARD — This Organization offcrs a citation
in recognition of leadership qualities, academic standing, aptitude for military service, and note-
worthy service in furtherance of the aims and objectives of the Association in promoting prepared-
ness for the national defense of the United States.

PERSHING RIFLE REGIMENTAL MEDAL — Presented to the member of Pershing Rifles who shows
outstanding service to the company.

PERSHING RiELE AWARDS — The Pershing Rifle Company presents medals to most outstanding
basic cadets who are members of the Pershing Rifles.

PERSHING RIFLE AWARD — Medal presented by Pershing Rifle Company to the best drilled
cadet of the corps who is not a member of Pershing Rifles.

PERSHING RIFLE MEDAL — This medal is awarded to the outstanding member of the Pershing
Rifles.

RESERVE officers' ASSOCIATION MEDALS — Three medals, gold, silver, and bronze, are presented
by this association to the three senior cadets demonstrating outstanding academic achievement
in the A.F.R.O.T.C. and in other studies.

RESERVE officers' ASSOCIATION RiBBON.s — The Air Force Reserve Officers Association presents
ribbons to the 40 outstanding freshman cadets, the 30 outstanding sophomore cadets, and to 10
outstanding Juniors.

SCABBARD AND BLADE COBLENTZ MEMORIAL CUP — This cup awarded to the Commander of
the winning Squadron in drill competition.

SONS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION AWARD — This award is presented to the senior Advanced
Cadet who exhibits in his work a high degree of merit with respect to leadership, military bearing,
and excellence in his academic course of study.

SUN NEWSPAPER AWARD — This award is presented to a basic cadet in recognition of being the
best drilled basic cadet in competitive drill.

ATHLETIC AWARDS

TOM BIRMINGHAM MEMORIAL TROPHY — This trophy presented by Major Benny Alperstein and
Major Hotsy Alperstein in memory of the late Tom Birmingham, of the Class of 1937, is awarded
to the outstanding member of the boxing team.

WILLIAM p. COLE, III, MEMORIAL LACROSSE AWARD — This award. Offered by the teammates
of William P. Cole, 111 and the coaches of the 1940 National Champion team, is presented to
the outstanding midfielder.

HERBERT H. GOODMAN TROPHY — This trophy is offered by Herbert H. Goodman to the most
outstanding wrestler of the year.

JOE DECKMAN-SAM siLBER TROPHY — This trophy is offered by Joseph H. Deckman and
Samuel L. Silber to the most improved defense lacrosse player.

HALBERT K. EVANS MEMORIAL TRACK AWARD — This award, given in memory of "Hermie"
Evans, of the Class of 1940, by his friends, is presented to the outstanding graduating senior
trackman.

CHARLES LEROY MACKERT TROPHY — This trophy is oflcred by William E. Krouse to the
Maryland student who has contributed most to wrestling while at the University.

MARYLAND RING — The Maryland Ring is offered as a memorial to Charles L. Linhardt, of
the Class of 1912, to the Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the year.

CHARLES p. MC coRMicK TROPHY — This trophy is offered by Charles P. McCormick to the
senior letterman who has contributed most to swimming during his collegiate career.

ANTHONY c. NARDO MEMORIAL TROPHY — This trophy is awarded to the best football lineman
of the year.

EDWIN POWELL TROPHY — ^This trophy is offered by the Class of 1913 to the player who has
rendered the greatest service to lacrosse during the year.

SILVESTER WATCH FOR EXCELLENCE IN ATHLETICS — A gold watch, given in honor of former
president of the University, R. W. Silvester, is offered annuallj' to "the man who typifies the best
in college athletics."

TEKE TROPHY — This trophy is offered by the Maryland Chapter of Tau Kappa Epsilon
Fraternity to the student who during his four years at the University has rendered the greatest
service to football.

ROBERT E. THEOFELD MEMORIAL — This trophy is presented by Dr. and Mrs. Harry S. Hoffman
and is awarded to the golfer who most nearly exemplifies the competitive spirit and strong
character of Robert E. Theofeld, a former member of the boxing team.

DIXIE WALKER MEMORIAL TROPHY — This trophy, offered by Theta Chi Fraternity, is awarded
to the boxer who has shown the most improvement over his performance in preceding years.

THE ALviN L. AUBiNOE BASKETBALL TROPHY — This trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for
the senior who has contributed most to the squad.

THE ALVIN L. AUBINOE FOOTBALL TROPHY — This trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for
the unsung hero of the current season.

THE ALVIN L. AUBINOE TRACK TROPHY — This trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for the
senior who has contributed most to the squad during the time he was on the squad.

STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS

Keys are awarded to the members of the Executive Committee of the Student Government
Association, Men's League, Association of Women Students, and other organizations who
faithfully perform their duties throughout the year.

SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID

All requests for information concerning scholarships and grants-in-aid should be addressed
to the Director of the Office of Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid, University of Maryland, College
Park, Maryland. Regulations and procedures for the award of scholarships are formulated by
this committee.

The Board of Regents of the University authorizes the award of a limited number of scholar-
ships each year to deserving students. All scholarships and grants for the undergraduate depart-
ments of the University at College Park are awarded by a faculty committee. Applicants are subject
to the approval of the Director of Admissions insofar as qualifications for admission to the
University are concerned. All recipients are subject to the academic and non-academic regulations
and requirements of the University.

Scholarships and grants are awarded to young men and women based upon apparent
academic abihty and financial need. In making awards, consideration is given to character,
achievement, participation in student activities and to other attributes which may indicate success
in college. It is the intent of the Committee to make awards to those quahfied who might not
otherwise be able to provide for themselves an opportunity for higher education.

The recipient of a scholarship or a grant is expected to make at least normal progress toward
a degree. Normal progress toward a degree is defined by the Academic Probation Plan.

The Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid reserves the right to review the scholar-
ship program annually and to make adjustments in the amounts and recipients of awards in
accordance with the funds available and scholastic attainment.

The types of scholarships, grants and loan funds available follow:

FULL SCHOLARSHIPS

The University awards fifty-six full scholarships covering board, lodging, fixed charges, fees
and books. Not more than twenty of these scholarships may be held by out-of-state students and
at least twelve are reserved for women. Scholastic achievement and participation in student
activities are given primary consideration in the award of these scholarships.

UNIVERSITY GRANTS

The University awards to deserving and qualified secondary school graduates a limited
number of grants covering fixed charges only.

GENERAL ASSEMBLY GRANTS

These grants are for fixed charges and are awarded by members of the Legislature, three for
each Senator and one for each member of the House of Delegates. They may be awarded by a
member of the House of Delegates or by a Senator only to persons in the county or in the legis-
lative district of Baltimore City which the Delegate or Senator represents. Awards of such grants
are subject to approval by the Committee on Scholarships and by the Director of Admissions as
to qualifications for admission.

SPECIAL ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS

A limited number of scholarships is awarded each year to students of exceptional academic
ability out of funds derived from campus enterprises. The amount of these scholarships varies
depending upon the extent of need. These awards are made by the Committee on Scholarships
and Grants-in-Aid in accordance with the general principles underlying the award of all other
scholarships.

ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS

The University has a number of endowed scholarships and special grants. These are paid for
by income from funds especially established for this purpose. Brief descriptions of these awards
follow:

ALBRIGHT SCHOLARSHIP — The Victor E. Albright Scholarship is open to graduates of Garrett
County high schools who were born and reared in that county. Application should be made to
the high school principals.

ALUMNI SCHOLARSHIPS — The General Alumni Council of the University Alumni Association
pro\ ides eleven scholarships in the amount of S250 each to be awarded respectively to schools or
colleges represented on the Alumni Council. The awards are based on scholarship, leadership
and need and are awarded by the Faculty Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid.

ALviN L. AUBiNOE STUDENT AID PROGRAM — Scholarship grants up to S500 per school year to
students in engineering, preferably those studying for careers in civil engineering, architecture or
light construction.

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR METALS SCHOLARSHIP IN METALLURGY — A Scholarship of S500 is

available to a competent student in the field of Metallurgy. The award will be made by the faculty
in Metallurgy in accordance with the general principles underlying the award of all scholarships
in the University.

BALTIMORE PANHELLENic ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP — A Scholarship is awarded annually by
the Baltimore Panhellenic Association. This scholarship will be awarded to a student entering
the junior or senior class, who is an acti\ e member of a sorority, u ho is outstanding in leadership
and scholarship and who needs financial assistance. This award is made by the Committee on
Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Women.

BALTIMORE suNPAPERS SCHOLARSHIP IN JOURNALISM — The Board of Trustccs of the A. S.
Abell Foundation, Inc., has contributed S500 to provide a scholarship in journalism to be awarded
to a worthy senior in the College of Business and Public Administration who is majoring in
Editorial Journalism.

SAMUEL WOLFE BLANKMAN GRANT — The sum of SlOO is awarded each year to a foreign
student on the basis of worth and need to be determined by the Committee on Scholarships. The
student must be a permanent resident of a country other than the United States, its possessions,
or Canada. He may be a member of any college or school in the University.

BORDEN AGRICULTURAL AND HOME ECONOMICS SCHOLARSHIPS— A Bordcn Agricultural
Scholarship of S300 is granted to that student in the College of Agriculture who has had two or
more of the regularly listed courses in dairying and who, upon entering the senior year of study,
has achie\ed the highest a\erage grade of all other similarly eligible students m all preceding
college work.

A Borden Home Economics Scholarship of S300 is granted to that student in the College of
Home Economics who has had two or more of the regularly listed courses in foods and nutrition
and who, upon entering the senior year of study, has achieved the highest average grade of all
other similarly eligible students in all preceding college work.

CAPITAL FARM AND GARDEN SCHOLARSHIP — This Scholarship of S400 per year is made available
by the Capital Division of the Women's National Farm and Garden Association, Inc. to help
rural girls and women through scholarships and guidance to the best training in agriculture,
horticulture, home economics and the related professions. This scholarship is awarded by the
Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in accordance with terms of the grant.

WILLIAM F. CHiLDS, JR., GRANT — The Maryland Highways Contractors Association provides
a grant of S500 annually to be awarded to a capable and worthy senior in the Department of
Civil Engineering uho plans to enter the field of Highway Engineering upon graduation. The
award is made by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aijd in cooperation with the
College of Engineering.

DR. ERNEST N. CORY SCHOLARSHIP — This award is made annually to an outstanding junior
or senior in the College of Agriculture, preferably one majoring in Entomology. The amount of
the award will vary depending upon the earnings of a trust fund established in honor of Dr.
Ernest N. Cory upon his retirement. The Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid cooper-
ates with the College of Agriculture in selecting the student for this award.

THE DANFORTH FOUNDATION AND THE RALSTON PURINA SCHOLARSHIPS — The DanfoFth Foun-
dation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis offer two summer scholarships to outstand-
ing men students in the College of Agriculture, one for a student who has successfully completed
his junior year, the other for a student who has successfully completed his freshman year. The
purpose of these scholarships is to bring together outstanding young men for leadership training.

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis offer two summer
scholarships to outstanding Home Economics women students, one to a junior and one to a
freshman. The purpose of these scholarships is to bring together outstanding young women for
leadership training.

DAIRY TECHNOLOGY SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS — Thc Dairy Technology Society of Maryland

and the District of Columbia provides a limited number of scholarships and grants-in-aid for
students majoring in Dairy Products Technology. These awards are a\ ailable both to high school
graduates entering the University as freshmen and to students who have completed one or more
years of their Uni\ersity curriculum. The purpose of these awards is to encourage and stimulate
interest in the field of milk and milk products. The awards are based on scholarship, leadership,
personality, need, experience, interest in and willingness to work in the field of dairy technology.
These awards are made by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation
with the Dairy Technology Society.

DOUGLAS AIRCRAFT COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP — A scholarship in the amount of $800 is awarded
to an outstanding and deserving senior student in aeronautical, mechanical or electrical engineer-
ing in this order of preference. The recipient must be a citizen of the United States and indicate
a willingness to accept employment in California.

EXEL SCHOLARSHIPS— A Substantial grant for endowed scholarships was made by Deborah
B. Exel. These awards are made by the Committee on Scholarships to worthy students in accord-
ance with the general principles underlying the award of all other scholarships.

ANNE ARUNDEL COUNTY VOLUNTEER FIREMEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT — This grant is awarded
to a high school graduate who will enroll in the Fire Protection Curriculum in the College of
Engineering. The amount of the award is S300 per >ear and will be a\ ailable to the recipient for
the normal period of time to complete the program being pursued. This grant is awarded by the
Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the Anne Arundel County
Volunteer Fireman's Association and the College of Engineering.

LADIES AUXILIARY TO THE MARYLAND STATE FIREMEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT This grant is

awarded to an outstanding high school graduate who will enroll in the Fire Protection Curriculum
in the College of Engineering. The amount of this award is S500 per \ear and will be available
to the recipient for the normal period of time to complete the program being pursued. This grant
is awarded by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the Ladies
Auxiliary to the Maryland State Firemen's Association and the College of Engineering.

MARYLAND STATE FIREMEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT — A S300 scholarship is awarded annually
to an outstanding high school student who enrolls in the Fire Protection Curriculum of the College
of Engineering. This scholarship is for four years and is awarded to a student of high scholastic
ability with a reputation of good character and outstanding fire service interest. The award is
made by the Faculty Committee on Scholarships in cooperation with the Maryland State Fire-
men's Association and the Fire Protection Department of the College of Engineering.

PRINCE GEORGES COUNTY VOLUNTEER firemen's ASSOCIATION GRANT — An annual Scholarship
of S300 is awarded to an outstanding high school student w ho enrolls in the Fire Protection Cur-
riculum of the College of Engineering. The award is based on high scholastic ability, good
character and outstanding fire service interest. The Faculty Committee on Scholarships and
Grants-in-Aid cooperates with the Fire Protection Department of the College of Engineering
and the Board of Directors of the Prince Georges Counts Volunteer Firemen's Association in
selecting the student.

FOOD FAIR STORES FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS — Each year a number of scholarships is made
available by the Food Fair Stores Foundation to students from Anne Arundel, Baltimore,
Frederick, Montgomery, and Talbot counties and Baltimore City. Students receiving these
scholarships may pursue any of the four-year curriculums of the University. The scholarships are
for S250 for an academic year and are awarded bv the Committee on Scholarships as in the case
of all other scholarships. Under certain conditions they may be granted from year to year.

VICTOR FRENKiL SCHOLARSHIP — A Scholarship of S250 is granted annually by Mr. Victor
Frenkil of Baltimore to a student from Baltimore City in the freshman class of the University.
This scholarship is awarded in cooperation with the Committee on Scholarships in accordance
with the general principles underlying the award of all other scholarships.

GENERAL MOTORS SCHOLARSHIP — -This Scholarship is granted annually to any young man or
young woman who is an outstanding individual entering the freshman year. The scholarship is
awarded by the Committee on Scholarships. The amount of the stipend depends upon the
demonstrated need of the individual. The Sponsored Scholarship Service evaluates the financial
need in each case.

GODDARD MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS — Four $500 scholarships are available annually under
the terms of the James and Sarah E. R. Goddard Memorial Fund established through the wills of
Morgan E. Goddard and Mary Y. Goddard. In granting these awards the Committee on Scholar-
ships will consider outstanding scholastic achievement and financial need. Each award will be
made on a year-to-year basis depending upon the accomplishment of the student.

WILLIAM RANDOLPH HEARST FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS — Thcsc Scholarships ETC made avail-
able through a gift of the Baltimore News-Post, one of the Hearst newspapers, in honor of
William Randolph Hearst. Scholarships up to $500 are awarded annually to undergraduates
pursuing a program of study in journalism. Scholarships up to SI, 000 are awarded annually for
graduate study in history. These scholarships are awarded by the Committee on Scholarships and
Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the Departments of History and Journalism.

IOTA LAMBDA SIGMA (nu CHAPTER) SCHOLARSHIP — This Scholarship is awarded annually to
any outstanding male freshman student who enrolls in the Industrial Education curriculum. The
student must be a resident of the State of Maryland and signify his intention of teaching in
Maryland.

VENiA M. KELLER GRANT— The Maryland State Council of Homemakers' Clubs makes avail-
able this grant of $100 which is open to a Maryland young man or woman of promise who wishes
to enroll or is enrolled in the College of Home Economics. It is awarded through the College of
Home Economics in cooperation with the Committee on Scholarships.

KiwANis SCHOLARSHIP — A Kiwanis Memorial Scholarship of $200 per year is awarded by
the Prince Georges County Kiwanis Club to a male resident of Prince Georges County, Maryland,
who, in addition to possessing the necessary qualifications for maintaining a satisfactory scholarship
record, must have a reputation of high character and attainment in general all-around citizenship.

HELEN ALETTA LiNTHicuM SCHOLARSHIPS — Thesc Scholarships, several in number, were estab-
lished through the benefaction of the late Mrs. Helen Aletta Linthicum, widow of the late Con-
gressman Charles J. Linthicum, who served in Congress from the Fourth District of Maryland
for many years. They are granted to worthy young men and women who are residents of the State
of Maryland and who have satisfactory high school records, forceful personality, a reputation
for splendid character and citizenship, and the determination to get ahead.

THE M CLUB GRANTS — The M Club of the University of Maryland provides each year a limited
number of awards. They are granted by the Committee on Scholarships to applicants who show
promise in sports other than football.

DR. FRANK c. MARINO SCHOLARSHIP — Dr. Frank C. Marino provides a $200 annual scholarship
in Nursing Education. As vacancies in this scholarship occur, it is awarded by the Committee on
Scholarships to a student who demonstrates special interest and promise in this field.

MARYLAND ASSOCIATION OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS SCHOLARSHIP — A $200 scholarship

is awarded to a superior student in the College of Business and Public Administration who is
concentrating in Accounting. This award is made through the College of Business and Public
Administration in cooperation with the Committee on Scholarships.

MARYLAND EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATION GRANTS — The Maryland Educational Foundation
provides funds each year for the education of several promising young men. These grants are
awarded by the Committee on Scholarships to applicants who qualify under the provisions of
the Foundation.

EUGENE E. AND AGNES E. MEYER SCHOLARSHIPS — A number of Scholarships is made available
each year to promising students in meeting the costs of furthering their education, with preferential
consideration to children of persons employed in public service, including service in the armed
forces and the judiciary. The awards are made by the Committee on Scholarships in accordance
with the general principles underlying the award of all other scholarships.

MILLER CHEMICAL AND FERTILIZER CORPORATION SCHOLARSHIP — A $250 Scholarship has been
made available for a student who needs financial aid, who has a farm background, and who has
a major in Entomology, Plant Pathology, Agronomy, or Horticulture. The award is made by the
Committee on Scholarships in accordance with the general principles underlying the award of
all other scholarships.

MORTAR BOARD SCHOLARSHIP — The Mortar Board Scholarship is awarded annually to a
woman student on the basis of scholastic attainment, character, and need. The selection of the
student for this award is made through the Office of the Dean of Women and a representative of
Mortar Board in cooperation with the Committee on Scholarships in accordance with the general
principles underlying the award of all other scholarships.

PANHELLENic ASSOCIATION OF WASHINGTON, D. c, SCHOLARSHIP — A $300 Scholarship is
awarded annually by the Panhellenic Association of Washington, D.C. This award is made to a
member of a national Panhellenic Conference Sorority who in her sophomore or junior year has
had a 3.0 average or better, who has done the most to promote good social relations among the
sororities on the campus, and who is an outstanding leader in student affairs sponsored by the
University. The award is made by the Committee on Scholarships in terms of the provisions of
the grant.

PENINSULA HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY SCHOLARSHIP — The Pcninsula Horticultural Society pro-
vides annually a $200 scholarship to the most deserving junior or senior student, a resident of
Maryland from the Eastern Shore counties, who is majoring in Horticulture or related subjects,
particularly as they apply to the culture of fruits and vegetables. The award is made in cooperation
with the Committee on Scholarships.

PHI BETA KAPPA SCHOLARSHIP — A $250 Scholarship is awarded to the student who at the end
of the junior year has attained the highest cumulative average and whose basic course program
has been in liberal studies.

THE PRICE WATERHOUSE FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS — The Pricc Watcrhousc Foundation
offers two $500 scholarships to exceptional senior students concentrating in accounting who are
registered in the College of Business and Public Administration. The award is made by the
Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the College of Business and
Public Administration.

THE SEARS ROEBUCK FOUNDATION GRANTS — Ten grants of $200 cach are provided by the Sears
Roebuck Foundation to the sons of Maryland farmers who enroll in the freshman class of the
College of Agriculture. One $250 grant is awarded each year to the sophomore student in the
College of Agriculture who has proved to be the outstanding student holding a Sears Roebuck
grant during the previous year. These grants are awarded annually by the Committee on Scholar-
ships.

A limited number of similar grants from the Sears Roebuck Foundation is also available for
students in the College of Home Economics.

SOUTHERN STATES COOPERATIVE SCHOLARSHIPS — Two Scholarships are awarded each year to
sons of Southern States members — one for outstanding work in 4-H Club and the other for out-
standing work in FFA. The amount of each scholarship is $300 per year and will continue for
four years. These scholarships are awarded by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid
in cooperation with the College of Agriculture.

JANiE G. s. TALIAFERRO SCHOLARSHIP — Under the tcrms of the will of the late Janie G. S.
Taliaferro a bequest has been made to the University of Maryland to provide scholarship aid to
worthy students. The income of the estate amounting to $350 annually is used as a scholarship
to a worthy young man or young woman who qualifies. The award is made by the Committee
on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in accordance with the general principles underlying the
award of all other scholarships.

J. Mc KENNY WILLIS AND SON GRANT — A grant of $500 is made available annually by J.
McKenny Willis and Son, Inc., Grain, Feed and Seed Company of Easton, Maryland, to an out-
standing student in vocational agriculture in Talbot County who will matriculate in the College
of Agriculture. This grant is assigned by the Committee on Scholarships in accordance with
the terms of the award. Application blanks for this grant may be procured at the office of the
County Superintendent of Schools of Talbot County or by writing directly to the Chairman of
the Committee on Scholarships.

WASHINGTON STEWARDS' EDUCATIONAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND — This fund providcs grants to be
awarded to a junior or senior who is preparing for a career as a food manager or dietitian. These
grants are awarded by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with
the Department of Foods and Nutrition of the College of Home Economics.

WESTERN ELECTRIC SCHOLARSHIP — This scholarship is awarded to a student in the College
of Engineering. The amount of the scholarship covers cost of tuition, books and fees not to exceed
$800 nor to be less than $400. The award is made by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-
in-Aid in cooperation with the College of Engineering.

WESTINGHOUSE AIR ARM DIVISION SCHOLARSHIP — The Westinghousc Electric Corporation has
established a scholarship to encourage outstanding students of engineering and the physical
sciences. The scholarship is awarded to a sophomore student and is paid over a period of three
years in six installments of $250. Students in electrical or mechanical engineering, engineering
physics or appUed mathematics are eligible for the award. Selection of the recipient is based on
achievement as reflected by scholastic standing and general college record. The award is made by
the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in coooeration with the College of Engineering.

THE ARTHUR YOUNG AND CO. FOUNDATION, INC. SCHOLARSHIP — The Arthur Young and Co.
Foundation, Inc., makes available a scholarship of $750 for an exceptional senior student
concentrating in accounting who is registered in the College of Business and Public Adminis-
tration. This award is made by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation
with the College of Business and Public Administration.

STUDENT LOANS

NDEA STUDENT LOANS — The National Defense Education Act of 1958 provides funds for
student loans. A student may borrow in one year a sum not exceeding $1,000 and during his
entire course of study may borrow a sum not exceeding $5,000. The borrower must sign a note
for the loan and agree to interest and repayment terms established by the University. Repayment
of the loan begins one year after the borrower ceases to be a full time student and must be com-
pleted within ten years thereafter. No interest is charged on the loan until the beginning of the
repayment schedule. Interest after that date is to be paid at the rate of 3 percent per annum.

The National Defense Education Act contains a provision which provides that up to fifty
percent of a student loan plus interest may be cancelled in the event the borrower becomes a full
time elementary or secondary school teacher. Such cancellation is to be at the rate of 10 percent
a year to five years.

CATHERINE MOORE BRiNKLEY LOAN FUND — Under the will of Catherine Moore Brinkley, a
loan fund is available for worthy students who are natives and residents of Maryland.

COLLEGE

AGRICULTURE

Catalog Series 19604961

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

VOLUME 14 APRIL 10, 1960 NO. 6

University of Maryland Bulletin is published one time in February; three times in
March and April; four times in May and June; two times in September, October,
November, and December.

Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.

CONTENTS

University Calendar

Board of Regents

Officers of Administration

Committee Chairmen, Faculty

Senate

The College

General Information

Special Advantages

Coordination of Agricultural
Work

Facilities and Equipment

Costs

Air Science

Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid

vi
vii

GENERAL

Student Organizations 4

Student judging Teams 4

Additional Information 5

Awards 5

X Academic Information 6

1 Departments and Curricula ... 6

1 Admission 6

2 Admission Requirements Table 8
Junior Standing 9

2 Requirements for Graduation . . 9

3 Student Advisers 9

3 Electives 9

4 Field and Laboratory Practice. 10
4 Freshman Year 10

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES

Agriculture Curriculum 11

University Requirements 11

College Requirements 11

Agriculture— General 12

Agricultural Chemistry 13

Agricultural Economics 13

Agricultural Education and

Rural Life 15

Agriculture— Enaineerino 16

Agronomy— Crops and Soils 20

Crops 20

Soils 22

Animal Husbandry 23

Botany 24

Dairy' 25

Entomology 28

Horticulture 29

Poultry Husbandry 31

Special Curricula 32

Pre-Forestry 32

Pre-Theological 32

Pre-Veterinarv 32

Special Students 33

Two- Year Program 34

COURSE OFFERINGS

Agriculture 35

Agricultural Economics 36

Agricultural Education and

Rural Life 40

Agricultural Engineering 43

Agronomy— Crops and Soils .... 46

Animal Husbandry 50

Botany 53

Dairy 58

Entomology 61

Florticulture 63

Poultry Husbandry 67

Veterinary Science 70

Agricultural Experiment Station 70

Agricultural Extension Service 71

Service and Control Programs 73

Faculty of the College 77

Supervising Teachers in Agriculture 89

BOARD OF REGENTS

and
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE

Term

Exfires

Charles P. McCormick

Chairman ^^^^

McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Edward F. Holter

Vice-Chairman lyoo

The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, N.W., Washington 6

B. Herbert Brown

Secretary ^^^^

The Balfmore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1

i-iAKx..

Treasure! '^ttle
Denton

Louis L. KaplAi^

Assistant Secrttaiy 1961

5800 Park Hen^ts Avenue, " Baltimore 15

Enos S. Stockbridg,

Assistant Treasurer . _ 1960

10 Light Street, BaltimoiP 2

Thomas W. Pangborn 1965

The Pangborn Corporation, P^^gbom Blvd.," Hage'rstown

Thomas B. Symons 1963

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Can^li Avenue, Takoma Park

C. EwiNG TuTTLE 1962

907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streeib, ILaltimore 2

William C. Walsh 196%

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst l^^y

4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18

Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms ot t,ine
years each, beginning the first Monday in June.

The President of the University of Maryland is, by law. Executive Officer of the
Board.

The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.

•< vi

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION

Princi'pal Administrative Officers

WILSON H. ELKiNS, President

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; m.a., 1932; b.litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D. PHIL., 1936.

ALBiN o. KUHN, Executive Vice President

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; PH.D., 1948.

ALViN E. CORMENY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development

B.A., Illinois College, 1933; ll.b., Cornell University, 1936.

R. LEE HORNBAKE, Dean of the Facidty

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pa., 1934; m.a., Ohio State University, 1936;
PH.D., 1942.

FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant, President's Office
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952.

Emeritus

HARRY c. BYRD, President Emeritus

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; ll.d., Washington College, 1936; ll.d., Dickin-
son College, 1938; d.sc. Western Maryland College, 1938.

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges

MYRON s. AiSENBERG, Dean of the School of Dentistry
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.

VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; ph.d.. University of Colorado, 1942.

RONALD BAMFORD, Dean of the Graduate School

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; ph.d.,
Columbia University, 1931.

GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agriculture

B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; ph.d., 1940.

RAY w. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of University College

B.A., Wabash College, 1929; m.a., Butler University, 1930; ph.d., Syracuse Uni-
versity, 1937.

NOEL E. Foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy

PH.c, South Dakota State College, 1929; b.s., 1929; M.S., University of Maryland,
1932; PH.D., 1933.

LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health

B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; m.a., 1937; ph.d., Peabody College, 1939.

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS

Dr. Russell G. Brown (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION

Dr. Robert Rappleye (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA AND COURSES

Dr. Irvin C. Haut (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID

Dr. Paul Nystrom (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

Dr. Edward J. Herbst (Medicine), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS

Mr. B. James Borreson (Executive Dean for Student Life), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES

Dr. Charles Murphy (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Dr. Charles A. Taff (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND ACTIVITIES

Dr. L. Morris McClure (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS

Dr. Franklin Cooley (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT DISCIPLINE

Dr. Allan J. Fisher (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON RELIGIOUS LIFE

Professor Louis E. Otts (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE

Dr. Marvin H. Eyler (Physical Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT EMPLOYMENT AND SELF-HELP

Dr. Warren R. Johnson (Physical Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION

Dr. Clyne S. ShafFner (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM AND TENURE

Dr. Peter Lejins (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS AND SALARIES

Dr. William E. Bickley (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE

Dr. Guy B. Hathorn (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION

Dr. Joseph C. Biddix (Dentistry), Chairman

THE COLLEGE

THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE OFFERS AN EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM DESIGNED
to prepare students for careers in agricultural sciences, agricultural technology
and agricultural business. Students receive a basic fundamental and cultural
education, correlated with technical agricultural courses and related sciences.

HISTORY

The College of Agriculture is the oldest division of the University of
Maryland at College Park. The institution was chartered in 1856 under the
name of the Maryland Agricultural College. For three years the College was
under private management. When Congress passed the Land Grant Act
in 1862, the General Assembly of Maryland accepted it for the state and
named the Maryland Agricultural College as the beneficiary. When the
institution was merged in 1920 with the University of Maryland in Baltimore,
the College of Agriculture took its place as one of the major divisions of
this larger, more comprehensive organization.

In addition to teaching, the College of Agriculture includes the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station and the Extension Service. They were estab-
lished as the result of acts passed by Congress in 1887 and 1914 respectively.
A more complete description of these two services appears later in this bulletin.

General Information

Graduates of the College of Agriculture are trained for employment in
scientific areas related to agriculture, in agricultural business and industry or
with a local, state or federal agency. Curricula in the College of Agriculture
provide for broad training in cultural and scientific courses as well as in courses
related to various areas of agricultural specialization. Programs are offered for:
(1) those planning to pursue the agricultural sciences and who plan to do
graduate study; (2) those planning to pursue the business activities in agricul-
tural and related industries, and (3) those planning to pursue the technology of
animal and plant production, the engineering, chemistry, and food processing of
agricultural products as well as teaching and extension in agriculture.

Many professors also conduct research studies in their respective fields.
Through these studies the frontiers of knowledge are constantly being extended.
These new findings are incorporated in courses thereby making the instruction
in agriculture dynamic.

The close relationship of extension specialists, county agents, and home
demonstration agents with farmers and farm families enables workers in the
College to evaluate the farm situation. New farm problems are brought to
the attention of the research worker and new developments are presented to
farmers and their families.

The coordination of teaching, research and extension provides for the
effective training of students in the College of Agriculture for a career in

1 ►

General Information

agriculture. Many professors also contribute to the research and extension pro-
grams concerned with agriculture and food production, the development of
new varieties and processing procedures, as well as adjustments in agricultural
production and marketing.

Trained workers in the College of Agriculture, through regulatory and
service activities, are constantly working with actual problems associated with
the improvement and maintenance of standards for farm products. Regulatory
and control work extends over a wide range of activities and is concerned
with reducing losses due to insect pests and diseases; preventing and controlling
serious outbreaks of diseases and pests of animals and plants; analyzing fertilizer,
feed and lime for guaranteed quality; and analyzing and testing germination
quality of seeds to insure better seeds for farm planting. Marketing services
include federal-state inspection, fresh egg law, dairy inspection, seed inspection,
weight and measures and market news service.

SPECIAL ADVANTAGES

The University of Maryland is within a few miles of the Agricultural Researct
Center of the United States Department of Agriculture. This is the largest,
best manned, and best equipped agriculture research agency in the world
Also, the University of Maryland, is within a few miles of the Washingtor
D. C, ofiBces of the Department of Agriculture and other government depart
ments, including the Library of Congress. Students can easily visit these agencie;
and become acquainted with their work and the men who conduct this work
Such contacts have proved valuable to many University of Maryland graduates.

Also, it is not uncommon for men from these agencies to speak before
classes at the University and to be guest speakers at student club meetings anc
otherwise take part in student activities. No other college of agriculture ii
the United States is physically located to offer like opportunities to its students

COORDINATION OF AGRICULTURAL WORK

The strength of the College of Agriculture of the University of Marylanc
lies in the close coordination of the instructional, research, extension, and regu
latory functions vnthin the individual departments, between the several de
partments, and in the institution as a whole. Instructors in the several de
partments are closely associated with the research, extension and regulator
work being carried on in their respective fields, and in many cases, devote i
portion of their time to one or more of these types of activities. Close coordin
ation of these four types of work enables the University to provide a stronge
faculty in the College of Agriculture, and afFords a higher degree of speciali
zation than would otherwise be possible. It insures instructors an opportunity
to keep informed on the latest results of research, and to be constantly ii
touch with current trends and problems which are revealed in extension an(
regulatory activities. Heads of departments hold staff conferences to this end

General Information

so that the student at all times is as close to the developments in the frontiers
of the several fields of knowledge as it is possible for an organization to put him.

In order that the work of the College shall be responsible to agricultural
interests and shall adequately meet the needs of the several agricultural
industries in the state, and that the course of instruction shall at all times be
made most helpful for students who pursue them, advisory councils have
been constituted in the major industries of agriculture. The councils are
composed of leaders in the respective lines of agriculture in Maryland, and
the instructional staff of the College of Agriculture has the benefit of their
council and advice. By this means the College, the industries, and the students
are kept abreast of developments.

FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

In addition to buildings, laboratories, libraries, and equipment for effective
instruction in the related basic sciences and in the cultural subjects, the Uni-
versity of Maryland is provided with excellent facilities for research and in-
struction in agriculture. University farms, totaling more than 2,000 acres,
are operated for instructional and investigational purposes. One of the most
complete and modem plants for dairy and animal husbandry work in the
country, together with herds of the principal breeds of dairy and beef cattle,
and other livestock, provides facilities and materials for instruction and research
in these industries. Excellent laboratory and field facilities are available in
the Agronomy Department for breeding and selection in farm crops, and for
soils research. The Poultry Department has a building for laboratories and
classrooms, a plant comprising twenty acres, and flocks of the important breeds
of poultry. A research farm is available for experimental testing under field
conditions. The Horticulture Department is housed in a separate building, and
has ample orchards, gardens and greenhouses for its various lines of work. A
research farm is located near Salisbury where experimental work is carried on
in the area of intense production.

COSTS

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $185.00 fixed
charges; $101.00 special fees; $400.00 board; $170.00 to $200.00 lodging for
Maryland residents, or $220.00 to S250.00 for residents of other states and
countries. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. A charoe of
$300.00 is assessed to all students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland,
is assessed to all students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland.

A fee of $10.00 must accompany a prospective student's application for ad-
mission. If a student enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is
accepted in lieu of the matriculation fee.

Complete information regarding costs is available in the publication An
Adventure in Learning.

3 ►

General Information

AIR SCIENCE

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are
required to take Basic Air Science training for a period of two years. The
successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation, but it must
be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at
the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students
who do not have the required two years of R.O.T.C. training will be required
to complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first.

Selected students who wish to do so may carry Advanced Air Science
courses during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or reserve
commission in the United States Air Force.

SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID FOR AGRICULTURAL STUDENTS

A limited number of scholarships are available for agricultural students.
These include awards granted by the Sears Roebuck Foundation, the Borden
Company, Dr. Ernest N. Cory Trust Fund, the Danforth Foundation, the Ralston
Purina Company, Southern States Cooperative, Inc., J. McKenny Willis and
Sons, Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and District of Columbia, Miller
Chemical and Fertilizer Corporation, and Peninsula Horticultural Society.

These scholarships and grants-in-aid are awarded by the Faculty Com-
mittee in accordance with the terms of the respective grants. More detailed
information about these awards is contained in the publication An Adventure in
Learning.

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS

Students find opportunity for varied expression and growth in the several
voluntary organizations sponsored by the College of Agriculture. These organi-
zations are: Agricultural Economics Club, Block and Bridle Club, Collegiate
4-H Club, Dairy Science Club, Student Institute of Food Technology, Future
Farmers of America, Agronomy Club, Riding Club, Poultry Science Club,
and the Veterinary Science Club.

Alpha Zeta is a national agricultural honor fraternity. Members are chosen
from students in the College of Agriculture who have met certain scholastic
requirements and displayed leadership in agriculture.

The Agricultural Student Council is made up of representatives from the
various student organizations in the College of Agriculture. Its purpose is to
coordinate activities of these organizations and to promote work which is beneficial
to the College.

STUDENT JUDGING TEAMS

The College of Agriculture sponsors judging teams for dairy cattle, dairy
products, horticultural products, livestock, meats and poultry. Team members

General Information, Awards

are selected from students taking courses designed especially to train them for
this purpose. Teams are entered in major contests where the students compete
with teams from other state universities or agricultural colleges.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Detailed information concerning fees and expenses, scholarships and awards,
student life, and other material of a general nature, may be found in the Uni-
versity publication titled An AdvenUire in Learning. This publication may be ob-
tained on request from the Office of University Relations, North Administration
Building, University of Maryland at College Park. A detailed explanation of the
regulations of student and academic life, may be found in the University publica-
tion titled. University General and Academic Regulations. This is mailed in
September of each year to all undergraduate students, and again in February to
all new undergraduate students not previously enrolled in the preceding fall
semester.

Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges should
be directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to:

COLLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK:

Dean

(College in which you are interested)
The University of Alaryland
College Park, Maryland

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE:

Dean

(School in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1, Maryland

Awards

ALPHA ZETA MEDAL

The honorary agricultural fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually a
medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the hiohest
average record in academic work. The presentation of the medal does not
elect the student to the fraternity, but simply indicates recognition of high
scholarship.

APPLEMAN-NORTON AWARD

This award is made annually to a senior for excellence in botany.

GRANGE AWARD

The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the senior who has

5 ►

Awards, Academic Information

excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has contributed meri-
torious service to the College of Agriculture.

NATIONAL BLOCK AND BRIDLE AWARD

The National Block and Bridle awards annually a plaque to the member
of the Block and Bridle Club who has done the most for the local club during
the year.

NATIONAL PLANT FOOD INSTITUTE AWARD

National Plant Food Institute awards annually the Agronomy Achievement
Award to the outstanding junior or senior student in Agronomy. The amount of
award is $200.

VIRGINIA DARE AWARD

The Virginia Dare Extract Company awards annually a plaque and $25.00
to the outstanding student in ice cream manufacturing with an over-all good
standing in dairy.

EDGAR P. WALLS AWARD

Dr. Edgar P. Walls awards annually a gold watch to the senior doing
outstanding work in horticultural processing.

Academic Information

DEPARTMENTS AND CURRICULA

Departments in the College of Agriculture and their curricula are a<
follows: Agricultural Economics (including agricultural business); Agricultura.
Education and Rural Life; Agriculture-Engineering; Agronomy (including crop;
and soils); Animal Husbandry; Botany (plant morphology and taxonomy, plani
pathology, and plant physiology and ecology); Dairy (dairy husbandry and dair)
technology); Entomology (including bee culture); Horticulture (pomology
olericulture, floriculture, ornamental horticulture and commercial processing)
Poultry Husbandry; Veterinary Science. In addition, there are curricula ir
Agricultural Chemistry and General Agriculture. Courses of study may alsc
be arranged for any who desire to return to the farm after one or more year:
of training in practical agricultural subjects.

ADMISSION

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Agriculture must apply t(
the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park.

The high school or preparatory school student who intends to apply fo
admission to the University should plan his secondary school program care
fully. He should select a program that will prepare him adequately to begii
college work at the college level. He should allow for the fact that hi
interests may change by selecting a secondary school program that will en

< 6

Academic Information

able him, when he enters the University, to have a maximum freedom of
choice among the various curricula offered at the University.

Every candidate for admission to the University must normally present
sixteen units of high school subjects. It is required that seven of the minimum
sixteen units be in college preparatory subjects as follows:

English 4 units

Mathematics (preferably algebra) 1 unit

History or Social Sciences 1 unit

Biological or Physical Sciences 1 unit

The other units should be chosen to give the student as strong a prepara-
tion as possible for his work at the University. At least twelve of the units
presented should be in college preparatory courses in academic subjects.
Although there is no entrance requirement in foreign languages, two or more
units are highly desirable for many programs and are suitable for all pro-
grams. Likewise it is desirable that each student offer two units in history
or social sciences, and two units in the biological and physical sciences. It
is strongly recommended that all students present a unit of plane geometry
in addition to the one or two units of algebra.

The following preparatory program has been designed to give the pro-
spective applicant great freedom of choice among the many curricula at the
University. The student who successfully completes this program will be able
to enter any curriculum at the University and to proceed without loss of time.

English 4 units

Mathematics 3!/< units

(algebra, 2 units; plane geometry, 1 unit; trigonometry,
14 unit. Prospective engineering students should in-
clude solid geometry, % unit)

History or social sciences 2 units

Biological and physical sciences 2 units

Foreign language 2 units

Unspecified 2y^ units

16 units

Deviation from these recommendations is permitted, but should be under-
taken only upon competent advice. An unwise selection of preparatory courses
can effectively prevent the student from pursuing certain curricula at the
University or materially increase the time necessary to complete a particular
curriculum. Every prospective applicant should be certain that his prepara-
tion in mathematics is adequate for any program he might conceivably wish
to enter. A special fee will be charged for all remedial work in mathematics
with the exception of the course in solid geometry.

A well-planned program of college preparatory work contributes much
to the success of a student in his college work. This fact has an important
bearing in estimating whether a candidate for admission is likely to be suc-

7 ►

<
D
Q
<

cc
m
Q
Z

C/5

D
O

< ai

H
i-l
D
u

w
H

O
H

CO
C/}

Q
<

H-l

l-s

ir;

c/5

bo o

■s s

1— 1

i °
a «

Q
w
Q
Z

§
o
u
w
cc

Q
w

PC
D

_ o

TS tn

13 oj

•v

01 -u

0) -M

•3|

•ri

s _

a* 4) _

V 01

m rt

I- t; -a

t- i; T!

o o

W g

S SI

•ti SI

-M

^^ S s

2 »-

oj c"

►J

_U1

4) _ . 2

6 c <= S
Z S 2 "

■S^- E

"53

lil

g£

M S

g bo

bo 3 S

T3 o

B G

v a

2 o •«

>4
•a

r^ 3 -M

It!

-sT

-3^
"3 rt

3 C

O O

■Cm?;

;- rs

t< ^ m

0) -2 «

CO 0)

-S " "S

*^ S .5: S

5 >l

•2 g "5

-u 'O

'5 !;

3 °

C u >.
^ JS JS

C t; g
3 O g

B o (u

EL,

== ^ -O CJ

pH N

1-1 (M

rH <

■^5

(3 ^
P 2

^1 M.

•a

1 -s

5i N ti

a
Oh

1 s -^

* S3

s i-g

"■5 -2 «

2 •« ^< --

« 1
1 §

"(3

B
O

2 g S s

3 S V s

^ - 1 o .^

" >. 2 s

.■S bt 0) C

■5 M -S

=3^

.2 5

0> 3 i?

C bO

bo
'u

C bo 14 rH C

|<S 2

< <

«t-i
o

S C M rt rt
3 |<! Ph

,H W

5 1

5 "S

2 "S

•3 >«

•s ><

"S ►<

c -^

B ■'^

c •«

5 3

3 3

S 3

^ z

^ 2

^ o;

t) s ^ § a

.i £

M .2

H 3 C 73 £

W qj

iJ .a <« w ^ 3

55 ".-^ a 3

3 «

3 3

3 r^ l- >"

"n 3

fe 0) W to S 5-
0 ^ M =3 § g

_g -

be o

•s a

3 «

>H bo

m '^

>> P.

2 .S

•^

3 fc,

0 cj

S c

cj S < S -5 i

Pi C

Academic Information

cessful in his work at the University.

The accompanying chart summarizes the specific requirements of the various
curricula offered in the College of Agriculture.

JUNIOR STANDING

To earn junior standing a student must complete fifty-six (56) semester
hours of academic credit with an average grade of "C" (2.0) or better. In
computing this average, the following provisions apply: all academic courses
carrying one or more credits which have been taken up to the time of compu-
tation shall be included; courses carrying "O" credit shall not be included; in
every course only the most recent grade shall be counted; courses in the basic
R.O.T.C., the physical education required of all University students, and the
health courses required of all women students (i.e., the courses numbered A. S.
1, 2, 3, 4; P. E. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; Hea. 2, 4) shall not be included, but
courses in the advanced R.O.T.C. and courses in health or physical education
which are taken as electives shall be included.

Detailed regulations pertaining to junior standing are presented in full in
the publication, University General and Academic Regulations.

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION

Each student must acquire a minimum of 120 semester hour credits in
academic subjects other than basic air science and physical activities. Men must
acquire in addition 8 hours in Basic Air Science and 4 hours in physical activities.
Women must acquire in addition 4 hours in hygiene, and 4 hours in physical
activities.

STUDENT ADVISERS

Each student in the College of Agriculture is assigned to a faculty adviser,
either departmental or general. Departmental ad\'isers consist of heads of
departments or persons selected by them to advise students with curricula in
their respective departments. General advisers are selected for students who
have no definite choice of curriculum in mind, or who wish to pursue the
general curriculum in agriculture.

ELECTIVES

The electives in the suggested curricula which follow affords opportunity
for those who so desire to supplement major and minor fields of study or to
add to their general training.

With the advice and consent of those in charge of his registration, a
student may make such modifications in his curriculum as are deemed advisable
to meet the requirements of his particular need.

Academic Information

FIELD AND LABORATORY PRACTICE

The head of each department will help to make available opportunities for
practical or technical experience along his major line of study for each stu-
dent whose major is in that department and who is in need of such experience.
For inexperienced students in many departments this need may be met by
one or more summers spent on a farm.

FRESHMAN YEAR

The program of the freshman year in the College of Agriculture is the
same for all curricula of the College. Its purpose is to afford the student an
opportunity to lay a broad foundation in subjects basic to agriculture and the
related sciences, to articulate beginning work in college with that pursued in
high or preparatory schools, to provide opportunity for wise choice of programs
in succeeding years, and to make it possible for a student before the end of
the year to change from one curriculum to another, or from the College of
Agriculture to a curriculum in some other college of the University with
little or no loss of credit.

Students entering the freshman year with a definite choice of curriculum
in mind are sent to departmental advisers for counsel as to the wisest selec-
tion of freshman electives from the standpoint of their special interests and
their probable future programs. Students entering the freshman year with
no definite curriculum in mind, are assigned to a general adviser, who assists
with the choice of freshman electives and during the course of the year ac-
quaints the students with opportunities in the upper curricula in the College of
Agriculture and in the other divisions of the University. If by the close of the
freshman year a student makes no definite choice of a specialized curriculum,
he continues under the guidance of his general adviser in the General Agri-
culture curriculum.

CURRICULA
AGRICULTURE CURRICULUM

All students in the College of Agriculture are required to complete a series
of courses to satisfy University requirements, College requirements and depart-
mental requirements. The remaining courses needed to complete a program of
study are elected by the student with the approval of his adviser.

Semester
University Requirements: Credit Hours

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature ' 6

G. & P. 1— American Government ' 3

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life or alternate ' 3

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 6

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ' 6

FOR men:

Basfc Air Science 8

Physical Activities 4

FOR women:

Hea. 2-Personal Health 2

Hea. 5— Community Health 2

Physical Activities 4

College of Agriculture Requirements:

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 8

Sp. 7— Public Speaking 2

Agr. 1— Introduction to Agriculture 1

ELECT TWO OF THE FOLLOWING:

Bot. I— General Botany (4)
Zool. 1— General Zoology (4)
Microb. 1— General Microbiology (4)

Students failing to pass the pre-registration test in mathematics will he
required to take Math. 0.

Students expecting to pursue the curriculum in either Agricultural
Chemistry or Agriculture-Engineering should, if qualified, take
Math. 18 or 19. If not quahfied they should take Math. 1.

Departmental Requirements: 77

Required courses are determined by the department for each specific curriculum
and elective courses are approved by the adviser of the student's program.

A program of courses for the freshman year is essentially the same for all
students. However, there are some variations in several curricula.

* For classification tests and alternate courses, see Program in American Civilization
section published in University General and Academic Regulations.

11 ►

General Agriculture Curriculum

r— Semester-
Freshman Year ^ ^^

Eng. 1 , 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

G. & P. 1— American Government 3

* Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life or alternate • . 3

Agr. 1— Introduction to Agriculture 1

Bot. 1— General Botany 4

Zool. 1— General Zoology • • 4

A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3

Agron. 1— Crop Production • • 3

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Physical Activities (men and women)

Hea. 2— Personal Health (women) 2

Hea. 4— Community Health (women)

1 1

AGRICULTURE— GENERAL

This curriculum is designed for persons wishing to return to the farm, enter

work allied to farming, for those seeking a general rather than a specialized

knowledge of the field of agriculture and for those preparing to work in any

general field in agriculture or agri-business.

By proper use of the electives allowed in this curriculum, a student may

choose a field of concentration in agriculture and at the same time elect

courses that contribute to a liberal education.

University Requirements (see page 11)

College of Agriculture Requirements (see ipage 11^

Semester

General Agricultural Requirements: Credit Hours

A. E. 107— Analysis of the Farm Business 3

A. E. 108— Farm Management 3

R. Ed. 114— Rural Life and Education 3

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3

Agr. Engr. 106— Farm Mechanics 2

Agron. 10— General Soils 4

Agron. 107— Cereal Crop Production 3

Agron. 108— Forage Crop Production 3

Agron. 151 —Cropping Systems 2

A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3

Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying 3

Ent. 20— Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4

Hort. 5 or 58— General Horticulture 3

P. H. 1— Poultry Production 3

Elect either of the following pairs of courses:

Science Sequence 8

B. A. 20, 21-Principles of Accounting 8

Electives ^ 21

'Three-fourths of the electives must be 100 level courses.
^ 12

AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY

This curriculum insures adequate instruction in the fundamentals of both
the physical and biological sciences. It may be adjusted through the selection
of electives to fit the student for work in agricultural experiment stations, soil
bureaus, geological surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer industries and those
handling food products.

University Requirements (see fage 11^

College of Agriculture Requirements (see fage 11^

Semester

Agricultural Chemistry Requirements: Credit Hours

Chem. 1 5— Qualitative Analysis 4

Chem. 21— Quantitative Analysis 4

Chem. 35— Elementary Organic Lecture 2

Chem. 36— Elementary Organic Laboratory 2

Chem. 37— Elementary Organic Lecture 2

Chem. 38— Elementary Organic Laboratory 2

Chem. 123— Quantitative Analysis 4

Agron. 10— General Soils 4

Bot. 1-General Botany 4

Geol. 1— Geology 2

Math. 20-Calculus 4

Math. 21-Calculus 4

Modem Languages 12

Phys. 20-General Physics 5

Phys. 21— General Physics 5

Sp. 7— Public Speaking 2

Zool. 1— General Zoology 4

Electives in Biology 6

Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 14

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

This Department combines training in the business and economic aspects
of agricultural production and marketing as well as the biological and physical
sciences basic to agriculture. Programs are available for students in agricultural
economics and in agricultural business. Students desiring to enter agricultural
marketing, foreign service, or businesses affiliated with agriculture may elect the
agricultural business option. Students interested primarily in the broad aspects
of production and management as it relates to the operation of a farm business
may elect the agricultural economics option. These programs train students for
employment in agricultural business and industry, in positions of sales or manage-
ment, with local, state or federal agencies, extension workers, college teachers,
researchers, farm operators or farm managers.

Courses for the freshman and sophomore years are essentially the same for
all students. In the junior year the student elects the agricultural economics or
agricultural business option according to his particular interest. Courses in this

13 ►

Agricultural Economics Curriculum

Department are designed to provide training in the application of economic
principles to the production, processing, distribution and merchandising of agri-
cultural products as well as the inter-relationship of business and industry
associated with agriculture in a dynamic economy. The curriculum includes
courses in general agricultural economics, marketing, farm management, finance,
prices, taxation, land economics, agricultural policy, and foreign agricultural
trade.

University Requirements (see 'page II)

College of Agriculture Requirements Qsee page 11^

Semester

Required of both options: Credit Hours

Econ. 3 1 , 32— Principles of Economics 6

Math. 5— General Mathematics 3

A. E. 50— Farm Economics 3

A. E. 101— Marketing of Farm Products 3

A. E. 106— Prices of Farm Products 3

A. E. 108— Farm Management 3

A. E. llO-Seminar 2

Agron. 10— General Soils 4

B. A. 1 30— Elements of Business Statistics 3

A. H. 1 10— Feeds and Feeding 3

Agricultural Economics Option:

A. E. 104— Farm Finance 3

A. E. 107— Analysis of the Farm Business 3

A. E. 11 1— Land Economics 3

A. E. 101— 'Farm Machinery 3

Agron. 1 5 1— Cropping Systems 2

Dairy 1— Dairy Production or

P. H. 1-Poultry Production 3

Select three of the following courses:

A. E. 1 14— Foreign Trade in Farm Products 3

Geog. 10— General Geography 3

Agr. Engr.— Gas Engines and Tractors 3

A. H. 150-Livestock Markets and Marketing 3

Soc. 1 1 3— The Rural Community 3

Electives 18

Agricultural Business Option:

A. E. 103— Cooperation in Agriculture 3

A. E. 112— Economic Development of American Agriculture 3

A. E. 1 14— Foreign Trade in Farm Products 3

Geog. 1 0— General Geography 3

B. A. 20— Principles of Accounting 4

B. A. 1 50— Marketing Management 3

< 14

Agricultural Education and Rural Life Curriculum

Select three of the following courses:

A. E. 119— Foreign Agrictiltural Economics 3

Econ. 1 32— Advanced Economic Principles 3

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3

B. A. 151 —Advertising 3

B. A. 180-Business Lavi^ 4

Electives 16

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE

The primary objective of this curriculum is to prepare students for teach-
ing vocational agriculture. It also prepares them for work as county agents
and allied lines of the rural educational services. Graduates are in demand
in rural businesses, particularly of the cooperative type; a number have
entered the federal service; others are engaged in teaching and research in
agricultural colleges; quite a few have returned to the farm as ovwier-managers.

Courses in extension methods are included in agricultural education. They
are especially designed for students who wish to train for extension work, as
well as others who wish to learn more about how the extension service oper-
ates. Agricultural education majors, as well as others, are urged to take these
courses.

In addition to the regular entrance requirements of the University, in-
volving graduation from a standard four-year high school, students electing
the agricultural education curriculum must present evidence of having acquired
adequate farm experience after reaching the age of fourteen years.

All students following this curriculum are required to attend meetings
of the Collegiate Chapter of the Future Farmers of America during their
junior and senior years in order to gain needed training to serve as advisers
of high school chapters of FFA upon graduation. Freshman and sophomore
agricultural education majors are also urged to become members of the FFA
and to participate in the activities of the organization.

15 ►

Agricultural Education, Agriculture-Engineering Curriculunis

University Requirements Qsee 'page J J )

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page J I )

Semester

Departmental Requirements: Credit Hours

A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3

Agron. 1— Crop Production 3

Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying 3

P. H. 1— Poultry Production 3

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production 3

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3

Ent. 20— Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4

Agron. 10— General Soils 4

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3

Agr. Engr. 56— Introduction to Farm Mechanics 2

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3

Agr. Engr. 102— Gas Engines Tractors and Autos 3

Agr. Engr. 104— Farm Mechanics 2

A. E. 108— Farm Management 3

H. D. Ed. 100, 101-Principles of Human Development I and II 6

R. Ed. 101— Teaching Farm Practices and Demonstrations 3

R. Ed. 103-Practice Teaching ' 5

R. Ed. 107— Observation and Analysis of Teaching Agriculture 3

R. Ed. 109— Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture 3

R. Ed. Ill— Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups 1

R. Ed. 1 12— Departmental Management 1

R. Ed. 1 14— Rural Life and Education 3

Science electives 6

Agriculture electives 4

AGRICULTURE-ENGINEERING

For students of agriculture, the Department offers training in those agri-
cultural subjects which are based upon engineering principles. These subjects
may be grouped under five heads: farm power and farm machinery, farm
structures, soil and water practices, such as drainage, erosion control and irri-
gation, as related to engineering, farm electrification, and mechanics and equip-
ment for agricultural processing.

FIVE-YEAR PROGRAM IN AGRICULTURE — ENGINEERING

For those students who vdsh to specialize in the application of engineering
principles to the physical and biological problems of agriculture there is offered
a combined program, extending over a five-year period, arranged jointly by the
College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, and leading to a degree
from each of these colleges.

'Majors in agricultural education are also required to take R. Ed. 104, Practice
Teaching, four credits (or its equivalent), to be arranged in a four-week period prior
to the opening of the University of Maryland in the fall of their senior year.

M 16

Agriculture-Engineering Curricuhim

This program prepares graduates to enter such diversified fields of employ-
ment as soil and water conservation, management of water resources, and design
of farm structures; the design and supervision of rural electrification distribu-
tion systems and applications of electrical equipment; the design, application, and
distribution of farm machinery; or the development of new uses for farm
products and the profitable utilization of farm wastes and by-products.

To be properly trained in these fields a student needs a broader knowledge
of basic and applied engineering principles than could be provided in a four-
year course in agriculture. He also needs a broader training in the fundamentals
of agriculture than a standard four-year course in engineering could furnish.

Upon completion of the normal four-year course of study the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture is granted. For the fifth year the student
registers in the College of Engineering, and at the end of that year, upon
satisfactory completion of the required course of study, receives a degree in
civil, electrical, mechanical or chemical engineering.

CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURE — ENGINEERING

Freshman Year

Eng. 1 , 2— Composition and American Literature

Sp. 7— Public Speaking

Math. 18, 1 9— Elementary Mathematical Analysis^

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry

Dr. 1, 2— Engineering Drawing

Agr. 1— Introduction to Agriculture

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men)

Physical Activities

-Sentester-
II
3
2
5
4
2

Total

Agriculture-Engineering Requiretnents:
Civil Engineering Option, 4 years.

2
1

Semester
Credit Hcnirs

A. E. 108

Agr. Engr.

Engr,
Engr.
Engr.
Engr.
Engr.
10-

Farm Management

101— Agricultural Machinery

102— Agricultural Tractors and Power Units

105— Farm Structures

107— Soil and Water Conservation Engineering

56— Introduction to Farm Mechanics; or

109— Farm Applications of Electricity

131— Agricultural Machinery Design Laboratory

1 32— Farm Power Analysis Laboratory

135— Farm Structures Design Laboratory

137— Soil and Water Conservation Engineering Laboratory

139— Farm Electrification Engineering Laboratory

General Soils

Agr.
Agr.
Agr.
Agr.
Agr.
Agron

C. E. 21-Statics

C. E. 23-Strenoth of Materials

^A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is
adequately prepared for Math. 18. A student failing this test is required to take Math.
1, Introductory Algebra, wdthout credit.

17 ►

Agriculture-Engineering Curriculum

Semester
Agricultural Engineering Requirements: Qcontinued^ Credit Hours

C. E. 24-Dynamics 3

C. E. 30— Materials of Engineering 2

C. E. 100-Seminar 2

C. E. 110, 1 ll-Surveying I, II 6

C. E. 140-Fluid Mechanics 3

C. E. 160-StructuraI Analysis 1 3

C. E. 1 80— Transportation 3

Dr. 1, 2— Engineering Drawing 4

E. E. 50— Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering 3

Math. 18, 19— Elementary Mathematical Analysis ^ 10

Math. 20, 21-Calculus 8

Math. 64— Differential Equations for Engineers 3

Phys. 20, 21-General Physics 10

Elect one of the following:

A. H. 1 ^Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3)
Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying (3)
P. H. 1— Poultry Production (3)

Elect one of the following:

Agron. 1— Crop Production (3)

Hort. 5— Tree Fruit Production (3)

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production (3)

Hort. 59— Berry Production (3)

Electives 6

Civil Engineering Option, 5th year 36

C. E. 101— Construction Planning 3

C. E. 150-Soil Mechanics 3

C. E. 161— Structural Analysis II 3

C. E. 162-Structural Design (Steel) 3

C. E. 163— Structural Design (Concrete) 3

C. E. 170-Water Supply 3

C. E. 171— Sewerage 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 6

M. E. 105— Principles of Mechanical Engineering 3

Technical Electives 6

In order to provide depth in selected fields, students shall elect, with the advice
and approval of the Department of Civil Engineering, from such groups of tech-
nical courses as will be offered in the fields of highway engineering, hydraulic

engineering and hydrology, sanitary engineering, soils and foundations and struc-
tural engineering with a senior project in the field selected,

^ A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is
adequately prepared for Math. 18. A student failing this test is required to take Math.
1, Introductory Algebra, without credit.

^ 18

Agriculture-Engineering Curriculum

Mechanical Engineering Option, 4 years 100

A. E. 108— Farm Management 3

Agr. Engr. 1 0 1 —Agricultural Machinery 2

Agr. Engr. 1 02— Agricultural Tractors and Power Units 2

Agr. Engr. 105— Farm Structures 2

Agr. Engr. 107— Soil and Water Conservation Engineering 1

Agr. Engr. 56— Introduction to Farm Mechanics, or 2

Agr. Engr. 109— Farm Applications of Electricity

Agr. Engr. 131— Agricultural Machinery Design Laboratory

Agr. Engr. 1 32— Farm Power Analysis Laboratory

Agr. Engr. 135— Farm Structures Design Laboratory

Agr. Engr. 137— Soil and Water Conservation Engineering Laboratory

Agr. Engr. 139— Farm Electrification Engineering Laboratory

Agron. 10— General Soils 4

Ch. E. 1 40— Introduction to Nuclear Technology 2

Dr. 1, 2— Engineering Drawing 4

E. E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering 8

Math. 18, 19— Elementary Mathematical Analysis' 10

Math. 20, 21-Calculus 8

Math. 64— DiflFerential Equations for Engineers 3

M. E. 20, 21— Manufacturing Tools and Processes 2

M. E. 22, 23-Starics and Mechanics of Materials 6

M. E. 24-Dynamics 3

M. E. 100— Thermodynamics 3

M. E. 101-Heat Transfer 3

M. E. 102-Fluid Mechanics 3

M. E. 103-Metallography 3

M. E. 104— Kinematics 2

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 10

Elect one of the following:

A. H. 1 ^Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3)
Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying (3)
P. H. l-Poultry Production (3)

Elect one of the following:

Agron. 1— Crop Production (3)

Hort. 5— Tree Fruit Production (3)

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production (3)

Hort. 59— Berry Production (3)

Electives 4

Mechanical Engineering Option, 5th year 37

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 6

M. E. 150, 151-Heat Power, Chemical and Nuclear 8

M. E. 152, 153— Mechanical Engineering Design 7

M. E. 154, 155-Mechanical Laboratory 4

Approved Technical Electives 12

' A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is
adequately prepared for Math. 18. A student failing this test is required to take Math.
1, Introductory Algebra, without credit.

19 ►

Agronomy— Crops and Soils

To be selected from the following:

M. E. 156— Heating and Air Conditioning 3

M. E. 1 57— Refrigeration 3

M. E. 158, 159-Applied Elasticity 6

M. E. 160, 161— Advanced Dynamics 6

M. E. 162, 163— Advanced Thermodynamics 6

M. E. 164-Research 3

M. E. 165— Creative Engineering 3

M. E. 166, 167— Advanced Fluid Mechanics 6

For the student vv^hose final objective is a degree in electrical or chemical
engineering, curricula corresponding to the foregoing will be arranged.

AGRONOMY— CROPS AND SOILS

The Department of Agronomy offers instruction in production and breeding
of forage crops, cereal crops, and tobacco; weed control; soil chemistry; soil fer-
tility; soil physics; soil classification; and soil conservation. A technical or a gen-
eral curriculum may be elected by a student in either crops or soils. The tech-
nical curricula provide training in basic courses which will increase the students
understanding of the applied crops and soils courses. Training in these basic
courses is required for advanced work in agronomy and is desired by many em-
ployers of students graduating in agronomy.

General curricula in crops and soils permit the student to confine his train-
ing to applied courses but students following these curricula are encouraged to
elect some of the basic courses included in the technical curricula.

Depending on the electives chosen, students graduating in agronomy are well
prepared for advanced study, trained for general farming, farm management,
specialized seed production, extension work, soil conservation, or employment
with commercial seed, fertilizer, chemical or farm equipment companies. Addi-
tional information on opportunities in agronomy may be obtained by writing to
the Department of Agronomy.

CROPS

University Requirements Qsee page II)

College of Agriculture Requirements (see fcige 11^

Semester

Department of Agronomy Pxequirements: Credit Hours

Agron. 10— General Soils 4

Agron. 101— Senior Seminar in Agronomy 1

Agron. 103— Crop Breeding 2

Agron. 107— Cereal Crop Production 3

Agron. 108— Forage Crop Production 3

Agron. 1 5 1— Cropping Systems 2

Agron. 1 54— Weed Control 3

Agron. —Advanced Soils Courses 6

Bot. 1 1 —Plant Taxonomy 3

■< 20

Agronomy— Crops and Soils

Bot. 20-Diseases of Plants 3

Bot. 101-Plant Physiology 4

Bot. 117— General Plant Genetics or

Zool. 104— Genetics 2 or 3

Technical and General Courses for Crops Students

(see explanation and lists below) 29

Electives 12

TECHNICAL CROPS CURRICULUM

A minimum of 20 of the 29 hours of technical and general courses required
above must be selected from the technical courses. If the student desires to take
more than 29 hours of technical courses they can be used as part of his 12 hours
of electives or they can be substituted for other Department of Agronomy require-
ments with permission of the crops adviser.

GENERAL CROPS CURRICULUM

Same as Technical Crops Curriculum except that the 20-hour minimum of
courses from the technical group does not apply.

Semester
Technical Courses Which May he Selected hy the Crops Student Credit Hours

Math. 10-Algebra 3

Math. 1 1 —Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3

Math. 13— Elements of Mathematical Statistics 3

Math. 18, 19— Elementary Mathematical Analysis 5,5

Math. 20, 21-Calculus 4, 4

Chem. 1 5— Qualitative Analysis 4

Chem. 19— Elements of Quantitative Analysis 4

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 2, 2

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Laboratory 1,1

Phys. 10, 1 1— Fundamentals of Physics 4, 4

Bot. 102-Plant Ecology 3

Bot. 1 1 1-Plant Anatomy 3

Agr. 100— Introductory Agricultural Biometrics 3

General Courses Which May he Selected hy the Crops Student

A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3

A. H. 1 10— Feeds and Feeding 3

A. E. 50— Farm Economics j. 3

A. E. 108— Farm Management 3

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3

Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology 3

Ent. 20— Insect Pests of Agriculture Crops 4

Zool. 1— General Zoology 4

Geog. 40— Principles of Meteorology 3

Geog. 4 1 —Introductory Climatology 3

Hort. 5— Fruit Production 3

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production 3

Agron.— Soils or crops courses not previously required 10

21 ►

Agronomy— Cro'ps and Soils

SOILS

University Requirements Qsee page II)

College of Agriculture Requirements (see fage 11^

Sem^ester

Department of Agronomy RequiTem.ents: Credit Hours

Agron. 10— General Soils 4

Agron. 107— Cereal Crop Production 3

Agron. 108— Forage Crop Production 3

Agron. 1 14— Soil Classification and Geography 4

Agron. 1 1 6— Soil Chemistry 3

Agron. 1 1 7— Soil Physics 3

Agron.— Additional Advanced Soils courses 6

Bot. 101-Plant Physiology 4

Technical and general courses for soils students

(see explanation and lists below) 35

Electives 12

TECHNICAL SOILS CURRICULUM

A minimum of 30 of the 35 semester hours of technical and general courses
required above must be selected from the technical group. If the student desires
to take more than 35 semester hours of technical courses they can be used as
part of his 12 hours of electives or they can be substituted for other Department
of Agronomy requirements with permission of the soils adviser.

GENERAL SOILS CURRICULUM

Same as Technical Soils Curriculum except that the 30-hour minimum of
courses from the technical group does not apply.

Semester
Technical Courses Which May he Selected hy the Soils Student Credit Hoiirs

Math. lO-Algebra 3

Math. 1 1 —Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3

Math. 18, 19— Elements of Mathematical Analysis 5,5

Math. 20, 21-Calculus 4, 4

Math. 64— DiflFerential Equations for Engineers 3

Chem. 1 5— Qualitative Analysis 4

Chem. 19— Quantitative Analysis 4

Chem. 35, 37— Elementary Organic Chemistry 2, 2

Chem. 36, 38— Elementary Organic Laboratory 2, 2

Phys. 10, 1 1— Fundamentals of Physics or 4, 4

Phys. 20, 21-General Physics 5, 5

Agr. 100— Introductory Agricultural Biometrics 3

General Courses Which May he Selected hy the Soils Student

A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3

A. H. 1 10— Feeds and Feeding 3

A. E. 50— Farm Econonlics 3

^ 22

Animal Husbandry Curriculum

A. E. 108— Farm Management 3

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3

Agr. Engr. 1 06— Farm Mechanics 2

Agr. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage and Irrigation 2

Zool. 1— General Zoology 4

Zool. 104— Genetics 3

Bot. 1 1— Plant Taxonomy 3

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3

Bot. 102-Plant Ecology 3

Bot. 1 17— General Plant Genetics 2

Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology 3

Ent. 20— Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4

Geog. 40— Principles of Meteorology 3

Geog. 41— Introductory Climatology 3

Hort. 5— Fruit Production 3

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production 3

Microb. 1 35— Soil Microbiology 4

Agron.— Any advanced agronomy courses not previously required. ... 10

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY

The curriculum in animal husbandry is organized for the purpose of pre-
paring students for various phases of work in the field of animal industry such
as: operators and managers of livestock farms, as investigators and research
workers in federal, state, and private institutions, and as workers in specialized
fields where a knowledge of the livestock industry is necessary.

By proper use of electives, the student may equip himself to become a county
agricultural agent; to meet the requirements of positions with certain types of
private and cooperative business concerns; or, with more technical and specialized
training, to become qualified for instructional work in colleges, for investiga-
tional work in state and federal experiment stations or in commercial research
laboratories. Students who desire to enter the field of teaching of highly special-
ized research should elect the more scientific course offered by this and by other
departments.

University ReqiiiTements Qsee page II)

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 1 1 )

Semester

Department of Anim.al Husbandry Requirements: Credit Hours

A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3

A. H. 30— Types and Breeds of Livestock 3

A. H. 1 10— Feeds and Feeding 3

A. H. 1 1 1-Animal Nutrition 3

A. H. 120— Principles of Breeding 3

A. H. 130-Beef Cattle Production 3

A. H. 131-Sheep Production 3

A. H. 1 32— Swine Production 3

A. H. 140— Livestock Management ^ 3

A. H. 150— Livestock Markets and Marketing 2

' Required for students lacking farm experience.

23 ►

Botany Curriculum

Semester
Department of Animal Htishandry Requirements: Qcontinued') Credit Hours

A. H. 160-Meat and Meat Products 3

A. H. 199A-B-Seminar 2

A. E. 108— Farm Management 3

Agron. 1— Crop Production 3

Agron. 10— General Soils 4

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 4

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry— laboratory 2

Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairy 3

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3

Microb. 1— General Microbiology ^ 4

V. S. 101— Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 3

V. S. 102-Animal Hygiene 3

Elect one of the following:

Zool. 104-Genetics (3)

Bot. 117-Plant Breeding (2)

Electives 8-9

BOTANY

The Department offers three major fields of work: plant morphology, cytology,
cytogenetics and taxonomy; plant pathology; and plant physiology and ecology.
The required courses for the freshman and sophomore years are the same for
all students. In the junior and senior years, the student elects botany courses to
suit his particular interest. Courses are required in other subjects to contribute
toward a broad cultural education, and to support the courses selected in the
chosen field of botany.

The curriculum as outlined, provides a complete survey of the field of botany
for prospective high school teachers, and lays a good foundation for graduate
work in botany in preparation for college teaching and for research in state or
federal experiment stations, or in private research laboratories.

Students are also afforded an opportunity for training for other vocations
involving various botanical applications, such as extension work, and positions
viith seed companies, canning companies and other commercial concerns.

Students who wish to meet the requirements for certificates in secondary edu-
cation may elect basic courses in education. An additional semester will usually
be necessary to take certain courses in education, including the required practice
teaching. As long as the demand continues, a series of advanced courses will
be offered in rotation in the summer session especially for teachers working to-
ward the degree Master of Education in science teaching.

^Required in addition to Zool. 1, General Zoology, and Bot. 1, General Botany.
M 24

Botany, Dairy Curriculunis

University Requirements Qsee -page 11^

College of Agriculture Requirements Qsee 'page 11')

Semester

Department of Botany Requirements: Credit Hours

Bot. 2-General Botany 4

Bot. 1 1— Plant Taxonomy 3

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3

Bot. 101-PIant Physiology 4

Bot. 102-Plant Ecology 3

Bot. 1 11-Plant Anatomy 3

Bot. 1 1 7-General Plant Genetics 2

Modem Language, preferably German 12

Math. 10, 11 6

Microb. 1— General Microbiology 4

Zool. 1— General Zoology 4

Phys. 10, 1 1— Fundamentals of Physics 8

Botany electives 10

Electives 12

Students specializing in plant morphology or plant taxonomy will elect
Bot. 114 and/or Bot. 128; those specializing in plant pathology will elect Bot. 122,
Ent. 1, and two of the following: Bot. 123, Bot. 124, Bot. 125, Bot. 126; those
specializing in plant physiology or plant pathology will elect Organic Chemistry,
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34.'

DAIRY

The Dairy Department oflFers instruction in two major lines of work; dairy
husbandry and dairy technology. In the dairy husbandry curriculum, students
are given technical and practical training in the breeding, feeding, management,
and selection of dairy cattle and in milk production. With suitable choice of
courses, students are qualified as operators of dairy farms, for breed promotion and
sales work, or emplo}Tnent \\'ith private and cooperative business organizations,
and for county agent work. The dairy technology curriculum is designed to pre-
pare students for practical and scientific work concerned with the processing and
distribution of milk, manufacture and handling of butter, cheese, ice cream, and
other products, in dairy plant operation and management, and in dairy inspection
and quality control. Students satisfactorily majoring in dairy technology are quali-
fied for the many technical and applied positions in the various branches of the
dairy industry.

By careful election of courses in either curriculum the student may lay a
foundation for advanced study, for instructional work in colleges, and for re-
search in experiment stations or commercial laboratories. The suggested curricula
will be modified to meet the special needs of individual students.

25 ►

Dairy Curriculums

DAIRY HUSBANDRY CURRICULUM

University Requirements Qsee page 11^

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page ]])

Setnester
Dairy Department Requirements: Credit Hours

Agron. 1— Crop Production 3

Agron. 10— General Soils 4

A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3

A. H. 11 1— Animal Nutrition 3

Bot. 1— General Botany 4

Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying 3

Dairy 20— Dairy Production 3

Dairy 102— Physiology of Reproduction 3

Dairy 103— Physiology of Milk Secretion 3

Dairy 105— Dairy Cattle Breeding 3

Dairy 1 99— Seminar 1

Microb. 1— General Microbiology 4

Microb. 1 33— Dairy Microbiology 4

V. S. 101— Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 3

V. S. 102-Animal Hygiene 3

Zool. 1— General Zoology 4

Zool. 104— Genetics 3

A. E. 11 5— Marketing Dairy Products 3

Elect at least 6 semester credits from the following (electives should
form an organized unit):

Chem. 31— Elements of Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 32— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1)
Chem. 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory CO
Chem. 35— Elementary Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 36— Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Chem. 37— Elementary Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 38— Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2)

Electives 20

DAIRY TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM*

Semester

Technical Phase Credit Hours

Agr. Engr. 1 1 1— Fundamentals of Food Processing 3

Bot. 1— General Botany 4

Chem. 19— Quantitative Analysis 4

Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying 3

Dairy 40— Grading Dairy Products 2

Dairy 108— Dairy Technology 4

Dairy 109-Market Milk 4

* Students may elect to take either the Technical or the Business Phase.

M 26

Dairy Curricuhims

Semester
Technical Phase Qcontinued^ Credit Hours

Dairy 110— Concentrated Milk, Cheese and Butter 4

Dairy 1 12— Ice Cream Making 4

Dairy 1 16— Dair\' Plant Management 3

Dairy 199— Dair)' Seminar 1

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3

Microb. 1— General Microbiology 4

Microb. 1 33— Dairy Microbiology 4

Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 3

Zool. 1— General Zoology 4

Elect at least 6 semester credits from the following (electives should
form an organized unit):

Chem. 31— Elements of Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 32— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory' (1)
Chem. 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 34— Elements of Organic Chemistr}' Laboratory' CO
Chem. 35— Elementary Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 36— Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Chem. 37— Elementary Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 38— Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Elect one of the following:

Math. 5 -Business Algebra (3)
Math. 10-Algebra (3)

Electives 25

Business Phase

A. E. 11 5— Marketing Dairy Products 3

Agr. Engr. 1 1 1— Fundamentals of Food Processing 3

Bot. 1— General Botany 4

B. A. 10— Organization and Control 2

B. A. 1 1— Organization and Control 2

B. A. 20— Principles of Accounting 4

Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dair)'ing 3

Dairy 40— Grading Dairy Products 2

Dairy 108— Dairy Technology 4

Dairy 109-Market Milk . .' 4

Dairy 110— Concentrated Milk, Cheese and Butter 4

Dairy 1 12— Ice Cream Making 4

Dairy 1 16— Dairy Plant Management 3

Dairy 199— Dairy Seminar 1

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3

Math. 5— Business Algebra 3

Microb. 1— General Microbiology 4

Microb. 133— Dairy Microbiology 4

Zool. 1— General Zoology 4

Elect an organized unit from the following of at least three credits:

Chem. 31— Elements of Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 32— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1)
Chem. 35— Elementary Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 36— Elementarj' Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Electives 21

27 >

ENTOMOLOGY

This curriculum prepares students for work in various types of entomological
positions. Professional entomologists are engaged m fundamental and applied
research, regulatory and control services with state and federal agencies, com-
mercial pest control, sales and developmental programs with chemical companies
and other commercial organizations, consulting work, extension work, and
teaching.

A student wishing an undergraduate minor in entomology should take the
introductory course (Ent. 1) and after consultation with the heads of both the
major and minor departments will select courses that will contribute most to
the end he has in view.

Most of the first two years of this curriculum is devoted to obtaining the
essential background. In the junior and senior year there is opportunity for some
specializing.

University Requirements (see page II)

College of Agriculture Requirejnents (see 'page II)

Semester

Department of Entom-ology Requirements: Credit Hours

Ent. 1 —Introductory Entomology 3

Ent. 20— Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4

Ent. 105— Medical Entomology 3

Ent. 120— Insect Taxonomy and Biology 4

Ent. 198-Special Problems 2

Ent. 199-Seminar 2

Bot. 1 1— Plant Taxonomy 3

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3

Microb. 1— General Microbiology 4

Elect 30 semester credits from the following:

A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3

Agr. 100— Introductory Agri. Biometrics 3

Agr. Engr. 102— Farm Engines and Tractors 3

Agron. 1— Crop Production 3

Agron. 10— General Soils 4

Bot. 1 1 7— General Plant Genetics 3

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 4

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Lab 2

Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying 3

French 1 , 2— Elementary French 6

German 1, 2— Elementary German 6

Math. 10-Algebra 3

Math. 11— Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3

Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 3

Phys. 2— Elements of Physics 3

Zool. 104— Genetics 3

Electives 19

< 28

HORTICULTURE

The Department of Horticulture offers instruction in pomology (fruits),
olericulture (vegetables), floriculture (flowers) and ornamental horticulture, and
processing of horticultural crops. These courses prepare students to enter com-
mercial production and the horticultural industries such as fruit and vegetable
processing and seed production. Students are likewise prepared to enter the allied
industries as horticultural workers with fertilizer companies, equipment manu-
facturers, and others. Students who wish to enter specialized fields of research
and teaching may take advanced work in the Department.

POMOLOGY AND OLERICULTURE CURRICULUM

University Requirements (see •page J I)

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page J I)

Semester
Department of Horticulture Reqtiirements: Credit Hours

Hort. 5, 6— Tree Fruit Production 3, 2

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production 3

Hort. 59— Berry Production 3

Hort. 101— Technology of Fniits 3

Hort. 103— Technology of Vegetables 3

Hort. 1 14— Systematic Horticulture 3

Hort. 161— Physiology of Maturation and Storage of

Horticultural Crops 2

Hort. 199-Seminar 1

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3

Bot. 101-Plant Physiology 4

Bot. 1 17— General Plant Genetics 2

Agron. 10— General Soils 4

Ent. 20— Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4

Elect one of the following courses:

Bot. 125— Diseases of Fruit Crops (2)
Bot. 126— Diseases of Vegetable Crops (2)

Elect 7 semester credits from the following:

Hort. 11— Greenhouse Management (3)

Hort. 22— Landscape Gardening (2)

Hort. 62— Plant Propagation (3)

Hort. 107, 108-Woody Plant Materials (3, 3)

Hort. 198-Special Problems (2, 2)
Electives 28

29 ►

Horticulture Curriculums

FLORICULTURE AND ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURAL CURRICULUM

University Requirements Qsee 'page 11^

College of Agriculture Requirements Qsee page 11)

Semester

Department of Horticulture Requirements: Credit Hours

Hort. 1 1 —Greenhouse Management 3

Hort. 16— Garden Management 3

Hort. 22— Landscape Gardening 2

Hort. 56— Elements of Landscape Design 2

Hort. 62— Plant Propagation 3

Hort. 105— Technology of Ornamentals 2

Hort. 107, 108-Woody Plant Materials 3, 3

Hort. 150, 151— Commercial Floriculture 3, 3

Hort. 1 52, 1 53— Landscape Design 3, 3

Hort. 199-Seminar 1

Bot. 11— Plant Taxonomy 3

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3

Bot. 101-Plant Physiology 4

Bot. 1 17— General Plant Genetics 2

Bot. 123— Diseases of Ornamental Crops 2

Agron. 10— General Soils 4

Ent. 1 1 6— Insect Pests of Ornamental and Greenhouse Plants 3

Electives 22

PROCESSING OF HORTICULTURAL CROPS CURRICULUM

University Requirements (see page 11^

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 11^

Semester

Department of Horticulture Requirements: Credit Hours

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production 3

Hort. 6 1 —Introduction to Fruit and Vegetable Processing 1

Hort. 101— Technology of Fruits 3

Hort. 103— Technology of Vegetables 3

Hort. 123-Quahty Control 3

Hort. 124— QuaUty Control Systems 3

Hort. 155, 156— Fundamentals of Fruit and Vegetable Processing. ... 3, 3
Hort. 161— Physiology of Matvu^ation and Storage of Horticultural

Crops 2

Hort. 199-Seminar 1

Bot. 101-Plant Physiology 4

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 2, 2

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Laboratory 1, 1

Agron. 10— General Soils 4

Phys. 1 , 2— Elements of Physics 3, 3

Microb. 13— <Food and Sanitary Microbiology 4

Agr. Engr. 1 1 1— Mechanics for Agricultural Processing 3

Agr. Engr. 1 1 2— Machinery and Equipment for Food Processing.... 2

^ 30

Poultry Hushandry Curriculum

Semester
Department of Horticulture Requirements: (^continued') Credit Hours
Elect 8 semester credits from the following:
Hort. 198-Special Problems (2, 2)
B. A. 150-Market Management (3)
B. A. 1 60— Personnel Management (3)
Chem. 19— Quantitative Analysis (4)
Electives 15

POULTRY HUSBANDRY

The curriculum in poultry husbandry is designed to give the student a
thorough knowledge of subject matter necessary for poultry raising; the market-
ing, distribution, and processing of poultry products; poultry improvement vi^ork;
and as a basis for graduate training of teaching and research in poultry husbandry.

The suggested curriculum will be modified to meet the special needs of in-
dividual students. Superior students, definitely anticipating preparation for a
professional career in poultry husbandry, are encouraged to take a language.
However, all students majoring in poultry husbandry will be required to com-
plete 24 semester hours in poultry husbandry.

University Requirements Qsee page 11^

College of Agriculture Requirements Qsee page II)

Semester

Department of Poultry Hushandry Requirements: Credit Hours

P. H. l-Poultry Production 3

P. H. 3— Physiology of Hatchability 3

P. H. 101-Poultry Nutrition 3

P. H. 103— Commercial Poultry Management 3

P. H. 104— Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry 3

P. H. 105-Poultry Genetics 3

P. H. 109-Avian Physiology 3

Agron. 1— Crop Production 3

A. E. 11 7— Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry 3

Agr. 1 00— Introductory Agricultural Biometrics 3

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3

Eng. 7— Technical Writing 2

Math. 5— General Mathematics 3

Microb. 1— General Microbiology 4

Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 3

Sp. 1, 2— Public Speaking 2, 2

V. S. 107-Poultry Hygiene 3

V. S. 108-Avian Anatomy 3

Zool. 104-Genetics 3

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 2, 2

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1,1

Agriculture-Engineering Elective 2-3

Business Elective (B. A. 20, or 150, or 180) 4, 3, 4

Electives 18

31 ►

SPECIAL CURRICULA

PRE-FORESTRY STUDENTS

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who wishes
to attend the University to pursue courses which may be transferred to a standard
forestry curriculum in another institution. The program which a student fol-
lows depends to some extent upon the forestry college he plans to enter. All pre-
forestry students in the College of Agriculture are sent to the Department of
Botany of the University for counsel and advice in these matters.

PRE-THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with the officers of any
theological seminary who desire to urge its prospective students to pursue courses
in agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry. Such pre-theological stu-
dents may enroll for a semester or more or for the usual four year training of
the College. In either case they should enroll as members of the general curricu-
lum in the College of Agriculture.

The electives of this curriculum may be used for such pre-theological require-
ments as seem desirable. Elections may be made from any of the offerings of
the University such as history, political science, philosophy, agricultural eco-
nomics, rural sociology, modem language, English, economics, psychology, sociol-
ogy, natural science, education and the like. Students desiring to pursue a pre-
theological program in the College of Agriculture of the University of Maryland,
should consult with the president or admissions officer of the theological seminary
which they expect to attend.

PRE-VETERINARY STUDENTS

This program is designed for students desiring to prepare for the professional
course in veterinary medicine.

A combined degree is available to students in pre-veterinary science. A
student who has completed 90 academic semester credits at the University of
Maryland and who has completed 30 additional academic semester credits at the
University of Georgia or at any accredited veterinary school is eligible to make
application for the Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Maryland.

The State of Maryland has entered a regional agreement with the State
of Georgia which makes ten spaces a year available in the School of Veterinary
Medicine, University of Georgia. The spaces are to be filled on a competitive
basis from among qualified applicants.

Candidates, to be considered qualified, must have:

a. Completed the curriculum shown below with grades not less than "C"
in any subject;

b. Taken the veterinary medical aptitude test; and

c. Must be a bona fide resident of Maryland.

M 32

S'pecial Curricula

All requirements must be completed by June prior to the September in which
the student desires to matriculate in veterinary college. The pre-veterinary cur-
riculum can be completed in two years but may be extended, thus making it
possible for the applicant to select desirable electives.

After the names of the candidates have been received, a Georgia Board of
Admissions will assemble at the University of Maryland and will interview each
candidate and receive the transcript and all pertinent documents relating to him.
The selection will be made by the OflGce of Admissions, University of Georgia.

The pre-veterinary curriculum should contain:

Semester
Credit Hours

American Government 3

Biological Sciences 12

Botany (4)

Zoology C8)

English 9

Physical Sciences 26

Inorganic Chemistry (8)

Organic Chemistry C6)

Mathematics (6)

Physics C6)
Animal Science 9

Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3)

Fundamentals of Dairying (3)

Poultry Production C3)

Air Science 8

Physical Education 4

SPECIAL STUDENTS IN AGRICULTURE

Mature students may, with the consent of the Dean, register as special students
and pursue a program of studies not included in any regular curriculum, but
arranged to meet the needs of the individual. All University fees for these special
students are the same as fees for regular students.

There are many young farmers who desire to take short intensive courses in
their special lines of work during slack times on the farm. Arrangements have
been made to permit such persons to register at the office of the Dean of the Col-
lege of Agriculture and receive cards granting them permission to visit classes
and work in the laboratories of the diflFerent departments. This opportunity is
created to aid florists, poultrymen and fruit-growers, gardeners, or other especially
interested persons who are able to get away from their work at some time during
the year.

The regular charges are $10.00 for matriculation and $2.00 per credit hour
per month for the time of attendance. One matriculation is good for any
amount of regular or intermittent attendance during a period of four years.

33 ►

Special Curricula

TWO-YEAR PROGRAM IN AGRICULTURE

The objecrive of the two-year program is to offer a course of study to students
desiring to study agriculture in college but who may be able to spend not over two
years in college. This program offers training to prepare students to return to the
farm or for employment in related agricultural business and industry.

Students in the two-year program will be admitted to the College of Agri-
culture under established University entrance requirements. Students in this
program will be required to take Basic Air Science (8 hours), physical
activities (4 hours) and basic sciences pertinent to agriculture. Other courses
may be elected according to the specific interest of the student. Each student
will be assigned to an adviser to assist him in developing a program of study.

COURSE OFFERINGS

The University reserves the right to vidthdraw or discontinue any course for
which an insuflScient number of students have registered to warrant giving the
course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another course.

Courses are designated by numbers as follows:

1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not all
courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)

200 to 299: courses for graduates only.

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course with
a double number extends through two semesters.

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of credit
hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of the course.

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, places
of meeting, and other information required by the student in making out his pro-
gram. Students obtain these schedules when they register.

AGRICULTURE

Agr. 1. Introduction to Agriculture. (I)

First semester. Required of all beginning freshmen and sophomores in agriculture.

Other students must get the consent of the instructor. A series of lectures introducing

the student to the broad field of agriculture. CPoffenberger.)

Agr. 100. Introductory Agricultural Biometrics. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Introduction
to fundamental concepts underlying the apphcation of biometrical methods to agricul-
tural problems with emphasis on graphical presentation of data, descriptive statistics,
chi-square and t-tests, and linear regression and correlation. (Schultz.)

Agr. 200. Agricultural Biometrics. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite,
Agr. Biom. 100 or equivalent. A continuation of Agr. 100 v^dth emphasis on analysis
of variance and co-variance, multiple and cur^dlinear regression, sampling, experimental
design and miscellaneous statistical techniques as applied to agricultural problems.

(Schultz.)

Agr. 202, 203. Advanced Biological Statistics. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, approval of instructor. An advanced course
deaUng with specialized experimental designs, sampling techniques and elaborations
of standard statistical procedures as applied to the animal and plant sciences.

CSchultz.)

35 ►

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

Professors: poffenberger, beal and walker.
Visiting Professor: taylor.
Associate Professors: Hamilton and smith.
Assistant Professors: ishee, swope and wysong.
Instructor: nuckols.

A. E. 50. Farm Economics. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 37. A general course in agricultural economics,
with special reference to population trends, the factors in agricultural production, agri-
cultural wealth, land tenure, farm labor, agricultural credit, the tariff, price movements,
and marketing. (Swope.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

A. E. 101. Marketing of Farm Products. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 31, 32, or Econ. 37. The development of mar-
keting, its scope, channels, and agencies of distribution, functions, costs, methods used
and services rendered. CSwope.)

A. E. 103. Cooperation in Agriculture. (3)

First semester. (Offered 1961-62.) Historical and comparative development of
farmers' cooperative organizations; reasons for failure and essentials to success; com-
modity developments; operative practices; banks for cooperatives; present trends.

(Smith.)

A. E. 104. Farm Finance. (3)

Second semester. (Offered 1960-61.) A study of credit principles as applied to
private and cooperative farm business and the agencies extending farm credit. The
needs for the benefits of farm insurance, including fire, crop, livestock, and life in-
surance. (Ishee.)

A. E. 106. Prices of Farm Products. (3)

Second semester. A general course in prices, price relationships, and price analysis,

with emphasis on prices of agricultural products. (Wysong.)

A. E. 107. Analysis of the Farm Business. (3)

First semester. A concise, practical course in the keeping, summarizing, and an-
alyzing of farm accounts. (Hamilton.^

A. E. 108. Farm Management. (3)

Second semester. A study of the organization and operation of farms from the stand-
point of efficiency, selection of farms, size of farms, leasing systems, and factors
affecting profits. Students vidll make an analysis of the actual farm business and
practices of different types of farms, and make specific recommendations as to how
these farms may be organized and operate as successful businesses. (Hamilton.)

A. E. 111. Land Economics. (3)

First semester. (Offered 1961-62.) A study of the principles, problems and pohcies

in the utilization of land vwth special emphasis on agricultural land. (Ishee.)

-< 36

Agricultural Economics

A. E. 112. Economic Develo-pment of American Agriculture. (3)
First semester. (OfiFered 1960-61.) This course is designed to acquaint students with
major economic development in American agriculture. It places particular emphasis
upon the economic impact of major agricultural movements, such as, colonial agra-
rianism, the disposition of the public domain, farm organizations, recent governmental
farm programs and the relationship of agriculture to public affairs. (Smith.)

A. E. 114. Foreign Trade in Farm Products. (3)

First semester. (Offered 1961-62.) Economic principles in historical setting, trade
barriers, foreign exchange problems, measures to promote trade, past and prospective
trends of American imports and exports of farm products. (Taylor.)

A. E. 115. Marketing of Dairy Products. (2)

First semester. (Offered 1960-61.) A study of principles and practices in the mar-
keting of milk and manufactured dairy products, including the influence of significant
geographical and institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution.

(Beal.)
A. E. 116. Marketing of Fruits and Vegetables. (2)

Second semester. (OfFered 1960-61.) A study of principles and practices in the
marketing of fresh and processed fruits and vegetables, including the influence of
significant geographical and institutional relationships on costs and methods of dis-
tribution. (Swope.)

A. E. 117. Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry. (3)

Second semester. (Offered 1961-62.) This course embraces the economic phases of
egg and poultry marketing. Supply and demand factors, including trends, will be dis-
cussed along with marketing methods, marketing costs and margins, market facilities,
transportation, government grading, storage and eSiciency in marketing. Consumer
preference, acceptance and purchases udll be related to consumer income, pricing of
competitive products and display methods. (Smith.)

A. E. 118. Foreign Agricidtural Policies. (3)

Second semester. Tliis course deals with how the agricultural policies of the United
States and foreign countries of major agricultural importance are formulated and
conducted. Specific policies are evaluated. The effect of various incentives and
barriers to American exports and imports of agricultural products is appraised with
the assistance of visiting discussion leaders working at the policy level in the United
States and other major agricultural countries. (Taylor.)

A. E. 119. Foreign Agricultural Economics. (3)

First semester. This course deals with differences bet^veen the agricultural economies
of several countries and their significance to world-wide production, trade, and con-
simiption of the agricultural products of major importance to the United States.
Special emphasis is given to the roles of institutional and governmental arranoements.

(Taylor.)

A. E. 198. Research Problems. (2-2) (2 cr. max.')

First and second semesters. With the permission of the instructor, students will
work on any research problems in agricultural economics. There will be occasional
class meetings for the purpose of making reports on progress of work. (Staff.)

37 ►

Agricultural Economics

A. E. 199 A-B. Seminar, (i, i)

First and second semesters. Students will prepare and present reports on economic

literature and current agricultural economic problems. (Hamilton.}

Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry.
See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 104.

Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems.
See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 107.

Market Milk.
See Dairy 109.

Livestock Markets and Marketing.
See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 150.

Meat and Meat Products.

See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 160.

Advertising.

See Business Administration, B. A. 151.

Retail Store Management.

See Business Administration, B. A. 154.

For Graduates

A. E. S207. Farm Business Analysis. (I)

Summer session only. An advanced course dealing with farm records and accounts.

Designed especially tor teachers of agriculture and county agents. (Hamilton.)

A. E. 208. Agricultural Policy. (3)

Second semester. The evolution of agricultural policy in the United States, em-
phasizing the origin and development of governmental programs, and their effects upon
agricultural production, prices and income. (Beal.)

A. E. 210. Agricultural Taxation. (3)

First semester. (Offered 1960-61.) Principles, theory and practical problems of tax-
ation applied to the field of agriculture; trends in farm taxes; farm tax burdens; equaliz-
ing and reducing farm tax burdens; taxation of farm cooperatives; forest lands and
interstate agricultural commerce; application of income taxes and sales taxes to farm-
ers; taxation of agriculture in foreign countries. (Walker.)

A. E. 211. Functional Aspects of farm Taxation. (3)

Second semester. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Taxation policies and inter-governmental allocations and grants-in-aid as they affect
public services for rural people, with special emphasis on public education, public
highways, public welfare, social security, public debt; and governmental research, exten-
sion, and regulatory activities directly concerning agriculture. (Walker.)

■< 38

AxgricvUural Economics

A. E. 214. Advanced Agricultural Marketing. (3)

Second semester. Advanced study of the complex theoretical, institutional and legal
factor governing both domestic and foreign agricultural trade, with particular atten-
tion given to policies and practices affecting cost and price. (Beal.')

A. E. 216. Advanced Farm Management. (3)

Second semester. An advanced course in farm organization and management which
applies the economic principles of farm production to the operation of farms of different
sizes, types, operations, and geographical locations. Consideration is also given to ad-
justments which have taken place in farming specific areas and probable changes in the
future. Clshee.)

A. E. S216 A-B. Advanced Farm Management, (i, I)

Summer session only. An advanced course in farm organization and management,

especially designed for teachers of vocational agriculture. (Hamilton.)

A. E. 218. Agricultural Economics Research Techniques. (3)
First semester. A study and an appraisal of agricultural economics research tech-
niques. Experience is given in outhning and conducting research projects. A critical
appraisal is made of methods of analysis and the presentation of resvilts. CBeal.)

A. E. 219. Advanced Land Economics. (3)

Second semester. A critical analysis of the principles and problems in issuing and
controlling land resources, including a review of land policies, is given, vdth special
consideration being placed on the problems of submarginal lands, range lands, and
water resources. Conservation of various land resources is appraised, problems of
landed property are presented; and criteria essential to the development of a soimd
land pohcy are studied. (Ishee.)

A. E. 220. World Agricultural Production. (3)

First semester. A world-wide appraisal of the economic significance of the growth
of population, changes in food and fiber requirements, development of land resources,
development of crop and livestock productivity, substitute or supplementary products
from factory and sea the economic imbalance between developed and under-developed
countries, .financial and social limitations, and organized international agricultural
development activities. (Taylor.)

A. E. 301. S'pecial Problems in Farm Economics. (2) (4 cr. max.')
First and second semesters. An advanced course dealing extensively with some of the
economic problems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices,
production adjustments, transportation, marketing, and cooperation. (Staff.)

A. E. 302. Seminar. (,1) C^ cr. mux.)

First and second semesters. Students vidll be assigned research in agricultural eco-
nomics under the supervision of the instructor. The work will consist of original
investigation in problems of agricultural economics. (Staff.)

A. E. 199. Research.

Credit according to work accomplished. This course will consist of special reports
by students on current economic subjects, and a discussion and criticism of the same by
the members of the class and instructional staff. (Staff.)

39 ►

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE

Professor: warner.

Assistant Professors: hopkins and smith.

For Advanced Under graduates

R. Ed. 101. Teaching Farm Practiciinis and Demonstrations. (2)
First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. This course is designed to assist
the student in relating the learning acquired with the problems of doing and demon-
strating which he faces in the field and in the classroom as a teacher of agriculture.

(Smith.)
R. Ed. 103. Practice Teaching. (5)

First semester. Open only to students majoring in agricultural education who have
a satisfactory scholastic average. Five weeks, full time. Under the direction of a
supervising teacher and the supervision of a teacher-trainer the student is required to
analyze and prepare special units of subject matter in agriculture, plan and teach
lessons, supervise farming programs of students and otherwise perform the duties of
a high school teacher of vocational agriculture. Not less than 125 clock hours, exclu-
sive of observation, shall be required. CHopkins.)

R. Ed. 104. Practice Teaching. Ci-4)

First and second semesters. Registration concurrent or after R. Ed. 103. One to
four weeks full time. To provide students an opportunity to gain experience in
farming program supervision, the opening of school, and in other teaching activities
not generally a part of R. Ed. 103. (Hopkins.)

R. Ed. S108 A-B. Problems in Teaching Farm Mechanics. Cl-i^

Summer session only. The latest developments in the teaching of farm mechanics.

Various methods in use wall be compared and studied under laboratory conditions.

R. Ed. 161. 4-H Organization and Procedure. (2)

A study of the youth phase of cooperative and extension work. Emphasis is placed
on the philosophy, objectives, organization, leadership development and methods used
in conducting 4-H Club work at the local and county level.

R. Ed. 198. Special Problems in Agricidtiiral Edtication. (i-3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, approval of staflE.

Credit in accordance with amount of work planned. A course designed for advanced

undergraduates for problems in teaching vocational agriculture. (Staff.)

R. Ed. S199 A-B. Seminar in Agricultural Education. Q-O

Summer session only. Investigations, reports and papers on the organization and

administration of agricultural education. (Hopkins, Smith.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

R. Ed. 107. Observation and Analysis of Teaching Agriculture. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. This course deals

with an analysis of pupil learning in class groups. (Smith.)

-< 40

Agricultural Education and Rural Life

R. Ed. 109. Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculttire. (3)
First semester. A comprehensive course in the work of high school departments of
vocational agriculture. It emphasizes particularly placement, supervised farming pro-
grams, the organization and administration of Future Fanner activities, and objectives
and methods in all-day instruction. (Hopkins, Smith.)

R. Ed. 111. Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups, (i)
First semester. Characteristics of young and adult fanner instruction in agriculture.
Determining needs for and organizing a course; selecting materials for instruction; and
class management. Emphasis is on the conference method of teaching. (Smith.)

R. Ed. 112. Departmental Management, (i)

Second semester. One laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, R. Ed. 107 and 109,
or permission of the Flead of the Department. The analysis of administrative pro-
grams for high school departments of vocational agricultiue. Investigations and re-
ports. (Hopkins, Smith.)

R. Ed. 114. Rtiral Life and Education. (3)

Second semester. An intensive study of the educational agencies at work in rural
communities, stressing an analysis of school patronage areas, the possibilities of normal
life in rural areas, early beginnings in rural education, and the conditioning effects of
educational offerings.

R. Ed. 150. Extension Education. (2)

Second semester. The Agricultural Extension Service as an educational agency. The
Jiistory, philosophy, objectives, policy, organization, legislation and methods used in ex-
tension work. (Warner.)

R. Ed. 160. Agricidtural Communications. (2)

First semester. A general introduction to communications and the application of com-
munication principles and problems of teaching agricultural workers, person to person,
with groups and through mass media. (Warner.)

R. Ed. 170 A-B. Workshop Teaching Conservation of Natural Resotirces. (3-3)

Fee, $25.00. This workshop is devoted to a study of the state's basic wealth, its
natural resources, natural resource problems and practices pertinent to local, state,
national and world welfare.

For Graduates

R. Ed. 201. Rural Life and Education. (3)

First semester. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more often than alternate
years.) Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114 or equivalent. A sociological approach to rural educa-
tion as a movement for a good life in rural communities. (Smith.)

R. Ed. 203. Farm Organizations and Rural Education. (3)
Second semester. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more often than
alternate years.) Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114 or equivalent. The part played by farm
organizations in formal and informal education in the rural community. (Hopkins.)

41 ►

Agricultural Education and Rural Life

R. Ed. 207, 208. Problems in Vocational Agriculture. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more often
than alternate years.) In this course special emphasis is placed upon the current
problems facing teachers of vocational agriculture. It is designed especially for per-
sons who have had several years of teaching experience in this field. (Smith, Hopkins.}

R. Ed. S207 A-B. Problems in Teaching Vocational Agriculture. (I-J)
Summer session only. A critical analysis of current problems in the teaching of
vocational agricvdture with special emphasis upon recent developments in all-day
programs. (Hopkins, Smith.)

R. Ed. S209 A-B. Adult Education in Agricidture. (M)

Simimer session only. Principles of adult education as applied to rural groups, espec-
ially young and adult farmers. Organizing classes, planning courses and instructional
methods are stressed. (Staff.)

R. Ed. S210 A-B. The Land Grant College System. Q-O

Summer session only. Development of Land Grant colleges and the role they have

played in improving rural conditions. (Staff.)

R. Ed. S213 A-B. Swpervision and Administration of Vocational Agriculture.

(M)
Summer session only. Administrative and supervisory problems in vocational agri-
culture including scheduling, local administrative programs, supervisor-teacher rela-
tionships and the responsibilities of superintendents and principals in the program.

(Hopkins.)

R. Ed. 215. Supervision of Student Teaching. (I)

Arranged. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more often than alternate
years.) The role of the supervising teacher in checking progress, supervising and
grading student teachers. Particular emphasis will be given to the region-wide program
in training teachers of vocational agriculture, including the evaluation of beginning
teachers. (Hopkins.)

R. Ed. 240. Agricultural College Instruction, (i)

Second semester. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more than alternate
years.) Open to graduate students and members of the faculty in the College of
Agriculture. A seminar type of course consisting of reports, discussions, and lectures
dealing vdth the techniques and procedures adapted to teaching agricultural subjects
at the college level. (Staff.)

R. Ed. S250 A-B. Critique in Rural Education. (.1-1^

Summer session only. Current problems of teaching agriculture are analyzed and
discussed. Students are required to make investigations, prepare papers and make
reports. (Hopkins, Smith.)

R. Ed. 301. Field Problems in Rural Education. Cl-3')

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, six semester hours of grad-
uate study. Problems accepted depend upon the character of the work of the student
and the facilities available for study. Periodic conferences required. Final report
must follow accepted pattern for field investigations. (Staff.)

-^ 42

Agricultural Engineering

R. Ed. 302. Seminar in Rural Education, (i, i)

First and second semesters. Problems in the organization, administration, and super-
vision of the several agencies of rural education. Investigations, papers, and reports.

(Hopkins, Smith.)
R. Ed. 399. Research.
First and second semesters. Summer session. Credit hours according to work done.

(Staff.)

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERLNG

Professor: green.

Associate Professor: gienger.

Assistant Professor: Matthews.

Agr. Engr. 2. Seminar. Qno credit^

First semester. One hour per week. Required of all students upon registration in
agricultural engineering curriculum. A series of discussions on applications of engi-
neering sciences in agriculture. (Staff.)

Agr. Engr. 56. Introduction to Farm Mechanics. (2)

Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee,
$3.00. A study of the hand tools and power equipment and their safe use as it
applies to mechanized farms. Principles and practice in arc and gas welding, cold
metal and sheet metal work are provided. Also, tool fitting, woodworking, plumbing,
blue print reading and use of concrete. (Gienger.)

For Advanced Undergraduates

Agr. Engr. 199. Seminar, (i)

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of Department. Advanced undergraduates
will review literature, present reports and discuss topics in agricultural engineering.

(Staff.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Agr. Engr. 101. Agricultural Machinery. (2)

First semester. Two lectures per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. Engr. 121 or
131 required. Materials and construction of agricultural machinery with particular
reference to functions of unit assemblies and complete machines, and factors affecting
their adaptation and management. (Matthews.)

Agr. Engr. 102. Agriculttiral Tractors and Power Units. (2)
Second semester. Two lectures per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. Engr.
122 or 132 required. Principles of internal combustion engines and fundamentals of
power transmission and control mechanisms in self-propelled or stationary units.

(Matthews.)

43 ►

Agricultural Engineering

Agr. Engr. 104. Farm Mechanics. (2)

First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Available
only to seniors in agricultural education. This course consists of laboratory exercises
in practical farm shop and farm equipment maintenance, repair, and construction
projects; and a study of the principles of shop organization and administration.

(Gienger.)
Agr. Engr. 105. Farm Structures. (2)

First semester. Two lectures per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. Engr. 135
required for students in agricultural engineering curriculum. Functional and environ-
mental requirements of farm structures are stressed. Characteristics of materials and
structural details of conventional types of construction are included. (Matthews.)

Agr. Engr. 107. Soil and Water Conservation Engineering. CO
Second semester. One lecture per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. Engr. 127
or 137 required. Applications of engineering sciences in erosion control, drainage, irri-
gation, and watershed management. (Green.)

Agr. Engr. 109. Farm Applications of Electricity, (i)

Second semester. One lecture per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. Engr. 129
or 139 required. Applications of electricity for lighting, heating, cooling or power and
characteristics of motors and equipment considered in design to meet requirements.

(Matthews.)
Agr. Engr. 111. Mechanics for Agricultural Processing. (3)
First semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
A study of the fundamentals of physics and mechanics and how they are applied in
agriculture. Included are the basic laws and applications of mechanics, power trans-
mission, heat and heat transfer, fluid flow, refrigeration, instruments, and lighting.

(Matthews.)

Agr. Engr. 112. Machinery and Equifment for Food Processing. (2)
Second semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) One lecture and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite, Agr. Engr. 111. A study of the mechanical and engineering operations
pertaining to food processing plants. Emphasis is placed on machinery and equip
ment for processing methods, plant sanitation, plant maintenance, and materials hand-
ling. Plant layout and design is also included. (Matthews.)

Agr. Engr. 121. Agricultural Machinery Laboratory. (])

First semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration
in Agr. Engr. 101 required. Studies of operating characteristics, adjustments and where
applicable, calibration of current models of machinery. (Matthews.)

Agr. Engr. 122. Agricultural Tractors and Power Laboratory . (i)
Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration
in Agr. Engr. 102 required. Studies of power unit components as related to overall
engine and tractor performance. (Matthews, Gienger.)

Agr. Engr. 127. Soil and Water Conservation Laboratory. (1)
Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration
in Agr. Engr. 107 required. Simple surveying and use of level for erosion control,
irrigation and drainage. (Green.)

M 44

Agricultural Engineering

Agr. Engr. 129, Farm Electrification Laboratory. (I)

Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration
in Agr. Engr. 109 required. Layout and design of farmstead wiring plans together
with essentials of wiring practices. (Staff.)

Agr. Engr. 131. Agricultural Machinery Design Laboratory. (1)
First semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration
in Agr. Engr. 101 required. Prerequisite, C. E. 24 or M. E. 24. A study of design
factors and force analysis including design of simple units. (Staff.)

Agr. Engr. 132. Farm Power Analysis Laboratory, (i)

Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration
in Agr. Engr. 102 required. Prerequisite, M. E. 100. Determination of efficiency of
internal combustion engines, forces and moments of tractor loading, and stability.
Engineering aspects of hydraulic control systems and power transmissions are included.

(Staff".)
Agr. Engr. 135. Farm Structures Design Laboratory. (J)

First semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration
in Agr. Engr. 105 required. Prerequisite, C. E. 160. Design of structures with
emphasis on functional and environmental requirements for agriculture. (Staff.)

Agr. Engr. 137. Soil and Water Conservation Engineering Laboratory, (i)
Second semester. One three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites, C. E. 110 and
C. E. 140 or M. E. 102. Hydraulic design of water conveyance systems for erosion
control, drainage and irrigation. (Green.)

Agr. Engr. 139. Farm Electrification Engineering Laboratory, (i)
Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration
in Agr. Engr. 109. Prerequisite, E. E. 52. Study of farmstead electrical loads and
the design of distribution networks therefor. (Staff.)

Agr. Engr. 198. S'pecial Problems in Farm Mechanics. (2-3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, approval of Department. Not acceptable for
majors in agricultural engineering. Problems assigned in proportion to credit regis-
tered for. (Gienger.)

For Graduates

Agr. Engr. 201. Special Topics in Agricultural Engineering. (3)
First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Timely
topics in specialized areas of agricultural engineering will be selected as needed by
graduate students; for example. Instrumentation for Agricultural Engineering Research.

(Staff.)
Agr. Engr. 301. Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering. Cl-6^
First and second semesters. Summer session. Work assigned in proportion to amount
of credit. (Staff.)

Agr. Engr. 302. Seminar, (i, J)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Staff.)

Agr. Engr. 399. Research. Cl-6^

Credit according to work accomplished. (Staff.)

45 ►

AGRONOMY— CROPS AND SOILS

Professor: street.

Associate Professors: axley, bourbeau, decker, leffel and strickldnjc.
Assistant Professors: clark, kresge, meade, miller, newcomer and
santelmann.

CROPS

Agron. 1. Crop Production. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Culture, use,

improvement, adaptation, distribution, and history of field crops. (Santelmann.)

for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Agron. 103. Crop Breeding. (2)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Prerequisite, Bot. 117 or Zool.
104. Principles and methods of breeding annual self and cross-pollinated plants and
perennial forage species. (Lcffcl.)

Agron. 104. Tobacco Production. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. A study of the history,
adaptation, distribution, culture, and improvement of various types of tobacco, with
special emphasis on problems in Maryland tobacco production. Physical and chemical
factors associated with yield and quality of tobacco will be stressed. (Street.)

Agron. 107. Cereal Crop Production. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory

period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. Study of the principles and practices of com,

wheat, oats, barley, rye, and soybean production. (Clark.)

Agron. 108. Forage Crop Production. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1. Study of the production and management of grasses and legumes for quality
hay, silage and pasture. (Decker.)

Agron. 109. Turf Management. (2)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, Bot. 1. A study of principles and practices in management of turf for lawns,
athletic fields, playgrounds, airfields, and highway planting.

Agron. 151. Cropping Systems. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1 or equivalent. The
coordination of information from various courses in the development of balanced crop-
ping systems, appropriate to different objectives in various areas of the state and
nation.

^ 46

Agronomy— Crofs and Soils

Agron. 152. Seed Production and Distribution. (2)

First semester, alternate years. (OEFered 1960-61.) One lecture and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1 or equivalent. A study of seed production,
processing, and distribution; federal and state seed control programs; seed laboratory
analyses; release of new varieties and maintenance of foundation seed stocks.

(Newcomer.)

Agron. 154. Weed Control. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1 or equivalent. A study of tbe use of cultural
practices and chemical herbicides in the control of weeds in field crops and tmf.

(Santelmann.)

Additional courses under CROPS AND SOILS.

For Graduates

Agron. 201. Advanced Crap Breeding. (2)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62).) Prerequisite, Agron. 103 or equiva-
lent. Genetic, cytogenetic, and statistical theories underljing methods of plant breed-
ing. A study of quantitative inheritance, heterosis, heritability, interspecific and in-
tergeneric hybridization, polyploidy, sterihty mechanisms, inbreeding and outbreeding,
and other topics as related to plant breeding. (Leffel.)

Agron. 204. Technic in Field Crop Research. (2)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Field plot technic, application

of statistical analysis to agronomic data, and preparation of the research project.

(LeQerg.)

Agron. 205. Advanced Tobacco Production. (2)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectures a week. Prerequi-
site, permission of instructor. A study of the structural adaptation and chemical
response of tobacco to en\ironmental variations. Emphasis will be placed on the
alkaloids and other unique components. (Street.)

Agron. 207. Advanced Forage Crops. (2)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures a week. Prerequisites,
Bot. 101, Chem. 31 and 32, or equivalent, or permission of instructor. A fundamental
study of physiological and ecological responses of grasses and legumes to environmental
factors, including fertilizer elements, soil moisture, soil temperature, air temperature,
humidity, length of day, quality and intensity of light, wind movement, and defoUa-
tion practices. Relationship of these factors to hfe histor)', production, chemical and
botanical composition, quality, and persistence of forages will be considered.

(Decker.)
Agron. 208. Research Methods. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of staff. Development of research Wew-
point by detailed study and report on crop research of the Marj'land Experiment
Station or re'view of literature on specific phases of a problem. (Staff.)

47 ►

Agronomy— Crops and Soils

Agron. S210. Crcp-ping Systems. (I)

Summer session only. An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of voca-
tional agriculture and county agents. It deals with outstanding problems and the latest
developments in the field.

Additional courses under CROPS AND SOILS.

SOILS

Agron. 10. General Soils. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period each week. Prerequisite,
Chem. 1 or permission of instructor. A study of the fundamentals of soils including
their origin, development, relation to natural sciences, effect on civilization, physical
properties, and chemical properties. (Kresge.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Agron. Si 10. Soil Management, (i)

Simimer session only. An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of voca-
tional agriculture and county agents dealing with factors involved in management of
soils in general and of Maryland soils in particular. Emphasis is placed on methods
of maintaining and impro\ang chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of soils.

(Striclding.)
Agron. 111. Soil Fertility Princi-ples. C^')

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, Agron. 10. A study of the chemical, physical, and biological characteristics
of soils that are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical,
or biological nature and their correction by the use of lime, fertilizers, and rotations
are discussed and illustrated. C Striclding.)

Agron. 112. Commercial Fertilizers. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 or permission of

instructor. A study of the manufacturing and distribution of commercial fertilizers.

(Axley.)
Agron. 113. Soil Conservation. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 or permission of instructor. A study of the
importance and causes of soil erosion, and methods of soil erosion control. Special
emphasis is placed on farm planning for soil conservation. The laboratory period vidll
be largely devoted to field trips. (Miller.)

Agron. 114. Soil Classification and Geography. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Agron.
10, or permission of instructor. A study of the genesis, morphology, classification and
geographic distribution of soils. The broad principles governing soil formation are ex-
plained. Attention is given to the influence of geographic factors on the development
and use of the soils in the United States and other parts of the world. The laboratory
periods will be largely devoted to field trips and to a study of soil maps of various
countries. (Bourbeau.)

M 48

Agronomy— Crofs and Soils

Agron. 116. Soil Chemistry. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) One lecture and two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10, or permission of instructor. A study of the
chemical composition of soils; cation and anion exchange; acid, alkaline and saline soil
conditions; and sod fixation of plant nutrients. Chemical methods of soil analysis wdll
be studied wdth emphasis on their relation to fertilizer requirements. (Axley.)

Agron. 117. Soil Physics. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (OfiFered 1961-62.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and a course in physics, or permission of
instructor. A study of physical properties of soils with special emphasis on relation-
ship to soil productivity. (Striclding.)

Agron. 119. Soil Mineralogy. (4)

First semester, alternate years. (OflFered 1961-62). Two lectures and two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A study of the fundamental
laws and forms of cr)'Stal symmetry and essentials of crj'stal structure; structure, occur-
rence, association and uses of minerals, determination of minerals by means of their
morphological, chemical and physical properties. Particular attention is given to soil-
forming minerals. Laboratory periods will be devoted to a systematic study of about
75 minerals. (Bourbeau.)

Additional courses under CROPS AND SOILS.

For Graduates

Agron. 250. Advanced Soil Miyieralogy. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisites, Agron. 10, Agron. 119 and permission of instructor. A study of the structure
physical-chemical characteristics and identification methods of sod minerals, particu-
larly clay minerals, and their relationship to soil genesis and productivity.

(Bourbeau.)
Agron. 251. Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62.) Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisites, Agron. 10 and permission of instructor. An advanced study of the theory of
the chemical methods of soil investigation with emphasis on problems involving appli-
cation of physical chemistry. (Axley.)

Agron. 252. Advanced Soil Physics. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectiires and one labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisites, Agron. 10 and permission of instructor. An ad-
vanced study of physical properties of soils vdth special emphasis on relationship to
soil productivity. (Strickling.)

Agron. 253. Advanced Soil Chemistry. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) One lecture and two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A continuation of Agron. 116
with emphasis on soil chemistry of minor elements necessary for plant growth.

(Axley.)

Addirional courses under CROPS AND SOILS.

49 ►

Animal Hushandry
CROPS AND SOILS

For Advanced Undergraduates

Agron. 198. Special Problems in Agronomy, (i)

Second semester. Prereqiaisites, Agron. 10, 107, 108 or permission of instructor. A

•detailed study, including a written report of an important problem in agronomy.

CStafiF.)
Agron. 199. Senior Seminar. CO

Second semester. Prerequisites, Agron. 107, and 108. Reports by seniors on current
scientific and practical publications pertaining to agronomy. CSantelmann.)

For Graduates

Agron. 260. Recent Advances in Agronomy. (2-4)

First semester. Two hours each year. Total credit four hours. Prerequisite, per-
mission of instructor. A study of recent advances in agronomy research. CStaflF.)

Agron. 302. Agronomy Seminar. (I, I)

First and second semesters. Total credit toward M. S., 2; toward Ph.D., 6. Pre-
requisite, permission of instructor. (Staff.)

Agron. 399. Research.

First and second semesters. Credit according to work done. (Staff.)

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY

Professors: foster and green.

Associate Professor: leffel.

Assistant Professors: buric and young.

A. H. 1. Fundamentals of Animal Hushandry. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. A study of the gen-
eral problems in breeding, feeding, management and marketing of beef cattle, sheep,
swine and horses. Practice is given in the selection of animals to meet market demands.
Field trips may be made to near-by farms and packing plants. (Staff.)

A. H. 30. Types and Breeds of Livestock. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, A. H.
1. A study of the various types and breeds of Hvestock, their development, characteris-
tics and adaptability. Practice is given in selection according to standards of excellence.

(Staff.)
A. H. 90. Livestock Judging. (2)

Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 30 or permis-
sion of instructor. Training is given in the judging of beef cattle, sheep, swine and
horses. Occasional trips are made to farms where outstanding herds and flocks are main-
tained. (Buric.)

-^ 50

Animal Husbandry

For Advanced Undergraduates

A. H. 100. Advanced Livestock Judging. (2)

First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 90 and permission
of instructor. An advanced course in the selection and judging of purebred and com-
mercial meat and work animals. The most adept students enrolled in this course are
chosen to represent the University of Maryland in intercollegiate livestock judging con-
tests. (Buric.)

A. H. 110. Feeds and Feeding. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem.
1,3. Elements of nutrition; source, characteristics, and adaptability of the various feeds
to the several classes of livestock; feeding standards; the calculation and compounding
of rations. (Leffel.)

A. H. 130. Beef Cattle Production. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 1,
A. H. 110. Principles and practices underlying the economical production of beef
cattle, including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding, feed-
ing, management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds. (Foster.)

A. H. 131. Sheep Production. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H.
1, A. H. 110. Principles and practices underlying the economical production of sheep,
including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding, feeding,,
management and marketing of purebred and commercial flocks. (Leffel.)

A. H. 132. Swine Production. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory' period a week. Prerequisites, A. H.
1, A. H. 110. Principles and practices underlying the economical production of swine,
including a study of the breeds and their adaptabilit}'; selection, breeding, feeding, man-
agement and marketing of purebred and commercial herds. (Young.)

A. H. 134. Light Horse Production. (J)

First semester. One lecture a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. Study of the light horse
breeds with emphasis on the types of usefulness of each. A discussion of principles
of selection and breeding of light horses is included in this course. (Leffel.)

A. H. 135. Light Horse Production. (I)

Second semester. One lecture a week. Prerequisite, A. II. 1. Included is a study of
the organization of the light horse farm, proper methods of feeding and training, control
of disease, treatment and care of injuries, sale of surplus stock. (Leffel.)

A. H. 140. Livestock Management. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) One lecture and two laboratory^
periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 110. A course designed to offer practical expe-
rience in working with livestock, especially to students who lack farm experience.
Pro\ades opportunities for students to leam practical methods of handling and manag-
ing beef cattle, sheep, and swine. Practice and training in fitting animals for shows
and sales. (Buric.)

51 ►

Animal Husbandry

A. H. 160. Meat and Meat Products. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H.
1. Designed to give information on the processing and handling of the nation's meat
supply. A study of the physical and structural qualities which effect the value of meat
and meat products. Trips are made to packing houses and meat distributing centers.

(Ferguson, Buric.)

A. H. 198. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry. Ci-2) (4 cr. max.^
First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. Pre-
requisite, approval of staff. A course designed for advanced undergraduates in which
specific problems relating to animal husbandry will be assigned. (StaflF.)

A. H. 199 A-B. Seminar, (i, ])

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Advanced under-
graduates will be required to review literature, present reports and discuss assigned topics
relating to arrimal husbandry. (Staff.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

A. H. HI. Animal Nutrition. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34; A. H. 110.
Graduate credit allowed, wath permission of instructor. Processes of digestion, absorp-
tion, and metabolism of nutrients; nutritional balances; nature of nutritional require-
ments for growth, production and reproduction. (Leffel.)

A. H. 120. Principles of Breeding. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 104 and A. H. 130 or A.
H. 131 or A. H. 132 or Dairy 101. Graduate credit (1-3 hours), allowed with per-
mission of instructor. The practical aspects of animal breeding, heredity, variation,
selection, development, systems of breeding, and pedigree study are considered.

(Green.)
A. H. SI 30. Beef Cattle. (J)

Summer session only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational
agriculture and Extension Service workers. Principles and practices underlying the
economical production of beef cattle, including a study of the breeds and their adapta-
bihty; selection, breeding, feeding, management and marketing of purebred and com-
mercial herds. (Foster.)

A. H. 150. Livestock Markets and Marketing. (2)

First semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. Graduate credit allowed,
with permission of instructor. History and development of livestock markets and sys-
tems of marketing; trends of livestock marketing; effect of changes in transportation
and refrigeration facilities; the merchandising of meat products. (Young.)

For Graduates

A. H. 205. Advanced Breeding. (2)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1959-60.) Two lectures a week. Pre-
requisites, A. H. 120 or equivalent and Biological Statistics. This course deals wdth
the more technical phases of heredity and variation; selection indices; breeding sys-
tems; inheritance in farm animals. (Green.)

M 52

Botany

A. H. 206. Advanced Livestock Management. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, approval of staff. An intensive study of the newer
developments in animal breeding, animal physiology, animal nutrition, endocrinology,
and other closely allied fields as they apply to the management and commercial produc-
tion of livestock. (Staff.)

A. H. 207. Advanced Livestock Nutrition. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisites, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 or equivalent and A. H. Ill, or permission of in-
structors. Experimental techniques and recent developments in the feeding and
nutrition of beef cattle, sheep and swine. (Leffel, Young.)

A. H. 30L S'pecial Problems in Animal Husbandry. (1-2) (4 cr. m.ax.')
First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. Pre-
requisite, approval of staff'. Problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the
character of work the student is pursuing. (Staff.)

A. H. 302. Seminar. (2) (5 cr. max.')

First and second semesters. Students are required to prepare papers based upon cur-
rent scientific publications relating to animal husbandry or upon their research work,
for presentation before and discussion by the class. (Staff.)

A. H. 399. Research. 0-6)

First and second semesters. Credit to be determined by amount and character of work
done. With the approval of the Head of the Department, students will be required to
pursue original research in some phase of animal husbandry, carrying the same to com-
pletion, and report the results in the form of a thesis. (Staff.)

BOTANY

Professors: bamford, gauch, cox, weaver, d. t. morgan and krauss.
Associate Professors: brown, o. d. morgan and rappleye.
Assistant Professors: sisler, wilson, paterson and galloway.

Bot. L General Botany. (4)

First and second semesters. Svmimer session. Two lectures and two laboratory periods
a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. General introduction to botany, touching briefly on
all phases of the subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological principles of the
higher plants.

Bot. 2. General Botany. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1 or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. A brief evolutionary study of algae,
fungi, liverworts, mosses, ferns and their relatives, and the seed plants, emphasizing
their structure, reproduction, habitats, and economic importance.

53 ►

Botany

Bot. 11. Plant Taxonomy. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A study of the principles of plant
classification, based on the collection and identification of local plants.

Bot. 20. Diseases of Plants. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1,
or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. An introductory study of the symptoms and
causal agents of plant diseases and measures for their control.

For Advanced Undergraduates

Bot. 110. Plant Microtechnique. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
Laboratory fee, $5.00. Principles and methods involved in the collection, preserva-
tion and preparation of plant materials for microscopic examination, including the
preparation of temporary and permanent mounts, and photomicrography.

(Paterson.)
Bot. 199. Seminar. (I)

First and second semesters. Two semester hours maximum credit. Prerequisite, per-
mission of instructor. Discussion of special topics, current hterature, problems and
programs in all phases of botany. For seniors only, majors and minors in botany or
biological science. (Brown.)

PLANT PHYSIOLOGY

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Bot. 101. Plant Physiology. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. I

and General Chemistry. Laboratory fee, $6.00. A survey of the general physiological
activities of plants. (Krauss.)

Bot. 102. Plant Ecology. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 11, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A study of plants in relation to their
environments. Plant successions and formations of North America are treated briefly
and local examples studied. (Brown.)

For Graduates

Bot. 200. Plant Biochemistry. (2)

First semester. Prerequisites, Bot. 101 and elementary organic chemistry, or equiva-
lent. A study of the important substances in the composition of the plant body and
the chemical changes occurring therein. (Galloway.)

Bot. 201. Plant Biochemistry Laboratory. (2)

First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 200 or concurrent
registration therein. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Application of apparatus and techniques
to the study of the chemistry of plant materials. (Galloway.)

< 54

Botany

Bot. 202. Plant Biophysics. (2)

Second semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Prerequisites, Bot. 101 and introductory

physics, or equivalent. An advanced course dealing with the operation of physical

phenomena in plant life processes. CGallowayO

Bot. 203. Biophysical Methods. (2)

Second semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Two laboratory periods a week. Labora-
tory course to accompany Bot. 202. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Galloway.)

Bot. 204. Growth and Development. (2)

First semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Prerequisite, 12 semester hoiu-s of plant
science. A study of current developments in the mathematical treatment of growth and
the effects of radiation, plant hormones, photoperiodism, and internal biochemical
balance during the development of the plant. (Krauss.)

Bot. 205. Mineral Nutrition of Plants. (2)

Second semester. Reports on current literature are presented and discussed in con-
nection with recent advances in the mineral nutrition of plants. (Krauss.)

Bot. 209. Physiology of Algae. (3)

First semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week. Prerequisite, Bot. 201, the equivalent in allied fields, or permission of the in-
structor. Laboratory fee, $10.00. A study of the physiology and comparative bio-
chemistry of the algae. Laboratory techniciues and recent advances in algal nutrition,
photosynthesis, and growth will be reviewed. (Krauss.)

PLANT MORPHOLOGY, CYTOLOGY AND TAXONOMY

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Bot. 111. Plant Anatomy. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 110,
or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. The origin and development of the organs and
tissue systems in the vascular plants. (Rappleye.)

Bot. 113. Plant Geography. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. A study of plant distribution

throughout the world and the factors generally associated with such distribution.

(Brown.)
Bot. 115. Structure of Economic Plants. (3)

Second semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) One lecture and two laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 111. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A detailed microscopic study
of the anatomy of the chief fruit and vegetable crops. (Rappleye.)

Bot. 116. History and Philosophy of Botany, (i)

Second semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and permission of
instructor. Discussion of the development and ideas and knowledge about plants,
leading to a survey of contemporary work in botanical science. (Bamford.)

Bot. 117. General Plant Genetics. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 or equivalent. The basic principles of plant

55 ►

Botany

genetics are presented; the mechanics of transmission of the hereditary factors in relation
to the Hfe cycle of seed plants, the genetics of specialized organs and tissues, sponta-
neous and induced mutations of basic and economic significance, gene action, genetic
maps, the fundamentals of polyploidy, and genetics in relation to methods of plant
breeding are the topics considered. (D. T. Morgan.)

Bot. 136. Plants and Mankind. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 or equivalent. A survey of the plants which

are utilized by man, the diversity of such utilization, and their historic and economic

significance. (Rappleye.)

Bot. 15 IS. Teaching Methods in Botany. (2)

Summer session. (Not offered 1960-61.) Five two-hour laboratory and demonstration
periods per week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A
study of the biological principles of common plants, and demonstrations, projects, and
visual aids suitable for teaching in primary and secondary schools.

Bot. 153S. Field Botany. (2)

Summer session. (Not offered 1960.) Prerequisite, Bot. 1 or General Biology. Five
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Offered 1958 and in
rotation with other courses thereafter. The identification of trees, shrubs, and herbs,
emphasizing the native plants of Maryland. Manuals, keys, and other techniques will
be used. Numerous short field trips will be taken. Each student will make an in-
dividual collection. (Brown.)

For Graduates

Bot. 211. Cytology. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, intro-
ductory genetics. Laboratory fee, $10.00. A detailed study of the chromosomes in
mitosis and meiosis, and the relation of these to current theories of heredity and evo-
lution. (Bamford, D. T. Morgan.)

Bot. 212. Plant Morphology. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot^
11, Bot. Ill, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A comparative study of the mor-
phology of the flowering plants, with special reference to the phylogeny and develop-
ment of floral organs. (Rappleye.)

Bot. 215. Plant Cytogenetics. (3)

First semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week. Prerequisite, introductory genetics. Laboratory fee, $10.00. An advanced study
of the current status of plant genetics, particularly gene mutations and their relation
to chromosome changes in corn and other favorable genetic materials. (D. T. Morgan.)

PLANT PATHOLOGY

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Bot. 122. Research Methods in Plant Pathology. (2)

First or second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or

M 56

Botany

equivalent. Laboratory tee, $5.00. Advanced training in the basic research techniques
and methods of plant pathology. CWilson.)

Bot. 123. Diseases of Ornamental Plants. (2)

Second semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. Symp-
toms, control measures, and other pertinent information concerning the diseases which
affect important ornamental plants grown in the eastern states. (Wilson.)

Bot. 124. Diseases of Tobacco and Agronomic Crops. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. The symptoms and control of

the diseases of tobacco, forage crops and cereal grains. (O. D. Morgan.)

Bot. 125. Diseases of Fruit Cro'ps. (2)

First semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. Symp-
toms and control of the diseases affecting fruit production in the eastern United States.

(Weaver.)

Bot. 126. Diseases of Vegetable Crops. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. The recognition and control
of diseases affecting the production of important vegetable crops grown in the eastern
United States. (Cox.)

Bot. 128. Mycology. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 2, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. An introductory study of the mor-
phology, classification, life histories, and economics of the fungi. (Wilson.)

Bot. 141. Nematode Disease of Plants. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 20 or permission of instructor. Designed to acquaint
students in agricultural sciences with the role of nematodes as plant pathogens; study
of representative diseases caused by nematodes; principles and practice of control.

Bot. 152S. Field Plant Pathology, (i)

Summer session. Daily lecture for three weeks. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent.
Given in accordance with demand. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Not offered 1960.) A course
for county agents and teachers of vocational agriculture. Discussion and demonstration
of the important diseases in Maryland crops. (Cox, Staff.)

For Graduates

Bot. 221. Virus Diseases. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot.
20 and Bot. 101. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Consideration of the physical, chemical
and physiological aspects of plant viruses and plant diseases. (Sisler.)

Bot. 223. Physiology of Fungi. (2)

First semester. Prerequisites, Organic Chemistry and Bot. 101 or the equivalent in
bacterial or animal physiology. A study of various aspects of fungal metabolism,
nutrition, biochemical transformations, fungal products, and mechanism of fungicidal
action. (Sisler.)

57 ►

Dairy

Bot. 224. Physiology of Fungi Lahoratory. (i)

First semester. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, Bot. 223 or concurrent
registration therein. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Application of equipment and techniques
in the study uf fungal physiology. CSisler.)

Bot. 226. Plant Disease Control. (3)

First semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. An ad-
vanced course dealing with the theory and practices of plant disease control. CCox.)

Bot. 241. Plant Nematology. (3)

Second semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Detailed study
of the nematodes parasitic on plants, their general morphology, taxonomy, reproduction,
embryology, physiology, and ecology. Special emphasis will be given to recent ad-
vances in plant nematology.

Bot. 301. Special Problems in Botany. (2 or 3)

First or second semester. Credit according to time scheduled and organization of
course. Maximum credit toward an advanced degree for the individual student at the
discretion of the Department. This course may be organized as a lecture series on a
specialized advanced topic, or may consist partly, or entirely, of experimental procedures.
It may be taught by visiting lecturers, or by resident staff members. Problems or topics
may be in physiology, ecology, pathology, mycology, nematology, cytology, cytogenetics,
morphology, anatomy, or taxonomy.

Bot. 302. Seminar in Botany. (I)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Discussion of

special topics and current literature in all phases of botany. (Staff.)

Bot. 399. Research.

Credit according to work done. A minimum of 6 credit hours is required for the
M.S. degree, and an additional minimum of 12 hours is required for the Ph.D. degree.
Students must be qualified to pursue wdth profit the research to be undertaken.

(Staff.)

DAIRY

Professors: davis and arbuckle.

Associate Professors: keeney and mattick.

Assistant Professors: hemken, king, stewart, vandersall and Williams.

Instructor: seeley.

DAIRY HUSBANDRY

Dairy 1. Fundamentals of Dairying. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee,
$3.00. This course is designed to cover the entire field of dairying. The content of the
course deals wdth all phases of dairy cattle feeding, breeding and management and the
manufacturing, processing, distribution and marketing of dairy products.

(Davis, Mattick.)

M 58

Dairy

Dairy 20. Dairy Production. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, Dairy

1. A comprehensive course in dairy breeds, selection of dairy cattle, dairy cattle
nutrition, feeding and management. (Hemken.)

Dairy 30. Dairy Cattle Judging. (2)

Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. This course offers complete in-
struction in the selection and comparative judging of dairy cattle. Trips to various
dairy farms for judging practice will be made. CHemken.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Dairy 102. Physiology of Re'production. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Anatomy, endocrine

physiology, reproductive processes and artificial insemination of cattle. (Williams.)

Dairy 103. Physiology of Milk Secretion. (3)

Second semester. (Alternate years, given in 1961-62.) Two lectures and one
laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, Zool. 1 and Organic Chemistry. The
anatomy, evolution and metabolism of the mammary gland including hormonal control
and the biosynthesis of milk constituents. (Williams.)

Dairy 105. Dairy Cattle Breeding. (3)

Second semester. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Zool. 104. A specialized course in breeding dairy cattle. Em-
phasis is placed on methods of evaluation and selection, systems of breeding, and breed-
ing programs. (Davis.)

Dairy 198. Special Problems in Dairying. Cl-^^ C^ cr. max.")
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of Department. Credit in accord-
ance with the amount and character of work done. Special problems will be assigned
which relate specifically to the work the student is pursuing. (Staff.)

Dairy 199. Dairy Seminar, (i)

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of Department. Presentation and discussion

of current literature and research work in dairying. (Staff.)

DAIRY TECHNOLOGY

Dairy 40. Grading Dairy Products. (2)

Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Market

grades and the judging of milk, butter, cheese, and ice cream. (King.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Dairy 108. Dairy Technology. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week, Prereqmsites,
Dairy 1, Microb. 133, Chem. 1, 3. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Composition standards for
milk and milk products, critical interpretation and application of practical factory
methods of analyses for fat and solids; quahty tests. (Keeney.)

59 ►

Dairy

Dairy 109. Market Milk. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
Dairy 1, Microb. 133, Chem. 1, 3. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Commercial aspects of the
market milk industry relating to transportation, processing, and distribution; operation
of a market milk plant; quality problems; chocolate milk, buttermilk and cottage cheese.

(King.)
Dairy 110. Concentrated Milk, Cheese and Butter. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and one five-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisites,
Dairy I, Microb. 133 or equivalent; Chem. 1, 3. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Methods of
production of butter, cheese, condensed and evaporated milk and milk products. Con-
sideration is given to the procedures of processing, quality control and the physio-
chemical principles involved. (Mattick.)

Dairy 112. Ice Cream Making. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Dairy
108. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The ice cream industry; commercial methods of manu-
facturing ice cream; fundamental principles; ingredients; quality control.

CArbuckle.)
Dairy 116. Dairy Plant Management. (3)

Second semester. Two lecture periods and one three-hour laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites, at least three advanced dairy products technology courses. Principles of
dairy plant management record systems; personnel, plant design and construction;
dairy machinery and equipment. CMattick.)

For Graduates in Dairy Husbandry and Dairy Technology

Dairy SlOl. Advanced Dairy Production, (i)

Summer session only. An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of voca-
tional agriculture and countv agents. It includes a study of the newer discoveries in
dairy cattle nutrition, breeding and management. (Staff.)

Dairy 201. Advanced Ruminant Nutrition. (3)

First semester. (Alternate years, given in 1960-61.) Two one-hour lectures and one
two-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite, permission of Department. Biochemical,
physiological and bacteriological aspects of the nutrition of nmiinants and other
animals. (Davis.)

Dairy 202. Dairy Research Methods. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1959-60.) Prerequisite, permission of De-
partment. The application of physio-chemical and bio-chemical techniques to dairy
research problems including chromatography, spectrophotometry, radio-active isotope
tracer techniques and animal balance studies. (Stewart.)

Dairy 30 J. Special Problems in Dairying. Ql-S^ (4 cr. max., M.S.; 8 cr. max.,

Ph.D.:)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of professor in charge of work.
Credit in accordance with the amount and character of work done. Methods of

M 60

Entomology

conducting dairy research and the presentation of results are stressed. A research
problem which relates specifically to the work the student is pursuing will be assigned.

(Staff.)
Dairy 302. Advanced Dairy Seminar. (I)

First and second semesters. M.S. candidates can obtain 4 credits; Ph.D. candidates can
obtain 6 credits. Assigned readings, presentation and discussion of timely topics and
fundamental research in dairy science. (Staff.)

Dairy 399. Research. (2-8)

First and second semesters. Credit to be determined by the amount and quality of
work done. Original investigation by the student of some subject assigned by the
major professor, the completion of the assignment and the preparation of a thesis in
accordance with requirements for an advanced degree. (Staff.)

ENTOMOLOGY

Professor: bickley.

Associate Professor: jones.

Assistant Professors: abrams, Harrison, haviland and Johnson.

Lecturers: sailer and shepard.

Ent. 1. Introductory Entomology. (3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisite, one semester of college zoology. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The position of
insects in the animal kingdom, their gross structure, classification into orders and
principal families and the general economic status of insects. A collection of common
insects is required.

Ent. 4. Beekee'ping. (2)

First semester. A study of the life history, behavior and seasonal activities of the
honeybee, its place in pollination of flowers with emphasis on plants of economic
importance and bee lore in literature.

Ent. 20. bisect Pests of Agricultural Crops. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory' periods a week. Prerequisites,
Zool. 1 and Bot. 1. Laboratory fee, S3. 00. The recognition, biology, and control of
insects injurious to fruit and vegetable crops, field crops and stored products.

For Advanced U ndergradiiates and Graduates

Ent. 100. Advanced Apiculture. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, Ent. 4. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The theory' and practice of apiary manage-
ment. Designed for the student who wishes to keep bees or requires a practical knowl-
edge of bee management. (Abrams.)

Ent. 105. Medical Entomology. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week Pre-
requisite, Ent. 1, or consent of the Department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study of
insects and related arthropods that affect the health and comfort of man directly and

61 ►

Entomology

as vectors o£ disease. In discussions of the control of such pests the emphasis will be
upon community sanitation. CJones.)

Ent. 107. Insecticides. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the Department. The development and use
of contact and stomach poisons, fumigants and other important chemicals, with refer-
ence to their chemistry, toxic action, compatibility, and host injury. Recent research
emphasized. (Shepard.)

Ent. 109. Insect Physiology. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures and occasional demonstrations. Prerequisite, consent
of the Department. The functioning of the insect body with particular reference to
blood, circulation, digestion, absorption, excretion, respiration, reflex action and the
nervous system, and metabolism. (Jones.)

Ent. 115. Quarantine Procedures. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the Department. Lectures on the principles

and procedures involved in preventing the introduction of foreign pests and the

limitation of spread of endemic or introduced pests. (Johnson.)

Ent. 116. Insect Pests of Ornamentals and Greenhouse Plants. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, Bot. 1 and Zool. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The recognition, biology, and
control of insects injurious to plants grown in ornamental plantings, nurseries, and
under glass. (Haviland.)

Ent. 119. Insect Pests of Domestic Animals. (2)

First semester. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Ent. 1, or consent of the Department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The recognition, biology,
and control of insects and related arthropods injurious to horses, cattle, hogs, sheep,
goats, and poultry. (Haviland.)

Ent. 120. Insect Taxonomy and Biology. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, Ent. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Introduction to the principles of systematic
entomology and the study of all orders and the important families of insects; im-
mature forms considered. (Bickley.)

Ent. S121. Entomology for Science Teachers. (4)

Summer. Five lectures and five two-hour laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee,
$3.00. This course will include the elements of morphology, taxonomy and biology of
insects using examples commonly available to high school teachers. It will include
practice in collecting, preserving, rearing and experimenting with insects insofar as
time will permit. (Haviland.)

Ent. 198. Special Prohlems. (J -3)

First and second semesters. Credit and prerequisites, to be determined by the Depart-
ment. Investigations of assigned entomological problems. (Staff.)

Ent. 199. Seminar. (I, J)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior standing. Presentation of original

work, reviews and abstracts of literature. (Staff.)

-4 62

Entomology, Horticulture

For Graduates
Ent. 203, Advanced Insect Mor'phology. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Lab-
oratory tee, $3.00. Insect structure with special reference to function. Emphasis
on internal anatomy. Cii\en in preparation for advanced work in physiology or
research in morphology. (Haviland.)

Ent. 205. Insect Ecology. (2)

First semester. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
consent of the Department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study of fundamental factors
involved in the relationship of insects to their environment. Emphasis is placed on
the insect as a dyn.mic organism adjusted to its surroundings. (Sailer.)

Ent. 206. Culicidology. (2)

Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1960-61.) One lecture and one three-
hour laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The classihcation, distribution,
ecology, biology, and control of mosquitoes. (Bickley.)

Ent. 207. Advanced Insect Physiology. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Labor-
atory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, one year of Organic Chemistry and Ent. 109 or
equivalent. In this course students rear experimental insects, make up reagents and
solutions to be used, set up equipment, calibrate it, and make detailed measurements
and observations on the functions of selected organ systems. (Jones.)

Ent. 301. Advanced Entomology. (1-6)

Credit and prerequisites to be determined by the Department. First and second
semesters. Studies of minor problems in morphology, taxonomy and applied entomology,
with particular reference to the preparation of the student for individual research.

(Staff.)
Ent. 399. Research.

First and second semesters. Required of graduate students majoring in entomology.
This course involves research on an approved project. A dissertation suitable for pub-
lication must be submitted at the conclusion of the studies as a part of the requirement
for an advanced degree. (Staff.)

HORTICULTURE

Professors: haut, kramer, link, scott, shanks, stark and Thompson.
Associate Professors: Reynolds, shoemaker and wiley.
Instructor: todd.

Hort. 5, 6. Tree Fruit Production. (3, 2)

First and second semesters. (Second semester offered in alternate years only, 1961-62.)
One or two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Courses must be taken in
sequence. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. A study of commercial varieties and principles and
practices in fruit production, harvesting and storage. One field trip required.

Hort. 11. Greenhouse Management. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,

Bot. 1. A detailed study of greenhouse construction and management.

63 ►

Horticulture

Hort. 16. Garden Management. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
The various species of annuals, herbaceous perennials, bulbs, bedding plants, and
roses and their cultural requirements.

Hort. 22. Landscape Gardening. (2)

First semester. The theory and general principles of landscape gardening and their

application to pri\'ate and public areas.

Hort. 56. Elements of Landscape Design. (2)

Second semester. Two laboratory periods per week. A course dealing with basic
design in the use of trees, shrubs, evergreens, annual and perennial flowering plants on
home properties.

Hort. 58. Vegetable Production. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,

Bot. 1. A study of the principles and practices of commercial vegetable production.

Hort. 59. Berry Production. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1. A study of the principles and practices involved in the production of small
fruits including grapes, strawberries, raspberries, blackberries, and cranberries.

Hort. 6L Introduction to Fntit and Vegetable Processing. CO
Second semester. Early history and development of the various types of preserva-
tion of horticultural crops, such as canning, freezing, dehydration, pickling or brining.
The relative importance of these methods on state, national and world-wide bases are
emphasized.

Hort. 62. Plant Propagation. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.

A study of principles and practices of propagation of horticultural plants.

Hort. 63. Flower Store Management. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 11. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A study of the operation
and management of a flower store. Laboratory period devoted to principles and prac-
tice of floral arrangements and decoration.

For. 30. Elements of Forestry. (3)

Second semester. (Offered 1959-60.) Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period
per week. Prerequisite, Bot 1. Not open to freshmen. A general survey of the field
of forestry, including timber values, conservation, protection, silviculture, utilization,
mensuration, engineering, recreation and lumbering. Principles and practices of wood-
land management.

M 64

Horticulture

For Advanced Undergraduates

Hort. 152. LandsciTpe Design. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Hort.
22; prerequisite or concurrently, Hort. 107. A consideration of the principles of land-
scape design and supplemented by direct application in the drafting room.

CShoemaker.)
Hort. 153. Landscape Design. (3)

Second semester. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 152. Ad-
vanced landscape design. CShoemaker.)

Hort. 199. Seminar, (i)

First semester. Oral presentation of the results of investigational work by reviewing

recent scientific literature in the various phases of horticulture. (StafiF.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Hort. 101. Technology of Friiits. (3)

First semester. (Offered 1960-61.) Prerequisites, Hort. 6, Bot. 101. A critical analysis
of research work and application of the principles of plant physiology, chemistry, and
botany to practical problems in commercial production. (Thompson.)

Hort. 103. Technology of Vegetables. (3)

Second semester. (Offered 1961-62.) Prerequisites, Hort. 58, Bot. 101. For a descrip-
tion of these courses see the general statement under Hort. 101. (Stark.)

Hort, 105. Technology of Ornamentals. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. A study of the physiological plant processes
as related to the growth, flowering, and storage of floriculture and ornamental plants.

(Link.)
Hort. 107, 108. Woody Plant Materials. O,^^

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 11. A field and laboratory study of
trees, shrubs, and vines used in ornamental plantings.

Hort. 114. Systematic Horticulture. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. A study of the origin, taxonomic relationship and horticultural classi-
fication of fruits and vegetables.

Hort. Si 15. Truck Crop Management. (])

Summer session only. Primarily designed for teachers and vocational agriculture
and extension agents. Special emphasis wdll be placed upon new and improved methods
of production of the leading truck crops. Current problems and their solution will
receive special attention.

Hon. 123. Quality Control (3)

First semester, alternate 3'ears. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Principles involved in the evaluadon of factors of quality in horti-
cultural products including appearance, kinesthetic flavor and sanitation factors and
statistical presentation of results. (Kramer.)

65 ►

Horticulture

Hort. 124. Quality Control Systems. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 123. Development ot quality control systems de-
signed to maintain specific levels of quality for selected food products. CKramer.)

Hort. S124. Tree and Small Fruit Management, (i)

Summer session only. Primarily designed for vocational agriculture teachers and
county agents. Special emphasis will be placed upon new improved commercial
methods of production of the leading tree and small fruit crops. Current problems and
their solution will receive special attention.

Hort. S125. Ornamental Horticulture. (1)

Simmier session only. A course designed for teachers of agriculture, home demonstra-
tion agents and county agents. Special emphasis will be given to the development of
lavras, flowers and shrubbery to beautify homes.

Hort. 150, 151. Commercial Floriculture. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, Hort. 1 1 . Growing and handling bench crops and potted plants, and the
marketing of cut flowers. (Link.)

Hort. 155, 156. Fundamentals of Fruit and Vegetable Processing. (3, 3)
First and second semesters, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, Hort. 61. Laboratory fee, $5.00
per semester. The fundamentals of canning, freezing and preserving of horticultural
crops with emphasis on the chemical, biochemical and microbiological aspects of pro-
cessing. (Wiley.)

Hort. 159. Nursery Management. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 62, 107, 108. A study of all phases
of commercial nursery management and operations.

Hort. 160. Arhoricidture. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 107 and 108. A study of the
planting and maintenance of ornamental shrubs and trees, including basic principles
of park, institution and estate maintenance.

Hort. 161. Physiology of Maturation and Storage of Horticultural Crops. (2)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures a week. Pre
requisite, Bot. 101. Factors related to maturation and application of scientific prin-
ciples to handling and storage of horticultural crops. (Scott.)

Hort. 198. Special Problems. (2, 2) (4 cr. max.")

First and second semesters. Credit arranged according to work done. For major stu-
dents in horticulture or botany. Four credits maximum per student. (Staff.)

For Graduates

Hort. 200. Experimental Procedures in Plant Sciences. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Organization of research projects

< 66

Poultry Hushandry

and presentation of experimental results in the field of biological science. Topics
included will be: Sources of research financing, project outline preparation, formal
progress reports, public and industrial supported research programs, and technical and
popular presentation of research data. CHaut.)

Hort. 201, 202. Experimental Pomology. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. A systematic review of scientific
knowledge and practical observati(jns as applied to commercial practices in pomology.

CThompson.)
Hort. 203, 204, 205. Experimental Olericulture. (2, 2, 2)
First semester and in sequence. Prerequisite, Bot. 101, a systematic review of scien-
tific knowledge and practical observations as applied to commercial practices in
olericulture. (Stark.)

Hort. 206. Experimental Floriculture. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. A systematic review of scientific knowledge

and practical observations as applied to commercial practices in floriculture. (Link.)

Hort. 207. Methods of Horticultural Research. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week. A critical

study of research methods which are or may be used in horticulture. (Scott.)

Hort. 210. Experimental Processing. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A systematic review of scientific
knowledge and practical observations as applied to commercial practices in processing.

(Kramer.)
Hort. 302. Advanced Seminar. (,1, O

First and second semester. Oral reports vwth illustrative material are required on
special topics or recent research pubHcations in horticulture. Three credit hours max-
imum allowed toward the M.S. degree or six credits maximum toward the Ph.D. degree.

(Haut, StaflF.)
Hort. 399. Advanced Horticultural Research. (2-12)
First and second semesters. Credit granted according to work done. (Staff.)

POULTRY HUSBANDRY

Professors: shaffner and combs.

Associate Professor: quigley.

Assistant Professors: creek, helbacka and wilcox.

P. H. 1. Poultry Production. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. This is a general
comprehensive course covering all phases of modern poultry husbandry practices, in-
cluding breeds, incubation, brooding, housing, feeding, culling, marketing, caponizing,
and the economics of production and distribution of poultry products. (Quigley.)

P. H. 3. Physiology of Hatchahility. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1959-60.) Two lectures and one lab-
oratory period a week. The physiology of embryonic development as related to

67 ►

Poultry Husbandry

principles of hatchability and problems of incubation encountered in the hatchery
industry are discussed. Laboratory exercises stressing fundamentals of hatchability are
assigned. (Shaffner.)

P. H. S9. Advanced Poultry Judging. (I)

First semester. Prerequisite, P. H. 1. One lecture or laboratory period per week.
The theory and practice judging and culling by physical means is emphasized, including
correlation studies of characteristics associated with productivity. Contestants for re-
gional collegiate judging competitions will be selected from this class. (Quigley.)

For Advanced Undergraduates

P. H. 101. Poultry Nutrition. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Nutritive requirements of poultry and the ingredients used to meet
these requirements are presented. Studies are made of various nutritional diseases
commonly encoxmtered imder practical conditions. CCombs.)

P. H. 103. Commercial Poultry Management. (2)

Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered in 1960-61.) Prerequisite, ten hours
of poultry husbandry, including P. H. 1. A symposium on finance, investment, plant
layout, specialization, purchase of supplies, and management problems in baby chick,
egg, broiler, and turkey production; foremanship, advertising, selling, by-products,
production and financial records. Field trips required. (Quigley.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

P. H. 104. Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1959-60.) Two lectvures and one laboratory
period per week. A study of the technological factors concerned vwth the processing,
storage, and marketing of eggs and poultry, and of the factors affecting their quaHty
and grading. (Helbacka.)

P. H. 105. Poidtry Genetics. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Prerequisites, P. H. 1 and
Zool. 104. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Inheritance of factors
related to egg and meat production and quality are stressed. An experiment utilizing
procedures of pedigreed matings will be performed in the laboratory. (Wilcox.)

P. H. 109. Avian Physiology. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, Zool.
1 and V. S. 108. (V. S. 108 may be taken simultaneously with P. H. 109.) The
basic physiology of the bird is discussed, excluding the reproductive system. Special
emphasis is given to physiological differences between birds and other vertebrates.

(Wilcox.)

A. E. 117. Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poidtry. QS')

Second semester. Three lectures per week. (See Agricultural Economics, A. E. 117.)

M 68

Poultry Husbandry

Poultry Hygiene, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 107.

Avian Anatomy, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 108.

P. H. Sill. Poultry Breeding and Feeding, (i)

Summer session only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational
agriculture and extension service workers. The first half will be devoted to problems
concerning breeding and the development of breeding stock. The second half will be
devoted to nutrition. (Combs, Wilcox.)

P. H. SI 12. Poultry Products and Marketing, (i)

Svimmer session only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational
agriculture and county agents. It deals vdth the factors affecting the quality of poultry
products and with hatchery management problems, egg and poultry grading, pre-
ser\'ation problems and market outlets for Maryland poultry. (Helbacka.)

P. H. 198. Special Poidtry Problems. C^-2) (3 or. max.")

First and second semesters. For senior poultry students. The student will be assigned
special problems in the field of poultry for individual study and report. The poultry
staff should be consulted before any student registers for this course. (Staff.)

For Graduates

P. H. 202. Advanced Poidtry Nutrition. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
P. H. 101, Chem. 31, 32, 33 and 34, or equivalent, or permission of instructor. A
fundamental study of the dietary role of proteins, minerals, vitamins, antibiotics, and
carbohydrates is given as well as a study of the digestion and metabolism of these
substances. Deficiency diseases as produced by the use of synthetic diets are con-
sidered. (C!ombsO

P. H. 203. Physiology of Reproduction of Poultry. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H.
102 or its equivalent. The role of the endocrines in avian reproduction, is considered.
Fertility, sexual maturity, broodiness, egg formation, ovulation, and the physiology of
oviposition are studied. Comparative mammalian functions are discussed. (Shaftner.)

P. H. 205. Poidtry Literature, (i-4)

First and second semesters. Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written re-
ports required. Methods of analysis and presentation of scientific material are dis-
cussed. (Staff.)

P. H. 207. Poidtry Nutrition Laboratory. (2)

First semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1959-60.) One lecture and one laboratorj'
period a week. To acquaint graduate students with common basic nutrition research
techniques useful in conducting experiments with poultry. Actual feeding trials
with chicks, as well as bacteriological and chemical assays will be performed.

(Combs, Creek.)
P. H. 302. Poidtry Seminar. (I) (2 cr. max.')

First and second semesters. Oral reports of current researches by staff members,
graduate students, and guest speakers are presented. (Staff.)

69 ►

Veterinary Science, Experiment Station

P. H. 399. Poultry Research. 0'6j

First and second semesters. Credit in accordance with work done. Practical and
fundamental research with poultry may be conducted under the supervision of staff
members toward the requirements for the degrees of M. S. and Ph.D. (Staff.)

VETERINARY SCIENCE

Professors: brueckner, poelma, de volt, hansen and reagan.
Associate Professor: byrne.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

V. S. 101. Comparative Anatomy. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Normal structure of
the domesticated animals; normal physiological activities; interrelationship of structure
and function.

V. S. 102. Animal Hygiene. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Nature of disease;

immunity; prevention and control; common diseases of farm animals.

V. S. 107. Poultry Hygiene. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Microb.
1, P. H. 1. Virus, bacterial, and protozoon diseases; parasitic diseases; prevention, con-
trol, and eradication. (De Volt.)

V. S. JOS. Avian Anatomy. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 1. Gross

and microscopic structure, dissection and demonstration. (De Volt.)

For Graduates

V. S. 203. Electron Microscopy. (2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Theory of

the electron microscope, preparation of specimens, manipulations, photography.

(Reagan, Byrne.)
V. S. 399. Animal Disease Research. (2-6)

First and second semesters. Credit in accordance with work done. Prerequisite,
veterinary degree or consent of staff. Studies of practical disease phases.

(Poelma, DeVolt, Hansen, Byrne, Brueckner.)

THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION

Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director

The Agricultural Exporiment Station serves Maryland agriculture in much
the same manner as research laboratories serve large corporations. Maryland agri-
culture is made up of over thirty thousand small individual businesses, and there

< 70

Agricultural Experiment Siatioit, Extension Service

is not sufficient capital, or sufficient income so that each one of these can conduct
research. Yet the problems which face a biological undertaking such as farming,
are as numerous and perplexing as the problems of any business. Certainly our
production of food would be much more costly if it were not for the research
results that have been obtained by the Agricultural Experiment Station.

The station is a joint federal and state undertaking. Passage of the Hatch
Act in 1887, which made available a grant in aid to each state for the purpose
of establishing an agricultural experiment station, gave a great impetus to the
development of research work in agriculture. This work was further encouraged
by the passage of the Adams Act in 1906, the Pumell Act in 1925, the Bank-
head-Jones Act in 1935, and the Flannagan-Hope Act of 1946.

The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station which is sup-
ported by these Acts and by state appropriations centers at College Park. On the
University campus are to be found laboratories for studying insects and diseases,
soil fertility problems, botanical problems, and others. This is also the location of
the livestock and dairy barns with their experimental herds. About eight miles
from the campus at College Park, near Beltsville, the Plant Research Farm of
about 500 acres is devoted to work connected with soil fertility, plant breeding
and general crop production problems. An ex-perimental farm near Upper Marl-
boro is devoted to the problems of tobacco growing and curing. A farm near Salis-
bury is devoted to solution of the problems of producers of broilers and of vege-
table crops in the southern Eastern Shore area. Two experimental farms are
operated near Ellicott City; one is devoted to livestock problems and the other to
dairy cattle nutrition and forage research. Also tests of various crop and soil re-
sponses are distributed throughout the state. These difFerent locations provide
the opportunity to conduct ex-periments under conditions existing where the re-
sults will be put into practice. The solution of many difficult problems in the past
has given the Station an excellent standing with farmers of the state.

AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION SERVICE

Paul E. Nystrom, Director

Cooperative Extension work in agriculture and home economics, established
by state and federal laws in 1914, extends practical agricultural and home in-
formation beyond the classrooms of the University of Maryland to young people,
farmers, homemakers, and people in businesses relating to agriculture and home
economics.

It is conducted under a Memorandum of Understanding between the Ex-
tension Service of the University of Maryland and the United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture. The Extension Service is the educational arm in Mary-
land of the United States Department of Agriculture.

The work of the Extension Service is cooperatively financed by the federal,
state and county governments. In each county there is a County Agricultural

71 ►

Agricultural Extension Service

Agent and a County Home Demonstration Agent. In counties where funds
permit, and work requires, there are associates and assistants. Backed by a
staff of speciahsts at the University, these agents are in close contact with local
people and their problems.

Practically every phase of agriculture and home life comes within the scope
of Extension work. The Extension Service teaches largely by demonstrations
and carries the scientific and economic results of the E.'cperiment Station and
the U. S. Department of Agriculture to people in ways that they understand
and use.

In Maryland, the Extension Service works in close association with all rural
groups and organizations. In addition to work on the farms and in the farm
homes, the Extension program is aimed at the many rural and urban people
who service the agricultural industries of the state, including consumers.

In addition to work with adults, thousands of boys and girls are developed
as leaders and given practical education in 4-H Clubs. Through their diversified
activities, the boys and girls are given a valuable type of instruction and train-
ing, and are afforded an opportunity to develop self-confidence, perseverance,
citizenship and leadership.

The Extension Service in cooperation with the College of Agriculture and
the Experiment Station arranges and conducts short courses in various lines,
many of which are held at the University. Some of these courses have been
held regularly over a period of years and others are added as the need and
demand develop.

RURAL women's SHORT COURSE

The Rural Women's Short Course has provided special educational opportu-
nities for Maryland women since 1923. The attendance has grown steadily
to more than 1,000 women from all counties and Baltimore City. The short
course program lasts for one week and is held on the University campus.

boys' and girls' club week

Members and leaders of boys' and girls' 4-H Clubs come to the University
for a week each year, usually in August. Class work and demonstrations are
given by specialists and a broad program of education, inspiration and recreation
is provided.

CANNERS' SHORT COURSE

For many years a short course has been held each year to aid canners in
keeping abreast of the latest developments in their industry. It is usually held
in February.

M 72

Service and Control Programs

OTHER SHORT COURSES

Courses for nurserymen, florists, poultry flock selection agents, poultr)' prod-
ucts marketing, beekeepers, greenkeepers, sanitarians, conservation, cow testers,
and feed manufacturers and distributors are among those held in recent years.
Announcement of such courses is made to those who may be interested.

SERVICE AND COiNTROL PROGRAMS

The state law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Mary-
land shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture. Numerous serv-
ices are performed by technically trained personnel which result in the improve-
ment and maintenance of high standards in the production, processing and dis-
tribution of farm products.

In addition the improvement of many control or regulatory activities are au-
thorized by the state law and are carried out by the following agencies responsi-
ble to the State Board of Agriculture.

DAIRY INSPECTION SERVICE

The Maryland Dairy Inspection Law became effective June 1, 1935. How-
ever, the present activities of the Dairy Inspection Service are based on Article
43 of the Annotated Code of Maryland, Section 542 through Section 558, of the
Laws of Maryland, 1951. The Dairy Department is charged with the admin-
istration of the law.

The purposes of the Dairy Inspection Law are as follows: (a) To insure pro-
ducers who sell milk and cream by measure, weight and butterfat test, that sam-
ples, weights and tests used as the basis of payment for such products are correct;
(b) To insure dealers who purchase milk and cream that their agents shall cor-
rectly weigh, sample, and test these products; (c) To insure correctness of tests
made for official inspections or for public record. To achieve these purposes the
law requires the licensing of all dealers who purchase milk and cream from pro-
ducers, whether the purchases are by measure, weight, or test, and the licensing
of all persons sampling, weighing and testing milk and cream when the results
of such samples, weights, and tests are to ser\'e as a basis of payment to producers.

Duties of the Dairy Inspection Service, resulting from enforcement of the
Inspection Law, deal with the calibration of that glassware used in testing milk
and cream and the rejection of inaccurate items; examination of all weighers,
samplers, and testers and the issuance of licenses to those satisfactorily passing
the examination; and inspection of the pertinent activities of weighers, samplers,
testers and dairy plants.

DEPARTMENT OF MARKETS

All of the activities of the Department of Markets are geared to the impor-
tance in modem agriculture of the problems of marketing farm products. The

73 ►

Service and Control Programs

Department endeavors to sen^e the every-day needs of the farmer in marketing
his products and to insure a fair and equitable treatment of the farmer in all deal-
ings which he may have concerning the marketing of his products. In the per-
formance of these responsibilities, the Department carries out programs in ex-
tension marketing, conducts market surveys, compiles and disseminates marketing
information and market data, operates a market news service, provides an agri-
cultural inspection and grading service, maintains a consumer information serv-
ice and enforces and interprets the agricultural marketing laws of the state. The
regulatory aspects of the Department's functions are carried out as the agent of
the State Board of Agriculture under the autnority of various state laws relating
to the marketing of farm products. A close working relationship is maintained
viath other specialists in the Extension Service, all departments of the Agricul-
tural Marketing Service, the Maryland Crop Reporting Service, and the Agri-
cultural Marketing Service of the United States Department of Agriculture. The
voluntary and dynamic cooperation of the personnel in these various activities
brings to bear on agricultural marketing problems an effective combination of
research, education, and service.

The passage of the Federal Agricultural Research and Marketing Act gave
additional impetus to the study and solution of agriculture's marketing problems.
The Department of Markets is largely responsible for developing the state pro-
gram under Title II of this act.

Information and assistance in all phases of marketing is available to all inter-
ested persons. When a sufficient number of individuals are interested, marketing
specialists hold meetings and demonstrations in local communities. Field offices
are located in Baltimore, Salisbury, Hancock and Pocomoke. Department head-
quarters is at the University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.

MARYLAND LIVE STOCK SANITARY SERVICE

The Live Stock Sanitary Service is organized under the State Board of Agri-
culture and is charged with the responsibility of preventing the introduction of
diseases of animals and poultry from outside of the state and with control and
eradication of such diseases within the state. The service is further charged with
the responsibility of cooperating with the State Department of Health in the
suppression of diseases of animals and poultry which affect the public health.

Control projects in bovine tuberculosis, Johne's disease, and bovine brucellosis
are conducted in cooperation with the Agricultural Research Service of the United
States Department of Agriculture. The field force of state employed veterinarians
is augmented by a number of federal veterinarians in the conduct of these control
programs. The control of swine brucellosis, pullorum disease in poultry, rabies,
and many other disease conditions is conducted by the state without outside
assistance.

Facilities for the diagnosis of a wide variety of diseases are furnished in
^ 74

Service and Control Programs

the main laboratory at College Park and in the branch laboratories at Salis-
bury, Centreville, Bel Air, Frederick, Hagerstown and Oakland.

SEED INSPECTION SERVICE

The Seed Inspection Service administers the state seed law; inspects seeds
sold throughout the state; collects seed samples for laboratory examination; reports
the results of the examinations to the parties concerned; publishes summaries of
these reports which show the relative reliability of the label information sup-
plied by wholesale seedsmen; cleans and treats tobacco seed intended for planting
in the state; makes analyses tests, and examinations of seed samples submitted
to the laboratory; and advises seed users regarding the economic and intelligent
use of seeds. The Service also cooperates with the Agricultural Alarketing Serv-
ice of the United States Department of Agriculture in the enforcement of the
Federal Seed Act in Maryland.

The work of the Seed Inspection Service is not restricted to the enforcement
of the seed law however, for state citizens may submit seed samples to the lab-
oratory for analysis, test, or examination. Specific information regarding suit-
ability for planting purposes of lots of seeds is thus made available to individuals
without charge. The growth of this service has been steady since the establish-
ment of the laboratory in 1912. Most Maryland citizens, city and country, are
directly interested in seeds for planting in flower-beds, lawns, gardens, or fields.

STATE HORTICULTURAL DEPARTMENT

In 1896 the subject of nursery inspection was given consideration under
Article 48, of the Code of Public General Laws, under the tide "Inspection" as
designated by Chapter 290 of the "Acts of the General Assembly of Maryland
of 1896." In 1898 certain sections of Article 48 were repealed and re-enacted
Vidth amendments, under a new sub-title, "State Horticultural Department," and
eight new sections were added thereto. In 1916 the sections were again re-en-
acted with such changes in the wording as were necessarv to bring them into con-
formity with the reorganization of the Maryland State College of Agriculture and
Experiment Station and its Board of Trustees. Subsequently all regulatory func-
tions including newly enacted Articles in regard to bee diseases, mosquitoes, and
aerial spraying, were transferred to the State Board of Agriculture under Chapter
391 of the "Acts of the General Assembly."

Work in this field is designed to control insects and plant diseases and to
protect the public in the purchase of products of nurserymen and florists. A con-
siderable part of the time of the staff is occupied by inspection of orchards, crops,
nurseries, greenhouses, and floral establishments. Cooperation with the federal
government in the inspection and certification of materials that come under quar-
antine regulations is another major function of the Department. The Department
enforces the provisions of the Apiary Law, including inspection of apiaries. This
service includes control and eradication of diseases of strawberries and other small

75 ►

Service and Control Programs

fruits, diseases of apples, peaches, etc., inspection and certification of potatoes and
sweet potatoes for seed, control of white pine blister rust, Dutch elm disease, etc.

STATE DEPARTMENT OF DRAINAGE

The State Department of Drainage was established in 1937. Its duties are
to promote and encourage the drainage of agricultural lands in the state, to cor-
relate the activities of the local drainage organizations in the state and to cooper-
ate with state and federal agencies in the interest of a permanent program of
improved drainage.

STATE INSPECTION SERVICE

Feeds, Fertilizers, Agricultural Liming Materials and Pesticides

The protection of consumers and ethical manufacturers of agricultural prod-
ucts against fraudulent practices, makes certain specialized statutes necessary.
These laws are classified as correct labeling acts, and are enforced by the State
Inspection Service. Included in this legislation are the State Feed, Fertilizer,
Agricultural Liming Materials, and Pesticide laws.

Work of enforcing these laws is divided into five distinct phases: First, the
commodities concerned must be registered under acceptable brand names, and
with proper labels; second, official samples must be collected by the Department's
inspectors from all parts of the state; third, chemical and physical examinations
must be made to establish that professed standards of quality are being met;
fourth, results must be assembled and published in concise and understandable
form, with the reports made available to all interested persons; and fifth, the
prosecution of those responsible for flagrant violations.

Hundreds of tests also are made annually on feed, fertilizer, and lime sam-
ples submitted by state purchasers. No charge is made for this service.

Throughout its existence, this Department has cooperated with comparable
federal agencies in every possible way. In this activity it has attained not only
state-wide, but also a nationally-recognized reputation for accuracy, timeliness, and
unbiased fair treatment of the consumer and manufacturer alike.

The facilities of the Department are at all times available to supply the manu-
facturer with technical advice, and to safeguard him from unfair competition.

For its entire program of service and protection, the Department relies in large
measure upon education, from the standpoint of both buyer and seller. However,
in those rare instances when this policy is unheeded, backing by the courts, both
federal and state, can be depended upon for enforcement assistance.

FACULTY

1960-1961

COLLEGE OF
AGRICULTURE

Administrative Officers

GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agricnlture and Professor of Dairy Husbandry
B.S., Cornell University, 1936; m.s., 1938; ph.d., 1940.

PAUL R. POFFENBERGER, Assistant Dean-lnstriictio-n, and Professor of Agric^dt^lral
Economics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1935; M.S., 1937; ph.d., American University, 1953.

iRviN c. HAUT, Director of Experiment Station and Professor and Head of Horti-
cidture

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; ph.d..

University of Maryland, 1933.

PAUL E. NYSTROM, Director of Extension and Professor of Agricidt7iral Economics

B.S., University of California, 1928; m.s., University of Maryland, 1931; m.p.a.,
Harvard University, 1948; d.p.a., 1951.

Professors

WENDELL s. ARBUCKLE, Professor of Dairy Manufacturing

B.S., Purdue University, 1933; a.m.. University of Missouri, 1937; ph.d., 1940.

RONALD BAMFORD Profcssor and Head of Botany

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; ph.d.,
Colvunbia University, 1931.

GEORGE M. REAL, Professor of Agrictdtiiral Economics

B.S., Utah State College, 1934; m.s.. University of Wisconsin, 1938; ph.d., 1942.

WILLIAM E. BiCKLEY, Professor and Head of Entomology

B.S., University of Tennessee, 1934; m.s., 1936; ph.d.. University of Mar)'land,
1940.

ARTHUR L. BRUECKNER, Professor and Head of Veterinary Science

B.S., University of Kentucky, 1914; v.m.d., University of Pennsylvania, 1924.

FRED L. BULL, Extension Professor, Soil Conservation
B.S., University of Maryland, 1925.

GEORGE J. BURKHARDT, Profcssor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1933; b.s.m.e., 1934; m.s., 1935.

77 ►

Faculty

GERALD F. COMBS, Profcssor of Poultry Husbandry

B.S., University of Illinois, 1940; ph.d., Cornell University, 1948.

CARROLL E. COX, ProfcssoT of Plant Pathology

A.B., University of Delaware, 1938; m.s., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1940; ph.d.,
University of Maryland, 1943.

RICHARD E. DAVIS, Professor and Head of Dairy

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1950; M.S., Cornell University, 1952; ph.d.,
1953. ^ ^.

HAROLD M. DEVOLT, Pvofessor of Poulirj Pathology
M.S., Cornell University, 1926; d.v.m., 1923.

LEWIS P. ditman, Research Professor of Entomology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; m.s., 1929; ph.d., 1931.

DOROTHY EMERSON, Extension Professor, Associate State 4-H Club Agent

JOHN E. FOSTER, Professor and Head of Animal Husbandry

B.S., North Carolina State CoUege, 1926; m.s., Kansas State College, 1927; ph.d.,
Cornell University, 1937.

HUGH G. gauch, Professor of Plant Physiology

B.S., Miami University, 1935; m.s., Kansas State College, 1937; ph.d.. University
of Chicago, 1939.

ROBERT L. GREEN, Profcssor and Head of Agricultural Engineering

B.S.A.E., University of Georgia, 1934; m.s., Iowa State College, 1939; ph.d., Michi-
gan State University, 1953. Registered Professional Engineer.

willard w. GREEN, Professor of Animal Husbandry

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1933; m.s., 1934; ph.d., 1939.

POUL A. HANSEN, Profcssor of Veterinary Bacteriology

B. OF ph., Copenhagen University, 1922; M.S., Royal Technical College, Copen-
hagen, 1926; PH.D., Cornell University, 1931.

RUSSELL c. hawes, Profcssor of Marketing

B.S., Rhode Island State College, 1921; M.S., University of Rhode Island, 1942.

MARY JUHN, Research Professor, Poidtry Physiology
B.S., Zurich, 1916; ph.d.. University of Ziuich, 1923.

ALBERT V. KREWATCH, Extension Professor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., University of Delaware, 1925; M.S., 1929; E.E., 1933.

AMiHUD KRAMER, Professor of Horticulture

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; ph.d., 1942.

ROBERT w. KRAuss, Pvofessor of Plant Physiology

A.B., Oberlin College, 1947; M.S., University of Hawaii, 1949; ph.d.. University of
Maryland, 1951.

^ 78

Faculty

ALBiN o. KUHN, Professor of Agronomy and Executive Vice-President
B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; ph.d., 1948.

GEORGE s. LANGFORD, Professor of Entomology and State Entomologist

B.S., Clemson College, 1921; M.S., University of Maryland, 1924; ph.d., Ohio State
University, 1929.

CONRAD B. LINK, Piofessor of Florjctdttire

B.S., Ohio State University, 1933; M.S., 1934; ph.d., 1940.

MARGARET T. LOAR, Extension Professor, Assistant Home Demonstration Agent
Leader

B.S., University of Maryland, 1941.

JOHN w. MAGRUDER, Extension Professor and County Agent header
B.S., University of Maryland, 1925; M.S., Gamell University, 1941.

DELBERT T. MORGAN, Professor of Botany

B.S., Kent State University, 1940; m.a., Columbia University, 1942; ph.d., 1948.

MARGARET OLIVER, Extension Professor and Home Demonstration Agent Leader
B.S., Huntington College, 1932; m.a., Columbia University, 1954.

LEO J. POELMA, Profcssor of Animal Pathology

M.S., University of Maryland, 1928; d.v.m., Kansas City Veterinary College, 1916.

REGINALD L. REAGAN, Professor of Veterinary Virology
Major, U. S. Army, Retired.

RUSSELL G. ROTHGEB, Research Professor in Agronomy

B.S., University of Maryland, 1924; M.S., Iowa State College, 1925; ph.d., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1928.

EVELYN D. SCOTT, Extension Professor, Assistant Home Demonstration Agent
Leader

B.S., South Dakota State College, 1932; m.a., George Washington University, 1958.

LELAND E. SCOTT, Professor of Horticidtiiral Physiology

B.S., University of Kentucky, 1927; M.S., Michigan State College, 1929; ph.d., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1943.

CLYNE s. SHAFFNER, Professor and Head of Poultry Husbandry

B.S., Michigan State College, 1938; m.s., 1940; ph.d., Purdue University, 1947.

JAMES B. SHANKS, Profcssor of Floricidturc

B.S., Ohio State University, 1939; M.S., 1946; ph.d., 1949.

MARY s. SHORE, Research Professor, Nutrition

B.S., College of Idaho, 1928; sc.d., Johns Hopkins University, 1933.

FRANCIS c. stark, Professor of Vegetable Crops

B.S., Oklahoma A. & M., 1940; M.S., University of Maryland, 1941; ph.d., 1948.

79 ►

Faculty

ORMAN E. STREET, Professor of Agronomy

B.S., South Dakota State College, 1924; m.s., Michigan State College, 1926; ph.d.,
1933.

CLIFFORD c. TAYLOR, Visiting Professor of Agricultural Economics

B.S., Colorado State College, 1917; m.s., Iowa State College, 1923; m.a., Harvard
University, 1926; ph.d., 1930.

ARTHUR H. THOMPSON, Profcssor of Pomology

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941; ph.d.. University of Maryland, 1945.

ALBERT F. viERHELLER, Extension Professor of Horticulture

B.S., West Virginia University, 1918; M.S., University of Maryland, 1923.

WILLIAM P. WALKER, Pvofessor of Agricultural Economics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1921; m.s., 1924.

KENNETH F. WARNER, Profcssor of Extension Studies and Training

B.S., University of Nebraska, 1912; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1915; d.agr.,
University of Nebraska, 1954.

LESLIE o. WEAVER, Extension Professor of Plant Pathology

B.S.A., Ontario Agricultural College, 1934; ph.d., Cornell University, 1943.

w. SHERARD WILSON, Extension Professor and State 4-H Cluh Agent
B.S., University of Maryland, 1932.

Associate Professors

JOHN H. AXLEY, Associate Professor of Soils
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1937; ph.d., 1945.

FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Associate Profcssor of Soils and Assistant, President's Office
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952.

THEODORE L. BissELL, Extension Associate Professor of Entomology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1920; M.S., Cornell University, 1936.

GERARD A. BOURBEAu, Associate Professor of Soils

B.A., St. Francis Xavier College, 1938; b.s., Laval Quebec University, 1943; m.s..
University of Wisconsin, 1946; ph.d., 1948.

RUSSELL G. BROWN, Associate Professor of Botany

B.S., West Virginia University, 1929; m.s., 1930; ph.d., University of Maryland,
1934.

ROBERT L. BRUCE, Extension Associate Professor and Assistant County Agent
Leader

B.S., University of Nebraska, 1949; m.s., Cornell University, 1952.

^ 80

Faculty

ROBERT J. BYRNE, Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
D.V.M., Cornell University, 1944.

JAMES L. CASON, Associate Professor of Dairy Husbandry

B.S., Louisiana Polytechnic Institute, 1948; M.S., Michigan State College, 1950; ph.d..
North Carolina State College, 1956.

CORNELIA M. COTTON, Research Associate, Veterinary Science

A.B., Cornell University, 1921; M.S., Syracuse University, 1926; ph.d.. University
of Marj'land, 1943.

A. MORRIS DECKER, JR., Associate Professor of Crops

B.S., Colorado A. & M, 1949; M.S., Utah State College, 1950; ph.d., University
of Maryland, 1953.

HARRY w. DENGLER, Extension Associate Professor, Forestry
B.S., Syracuse University, 1935.

RAYMOND N. DOETscH, Associate Professor of Microbiology

B.S., University of Illinois, 1942; M.S., University of Indiana, 1944; ph.d., University
of Maryland, '1948.

JAMES RILEY FERGUSON, Extension Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry
B.S., Colorado A. & M., 1941; M.S., Cornell University, 1951; ph.d., 1953.

GUY w. GiENGER, Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933; m.s., 1936.

PAUL M. GALBREATH, Associate Professor of Soil Conservation
B.S., University of Maryland, 1939; M.S., 1940; ll.b., 1954.

CASTILLO GRAHAM, Associate Professor of Entomology

B.S., Mississippi A. & M. College, 1927; M.S., University of Mar)'land, 1930; ph.d.,
1932.

ARTHUR B. HAMILTON, Associate Professor of Agricidtural Economics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1929; M.S., 1931.

BASIL c. HATZiOLOS, Associate Professor of Pathology

D.V.M., Veterinar)' School of Alfort, France, 1929; dr. vet. in an. hus., Veterinary
School of Berlin, Germany, 1932.

JOHN h. hoyert. Associate Professor of Agronomy

B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1949; ph.d., 1951.

ROBERT B. JOHNSON, Associatc Professor of Veterinary Physiology
A.B., University of South Dakota, 1939.

JACK COL YARD JONES, Associate Professor of Entomology

B.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1942; ph.d., Iowa State College, 1950.

Faculty

MARK KEENEY, Associate Professor of Dairy Manufacturing

B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1942; M.S., Ohio State University, 1948; ph.d.,
Pennsylvania State College, 1950.

EMORY c. LEFFEL, Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1947; ph.d., 1953.

ROBERT c. LEFFEL, Associate Professor of Agronomy

B.S., University of Maryland, 1948; M.S., lovpa State College, 1950; ph.d., 1952.

WILLIAM A. MATTHEWS, Associate Professor of Vegetable Crops

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1930.

JOSEPH F. MATTiCK, Associate Professor of Dairy Manufacturing
B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1942; ph.d., 1950.

VIRGINIA MCLUCKiE, Extension Associate Professor and Home Economist
B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., 1953.

CHARLES p. MERRICK, Extension Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

AMOS R. MEYER, Extension Associate Professor of Marketing
B.S., Ohio State University, 1940.

JEANNE s. MOEHN, (mrs.), Extension Associate Professor and Family Life S'pe-
cialist

B.S., Iowa State University, 1940.

OMAR D. MORGAN, JR., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology

B.ED., Illinois State Normal University, 1940; ph.d.. University of Illinois, 1950.

JOHN L. MORRIS, Extension Associate Professor of Dairy Husbandry
B.S., Iowa State College, 1943; m.s.. University of Delaware, 1958.

RAY A. MURRAY, Associatc Profcssor of Agricultural Economics

B.S., University of Nebraska, 1934; m.a., Cornell University, 1938; ph.d., 1949.

GILBERT J. PLUMER, Associate Professor of Veterinary Science

B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; d.v.m., New York State Veterinary College,
Cornell University, 1953.

GEORGE D. QUiGLEY, Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry
B.S., Michigan State College, 1925.

ROBERT D. RAPPLEYE, Associate Professor of Botany

E.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., 1947; ph.d., 1949.

CHARLES w. REYNOLDS, Associate Professor of Vegetable Crops

B.A., University of Alabama, 1941; b.s., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1947; M.S.,
1949; PH.D., University of Maryland, 1954.

■< 82

Faculty

WADE H. RICE, Extension Associate Professor of Poultry Hzishandry
B.S., North Carolina State College, 1921.

BENJAMIN L. ROGERS, Extension Associate Professor of Pomology

B.S., Clemson College, 1943; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; ph.d., University
of Maryland, 1950.

VINCENT scHULTZ, Associate Professor— Agricultural Biometrician

B.S., Ohio State University, 1946; m.s., 1948; ph.d., 1949; m.s.. Statistics, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute, 1954.

mark m. SHOEMAKER, Associate Professor of Landsca-pe Gardening
B.A., University of Michigan, 1921; m.l.d., 1922.

HAROLD D. SMITH, Associate Professor of Agricidtiiral Economics

B.A., Bridgewater College, 1943; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1947; ph.d., Ameri-
can University, 1952.

EDWARD STRicKLiNG, Associate Professor of Soils
B.S., Ohio State University, 1937; ph.d., 1949.

WILLIAM c. suppLEE, Research Associate in Poidtry Husbandry
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; m.s., 1927; ph.d., 1931.

M. GIST WELLING, Extension Associate Professor and Assistant County Agent
Leader

B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; M.S., Cornell University, 1957.

BOYD T. WHITTLE, Extension Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry
B.S., Idaho University, 1947; M.S., Illinois University, 1948.

ROBERT c. WILEY, Associate Professor of Horticidture Processing

B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1950; ph.d., Oregon State College, 1953.

PAUL N. WINN, Research Associate Professor of Agricidtural Engineering
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1947; M.S., 1958.

Assistant Professors

GEORGE J. ABRAMS, Assista7it Professor of Apicidture
B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; M.S., 1929.

JOHN BURic, Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry

B.S., West Virginia University, 1948; M.S., University of Maryland, 1952.

SING c. CHANG, Assistant Professor in Veterinary Virology

B.S., University of Nanking, China, 1929; ph.d., Rutgers University, 1939.

NERi A. CLARK, Assistant Professor of Agronomy
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; ph.d., 1959.

83 ►

Faculty

CHARLOTTE A. CONAWAY, Extension Assistant Professor and Assistant State 4-H
Club Agent

B.S., University of Maryland, 1947; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1957.

RICHARD D. CREEK, Assistant Professor of Poultry Husbandry
B.S., Purdue University, 1951; M.S., 1954; ph.d., 1955.

JOHN L. CROTHERS, JR., Extension Assistant Professor, Department of Markets
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1954.

DONALD w. DICKSON, Assistant Professor and Publications Editor
B.S., Baldwin Wallace College, 1947.

CHARLES P. ELLINGTON, Extension Assistant Professor of Agronomy
B.S., University of Georgia, 1950; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1952.

KENNETH E. FELTON, Assistant Professor of Agricidtural Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; b.s.c.e., 1951.

RAYMOND A. GALLOWAY, Assistant Professor of Plant Physiology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1956; ph.d., 1958.

LOREN F. GOYEN, Assistant Professor and Assistant State 4-H Club Agent
B.S., Kansas State University, 1951; m.s., University of Maryland, 1959.

FLOYD P. HARRISON, Assistant Professor of Entomology

B.S., Louisiana State University, 1951; M.S., 1953; ph.d., University of Maryland,
1955.

ELIZABETH E. HAviLAND, Assistant Professor of Entom-ology

A.B., Wilmington (Ohio) College, 1923; m.a., Cornell University, 1926; M.S., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1936; ph.d., 1945.

NORMAN V. HELBACKA, Assistant Professor, Poultry Marketing
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1952; M.S., 1954; ph.d., 1956.

ROGER w. HEMKEN, Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry

B.S., University of Illinois, 1950; M.S., 1954; ph.d., Cornell University, 1957.

LAvoNiA HiLBERT, Extension Assistant Professor and Clothing S'pecialist
B.S., West Virginia University, 1937; m.a., Columbia University, 1946.

HAROLD H. HOECKER, Extension Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics
B.S., Iowa State College, 1941.

WILLIAM L. HOLLis, Research Assistant Professor of Vegetable Crops

B.S., University of Delaware, 1952; M.S., 1954; ph.d.. University of Maryland,
1957.

H. PALMER HOPKINS, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education
B.S., Oklahoma A. & M., 1936; m.ed.. University of Maryland, 1948.

•^ 84

Faculty

HERMAN A. HUNTER, Extension Assistant Professor of Vegetable Cro'ps
B.S., Clemson College, 1923; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1926.

SIDNEY iSHEE, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics

E.S., Mississippi State College, 1950; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1952;
PH.D., 1957.

CARL N. JOHNSON, Extension Assistant Professor of Landsca'pe Gardening
B.S., Michigan State College, 1947.

WARREN T. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Entomology

B.S., Morris Harvey College (W. Va.), 1947; m.s., Ohio State University, 1951;
PH.D., University of Maryland, 1956.

JAMES G. KANTZES, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1954; PH.D., 1957.

RAYMOND L. KING, Assistant Professor of Dairy Manufacturing
A.B., University of California, 1955; ph.d., 1958.

JAMES D. KORNDER, Assistant Professor of Veterinary Medicine

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1950; M.S., Ohio State University, 1952; d.v.m.,
1956.

CONRAD B. KRESGE, Assistant Professor of Soils

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1953; m.s., 1956; ph.d., 1959.

CONRAD h. liden. Assistant Professor, Administrative Assistant to the Dean
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; M.S., 1949.

FLOYD V. MATTHEWS, JR., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1950; M.S., Oklahoma A. & M., 1951.

JOHN A. MEADE, Assisiant Professor of Crops

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953; M.S., 1955; ph.d., Iowa State University, 1958.

JAMES R. MILLER, Assistant Professor of Soils

B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1953; ph.d., 1956.

JOSEPH L. NEWCOMER, Assistant Professor— Seed Programs
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., 1955.

JAMES L. NICHOLSON, Extension Assistant Professor of Poultry Husbandry
E.S., University of Maryland, 1951.

ROBERT A. PATERSON, Assistant Professor of Botany

B.A., University of Nevada, 1949; m.a., Stanford University, 1951; ph.d.. University
of Michigan, 1957.

Faculty

JUDITH A. PKEiL (mrs.), Extension Assistant Professor in Food and Nutrition

B.S., Hood College, 1931.
JOANNE w. REiTZ, Extension Assistant Professor and Home Management Spe-
cialist

B.S., Indiana State Teachers College, 1946; M.S., Pennsylvania State University,

1952.
ANNIE N. ROGERS, Extension Assistant Professor, Program Planning Specialist

B.A., Columbia College, 1938; m.ed.. University of Maryland, 1955.

PAUL w. SANTELMANN, Assistant Professor, Crofs

B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., Michigan State College, 1952; ph.d.,

Ohio State University, 1954.
JOHN R. SCHABINGER, Extension Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry

B.S., University of Delaware, 1943; M.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1947.

HUGH D. siSLER, Assistant Professor in Plant Pathology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1951; ph.d., 1953.
CLODUS R. SMITH, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education

B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1950; M.S., 1955.
ROBERT J. SNYDER, Assistant Professor of Vegetahle Crops

B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1949; M.S., 1951; ph.d., Pennsylvania State Uni-

versity, 1955.
ALLEN L. sTEiNHAUER, Assistant Professor of Entomology

B.S., University of Manitoba, 1953; M.S., Oregon State CoUege, 1955; ph.d., 1958.

GEORGE A. STEVENS, Extension Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1941; M.S., 1949; ph.d.. University of Mary-
land, 1957.

WOLCOTT E. STEWART, Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry
B.S., Cornell University, 1953; m.s., 1956; ph.d., 1957.

DANIEL A. swoPE, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1942; M.S., Cornell University, 1943; ph.d.,
Pennsylvania State University, 1958.

BERNARD A. TwiGG, Extension Assistant Professor

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1955; ph.d., 1959.

JOHN h. vandersall. Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry
B.S., Ohio State University, 1950; M.S., 1954; ph.d., 1959.

DONALD o. wiERSiG, Assistant Professor of Veterinary Medicine
D.V.M., Iowa State College, 1949.

M 86

Faculty

FRANK H. WILCOX, Assistant Professor of Poultry Pliishandry

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1951; m.s., Cornell University, 1953; ph.d., 1955.

WALTER L. wiLLL'^MS, Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry
B.S., University of Missouri, 1952; ph.d., 1955.

JACK B. WILSON, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology
B.S., West Virginia University, 1953; m.s., 1954; ph.d., 1957.

JOHN w. WYSONG, Assistant Professor of Agricidtural Economics

B.S., Cornell University, 1953; m.s.. University of Illinois, 1954; ph.d., Cornell
University, 1957.

EDGAR P. YOUNG, Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry
B.S., Ohio State University, 1954; M.S., 1956; ph.d., 1958.

Instructors

CLEMENTINE B. ANSLiNGER, Extension Instructor in Marketing
B.A., College of St. Rose, 1936.

ROBERT J. BEiTER, Instructor in Agricultural Economics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1957.

MELViN c. BRENNAN, Instructor, Visual Aids
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952.

THOMAS J. CORCORAN, Extension Instructor and Information Sjiecialist
B.S., University of Illinois, 1949.

SANFORD FARWELL, Extension Instructor and Exhibits Specialist
B.A., Rhode Island School of Design, 1954.

WALLACE c. HARDING, JR., Extension Instructor in Entomology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1956.

GROVER HARRIS, Extension Instructor in Poultry Husbandry
B.S., West Virginia University, 1952; m.s., 1956.

LE MOYNE hogan, Instructor in Horticidture
B.S., Louisiana State University, 1953; M.S., 1957.

DONALD s. HUDSON, Extension Instructor in Agricultural Economics
B.S., Cornell University, 1949.

ELROY R. KRESTENSEN, Instructor in Entomology
B.S., University of Florida, 1949; M.S., 1951.

WILLIAM G. LANGSTON, Extension Instructor in Agricidtural Economics
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1950; M.S., 1954.

87 ►

Faculty

M. LEE MC GOOGAN, Extension Instructor and Information Specialist
B.S., University of Georgia, 1934; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959.

RALPH E. MOTSiNGER, Extension Instructor in Agronomy
B.S., North Carolina State College, 1956.

GRAY N. NUCKOLS, JR., Instructor in Agricultural Economics
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1953.

BURNELL K. REBERT, Extension Instructor, Marketing
B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1947.

DONALD J. SEELEY, Instructor in Dairy Technology
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1950.

HERMAN s. TODD, Instructor in Horticulture
B.S., Ohio State University, 1937.

JOSEPH T. WHiTLAW, JR., Instructor in Entomology

B.S., Clemson College, 1955; M.S., University of Maryland, 1956.

Research Associate

ESAM AHMED, Research Associate in Horticulture

B.S., Cairo University, 1945; M.S., Alexander University, 1953; PH.D., Universif
of Maryland, 1957.

Research Fellow

CONSTANTINE A. soROKiN, Research Fellow, Plant Physiology

Diploma in Agronomy, Donn Agricultural Institute; m.a., Russian Academy o
Agricultural Science, 1936; ph.d.. University of Texas, 1955.

Lecturers

REECE I. SAILER, Lecturer in Entomology
A.B., University of Kansas, 1938; ph.d., 1942.

HAROLD H. SHEPARD, Lecturer in Entomology

B.S., Massachusetts State College, 1924; M.S., University of Maryland, 1927; ph.d
Massachusetts State College, 1931.

Emeriti

CHARLES o. APPLEMAN, Professor of Plant Physiology, Emeritus
PH.D., University of Chicago, 1910.

ERNEST N. CORY, Professor of Entomology, Emeritus

B.S., Maryland Agricultural College, 1909; M.S., 1913; ph.d., American Universif
' 1926.

Faculty

SAMUEL H. DEVAULT, Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketino
kmentus ^'

A.B., Carson-Newman College, 1912; a.m., University of North Carolina 1915-
PH.D., Massachusetts State College, 1931.

WILLIAM B. KEMP, Director of Experiment Station, Emeritus

E.S., University of Maryland, 1912; ph.d., American University, 1928.

JOHN B. s. NORTON, Professor of Botany, Emeritus

B.S., Kansas State College, 1896; m.s., 1900; sc.d., (hon.), University of Maryland.

THOMAS B. SYMONS, Dean of Agriculture, Emeritus

B.S., Maryland Agricultural College, 1902; m.s., Maryland State College 1905-
D. AGR., University of Maryland, 1918. e ' '

'^Supervising Teachers in Agriculture

AHALT, LOUIS F., B.S., University of Maryland, 1940; m.s. 1952.
Middletown High School, Middletown, Maryland. '

BAER WILFRED o., B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1942; ms 1952
Sudlersville High School, Sudlersville, Maryland.

BIGGS, w. HARLAN, B.S., University of Maryland, 1933
South Hagerstown High School, Hagerstovvn, Mainland.

LEWIS, GLENN w., B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1953
Easton High School, Easton, Maryland.

MILLER, HARRY T., B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; m.s., 1952
Frederick High School, Frederick, Maryland.

pope, JAMES L., B.S., University of Maryland, 1957
Gaithersburg High School, Gaithersburg, Maryland.

reid, j. MARTIN, B.S., University of Maryland, 1950
North Dorchester High School, Hurlock, Maryland.

5COTT, JOSEPH K., B.A., Bridgewater College, 1935; m.s., Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, 1940 ^

Williamsport High School, Williamsport, Maryland.

SPARKS, LORiNG T., B.S., University of Maryland, 1953
Hereford High School, Parkton, Maryland.

fHOMPSON, JOHN L., B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1959
Frederick High School, Frederick, Maryland.'

VATKiNS, DONALD E., B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; m.s. Cornell Uni-
■crsity, 1924 '

Gaithersburg High School, Gaithersburg, Maryland.

^Teachers of Vocational Agriculture who supervise student teachers during the prac-
ice teachmg period in cooperation with the Department of Agricultural Education.

89 ►

Ci>ih

n Av-'^ccMj'^ t /«'• N"! Ap^I6,i'?(^^ ^o «^

COLLEGE

ARTS AND SCIENCES

Catalog Series 19604961

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

VOLUME 14 MAY 20, 1960 NO. 11

University of Maryland Bulletin is published one time in February; three times in
March and April; four times in May and June; two times in September, October,
November, and December.

Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.

CONTEiNTS

GENERAL

University Calendar v

Board of Regents vii

Officers of Administration viii

Chairmen, Faculty Senate xi

General Information 1

History 1

Requirements for Admission ... 1

Costs 2

Degrees 2

Residence 3

For Additional Information .... 3

Academic Information 3

General Requirements for

Degrees 3

Work in Freshman and

Sophomore Years 4

The Program in American

Civilization 4

Air Science, Physical Education

and Health 5

College Requirements 6

Junior Requirements 7

Normal Load 7

Advisers 7

Electives in Other Colleges

and Schools 8

Certification of High School

Teachers 8

Special Honors 8

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES

General A.B. Curriculum 9

I. American Civilization 9

II. The Humanities 10

Art 10

Classical Languages and

Literatures 11

Comparative Literature .... 12

English 12

Foreign Languages and

Literatures 12

Music 13

Philosophy I4

Speech and Dramatic Art . . 15

III. The Social Sciences 16

Economics 16

Geography 16

Government and Politics ... 17

History I7

Psychology 18

Sociology 19

General B.S. Curriculum 20

IV. The Biological Sciences. ... 20

General Biological Sciences. 20

Botany 2I

Microbiology 22

Psychology 23

Zoology 24

V. The Physical Sciences 24

General Physical Sciences. . 24

Chemistry 25

Mathematics 26

Physics 26

VI. Pre-Professional

Curriculums 27

Combined Program in Arts

and Sciences and Law. ... 27
Combined Program in Arts

and Sciences and Dentistry 29
Combined Program in Arts

and Sciences and

Medicine 30

(^continued on next fage')

iii ►

CONTENTS

COURSE OFFERINGS

American Civilization 33

Art 33

Botany 36

Chemistry 36

Classical Languages and

Literatures 42

Comparative Literature 45

Economics 47

English Language and Literature 47

Foreign Languages and Literatures 5 1

Geography 63

Geology 63

Government and Politics 63

History 63

Library Science 70

Mathematics 71

Astronomy 82

Microbiology 82

Music 85

Applied Music 89

Philosophy 90

Physics 94

Psychology 102

Sociology 107

Speech and Dramatic Art 114

Zoology 121

Faculty

127

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

FALL SEMESTER 1959

JANUARY 1960

4 Monday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day
21-27 Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations

SPRING SEMESTER 1960
FEBRUARY

1-5 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration

8 Monday— Instruction Begins
22 Monday— Washington's Birthday Holiday

MARCH

25 Friday— Maryland Day

APRIL

14 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
19 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.

MAY

18 Wednesday— Military Day

26 Thxusday— Pre-Examination Study Day

May 27-}

Tune 3f ^^^^y t° Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations

29 Simday— Baccalaureate Exercises

30 Monday— Memorial Day, Hohday

JUNE

4 Saturday— Commencement Exercises

SUMMER SESSION 1960

JUNE 1960

27 Monday— Stumner Session Registration

28 Tuesday— Sxmimer Session Begins

AUGUST

5 Friday— Summer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES 1960
JUNE 1960

20-25 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course

AUGUST

8-13 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week

SEPTEMBER

6-9 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course

V ►

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

FALL SEMESTER I960
SEPTEMBER

12-16 Monday to Friday— Fall Semester Registration

19 Monday— Instruction Begins
NOVEMBER

23 Wednesday— Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class
28 Monday— Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m.
DECEMBER

20 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Begins
JANUARY 1961

3 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Friday— Inauguration Day Hohday
25 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day

Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations

Jan. 26-)
Feb. l}

S?RING SEMESTER 1961
FEBRUARY

6-10 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration

13 Monday— Instruction Begins

22 Wednesday— Washington's Birthday Hohday
MARCH

25 Saturday— Maryland Day

30 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
APRIL

4 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
MAY

17 Wednesday— Military Day

30 Tuesday— Memorial Day, Holiday
JUNE

2 Friday— Pre-Examination Study Day

3-9 Saturday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations

4 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises

10 Saturday— Commencement Exercises

SUMMER SESSION 1961
JUNE 1961

26 Monday— Siunmer Session Registration

27 Tuesday— Summer Session Begins

AUGUST

4 Friday— Siunmer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES 1961
JUNE 1961

19-24 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course
AUGUST

7-12 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week
SEPTEMBER

5-8 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course
^ vi

BOARD OF REGENTS

and
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE

Term
Exfires
Charles P. McCormick

Chairman 1966

McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Edward F. Holter

Vice-Chairman 1968

The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, N.W., Washington 6

B. Herbert Brown

Secretary 1960

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1

Harry H. Nuttle

Treasurer 1966

Denton

Louis L. Kaplan

Assistant Secretary 1961

5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15

Enos S. Stockbridge

Assistant Treasurer 1960

10 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Thomas W. Pangborn 1965

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown

Thomas B. Symons 1963

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park

C. Ewing Tuttle 1962

907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2

William C. Walsh 1968

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 1967

4101 Green way, Baltimore 18

Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of nine
years each, beginning the first Monday in June.

The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of the
Board.

The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION

Principal Administrative Officers

WILSON H. ELKiNS, President

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; m.a., 1932; b.litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D. PHIL., 1936.

ALBBv o. KUHN, Executive Vice President

E.S., University of Maryland, 1938; m.s., 1939; ph.d., 1948.

ALViN E. coRMENY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Develo-pment

B.A., Illinois College, 1933; ll.b., Cornell University, 1936.

R. LEE HORNBAKE, Dean of the Facidty

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pa., 1934; m.a., Ohio State Universitv, 1936;
PH.D., 1942.

FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant, President's Office
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952.

Emeritus

HARRY c. BYRD, President Emeritus

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; ll.d., Washington College, 1936; ll.d., Dickin-
son College, 1938; d.sc. Western Maryland College, 1938.

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges

MYRON s. AisENBERG, Dean of the School of Dentistry
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.

VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; ph.d.. University of Colorado, 1942.

RONALD BAMFORD, Dean of the Graduate School

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; ph.d.,
Columbia University, 1931.

GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agriculture

B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; ph.d., 1940.

RAY w. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of University College

B.A., Wabash College, 1929; m.a., Butler University, 1930; ph.d., Syracuse Uni-
versity, 1937.

NOEL E. Foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy

ph.c. South Dakota State College, 1929; b.s., 1929; m.s., University of Maryland,
1932; PH.D., 1933.

LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and

Health

B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; m.a., 1937; ph.d., Peabody College, 1939.

M viii

FLORENCE M. GiPE, Dean of the School of Nursino

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1940;
ED.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

LADisLAus F. GRAPSKi, DirectoT of the University Hospital

R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; b.s.. University
of Denver, 1942; m.b.a. in Hospital Administration, University of Chicago, 1943.

mviN c. HAUT, Director, Agricultural Experiment Station and Head, Department
of HoTticidture

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; ph.d..

University of Maryland, 1933.

ROGER HOWELL, Dean of the School of Law

B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1914; ph.d., 1917; ll.b.. University of Maryland,
1917.

wiLBERT J. HUFF, Director, Engineering Experiment Station

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc. (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.

SELMA F. LIPPEATT, Dean of the College of Home Economics

B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; m.s., University of Tennessee, 1945;
PH.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; c.E., 1932; ph.d., 1935.

PAUL E. NYSTROM, Director, Agrictdtiiral Extension Service

B.S., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; m.p.a..
Harvard University, 1948; d.p.a., 1951.

J. FREEMAN PYLE, Dean of the College of Business artd Public Administration
PH.B., University of Chicago, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d., 1925.

LEON p. smith, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

B.A., Emory University, 1919; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1928; ph.d., 1930;
Diplome de I'lnstitut de Touraine, 1932.

WILLIAM s. STONE, Dcun of the School of Medicine and Director of Medical
Education ayid Research

B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; m.d.. University of Loirisville, 1929;

PH.D., Chon.), University of Louisville, 1946.

General Administrative Officers

G. WATSON ALGiRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931.

THEODORE R. AYLESWORTH, Professor of Air Science and Head, Department oj
Air Science

B.S., Mansfield State Teachers College, 1936; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1949.

NORMA J. AZLEiN, Registrar

B.A., University of Chicago, 1940.

ix ►

B. JAMES BORRESON, Execiitive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.

DAVID L. BRiGHAM, Director of Alumni Relations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1938.

c. WILBUR cissEL, Director of Finance and Business

B.A., University of Marj'land, 1932; m.a., 1934; c.p.a., 1939.

WILLIAM w. coBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930.

LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service

B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; m.d., University of Iowa, 1926.

GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men

B.S., Mar)'land State College, 1920; m.s., University of Maryland, 1926.

HARRY D. FISHER, Coii:ptroller and Budget Officer
B.S., University of Maryland, 1945.

GEORGE w. FOGG, Director of Personnel

B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; m.a., 1928.

ROBERT J. MCCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941.

GEORGE w. MORRISON, Associatc Director and Supervising Engineer Physical
Plant QBaltimore^

B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; e.e., 1931.

HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; m.a., 1937; b.s.l.s. Columbia University, 1940.

ADELE H. STAMP, Dean of Women

B.A., Tulane University, 1921; m.a., University of Maryland, 1924.

GEORGE o. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical
Plant

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

Division Chairmen

JOHN E. FABER, JR., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; ph.d., 1937.

HAROLD c. HOFFSOMMER, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; m.a., 1923; ph.d., Cornell University, 1929.

wiLBERT J. HUFF, Chairman of the Division of Physical Sciences

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc, (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.

CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division

B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; ph.d., 1926.

ADOLF E. zucKER, Chairman of the Division of Humanities

B.A., University of Illinois, 1912; m.a., 1913; ph.d.. University of Pennsylvania,
1917.

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairmmj

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS

Dr. Russell G. Brown (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION

Dr. Robert Rappleye (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA AND COURSES

Dr. Irvin C. Haut (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID

Dr. Paul Nystrom (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

Dr. Edward J. Herbst (Medicine), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS

Mr. B. James Borreson (Executive Dean for Student Life), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES

Dr. Charles Murphy (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Dr. Charles A. Taff (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND ACTIVITIES

Dr. L. Morris McClure (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS

Dr. Franklin Cooley (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT DISCIPLINE

Dr. Allan J. Fisher (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON RELIGIOUS LIFE

Professor Louis E. Otts (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE

Dr. Mar\'in H. Eyler (Physical Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT EMPLOYMENT AND SELF-HELP

Dr. Warren R. Johnson (Physical Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION

Dr. Clyne S. Shaffner (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM AND TENURE

Dr. Peter Lejins (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS AND SALARIES

Dr. William E. Bickley (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE

Dr. Guy B. Hathom (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION

Dr. Joseph C. Biddix (Dentistry), Chairman

xi ►

THE COLLEGE

General Information

THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES OFFERS ITS STUDENTS A LIBERAL
education. It seeks to develop graduates who can deal intelligently with the
problems which confront them and whose general education will be a continuing
source not only of material profit, but of genuine personal satisfaction. It
also offers each student the opportunity to concentrate in the field of his
choice; this element of depth serves both as an integral part of his education
and as a foundation for further professional training or pursuits.

Students in other colleges of the University are oflFered training in funda-
mental courses that serve as a background for their professional education.

The courses required by the University for the baccalaureate degree in
any college emphasize the development and nature of American civilization.
All of these courses except one are given by the College of Arts and Sciences.

HISTORY

This college is an outgrowth of the Division of Language and Literature
and the Division of Applied Science and the later School of Liberal Arts of
Mar)'land State College. In 1921 the School of Liberal Arts and the School
of Chemistry were combined and other physical and biological sciences were
brought into the newly formed College of Arts and Sciences. In later reorgani-
zations some departments have been added and some transferred to the admin-
istrative control of other colleges.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

The requirements for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences are,
in general, the same as those for admission to the other colleges and schools
of the University. Application must be made to the Director of Admissions,
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.

The student who intends to pursue a program of study in the College of Arts
and Sciences should include the following subjects in his high school program:
English, 4 units; college preparatory mathematics (algebra, plane geometry), 3
or 4 units; foreign language, 2 or more units; biology, chemistry, or physics, 2
units; history and social sciences, 1 or more units.

The student who wishes to major in chemistrj^ mathematics, physics, botany,
microbiology, zoology, or who wishes to follow a pre-medical or pre-dental pro-
gram, should include 4 units of college preparatory mathematics (algebra, plane
geometry, trigonometry, and more advanced mathematics, if available). He should
also include chemistry and physics.

General Information

A complete statement of admission requirements and policies will be found
in the publication entitled An Adventure in Learning. A copy may be obtained
by writing to the Office of University Relations, North Administration Building,
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.

COSTS

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $185.00 fixed
charges; $101.00 special fees; $400.00 board; $210.00 to $240.00 lodging for
Maryland residents, or $260.00 to $290.00 for residents of other states and
countries. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new registrants. A fee of
$10.00 must accompany a prospective student's application for admission. If a
student enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is accepted in lieu of
the matriculation fee. A charge of $300.00 is assessed students who are non-
residents of the State of Maryland.

For a more detailed statement of these costs vio-ite for a copy of the publica-
tion entitled An Adventure in Learning.

DEGREES

The degrees conferred on students who have met the requirements pre-
scribed bj' the College of Arts and Sciences are Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
Science, and Bachelor of Music.

Students of this College who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors
in departments of the humanities or social sciences are awarded the degree of
Bachelor of Arts.^ Those who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors in
departments of biological or physical sciences are awarded the degree of
Bachelor of Science." Those who complete satisfactorily a special profession-
al program in the Department of Music are awarded the degree of Bachelor
of Music.

Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined program of
-Arts and Sciences and Medicine, or of Arts and Sciences and Dentistry, will
be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science. Students who complete satis-
factorily the prescribed combined program of Arts and Sciences and Law will
be granted the degree of Bachelor of Arts.

^ The Departments of Economics, Geography, and Government and Politics, al-
though administratively in the College of Business and Public Administration, offer
courses for Arts and Sciences students. Majors may be elected in these departments
as in those of the other departments of the Division of Social Sciences which are
administered by the College of Arts and Sciences.

'' The Department of Botany, although administered by the College cf Agriculture,
offers covirses for Arts and Sciences students. A major may be elected in this depart-
ment as in those of the other departments of the Division of Biological Sciences ad-
ministered by the College of Arts and Sciences.

General Information, Academic Information

RESIDENCE

The last thirty semester hours credit of any curriculum leading to a bac-
calaureate degree in the College of Arts and Sciences must be taken in resi-
dence in this University.

Students working for one of the combined degrees must earn the last 30
semester hours credit of the arts program in residence in the College of Arts
and Sciences, College Park.

The complete statement of this requirement may be found in the University
publication, University General and Academic Regulations.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Detailed information concerning fees and expenses, scholarships and awards,
student life, and other material of a general nature, may be found in the Uni-
versity publication titled An Adventure in Learning. This publication may be
obtained on request from the Ofl&ce of University Relations, North Administra-
tion Building, University of Maryland at College Park. A detailed explanation
of the regulations of student and academic life, may be found in the University
publication titled. University General and Academic Regidations. This is mailed
in September of each year to all undergraduate students, and again in February
to all new undergraduate students not previously enrolled in the preceding fall
semester.

Requests for course catalogs for the individual sshools and colleges should be
directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to:

COtLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK:

Dean

(College in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE:

Dean

(School in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1, Maryland

Academic Information

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES

The baccalaureate degree from the College of Arts and Sciences may be
conferred upon a student who has satisfied the following requirements:

1. University requirements.

2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements.

Academic Information

A minimum of 120 semester hours credit in academic subjects other than
basic air science is required for a bachelor's degree. Men must acquire in
addition 8 semester hours in Basic Air Science, and 4 semester hours in physical
activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 semester hours in hygiene and
4 semester hours in physical activities.

WORK IN THE FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE YEARS

The work of the first two years in the College of Arts and Sciences is de-
signed to give the student a basic general education, and to prepare him
for concentration in the latter part of his course.

It is the student's responsibility to develop in these earlier years such
proficiency in basic subjects as may be necessary for his continuation in the
field of his special interest. Personal aptitude and a general scholastic ability
must also be demonstrated, if permission to pursue a major study is to be
obtained.

The student should follow the curriculum for which he is believed to be
best fitted. It will be noted that a common group of studies is required of all
students who are candidates for a bachelor's degree. These subjects should
be taken, if possible, during the freshman and sophomore years.

THE PROGRAM IN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION

The University considers that it is important for every student to achieve
an appreciative understanding of this country, its history and its culture. It
has therefore established a comprehensive program in American Civilization.
This program is also designed to provide the student with a general educa-
tional background.

Work in American civilization is oflFered at three distinct academic levels.
The first level is required of all freshmen and sophomores at the University
and is described below. The second level is for undergraduate students wishing
to carry a major in this field. The third level is for students desiring to do
graduate work in this field (see catalog for the Graduate School).

All students receiving a baccalaureate degree from the University of Mary-
land must (except as specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula) obtain
24 semester hours of credit in the lower division courses of the American
Civilization Program. Although the courses in the program are prescribed
generally, some choice is permitted, especially for students who demonstrate in
classification tests good previous preparation in one or more of the required
subjects.

The 24 semester hours in American civilization are as follows:

1. English (12 hours, Eng. 1, 2 and 3, 4 or 5, 6), American history (6
hours, H. 5, 6), and American government (3 hours, G. & P. 1) are required

■< 4

Academic Information

subjects; however, students who quahfy in one, two, or all three of these
areas by means of University administered tests are expected to substitute
certain elective courses. Through such testing a student may be released from
3 hours of English (9 hours remaining an absolute requirement), 3 hours
of American history (3 hours remaining as an absolute requirement), and 3
hours of American government. Students released from 3 hours of EngHsh
will take Eng. 21 instead of Eng. 1 and 2. Those released from 3 hours in
history will take H. 56 instead of H. 5 and 6. Students who have been
exempted from courses in English, American history, or American government
may not take such courses for credit.

Sftecial note for foreign students:

The foreign student is required to take a special classification test in English
before registering for the required English courses. He may be required to take
Foreign Language 1 and 2— English for Foreign Students— 27efore registering
for English 1.

The foreign student may meet the foreign language requirement by taking
additional courses in English as stated below under the foreign language require-
ment.

2. For the additional hours of the 24 hours required the student elects
one course from the foUovidng group (Elective Group I):

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics (not open to freshmen; students
who may wish to take additional courses in economics should substitute
Econ. 31 for Econ. 37).

Phil. 1— Philosophy for Modern Man.

Psych. I— Introduction to Psychology.

Sec. 1— Sociology of American Life.

3. Students who, on the basis of tests, have been released from 3, 6 or 9
hours in otherwise required courses in English, American history, or Amer-
ican government (see 1 above), shall select the replacements for these courses
from any or all of the following groups: (a) more advanced courses in the
same department as the required courses in which the student is excused, or
(b) Elective Group I (see 2 above) provided that the same course may not
be used as both a Group I and a Group II choice, or (c) Elective Group II.
Group II consists of the following 3-hour courses:

H. 2— History of Modern Europe; either H. 51 or 52— The Humanities;
either Music 20— Survey of Music Literature or Art 22— History of American
Art; and Soc. 5— Anthropology.

AIR SCIENCE, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH

1. Basic Air Science for men — eight semester hours. Required freshman
and sophomore years.

5 ►

Academic Information

2. Health for women— four semester hours. Required freshman year.

3. Physical Activities for men and women — four semester hours. Re-
quired freshman and sophomore years.

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University regula-
tions, are required to take Basic Air Science training for a period of two years.
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation and it
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at
the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who
have not fulfilled this requirement will complete the course or take it until
graduation, whichever occurs first.

Selected students who wish to do so may, with proper approval, carry as
electives during their junior and senior years Advanced Air Science courses
which lead to a regular or reserve commission in the United States Air Force.

For further details concerning the requirements in air science instruction
write to the Editor of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park,
Maryland, for a copy of the publication titled An Adventure in Learning.

COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS

1. Foreign language— twelve semester hours in one language, unless other-
wise specified. The languages which may be offered to meet this requirement
are French, German, Hebrew, Italian, Latin, Greek, Russian, Spanish, and
Chinese.

Foreign students may satisfy this requirement by offering twelve hours of
English in addition to the regular English requirement. The special course in
English for foreign students (Foreign Language 1, 2) may be included in the
additional hours of English. This option may not be used by pre-medical students.

A foreign student may not meet the foreign language requirement by taking
freshman or sophomore courses in his native language.

2. Natural science and mathematics— twelve semester hours, unless other-
wise specified. Candidates for the A.B. degree must demonstrate eligibility
to take Math. 10 or must complete satisfactorily Math. 3. The science courses
elected require the approval of the Dean; they will be selected from the Depart-
ments of Botany, Chemistry, Entomology, Geology, Microbiology, Physics,
Zoolooy. At least one course must include laboratory experience and one course
must be elected in each of the Divisions of Biological and Physical Sciences
except in the case of students whose science courses are specifically prescribed in
their curricula.

<l 6

Academic Information

3. Speech— two or three semester hours in accordance with the particu-
lar curriculum.

4. Major and minor requirements— When a student has completed satis-
factorily the requirements of the freshman and sophomore years he will select
a major in one of the departments of an upper division and for graduation
will complete a departmental major and a minor. The courses constituting the
major and the minor must conform to the requirements of the department
in which the major work is done.

The student must ha\'e an average of not less than "C" in the introductory
courses in the field in which he intends to major.

A major shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental require-
ments, of 24-40 hours, of which at least twelve must be in courses numbered
100 or above.

A minor in programs leading to the A. B. degree, shall consist of a co-
herent group of courses totalling 18 semester hours in addition to the re-
quirements listed above. At least six of the 18 hours must be in a single
department in courses numbered 100 or above. The courses comprising the
minor must be chosen with the approval of the major department.

No minor is required in programs leading to the B. S. degree, but the
student must take such supporting courses in science or other fields as are
required by his major department.

The average grade of the work taken in the major field must be at least
"C;" some departments will count toward satisfaction of the major requirement
no course completed with a grade of less than "C." The average grade of the
work taken in the major and minor fields combined must be at least "C." A
general average of "C" in courses taken at the University of Maryland is required
for graduation.

JUNIOR REQUIREMENTS

A student must acquire a minimum of 56 academic semester hours with
an average grade of at least "C" in the freshman and sophomore years before
he will be permitted to begin advanced work on his major and minor. See
University General and Academic Regtdatio7ts for full statement of this rule.

NORMAL LOAD

The normal load for students in this college is 15 semester hours credit per
semester, exclusive of the required work in physical activities, air science, and
hygiene.

A student must have the approval of his adviser and dean to take more than
the normal program prescribed in his curriculum.

ADVISERS

Each freshman and sophomore in this college will be assigned to a faculty

7 ►

Academic Information

adviser who will help the student, during his first two years, to select his
courses and to determine what his field of major concentration should be.
Juniors in the combined programs will continue in the same system.

Other juniors and seniors will consider the head of their major department,
or his designated assistant, their adviser, and should consult him about the
arrangements of their schedules of courses.

ELECTIVES IN OTHER COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS

A limited number of courses taken in other colleges and schools of the
University may be counted for elective or minor credit toward a degree in
the College of Arts and Sciences.

The number of credits which may be accepted from the various colleges
and schools is as follows: College of Education— 24; all other colleges— 20.
The combined credits from these colleges and schools shall not exceed 20 (or
24 if courses in education are included). Schools of Dentistry, Law, and Medi-
cine—in combined degree programs the first year of professional work must
be completed.

CERTIFICATION OF HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS

If courses are properly chosen in the field of education, a prospective high
school teacher can prepare for high school positions, with a major and minor
in one of the departments of this College. A student who vdshes to work for a
teacher's certificate should consult his adviser before the junior year.

SPECIAL HONORS

1. A program of readings for special honors in literature is open to under-
graduates in any college of the University who have the approval of their dean
and of the Head of the Department of English. Candidates are examined on an
approved list of literary works including translations from foreign languages.
Application may be made to the Head of the Department of English at any time
before the beginning of the junior year.

2. The College Independent Studies Program is administered by depart-
mental Committees on Independent Studies and by a College Committee on
Independent Studies. Admission to the program is at the beginning of the
second semester of the student's junior year. Application must be made not later
than four weeks before the end of the first semester of the junior year to the
head of the department in which the student vidshes to take honors. At the time
of application for admission to the program the student must have a three-point
cumulative academic average or the recommendation of the appropriate depart-
mental committee. Successful completion of the program vidll be signalized by
appropriate annotmcement on the commencement program and by citation on
the student's academic record and on his diploma.

GENERAL A.B. CURRICULUM

The following curriculum gives the subjects required of students planning
to major in one of the departments of the Divisions of Himianities or Social
Studies. Since some departmental majors require prerequisites which should
be taken during the first two years, individual programs must be prepared in
consultation with the assigned adviser; the elective hours listed may be used
for this purpose. Lower division advisers and the heads of the Departments of
Alusic and Sociology have available copies of normal curricula for distribution
to students who wish additional information about majors in art, music or
sociology.

/—Semester—^

Freshman Year 1 11

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature^ 3 3

G. & P. 1— American Government or Group I elective^ 3

Group I elective or G. & P. 1 ^ . . 3

Foreign Language ' 3 3

Mathematics or Natural Science 3-4 3-4

Speech 1— Public Speaking and elective 3 3

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Hea. 2, 4-Health (women) 2 2

Physical Activities 1 1

Total 17-19 17-19

So-phomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and English or World Litera-
ture ^ 3 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ^ 3 3

Foreign Language (continued) 3 3

Natural Science or Mathematics 3-4 3-4

Elective 3 3-6

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Physical Activities 1 1

Total 16-19 16-18

I. AMERICAN CIVILIZATION

The University has a comprehensive program in American studies. It be-
gins with required courses on the freshman and sophomore level, includes a
major for juniors and seniors, and also provides for graduate work on the M.A.
and Ph.D. level. (For information concerning the graduate program, see the
Graduate School Catalog.)

^ See The Program in American Civilization on pages 4-5.

* A placement test is given during registration week for students \vishing to pursue
a language they have studied in high school.

9 ►

American Civilization, The Humanities Ciirriculums

The student who majors in American civilization has the advantage of
being taught by cooperating speciaHsts from various departments. The com-
mittee in charge of the program represents the Departments of EngHsh, His-
tory, Government and Pohtics, and Sociology. Members of the committee
serve as official advisers to students electing to work in the field.

The program is intended to have generous breadth, but the danger of
securing breadth without depth is offset by the requirement of an area of
concentration. Studies in American civilization are supplemented by studies
in source cultures and interacting cultures; however, in planning a curriculum,
students are required to concentrate in one of the four departments primarily
concerned viath the program. The program must include at least 42 semester
hours of work from the departments participating in the program. These
credits constitute collectively a major and a minor. At least 20 of these 42
hours of advanced work must be in 100-level courses. All the advanced work
should be so distributed that the student will take at least 9 hours in each
of three out of the four cooperating departments, including, of course, the
department of his concentration.

In his senior year, each major student is required to take a conference
course (American Civilization 137, 138) in which the study of American civili-
zation is brought to a focus. During this course, the student analyzes eight
or ten important books which reveal fundamental patterns in American life and
thought and receives incidental training in bibliographical matters, in formu-
lating problems for special investigation, and in group discussion.

Freshmen and sophomores who are interested in concentrating in American
civilization should consult with their Lower Division adviser. Upperclassmen
should consult with the Executive Secretary of the American Civilization cur-
riculum, Assistant Professor Beall.

Suggested sample curriculum for American civilization majors:

Junior year: H. 52— The Humanities (3); H. 105 and 106— Social &
Economic History of the United States (3, 3); Eng. 150 and 151— American
Literature (3, 3); G. & P. 144-American Political Theory (3); Phil. 121-
American Philosophy (3); Electives (9).

Senior year: American Civilization 137 and 138 — Conference course in
American Civilization (3, 3); G. & P. 174-Political Parties (3); Phil. 154-
Political and Social Philosophy (3); Soc. 105— Cultural Anthropology (3);
Soc. 125— Cultural History of the Negro (3); H. 133 and 134— History of Ideas
in America (3, 3); Electives (6).

II. THE HUMANITIES

Art

Two types of majors are ofiFered in art: Art Major A for those who take
the art curriculum as a cultural subject and as preparation for a career for

< 10

The Humanities Curricnlums

which art is a necessary background; Art Major B for those who prepare them-
selves for creative work on a professional basis.

In both ty-pes the student begins with the basic courses, and mo\es to more
advanced study of the theory of design and of the general principles involved
in visual expression. A large amount of study takes the form of actual prac-
tice of drawing and painting. The student, in this way, gains a knowledge of
the vocabulary of drawing and painting, and of the methods and procedures
underlying good quality of performance.

Art Major B emphasizes the development of craftsmanship and the crea-
tive faculty. Art Major A, while including the basic studio courses, necessarily
places emphasis on general history, composition, and art appreciation, with
subsequent choices of special art epochs for greater detailed study.

Art history and art appreciation are of special interest to students major-
ing in English, history, languages, philosophy, or music. It is suggested that
they schedule Art 9, 11, and 22, Historical Sur\'ey of Painting, Sculpture, and
Architecture, and History of American Art, as excellent supplementary study
for a fuller understanding of their major. Art 20 is recommended for Eng-
lish, languages, philosophy, home economics, and education majors. Art 22,
History of American Art, is advised for majors in the American civilization
courses. Home economics and horticulture majors are encouraged to schedule
basic art courses as a useful means of training observation and developing
understanding of, and proficiency in, the visual arts.

Courses required in all art majors: Art 1— Charcoal Drawing (3); Art 5—
Basic Design (3); Art 9, 11— Historical Sur^'ey of Painting, Sculpture and
Architecture (3, 3); Art 20— Art Appreciation (2).

Courses required in cultural art major: Art 22— History of American Art
(3).

Course required in creative art major: Art 7— Landscape Painting (3).

The Department of Art reserves the right to retain any work of students
for the perraenent collection of the University.

Classical Languages and Literatures

No placement tests are given in the Classical Languages. For details on regis-
tration for Latin and Greek, see preliminary paragraph at head of course listings
below in this catalog.

MAJOR IN latin: Latin 1, 2, 3, and 4 or their equivalent must have been
completed before a student may begin work on a major in Latin. A student
majoring in Latin will then begin his concentration with Latin 5. A major
consists of a minimum of twenty-four hours beginning with Latin 5, twelve
hours of which must be taken in 100-level courses. A major student who has
taken Latin 1, 2, 3, and 4 may use credit so obtained to fulfill the t\velve-hour
foreign language requirement of the College of Arts and Sciences. Those
registering initially for Latin 5 must fulfill this requirement in another foreign
language, preferably Greek.

11 ►

The Humanities Curriculums

Coni'parative Literature

Comparative literature courses are ofiFered by the Classics, the English,
and the Foreign Language Departments. When it is so recommended by the
student's adviser, comparative literature courses may be counted toward a major
or minor in English. Requirements for a major in comparative literature include
a knowledge of one foreign language and the Introductory Survey, Comparative
Literature 101 and 102.

English

Students majoring in English, particularly those who plan to do graduate
work, are urged to take work in foreign language in addition to that required
for graduation. In selecting minor or elective subjects, it is reconimended that
students give special consideration to the followdng: Latin, Greek, French,
German, philosophy, history, and fine arts.

Students who major in English must choose 24 hours of the possible 24-40
hours required of a major from courses in several groups, as follows:

1. Three hours in language (Eng. 8, 101, 102, 104, 107).

2. Six hours in major figures (Eng. 104, 115, 116, 121).

3. Nine hours in survey or type courses (six hours from Eng. 110, 111, 112,
113, 120, 122, 123, 125, 126, 129, 130, 134, 135; three hours from
Eng. 139, 140, 143, 144, 145, 157).

4. Six hours in American literature (Eng. 148, 150, 151, 155, 156).

Foreign Languages and Literatures

The underclass Department requirements which must be satisfied before a
student can begin work toward a major are the courses numbered 1, 2, 4, and
5 (or 1, 2, 6 and 7, or 1, 2, 4 and 17).

Two types of majors are offered in French, German, or Spanish; one for
the general student or the future teacher, and the other for those interested in
a rounded study of a foreign area for the purpose of understanding another
nation through its literature, history, sociology, economics, and other aspects.

LITERATURE AND LANGUAGE MAJOR: Language and hterature as such are
stressed in the first type of major. Specific minimum requirements beyond the
first two years are a semester each of intermediate and advanced conversation
(French, German, or Spanish 8 or 9 and 80 or 81), six hours of the introductory
survey of literature (French, German, or Spanish 75 and 76), one semester of
advanced composition (French, German, or Spanish 121), and any twelve hours
in literature courses numbered 100 or above— a total of 27 semester hours.
Requirements for a major in Russian comprise 2 hours of intermediate and 3

M 12

The Humanities Curriculums

hours of advanced conversation; 3 hours of composition, Russian 71 or 72; 6
hours introduction to hterature, Russian 75 and 76; plus 12 hours in 100-level
courses, totaling 26 hours. Beyond this minimum further courses in the Depart-
ment are desirable and as electives work in American and in comparative litera-
ture is strongly recommended; Comparative Literature 101 and 102 are re-
quired.

FOREIGN AREA MAJOR: Thc 3163 study major endeavors to provide the
student vidth a knowledge of various aspects of the country whose language
he is studying. Specific minimum requirements beyond the first two years
are nine hours of conversation (French, German, or Spanish 8, 9, and 80 or 81),
six hours of review grammar and composition (French, German, or Spanish 71
and 72), six hours in civilization (French, German, or Spanish 161 and 162 or
163 and 164), and six 3dditional hours in courses numbered 100 or above— a
total of 27 semester hours. In addition, Compar3tive Liter3ture 101 and 102
are required. The student takes, as a. minor, eighteen hours in geography,
history, political science, sociology, economics, or other human science courses,
distributed through these fields in consultation vidth advisers in the Foreign
Language Department.

Music

The functions of the Department are (1) to help the general student
develop sound critical judgment and discriminating taste in the art of music;

(2) to provide professional training based on a foundation in the liberal arts;

(3) to prepare the student for graduate work in the field; (4) to prepare him
to teach in the pubhc schools. To this end, two degrees are oflFered: the Bache-
lor of Music, with a major in theory-composition, history-literature, or applied
music; and the Bachelor of Arts, with a major in music. The Bachelor of
Science degree, with a major in music education, is oflFered in the College of
Education.

Courses in music theory, liter3ture, 3nd applied music are open to all
students who have completed the specified prerequisites or their equivalents.
The University Orchestra, Band, Chapel Choir, Madrigal Singers, Women's
Chorus, and Men's Glee Club are likev^dse open to qualified students.

THE BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE: The curriculum leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Music is designed for students who wish to prepare for careers as
performers or private teachers, or to prepare for music teaching on the college
level. The course requirements in the three major areas m3y be summ3rized as
follows. A list of specific courses is 3vailable in the department3l oflBce.

13 ►

The Humanities Curriculums

Major in Theory-Comp

osition

History-

■Literature

Applied Music

Academic courses

specified ^ 42

sem.

hrs.

42 sem.

hrs.

42 sem. hrs.

unspecified 9

Theory and Literature

lower division 27

upper division 16

Applied Music 26

In addition, eight semester hours in ensemble courses; Air Science (men),
health (women)*, and physical activities*.

THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE: The curriculum leading to the Bachelor
of Arts degree with a major in music is designed for students whose interests are
cultural rather than professional. The departmental requirements include sixteen
semester hours in music theory, eighteen semester hours in music history and lit-
erature, eight semester hours in applied music, in addition to not more than six
semester hours in the larger ensembles. A list of specific courses is available
in the departmental oflSce.

Philosophy

The Department's undergraduate courses are designed to help students
attain philosophical perspective, clear understanding, and sound critical evalua-
tion concerning the nature of man, his place in the universe, and the significance
of the principal types of human experiences and activities.

To those students who vdsh to explore the field of philosophy, but whr
have not sufficient free electives to take some of the more specialized courses
offered by the Department, three general courses are available. Phil. 1— Phi-
losophy for Modern Man, is a Group I elective in the American Civilization
Program. As such it is directed in part toward examining the philosophical
basis of American ideas and ideals. But it is concerned also with the general
educational aspects of the program and hence deals with the larger philosophi-
cal questions relating to the nature of man as a thinking, feeling and valuing
member of human society.

In addition to Phil. 1, the Department offers two other courses designed as
electives for students who wish to acquaint themselves with the ideas of some of
the great philosophers: Phil. 123, 124— Philosophies Men Live By.

To students in other fields who wish to explore the philosophy of their

' University requirement: American Civilization Program, 24 bemester hours; Col-
lege of Arts and Sciences requirements: 12 semester hours in foreign languages, and
6 semester hours in mathematics or science.

*As required in the general A.B. curriculum.

-^ 14

The Htimanities CiirriciiUims

subjects, the Department oflFers a choice among a group of specifically related
courses: Phil. 52— Philosophy in Literature; Phil. 53— Philosophy of Religion;
Phil. 152— Philosophy of Social and Historical Change; Phil. 145— Ethics; Phil.
147-Philosophy of Art; Phil. 154-Political and Social Philosophy; Phil. 155-
Logic; Phil. 156— Philosophy of Science; Phil. 158— Philosophy of Language.

To students of literature, history, or the history of ideas, the Department
offers historical courses in ancient, medieval, modem, recent and contemporary,
Oriental, and American philosophy. The last course is particularly relevant for
students of American civilization.

The courses in logic (Phil. 41 and Phil. 155) are recommended in the
Arts-Law curriculum and the government and poUtics program.

Minors in philosophy are especially suitable for students majoring in Eng-
lish, literature, the social sciences, American civilizarion, psychology, and in the
pre-ministry and pre-law fields. Interested students should consult with the
Chairman of the Department.

Freshmen and sophomores planning to major in philosophy should consult
the Chairman of the Department about preparation for the major.

S'peech and Dramatic Art

The courses in this Department have two main functions: (1) to provide
training in basic oral communication skills to meet the general needs of under-
graduates of the University; (2) to provide integrated speciaHzed training for
students who wish to major or minor in speech.

A major may be taken in the Speech Department in one of two general
areas, the speech arts or the speech sciences. The speech arts include theater,
radio and television, public speaking, and oral interpretation; the speech sciences
include phonetics, semantics, speech pathology and audiology. The undergraduate
program provides a level of training that will prepare students to enter several
professional fields. Specifically, these fields are: (1) teaching speech and dra-
matic art or directing these activities; (2) radio and television; (3) speech and
hearing therapy. In addition, adequate prepararion and training for graduate
work is provided.

Minors in speech are adapted to meet the needs of students majoring in
English, the social sciences, journalism and public relations, elementary educa-
tion, nurserv school— kindergarten education, pre-law and pre-ministry fields.

Prerequisites for all majors in speech are Sp. 1, 3, or 4, 5 and 6, and
Zool. 1. Major requirements: 30 hours of courses in speech with 15 hours of
courses numbered 100 and above, in either the speech arts or speech sciences.
Sp. Ill, Seminar, is required of all majors in speech. No grades of "D" in the
major field will be counted toward completing the major requirements for
graduation.

15 ►

The Social Sciences Curriculums

Specific requirements for professional training in speech and hearing therapy
include completion of the general requirements for speech majors with the fol-
lowing additions: Zool. 14, 15; Psych. 1, 5, 131; a minimum of 21 hours of
speech sciences at the 100 level.

Qualified students, depending upon specialized interests, are invited to par-
ticipate in the activities of the University Theater, Radio-Television Guild, and
the Calvert Debate Club.

III. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Economics

Students registered in the College of Arts and Sciences may major in
economics. During the freshman and sophomore years prospective economics
majors should consult with their Lower Division adviser in Arts and Sciences
concerning preparation for the major. Normally Economic Developments (2,
2) is taken during the freshman year and Principles of Economics (3, 3) during
the sophomore year.

Juniors and seniors are advised by the faculty of the Department of Eco-
nomics, which is administered in the College of Business and Public Admin-
istration. In addition to the ten lower division credits listed above, economics
majors must complete a minimiun of 26 credits with an average grade of not
less than "C." National Income Analysis (3), Advanced Economic Principles (3)
and Elements of Statistics (3) are required. Other courses to meet the require-
ments of the major are to be selected vdth the aid of a faculty adviser. De-
scriptions of courses in economics vnH be found in the catalog of the College of
Business and Public Administration. Additional information about the curricu-
lum in economics may be obtained at the departmental oflBce.

Geogra'phy

Geography is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the
A.B. degree. Arts and Sciences students may register for its courses and
major in geography from a hberal arts point of view, although the Department
is administered by the College of Business and Public Administration. Fresh-
men and sophomores wishing to major in geography should consult their Lower
Division advisers and the Department of Geography.

The following courses are required: Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3); Geog. 30 (3);
Geog. 35 (3); Geog. 40 and 41 (3, 3); Geog. 170 (3); Geog. 199 (3); and
15 hours in other geography courses nximbered 100 to 198.

The following science courses are required: Bot. 1 (4); Chem. 1 (4);
Agron. 114 (4). The following supporting courses are also required: Bot.
113 (2); Econ. 31 and 32 (3, 3); Soc. 105 (3). Certain of these courses are
applicable to the minor. Please consult Senior Adviser, Department of Geography.

M 16

The Social Sciences CurriciiUims

Government and Politics

Although this Department is administered by the College of Business and
Public Administration, government and politics is a recognized major field for
students in the College of Arts and Sciences, leading to the A.B. degree. Fresh-
men and sophomores wishing to major in government and politics should
consult their Lower Division advisers about preparation for the major; addi-
tional information about the government and poHtics program may be obtained
at the departmental office. Jviniors and seniors majoring in government and
pohtics are advised by the faculty of that Department.

For further information concerning the courses offered in government and
politics, see the catalog of the College of Business and Pubhc Administration.
The government and pohtics curriculum described in that catalog does not
apply to students in the College of Arts and Sciences. Such students must
complete instead the following requirements:

1. At least 36 semester hours of government and pohtics.

2. No course in which the grade is less than "C", made after September
1947, may be counted as part of the major work.

3. An adequate diversification of study in the various fields of govern-
ment and pohtics, under the guidance of the faculty of the Depart-
ment.

If desired, students may specialize in state and local government, public
administration, pubhc law, public policy, political theory, comparative govern-
ment, or international relations.

History

The Department of History recognizes that the study of history supphes
the general student with the cultural background for the several fields of
knowledge. At the same time the curriculum provides preparation for those
entering specific fields of professional activity: (1) the teaching of history and
the social sciences at the secondary level, (2) journalism, (3) research and
archival work, (4) the diplomatic service. In addition, the curriculum offers
adequate preparation and training for those who intend to pursue graduate
study.

The program of the undergraduate student majoring in history is planned
to insure a diversification of courses with the aim of familiarizing the student
with the subject matter and disciplines of the broad fields of history. A faculty
adviser, designated by the Department, will assist each undergraduate major in
planning his program and in selecting courses to meet both major and minor
requirements. The student will be expected to confer at regular intervals with
his faculty adviser regarding the progress of his studies.

Undergraduate history majors must meet the following departmental re-
quirements:

17 ►

The Social Sciences CuTriculums

1. hvery major is required to complete a minimum of 27 semester hours
in advanced courses; i. e., H. 51, H. 53, 54 and the series numbered from
100 to 199.

2. Prerequisites for majors are H. 5, 6 or H. 56 (a University of Mary-
land requirement for the bachelor's degree) and H. 1, 2.

3. Every history major is required to complete the proseminar course,
H. 199, three semester hours.

4. The remaining 24 semester hours of the major work in advanced courses
are distributed as follows: (a) 12 hours in American history (including Latin
American and Canadian) and (b) 12 hours in European and Asian history.

5. No grades of "D" will be counted in computing the hours to satisfy
the major requirement.

6. Completion of the minor.

The undergraduate major wdll, during his junior year, file with his faculty
adviser a minor sequence. The minor requirement may be satisfied by (1)
a single sequence of 18 semester hours in any one of several related depart-
ments such as government and politics, economics, sociology, philosophy, litera-
ture, and geography; or (2) a split minor sequence to include two depart-
ments, provided a minimum of 9 hours is offered in each department, a total
of 18 hours. In certain cases, and only on the basis of an approved written
application, the student may offer a combination social science minor sequence
of at least 18 hours or a combination humanities minor sequence of at least 18
hours. In all cases the minor sequence must include at least 6 semester hours
of 100-level work in a single department. The average grade in the minor
must be "C" or better.

Psychology

The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Social
Sciences (for the B.A. degree) and the Division of Biological Sciences (for the
B.S. degree) and offers educational programs related to both of these fields.
The functions of the undergraduate curriculum in psychology are to provide an
organized study of the behavior of man, in terms of the biological conditions
and social factors which influence such behavior. In addition, the undergradu-
ate program in psychology is arranged to provide a level of training that
will equip the students to enter certain professional pursuits which require a
background in this field. It is important to note, however, that the under-
graduate degree in psychology is not in itself recognized as carrying any pro-
fessional status.

Departmental requirements toward the B.A. degree with a major in psy-
chology are: Psych. 1, 21, 106, 145, 150; and two from among Psych. 128,
142, and 148; plus 9 additional hours in psychology and/or other departments

< 18

The Social Sciences Ciirricidums

selected in conference with the student's major adviser. A minor program
is organized to supplement the work in the major, and for the B.A. degree
this minor program will ordinarily consist of courses in the social sciences.
The departmental requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree are given
elsewhere in these pages. No student who has ever received a second grade
lower than "C" in the major requirements listed above will be certified for
graduation with a major in psychology.

Sociology

The major in sociology offers a liberal education and at the same time
provides a background for those professional fields which focus on an under-
standing of human relationships.

Departmental requirements consist of a minimum of 30 semester hours in
sociology and for the minor, a coherent group of courses totalling 18 hours.
Of the latter at least 6 hours must be 100-level courses in a single department.
Sociology credit with a grade of less than "C" may not be counted toward the
major requirement.

Courses required of all sociology majors:— Soc. 1, 2, 183, 186, and 196.

There are several suggested areas of emphasis within the sociology major,
some with additional requirements:— (1) General Sociology; (2) Anthropology,
(3) Community Studies (rural, urban, and suburban groups and their popu-
lations); (4) Crime Control Curriculum (a four year preprofessional program
in the field of crime and delinquency and their prevention and control); (5)
Sociology-Education (fulfills requirements for secondary teaching certification);

(6) Social Institutions (the structure and functioning of social institutions
including the family, religion, economic, governmental, and educational);

(7) Pre-professional Social Work Curriculum (provides pre-professional prepara-
tion for entering a professional social work school, and qualifications for cer-
tain social work positions for which post-graduate professional education is not
required); (8) Social Psychology; (9) Industrial and Occupational Sociology.
A statement of the course requirements and other recommended courses is
available in the departmental office.

GENERAL B.S. CURRICULUM

The curricula required of students majoring in departments of the Divi-
sions of Biological Sciences and Physical Sciences vary much in regard to
the year in which University and College required courses are scheduled in
order to assure the proper sequential and prerequisite arrangement of major
courses. The following curriculum, which gives the subjects required of stu-
dents who plan to major in departments of the Divisions of Biological or
Physical Sciences, is, therefore, quite flexible; individual programs must be
prepared in consultation vidth the assigned adviser. Lower division advisers
and department heads have available copies of normal curricula for distribution
to students who wish additional information about majors in departments of
these divisions.

r— Semester— >,

Freshman Year I II

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature ^ 3 3

G. & P. 1 —American Government or Group I elective ^ 3

Group I elective or G. & P. 1 ' . . 3

Speech 7— Public Speaking . . 2

Mathematics - Science 8-9 8-10

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science Cmen) 2 2

Hea. 2, 4— Health (women) 2 2

Physical Activities 1 1

Total 17-19 19-20

Sofhomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and English or World

Literature ^ 3 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ^ 3 3

Foreign Language ^ 3 3

Mathematics - Science 9-12 9-12

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Physical Acti\'ities 1 1

Total 16-20 16-20

IV. THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
General Biological Sciences

This program has been prepared for the student who is interested in bi-
ology but whose interest has not yet centered in any one of the biological

*See The Program in American Civilization on pages 4-5.

^ A placement test is given during registration week for students wishing to pur-
sue a language they have studied in high school. Some departmental curricula require
German. Most of the departments prefer or require that the second year be in scientific
French or German (French or German 6, 7).

^ 20

Biological Sciences Curricidums

sciences. This program is also a suitable one for the pre-dental student who
plans to earn the B.S. degree before entering dental school. This program,
however is not recommended for the pre-dental student. The program in-
cludes work in botany, entomology, microbiology, and zoology, and introduces
the student to the general principles and methods of each of these biological
sciences. The student may then emphasize any one of these areas in com-
pleting his program.

By proper selection of courses during the junior and senior years, a student
may concentrate his work sufficiently in one area of biology to be able to
continue in graduate work in that field. However, a student who is definitely
planning to do graduate- work would be well-advised to major in one specific
field of biology as soon as his interest becomes definite.

The student following this program must meet the general requirements
for a degree in the College of Arts and Sciences. He should select French or
German to meet the foreign language requirements and Speech 7 (or Speech
1, 2) to fulfill the requirement in speech.

Required introductory courses in the biological sciences: Microb. 1; Bot. 1;
Ent. I; Zool. 1. These courses must be passed with an average grade of at least
"C". The pre-dental student must take Zool. 2 as well.

Required supporting courses in mathematics and the physical sciences:
Math. 10, 11; Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 10, II. The student working in most areas
of biology will also need a year of organic chemistry (Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 or
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38). Additional work in chemistry may also be required by
the student's adviser, in accordance with the needs of the student's field of
emphasis. The pre-dental student must include Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38 in his
program.

Advanced courses in the biological sciences: The student must complete at
least 30 semester hours of advanced work selected from the fields of botany,
microbiology, entomology, and zoology. Of these credits at least 18 must be
at the 100 level and taken in at least two of the four departments. The
following courses in psychology may be counted as part of the required 30
semester hours but may not be used to satisfy the requirement of 18 semester
hours at the 100 level: Psych. 106, 136, 145, 180, 181, 195.

A junior or senior following this curriculum will be advised by the depart-
ment in which he plans to do the most work.

Botany
Botany is recognized as either a major or minor field in Arts and Sciences,
leading to the B.S. degree. The Botany Department is administered by the
College of Agriculture, but students register for botany courses and major or
minor in this subject just as if the Department were in the College of Arts
and Sciences. Course descriptions and further information about the Botany
Department are given in the catalog for the College of Agriculture.

21 ►

Biological Sciences Curriculums

Freshmen and sophomores should consult their lower division adviser and
also the Botany Department adviser, in planning the major program. The
four lower division courses, General Botany— Bot. 1 and 2; Diseases of Plants
— Bot. 20; and Plant Taxonomy— Bot. 11, total 14 credit hours and should be
taken during the first two years. Sufficient upper division courses to give a
total of 40 credit hours in botany must be taken. Included in these will be
Plant Physiology— Bot. 101; Plant Microtechnique— Bot. 110; Plant Anatomy—
Bot. Ill; Plant Ecology— Bot. 102; and electives. The botany electives chosen
depend, in part, on the student's chief interest.

To support the courses in botany, major students are required to take
General Chemistry— Chem. 1 and 3; Mathematics— Math. 10 and 11 as a mini-
mum; Physics— Phys. 10 and 11; General Zoology— Zool. 1; General Micro-
biology—Microb. 1; Genetics; and 12 hours of a modem language, preferably
German.

Microhiology

The Department of Microbiology functions with three purposes in view.
One of these is to provide fundamental training for those students who choose
microbiology as a major subject. Two major fields of study are provided:
(1) applied microbiology, in preparation for such positions as dairy, sanitary,
or agricultural bacteriologists in federal, state, and commercial laboratories,
and (2) medical microbiology, in relation to hospital, public health, and clinical
laboratories. The second objective of the Department is to provide desirable
courses for those students who are majoring in closely allied departments and
desire vital supplementar)' information. Every effort has been made to plan
these courses so that they satisfy the demands of these related departments as
well as the needs of those students who have chosen microbiology as a major.
The third purpose of the Department is to encourage and foster original thought
in the pursuit of research.

MICROBIOLOGY CURRICULUM: The field of microbiology is too vast in scope
to permit specialization during undergraduate study. Accordingly, the curricu-
lum outlined below includes the basic courses in microbiology and allied fields.

The course in Advanced General Microbiology (Microb. 5) is required for
all microbiology majors, and should follow General Microbiology (Microb. 1).
Microb. 5 is not required as a prerequisite for upper division courses for majors
in other departments provided the student has been introduced to certain aspects
of microbiology or their equivalent, pertinent to their specialty. Microb. 1, how-
ever, is required.

A student planning a major in microbiology should consult his adviser
during the first year. The supporting courses should be chosen only from the
biological or physical sciences.

A grade of "D" in a course in microbiology will not be counted toward com-
pleting the major requirements for graduation.

M 22

Biological Sciences Curricidums

Courses required in major and supporting courses:— Alicrob. 1— General
Microbiology (4); Microb. 5— Advanced General Microbiology (4); Microb.
101— Pathogenic Microbiology (4); Microb. 131— Food and Sanitary Microbiology
(4); Microb. 60, 62— Microbiological Literature (1, 1); Microb. 103— Serology
(4); Microb. 161— Systematic Bacteriology (2); Microb. 150— Microbial Physi-
ology (2); Chem. 1, 3-General Chemistry (4, 4); Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34-
Elements of Organic Chemistry (3, 3); Chem. 19— Elements of Quantitative
Analysis (4); Chem. 161, 163-Biochemistry (2, 2); Math. 10, 11-Algebra,
Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3, 3); Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of
Physics (4, 4).

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM: This is 3 professional program intended
for those students who wish to prepare for technical work in any type of a
medical laboratory. Because of its technical nature, it is broader in require-
ments and allows fewer electives. By proper planning of one's schedule begin-
ning in the sophomore year, courses in zoology may be taken in place of
electives or certain courses in microbiology. These courses should include
Zool. 1 and 2— General Zoology; Zool. 108— Animal Histology; Zool. 110—
Parasitology; and the followang courses in microbiology: Microb. 105— Clinical
Methods, and Microb. 108— Epidemiology.

The student who elects this program should try to obtain summer em-
ployment in a medical laboratory. This program is so designed that a student,
with proper planning, can prepare himself for admission to any of the training
schools for medical technology located in various hospitals. These training
schools require two, three or four years of collegiate work, and after one
year of hospital apprenticeship, the student is eligible to take examinations
for the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical
Pathologists (M.T.) if he so desires.

Psychology

The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Bio-
logical Sciences and the Division of Social Sciences, and offers educational
programs to both these fields. Further details on the undergraduate program
in psychology are given elsewhere in these pages.

Departmental requirements toward the B.S. degree with a major in psy-
chology are Psych. 1, 106, 145, 150, and Psych. 136 or 148, and Psych.
180 or 181, plus 9 additional hours in psychology and/or other departments
selected in conference with the student's major adviser. A candidate for the
B.S. degree with a major in psychology will offer as supporting courses at least
18 hours from among the following groups: Math. 10, 11, 18, 19, 20,
21, 130, 132; Phys. 10, 11, 60, 104, 105, 109; Zool. 1, 2, 5, 14, 15, 102, 104.
The additional 12 hours that are required by the College of Arts and Sciences
may be selected from this group. The departmental requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree are given elsewhere in these pages. No student who

23 ►

Biological Sciences, Physical Sciences Curriculums

has ever received a second grade lower than "C" in the major requirements hsted
above will be certified for graduation with a major in psychology.

Zoology

Two courses of study have been established as described below. At least
thirty-two hours of zoology, with an average grade of "C", are required for a
major in the Department. Zool. 14, 15, 55S and 181 will not be counted as
part of the 32 hour major requirement.

zoology: Copies of the suggested curricula for majors in zoology who are
interested in any phase of animal study, pre-medical training, and pre-dental
training are available from advisers and from the zoology office.

Courses required for all majors in zoology are: Zool. 1, 2— General Zoology
and the Animal Phyla (4, 4); Zool. 5— Comparative Vertebrate Morphology
(4); and Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology (4).

Supporting courses must include the follovdng: Math. 10, 11— Algebra,
Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3, 3) or Math. 18, 19— Elementary
Mathematical Analysis (5, 5); Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics (4, 4);
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry (4, 4); Organic Chemistry— Chem. 31, 32,
33, 34 (6) or Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38 (8); and one of the following courses:
Bot. 2 — second semester of General Botany (4); Chem. 19 — Elements of
Quantitative Analysis (4); or Math. 20, 21— Calculus (4, 4).

fisheries: The aquatic resources of Maryland offer an excellent opportunity
for the study of fisheries and marine zoology. In addition to the courses specified
for other majors in zoology, students interested in following the fisheries cur-
riculum must take: Zool. 127— Ichthyology (4); and Zool. 130— Hydrobiology
C4).

Supporting courses must include, in addition to those specified above, the
following: Chem. 15— Qualitative Analysis (4); Chem. 19— Elements of Quanti-
tative Analysis (4); German 1, 2— Elementary German (3, 3); German 6, 7—
Intermediate Scientific German (3, 3).

The student in this curriculum is also required to spend part of his sum-
mers in practical work in fisheries.

V. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES

General Physical Sciences

This program has been prepared for the student who desires an introduc-
tion to the physical sciences but whose interest has not yet centered in any
one field of the physical sciences. The program includes some advanced work
in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, and permits the student to emphasize

•< 24

Physical Sciences Curriculums

one of these fields without having to meet the full requirements for a major
in one specific field. The program is suitable for the pre-medical or pre-dental
student who plans to complete the requirements for the B.S. degree before
entering medical or dental school. This program is also suitable for the woman
student who is interested in science and wishes to become a technical assistant
or technical writer in one of these fields, but who does not plan to do graduate
work. The program is not recommended for students who may later do graduate
work in mathematics or in one of the physical sciences.

The student following this program must meet the general requirements
for a degree in the College of Arts and Sciences. He should select French
or German to meet the foreign language requirement and Speech 7 (or Speech
1, 2) to fulfill the requirement in speech.

Required introductory courses in mathematics and the physical sciences:
Math. 18, 19; Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 10, 11 (or 20, 21). These courses must be
passed with an average grade of at least "C" for the student to be eligible to
continue •with this program.

Required supporting courses for pre-medical or pre-dental students: The
pre-dental student must include Zool. 1, 2 in his program and must include
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38 in his advanced work in this program. The pre-medical
student must include Zool. 1, 2, 5, 20 in his program and must include Chem.
19, 35, 36, 37, 38 in his advanced work in this program. Students interested
in technical writing should take Eng. 7, in addition to the courses in English
required of all students.

Advanced courses in mathematics and the physical sciences: The student
must complete at least 36 semester hours of advanced work selected from the
Departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics. Of these credits at
least 18 must be at the 100 level and taken in at least two of the three
departments with no less than 3 in the second department. The student
should normally take calculus (Math. 20, 21) inasmuch as practically all the
advanced work in mathematics and physics requires calcxilus.

Chemistry

The science of chemistry is so broad that completion of a well-planned
course of undergraduate study is necessary before specialization. The curricu-
lum outlined below describes such a course of study. The sequence of courses
given should be followed as closely as possible; it is realized, however, that
some deviation from this sequence may be necessary toward the end of the
program. All of the courses in chemistry listed, unless otherwise designated,
are required of students majoring in chemistry.

FIRST year: Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry (4, 4); Math. 18, 19— Elemen-
tary Mathematical Analysis (5, 5); Sp. 7 — Public Speaking (2). second
year: Chem. 15— Qualitative Analysis (4); Chem. 21— Quantitative Analysis

25 ►

Physical Sciences CMrriculums

(4); Chem. 35, 37-Elementary Organic Chemistry (2, 2)j Chem. 36, 38-Ele-
mentary Organic Laboratory (2, 2); Math. 20, 21— Calculus (4, 4); German
1, 2— Elementary German (3, 3). third year: Chem. 123— Quantitative Analy-
sis (4); Chem. 141, 143-Advanced Organic Chemistry (2, 2); Chem. 144-
Advanced Organic Laboratory (2); Phys. 20, 21— General Physics (5, 5); Ger-
man 6, 7— Intermediate Scientific German (3, 3); Electives (1-2, 2-3). fourth
year: Chem. 101— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2); Chem. 187, 189—
Physical Chemistry (3, 3); Chem. 188, 190— Physical Chemistry Laboratory
(2, 2); Chem. 146— The Identification of Organic Compounds (2); Electives
(5-8, 5-8); (Eng. 7 is strongly recommended.)

Mathematics

This curriculum oflFers training in the fundamentals of mathematics in
preparation for teaching, industrial work, or graduate work in mathematics.

No grade of "D" in the major field will be counted toward completion of
the requirements for graduation in the mathematics curriculum. An average
grade of "C" is required in the supporting courses.

The mathematics curriculum offers two options depending on the choice
of electives in the junior and senior years.

PURE MATHEMATICS OPTION: Elcctivcs in mathematics must include three
hours in each of the fields of algebra and geometry.

APPLIED MATHEMATICS OPTION: Elcctivcs in mathematics must include six
hours in the fields of algebra and geometry, and at least six hours in the
field of applied mathematics. Supporting courses will be selected from the
physical sciences or engineering in consultation with the Head of the Depart-
ment of Mathematics.

COURSES REQUIRED IN MAJOR: Math. 18, 19— Elementary Mathematical
Analysis (5, 5); Math. 20, 21-Calculus (4, 4); Math. 110, Ill-Advanced Cal-
culus (3, 3); Math. 114— Differential Equations (3); and not less than 15 credit
hours of electives in mathematics. Supporting courses include Phys. 20, 21—
General Physics (5, 5) and an approved program of at least 12 additional hours
outside the Department, including at least 6 hours at the 100 level; these
courses may be in the physical sciences or in another area chosen by the student.
The foreign language requirement should be satisfied by either German or
French.

Physics

The physics curriculum is designed for students who desire training in the
fundamentals of physics in preparation for graduate work or teaching, or for
positions in governmental and industrial laboratories. Students who enter the
University intending to major in physics are urged to take during the first two

^ 26

Physical Sciences, Pre-Professional Cuiriculums

years the introductory courses Phys. 15, 16, 17, 18, and two semesters of Phys.
60. However, students who enter physics after taking one of the other
elementary physics courses (either Phys. 10, 11 or Phys. 20, 21) can reach
approximately the same level by taking Phys. 50, 51, Phys. 102, and two
semesters of Phys. 60. All students should accompany these basic courses with
Math. 18, 19— Elementary Mathematical Analysis (5, 5); and Math. 20, 21—
Calculus (4, 4).

After completion of the courses mentioned above, the following courses
are specifically required as a part of the physics major: Phys. 52— Heat (3);
Phys. 104, 105— Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3); Phys. 1 18— Introduction to
Modern Physics (3); Phys. 119— Modern Physics (3); and at least four credits
of advanced laboratory courses (e.g., Phys. 100, 110, 140, 141, 150, or 190).
Supporting courses must include at least one additional three credit mathematics
course approved by the physics adviser.

Students who wish to be recommended for graduate work in physics must
maintain a "B" average and should also include as many as possible of the
following courses: Phys. 106— Theoretical Mechanics (3); Phys. 116— Funda-
mental Hydrodynamics (3); Phys. 120— Nuclear Physics (4); Phys. 122— Prop-
erties of Matter (4); Phys. 140, 141— Atomic and Nuclear Physics Laboratory
(3, 3); and Math. 110, 111— Advanced Calculus (3). Recommended course pro-
grams are available from the Physics Department. Students may major in physics
only if a grade of "C" is attained in each semester of the elementary physics
courses and in each of the required mathematics courses.

HONORS IN PHYSICS

Any students who complete Math. 21 and at least 12 credits in physics
by the end of the sophomore year and who have maintained a 3.0 cumulative
average in the total academic program as well as in physics and in mathematics
may apply for admission to the Independent Studies Program in physics. This
program involves some independent work in addition to the normal physics
major program and also requires the completion of the comprehensive exam-
ination in physics during the second semester of the senior year. Candidates
for departmental honors in physics are selected from participants in the Inde-
pendent Studies Program. For further details, interested physics majors should
consult their advisers.

VI. PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUMS

COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW

Some law schools will consider only those applicants who have completed
a four-year college program leading to the A.B. or B.S. degree. Other law
schools, including the School of Law of the University of Maryland, vidll
accept applicants who have successfully completed a three-year program of
academic work. Law schools do not prescribe the specific courses which the

27 ►

Pre-Professional Curriculums

student should take in his pre-law work, but do require that the student follow
one of the standard programs oflFered by the undergraduate college.

FOUR- YEAR PROGRAM: The Student who plans to complete the requirements
for the A.B. or B.S. degree before entering law school should select one of
the major fields for concentration. Pre-law students most commonly select one
of the following subjects as their major: American civilization, economics,
English, government and politics, history, philosophy, psychology, sociology,
speech. During his first two years, the pre-law student will normally follow
the General A.B. Curriculum described earlier in these pages. During his
junior and senior year, the pre-law student will complete the major and minor
requirements for the A.B. degree. The requirements in the various major
fields are described elsewhere in this catalog.

THREE-YEAR PROGRAM: The Student who plans to enter law school at the
end of his third year should follow the General A.B. Curriculum during his
first two years. During his junior year he will complete the requirements for
a minor (18 semester hours) in one of the fields of concentration. He will also
be able to take some additional courses as electives. His program for the
first three years must include all of the basic courses required for a degree
from the College of Arts and Sciences and a minor of 18 semester hours as
approved by his pre-law adviser. He must earn a total of 92 academic semes-
ter hours, exclusive of the credits in air science (men), health (women), and
physical education required of all undergraduate students.

COMBINED DEGREE IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW: The Student who SUC-

cessfully completes the three-year program (including the minor) described
above and who is admitted to the School of Law of the University of Mary-
land will be eligible for the Bachelor of Arts degree after the successful com-
pletion of one year of full-time courses in the School of Law in Baltimore (or
the equivalent in semester hours of work in the Evening Division of the
School of Law). The completion of a year's work in the Law School consti-
tutes the student's major. The combined program must include at least 120
academic semester hours, exclusive of required work in air science (men), health
(women), and physical activities. The student must earn at least a "C" aver-
age in all of his work at College Park, and at least a "C" average in 28 semes-
ter hours of work in the School of Law. A student who enters the combined
program with advanced standing must complete the final 30 academic semester
hours of pre-law work in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences. Eligible
candidates are recommended for the degree of Bachelor of Arts by the faculty
of the College of Arts and Sciences upon the concurrent recommendation of
the Dean of the School of Law.

The course of study at the School of Law requires three years of full-
time work for completion. Students who successfully complete the program
are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Laws.

Pre-Professional Curriculums

COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND DENTISTRY

Candidates for admission to dental schools should normally plan to take
at least a three-year undergraduate program. Although the School of Den-
tistry of the University of Maryland considers some applications from stu-
dents with only two years of undergraduate preparation, it requires three years
of the great majority of its candidates and expects these candidates to meet the
full requirements of the combined degree in Arts and Sciences and Dentistry as
described below.

Certain science courses are prescribed for all candidates for dental school:
Zool. 1, 2; Chem. 1, 3, 35, 36, 37, 38; Math. 10, 11 (or 18, 19); Phys. 10,
11, or 20, 21). These courses must be included in any pre-dental program.
The student who wishes to be a candidate at the end of his second year must
complete all of these courses during the first two years. All requirements must
be completed by June of the year in which the student expects to enter dental
school.

Neither successful completion of a pre-dental program nor of degree
requirements guarantees admission to a dental school. All dental schools, in-
cluding that of the University of Maryland, have their own. admission require-
ments and procedures. Dental schools expect candidates to attain an academic
average substantially higher than the minimum average required for graduation
from college. Through its pre-dental advisers and its Committee on the Evalua-
tion of Pre-Dental Students this College attempts to assist its apphcants with
their problems.

FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM: The Student electing this program should select one
of the major fields in which the A.B. or B.S. degree is offered. Pre-dental stu-
dents following the four-year program most commonly select one of the follow-
ing subjects as their major field: microbiology, general biological sciences, gen-
eral physical sciences, psychology, zoology. These programs are described else-
where in this catalog. However, a student may meet dental school requirements
in most of the majors oflFered in the College of Arts and Sciences, provided
that he includes in his program the science courses specifically prescribed by
dental schools. The student's pre-dental adviser will assist the student in planning
a program which will meet both the dental school requirements and also the
requirements for the A.B. or B.S. degree.

THREE-YEAR PROGRAM: The Student electing to follow this program must
complete all the courses specially required by the dental school. He must earn
a total of 90 academic semester hours in addition to the credits in air science
(men), health (women), and physical activities required of all undergraduate
students. He must complete a minor (18 semester hours) as approved by his
pre-dental adviser. He must follow very carefully the program as outlined below:

Freshman year: Eng. 1, 2; Zool. 1, 2; Chem. 1, 3; Math. 10, 11; air science
(men); Health 2, 4 (women); physical activities.

29 ►

Pre-Professional Curriculums

Sophomore year: Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6; Group I Electives; G. & P. 1; Chem. 35,
36, 37, 38, H. 5, 6; foreign language (French or German or Latin); air science
(men); physical acrivities.

Note: Students planning to apply for admission to dental school at the
end of the second year must take Phys. 10, 11, in place of H. 5, 6. The
student who takes the two-year program will not be eligible for the Bachelor
of Science degree.

Junior year: Phys. 10, 11; foreign languages (continued); Speech 7; minor
courses as approved by a pre-dental adviser; electives.

Any student who begins the three-year program may change to a four-
year program by making a choice of a major field and adjusting his program
accordingly. However, the student is warned that some courses necessary in
certain majors must be taken in the sophomore year in order for the student
to be eligible for the more advanced courses in that field given in the junior
and senior year.

COMBINED DEGREE IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND DENTISTRY: The Student who

successfully completes the three-year program (including the minor) described
above and who is admitted to the School of Dentistry of the University of
Maryland will be eligible for the Bachelor of Science degree after successful
completion of the first year in the School of Dentistry. The completion of a
year's work in the School of Dentistry constitutes the student's major. The
combined program must include at least 120 academic semester hours, ex-
clusive of required work in air science (men), health (women), and physical
activities. The qualitative grade requirements of the College of Arts and
Sciences and of the University must also be fulfilled. A student who enters
the combined program with advanced standing must complete the final 30
semester hours of pre-dental work in residence in the College of Arts and
Sciences. Eligible candidates are recommended for the degree of Bachelor
of Science by the faculty of the College of Arts and Sciences upon the con-
current recommendation of the Dean of the School of Dentistry.

The course of study at the School of Dentistry requires four years for
completion. Students who successfully complete the program are awarded
the degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery.

COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND MEDICINE

The student planning to request admission to a medical school must pur-
sue a course of study which meets the requirements prescribed by the Council
of Medical Education of the American Medical Association and those added
or recommended by the particular medical school of his choice.

Some medical schools will consider only those applicants who will have
completed a four-year college program and will have earned the A.B. or B.S.

-^ 30

PTe-Professional Currictilutns

degree at the time of entrance into medical school. Other medical schools
will consider applicants who will have completed three years of college work.
The School of Medicine of the University of Maryland accepts some candi-
dates who vidll have completed only three years of college work but looks
vvdth more favor upon the four-year program for most students. Both the
four-year program and the three-year program are described below. In both
programs all required science courses must be completed by June of the year
in which the student expects to enter medical school.

Neither successful completion of a pre-medical program nor of degree
requirements guarantees admission to any medical school. All medical schools,
including that of the University of Maryland, have their own admission re-
quirements and procedures. Medical schools expect candidates to have at-
tained an academic average substantially higher than the minimum average
required for graduation from college. Through its Committee on the Evalua-
tion of Pre-Medical Students this College attempts to assist its apphcants wdth
their problems.

FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM: The Student electing this program should select one
of the major fields in which the A.B. or B.S. degree is offered. In addition to
meeting all general degree requirements and the specific requirements of the
major selected, the pre-medical student must include in his program the fol-
lovidng required pre-medical courses: Zool. 1, 2, 5, 20; Chem. 1, 3, 19, 35, 36,
37, 38; Math. 10, 11 (or 18, 19); Phys. 10, 11 (or 20, 21).

Pre-medical students, following the four-year program, most commonly select
one of the following subjects as their major field: microbiology, general physical
sciences, psychology, zoology. These programs are described elsewhere in this
catalog. However, a student may meet medical school requirements in most
of the majors offered in the College of Arts and Sciences, provided that he
includes in his program the individual courses specifically prescribed by medical
schools. The student's pre-medical adviser vidll assist the student in planning
a program which will meet both the medical school requirements and also the
requirements for the A.B. or B.S. degree.

THREE-YEAR PROGRAjsi: The Student electing to follow this program must
complete all of the courses specifically required by the medical school. He
must earn a total of 90 academic semester hours in addition to the credits
in air science (men), health (women), and physical activities required of all
undergraduate students. He must follow very carefully the program as out-
lined in the following paragraphs.

Freshman year: Eng. 1, 2; G. & P. 1; Group I Elective; Math. 10, 11;
Chem. 1, 3; Zool. 1, 2; air science (men), health 2, 4 (women); physical
activities.

Sophomore year: Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6; Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38; Zool. 5, 20;
foreign language (French or German or Latin); air science (men); physical
activities.

31 ►

Pre-Professional Cuniculums

Junior year; H. 5, 6; foreign language (continued); Chem. 19, Phys. 10,
11; Sp. 7; Psych. 1; minor courses as approved by the pre-medical adviser.

Any student who begins the three-year program may change to the four-
year program by making a choice of a major field and adjusting his program
accordingly. However, the student is warned that some courses necessary in
certain majors must be taken in the sophomore year in order for the student
to be eligible for the more advanced courses in that field given in the junior
and senior years. The majority of students would therefore be wise to plan
a four-year program on entrance and not attempt the highly concentrated three-
year program.

COMBINED DEGREE IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND MEDICINE: The Student who

successfully completes the three-year program (including the minor) described
above and who is admitted to the School of Medicine of the University of
Maryland will be eligible for the Bachelor of Science degree after successful
completion of the first year in the School of Medicine. The completion of a
year's work in the School of Medicine constitutes the student's major. The
combined program must include at least 120 academic semester hours, exclusive
of the required work in air science (men), health (women), and physical activi-
ties. The qualitative grade requirements of the College of Arts and Sciences
and of the University must also be fulfilled. A student who enters the combined
program with advanced standing must complete the final 30 semester hours of
pre-medical work in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences. Eligible
candidates are recommended for the degree of Bachelor of Science by the
faculty of the College of Arts and Sciences upon the concurrent recommenda-
tion of the Dean of the School of Medicine.

The course of study at the School of Medicine requires four years for
completion. Students who successfully complete the program are awarded the
degree of Doctor of Medicine.

^ 32

COURSE OFFERINGS
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION

Committee on American Civilization: assistant professor beall. Executive

Secretary.
Professors: land, hoffsommer, murphy and plischke.

Amer. Civ. 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilization. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Four American classics (drawn from fields of the Depart-
ments of English, Government and Politics, History, and Sociology, which cooperate
in the program) are studied each semester. Specialists from the appropriate depart-
ments lecture on these books. For the first semester of this academic year the classics
are: Franklin's Autohiogra'phy, The Life and Writings of Thomas Jefferson, De Tocque-
ville's Democracy in America, and Schlesinger's The Age of Jackson; for the second
semester, Thoreau's Walden, Howells' Rise of Silas Lafham, Veblen's Theory of the
Leisure Class, and Warner's Democracy in Jonesville. Through these books and the
lectures on them, the student's acquaintance with American culture is brought to a
focus.

This course is required for seniors majoring in the American Civilization Pro-
gram. The course also counts as major credit in any of the four cooperating depart-
ments; a student may take either or both semesters.

The student majoring in American civilization can obtain his other courses prin-
cipally from the offerings of the Departments of English, History, Government and
Politics, and Sociology. (Bode, Beall and cooperating specialists.)

For Graduates

Amer. Civ. 201, 202. Seminar in American Civilization. (3, 3)
First and second semesters.

ART

Professor and Head: wharton.

Associate Professors: siegler, lembach and maril.
Assistant Professors: grubar and stites.
Instvjictors: jamieson and freeny.

Art: 1. Basic Drawing (C/zarcoaZ). (3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Dravidng from casts, preparatory to life
and portrait drawing and painting. Stress is placed on fundamental principles, such
as the study of relative proportions, values, and modeling, etc. (Siegler, Jamieson.)

Art 2. Basic Drawing ^Charcoal). (3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Drawing from model, (head and figure)

with emphasis on structure and movement. (Siegler, Jamieson.)

Art 3. Rendering. (2)

Two two-hour laboratory periods per week. Methods of rendering architectural,

interior, and landscape architectural draudngs. Included are: techniques of monotone

wash and water color. (Stites.)

33 ►

Art

Art 5. Basic Design. (3)

One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per week. A basic course in design for
beginners consisting of the theory and practice of design. Theory of design deals with
design elements such as line, shape, form, etc., and design principles such as contrast,
balance, rhythm, etc. Design practice consists of working with pencil, pen, water color,
casein, and other painting media in terms of organization, representation and space.

(Freeny.)
Art 6. Still Life. (3)

One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite, Art 5. A continu-
ation of Art 5 with emphasis on more advanced still life painting problems vdth differ-
ent media. CJamieson.)

Art 7, 8. Landscape Painting. (3, 3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Drawing and painting; organization of

landscape material wdth emphasis on compositional structure. (Maril.)

Art 9. History of Art. (3)

A survey of the cultures from prehistoric times to the Renaissance, as expressed

through painting, sculpture, and architecture. (Grubar, Stites.)

Art 10. History of American Art. (i)

A resume of the development of painting, sculpture and architecture in this country.

(Grubar.)

Art IL History of Art. (3)

Designed to continue the survey begun in Art 9. The course is concerned with the
development of painting, sculpture, and architecture from the Renaissance to the pres-
ent day. (Grubar, Stites.)

Art 13, 14. Elementary Scul'pture. (2, 2)

Two two-hour laboratory periods per week. Study of three-dimensional compositions in

round and bas-relief. Mediimis used: clay, plasteline, plaster, wood, stone. (Maril.)

Art IS. Fundamentals of Art. (3)

Two three hour laboratory periods per week. This course emphasizes the fundamental
principles of the creative, visual arts for those wishing to teach. It includes elements
and principles of design, perspective, and theory of color. Studio practice is given in
ihe use and application of different media. (Lembach.)

.Art 20. Art Appreciation. (2)

An introduction to the technical and aesthetic problems of the artist. The student
becomes acquainted with the elements that go into a work of the visual arts. He is
made aware of the underlying structure that results in the "wholeness" of an art work.
He will see examples (original and reproductions) of masterpieces of art. (Lembach.)

Art 22. History of American Art. (3)

This course may be taken by students who qualify to select courses within Elective
Group II of the American Civilization Program. The development of painting, sculp-
ture and architecture in America from the colonial period to the present.

(Grubar, Stites.)

^ 34

Art

Art 100. Art Appreciation. (2)

This course enables students to develop a basis for understanding works of art. It

investigates the forms and backgrounds of painting, scrulpture and architecture.

(Grubar.)
Art 102, 103. Creative Painting. (3, 3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Art 1, 5, and 7. Assign-
ments of pictorial composition aimed at both mural decoration and easel picture prob-
lems. The formal values in painting are integrated with the student's own desire
for personal expression. CM^ril.)

Art 104, 105. Life Class QDrawi^jg and Painting, Intermediate'). (3, 3)
Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Art 1 and 5. Careful ob-
servation and study of the human figure for construction, action, form, Hne, and color.

(Siegler.)

Art 106, 107. Portrait Class ^Drawing and Painting). (3, 3)

One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites, Art I and 5.

Thorough draftmanship and study of characterization and design stressed. (Wharton.)

Art 108, 109. Modern Art. (3, 3)

A survey of the developments in various schools of modem art. Works of art analyzed
according to their intrinsic values and in their historical background. Collections of
Washington and Baltimore are utilized. CCrubar.}

Art 113, 114. Illustration. (3, 3)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Art 1, 5, 104. This course
is designed for the purpose of channeling fine art training into practical fields, thereby
preparing the student to meet the modem commercial advertising problems. Special
emphasis will be placed upon magazine and book illustrating. (Jamieson.)

Art 115, 116. Still Life Painting ^Advanced) . (3, 3)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 6. This course is for
those who have completed Art 6 and wash to specialize in Still Life Painting, and more
creative work. (Wharton.)

Art 154, 155. Life Drawing and Painting (^Advanced). (3, 3)
Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 105. This course is
for those who have completed Art 105 and wash to develop greater proficiency in the
use of the figure in creative work. (Jamieson.)

Art 156, 157. Portrait Painting ^Advanced). (3, 3)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 106, 107. This course

is for those who have completed Art 106, 107 and wish to specialize in portraiture.

(Wharton.)

Art 185, 186. Renaissance and Baroque Art in Italy. (2, 2)
Prerequisite, Art 1 1 . The first term is concerned with the emergence and development
of Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture through the first quarter of the
16th century. In the second term Mannerism and the Baroque phases are studied.

(Grubar, Stites.)

35 ►

Art, Botany, Chemistry

Art 188, 189. History of 16th and 17th Century Painting. (2, 2)

Prerequisite, Art 11. A study of the development of painting and related arts. The
first semester study will center on Italian painting in the 16th and 17th century and
the emergence of the Baroque style. During the second semester, the paintings of
France, Spain, England, and the Low Countries will be considered. (Grubar.)

Art 190, 191. S fecial Problems in Art. (2 or 3, 2 or 3)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week or its equivalent in art history and
appreciation. Permission of Department Head. Designed to oflFer the advanced art
student special instruction in areas not offered regularly by the Department. (Staff.)

BOTANY

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select botany as a major
field, and may also take courses in this Department for elective credits. For a
description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Agriculture.

CHEMISTRY

Laboratory fees in chemistry are $10.00 per laboratory course per semester
except for Chemistry 214, for which the fee is $20.00.

Professor and Acting Head: v^^oods.

Professors: lippincott, pratt, reeve, rollinson, svirbely, veitch and

WHITE.

Research Professor: bailey.

Associate Professors: brown, jaquith, pickard, purdy and stuntz.

Assistant Professors: boyd, carruthers, cordon, kasler and lakshmann.

ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY

Chem. 15. Qualitative Analysis. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisite, Chem. 3. (Jaquith.)

'Chem. 19. Elements of Quantitative Analysis. (4)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lectures and two three-hour lab-
oratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. An introduction to the basic theory
and techniques of volumetric and gravimetric analysis. Primarily for students in eng>
neering, agriculture, pre-medical, and pre-dental curricula. (Purdy."^

Chem. 21. Quantitative Analysis. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisite, Chem. 15. An intensive study of the theory and techniques of inorganic
quantitative analysis, covering primarily volumetric methods. Required of all students
majoring in chemistry. (Stuntz.)

Chem. 123. Quantitative Analysis. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-

M 36

Chemistry

requisite, Chem. 21. A continuation of Chem. 21, including volumetric, gravimetric,
electrometric, and colorimetric methods. Required of all students majoring in chem-
istry. CStuntz.)

Chem. 125. Instrumental Analysis. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites,
Chem. 189, 190 or concurrent registration therein. A study of the application of
physicochemical methods to analytical chemistry. Techniques such as polarography,
potentiometry, conductivity and spectrophotometry will be included. CPurdy.)

Chem. 166, 167. Food Analysis. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per

week. Prerequisites, Chem. 33, 34.

Chem. 206, 208. Sfectrografhic Analysis. (_1, i)

One three-hour laboratory period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem.

190 and consent of the instructor. (White.)

Chem. 221, 223. Chemical Microscopy. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per
week. Registration limited. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Chem. 221 is a pre-
requisite for Chem. 223. A study of the use of the microscope in chemistry'. Chem.
223 is devoted to study of the optical properties of crystals. (Stuntz.)

Chem. 225. Advanced Instrumental Analysis. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites,
Chem. 189, 190 or concurrent registration therein. An intensive study of physico-
chemical methods as applied to analytical chemistry. Laboratory work wiU include ex-
periments in such fields as polarography, coulometry and amperometry, potentiometry
and spectrophotometry, nephelometry. (Purdy.)

Chem. 226. Advanced Quantitative Analysis. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisites, Chem. 125, 225, or consent of instructor. A study of advanced methods
with emphasis on the modem techniques of analytical chemistry. (Pxordy.)

Chem. 266. Biological Analysis. (2)

Second semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem.
19, 33, 34. A study of analytical methods applied to biological material.

BIOCHEMISTRY

Chem. 81. General Biochemistry. (2)

First semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 33, 34, or Chem. 37, 38.
This course is designed primarily for students in home economics. Chem. 82 must
be taken concurrently. (Reeve.)

Chem. 82. General Biochemistry Laboratory, (2)

First semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 34

or Chem. 38. A course designed to accompany Chem. 81. (Reeve.)

37 ►

Chemistry

Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 33, or Chem.
37. This course is designed primarily for students in agriculture, bacteriology, or chem-
istry, and fur those students in home economics who need a more extensive course in
biochemistry than Chem. 81, 82. (Woods, Veitch.)

Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,

Chem. 34, or Chem. 38. (Woods, Veitch.)

Chem. 261, 263. Advanced Biochemistry. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 143, or con-
sent of instructor. (Veitch.)

Chem. 262, 264. Advanced Biochemistry Lahoratory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,

consent of instructor. (Veitch.)

Chem. 265. Enzymes. (2)

First semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 163. (Veitch.)

Chem. 268. Special Prohlems in Biochemistry. (2-4)

First and second semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisites, Chem. 161, 162 and consent of instructor. (Veitch.)

INORGANIC AND GENERAL CHEMISTRY

Chem. 1,3. General Chemistry. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Chem. 3, Summer session. Two lectures, one quiz, and

two two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 1 year high school algebra or
equivalent. (Staff.)

Chem. 11, 13. General Chemistry. (3, 3)

Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week. An abbreviated course in
general chemistry for students in home economics and pre-nursing. This course is open
only to students registered in home economics and pre-nursing. (Rollinson.)

Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 123.

Chem. 102. Inorganic Preparations. (2)

Second semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem.

123. (Jaquith.)

Chem. 111. Chemical Principles. (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3,

or equivalent. Not open to students seeking a major in the physical sciences, since the

■< 38

Chemistry

course content is covered elsewhere in their curricula. A course in the principles
of chemistry wdth accompanying laboratory work consisting of simple quantitative ex-
periments. (Credit appHcable only toward degree in College of Education.) CJaquith.)

One or more courses of the group 201-214 will be offered each semester de-
pending on demand.

Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. (White.)

Chem. 202, 204. Advanced Inorganic Laboratory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.

Chem. 205. Radiochemistry. (2)

Two lectures per week. (Rollinson.)

Chem. 207. Chemistry of Coordination Compounds. (2)

Two lectures per week. (Rollinson.)

Chem. 209. Non-Aqueous Inorganic Solvents. (2)

First or second semester. Two lectures per week. (Jaquith.)

Chem. 210. Radiochemistry Laboratory. (1-2)

One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites,

Chem. 205 (or concurrent registration therein), and consent of instructor. (Rollinson.)

Chem. 211. Selected Topics in Inorga^iic Chemistry. (2)

First or second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 201, 203 or

equivalent. An examination of some current topics in modem inorganic chemistry.

(Boyd.)
Chem. 213. Advanced Radiochemistry. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 205 or consent of
instructor. Utilization of radioisotopes with special emphasis on applications to prob-
lems in the hfe sciences. (Lakshmanan.)

Chem. 214. Advanced Radiochemistry Laboratory. (] or 2)
Second semester. One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites,
Chem. 210 and Chem. 213 (or concurrent registration in Chem. 213) and consent
of instructor. Registration limited. Laboratory training in utilization of radioisotopes
wdth special emphasis on appHcations to problems in life sciences. (Lakshmanan.)

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Chem. 31, 33. Elements of Organic Chemistry. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. Organic

chemistry for students in agriculture, bacteriology, and home economics. (Staff.)

Chem. 32, 34. Elements of Organic Laboratory, (i, I)

First and second semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites,
Chem. 31, 33, or concurrent registration therein. (Staff.)

39 ►

Chemistry

Chem. 35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Chem. 37, Simmier session. Two lectures per week. Pre-
requisite, Chem. 3. A course for chemists, chemical engineers, pre-medical students,
and pre-dental students. CWoods.)

Chem. 36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Chem. 38, Summer session. Two three-hour laboratory

periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 35, 37, or concurrent registration therein.

(Woods.)
Chem. lis. A Survey of Organic Chemistry. (4)

Summer school only. Open ONLY to registrants in the National Science Foundation
Summer Institute. Five one-hour lectures per week; five three-hour laboratory periods
per week. A systematic survey of compounds of carbon at the elementary level.

Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38. An

advanced study of the compounds of carbon. (Reeve.)

Chem. 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory. (2-4)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two or four three-hour laboratory periods

per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38. (Pratt.)

Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Comfounds. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, or concurrent registration therein. The sys-
tematic identification of organic compounds. (Pratt.)

Chem. 150. Organic Quantitative Analysis. (2)

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
consent of the instructor. The semi-micro determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen,
halogen and certain functional groups. (Kasler.)

One or more courses from the following group, 240-253, will customarily be
offered each semester.

Chem. 240. Organic Chemistry of High Polymers. (2)

An advanced course covering the synthesis of monomers, mechanisms of pol)'meriza-

tion, and the correlation between structure and properties in high polymers.

(Bailey.)
Chem. 241. Stereochemistry. (2)
Two lectures per week. (Woods.)

Chem. 245. The Chemistry of the Steroids. (2)

Two lectures per week. (Pratt.)

Chem. 249. Physical Aspects of Organic Chemistry. (2)

Two lectures per week. (Woods.)

Chem. 251. The Heterocyclics. (2)

Two lectures per week. (Pratt.)

M 40

Chemistry

Chem. 253. Organic Sulfur Com'pounds. (2)
Two lectures per week.

Chem. 254. Advanced Organic Preparations. (.2-4')

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two or four three-hour laboratory periods

per week. (Pratt.)

Chem. 258. The Identification of Organic Com'pounds, an Advanced Course.

C2-4)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143 or concurrent registration therein. (Pratt.)

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21;
Phys. 20, 21; Math. 20, 21; or consent of instructor. A course primarily for chemists
and chemical engineers. This course must be accompanied by Chem. 188, 190.

(Svirbely.)
Chem. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry Laboratory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. A laboratory
course for students taking Chem. 187, 189. (Pickard.)

Chem. 192, 194. Glasshlowing Laboratory, (i, J)

First and second semesters. Summer session. One three-hour laboratory period per

week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Carruthers.)

The common prerequisites for the following courses are Chem. 187 and 189,
or their equivalent. One or more courses of the group, 281 through 323, will be
offered each semester depending on demand.

Chem. 281. Theory of Solutions. (2)

First or second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307, or equiva-
lent. (Svirbely.)

Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry. (2)

Two lectures per week. (Pickard.)

Chem. 287. Infra-red and Raman Spectroscopy. (2)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Lippincott.)

Chem. 295. Heterogeneous Equilibria. (2)

Two lectures per week. (Pickard.)

Chem. 299. Reaction Kinetics. (3)

Three lectures per week. (Svirbely.)

Chem. 303. Electrochemistry. (3)

Three lectures per week. (Pickard.)

41 ►

Chemistry, Classical Languages and Literatures

Chem. 304. Electrochemistry Laboratory. (2)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.

(Svirbely.)
Chem. 307. Chemical Thermodynamics, (3)
Three lectures per week. CPickard.)

Chem. 311. Physicochemical Calculations. (2)

Two lectures per week. (Pickard.)

Chem. 313. Molecular Structure. (3)

Three lectures per week. (Brown.)

Chem. 317. Chemical Crystallography. (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A detailed treatment of

single crystal x-ray methods. (Brown.)

Chem. 319, 321. Quantum. Chemistry. (3, 2)

Three lectures a week first semester. Two lectures a week second semester.

(Lippincott, Mason.)
Chem. 323. Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307, or equivalent. (Brown.)

SEMINAR AND RESEARCH

Chem. 351. Seminar. (I)

First and second semesters. (StaflF.)

Chem. 399. Research.

First and second semesters. Sxunmer session. (Staff.)

CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES

Professor and Head: avery.
Assistant Professor: hubbe.

No placement tests are given in the Classical Languages, The following
schedule will apply in general in determining the course level at which students
will register for Latin and Greek. All students whose stage of achievement
is not represented below are urgently invited to confer with the Head of
the Department.

Students ofiFering 0 or 1 unit of Latin will register for course 1.
Students offering 2 units of Latin will register for course 3.
Students offering 3 units of Latin will register for course 4.
Students offering 4 units of Latin will register for course 5.
No credit vdll be given for less than two semesters of Elementary Latin or
Greek except as provided below in the course description of Latin 1, 2.

M 42

Classical hanguages and Literatures

LATIN

Latin 1, 2. Elementary Latin. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. The essentials of Latin grammar, exercises in translation,
composition, and connected reading. A student who has had two vmits of Latin in
high school may register for Latin 1 for purposes of re\dew, but not for credit; how-
ever, he may, under certain conditions, register for Latin 2 for credit ■with depart-
mental permission. (Avery.)

Latin 3. Intermediate Latin. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Latin 1, 2 or equivalent. Grammar review,
Latin readings, and exercises in composition, followed by the reading of selections
from Caesar's Commentaries on the Gallic War. C^very.)

Latin 4. Intermediate Latin. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Latin 3 or equivalent. Selected orations of

Cicero. (Avery.)

Latin 5. Vergil's Aeneid. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Latin 4 or equivalent. Selections from

Vergil's Aeneid. (Hubbe.)

Latin 52. Horace. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Latin 5 or equivalent. Selected Odes and Epodes of

Horace. (Hubbe.)

Latin 52. Livy. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Latin 51 or eqiaivalent. Selections from Livy's history.

(Avery.)
Latin 61. Pliny's Letters. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Latin 52 or equivalent. Selected letters of Pliny the
Younger. (Avery.)

Latin 70. Greek and Roman Mythology. (3)

Second semester. Taught in English, no prerequisite. A systematic study of the
divinities of ancient Greece and Rome and the classical myths concerning them.
This course is ■particularly recommended for students flnnning to major in Foreign
Languages, English, History, the Fine Arts, and Journalism. (Avery.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Prerequisite for 100 level courses, Latin 61.

Latin 101. Catullus and the Roman Elegiac Poets. (3)

Lectures and readings on Catullus as a writer of l)Tic, an imitator of the Alexandrians,
and as a writer of elegy, and on Tibullus, Propertius, and Ovid as elegists. The read-
ing of selected poems of the four authors. Reports. (Avery.)

Latin 102. Tacitus. (3)

Lectures and readings on Greek and Roman historiography before Tacitus and on the

43 ►

Classical Languages and Literatures

author as a writer of history. The reading of selections from the Annals and His-
tories. Reports. (Avery.)

Latin 103. Roman Satire. (3)

Lectures and readings on the origins and development of Roman satire. The read-
ing of selections from the satires of Horace, Petronius' Cena Tritnalchionis, and the
satires of Juvenal. Reports. (Avery.)

Latin 104. Roman Comedy. (3)

Lectures and readings on the origins and development of Roman comedy. The read-
ing of selected plays of Plautus and Terence. Reports. (Avery.)

Latin 105. Lucretius. (3)

Lectures and readings on Greek and Roman Epicureanism. The reading of selections

from the De return natura. Reports. (Avery.)

Latin 111. Advanced Latin Grammar. (3)

Prerequisite, three years of college Latin or equivalent. An intensive study of the

morphology and syntax of the Latin language supplemented by rapid reading. (Avery.)

For Graduates

Latin 210. Vulgar Latin Readings. (3)

Simimer session. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An intensive review of the
phonology, morphology, and syntax of Classical Latin, followed by the study of the
deviations of Vulgar Latin from the classical norms, with the reading of illustrative
texts. The reading of selections from the Peregrinatio ad loca sancta and the study
of divergences from classical usage therein, with special emphasis on those which
anticipate subsequent developments in the Romance Languages. Reports. (Avery.)

GREEK

Greek 1, 2. Elementary Greek. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. The essentials of Greek grammar, exercises in translation,

composition and connected reading. (Hubbe.)

Greek 3. Intermediate Greek. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Greek 1, 2 or equivalent. Grammar review, Greek
readings, and exercises in composition, followed by the reading of selections from the
Anabasis of Xenophon. (Hubbe.)

Greek 4. Intermediate Greek. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Greek 3 or equivalent. Selections from the Homeric

epics. See Greek 6. (Hubbe.)

Greek 5. Herodotus. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Greek 4 or equivalent. Selections from Herodotus' history

of the Persian Wars. (Hubbe.)

Greek 6. The New Testament. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Greek 3 or equivalent. Greek 6 vidll be substituted

■< 44

Classical Languages and Literatures

for Greek 4 upon demand of a sufl&cient number of students. The study of New
Testament Greek and its deviations from Classical Greek. The reading of selections
from the four Gospels. CHubbe.)

Greek 5L Euri-pides. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Greek 5 or equivalent. Selected plays of Euripides.

CHubbe.)
Greek 52. Plato. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Greek 51 or equivalent. Selected dialogues of Plato.

C Avery.)

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE

Professors: aldridge, falls, goodwyn, harman, mc manaway (p.t.), murphy,

PRAHL, 2EEVELD AND ZUCKER.

Associate Professors: cooley, gravely, manning, parsons and weber.
Assistant Professor: Andrews.

Requirements for major include Comparative Literature 101, 102. Com-
parative literature courses may be counted toward a major or minor in Eng-
lish when recommended by the student's major adviser.

Comf. Lit. I. Greek Poetry. (2)

First semester. Homer's Iliad and Odyssey, with special emphasis on the Hterary

form and the historical and mythological background.

Comf. Lit. 2. Later European Epic Poetry. (2)

Second semester. Virgil's Aeneid, Dante's Divine Comedy, Nihelungenlied and other
European epics, with special emphasis on their relationship to and comparison with
the Greek epic.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Comp. Lit. 101, 102. Introductory Stirvey of Comparative Literature. (3, 3)
First semester. Survey of the background of Europe's literature through study of
Greek and Latin literature in English translations, discussing the debt of modem
literature to the ancients. Second semester: Study of medieval and modem conti-
nental literature. (Zucker.)

Camp. Lit. 103. The Old Testament as Literature. (3)

Second semester. A study of the sources, development and literary tj^pes. (Zucker.)

Comp. Lit. 105. Romanticism in France. (3)

First semester. Lectures and readings in the French romantic writers from Rousseau

to Baudelaire. Texts are read in English translations. (Parson^.)

Comp. Lit. 106. Roma^tticism in Germany. (3)

Second semester. Continuation of Comp. Lit. 105. German literature from Buerger

to Heine in English translations. (Prahl.)

45 ►

Classical Languages and, Literatures

Cotnp. Lit. 107, The Faust Legend in English and German Literature. C3)
First semester. A study of the Faust legend of the Middle Ages and its later treat-
ment by Marlowe in Dr. Faustus and by Goethe in Faust. CPrahl.)

Comp. Lit. 112. Ibsen. (3)

First semester. A study of the life and chief work of Henrik Ibsen with special

emphasis on his influence on the modem drama. CZucker.)

Comp. Lit. 114. The Greek Drama. (3)

First semester. The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes
in English translations. Emphasis on the historic background, on dramatic structure,
and on the efiFect of the Attic drama upon the mind of the civilized world. CPrahl.)

Com'p. Lit. 125. Literature of the Middle Ages. (3)

Narrative, dramatic, and lyric literature of the Middle Ages studied in translation.

CCooley.)

In addition, the following courses will count as credit in comparative Kt-
erature.

Classical Languages and Literatures
Latin 70.

English Language and Literature

Eng. 104; Eng. 113; Eng. 121; Eng. 129, 130; Eng. 144; Eng. 145; Eng. 155, 156;

Eng. 157.

Foreign Language and Literatures
Spanish 109.

S-peech and Dramatic Art
Sp. 131, 132.

For Graduates

Comp. Lit. 258. Folklore in Literature. (3)

A study of folk heroes, motifs, and ideas as they appear in the world's masterpieces.

CGoodwyn.)

Comf. Lit. 301. Seminar in Themes and Types. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, one year's work in literature and the knowledge of
one language other than English. Intensive study of fundamental motifs and trends
in western hterature. (Aldridge.)

The following courses will count as credit in comparative literature:

English Language and Literature

Eng. 201; Eng. 204; Eng. 206, 207; Eng. 216, 217; Eng. 227, 228.

Foreign Languages and Literatures
German 204.

-^ 46

Economics, English Language and Literature

ECOiNOMICS

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select economics as a
major field, and may also take courses in this department for elective credit.
For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Business and
Public Administration.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

Professor and Head: murphy.

Professors: aldridge, bode, harman, mc manaway (p.t.) and zeeveld.
Associate Professors: ball, cooley, gravely, manning, ward and weber.
Assistant Professors: Andrews, barnes, beall, brown, coulter, Fleming,

LUTWACK, MARTIN, MISH, PORTZ, SCHAUMANN, SMITH, THORBERG AND
WALKER.

Instructors: beckman, browne, butts, clendenin, cooper, cowen (p.t.),

DEMAREE, DUNN, HALLER, HAN (p.T.), HARE, HERMAN, JELLEMA, KENNY
(p.t.), KEVER (p.t.), MYERS (P.T.), NELSON, RICE, ROGERS, RYAN, STAHR,
STEVENSON, STONE, THOMAS (p.T.), WALT, WEAVER AND WHITNEY.

Graduate Assistants: adams, chambers, cohen, covington, ellefson, gellis,

GOCHBERG, GOLDBERG, GOLDINGER, HEEMANN, HUSFELT, KELLOGG, LETZRING,
MACAW, MERKEL, MERTZ, MONCADA, MOREINES, PECK, SCHAP, SCHNITZER,
SEIGEL AND WHALEY.

Eng. 1,2. Com-position and American Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Required of freshmen. Eng. 1 is the
prerequisite of Eng. 2. See Eng. 21. Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of writ-
ing; frequent themes. Readings are in American literature. (Barnes, Staff.)

Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Simimer session. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. Eng. 3, 4,
or Eng. 5, 6, or an acceptable combination of the two, are required of sophomores.
Credit will not be given for more than six hours of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6. Practice
in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign classics being read in
translation. (Cooley, Staff.)

Eng. 5, 6. Composition and English Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an
acceptable combination of the two, are required of sophomores. Credit will not be
given for more than six hours of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6. Practice in composition. An
introduction to major English vmters. (Cooley, Staff.)

Eng. 7. Technical Writing. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. For students desiring practice in writing

reports, technical essays, or popular essays on technical subjects. (Coulter, Walt.)

Eng. 8. College Grammar. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. An analytical study of modern

English grammar. (Harman.)

47 ►

English Language and Literature

Eng. 9. Introduction to Narrative Literature. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Eng, 2 or 21, An intensive study of representative
stories, with lectures on the history and technique of the short story and other narra-
tive forms, (Harman.)

Eng. 12. Introduction to Creative Writing. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21, (Portz, Rice,)

Eng. 14. Expository Writing. (3)

Not offered on College Park campus. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. Credit vdll not be
given for Eng, 7 in addition to Eng, 14, Methods and problems of exposition; prac-
tice in several kinds of informative writing including the preparation of technical
papers and reports,

Eng. 15. Readings in Biogra'phy. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Eng, 2 or 21, An analytical study in the form and

technique of biographical writing in Europe and America, CWard,)

Eng. 21. Advanced Freshman Composition and Literature. (3)
First and second semesters. Replaces the Eng, 1 and 2 requirement for students ex-
empt from Eng, 1, Includes a survey of fundamentals covered in Eng, 1 in addition
to material comparable to that of Eng, 2, CThorberg, Staff.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Eng. 4 or 6 and junior standing are prerequisite to courses numbered 101 to 199.

Eng. 101. History of the English Language. (3)

Second semester, CHarman.)

Eng. 102. Old English. (3)

First semester, CBaU.)

Eng. 103. Beowulf. (3)

Second semester. CBaU.)

Eng. 104. Chaucer. (3)

First semester. The Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, and the principal minor

poems. CHarman,)

Eng. 107. American English. (3)

Second semester. The English language as developed in the United States, Dialects,

vocabulary, past and present problems of usage, CBall,)

Eng. 110, 111. Elizabethan and Jacohean Drama. Q3, 3)

First and second semesters. CZeeveld, Mish.)

Eng. 112. Poetry of the Renaissance. (3)

(Not offered 1960-61,) (Zeeveld.)

M 48

English Language and Literature

Eng. 113. Prose of the Renaissance. (3)

(Not offered 1960-61.) (Zeeveld, Mish.)

Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Twenty-one important plays. CZeeveld.)

Eng. 120. English Drama from 1660 to 1800. (3)

Second semester. The important dramatists from Wycherley to Sheridan, with em-
phasis upon the comedy of manners. CWard.)

Eng. 121. Milton. (3)

Second semester. CMurphy.)

Eng. 122. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1600-1660. (3)
First semester. The major non-dramatic writers (exclusive of Milton).

(Murphy, Mish.)

Eng. 123. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1660-1700. (3)

Second semester. The Age of Drj'den, with the exception of the drama. (Aldridge.)

Eng. 125, 126. Literature of the Eighteenth Century. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Aldridge.)

Eng. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Weber.)

Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Cooley.)

Eng. 139, 140. The English Novel. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Ward, Brown.)

Eng. 143. Modern Poetry. (3)

First semester. The chief British and American poets of the twentieth centur}'.

(Fleming.)
Eng. 144. Modern Drama. (3)
First semester. The drama from Ibsen to the present. (Weber.)

Eng. 145. The Modern Novel. (3)

Second semester. Major EngUsh and American noveUsts of the twentieth centur)\

(Andrews.)
Eng. 148. The Literature of American Democracy. (3)
Second semester. (Barnes.)

Eng. 150, 151. American Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Representative American poetry and prose from colonial
times to the present with special emphasis on the literature of the nineteenth century.

(Manning, Gravely, Beall, Lutwack.)

49 ►

English Language and Literature

Eng. 155, 156. Major American Writers. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Two writers studied intensively each semester.

(Gravely, Manning, Portz.)

Eng. 157. Introduction to Folklore. (3)

First semester. Historical background of folklore studies; types of folklore with par-
ticular emphasis on folktales and folksongs, and on American folklore. (Cooley.)

Eng. 160. Advanced Ex'pository Writing. QS") i

Second semester. Theories of composition; editing; style manuals. Practice in writing
essays, critical papers, reports. (Barnes.)

Eng. 170. Creative Writing. (2)

First semester. (Fleming.)

Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Writing. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. (Fleming.)

Eng. 172. Playwriting. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. (Fleming.)

Eng. 199. Honors Conference Course. (3)

Second semester. Open only to seniors. Prerequisite, candidacy for honors in English.
A topic will be studied in selected literary works of various periods and types. Read-
ings; discussions; conferences; preparation of a term paper. (Cooley.)

For Graduates

Eng. 201. Bibliography and Methods. (3)

First semester. An introduction to the principles and methods of lesearch. (Mish.)

Eng. 202. Middle English. (3)

Second semester. (Harman.)

Eng. 203. Gothic. (3)

First semester. (Harman.)

Eng. 204. Seminar in Medieval Literature. (3)

Second semester. (Cooley.)

Eng. 206, 207. Seminar in Renaissance Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (McManaway, Zeeveld.)

Eng. 210. Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Literature. (3)

Second semester. (Mish.)

Eng. 212, 213. Seminar in Eighteenth-Century Literature. (,3, 3^

First and second semesters. (Aldridge.)

Eng. 214, 215. Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Literature. (3)

First and second semesters. (Cooley, Weber.)

< 50

Foreign Languages and Literatures

Eng. 216, 217. Literary Criticism. C3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Murphy, Lutwack.)

Eng. 225, 226. Seminar in American Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. CBode.)

Eng. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Not offered 1960-61.) (Aldridge.)

Eng. 399. Thesis Research. (J-6)

Arranged. (Staff.)

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES

Professor and Head: zucker.

Professors: falls, goodwyn, prahl and smith.

Associate Professors: bingham, kramer, parsons, quynn, rand and rosen-

FIELD.

Assistant Professors: bridgers, bulatkin, dobert, hall, hering, nemes and

SCHWEIZER.

Instructors: adams (p.t.), Anderson, arsenault, boborykine, chen (p-T.),

GREENBERG (p.t.), JAMES, LEE, NORTON, ROSWELL AND ROVNER.

At the beginning of each semester a placement examination is given for all
students who have had some foreign language in high school and wish to do
further work in that language. By this means the Department assigns each
student to the suitable level of instruction. Any student who fails to qualify
for the second semester of his language will be required to register for the
first without credit or register for a different language. (Students who wish to
continue Latin should consult the section on classical languages elsewhere in
these pages).

No credit will be given for the elementary first semester (1) alone unless
followed by further study.

Language conversation courses, 3, 8, or 9, are not to be taken to meet the
college requirement of 12 hours of language unless the student has finished
the second semester of second year French, German, Spanish, etc. (5, 7, or 17).
Taking conversation courses to meet the college requirement is permitted in
the case of students who enter language courses with advanced standing.

A student whose native language is taught at the University may not meet
the language requirement by taking freshman or sophomore courses in his
language.

HONORS IN FRENCH, GERMAN OR SPANISH: A Student whose major is in
French, German or Spanish and who maintains an approved average in his
grades may read for honors in French, German or Spanish. A candidate for

51 ►

Foreign Languages and Literatures

honors is examined upon an approved individual program of readings in an
area of his special interest. Application may be made to the Head of the
Department of Foreign Languages between the second semester of the sopho-
more year and the first semester of the senior year.

Attention is called to the courses in comparative literature elsewhere in
these pages.

Foreign Language 1, 2. English for Foreign Students. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. An introduction to English usage, adapted to the needs
of the non-English-speaking student. Pronunciation, spelling, syntax; the difiFerences
between English and various other languages are stressed. (Bridgers.)

Foreign Language 140. Oral Practice in Modern Foreign Languages. (French,

German, Russian, or Spanish). (3)
Development of fluency in modern foreign languages, stress on correct sentence struc-
ture and idiomatic expression. Especially designed for teachers, oflFering practice in
speaking the language. (Rovner.)

Attention is called to Ed. 142 and 143.

FRENCH

French 0. Intensive Elementary French. (0)

First and second semesters. Simimer session. Intensive elementary course in the
French language designed particularly for graduate students who wish to acquire a
reading knowledge. Q Hall.)

French 1, 2. Elementary French. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. French 2, Smmner session. Three recitations and one
laboratory period per week. A student who has had two units of French in high
school may take French 1 for purposes of review, but not for credit. Elements of
grammar and exercises in translation. One hour drill in pronunciation and conversation.

(Falls, Staff.)
French 3. Elementary Conversation. (J)

First and second semesters. Open to all students who have completed their first year
French or French 1 with the grade "A" or "B". (Arsenault.)

French 4, 5. Intermediate Literary French. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, French 2 or equivalent.
Students who have taken French 6 and 7 cannot receive credit for French 4 and 5.
Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of French life, thought and culture.

(Falls, Staff.)
French 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific French. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, French 2 or equivalent. Students who
have taken French 4 and 5 cannot receive credit for French 6 and 7. Reading of
technical and scientific prose with some grammar review. (Kramer, Staff'.)

French 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: for French 8, French 3 or consent of

instructor; for French 9, French 8 or consent of instructor. (Arsenault.)

^ 52

Foreign Languages and Literatures

French 17. Grammar Review. (3)

First and second semesters. May be taken after completion of French 4 or 5. Recom-
mended for students who expect to major or minor in French. CHall.)

For Advanced Undergraduates

French 51, 52. The Develo-pment of the French Novel. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Introductory study of the history and growth of the
novel in French literature. French 51 covers the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries,
French 52 the nineteenth. (Kramer.)

French 53, 54. The Development of the French Drama. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Introductory study of the French drama. French 53

covers tlie seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, French 54 the nineteenth.

(Kramer.)

French 55, 56. The Develofment of the Short Story in French. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. A study of the short story in French literature. French
55 covers examples up to the nineteenth century, French 56 the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. (Kramer.)

French 61, 62. French Phonetics. (I, 1)

First and second semesters. Prereqiiisite, French 2 or equivalent. Elements of

French phonetics, diction and intonation. (HaE.)

French 71, 72. Pieview Grammar and Composition. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, French 17 or equivalent. For students who
having a good knowledge of French, wish to become more proficient in the written
and spoken language. (Quynn, Bingham.)

French 75, 76. Introduction to French Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, second vear French or equivalent. An ele-

mentar)' survey of the chief authors and movements in French hterature.

(FaUs, HaU.)
French 80, 81. Advanced Conversation. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. For students who vdsh to develop fluency and confidence in
speaking the language. (Arsenault.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

French 100. French Literature of the Siocteenth Century. (3)

First semester. The Renaissance in France; humanism; Rabelais and Calvin; the Pleiade;

Montaigne. (Falls.)

French 101, 102. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century. (3, 3)
First and second semester. First semester: Descartes, Pascal, Comeille, Racine. Second
semester: the remaining great classical writers, with special attention to MoUere.

(Quynn, Rosenfield.)

53 ►

Foreign hanguages and Literatures

Trench 102, 104. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century. O, 3)

First and second semesters. First semester: development of the phUosophical and

scientific movement; Montesquieu. Second semester: Voltaire, Diderot^'pRo^^^^g-j;^^^^^^^

French 105, 106. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. First semester: drama and poetry from Romanticism

to Symbolism. Second semester: the major prose writers of the same penod^

•^ (Bmgham, Quynn.j

French 107, 108. French Literature of the Twentieth Century. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. First semester: drama and poetry from Symbolism to the

present time. Second semester: the contemporary novel. ^tans.j

French 121, 122. Advanced Composition. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Translation from English into French, free compo^mon

letter vmting.

French 161, 162. French Civilization. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. French hfe, customs, culture, traditions. First semester:

the historical development. Second semester: present-day F---^^^^^^^^^ ^.^^^^^

French 171. Practical French Phonetics. (3)

First semester. Pronunciation of modem French. The sounds and their P^J^^fj^"'

the stress group, intonation. ^ ™

French 199. Rapid Revievp of the History of French Literature. CO

Second semester. Especially designed for French majors. WeeUy lectures stressing

the high points in the history of French literature. Cballs.J

For Graduates

The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered.

French 207, 208. The French Novel in the First Half of the Nineteenth

Century. (2, 2) ^^^^

First and second semesters. ^

French 209, 210. The French Novel in the Second Half of the Nineteenth

Century, d, 2-)
First and second semesters. ^

French 211. French Linguistics. (3)

„. ^ CSmith,Bulatkin.)

First semester. ^ '

French 212. Old French Readings. (3)

o J »^, CSmith, Bulatkin.)

Second semester. '^ '

French 215,216. Moliere. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. k^uynn-j

-^ 54

Foreign Languages and Literatures

French 221, 222. Reading Course. (^Arranged")

Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of French literature.

Extensive outside readings, with reports and periodic conferences. (Staff.)

French 230. Introduction to Euro'pean Linguistics. (3)

(Smith, Bulatkin.)
French 251, 252. Seminar. (3, 3)
Required of all graduate majors in French. (Staff.)

French 399. Research.

Credits determined by work accomplished. Guidance in the preparation of master's

and doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.)

GERMAN

German 0. Intensive Elementary German. (0)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Intensive elementary course in the
German language designed particularly for graduate students who wish to acquire a
reading knowledge. (Kramer, Hering.)

German 1, 2. Elementary German. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. German 2, Summer session. Three recitations and one
laboratory period per week. A student who has had two units of German in high
school may take German 1 for purposes of review, but not for credit. Elements of
grammar and exercises in translation. One hour drill in pronunciation and conver-
sation. (Dobert, Staff.)

German 3. Elementary Conversation. (1)

First and second semesters. Open to all students who have completed their first year

German or German 1 with the grade "A" or "B". (Staff.)

German 4, 5. Intermediate Literary German. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, German 2 or equivalent.
Students who have taken German 6 and 7 cannot receive credit for German 4 and 5.
Reading of narrative prose designed to give some knowledge of German life, thought
and culture. (Dobert, Staff.)

German 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific German. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, German 2 or equivalent. Students who
ha^-e taken German 4 and 5 cannot receive credit for German 6 and 7. Reading of
technical and scientific prose, with some grammar review. (Kramer, Staff.)

German 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: for German 8, German 3 or consent of

instructor; for German 9, German 8 or consent of instructor. (Anderson.)

German 17. Grammar Review. (3)

First and second semesters. May be taken after completion of German 4 or 5. Recom-
mended for students who wish to major or minor in German. (Kramer.)

55 ►

Foreign Languages and Literatures

For Advanced Undergraduates

German 61, 62. German Phonetics. (J, i)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, German 2 or equivalent. Pronunciation
of German, study of phonetics, oral exercises and ear training. (Schweizer.)

German 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or eqixivalent. This course is
required of students preparing to teach German. A thorough study of the more de-
tailed points of German grammar with ample practice in composition work.

(Kramer.)

German 75, 76. Introduction to German Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent. An elementary
survey of the chief authors and movements in German literature. (Schweizer, Dobert.)

German 80, 81. Advanced Conversation. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, German 8, 9 or consent of instructor. For

students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language.

(Dobert.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

German 101, 102. German Literature of the Eighteenth Century. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. The main works of Klopstock, Wieland, Lessing, Herder,
Goethe, Schiller. (Prahl, Schweizer.)

German 103, 104. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Outstanding works of Kleist, Grillparzer, Grabbe, Hebbel,

Ludwig, Stifter, KeUer, Anzengruber. (Prahl, Schweizer.)

German 105, 106. Modern German Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prose and dramatic writings from Gerhart Hauptmann to

the present time (1890-1950.) (Prahl, Dobert.)

German 107, 108. Goethe's Faust. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. First and second parts of the drama. (Hering.)

German 121, 122. Advanced Composition, (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Translation from English into German, free composition,

letter vmting. (Kramer, Dobert.)

German 161, 162. German Civilization. C^, 3^

First and second semesters. A survey of two thousand years of German history, out-
Hning the cultural heritage of the German people, their great men, tradition, customs,
art and literature, with special emphasis on the interrelationship of social and literary
history. (Prahl.)

German 199. Rapid Review of the History of German Literature. (1)
Second semester. Especially designed for German majors. (Schweizer.)

M 56

Foreign Languages and Literatures

Attention is called to Comparative Literature 106, Romanticism in Germany, and
Comparative Literature 107, The Faust Legend in English and German Literature.

For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be ofiFered.

German 202, 203. The Modern German Drama. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. CZucker.)

German 204. Schiller. (3)

German 205. Goethe's Works Outside of Faust. (2)

German 206. The Romantic Movement. (3)

CPrahl.)
CZucker.)

CPrahl.)

German 221, 222. Reading Course. QArranged')

Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of German litera-
ture. Extensive outside readings, with reports and periodic conferences. CStaff.)

German 230. Introduction to Euro'pean Linguistics. C3)

CSmith, Bulatkin.)
German 23 L Middle High German. (3)

CSchweizer.)
German 251, 252. Seminar. Q3, 3)
Required of all graduate majors in German. CStafF.)

German 399. Research.

Credits determined by work accomphshed. Guidance in the preparation of master's

and doctoral theses. Conferences. CStaflF.)

SPANISH

Spanish 1, 2. Elementary S'panish. Q3, 3)

First and second semesters. Spanish 2, summer session. Three recitations and one
laboratory period per week. A student who has had two units of Spanish in high
school may take Spanish 1 for purposes of review, but not for credit. Elements of
grammar and exercises in translation. One hour drill in pronunciation and conversa-
tion. CParsons, Staff.)

Sftanish 3. Elementary Conversation. (2)

First and second semesters. Open to all students who have completed their first year

Spanish or Spanish 1 vdth the grade "A" or "B". CNemes.)

Spanish 4, 5. Intermediate Spanish. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Simimer session. Prerequisite, Spanish 2 or equivalent.
Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of Spanish and Latin-American
life, thought and culture. CParsons, Staff.)

Spanish 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: for Spanish 8, Spanish 3 or consent of

instructor; for Spanish 9, Spanish 8 or consent of instructor. CNemes.)

57 ►

Foreign Languages and Literatures

Spanish 17. Grammar Review. (3)

First and second semesters. May be taken after completion of Spanish 4 or 5.

Recommended for students who expect to major or minor in Spanish.

(Rovner, Norton.)

Vox Advanced Undergraduates

Spanish 51, 52. Business Spanish. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, second year Spanish or equivalent. Designed
to give a knowledge of correct Spanish usage; commercial letters. (Bingham.)

Spanish 61, 62. Spanish Phonetics. Ql, I)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 2 or equivalent. The pronuncia-
tion of Spanish, study of phonetics, oral exercises, and ear training. (Goodwyn.)

Spanish 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition. QS, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5 or equivalent. Intended to

give an intensive and practical drill in Spanish composition. (Parsons, Rand.)

Spanish 75, 76. Introduction to Spanish Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5, or equivalent. An elementary

sxurvey of the history of Spanish literature. (Parsons, Rand.)

Spanish 80, 81. Advanced Conversation. (,3, 3")

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 8, 9, or consent of instructor. For

students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language.

(Names.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Spanish 101. Epic and Ballad. (3)

First semester. The legendary and heroic matter of Spain. Readings of the Poema del

Cid and of ballads of various cycles. (Parsons.)

Spanish 102. The Spanish Popular Ballad. (3)

Second semester. T)rpical ballads composed and developed in the Spanish-speaking
world diuing and since the Golden Age, with stress on the folkloristic point of view.

(Goodwyn.)
Spanish 104. The Drama of the Golden Age. (3)

First semester. Selected plays of Lope de Vega, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de
Mohna and others. (Parsons.)

Spanish 107. Cervantes: Plays and Exemplary Novels. (3)

First semester. (Rand.)

Spanish 108. Lope de Vega. (3)

First semester. Selected works of Lope de Vega. (Parsons.)

Spanish 109. Cervantes: Don Quixote. (3)

Second semester. (Goodwyn.)

■^ 58

Foreign LangiMges and Literatures

Spanish 110. Modern S-panish Poetry. (3)

First semester. Significant poems of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Rand.)

Spanish 111. The Spanish Novel of the Nineteenth Century. (3)

First semester. Readings of some of the significant novels of the nineteenth century.

(Parsons.)
Spanish 112. Modern Spanish Drama. (3)
Second semester. Significant plays of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

(Nemes.)
Spanish 113. The Spanish Novel of the Twentieth Century. (3)
Second semester. Significant novels of the twentieth century. (Rand.)

Spanish 115. Modern Spanish Thought. (3)

First semester. The generation of 1898 and other significant and interpretative writ-
ings of the twentieth century. (Rand.)

Spanish 121, 122. Advanced Composition. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Training in self-expression in Spanish, free composition,

letter writing. (Goodwyn.)

Spanish 151. Spanish-American Fiction. (3)

First semester. The novel and short story from the Wars of Independence to the

present and their reflection of society in the republics of the Western Hemisphere.

(Nemes.)
Spanish 152. Spanish-American Poetry. (3)

Second semester. Representative poetry after 1800 and its relation to Eiuopean trends
and vnriters. (Nemes.)

Spanish 153. Spanish-American Essay. (3)

First and second semesters. Social and pohtical thought from BoHvar to Vasconcelos
and its relationship to social and pohtical conditions in Spanish America. (Nemes.)

Spanish 161, 162. Spanish Civilization. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Introductory study of the hterary, educational, artistic

traditions; great men, customs, and general culture. (Rand.)

Spanish 163, 164. Latin-American Civilization. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Introductory study of the cultures of Latin America; the
historical-political background and the dominating concepts in the Uves of the people.

(Goodwyn.)

Spanish 199. Rapid Review of the History of Spanish Literature. (I)

Second semester. Especially designed for Spanish majors. (Parsons.)

For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered.

Spanish 202. The Golden Age in Spanish Literature. (3)

(Goodvpyn.)

59 ►

Foreign Languages and Literatures

S-panish 203, 204. S'panish Poetry. (3, 3)

CGoodwynO

Spanish 205, 206. Spanish Literature of the Twentieth Century. (3, 3)

(Rand.)
Spanish 21 L Spanish Linguistics. (3)
First semester. (Parsons, Bulatkin.)

Spanish 212. Old Spanish Readings. (3)

Second semester. (Parsons, Bulatkin.)

Spanish 221, 222. Reading Course. ^Arranged')

Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of Spanish literature.

Extensive outside readings, with reports and periodic conferences. (Staff.)

Spanish 230. Introduction to European Linguistics. (3)

(Smith, Bulatkin.)
Spanish 251, 252. Seminar. C3, 3^
Required of all graduate majors in Spanish. (Staff.)

Spanish 399. Research.

Credits determined by work accomplished. Guidance in the preparation of master's

and doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.)

RUSSIAN

Russian 1, 2. Elementary Russian. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation;

exercises in translation. One laboratory period per week. (Boborykine, Lee.)

Russian 3. Elementary Conversation. (J)

First and second semesters. Open to all students who have completed their first year

Russian or Russian 1 with the grade "A" or "B". (Boborykine.)

Russian 4, 5. Intermediate Russian. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Russian 2 or equivalent. Reading of texts

designed to give some knowledge of Russian life, thought and culture.

(Boborykine.)
Russian 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: for Russian 8, Russian 3 or consent of
instructor; for Russian 9, Russian 8 or consent of instructor. (Boborykine.)

Russian 10, 11. Scientific Russian. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Russian 5 or equivalent. (Boborykine.)

Russian 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, first and second year Russian. Designed to
give a thorough training in the structure of the language; drill in Russian composition.

(Boborykine.)

^ 60

Foreign Languages and Literatures

Russian 75, 76. Introduction to Russian Literature. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year Russian or equivalent. An ele-
mentary survey of Russian literature. (Boborykine.)

Russian 80, 8L Advanced Conversation. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Russian 8, 9, or consent of instructor. For

students who vdsh to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language.

(Boborykine.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Russian 101, 102. Modem Russian Literature. (iS, 2^

First and second semesters. Works of Maxim Gorky, Alexei Tolstoy, P. Romanov, M.

Zoshchenko, M. Sholokhov. (Boborykine.)

Russian 103, 104. Russian Literature of the Nineteenth Century. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Selected writings of Pushkin, Gogol, Lermantov, Tur-
genev, Dostoevsky, Leo Tolstoy, Chekhov. CBoborykine.)

HEBREW

Hehrew 1,2. Elementary Hebrew. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation;

exercises in translation. CGreenberg.)

Hehrew 3. Elementary Conversation. CO

First semester. Prerequisite, Hebrew 1 and consent of instructor. CGreenberg.)

Hebrew 4, 5. Intermediate Hehrew. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Hebrew 2 or equivalent. Texts designed

to give some knowledge of Hebrew life, thought, and cxilture. CGreenberg.)

Hehrew 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: for Hebrew 8, Hebrew 3 or consent of
instructor; for Hebrew 9, Hebrew 8 or consent of instructor. An intermediate practice
course in spoken Hebrew. CGreenberg.)

Hehrew 75, 76. Introduction to Hebrew Literature. Q3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, second year Hebrew or equivalent.

CGreenberg)
Hehrexv 101. The Hehrew Bible. C3)
Reading of selected portions of the Pentateuch. CGreenberg.)

Hebrew 102. The Hebrew Bible. C3)

Reading of selected portions of the Prophets. CGreenberg.)

Hehrew 103. Modem Hebrew Literature. C3)

The period of the Haskalah CEnlighteiunent). (Greenberg.)

61 ►

Foreign Languages and Literatures

Hebrew 104. Modern Hebrew Literature. (3)

The period of the Tehiah CModem Revival). (Greenberg.)

CHINESE

Chinese 1, 2. Elementary Chinese. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations and one laboratory period per week.

Elements of pronimciation, simple ideograms, colloquial conversation, translation.

(Chen.)

Chinese 4, 5. Intermediate Chinese. C3, S')

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Chinese 2 or equivalent. Reading of texts

designed to give some knowledge of Chinese life, thought, and culture. (Chen.)

Chinese 101, 102. Readings from Chinese History. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Chinese 5 or equivalent. Based on an

anthology of historians from the Chou to the Ching dynasties. (Chen.)

Chinese 161, 162. Chinese Civilization. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. This course supplements Geog. 134 and 135, Cultural
Geography of East Asia. It deals with Chinese literature, art, folklore, history, govern-
ment, and great men. Second semester: developments in China since 1911. The
course is given in English translation.

Chinese 161 and 162 may be counted as history credits in meeting major and minor
requirements. (Chen.)

ITALIAN

Italian 1, 2. Elementary Italian. (3, 3)

Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. Elements of grammar and exer-
cises in translation. One hour drill in pronunciation and conversation. A student
who has had two units of Italian in high school may take Italian 1 for purposes of
review, but not for credit. (Smith, Adams.)

Italian 3. Elementary Conversation. (I)

Open to all students who have completed their first year Italian or Italian 1 with
the grade "A" or "B". (Staff.)

Italian 4, 5. Intermediate Italian. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Italian 2 or equivalent. Reading of texts

designed to give some knowledge of Italian life, thought, and culture. (Smith, Adams.)

Italian 161, 162. Italian Life and Customs. (3, 3)

Not offered on the College Park campus. An introductory study of the Italian people
against a background of political and social history. A survey of Italian literary and
cultural traditions.

M 62

Geography, Geology, Government and Politics, History

GEOGRAPHY

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select geography as a
major field, and may also take courses in this Department for elective credit.
For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Business and
Public Administration.

GEOLOGY

Lecturer: brown.

Geol. 1. Geology. (3)

Prerequisite, Chem. 3. A study dealing primarily with the principles of dynamical
and structural geology. Designed to give a general survey of the rocks and minerals
composing the earth; the movement within it; and its surface features and the agents
that form them.

Geol. 2. Engineering Geology. (2)

The fundamentals of geology with engineering apphcations.

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select government and
politics as a major field, and may also take courses in this Department for
elective credit. For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of
Business and Public Administration.

HISTORY

Professor and Head: land.

Professors: bauer, chatelain, merrill, prange and w^ellborn.

Associate Professors: cordon, jashemski, sparks and stromberg.

Assistant Professors: beard, callcott, conkin, crosman, Ferguson and rivlin-

Instrtictors: eggert and pitt.

H. J, 2. History of Modern Euro-pe. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. The basic course, prerequisite for all advanced courses
in European history. H. 2 may be taken by students who qualify to select courses
within Elective Group II of the American Civilization Program. A study of European
history from the Renaissance to the present day. First semester to 1815. Second
semester since 1815. CStaff.)

H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization. (3, 3)

Required of all students who entered the University after 1944-45. Normally to be
taken in the sophomore year. An historical survey of the main forces in American
life with emphasis upon the development of our democratic heritage. First semester
from the colonial period through the Civil War. Second semester, since the Civil War.

(Staff.)

63 ►

History

H. 51, 52. The Humanities. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Either of these courses may be taken by students who
quahfy to select courses within Elective Group II of the .Ajnerican Civilization Program.
In surveying history from prehistoric times to the present, man's cultural development
is emphasized. The course is a study of the achievements of the various civilizations
which have contributed to the common cultural heritage of western civilization. It is
designed as an introductory course in history which will make a more direct contribu-
tion to the other liberal art fields. First semester to the Renaissance. Second semester
since the Renaissance. CJashemski.)

H. 53, 54. History of England and Great Britain. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. A history of the development of British life and institutions.
Open to all classes. Especially recommended for English majors and minors and
pre-law students. First semester to 1485. Second semester, since 1485. (Gordon.)

H. 56. American Life and Thought. (3)

First and second semesters. Required of all students who qualify by examination for
exemption from H. 5, 6. Normally to be taken in sophomore year. A survey of
significant historical trends and selected problems in the development of American
civilization from the colonial era to recent times. Not to be used as a general elective
coiurse. (Staff.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

AMERICAN HISTORY

H. 10 J. American Colonial History. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The settlement and development

of colonial America to the middle of the eighteenth century. (Ferguson.)

H. 102. The American Revolution. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The background and

course of the American Revolution through the formation of the Constitution.

(Ferguson.)

H. 105. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1865. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A synthesis of American life
from independence through the Civil War. (Chatelain.)

H. 106. Social and Economic History of the United States since the Civil

War. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The development of Amer-
ican life and institutions, with emphasis upon the period since 1876. (Chatelain.)

H. 114. The Middle Period of American History 1800-1860. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. An examination of the
political history of the U. S. from Jefferson to Lincoln vdth particular emphasis on
the factors producing Jacksonian democracy. Manifest Destiny, the Whig Party, the
anti-slavery movement, the RepubUcan Party, and secession. (Sparks.)

-^ 64

History

H. 115. The OU South. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A study of the institutional
and cultural life of the ante-bellum South with particiolar reference to the background
of the Civil War. (Staff.)

H. 116. The Civil War. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Mihtary aspects; problems
of the Confederacy; pohtical, social, and economic effects of the war upon American
society. A tour of one selected battlefield is a required part of the course. (Sparks.)

H. 117. The New South. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The South's place in the
nation from Appomattox to the present vidth special reference to regional problems
and aspirations. (Staff.)

H. 118, 119. Recent American History. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Party politics,

domestic issues, foreign relations of the United States since 1890. First semester,

through World War I. Second semester, since World War I. (Merrill.)

H. 121. History of the American Frontier. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The Trans-Allegheny West.

The westward movement into the Mississippi Valley. (Pitt-)

H. J 22. History of the American Frontier. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The Trans-Mississippi
West. Forces and factors in the settlement and development of the Trans-Mississippi
West to about 1900. (Staff.)

H. 123. The New West. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Regional peculiarities and

national significance of the Plains and Pacific Coast areas from 1890 to the present.

(Staff.)
H. 124. Reconstruction and the New Nation 1865-1896. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Problems of reconstruction
in both South and North. Emergence of big business and industrial combinations.
Problems of the farmer and laborer. (Merrill.)

H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. An historical
study of the diplomatic negotiations and foreign relations of the United States. First
semester from the Revolution to the Civil War; second semester, from the Ci\'il War
to the present. (Wellborn.)

H. 129. The United States and World Affairs. (3)

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A consideration of the changed position of

the United States with reference to the rest of the world since 1917. (Wellborn.)

H. 133, 134. The History of Ideas in America. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. An intellectual

65 ►

History

history of the American people, embracing such topics as Uberty, democracy, and social
ideas. (Beard.)

H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A study of the
historical forces resulting in the formation of the Constitution, and the development of
American constitutionalism in theory and practice thereafter. (Land.)

Amer. Civ. 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilization. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. The student's acquaintance wdth American civilization is
brought to a focus through the analytical study of eight to ten important books, such as
De Tocqueville, Democracy in America, Hawthorne, The Scarlet Letter, Veblen, The
Theory of the Leisure Class, and Myrdal, An American Dilemma. Specialists from
related departments participate in the conduct of the course. (Bode.)

H. 141, 142. History of Maryland. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. First semester,
a survey of the political, social and economic history of colonial Maryland. Second
semester, Maryland's historical development and role as a state in the American Union.

(Chatelain.)
H. 145, 146. Latin American History. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 6 hours of fundamental courses. A survey
of the history of Latin America from colonial origins to the present, covering political,
cultural, economic, and social development, with special emphasis upon relations with
the United States. First semester, the colonial period. Second semester, the Re-
publics. (Crosman.)

H. 147. History of Mexico. (3)

First semester. The history of Mexico with special emphasis upon the independence
period and upon relations between ourselves and the nearest of our Latin American
neighbors. (Crosman.)

EUROPEAN AND ASIAN HISTORY

H. 151. History of the Ancient Orient and Greece. (3)

First semester. A survey of the ancient empires of Egypt, the Near East, and Greece,

vdth particular attention to their institutions, life, and culture. (Jashemski.)

H. 153. History of Rome. (3)

Second semester. A study of Roman civilization from the earliest beginnings through

the Republic and down to the last centuries of the Empire. (Jashemski.)

H. J 55. Medieval Civilization. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54, or the permission of the instructor.
A survey of medieval life, culture, and institutions from the fall of the Roman Empire
to the thirteenth century. (Staff.)

H. 16 J. The Renaissance and Reformation. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or 53, or the permission of the instructor.
The culture of the Renaissance, the Protestant revolt and Catholic reaction through
the Thirty Years War. (Staff.)

-^ 66

History

H. 763, 164. The Middle East. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, six hours from the following groups of
courses: H. 1, 2; H. 51, 52; or H. 53, 54. A survey of the historical and institutional
developments of the nations of this vital area. The Islamic Empires and their cultures;
impact of the west; breakup of the Ottoman Empire and rise of nationalism; present day
problems. (Rivlin.)

H. 165. Tofics from Middle Eastern History in the Nineteenth and Twen-
tieth Centuries. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, H. 163, 164 or the equivalent or permission of the
instructor. Conference course for advanced undergraduate and graduate students. Lec-
tiues and special assignments, dealing with Middle Eastern institutions in the nine-
teenth and twentieth centuries. (Rivlin.)

H. 166. The French Revolution. (2)

First semester. The Enlightenment and the Old Regime in France; the revolutionary

uprisings from 1789 to 1799. (Gordon.)

H. 167. Na-poleonic Euro-pe. (2)

Second semester. European developments from the rise of Napoleon to the Congress

of Vienna. (Gordon.)

H. 171, 172. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. A study of the
political, economic, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of
Vienna to the First World War. (Bauer.)

H. 175, 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, W. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. A study of political,
economic, and cultural developments in twentieth century Europe with special em-
phasis on the factors involved in the two World Wars and their global impacts and
significance. (Prange.)

H. 185, 186. History of the British Empire. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. First semester, the
developments of England's Mercantilist Empire and its fall in the war for American
Independence (1783); second semester, the rise of the Second British Empire and
the solution of the problem of responsible self-government (1783-1867), the evolution
of the British Empire into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the development and
problems of the dependent Empire. (Gordon.)

H. 187. History of Cayiada. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. A history of Canada, with special
emphasis on the nineteenth century and upon Canadian relations with Great Britain
and the United States. (Gordon.)

H. 189. Constitutional History of Great Britain. (3)

Second semester. A survey of constitutional development in England with emphasis
on the real property aspects of feudalism, the growth of the common law, the develop-
ment of Parliament, and the expansion of hberties of the individual. (Gordon.)

67 ►

History

H. 191. HistoTy of Russia. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or the equivalent. A history of Russia from the

earHest times to the present day. (Staff.)

H. 192. Foreign Policy of the USSR. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 191. A survey of Russian foreign policy in the
historical perspective, with special emphasis on the period of the USSR. Russian
aims, expansion, and conflicts with the western powers of Europe, the Near and Mid-
dle East, and the Far East will be studied. CStaff.)

H. 193, 194. History of European Ideas in Modern Times. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54 or equivalent. Begin-
ning with a review of the basic Western intellectual traditions as a heritage from the
Ancient World, the course will present selected important currents of thought from the
scientific revolution of the sixteenth and seventeenth century down to the twentieth
century. First semester through the eighteenth century. Second semester, nineteenth
and twentieth centuries. (Stromberg.)

H. J 95. The Vat East. (3)

First semester. A survey of institutional, cultural and political aspects of the history

of China and Japan and a consideration of present-day problems of the Pacific area.

CStaff.)

H. 196. Southeast Asia. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or H. 5. 6. The political, economic and
cultural history of the new nations of Southern Asia with emphasis on the colonial
period and a view to understanding contemporary developments. (Staff.)

H. 199. Proseminar in Historical Writing. (3)

First and second semesters. Discussions and term papers designed to acquaint the
student with the methods and problems of research and presentation. The students
will be encouraged to examine those phases of history in which they are most interested.
Required of history majors in junior or senior year. (Bauer, Stromberg, Callcott.)

For Graduates

H. 201. Seminar in American History. (3)

(Staff.)
H. 202. Historical Literature. (3)

First and second semesters. Assignments in various selected fields of historical litera-
ture and bibliography to meet the requirements of qualified graduate students who
need more intensive concentration. (Staff.)

H. 203, 204. Seminar in the History of Maryland. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Land.)

H. 205, 206. Topics in American Economic and Social History. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Readings and conferences on the critical and source

materials explaining our social and economic evolution. (Chatelain.)

M 68

History

H. 208. Seminar in Recent American History. (3)

Emphasis will be placed on the period since 1900. (Merrill.)

H. 211. The Colonial Period in American History. (3)

First semester. Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some

of the sources and the classical Hterature of American colonial history. (Ferguson.)

H. 212. Period of the American Revolution. (3)

Second semester. Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with
some of the critical literature and sources of the period of the American Revolution.

(Ferguson.)

H. 214. Seminar on the Middle Period of American History. (3)

Selected research topics in the period from Jefferson to Lincoln. (Sparks.)

H. 215. The Old South. (3)

Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of the standard

sources and the classical literature of the ante-bellimi South.

H. 216. Seminar in the American Civil War. (3)

Investigations in the political, military, and economic problems of the North and South
during the Civil War. (Sparks.)

H. 217. Reconstruction and Its Aftermath. (3)

A seminar on problems resulting from the Cixal War. Political, social and economic
reconstruction in South and North; projection of certain post war attitudes and problems
into the present. (Merrill.)

H. 221,222. History of the West. 0> ^^

First and second semesters. Readings and conferences designed to give the student
an acquaintance with some of the more important sources and some of the most
significant literature of the advancing American frontier. (Staff.)

H. 233, 234. To-pics in American Intellectual History. (3, 3)

Readings and conferences on selected phases of American thought, with emphasis on

religious traditions, social and political theory, and development of American ideas.

(Beard.)

H. 245. Tofics in Latin American History. (3)

Selected readings, research, and conferences on important topics in Latin American
history. (Crosman.)

H. 250. Seminar in European History. (3)

(Bauer, Stromberg.)

H. 252. Seminar in Greek History. (3)

(Jashemski.)

H. 253. Seminar in Roman History. (3)

(Jashemski.)

69 ►

History, Library Science

H. 255. Medieval Culture and Society. (3)

Readings and conferences designed to acquaint the student with the important litera-
ture and interpretations on such topics as feudahsm, the medieval church, schools and
universities, Latin and vernacular literature, art and architecture. (Staff.)

H. 265. Problems in Diplomatic History of the Middle East. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 163, 164 or H. 165 or the equivalent. Studies
involving the international relations of the Middle East. A knowledge of French and/or
another foreign language is required or permission of the instructor. (RivUn.)

H. 282. Problems in the History of World War U. (3)

Investigation of various aspects of the Second World War, including mihtary opera-
tions, diplomatic phases, and political and economic problems of the war and its
aftermath. (Prange.)

H. 285, 286. Seminar in the History of Britain and the British Empire. (3, 3)

(Gordon.)
H. 287. Historiografhy. (3)

First and second semesters. Readings and occasional lectures on the historical vniting,
the evolution of critical standards, the rise of auxiliary sciences, and the works of
selected masters. The work of the course includes field trips to the Library of Con-
gress and the National Archives. Required of all candidates for advanced degrees.

(Sparks.)
H. 399. Research, (i-6)

Credit proportioned to amount of work. Arranged. Required of all candidates for
degrees. (StafiF.)

LIBRARY SCIENCE

Professor and Head: rovelstad.

Assistant Professors: cox and urban.

Instructors: baehr, carper, donahue, hayes, Phillips, pierson and wede-

MEYER.

L. S. 1, 2. Library Methods, (i, I)

First and second semesters. These introductory courses are intended to help students
to use libraries with greater facility and effectiveness. Instruction, given in the form
of lectures and practical work, is designed to interpret the library and its resources
to the students. The courses consider the classification of books in libraries, the card
catalog, periodical literature and indexes, and certain essential reference books which
will be found helpful throughout the college course and in later years. (Staff.)

L. S. WIS. School Library Administration. (3)

No prerequisite. The organization and maintenance of effective library service in the

modem school. Planning and equipping library quarters, purpose of the library in the

school, standards, instruction in the use of books and libraries, training student assistants,

acquisition of materials, repair of books, publicity, exhibits, and other practical

problems.

L. S. 102S. Cataloging and Classification. (3)

No prerequisite. Study and practice in classifying books and making dictionary catalog

•< 70

Library Science, Mathematics

for school libraries. Study of simplified forms as used in the Children's Catalog, Stand-
ard Catalog for High School Libraries, and Wilson printed cards.

L. S. 103S. Book Selection for School Lihraries. (3)

No prerequisite. Principles of book selection as applied to school libraries. Practice
in the efiFective use of book selection aids in the preparation of book Hsts. Evaluating
of publishers, editions, translations, format, etc.

L. S. 104S. Reference and Bihliogra'phy for School Lihraries. (4)
No prerequisite. Evaluation, selection, and use of standard tools, such as encyclopedias,
dictionaries, periodical indexes, atlases, and yearbooks for school libraries. Study of
bibhographical procedures and forms.

L. S. IIL Introdtiction to Fundamentals of Special Library Service. (3)

No prerequisite. An introductory course of library methods as applied to an organiza-
tion in which the primary function of the library is bibhographic control of material
pertinent to the specialized field of the organization. A course planned to train in gen-
eral library methods a person who already is a specialist in some particular phase of
library service.

MATHEMATICS

Professor and Head: cohen.

Professors: diaz*, douglis, fullerton, jackson, martin, mayor Cp-t.), and

STELLMACHER.

Research Professor: weinstein*.

Associate Professors: brace, good and ludford*.

Research Associate Professors: payne* and Weinberger*.

Assistant Professors: correl, ehrlich, horvath, hummel, pearl, reinhart

(P.T.), RIEGER, ROSEN AND ZEDEK.

Instructors: brewster, dyer, fusaro, henney, jones, karp, lehner, lepson,

MAC CARTHY, MAR, MC CLAY, SEDGEWICK, SHEPHERD, VANDERSLICE (p.T.)
AND ZEMEL.

Lecturers: garstens (p.t.), keedy (p.t.), and sinkov (p.t.)

The Mathematics Department Colloquium meets frequently throughout
the academic year for reports on current research by the resident stafiF, visit-
ing lecturers, and graduate students. In addition the Institute for Fluid Dy-
namics and Apphed Mathematics Colloquium meets at frequent intervals for
reports on research in those fields. All colloquium meetings are open to the
pubhc.

The local chapter of Pi Mu Epsilon, national honorary mathematics fra-
ternity, under the guidance of the faculty adviser. Dr. MacCarthy, meets
regularly for the discussion of mathematical topics of interest to the under-
graduate. The programs are open to the public.

''Member of the Institute for Fluid Djoiamics and Applied Mathematics

71 ►

Mathematics

The following courses are open to students who offer at least one unit of
algebra for entrance: Math. I, 5, or 10.

The following course is open to students who offer two or more units of
algebra for entrance: Math. 18.

Students are enrolled in Math. 5, 10, or 18 provided they pass the mathe-
matics section of the general classification test given to incoming students
during registration. Students who fail this test should enroll in Math. 0 if
their curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10, and in Math. 1 if their curriculum calls
for Math. 18.

In general students should enroll in only one of the course sequences,
Math. 5, 10-11, 18-19. In case this rule is not followed, proper assignment of
credit will be made upon application to the Department of Mathematics. The
following are listed as typical situations:

Math. 5, 10, 18. Credit in only one course: the one enrolled in latest.

Math. 11, 18. Math. 11—2 credits; Math. 18-5 credits.

Math. 0. Basic Mathematics. (0)

First and second semesters. Recommended for students whose curriculum calls for
Math. 5 or 10 and who fail the quahfying examinations for these courses. Special
fee, $30. The fundamental principles of algebra. (Henney, Staff.}

Math. 1. Introductory Algebra. (0)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, one unit of algebra. Recommended for stu-
dents whose curriculum calls for Math. 18 and who faff the qualifying examination
for this course. Special fee, $30. A review of the topics covered in a second course
in algebra. (Henney, Staff.)

Math. 2. Solid Geometry. (0)

Prerequisite, one unit each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to students who
enter deficient in solid geometry. Students in the College of Education may be
granted two credits for Math. 2. Lines, planes, cylinders, cones, the sphere and
polyhedra, primary emphasis on mensuration. Intended for engineers and science
students. (Brewster, Staff.)

Math, 3. Vundamentals of Mathematics. (4)

First and second semesters. This course is open to all students and is designed to give
an introduction to mathematical thinking. Content: logical structure for several ele-
mentary mathematical systems, historical advances in typical phases of mathematics and
their role in world development, famous unsolvable problems, currently unsolved prob-
lems, appHcations of mathematics to other fields of learning. (Douglis, Staff.)

Math. 5. Business Algebra. (3)

First and second semesters. Sximmer session. Prerequisite, one unit of algebra. Open
only to students in the College of Business and Public Administration, the College of
Agriculture, the Department of Air Science, and the Department of Industrial Edu-
cation. Note regulation above in case student enrolls in more than one of the courses,

-^ 72

Mathematics

Math. 5, 10, 18. Fundamental operations, fractions, ratio and proportion, linear
equations, exponents, logarithms, percentage, trade discoimt, simple interest, bank dis-
count, true discount, and promissory notes. (Shepherd, Staff.)

Math. 6. Mathematics of Finance. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, Math. 5 or equivalent. Re-
quired of students in the College of Business and Public Administration, and open
to students in the College of Arts and Sciences only for elective credit. Line diagrams,
compound interest, simple interest, ordinan,' annuities, general annuities, deferred
annuities, annuities due, perpemities, evaluation of bonds, amortization, and sinking
funds. (Shepherd, Staff.)

Math. 10. Algebra. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, one unit each of aloebra
and plane geometry. Open to biological, pre-medical, pre-dental, and general Arts and
Sciences students. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in more than one of
the courses. Math. 5, 10, 18. Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear equa-
tions, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, progressions, logarithms, permuta-
tions and combinations, probabilit)', mathematics of investment. (Hor\'ath, Staff'.)

Math. 11. Trigonometry and A^ialytic Geometry. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, Math. 10 or equivalent.
Open to biological, pre-medical, pre-dental, and general Arts and Sciences students. This
course is not recommended for students planning to enroll in Math. 20. Note regu-
lation above, in case student enrolls in more than one sequence. Math. 10-11, 18-19,
Trigonometric functions, identities, addition formulas, solution of triangles, coordinates,
locus problems, the straight line and circle, conic sections, graphs.

(Horvath, Staff.)
Math. 13. Elements of Mathematical Statistics. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 10 or equivalent. Frequency distributions, aver-
ages, moments, measures of dispersion, the normal curve, curve fitting, regression and
correlation. (Good.)

Math. 18, 19. Elementary Mathematical Analysis. (5, 5)

First and second semesters. Simimer session. Prerequisites, high school algebra com-
pleted and plane geometry. Open to students in the physical sciences, engineering,
and education. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in more than one of the
course sequences. Math. 5, 10-11, 18-19. The elementary mathematical functions,
composed of algebraic, exponential, trigonometric types and their inverses, are studied
by means of their properties, their graphical representations, the identities intercon-
necting them, the solution of equations involving them. The beginning techniques
of calculus are included. Other material may be selected from such topics as permu-
tations, combinations, probability, statistics, determinants, vectors, matrices, and solid
analytic geometry. (Horvath, Staff.)

Math. 20,21. Calculus. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Three lectures and two one-hour drill
periods a week. Prerequisite, Math. 19 or equivalent. Open to students in engi-
neering, education, and the physical sciences. Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima
and minima, curve sketching, rates, curvature, kinematics, integration with geometric

73 ►

Mathematics

and physical applications, partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple integrals,
infinite series. (Horvath, StafF.)

Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.
Required of students in mechanical and electrical engineering. Differential equations
of the first and second order vdth emphasis on their engineering applications.

CHorvath, Staff.)

Eor Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

ALGEBRA

Math. 100. Higher Algebra. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. The algebra of vector spaces
and matrices, wdth emphasis upon those aspects of interest to students in appHed
mathematics. CGood.)

Math. 103, 104. Introduction to Modern Algebra. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. For Math. 104, the usual prerequisite of Math.
103 may be waived upon consent of instructor. In Math. 103 are studied the basic
concepts of abstract algebra: integral domains, divisibility, congruences; fields, ordered
fields; the fields of rational numbers, of real nimibers, of complex nimabers; polynomial
domains over a field, including classical results on the theory of polynomial equations
wdth rational, real, or complex coefficients; unique factorization domains, irreducibihty
criteria; rings. In Math. 104 are studied groups, vector spaces, linear transformations,
matrices. (Rieger.)

Math. 106. Introduction to the Theory of Numbers. (3)

Summer session (2). Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Integers, divisibility,
Euclid's algorithm, Diophantine equations, prime niombers, Moebius function, congru-
ences, residues. (Good.)

For Graduates

Math. 200, 201. Modern Algebra. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 103 or consent of instructor. Groups, rings, fields, vectors and

matrices, linear transformations, linear dependence, rank, canonical forms. (Ehrlich.)

Math. 202. Linear Algebra. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 201 or consent of instructor. Linear manifolds, the lattice of
subspaces, projectivities, dualities, the ring of endomorphisms, the full linear group
and its subgroups. (Pearl.)

Math. 203. Galois Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 201 or consent of instructor. Field extensions, automorphisms of
a field, the Galois group of a poljmomial equation, solvability by radicals, recent de-
velopments in Galois theory. (Good.)

Math. 204, 205. To'pological Groups. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An introductory course in abstract groups, topologi-
cal spaces, and the study of collections of elements enjoying both these properties. The
concept of a uniform space will be introduced and studied. The representation proMem
will be considered together with the subject of Lie groups. (Good.)

M 74

Mathematics

Math. 206. Number Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Foundations, linear and higher congruences, law
ot reciprocity, quadratic forms, sieve methods, elements of additive number theory and
density, distribution of prime numbers and L-functions, discussion of unsolved prob-
lems. (Rieger.)

Math. 208. Ring Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 201 or consent of instructor. According to the needs of the class,
emphasis will be placed on one or more of the following: ideal theory, structure theory
of rings with or without minimum condition, division rings, algebras, nonassociative
rings. (Ehrlich.)

Math. 209. Grou'p Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 201 or consent of instructor. According to the needs of the class,
emphasis will be placed on one or more of the following aspects of aiscrete group
theory: finite groups, abelian groups, free groups, solvable or nilpotent groups, groups
with operators, groups with local properties, groups with chain conditions, extensions.

(Pearl.)
Math. 271. Selected Tofics in Algebra. (3)
(Arranged.) Prerequisite, consent of instructor.

ANALYSIS

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Limits and continuity of real and complex func-
tions, Riemann integration, partial differentiation, line and surface integrals, infinite
series, elements of vector analysis, elements of complex variable theory. Emphasis on
problems and techniques. (Correl.)

Math. 114. Differential Equations. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 110 or equivalent. Ordinary differential equa-
tions, s)Tnbolic methods, successive approximations, solutions in series, orthogonal fimc-
tions, Bessel functions, Sturmian theory. (Stellmacher.)

Math. 115. Partial Differential Equations. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 114. Partial differential equations of first and second order, char-
acteristics, boundary value problems, systems of equations, applications. (Martin.)

Math. 116. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Open to students in engineering and the physical
sciences. Graduate students in mathematics should enroll in Math. 286. Fundamental
operations in complex numbers, differentiation and integration, sequences and series,
power series, analytic functions, conformal mapping, residue theory, special functions.

(MacCarthy.)

Math. 117. Fourier Series. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 114 or equivalent. Representation of functions by series of ortho-
gonal functions. Applications to the solution of boundary value problems of some
partial differential equations of physics and engineering. (Ludford.)

75 ►

Mathematics

For Graduates

Math. 212. Special Functions. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 287 or consent of instructor. Gamma function;
second order differential equations in the complex domain, regular and irregular singu-
larities; hypergeometric functions, Riemann's P- functions, Legendre functions, con-
fluent hypergeometric functions, Whittaker functions, Bessel functions. CDiaz.)

Math. 215, 216. Advanced Differential Equations. Q3, 3)

Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 111 and 114, or consent of instructor. Existence and uni-
queness theorems for systems of ordinary differential equations and for partial diflFer-
ential equations, characteristic theory, reduction to normal forms, the methods of
finite diflrerences. CHorvath.)

Math. 218. Integral Equations. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 287, or consent of instructor. Integral
equations of the first and second kind, Volterra's equation, Abel's equation and frac-
tional differentiation; the Fredholm theory, the Hilbert-Schmidt theory, Mercer's
theorem, expansion in orthonormal series; existence theorems of potential theory and
other apphcations. CDouglis.)

Math. 272. Selected Topics in Analysis. (3)
(Arranged). Prerequisite, consent of instructor.

Math. 278. Advanced Topics in Complex Analysis. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 288 or consent of instructor. Material selected to suit interests and
background of the students. Typical topics: conformal mapping, algebraic functions,
Riemann surfaces, entire functions, Dirichlet series, Taylor's series, geometric function
theory. CHummel.)

Math. 280, 281. Linear Spaces. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 287 or equivalent. Linear vector spaces and their topologies, linear

operations and transformations and their inverses, Banach and Hilbert spaces.

(Fullerton.)
Math. 286, 287. Theory of Functions. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 1 11 or equivalent. Basic topics in real and complex variable theory,
real and complex number systems, point sets on the line and in space, continuity,
Riemann and Stieltjes integrals, Cauchy integral theorem, residues, power series,
analytic functions, introduction to Lebesgue measure and integration. (Zedek.)

Math. 288. Theory of Analytic Functions. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 287 or a course in complex variables. Advanced
topics in complex function theory, properties of power series, entire functions, con-
formal mapping, classification of singularities, harmonic functions. (Hummel.)

Math. 289. Measure and Integration. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 287 or a course in real variables. Set functions,
abstract theory of measure, differentiability properties and absolute continuity of set
functions, measurable functions, abstract integration theory, introduction to linear
spaces. (Rosen.)

M 76

Mathematics
GEOMETRY AND TOPOLOGY

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Math. 122, 123. Elementary Topology. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Open and closed sets, elementary topology of the
straight line and the Euclidean plane, the Jordan Cur\'e Theorem and its application,
simple connectivity. CCk)rrel.)

Math. 124, 125. Introduction to Projective Geometry. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Elementary projective geometry largely from the
analytic approach, projective transformations, cross ratio, harmonic division, projective
coordinates, projective theory of conies, Laguerre's definition of angle. (Mayor.)

Math. 126, 127. Introduction to Differential Geometry and Tensor Analy-
sis. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Alath. 21 or equivalent. The differential geometry of cun'es and surfaces
with the use of vector and tensor methods, curvature and torsion, moving frames,
curvilinear coordinates, the fundamental differential forms, covariant derivatives, in-
trinsic geometry, cur\'es on a surface, applications to problems in dynamics, mechanics,
electricity, and relativity. (MacCarthy.)

Math. 128, 129. Higher Geometry. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or consent of instructor. Math. 128 is not a prerequisite for
Math. 129. Open to students in the College of Education. This course is designed for
students preparing to teach geometry in high school. The first semester is devoted to
the modem geometry of the triangle, circle and sphere. In the second semester em-
phasis is placed on the axiomatic development of Euclidean and non-Euclidean
geometry. (Mayor.)

For Graduates

Math. 220, 221. Differential Geometry. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, Math. Ill and 152, or consent of instructor. Curves and surfaces,

geometry in the large, the Gauss-Bonnet formula, surfaces of constant curvature.

(Jackson.)
Math. 223, 224. Algebraic Topology. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, Math. 103 and 123, or consent of instructor. Homology, cohomology,
and homotopy theory of complexes and spaces. (Reinhart.)

Math. 225, 226. Set-theoretic Topology. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 123 or consent of instructor. Foundations of mathematics based on
a set of axioms, metric spaces, convergence and connectivity properties of point sets,
continua and continuous curves, the topology of the plane. (Lehner.)

Math. 273. Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology. (3)
(Arranged). Prerequisite, consent of instructor.

PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Math. 130. Prohahility. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Combinatory analysis, total, com-

77 ►

Mathematics

pound, and inverse probability, continuous distributions, theorems of Bernoulli and
Laplace, theory of errors. (Karp.)

Math. 132. Mathematical Statistics. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Frequency distributions and
their parameters, multivariate analysis and correlation, theory of sampling, analysis of
variance, statistical inference. CKarp.}

Math. 133. Advanced Statistical Analysis. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 132 or equivalent. Advanced methods in corre-
lation analysis, regression analysis, analysis of variance and sequential analysis, curve
htting, testing of hypotheses, non-parametric testing, machine tabulation in statistics.

CStaff.)

HISTORY AND FOUNDATIONS

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Math. 140. History of Mathematics. (3)

Summer Session (2). Prerequisite, Math. 21 or consent of instructor. A survey of the
historical development of mathematics and of the mathematicians who have contributed
to that development. (Jackson.)

Math. 146. Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or consent of instructor. Construction of the number system
starting with the Peano axioms for the natural numbers, developments of the algebraic
structvu-es associated vdth the integers and rationals, theory of sets, equivalence classes,
order relations, finite and infinite cardinals, positions of the various nvmiber systems in
the hierarchy of order types. (Karp.)

For Graduates

Math. 244. Mathematical Logic. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Propositional calculus, predicate calculus and rela-
tions; formal deduction, the deduction theorem and the decision problem. (Keedy.)

MATHEMATICAL METHODS

Vor Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Math. 150, 151. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. An introduction to advanced mathematical
methods and their application to the technical problems of physics and engineering.
Topics include Fourier series, matrices, ordinary and partial diflFerential equations of
applied mathematics, numerical methods, Bessel functions, complex variables, opera-
tional calculus. CSedgewick.)

Math. 152. Vector Analysis. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Algebra and calculus of vectors and applica-
tions. (Sedgewick.)

-«J 78

Mathematics

Math. 153. Operational Calculus. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Operational solutions of ordi-
nary and partial di£Ferential equations, Fourier and Laplace transforms. (Sedgewick.)

Math. 155. Numerical Analysis. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Math. 110 and 114, or consent of instructor. A brief
survey of computing machines, study of errors involved in nimierical computations,
the use of desk machines and tables, numerical solution of polynomial and trans-
cendental equations, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, ordinary
differential equations, systems of hnear equations. (Good.)

Math. 156. Programming for High S-peed Computers. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. General characteris-
tics of high-speed automatic computers; logic of programming, preparation of flow
charts, preliminary and final coding; scaling, use of floating point routines; construc-
tion and use of subroutines; use of machine for mathematical operations and for
automatic coding. Each student will prepare and, if possible, run a problem on a
high speed computer. (Sinkov.)

For Graduates

Math. 250. Tensor Analysis. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 152, or consent of instructor. Algebra
and calculus of tensors, Riemannian geometry and its extensions, differential in-
variants; apphcations to physics and engineering, and in particular the theory of
relativity. CStellmacher.)

Math. 251. Hilhert Space. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 287, or consent of instructor. The
original and general Hilbert space, scalar product, metric, strong and weak converg-
ence, linear functional, symmetric operators, complete continuity, eigenvalues, ortho-
normal systems, Schwartz-Bessel inequality and Parseval identity, eigenvalues in sub-
spaces, spectral theorem. CWeinstein.)

Math. 252. Variational Methods. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent of instructor. The Euler-
Lagrange equation, minimal principles in mathematical physics, estimation of capacity,
torsional rigidity and other physical quantities; symmetrisation, isoperimetric in-
equalities, estimation of eigenvalues; the minimax principle. (Payne.)

Math. 255, 256. Advanced Numerical Analysis. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 155, or consent of instructor. Review of nimierical
differentiation and integration, solution of ordinary differential equations, stability,
accuracy, use of high-speed digital machines, properties of elliptic, hyperbolic and
parabolic partial differential equations, conversion of partial differential equations to
partial difference equations, stability and convergence of methods for solving partial
difference equations, rates of convergence of relaxation methods, gradient methods,
iterative methods, the method of characteristics. General methods of solving problems,
existence and uniqueness theorems for difference equations associate vdth partial
differential equations, stability of solutions, perturbation, iterative procedures, steepest
descent, eigenvalue problems. (Staff.)

79 ►

Mathematics
MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Math. 160, 161. Analytic Mechanics. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Statics, kinematics, dynamics of a particle,
elementary celestial mechanics, Lagrangian equations for dynamical systems of one,
two, and three degrees of freedom, Hamilton's principle, the Hamilton-Jacobi partial
differential equation. CMartin.)

For Graduates

Math. 260. Foundations of Mathematical Physics. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. General survey of mathematical
methods and results employed in various branches of mathematical physics. The fol-
lowing are among the general topics to be discussed: vector analysis and integral
identities (Green-Gauss, Stokes, etc.), ordinary and partial differential and difference
equations, integral equations, formulation of typical boundary and initial value prob-
lems and indication of the main methods of solution. (Diaz.)

Math. 261, 262. Fluid Dynamics. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent of instructor. Basic kinematic and dynamic con-
cepts, equation of continuity, velocity, potential and stream function, vorticity, Ber-
noulli's equation; perfect incompressible fluids, Helmholtz' vorticity theorems, plane
hydrodynamics, Kutta-Joukowski theory of hft, conformal mapping, vortices and
vortex streets, Prandtl-Munk theory of finite vdngs; viscous fluids, Navier-Stokes equa-
tions, boundary layer theory; perfect gases, method of characteristics, subsonic, tran-
sonic, and supersonic flows, hodograph method, theory of shock waves. CLudford.)

Math. 263, 264. Elasticity. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 260, or consent of instructor. Stress and strain, nuclei
of strain, compatibility equations. Saint- Venant principle, bending, torsion and flexure
of beams, complex variable methods, Airy's stress function, axial symmetry, strain
energy and potential energj', buclding, bending, and vibration of plates and sheUs.

CPayneO
Math. 265. Hyperbolic Differential Eqimtions. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent of instructor. Two variables,
Cauchy's problem, characteristics, Riemann's method, properties of the Riemann
function, quasi-linear equations and canonical hyperbolic systems, wave equation in
n-dimensions, methods of Hadamard and Riesz, Euler-Poisson equation and the singulai
problems, Huygens' principle. (Douglis.)

Math. 266. Elliptic Differential Equations. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent of instructor. The equations of
Laplace and Poisson, flux, the theorems of Gauss and Green, potentials of volume
and surface distributions, harmonic functions. Green's function and the problems of
Dirichlet and Neumann; linear elliptic equations with variable coefficients, in par-
ticular the equations of Stokes and Beltrami; fundamental solutions, the principle of
the maximum, and boundary value problems; introduction to the theory of non-
linear equations. (Douglis.)

^ 80

Mathematics

Math. 274. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics. (3)
(Arranged.) Prerequisite, consent of instructor.

FOR TEACHERS OF MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Math. 181. Voundations of Number Theory. (3)

Summer session. Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instruc-
tor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching
of mathematics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the
physical sciences, since the course content is usually covered elsewhere in theii
curriculum. Axiomatic development of the real numbers. Elementary number theory.

(Jackson.)
Math. 182. Foundations of Algebra. (3)

Simimer session. Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instruc-
tor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching
of mathematics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the
physical sciences, since the cotirse content is usually covered elsewhere in their
curriculum. Modem ideas in algebra and topics in the theory of equations.

(Cohen.)
Math. 183. Foundations of Geotnetry. (3)

Summer session. Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instruc-
tor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching
of mathematics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the
physical sciences, since the course content is usually covered elsewhere in theii
curriculum. A study of the axioms for Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry.

(Jackson.)
Math. 184. Fmindations of Analysis. (3)

Summer session. Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instruc-
tor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching
of mathematics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the
physical sciences, since the course content is usually covered elsewhere in their
curriculimi. A study of the limit concept and the calculus. (Previous knowledge of
calculus is not required.) (Good.)

Math. 199. National Science Foundation Summer Institute for Teachers of

Science and Mathematics. Seminar, (i-3)
Laboratory fee, $5.00. Lecttires and discussions to broaden and deepen the student's
appreciation for mathematics as a logical discipline and medium of ex'pression. Special
emphasis on topics relevant to current curriculimi studies and revisions. (Staff.)

RESEARCH

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Math. 190, 191. Honors Reading Course. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, permission by the Department to work for honors. Selected reading
on topics in mathematics of special interest to the student under the guidance of a
staff member. (Qihen.)

81 ►

Mathematics, Astronomy, Microbiology

For Graduates

Math. 298. Proseminar in Research. CO

Second semester. Prerequisite, one semester of graduate work in mathematics. A
seminar devoted to the foundations of mathematics, including mathematical logic,
axiom systems, and set theory. (Douglis.)

Math. 399. Research.
(Arranged.)

ASTRONOMY

Astr. 1,2. Astronomy. (3, 3)

An elementary course in descriptive astronomy.

MICROBIOLOGY

Professor and Head: faber.

Professors: hansen and pelczar.

Visiting Professor: cordon.

Associate Professors: laffer and doetsch.

Lecturer: stadtman.

Microh. 1. General Microhiology. (4)

First and second semesters. Sxmimer session. Two lectures and two two-hour labora-
tory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $11.00. The physiology, culture and differentia-
tion of microorganisms. Fundamental principles of microbiology in relation to man and
his environment. (Pelczar.)

Microh. 5. Advanced General Microhiology. (4)

Second semester. Summer session. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisites, Microb. 1 and Chem. 3. Laboratory fee, $11.00. Emphasis
wdll be given to the fundamental procedures and techniques used in the field of
microbiology. Lectures wrill consist of the explanation of various procedures.

(Laffer.)
Microh. 51. Household Microhiology. (3)

Second semester. Two lecture and one-two-hour laboratory periods a week. For home
economics students only. Laboratory fee, $11.00. Morphology and physiology of the
bacteria, yeasts, and molds. Application of the effect of chemical and physical agents
in the control of microbial growth. Relationship of microbiology to home sanitation,
food preservation and manufacture; personal and community hygiene. (Pelczar.)

Microh. 60, 62. Microbiological Literature. 0> O

First and second semesters. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, a major in micro-
biology with junior standing. Introduction to periodical literature, methods, inter-
pretation and presentation of reports. (Doetsch.)

< 82

Microbiology

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Microh. 101. Pathogenic Microbiology. (^4")

First semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Microb. 5. Laboratory fee, $11.00. The role of microorganisms in the diseases of man
and animals with emphasis upon the differentiation and culture of microorganisms,
types of disease, modes of disease transmission, prophylactic, therapeutic and epide-
miological aspects. CFaber.)

Microb. 103. Serology. (4)

Second semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Microb. 101. Laboratory fee, $11.00. Infection and resistance; principles and types
of immunity; hypersensitiveness. Fundamental techniques of major diagnostic im-
munological reactions and their application. (F^her.)

Microb. 104. History of Microbiology. (J)

First semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, a major or minor in micro-
biology. History and integration of the fundamental discoveries of the science. The
modern aspects of cytology, taxonomy, fermentation, and immunity in relation to early
theories. CDoetsch.)

Microb. 105. Clinical Methods. (4)

First semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $11.00. A practical course designed to integrate
clinical laboratory procedures in terms of hospital and public health demands. (Faber.)

Microb. 108. Efidemiology and Public Health. (2)

Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 1. History,
characteristic features, and epidemiology of the important commimicable diseases, public
health administration and responsibilities; vital statistics. (Faber.)

Microb. 121. Advanced Methods. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $11.00. The application of quantita-
tive techniques for measurement of enzyme reactions, mutations, fermentation analy-
ses, and other physiological processes of microorganisms. (Hansen, Pelczar.)

Microb. 131. Food and Sanitary Microbiology. (4)

Second semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Microb. 1. Laboratory fee, $11.00. The relationship of microorganisms to fresh and
preserved food and methods of control. Bacteriological and public health aspects of
water supphes and sewage disposal, restaurant and plant sanitation, insect and rodent
control. (Laffer.)

Microb. 133. Dairy Microbiology. (4)

First semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Microb. 1. Laboratory fee, $11.00. Relation of bacteria, yeasts, and molds to milk,
cream, butter, ice cream, cheese, and other dairy products. Standard methods of
examination, public health, requirements, plant sanitation. Occasional inspection trips.

(Doetsch.)

83 ►

Microbiology

Microh. 135. Soil Microhiology. (4)

Second semester. Tvm lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequi-
site, Microb. 1. Laboratory fee, $11.00. The role played by microorganisms in the
soil; nitrification, denitrification, nitrogen-fixation, and decomposition processes; cycles
of elements; relationships of microorganisms to soil fertility. CHansen.)

Microh. 150. Microhial Physiology. (2)

Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, 8 credits in micro-
biology. Aspects of the growth, death, and energy transactions of microorganisms are
considered, as well as the effects of the physical and chemical environment on them.

CDoetsch.}
Microh. 161. Systematic Bacteriology. (2)

First semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, 8 credits in microbiology.
History of bacterial classification; genetic relationships; international codes of nomen-
clature; bacterial variation as it affects classification. (^Hansen.)

Microh. 181. Microhiological Prohlems. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, 16 credits in microbiology.
Registration only upon the consent of the instructor. Laboratory fee, $11.00. This
course is arranged to provide qualified majors in microbiology and majors in allied
fields an opportunity to pursue specific microbiological problems under the super-
vision of a member of the Department. CFaber.)

For Graduates

Microh. 201. Medical Mycology. (4)

First semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
30 credits in microbiology and allied fields. Laboratory fee, $11.00. Primarily a study
of the fungi associated with disease and practice in the methods of isolation and identi-
fication. (Laffer.)

Microh. 202. Genetics of Microorganisms. (2)

Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An
introduction to genetic principles and methodology applicable to microorganisms. Spon-
taneous and induced mutations, interaction between clones. (Hansen.)

Microh. 204. Bacterial Metaholism. (2)

First semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in microbiology
and allied fields, including Chem. 161 and 162. Bacterial nutrition, enzj'me forma-
tion, metabolic pathways and the dissimilation of carbon and nitrogen substrates.

(Pelczai.)
Microh. 206, 208. Special Topics, (i, J)

First and second semesters. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, 20 credits in
microbiology. Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems and special sub-
jects in the field of microbiology. (Staff.)

Microh. 210. Virology and Tissue Culture. (2)

Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 101 or equivalent.
Characteristics and general properties of viruses and rickettsiae. Principles of tissue
culture. (Gordon.)

< 84

Microbiology, Music

Microh. 211. Virology and Tissue Culture Laboratory. (2)
Second semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 101
or equivalent. Registration only upon consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $20.00.
Laboratory methods in virology and tissue culture. CGordon.)

Microb. 214. Advanced Bacterial Metabolism. (I)

Second semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 204 and consent
of instructor. A discussion of recent advances in the field of bacterial metabolism wdth
emphasis on metabolic pathways of microorganisms. (Pelczar.)

Microb. 280. Seminar-Research Methods. (I)

First semester. Discussions and reports prepared by majors in microbiology engaged
in current research; presentation of selected subjects dealing \vith recent advances in
microbiology. (Staff.)

Microb. 282. Seminar-Microbiological Literature. CO

Second semester. Presentation and discussion of current literature in microbiology.

CStaff.)
Microb. 399. Research.

First and second semesters. Summer session. Credits according to work done. Lab-
oratory fee, $11.00. The investigation is outlined in consultation with and pursued
under the supervision of a senior staff member of the Department. (Staff.)

MUSIC

Professor and Head: ulrich.

Professors: grentzer and randall.

Associate Professors: Jordan and springmann.

Assistant Professors: berman, Henderson, henke and meyer.

Instructors: bernstein, devermond, Gordon and traver.

Music 1. Introduction to Music. (3)

Second semester. Open only to music or music education majors; other students
take Music 20. Music 1 and 20 may not both be counted for credit. Three lectures
per week. A study of the forms and styles of music, leading to an intelligent appre-
ciation of the art and providing a foundation for more advanced courses in the
Department of Music. (Ulrich.)

Music 4. Men's Glee Cliih. (i)

First and second semesters. Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken
until a total of six semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied wiU
cover a cycle of about sLx semesters. (Traver.)

Music 5. Women's Chorus. (I)

First and second semesters. Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until
a total of six semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will cover
a cycle of about six semesters. (Traver.)

85 ►

Music

Music 6. Orchestra. (I)

First and second semesters. Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken
xintil a total of six semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will
cover a cycle of about six semesters. (Berman.)

Music 7, 8. Theory of Music. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and three laboratory hours per week. A
fundamental course in the elements of music. Study of rhythms, scales, chord
structures, and tonalities through ear training, sight singing, and keyboard drill. The
student must achieve a grade of "C" in Music 8 in order to register for Music 70.

(Staff.)

Music 9. Chamher Music Ensemhle. CO

First and second semesters. This course does not fulfill the ensemble requirements
of the various curricula. Three laboratory hours per week. Rehearsal and perform-
ance of selected works for small ensembles of strings, winds, and piano or small vocal
ensembles. May be repeated for credit; the music studied will cover a cycle of about
six semesters. CGrentzer, Berman.)

Music 10. Band. (J)

Music 15. Chapel Choir. (I)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Open to all students in the University,
subject to the Director's approval. The Choir vdll appear at services held in the
Memorial Chapel. May be taken until a total of six semester hours of credit has been
earned. (Springmann.)

Music 16. Music Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher. (3)
First and second semesters. Open to students majoring in elementary education or
childhood education; other students take Music 7. Music 7 and 16 may not both
be counted for credit. The fundamentals of music theory and practice, related to the
needs of the classroom and kindergarten teacher, and organized in accord with the
six-area concept of musical learning. (Traver.)

Music 20. Survey of Music Literature. (3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures per week. Open to all students except
music and music education majors, and may be taken by students who qualify to
select courses vidthin Group II of the American Civilization Program. Music 1 and
20 may not both be taken for credit. A study of the principles upon which music
is based, and an introduction to the musical repertoires performed in America today.

(Jordan.)
Music 21, 22. Class Voice. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Four hours per week. A laboratorj' course in which a
variety of voices and vocal problems are represented. Principles of correct breathing
as applied to singing; fundamentals of tone production and diction. Students are
taught to develop their own voices. Repertoire of folk songs and songs of the
Classical and Romantic periods. (Randall.)

^ 86

Music

Music 23, 24. Class Piano. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Four hours per week. Functional piano training for
beginners. Development of techniques useful for school and community playing.
Basic piano techniques; chord, arpeggio, and scale techniques; melody and song
playing; simple accompaniments, improvisation for accomplishments and rhythms;
sight reading and transposition, and playing by ear. Music 24, continuation of Music
23; elementary repertoire is begun. (de Vermond.)

Music 31, 32. Advanced Class Voice. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Four hours per week. Prerequisite, Music 22 or equiva-
lent vocal training. Continuation of Music 22, with more advanced repertoire for
solo voice and small ensembles. A special section for music-education majors will
include the study of methods and materials for teaching class voice. (Henke.)

Music 33, 34. Advanced Class Piano. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 24 or equivalent piano training. Four
hours per week. Advanced keyboard techniques. Continuation of skills introduced in
Music 24; transposition, modulation, and sight reading; methods of teaching func-
tional piano. Music 34, development of style in playing accompaniments and in
playing for community singing. More advanced repertoire. (de Vermond.)

Music 70, 71. Advanced Theory of Music. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 8 with a grade of at least "C". Three
lectures and two laboratory hours per week. An integrated course of written harmony,
keyboard harmony, and ear training. Continuation of the principles studied in Music
8. Harmonic progressions; Music 70, eighteenth century chorale style; Music 71,
nineteenth century styles including chromatic and modulatory techniques. Realization
of figured basses, and composition in the smaller forms. Advanced study of solfege,
wdth drill in melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic dictation. Application of harmonic
principles to the keyboard. (Bernstein, Staff.)

Music 80, 82. Class Study of String Instruments. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Four laboratory hours per week. Fundamental bowings,
technical problems, vibrato, and a study of ensemble materials. Music 80, \dolin and
viola; Music 82, cello and bass, and a continuation of violin. (Berman.)

Music 81, 83. Class Study of Wind Instruments. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Four laboratory hours per week. A study of wind and
percussion instruments, with emphasis on ensemble training. The student will acquire
an adequate playing technique on one instrument in both woodwind and brass
categories, and must gain an understanding of the acoustic principles and construction
of all wind and percussion instruments. (Jordan, Henderson.)

Music 120, 121. History of Music. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Music 1 or 20 and junior standing. A study
of musical styles from their origins in western Europe to their present-day mani-
festations. The interaction of music and other cultural activities. Music 120, the
Greek period to Bach; Music 121, Bach to the present. (Jordan.)

Music 141, 142. Musical Vorm. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 70, 71. A study of the organizing

87 ►

Music

principles of musical composition, their interaction in musical forms, and their func-
tions in different styles. Music 141, the phrase to the rondo; Music 142 the larger
forms. CJordan.)

Music 143, 144. Composition. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 70, 71. The principles of musical
composition, and their application to the smaller forms. Original writing in nineteenth
and twentieth century musical idioms for various media. (Staff.)

Music 145, 146. Counterpoint. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 70, 71. A course in eighteenth
century contrapuntal techniques. Study of devices of imitation in the invention and
the choral prelude. Original writing in the smaller contrapuntal forms.

CBemstein.)

Music 147, 148. Orchestration. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 70, 71. A study of the ranges,
musical functions, and technical characteristics of the instruments, and their color
possibilities in various combinations. Practical experience in orchestrating for small
and large ensembles. (Jordan.)

Music 150. Keyboard Harmony. (2)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite, Music
70, 71. The apphcation to the piano keyboard of the harmonic principles acquired
in Music 70, 71. Harmonization of melodies, improvisation and accompanying,
playing from dictation, and transposition. (Meyer.)

Music 160, 161. Conducting. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Music 160 or the equivalent is prerequisite to Music 161.
A laboratory course in conducting vocal and instrumental groups. Baton technique,
score reading, rehearsal techniques, tone production, style, and interpretation. Music
of all periods will be introduced. (Grentzer, Henderson.)

Music 166. Survey of the Opera. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Music 120, 121 or the equivalent. A study of the music,
librettos, and composers of the standard operas. (Randall.)

Music 167. Symphonic Music. (3)

First semester. Summer session (2). Prerequisite, Music 120, 121 or the equivalent.
The study of orchestral music from the Baroque period to the present. The concerto,
symphony, overture, and other forms are examined. (Ulrich.)

Music 168. Chamber Music. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Music 120, 121 or the equivalent. The history and
literature of chamber music from the early Baroque period to the present. Music
for trio sonata, string quartet and quintet, and combinations of piano and string in-
struments is studied. (Ulrich.)

Music 169. Choral Music. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Music 120, 121 or the equivalent. The history and lit-
erature of choral music from the Renaissance to the present, with discussion of related
topics such as Gregorian chant, vocal chamber music, etc. (Jordan.)

Allied Music

For Graduates

Music 200. Advanced StJidies in the History of Miisic. (3)
First semester. Prerequisites, Music 120, 121, and consent of instructor. A critical
study of one style period (Renaissance, Baroque, etc.) will be undertaken. The course
may be repeated for credit, since a difFerent period will be chosen each time it is
offered. Qordan.)

Music 201. Seminar in Musicology. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Music 120, 121 and consent of instructor. The work
of one major composer (Bach, Beethoven, etc.) will be studied, with emphasis on
musicological method. The course may be repeated for credit, since a different com-
poser will be chosen each time it is offered. (Jordan.)

APPLIED MUSIC

Course number. A new student or one taking applied music for the first
time at this University should register for Music X. He will receive the proper
classification at the end of his first semester in the Department. Special fee of
$40.00 per semester for each apphed-music course.

Section number: Every student taking an applied-music course should, in
addition to registering for the proper course number, indicate the instrument
chosen by adding a section number as follows:

Sec. 1, Piano Sec. 6, Bass Sec. 11, Horn

Sec. 2, Voice Sec. 7, Flute Sec. 12, Trumpet

Sec. 3, Violin Sec. 8, Oboe Sec. 13, Trombone

Sec. 4, Viola Sec. 9, Clarinet Sec. 14, Tuba

Sec. 5, Cello Sec. 10, Bassoon Sec. 15, Organ

Music 12, 13. A'p'plied Music. (2-4 hours each course^

First and second semesters. Freshman course. Two half-hour lessons and six prac-
tice hours per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson and fifteen
practice hours per week if taken for fovu hours credit. The fovir-hour course is for
piano majors in the B. Music curriculvmi only. Special fee of $40.00 per semester.
The student wdll register for Music 12, if taken for two hours credit; and Music 12D
if taken for four hours credit. The same principle applies to Music 13 and Music 13D-

(Staff.)

Music 52, S3. A'p'plied Music. (2-4 hours each course")

First and second semesters. Sophomore course. Two half-hovu: lessons and six prac-
tice hours per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hovu: lesson and fifteen
practice hours per week if taken for four hours credit. The four-hour course is for
instrumental majors in the B. Music curriculum only. Prerequisite, Music 13 (or 13D)
on the same instrument. Special fee of $40.00 per semester. The student will
register for Music 52, if taken for two hours credit; and Music 52D, if taken for four
hours credit. The same principle applies to Music 53 and Music 5 3D. (Staff.)

89 ►

Applied Music, Philosophy

Music 112, 113. Applied Music. (2-4 hours each course")

First and second semesters. Junior course. Two half-hour lessons and six practice
hours per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson and fifteen practice
hours per week if taken for four hours credit. The four-hour course is for instru-
mental or vocal majors in the B. Music curriculum only. Prerequisite, Music 53 (or
5 3D) on the same instrument. Special fee of $40.00 per semester. The student will
register for Music 112, if taken for two hours credit; and Music 11 2D, if taken for four
hours credit. The same principle applies to Music 113 and Music 11 3D. (Staff.)

Music 152, 153. Applied Music. (2-4 hours each course")

First and second semesters. Senior course. Two half-hour lessons and six practice
hours per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson and fifteen practice
hours per week if taken for four hours credit. The four-hour course is for instru-
mental or vocal majors in the B. Music curriculum only. Prerequisite, Music 113 (or
11 3D) on the same instrument. Special fee of $40.00 per semester. The student
will register for Music 152, if taken for two hours credit; and Music 15 2D, if taken
for four hours credit. The same principle applies to Music 153 and Music 15 3D.

(Staff.)

PHILOSOPHY

Professor and Head: gar vest.

Associate Professors: lavine and schlaretzki.

Assistant Professor: Leslie.

Instructor: diamadopoulos.

Phil. 1. Philosophy for Modern Man. (3)

Each semester. Modern man's quest for understanding of himself and his world,
with particular reference to American ideas and ideals. This course is one of a
group of four courses within Elective Group I of the American Civilization Program.
It may also be taken by students who qualify by tests to select substitute courses in
the program (provided the student has not taken the course in his Group I elective).

(Garvin, Staff.)
Phil. 41. Elementary Logic and Semantics. (3)

First semester. An introductory study of logic and language, intended to help the
student increase his ability to employ language with understanding and to reason
correctly. Topics treated include: the uses and abuses of language, techniques for
making sound inferences, and the logic of science. (Schlaretzki.)

Phil. 52. Philosophy in Literature. (3)

Second semester. Reading and philosophical criticism of novels and dramas contain-
ing ideas significant for ethics, social policy, and religion. (Lavine.)

Phil. 53. Philosophy of Religion. (3)

Second semester. This course seeks to provide the student with the means by which
he may approach intelligently the main problems of religious thought: the nature
of religious experience, the forms of religious expression, the conflicting claims of
religion and science, and the place of religion in the community and in the life of
the individual. (Leslie.)

-< 90

Philosophy

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Phil. 101. Ancient Philosophy. (3)

First semester. A history of Greek thought from its beginnings to the time of Justin-
ian. The chief figures discussed: the Presocratic philosophers, Socrates, Plato, Aris-
totle, Epicurus, the Stoic philosophers and Plotinus. CDianiadopoulos.)

Phil. 102. Modern Philosophy. (3)

Second semester. A history of philosophical thought in the West during the 16th,
17th, and 18th centuries. The chief figures discussed: Bacon, Galileo, Descartes,
Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume and Kant. (Schlaretzki, Diamadopoulos.)

Phil 120. Oriental Philosophy. (3)

Second semester. A brief summary of Indian and Chinese philosophy. Discussion of
Indian thought will center about the Rig- Veda, the Upanishads, the Buddhist philoso-
phers, and the chief Hindu systems. Discussion of Chinese thought will center
about Confucius, Lao-tse and their disciples, particular attention being given to the
development of democratic ideals from Mencius to Sun Yat-sen. (Leslie.)

Phil. 123, 124. Philosophies Men Live By. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Phil. 123, extension (3). Designed as electives for students
who wish to acquaint themselves with the field of philosophy. Phil. 123 not neces-
sarily a prerequisite for Phil. 124. An exploration of the fundamental beliefs which
determine what men make of their lives and of the world they live in. Each semester
classic statements of these beliefs by great philosophers will be chosen for class dis-
cussion on the basis of their significance for the problems confronting modem man.

(Staff.)
Phil. 125. The Great Philosophers. (3)

Offered in Baltimore only. A discussion of the ideas of the great Western philoso-
phers, based on readings in their works. (Staff.)

Phil. 130. The Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization. (3)
First semester. A critical and constructive philosophical examination of the assiamp-
tions, goals, and methods of contemporarj' democracy, fascism, socialism, and com-
munism, with special attention to the ideological conflict between the U. S. and
Russia. (Schlaretzki.)

Phil. 140. Philosophical Bases of Educational Theories. (3)

Second semester. A critical study of the foundations of major views regarding the

proper ends of education and the implications of these \aevvs for educational practice.

(Staff.)
Phil. 145. Ethics. (3)

Second semester. A critical study of the problems and theories of human conduct,
aimed at developing such principles of ethical criticism as may be applied to con-
temporary personal and social problems and to the formulation of an ethical philos-
ophy of life. (Schlaretzki, Gar\'in.)

Phil. 147. Philosophy of Art. (3)

Second semester. An inquiry into the nature and functions of art. The course will

begin with an examination of the relations between art and imitation, art and craft,

91 ►

Philosophy

art and beauty, art and pleasure, art and form, art and expression, art and not-art,
and good, bad, and great art, and conclude with a consideration of the uses of art,
propagandistic, religious, escapist, and therapeutic. CGarvin.)

Phil. 152. Philosophy of Social and Historical Change. (3)
First semester. A survey and an assessment of the religious, the philosophic, and the
scientific approaches to socio-historic change, including the theories of linear progress,
evolutionary progress, cyclical repetition, Hegelian-Marxian dialectic, Weberian secu-
larization and bureaucratization. (Lavine.)

Phil. 154. Political and Social Philoso'phy. (3)

Second semester. An inquiry into the nature and functions of society and of the
state. Attention is given to the major classical and contemporary theories, but the
course is not primarily historical. The central problems: determination of the grounds
of political obligation; reconciliation of the claims of personal freedom and social wel-
fare. (Schlaretzki.)

Phil. 155. Logic. (3)

Second semester. A critical exposition of deductive logic. The course includes an
examination and appraisal of Aristotelian logic and a systematic presentation of the
foundations of modem logic. Consideration is given to the application of the techniques
of logic in the organization of knowledge and in scientific method. This course does
not presuppose Phil. 41, but forms a natural sequel to it. (Garvin.)

Phil. 156. Philoscphy of Science. (3)

First semester. An inquiry into the relations of the sciences, the nature of observation,
hypotheses, verification, experiment, measurement, scientific laws and theories, the
basic concepts and presuppositions of science, and the relations of science to society.

(Diamadopoulos, Lavine.)

Phil. 158. Philosofhy of Language. (3)

Second semester. An inquiry into the nature and function of language and other

forms of symbolism. (Schlaretzki.)

Phil, 160. Medieval Philoso'phy. (3)

First semester. A history of philosophic thought in the West from the close of the
Classical period to the Renaissance. Based on readings in the Stoics, early Christian
writers, Neoplatonists, later Christian writers and Schoolmen. (Staff.)

Phil. 162. American Philosophy. (3)

Second semester. A survey of American philosophical thought from the 18th century

to the present. Special attention is given to Edwards, Jefferson, Emerson, Royce,

Peirce, James, Dewey and Santayana. (Schlaretzki.)

Phil. 163. Nineteenth Century Idealism. (3)

First semester. A survey of Idealist thought following Kant: the Romantic Idealists,

Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, the British School. (Garvin.)

Phil. 164. Contemporary Movements in Philosophy. (3)

First semester. A survey of recent and present developments in philosophy. Attention

will be given to such thinkers as James, Bergson, Russell, Dewey, and Whitehead

-^ 92

Philoscyphy

and to such movements as Pragmatism, Idealism, Naturalism, Positivism, and Existent-
ialism. Particular consideration will be paid to the bearing of these developments on
contemporary problems of science, religion and society. (Garvin.)

Phil 166. Philosophy of Plato. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 101 or consent of the instructor. A critical study of

selected dialogues. CDianiadopoulos.)

Phil. 167. The Philosophy of Aristotle. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 101 or consent of the instructor. A critical study

of selected portions of Aristotle's viT:itings. (Diamadopoulos.)

Phil. 168. The Philosophy of Kant. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 102 or consent of the instructor. A critical study

of selected portions of Kant's writings. CStaff.)

Phil. 170. Metaphysics. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, 3 hours of philosophy. A critical study of rival meta-
physical theories. Analysis of basic metaphysical categories and methods. CStaff.)

Phil. 171. Epistemology. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, 3 hours of philosophy. Systematic analysis of the
central problems in the theory of knowledge. Ideahsm, realism, phenomenalism, prag-
matism, empiricism, rationalism, positivism, and language analysis will be discussed in
the light of contemporary developments. (Staff.)

Phil. 175. Symholic Logic. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 41 or 155 or consent of the instructor. A study of the
historical development of symbolic logic and a careful analysis of recent systems and
techniques. (Garvin.)

Phil. 191, 192, 193, 194. Topical Investigations. 0-3^

Each semester. (Staff.)

For Graduates

Phil. 215. Advanced Philosophy of Religion. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. Philosophical consideration of

selected problems. (Staff.)

Phil. 220. Inductive Logic and Scientific Method. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. An examination of the logic
of scientific procedure and of the structure and vahdity of scientific generalization.

(Staff.)
Phil. 230. The British Empiricists. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. A critical study of selected
writings of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. (Staff.)

Phil. 232. The Continental Rationalists. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. A critical study of the
systems of some of the major 17th and 18th century rationalists, with special reference
to Descartes, Spinoza, and Leibniz. (Staff.)

93 ►

Philosophy, Physics

Phil. 255. Seminar in the History of Philosophy. C^-3)

First semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. CStaflF.)

Phil. 256. Seminar in the Problems of Philosophy. O-^^

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. (Staff.)

Phil. 260. Seminar in Ethics. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. An examination of represent-
ative ethical theories. (Staff.)

Phil. 261. Seminar in Aesthetics. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. An examination of represent-
ative aesthetic theories. (Staff.)

Phil. 292. Selected Problems in Philosophy. Ci-3)

Each semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. (Staff.)

Phil. 399. Research in Philosophy. (I-i2)

Each semester. (Staff.)

PHYSICS

Professor and Head: toll.

Professors: ferrell, morgan, myers, singer and weber.

Professors QPart-Time}: de launay, herzfeld and f. stern.

Research Professors: burgers* and montroll'^.

Visiting Research Professors: farago, opik and weske*.

Associate Professors: Anderson, hornyak, iskraut, laster, mac donald and

snow.
Associate Research Professor: hama*.

Assistant Professors: griem, marion, rodberg, Steinberg, e. stern and sucher.
Assistant Research Professors: day, detenbeck, kasner, maradudin*,

weymann* and zipoy.
Research Associates: ayres, horsfall, dixon, fujimoto, maeda, oneda, pal,

PERETTI*, PRAKASH AND PRATS.

Phys. 1. Elements of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. (3)
First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, successful passing of the quahfy-
ing examination in elementary mathematics. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00. The
first half of a svirvey course in general physics. This course is for the general student
and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. (Morgan.)

Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and Optics. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 1. Lecture demonstration
fee, $3.00. The second half of a survey course in general physics. This course is for

^Member of the Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics.

-< 94

Physics

the general student and does not satisfy the requirements of the frrofessional schools.

CMorgan.)
Phys. 10, 11. Fundamentals of Physics. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Three lectures, one recitation, and one two-hour laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, entrance credit in trigonometry or Math. 11 or concurrent
enrollment in Math. 18. Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $10.00 per semester.
A course in general physics treating the fields of mechanics, heat, sound, electricity,
magnetism, optics, and modem physics. This course satisfies the minimum require-
ments of medical and dental schools. (Singer, Steinberg, Staff.)

Phys. 15, 16. Introductory Physics: Mechanics, Fluids, Heat, and Sound. C4, 4)
First and second semesters. Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week.
Prerequisites, a high school physics course and concurrent enrollment in Math. 18, 19,
or consent of instructor. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00 per semester. The first
half of a broad, detailed introduction to physics, intended primarily for physics majors
and other students with superior backgrounds in mathematics and the sciences.

(Anderson.)

Phys. 17. Introductory Physics: Electricity and Magnetism. (4)
First semester. Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week. Prerequisites,
Phys. 15, 16 and concurrent enrollment in Phys. 60 and Math. 20. Lecture demonstra-
tion fee, $3.00. The third quarter of a broad, detailed introduction to physics,
intended primarily for physics majors and other students with superior backgrounds
in mathematics and the sciences. (Snow.)

Phys. 18. Introductory Physics: 0-ptics and Modern Physics. C4')
Second semester. Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week. Prereqviisites,
Phys. 17 and concurrent enrollment in Phys. 60 and Math. 21, or consent of instructor.
Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00. The last quarter of a broad, detailed introduction
to physics, intended primarily for physics majors and other students wdth superior
backgrounds in mathematics and the sciences. (Snow.)

Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. (5)
First and second semesters. Three lectures, two recitations and one two-hour laboratory
period a week. Math. 20 to be taken concurrently. Lecture demonstration and
laboratory fee, $10.00. The first half of a course in general physics. Required of all
students in the engineering curricida. (Iskraut, Kasner, MacDonald, Myers, Staff.)

Phys. 21. General Physics: Electricity, Magnetism, and Optics. (5)
First and second semesters. Three lectures, two recitations, and one two-hour laboratory
period a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 20, Math. 21 to be taken concurrently. Lecture
demonstration and laboratory fee, $10.00. The second half of a course in general
physics. Required of all students in the engineering curriada.

(Iskraut, Kasner, MacDonald, Myers, Staff.)

Phys. 50, 51. Intermediate Mechanics. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21.

(Morgan.)
Phys. 52. Heat. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 20 is to
be taken concurrently. (Mason.)

95 ►

Physics

Phys. 53. Nuclear Physics and Radioactivity. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21. (Ferrell.)

Phys. 54. Sound. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 21 is

to be taken concurrently. CHornyak.)

Phys. 60. Intermediate Physics Experiments. (2 credits per semester")
Four hours of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21 or concurrent
enrollment in Phys. 17 or Phys. 18. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per semester. Selected
experiments. (Marion.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments. (2 credits per semester)
Four hoius of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite, four credits of Phys. 60 or
consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per semester. Selected fundamental
experiments in electricity and magnetism, elementary electronics, and optics.

(Marion.)
Phys. 101. Laboratory Arts.

Three hours laboratory a week for each credit hour. One or more credits may be
taken concurrently. Prerequisite, Phys. 100 or consent of instructor. Laboratory
fee, $10.00 per credit hour. (Marion.)

Phys. 102. Optics. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21.
It is suggested, but not required, that Phys. 60 or Phys. 100 be taken concurrently
with this course. Geometrical optics, optical instnmaents, wave motion, interference
and diffraction, and other phenomena in physical optics. (Rodberg.)

Phys. 103. Applied Optics. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 102. A detailed study of

physical optics and its applications. (Morgan.)

Phys. 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21;
Math. 21. Electrostatics, direct current and alternating current circuitry, electro-
magnetic effects of steady currents, electromagnetic induction, radiation, development
of Maxwell's equations, Poynting vector, wave equations, and electronics. (Griem.)

Phys. 106, 107. Theoretical Mechanics. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 51 or consent
of instructor. A detailed study of Newtonian mechanics. Dynamics, the motion of rigid
bodies, oscillation problems, etc., are studied. Lagrange's equation of the first kind
and the Hamilton-Jacobi equation are introduced. (Singer.)

Phys. 108. Physics of Electron Tiihes. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 104 must be taken pre-
viously or concurrently. A study of the electromagnetic principles relevant to elec-
tron tubes and of their applications. (Steinberg.)

M 96

Physics

Phys. 109. Electronic CiTcuits. (4)

Second semester. Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 105 must be taken pre-
viously or concurrently. Theory of physics detectors and pulse circuits. Application
in circuit design. (Detenbeck.)

Phys. 110. S'pecial Lahoratory Projects in Physics. CL 2, or 3)
Two hours laboratory work a week for each credit hour. One to three credits may
be taken concurrently, each semester. Prerequisite, Phys. 100 and consent of adviser.
Laboratory tee, $10.00 per credit hour. Selected advanced experiments. (Staff.)

t^nys. 111. Physics Shof Techniques. (I)

t'urst semester. One three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 100 or con-
sent ot mstructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Machine tools, design and construction of
laboratory equipment. (Horn.)

Phys. 114, 115. Introduction to Bio-physics. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, intermediate physics
and Math. 21. A study of the physical principles involved in biological processes, with
particular emphasis on current research in biophysics. (Britten.)

Phys. 116, 117. Fundamental Hydrodynamics. (3, 3)

Three lecttires a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 106 and Math. 21. Kinematics of fluid
flow, properties of incompressible fluids, complex variable methods of analysis, wave
motions. (Hama.)

Phys. 118. Introduction to Modern Physics. (3)

First semester. Three lectiures a week. Prerequisites, general physics and integral
calculus, wdth some knowledge of differential equations and a degree of matiunty as
evidenced by having taken one or more of the courses Phys. 50 through Phys. 110.
Introductory discussion of special relativity, origin of quantum theory, Bohr atom,
wave mechanics, atomic structure, and optical spectra. (Homyak.)

Phys. 119. Modern Physics. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 118. A survey of nuclear

physics, x-rays, radioactivity, wave mechanics, and cosmic radiation. (Stem.)

Phys. 120. Nuclear Physics. (4)

Second semester. Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 118 or equivalent. Shell
model, liquid drop model, statistical model of nuclei, interaction of radiation and charged
particles with matter, nuclear reactors, conservation laws, beta decay and other selected
topics. (Homyak.)

Phys. 121. Neutron Physics and Fission Reactors. (4)

Second semester. Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 120. Neutron diffusion

and reactor physics. (Shapiro.)

Phys. 122. Properties of Matter. (4)

First semester. Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 118 or equivalent. Thermal,

elastic, and electromagnetic properties of sohds. Characteristics of fluids, and high

polymer physics. (Stem.)

97 ►

Physics

Phys. 124. Introduction to Astrophysics and Geophysics. (3)
First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 118 or consent of instructor.
Celestial mechanics, orbit theory, upper atmosphere physics, astronomical spectroscopy,
motions of charged particles in the earth's magnetic field. COpikO

Phys. 126. Kinetic Theory of Gases. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and Math. 21. Dynamics of gas

particles, Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution, diflFusion, Brownian motion, etc.

(Mason.)

Phys. 130, 131. Basic Concepts of Physics. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, jimior standing.
Lecture demonstration fee, $2.00 per semester. A primarily descriptive course intended
mainly for those students in the liberal arts who have not had any other coiuse in
physics. This course does not satisfy the requirements of professional schools nor
serve as a prerequisite or substitute for other physics courses. The main emphasis
in the course will be on the concepts of physics, their evolution and their relation to
other branches of hxoman endeavor. (Laster.)

Phys. 140, 141. Atomic and Nuclear Physics Laboratory. (3, 3)
One lecture and four hours of laboratory a week. Prerequisites, two credits of Phys.
100 and consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per semester. Classical ex-
periments in atomic physics and more sophisticated experiments in current techniques
in nuclear physics. Enrollment is limited to ten students. CMarion.)

Phys. ISO. Special Problems in Physics.

Given each semester. Prerequisite, major in physics and consent of adviser. Research
or special study. Credit according to work done. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per credit
hour when appropriate. (Staff.)

Phys. 190. Independent Studies Seminar.

Credit according to work done, each semester. Enrollment is limited to students ad-
mitted to the Independent Studies Program in Physics. (Staff.)

For Graduates

Of the courses which follow, 200, 201, 212, and 213 are given every year;
all others will be given according to demand.

Phys. 200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics. (6, 6)
First and second semesters. Six lecture hours per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 106 or
consent of instructor. This basic course for graduate study in physics covers advanced
classical mechanics, electrodynamics, relativity, thermodynamics, and statistical me-
chanics. (Myers.)

Phys. 202, 203. Advanced Dynamics. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 200. A detailed

study of advanced classical mechanics. (Myers.)

Phys. 204. Electrodynamics. (4)

Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. A detailed study of advanced classical

electrodjmamics. (Iskraut.)

-^ 98

Physics

Phys. 206. Physical Optics. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. A detailed study of advanced physical

optics. (Kasner.J

Phys. 208. Thermodynamics. (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. The first and
second laws of thermodjTiamics are examined and applied to homogeneous and non-
homogeneous systems, calculations of properties of matter, the derivation of equilibrium
condition and phase transitions, the theory of irreversible processes. CSchamp.)

Phys. 210. Statistical Mechanics. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 119 and Phys. 201.
A study of the determination of microscopic behavior of matter from microscopic
models. Microcanonical, canonical, and grand canonical models. Applications to
sohd state physics and the study of gases. (Montroll.)

Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. (4, 4)
First and second semesters. Four lectures per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 200 or an
outstanding undergraduate background in physics. A study of the Schroedinger equa-
tion, matrix formulations of quantum mechanics, approximation methods, scattering
theory, etc., and applications to sohd state, atomic, and nuclear physics. CFerrell.}

Phys. 214. Theory of Atomic Spectra. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. A study of atomic
spectra and structure— one and two electron spectra, fine and hyperfine structvue, Hne
strengths, line widths, etc. (Anderson.)

Phys. 215. Theory of Molecular Spectra. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 214. The structure and

properties of molecules as revealed by rotational, \dbrational, and electronic spectra.

CAnderson.)
Phys. 216, 217. Molecular Physics. (2, 2)

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. Molecular theory of gases and liquids,
ensemble theory, analysis of empirical models for molecular interactions, theory of
Coulomb interactions between charge distribution. C^VIason.)

Phys. 218,219. X-Rays and Crystal Structtire. (3,3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. A detailed study of crystal structure

of solids and of x-rays. (Morgan.)

Phys. 220. Application of X-Ray and Electron Diffraction Methods. (2)
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, concurrent enrollment in Ph3's. 218.
The investigation of crystal structure, using x-rays and electron diffraction.

(Morgan.)

Phys. 221. Upper Atmosphere and Cosmic Ray Physics. (2)
Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 200 or consent of in-
structor. Structure of the atmosphere, rocket and satellite experiments, primary and
secondary cosmic rays, origins of cosmic rays, geomagnetic theory. (Singer.)

99 ►

Physics

Phys. 222, 223. Boundary-Value Prohlems of Theoretical Physics. (2, 2)
Prerequisite, Phys. 201. Qde Launay.)

Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Conifressihle Plow. (2, 2)
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. CPaiO

Phys. 226, 227. Theoretical Hydrodynamics. (.3, 3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. A detailed study of advanced fluid

dynamics. (Burgers.)

Phys. 230. Seminar.

Seminars on various topics in advanced physics are held each semester, with the con-
tents varied each year. One credit for each seminar each semester. CStaff.)

Phys. 231. Apflied Physics Seminar.

(One credit for each semester.) (Staff.)

Phys. 232, 233. Hydromechanics Seminar. (1, I)

First and second semesters. One meeting a week. (Kennard.)

Phys. 234, 235. Theoretical Nuclear Physics. (3, 3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 120 and Phys. 213. Nuclear properties
and reactions, nuclear forces, two, three, and four body problems, nuclear spectroscopy,
beta-decay, and related topics. (MacDonald.)

Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 200. A study of Einstein's special theory
of relativity and some consequences, and a brief survey of the foundations of genera]
relativity. (Weber.)

Phys. 237. Relativistic Quantum Mechanics. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. Classical field theory,
Klein-Gordon and Dirac equations, invariance properties, second quantization, renor-
malization, and related topics. (Sucher.)

Phys. 238. Quantum Theory— Selected Topes. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 237. (Staff.)

Phys. 239. Elementary Particles. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 237. Survey of elementary particles and
their properties, quantvun field theory, meson theory, weak interactions, possible ex-
tensions of elementary particle theory. (Day.)

Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations. (3, 3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. A detailed study of acoustics and

the theory of vibrations. (Suavely.)

Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. Properties
of metals, lattice vibrations and specific heats, Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac, and Bose
Einstein statistics, free electron gas theories, band theory of metals. (MontroU.)

< 100

Physics

Phys. 245. Special Topics in Applied Physics.

(2 credits each semester.) Two lectures a week. CStaff.)

Phys. 246, 247. Special Topics in Fluid Dynamics. (2, 2)

Prereqxaisites, advanced graduate standing and consent o£ the instructor. CBurgers.)

Phys. 248, 249. Special Topics in Modern Physics. (2, 2)

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. CStaflF.)

Phys. 258. Quantum Field Theory. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 237. S-matrix, Feyimian
diagrams, scattering theory, renormalization, conservation laws, dispersion relations, and
recent non-perturbation approaches to field theory. (Toll.)

Phys. 260. High Energy Physics. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 237. Nuclear forces are studied by examin-
ing interactions at high energies. Meson physics, scattering processes, and detailed
analysis of high energy experiments. (Snow.)

Phys. 262, 263. Aerophysics. (3, 3)

Three lectures. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. CP^O

Phys. 399. Research.

Credit according to work done, each semester. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per credit hoiu:.
Prerequisite: an approved application for admission to candidacy or special permission
of the Physics Department. (Staff.)

S-pecial Physics Courses For High School Science Teachers

The courses in this section were especially designed for high school teachers
and are not applicable to B.S., M.S., or Ph.D. degrees in physics without special
permission of the Physics Department. However, these courses can be included
as part of a physics minor or as electives. No prerequisites are required.

Phys. 118 A. Atoms, Nuclei, and Stars. (3)

Three lectures per week. An introduction to basic ideas of the constitution and
properties of atomic and subatomic systems and of the overall structure of the vmiverse.

(Iskraut.)
Phys. 122 A. Properties of Materials. (3)

Three lectures per week. An introduction to the study of solid state physics and the
properties of fluids. CMaradudin.)

Phys. 160 A. Physics Problems. (2, 2, or 3)

Lectures and discussion sessions arranged. CLaster.)

Phys. 170 A. Applied Physics. (3)

Three lectures per week. (Montroll.)

Phys. 199. National Science Foundation Summer Institute for Teachers of

Science Seminar. (2)
Arranged during summer session. Enrollment limited to participants in the N.S.F.
Summer Institute. Laboratory fee $5.00. (Laster, Staff.)

101 ►

PSYCHOLOGY

Professor and Head: Andrews.
Professors: gustad, ross and verplanck.

Associate Professors: mc ginnies, magoon, rosen and solem.

Assistant Professors: Anderson, heermann, pumroy, wegner and yarczower.
Lecturer: brady.

Students who are interested in the Honors Program of the Department
should arrange to discuss this program and their eligibihty for it with the Head
of the Department.

Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology. (3)

First and second semesters. This course may be taken as Elective Group I of the Ameri-
can Civilization Program. A basic introductory course, intended to bring the student
into contact with the major problems confronting psychology and the more important
attempts at their solution. (McGinnies, Wegner, Yarczower.)

Psych. 2. Applied Psychology. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Application of research methods
to basic human problems in business and industry in the professions, and in other
practical concerns of everyday life. (Solem, Heermann, Anderson.)

Psych. 4. Prohlems in Modern Psychology. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Primarily for students in the Col-
lege of Arts and Sciences who major or minor in psychology. A systematic survey of
the field of psychology with particular emphasis on methodology. Consideration of in-
dividual differences, motivation, sensory and motor processes, learning, emotional be-
havior and personality. (Staff.)

Psych. 5. Mental Hygiene. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Introduction to the psychology of
human personality and adjustment with a view toward increasing self-understanding
and developing an appreciation of the mental health movement and each individual's
stake in it. (Magoon, Rosen, Staff.)

Psych. 21. Social Psychology. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Personality and behavior as in-
fluenced by culture and interpersonal relations. Social influences on motivation, learn-
ing, memory, and perception. Attitudes, public opinion, propaganda, language and
communication, leadership, ethnic differences, and group processes.

(McGinnies, Wegner.)
Psych. 25. Child Psychology. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Behavioral analysis of normal development and
normal socialization of the growing child. Leading theories of child nature and care,
and their implications. (Wegner, Staff.)

Psych. 26. Develofmental Psychology. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Genetic approach to human motivation and ac-
complishment. Research on simpler animal forms, the child, fhe adolescent and the
adult in terms of the development of normal adult behavior. (Brady.)

< 102

Psycholog)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Graduate credits will be assigned only for students certified by the Depart-
ment of Psychology as qualified for graduate standing.

Psych. 106. Statistical Methods in Psychology. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Psych. 1 and Math. 1, 5, or 10 or equiva-
lent. A basic introduction to quantitative methods used in psychological research;
measures of central tendency, of spread, and of correlation. Majors in psychology
should take this course in the junior year. (Anderson, Heermann.)

Psych. 110. Educational Psychology. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or equivalent. Researches on fundamental psychological prob-
lems encountered in education. Measurement and significance of individual differences;
learning, motivation, transfer of training, and the educational implications of theories
of intelligence. CWegner.)

Psych. 122. Advanced Social Psychology. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Psych. 21, senior standing, and consent of instructor.
A systematic review of researches and points of view in regard to major problems
in the field of social psychology. CMcGinnies, Wegner.)

Psych. 123. Language and Social Communication. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 21, senior standing, and consent of instructor.
The nature and significance of verbal and non-verbal communication in social psy-
chological processes, including examination of relevant theoretical approaches to sym-
bolic behavior. (Wegner, McGinnies.)

Psych. 128. Human Motivation. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 21. Review of research literature deal-
ing with determinants of human performance, together wdth consideration of the major
theoretical contributions in this area. (Verplanck.)

Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, two courses in psychology, including Psych.

5. The nature, diagnosis, etiology, and treatment of mental disorders.

(Magoon, Piunroy, Rosen.)

Psych. 136. Applied Experimental Psychology. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or consent of instructor. A study of basic
human factors involved in the design and operation of machinery and equipment. Or-
ganized for students in engineering, industrial psychology, and the biological sciences.

(Ross, Anderson.)

Psych. 140. Psychological Prohlems in Advertising. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Psychological problems that arise in connec-
tion with the production and testing of advertising; techniques employed in attacking
these problems through research. (StafiF.)

Psych. 142. Techniques of Interrogation. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 21. The interview, the questionnaire,

103 ►

Psychology

and other methods of obtaining evidence on human attitudes and reactions, as viewed
in the light of modem research evidence. (Anderson.)

Psych. 145. Introduction to Experimental Psychology. (4)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisite, Psych. 106. Laboratory fee per semester, $4.00. Primarily for
students who major or minor in psychology. A systematic survey of the laboratory
methods and techniques as applied to human behavior. Emphasis is placed on in-
dividual and group participation in experiments, use of data, and preparation of re-
ports. CRoss, Yarczower.)

Psych. 148. Psychology of Learning. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 145. Review and analysis of the major phenomena
and theories of hvmian and animal learning, including an introduction to the fields of
problem solving, thinking and reasoning behavior. (Verplanck, Yarczower.)

Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 106. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Critical survey
of measuring devices used in counseling, educational and industrial practice with
an emphasis on the theory, development and standardization. Laboratory practice
in the administration and interpretation of a variety of commonly used tests is provided.

CGustad, Magoon.)
Psych. 161. Industrial Psychology. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, 6 hours in psychology. A course designed to aid in
the understanding of the problems of people in a variety of work situations; serving
as an introduction to such technical problems as personnel selection, interviewing,
morale, supervision and management, and human relations in industry. Lecture, dis-
cussion and laboratory. CSolem, Heermann.)

Psych. 180. Physiological Psychology. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 145. An introduction to research on the physiologi-
cal basis of human behavior, including considerations of sensory phenomena, motor
coordination, emotion, drives, and the neurological basis of learning. (Ross, Brady.)

Psych. 181. Animal Behavior. (3)

(Same as Zool. 181). Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study
of animal behavior, including considerations of social interactions, learning, sensory
processes, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major emphasis on mam-
mals. (Verplanck.)

Psych. 194. Independent Study in Psychology. (2-3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and written consent of in-
dividual faculty supervisor. Integrated reading under direction, leading to the prepa-
ration of an adequately documented report on a special topic. (Staff.)

Psych. 195. Minor Prohlems in Psychology. O-^^

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, written consent of individual faculty super-
visor. An individuahzed course designed to allow the student to pursue a specialized
topic or research project vmder supervision. (Staff.)

-^ 104

Psychology

For Graduates

(All the following courses require consent of the instructor. Descriptions are
given in the Graduate School Catalog.)

Psych. 200. Proseminar: Professional As'pects of Psychological Science. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of faculty adviser. Survey of professional prob-
lems in psychology, including considerations of contemporary developments, profes-
sional ethics, hterature resources, formulation of critical research problems, and dis-
cussion of the major institutions requiring psychological services. (Staff.)

Psych. 201. Sensory Processes. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 180 and 211. (Ross.)

Psych. 202. Perception. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 211. (Andrews.)

Psych. 203, 204. Graduate Seminar. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Staff.)

Psych. 205, 206. Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories in Psychology.

(3,3)
First and second semesters. (Verplanck.)

Psych. 207. Learning Theory. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 212. (Verplanck, Yarczower.)

Psych. 208. Language and Thought. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 212. (Verplanck.)

Psych. 211, 212. Advanced General Psychology. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 145. (Ross, Yarczower.)

Psych. 220. Psychological Concepts in Mental Health. (3)

Second semester. (Gustad, Magoon, Rosen.)

Psych. 221. Seminar in Counseling Psychology. (3)

(Gustad, Magoon.)
Psych. 222. Seminar in Clinical Psychology. (3)
Prerequisites, Psych. 150, 220. (Rosen, Pumroy.)

Psych. 223. Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Difficulties. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Psych. 150, 220. (Staff.)

Psych. 224. Advanced Procedures in Clinical and Counseling Psychology. (3)

(Staff.)
Psych. 225, 226. Practicum in Counseling and Clinical Procedures, (i-3, 1-3^
First and second semesters. (Magoon, Pumroy.)

Psych. 227. Occupational Development and Choice. (3)

Alternate years. Prerequisite, Psych. 220 and permission of instructor. (Gustad.)

105 ►

Psychology

Psych. 228 QSame as Ed. 228). Seminar in Student Personnel. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Byrne, Gustad, Magoon.)

Ps^'ch. 229. Advanced Industrial Psychology. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 161 or equivalent.

Psych. 230. Determinants of Human Performance. (3)
Second semester.

Psych. 231. Training Procedures in Industry. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 148 or equivalent.

Psych. 232. Personnel Selection and Job Analysis. (3)
First semester.

Psych. 233. Social Organization in Industry. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 229 or equivalent.

Psych. 240. Interview and Questionnaire Techniques. (3)
Second semester.

Psych. 241. Mass Communication and Persuasion. (3)
Second semester.

Psych. 242. Seminar in Social Psychology. (3)
Second semester.

Psych. 250. Mental Test Theory. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 253.

Psych. 251. Development of Predictors. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 253.

CSolem, Heermann.)

CRoss.)

(Solem.)

(Solem, Heermann.)

(Solem.)

(Anderson.)

(McGinnies.)

(Gustad.)

(Andrews.)

Psych. 252, 253. Advanced Statistics. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 106.

(Andrews, Anderson, Heermann.)
Psych. 254. Factor Analysis. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 253.

Psych. 255. Semi^tar in Psychometric Theory. (3)
Prerequisite, Psych. 253.

Psych. 260. Individual Tests. (3)
Prerequisite, Psych. 150. Laboratory fee, $4.00.

Psych. 262. Appraisal of Personality. (3)
Prerequisite, Psych. 150.

(Andrews.)

(Magoon, Pumroy.)

(Rosen.)

Psych. 263. Research Methods in Psychodynamics. (3)
Alternate years. Prerequisite, Psych. 222 and permission of instructor.

(Rosen.)

M 106

Psychology, Sociology

Psych. 264. Projective Tests. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 260. Laboratory fee, $4.00. CPumroy.)

Psych. 265. Advanced Developmental Psychology. (3)

C Rosen, Pumroy.)

Psych. 266, 267. Theories of Personality and Motivation. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. CVerplanck, Rosen.)

Psych. 268, 269. Advanced Practicutn in Counseling and Clinical Procedures.

(1-3, 1-3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 226 and consent of instructor.

CMagoon, Pumroy.)
Psych. 270. Advanced Abnormal Psychology. (3)
Prerequisite, Psych. 131. (Gustad, Rosen.)

Psych. 271. Special Testing of Disahilities. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 260. (Magoon.)

Psych. 272, 273. Individual Clinical Diagnosis. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 264. (Gustad, Rosen.)

Psych. 280. Advanced Psychophysiology. (3)

First semester. (Ross, Brady.)

Psych. 281. Seminar in Psychopharmacology. (3)

Alternate years. Prerequisite, one year of graduate study in psychology and consent

of instructor. (Ross, Brady.)

Psych. 288, 289. Special Research Prohlems. O'^^

First and second semesters. (Staff.)

Psych. 399. Research for Thesis. (^Credit arranged')

First and second semesters. (Staff.)

SOCIOLOGY

Professor and Head: hoffsommer.

Professors: lejins and melvin.

Associate Professor: shankweiler.

Assistant Professors: Anderson, coaxes, cussler, di bella, hirzel, mc elhenie

AND MOTZ.

Instrutors: franz, schmidt, bittinger (p.t.), bourdeau (p.t.), deshon,

DOWELL (p.t.), laws (p.T.), MARCHES (P.T.) AND WILSON (p.T.).

Sociology 1 or its sociology equivalent is prerequisite to all other courses in
sociology excepting Soc. 5.

Sociology 1, 2, 183, 186 and 196 or their equivalent are required for an under-
graduate major in sociology.

107 ►

Sociology

Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. This course is one of a group of four
courses within Elective Group I of the American Civilization Program. It may also
be taken by students who qualify by tests to select substitute courses in the program
(provided the student has not taken the course as his Group I elective). Sociological
analysis of the American social structure; metropolitan, small town, and rural com-
munities; population distribution, composition and change; social organization.

CHoffsommer, Staff.)
Soc. 2. Princi'ples of Sociology. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing. The basic
forms of human association and interaction; social processes; institutions; culture; hu-
man nature and personality. (Cussler, Motz, Franz.)

Soc. 5. Anthropology. (3)

First semester. This course may be taken by students who qualify to select courses
within Elective Group II of the American Civilization Program. Introduction to
anthropology; origins of man; development and transmission of culture; backgrounds
of human institutions. (Anderson.)

Soc. 13. Rural Sociology. (3)

First semester. Rural life in America; its people, social organization, culture patterns,

and problems. CHoffsommer, Hirzel.)

Soc. 14. Urban Sociology. (3)

Second semester. Urban growth and expansion; characteristics of city populations;

urban institutional and personality patterns; relations of city and country. (Schmidt.)

Soc. 51. Social Pathology. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Personal-social disorganization and
maladjustment; physical and mental handicaps; economic inadequacies; programs of
treatment and control. (Shankweiler, Franz.)

Soc. 52. Criminology. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Criminal behavior and the
methods of its study; causation; typologies of criminal acts and offenders; punishment,
correction, and incapacitation; prevention of crime. (Lejins.)

Soc. 62. Social Institutions. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Nature and function of social
institutions; the perpetuation of behavior through customs and social norms; typical
contemporary American institutions. (Melvin.)

Soc. 64. Courtship and Marriage. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing. A socio-
logical study of covirtship and marriage including consideration of physiological and
psychological factors. Inter-cultviral companions and practical consideration. Designed
for students in the lower division. (Shankweiler, Motz, Bourdeau.)

Soc. 71. Dynamics of Social Interaction. (3)

Prerequisite, Soc. 1 or equivalent. Social psychology of groups like committees, teams,

M 108

Sociology

clubs, sects, social movements, crowds and publics. Origin of the social self: role be-
havior, inter-group and intra-group relations. CStaff.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Sociology 1 or its sociology equivalent and junior standing are prerequisite
to courses numbered 100 to 199.

Soc. 102. Intercultural Sociology. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 2. On the basis of a comparative study of customs,
individual and group behavior patterns and institutions, this course studies the
ideologies of America and other modem societies. The analysis focuses on the
nature of the social processes and group behavior of various peoples having or
not having a written language. CMelvin.)

Soc. 105. Cultural Anthropology. (3)

Second semester. A survey of the simpler cultures of the world, with attention to
historical processes and the application of anthropological theory to the modem
situadon. (^Anderson.)

Soc. 106. Archeology. (3)

Second semester. A survey of human cultural developments as revealed by archeo-
logical methods, vidth materials to be dravim from selected areas of both Old and
New Worlds. (Anderson.)

Soc. 111. Sociology of Occupations and Careers. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 2 or equivalent and junior standing. The sociology
of work and occupational life in modem society. Changing occupational ideologies,
values and choices. Occupational status systems and occupational mobility. The social
psychology of career success. (Coates.)

Soc. 112. Rural-Urhan Relations. (3)

First semester. The ecology of population and the forces making for change in rural
and urban life; migration, decentralization and regionalism as methods of studying
individual and national issues. Applied field problems. (Cussler.)

Soc. 113. The Rural Community. (3)

Second semester. A detailed study of rural life wdth emphasis on levels of living,
the family, school, and church and organizational activities in the fields of health,
recreation, welfare, and planning. (Hoffsommer, Hirzel.)

Soc. 114. The City. (3)

First semester. The rise of iu:ban civilization and metropolitan regions; ecological
process and structure; the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control and
planning. (Schmidt.)

Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Soc. 2, or permission of instructor. The soci-
ology of himian relations in American industry and business. Complex industrial and
business organizations as social systems. Social relationships within and between
industry, business, commiinity, and society. (Coates.)

109 ►

Sociology

Sac. 116. Military Sociology. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Soc. 2 or permission of instructor. Social
change and the growth of mihtary institutions. Complex formal military organizations.
Mihtary organizations as social systems. Military service as an occupation or profes-
sion. The sociology of military life. Relations between military institutions, civilian
communities and society. CCoates.)

Soc. 118. Community OTganization. (3)

First semester. Community organization and its relation to social welfare; analysis of
community needs and resources; health, housing, recreation; community centers; neigh-
borhood projects. (DiBella, McElhenie.)

Soc. 121. Population. (3)

First semester. Popiolation distribution and growth in the United States and the
world; population problems and policies. CHirzel.)

Soc. 122. Population. (3)

Second semester. Trends in fertility and mortality, migrations, population estimates

and the resulting problems and policies. CHirzel.)

Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities. (3)

First semester. Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups within the
State; immigration groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities in
Europe. (Lejins.)

Soc. 124. The Culture of the American Indian. (3)

Second semester. A study of type cultures; cultural processes; and the effects of

acculturation on selected tribes of Indians in the Americas. CAnderson.)

Soc. 125. Cultural History of the Negro. (3)

First semester. The cultures of Africa south of the Sahara and the cultural adjust-
ments of the Negro in North and South America. (Anderson.)

Soc. 131. Introduction to Social Service. (3)

First and second semesters. General survey of the field of social-welfare activities;
historical development; growth, functions, and specialization of agencies and services,
private and public. (DiBella, McElhenie.)

Soc. 136. Sociology of Religion. (3)

First semester. Varieties and sources of religious experience. Religious institutions and
the role of religion in social life. (Anderson.)

Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality. (3)

First semester. Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social
life; processes of socialization; attitudes, individual differences, and social behavior.

(Motz, Cussler, Schmidt.)

Soc. 144. Collective Behavior. (3)

Second semester. Social interaction in mass behavior; communication processes; struc-
ture and functioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and the pubhc.

(Cussler.)

^ 110

Sociology

Soc. 145. Social Control. (3) . n u \.^

First semester. Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group influence on human be-
havior; problems of social control in contemporary society. Uvio .j

Soc. 147. Sociology of Law. (3) , . ^ i i j .i,..

First semester. Law as a form of social control; interrelation between egal and other
conduct no^s as to their content, sanctions, and methods of securing conformity;
aw a an integral part of the culture of the group; factors and processes operanv
in the formation of legal norms as determinants of human behavior. CLejms.;

Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency. (3) , r •

First semester. Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime;
Inatysis of factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and F--^;-^.j^^^_^

Soc 154 Crime and Delinquency Prevention. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. (Offered
Tn alternate years with Soc. 156.) Mobilization of community -sources for tie
prevention of crime and dehnquency; area programs and projects. (.Lejms.J

Soc 156 Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. (Offered
rnatoa" years with'soc. 154.) Organization and functions of penal and correc-
tional institutions for adults and juveniles. ^^ J -^

Soc. 160. Interviewing in Social Work. QPA') _

1 (DiBella, McElhenie.)

Summer session only. ^

Soc. 161. The Sociology of War. (3)

First semester. The origin and development of armed forces as institutions; the social
!"utroFradons and results of war a's social conflict; the relations of P^ace and war
and revolution in contemporary civilization. ^

Soc. 162. Basic Principles and Current Practice in PuUic ^f^f^f^" j^^lhenie.)
Summer Session only. ^ '

Soc. 163. Attitude and Behavior ProhUms in Puhlic Sc^oo?^^J^- ^^^^^^-^^^
Summer Session only. t. i e a,

Soc. 164. The Family and Society. (3) , ^ , r i, v -i

Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and Soc. 64 or equivalent. Study of the tamdy
as a social institution; its biological and cultural foundations, historic developmen ,
changing structure and function; the interactions of marriage and Parenthood ^s-
organizing and reorganizing factors in present day trends. (Shankweiler, Motz.)

Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare. (3) • . f ivc

First semester. Programs of family and child welfare agencies; social services to ^mi^^^^^
and children; child placement; foster families. ^^ '^

ft; L'ieJ.°t/S'^ec2y prog^a. in .he U„W Sta.es. puUic a.U.a^ce.
social insurance.

Ill ►

Sociology

Soc. 174. PuUic Welfare. (3)

Second semester. Development and organization of the public welfare movement in

the United States, social legislation interrelations of federal, state, and local agencies

and institutions. (DiBella.)

Soc. 180. Small Group Analysis. (3)

Analysis of small group structure and dynamics. Review of research on small groups
in factories, mihtary service, schools and commimities. Presentation of techniques
used in the study of small groups. CFranz.)

Soc. 183. Social Statistics. (3)

First and second semesters. Measvures of central tendency and dispersion, use of
statistical inference in simple testing of null hypotheses, chi square, and labor saving
computational devices for correlation. Majors in sociology should take this course
in their junior year. (Schmidt.)

Soc. 185. Advanced Social Statistics. C3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 183, or equivalent. Provides refined statistical
research methods for advanced students in the social sciences. Sampling theory,
specialized correlation technique, advanced tests of significance, and other procedures.

CSchmidt.)

Soc. 186. Sociological Theory. (3)

First and second semesters. Development of the science of sociology; historical back-
grounds; recent theories of society. Majors in sociology should take this course in
their senior year. (Melvin, Hirzel.)

Soc. 191. Social Field Training. (1-3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, for social work field training, Soc. 131;
for crime control field training, Soc. 52 and 153. Enrollment restricted to available
placements. Supervised field training in pubUc and private social agencies. The student
wiU select his particular area of interest and be responsible to an agency for a
definite program of in-service training. Group meetings, individual conferences, and
written program reports vidll be a required part of the course. (StaflF.)

Soc. 196. Senior Seminar. (3)

Second semester. Reqiaired of and open only to senior majors in sociology. Scope,
fields, and research methods of sociology; practical applications of sociological knowl-
edge. Individual study and reports. Sociology majors who expect to graduate in
mid-year should take this course in the preceding spring semester. (Holfsommer.)

Pot Graduates

Prerequisites for entrance into graduate study leading to an advanced
deoree with a major in sociology: either (1) an undergraduate major (totaling
at least 24 semester hours) in Sociology or (2) 12 semester hours of Sociology
(including 6 semester hours of advanced courses) and 12 additional hours of
comparable work in economics, political science, or psychology. Reasonable
substitutes for these prerequisites may be accepted in the case of students
majoring in other departments who desire a graduate minor or several courses
in sociology.

< 112

Sociology

With the exception of Soc. 201, 285, 290, and 291, individual courses
numbered 200 to 299 will ordinarily be offered in alternate years.

Soc. 201. Methods of Social Research. (3)

First semester. Selection and formulation of research projects; methods and techniques

of sociological investigation and analysis. Required of graduate majors in sociology.

CHoffsommer.)

Soc. 215. Community Studies. (3)

First semester. Intensive study of the factors affecting community development and
growth, social structiue, social stratification, social mobility and social institutions;
analysis of particular commimities. CStaff.)

Soc. 216. Sociology of Occupations and Professions. (3)

First semester. An analysis of the occupational and professional structure of American
society, with special emphasis on changing roles, fimctions, ideologies and commimity-
relationships. CCoates.)

Soc. 221. Population and Society. C3)

Second semester. Selected problems in the field of population; quantitative and qualita-
tive aspects; American and world problems. (Hirzel.)

Soc. 224. Race and Culture. (3)

Second semester. Race and culture in contemporary society; mobihty and the social

effects of race and culture contacts and intermixture. (Anderson. )

Soc. 230. Comparative Sociology. (3)

Second semester. Comparison of the social institutions, organizations, patterns of

collective behavior, and art manifestations of societal values of various countries.

(Melvin.)
Soc. 241. Personality and Social Structure. (3)

First semester. Comparative analysis of the development of human native, per-
sonaUty, and social traits in select social structures. CCussler.)

Soc. 246. Puhlic Opinion and Propaganda. (3)

Second semester. Processes involved in the formation of mass attitudes; agencies and

techniques of communication; quantitative measurement of pubhc opinion. CMotz.)

Soc. 253. Advanced Criminology. (3)

First semester. Survey of the principal issues in contemporary criminological theory

and research. (Lejins.)

Soc. 254. Seminar: Criminology. (3)

Second semester. Selected problems in criminology. (Lejins.)

Soc. 255. Seminar: Juvenile Delinquency. (3)

First semester. Selected problems in the field of juvenile delinquency. CLejins.)

Soc. 256. Crime and Delinquency as a Community Problem. (3)

Second semester. An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and juvenile

delinquency in Maryland. CLejins.)

113 ►

Sociology, Speech and Dramatic Art

Soc. 257. Social Change and Social Policy. (3)

First semester. Emergence and development of social policy as related to social change;

policy-making factors in social welfare and social legislation. (Melvin.)

Soc. 262. Family Studies. (3)

Second semester. Case studies of family situations; statistical studies of family trends,

methods of investigation and analysis. (Shankweiler.)

Soc. 263. Marriage and Family Counseling. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Soc. 64 or Soc. 164 or consent of instructor. A
sociological analysis of an emerging, family-centered profession: its interdisciplinary
development and professional organization: its basic methods of coordinating art
and science in solving family problems. Designed for advanced sociology majors or
allied fields for use in vocations such as teaching, medicine, the ministry and others
embodying the role of guidance. (Shankweiler.)

Soc. 264. The Sociology of Mental Health. (3)

First semester. A study of the sociological factors that condition mental health to-
gether with an appraisal of the group dynamics of its preservation. CMelvin.)

Soc. 282. Sociological Methodology. (3)

Second semester. Logic and method of sociology in relation to the general theory

of scientific method; principal issues and points of view. (Staff.)

Soc. 285. Seminar: Sociological Theory. (3)

First semester. Critical and comparative study of contemporary European and American

theories of society. Required of graduate majors in sociology. (Melvin.)

Soc. 291. Special Social Problems. (Credit to he determined')

First and second semesters. Individual research on selected problems. (Staff.)

Soc. 399. Thesis Research. (Credit to he determined)

First and second semesters. (Thesis Adviser.)

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART

Professor and Head: strausbaugh.

Associate Professors: batka and hendricks.

Assistant Professors: aylward, conlon, dew, linkow, niemeyer, provensen

AND PUGLIESE.

Instructors: anapol, becker, craven, ellis, schmitt and starcher.
Assistant Instrzictors: Anderson, armacost, colvin, crews, kile, rodgers,

turner, WAGENER and WOLFE.

Lecturers: causey, shutts and Williams.
Graduate Assistant: duke.

^Speech 1. Public Speaking. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite for advanced speech courses. Laboratory fee,
$1.00. The preparation and delivery of short original speeches; outside readings;
reports, etc. It is recommended that this course be taken during the freshman year.

(Linkow, Staff.)

-^ 114

S'peech and Dramatic Art

Speech Clinic. No credit.

Remedial work in minor speech defects. The work of the clinic is conducted in
individual conferences and in small group meetings. Hours arranged by consultation
with the respective speech instructor. (Conlon, Staff.)

S'peech 3. Fiindamentals of General American S'peech. (3)
Each semester. Training in auditory discrimination of speech sounds, rhythms and
inflections of general American speech. Analysis of the physiological bases of speech
production and the phonetic elements of speech reception. This course is required
of speech majors, and recommended for foreign students and majors in nursery and
elementary education. (Becker, Staff.)

Speech 4. Voice and Diction. (3)

First and second semesters. Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation,

and phonation. May be taken concurrently with Speech 1. (Starcher, Staff.)

S'peech S, 6. Advanced Public Speaking. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Speech 1, or 7, or 18 and 19. Advanced
work on basis of Speech 1. Special emphasis is placed upon speaking situations the
students will face in their respective vocations. (Starcher, Staff.)

'^Speech 7. Piihlic Speaking. (2)

Each semester. Laboratory fee, $1.00. The preparation and delivery of speeches on

technical and general subjects. (Linkow, Staff.)

Speech 8, 9. Acting. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Basic principles of

histrionic practice. (Rodgers, Pugliese.)

Speech 10. Group Discussion. (2)

First and second semesters. A study of the principles, methods, and types of disciis-

sion, and their application in the discussion of contemporary problems.

(Linkow, Staff.)
Speech 11, 12. Debate. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Pre-Law students may take Speech 11, 12, instead of
Speech 1. A study of the principles of argument, analysis, e\-idence, reasoning,
fallacies, briefing, and delivery, together with their application in public speaking.

(Anapol.)
Speech IZ. Oral Interpretation. (3)

First semester. The oral interpretation of literature and the practical training of
students in the art of reading. (Provensen.)

Speech 14. Stagecraft. (3)

First semester. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Fundamentals of technical production. Empha-
sis on construction of scenery. (Schmitt.)

Speech 15. Stagecraft. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 14. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Technical pro-
duction. Emphasis on stage hghting. (Schmitt.)

115 ►

S'peech and Dramatic Art

S'peech 16. Introduction to the Theatre. (3)

First and second semesters. A general survey of the fields of the theatre.

(Pugliese.)

S'peech 17. Make-wp. (2)

Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee,
$2.00. A lecture-laboratory course in the theory and practice of stage make-up, cover-
ing basic requirements as to age, type, character, race, and period. (Schmitt.)

* Speech 18, 19. Introductory Speech. (I, J)

First and second semesters. Speech 18 prerequisite for Speech 19. This course is

designed to give those students practice in public speaking who cannot schedule

Speech 1. (Provensen, Staff.)

Speech 22. Introduction to Radio and Television. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite for all courses in radio. The development,
scope, and influence of American broadcasting and telecasting, including visits to
local radio and television stations, wdth guest lecturers from Radio Station WTO?
and Television Station WTOP-TV. CBatka.)

Speech 23. Parliamentary Law. (I)

First and second semesters. A study of the principles and apphcation of parliamentary
law as appUed to all types of meetings. Thorough training in the use of Robert's
Rules of Order. CStrausbaugh.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Speech 102. Radio Production. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Speech 22 and consent of instructor. Laboratory
fee, $2.00. A study of the multiple problems facing the producer. Special emphasis
is given to acoustic setup, casting, "miking," timing, cutting and the coordination of
personnel factors involved in the production of radio programs. (Batka.)

Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. A study of rhetorical principles and models of speech
composition in conjunction with the preparation and presentation of specific forms
of public address. (Staff.)

Speech 105. Speech-Handicapped School Children. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Speech 3 for undergraduates. The occiir-
rence, identification and treatment of speech handicaps in the classroom. An introduc-
tion to speech pathology. (Craven.)

Speech 106. Clinical Practice. Cl to 5 credits, up to 9)

Each semester. Simimer session. Prerequisite, Speech 105. May be taken for 1-5
credit hours per semester. May be repeated for a total of 9 semester hours credit.
Laboratory fee, $1.00 per hour. Clinical practice in various methods of corrective
procedures with various types of speech cases in the University clinic, veterans hos-
pitaFs, and the pubhc schools. (Conlon.)

* Speech 3 should be substituted as the requirement for non-English speaking students.
^ 116

S'peech and Dramatic Art

Speech 107. Advanced Oral Interfretation. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 13. Emphasis upon the longer reading. Pro-
gram planning. (Provensen.)

S'peech 109. Speech and Language Development of Children. (3)

Second semester. Admission by consent of instructor. An analysis of normal and

abnormal processes of speech and language development in children. (Hendricks.)

Speech 110. Advanced Group Discussion. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Speech 10. Required in speech curriculum
and elective in other curricula. An examination of current research and techniques in
the discussion and conference including extensive practice in this area. (Linkovy.)

Speech 111. Seminar. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor.

Required of speech majors. Present-day speech research. CStrausbaugh, Staff.)

Speech 112. Phonetics. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 3 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Training in the recognition and production of the sounds of spoken English, wdth an
analysis of their formation. Practice in transcription. Mastery of the international
phonetic alphabet. CConlon.)

Speech 113. Play Production. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 16 or consent of instructor. Development of

procedure followed by the director in preparing plays for pubhc performance.

(Pugliese.)
Speech 114. The Film as an Art Form. (3)

Laboratory' fee, $7.50. A study of the motion picture as a developing form of enter-
tainment, communication, and artistic expression. A series of significant American and
foreign films are \iewed to illustrate the artistic, historical and sociological trends of
the twentieth century. (Niemeyer.)

Speech 115. Radio in Retailing. (3)

First semester. Limited to students in the College of Home Economics. Prerequisite,
Speech 1 or 7. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Writing and production of promotional
programs for the merchandising of wearing apparel and housefumishings. Collabora-
tion with Washington and Baltimore radio stations and retail stores. (Batka.)

Speech 116. Radio Announcing. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Speech 4 and 22 or consent of instructor. Laboratory

fee, $2.00. The theory and application of aU types of annoimcing. (Batka.')

Speech 117. Radio and Television Continuity Writing. (3)

First semester. Prereqmsite, Speech 22 or consent of instructor. A study of the prin-
ciples, methods and limitations of writing for radio and television. AppKcation will
be made in the writing of general types of continuities and commercials. CAylward.)

Speech 119. Radio Acting. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 22. A workshop course designed to give the

student practice in radio acting. (Pugliese.)

117 ►

S'peech and Dramatic Art

S'peech 120. Speech Pathology. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 105. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A continuation
of Speech 105, with emphasis on the causes and treatment of organic speech disorders.

CHendricks.)
Speech 122. Radio Workshop. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 102 or 116. Laboratory fee, $2.00. A laboratory
course dealing with all phases of producing a radio program. CBatka.)

Speech 124, 125. American Public Address. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Speech 1 or 7. The first semester covers
the period from colonial times to the Civil War period. The second semester covers
from the Civil War period through the contemporary period. CAnapol.)

Speech 126. Semantic Aspects of Speech in Human Relations. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, one course in public speaking. An analysis of speech

and language habits from the standpoint of general semantics. (Hendricks.)

Speech 129, 130. Play Directing. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Speech 8 or consent of instructor. A lecture-laboratory course dealing with
the fundamentals of script cutting, pacing, movement, blocking, and rehearsal routine
as applied to the directing of plays. (Niemeyer.)

Speech 131. History of the Theatre. (3)

First semester. A survey of dramatic production from early origins to 1800.

(Niemeyer.)
Speech 132. History of the Theatre. (3)
Second semester. A survey of dramatic production from 1800 to the present.

(Niemeyer.)
Speech 133. Communication Processes in Conferences. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, Speech 103 or 104 or the equivalent. Limited to stu-
dents at the off-campus centers. Group participation in conferences, methods of problem
solving, semantic aspects of language and the function of conferences in industry and
government. (Linkow.)

Speech 135. Instrumentation in Speech and Hearing Science. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 3. Laboratory fee, $2.00. The use of electronic

equipment in the measurement of speech and hearing. (Linkow.)

Speech 136. Principles of Speech Therapy. (3)

Prerequisite, Speech 120. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Differential diagnosis of speech and
language handicaps and the application of psychological principles of learning, motiva-
tion and adjustment in the treatment of speech disorders. (Hendricks.)

Speech 138. Methods and Materials in Speech Correction. (3)
Prerequisite, Speech 120 or the equivalent. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The design and use
of methods and materials for diagnosis, measurement, and retraining of the speech-
handicapped. (Craven.)

Speech 139. Theatre Workshop. (3)

Given each semester. Prerequisite, Speech 8 or 14. A laboratory course designed to

M 118

S'peech and Dramatic Art

provide the student with practical experience in all phases o£ theatre production.

(StrausbaughO
S'peech 140. Principles of Television Production. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 22. A study o£ the theory, methods, techniques
and problems of television production and direction. Units of study covering television
cameras and lenses, lighting theory and practices, scenery and properties, costumes
and makeup, graphic arts and special effects are included. Observation of production
procedures at nearby television stations. Application wall be made through crew
assignments for University-produced television programs. CBatka.)

Speech 141. Introduction to Audiometry. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 3. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Analysis of various
methods and procedures in evaluating hearing losses. Required for students whose con-
centration is in speech and hearing therapy. CCraven.)

Speech 142. Speech Reading and Auditory Training. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 3. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Methods of training
individuals vdth hearing loss to recognize, interpret, and understand spoken language.
Required for students whose concentration is in speech and hearing therapy.

(Conlon.)
Speech 146. Television News and Puhlic Affairs. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 117 or Journalism iOl. Training in presentation
of television news, interviews, discussions, and forums. (Batka.)

Speech 147. Analysis of Broadcasting Processes and Residts. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 22 or consent of instructor. Survey of the more

common analytic approaches, methods, and results in the field of radio and television.

(Aylward.)
Speech 148. Television Direction. (3)

First semester. Two hour lecture, three hour laboratory. Prerequisites, Speech 22, 140.
Laboratory fee, $10.00. Principles of television direction including analysis of script,
casting, rehearsing, production, and video control. (Aylward.)

Speech 149. Television Workshop. (3)

Second semester. Two hour lecture, four hour laboratory. Prerequisites, Speech 22,

140 and 148, or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Aylward.)

Speech 150. Radio and Television Station Management. C2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 22 or consent of instructor. Broadcasting regula-
tions, licenses, personnel functions, sales, advertising, and program and station promo-
tion. (Batka.)

Vor Graduates

The Department maintains a reciprocal agreement with Walter Reed Gen-
eral Hospital whereby clinical practice may be obtained at the Army Audi-
ology and Speech Correction Center, Forest Glen, Maryland, under the direc-
tion of James P. Albrite, M.D., Director.

119 ►

Speech and Dramatic Art

Prerequisite for all courses, consent of instructor.

Speech 200. Thesis. (3, 6)

Credit in proportion to work done and results accomplished. CHendricks.)

Speech 201. Special Prohlems Seminar. (A Through K). C^^ 3)
(6 hrs. applicable toward M.A. degree.) Prerequisites, 6 hours in speech pathology and
consent of instructor. A. Stuttering; B. Cleft Palate; C. Delayed Speech; D. Articulation;
E. Cerebral Palsy; F. Voice; G. Special Problems of the Deaf; H. Foreign Dialect; I.
Speech Intelligibility; J. Neurophysiology of Hearing; K. Minor Research Problems.

CHendricks.)

Speech 202. Techniques of Research in Speech and Hearing. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, 12 hours in speech pathology and audiology. Analysis
of research methodology including experimental techniques, statistical analysis and
preparation of reports for scientific investigations in speech and hearing science. Re-
quired of candidates for Master's degree in speech and hearing therapy. C Williams.)

Speech 203. Experimental Phonetics. (3)

Prerequisite, Speech 112. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The application of experimental

methods in the quantitative analysis of the phonetic elements of speech. (Hendricks.)

Speech 210. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing. (3)
Prerequisite, 6 hours in speech pathology and audiology and consent of instructor.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study of the anatomy and physiology of the auditory and
speech mechanisms. CGerlach.)

Speech 211. A, B, C, D. Advanced Clinical Practice. Ch 3 up to 12)
(6 hrs. applicable toward M.A. degree.) Prerequisite, 12 hours in speech pathology
and audiology. Laboratory fee, $1.00 per hour. Supervised training in the application
of clinical methods in the diagnosis and treatment of speech and hearing disorders.

(Craven.)

Speech 212. Advanced Speech Pathology. (3)

Prerequisites, 6 hours in speech pathology and consent of instructor. Laboratory fee,

$3.00. Etiology and therapy for organic and functional speech disorders. (Lore.)

Speech 214. Clinical Audiometry. (3)

Prerequisites, 3 hours in audiology and consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

Testing of auditory acuity wdth pure tones and speech. (Shutts.)

Speech 216. Communication Skills for the Hard-of -Hearing. (3)
First semester. Prerequisites, 3 hours in audiology and consent of instructor. Speech
reading, auditory training, and speech conservation problems in the rehabilitation of
the hard-of-hearing.

Speech 217. Selection of Prosthetic Appliances for the Acoustically Handi-
capped. (3)
Prerequisite, Speech 214. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A laboratory course in modem methods
of utilizing electronic hearing aids. (Shutts.)

^ 120

Speech and Dramatic Art, Zoology

Sfeech 218. Speech and Hearing in Medical Rehabilitation and Special Edu-
cation Programs. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, 6 hours in speech pathology and audiology and
consent of instructor. Administrative problems involved in the organization and opera-
tion of speech and hearing therapy under different types of programs. CHendricks.)

Speech 219. Speech Disorders of the Brain-Injured. (3)

Prerequisites, 6 hours in speech pathology and audiology and consent of instructor.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. Methods of evaluation and treatment of children and adults who
have suffered injury to brain tissue, with subsequent damage to speech and language
processes. CHendricks.)

Speech 220. Experimental Audiology. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, 6 hours in audiology. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study
of experimental techniques in the investigation of problems in audiology and psycho-
acoustics. (Hendricks.)

Speech 221. Communication Theory and Speech and Hearing Problems. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, 6 hours in speech pathology and audiology and consent
of instructor. Analysis of current theories of communication as they apply to research
and therapy in speech and hearing. (Hendricks. )

ZOOLOGY

Professor and Head: wharton.

Professors: anastos and schoenborn.

Professor Emeritus: burhoe.

Associate Professors: brov^tst, haley and winn.

Assistant Professors: costello, grollman, highton, linder, rajmm and stross.

Lecturers: baker and gamin.

Research Associates: Clifford and ulmer.

Director, Seafood Processing Laboratory: dunker.

All zoology courses with laboratory have a laboratory fee of $8.00 per course
per semester.

Zool. 1. General Zoology. (4)

First and second semesters. Simmier session. Two lectures and two two-hour
laboratory periods a week. Zool. 1 and Zool. 2 satisfy the freshman pre-medical require-
ment in general biology. This course, which is cultural and practical in its aim, deals
with the basic principles of animal Kfe. Special emphasis is placed on human
physiology. (Wharton.)

Zool. 2. The Animal Phyla. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, Zool. 1, or Bot. 1. A study of the anatomy, classification, and hfe histories
of representative animals, invertebrates and vertebrates. (Anastos.)

121 ►

Zoology

Zool. 5. Comparative Vertebrate Morphology. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisites, Zool. 1 and 2 or equivalent. A comparative study of selected organ systems
in certain vertebrate groups. (Ramm.)

Zool. 14. Human Anatomy and Physiology. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Zool. 1. For students who desire a general knowledge of human anatomy and physiology.

(GroUman.)
Zool. 15. Human Anatomy and Physiology. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, Zool. 14. A continuation of Zool. 14. (Grollman.)

Zool. 20. Vertebrate Embryology. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisites, Zool. 1 and 2 or equivalent. Basic principles of early development from
the ovum to the establishment of the organ systems. (Ramm.)

Zool. 55S. Development of the Human Body. (2)

Summer session. Five lectures a week. A study of the main factors affecting the

growth and development of the child with special emphasis on normal development.

CStaflF.)
Zool. 75, 76. Journal Club. Q, J)

First and second semesters. One lecture a week. Prerequisites, permission of the
Department and a major in zoology. Reviews, reports and discussions of current
literature. CSchoenbom, Haley.)

Por Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Zool. 102. General Animal Physiology. (4)

Second semester. Occasional summer session. Two lectures and two three-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of zoology and one year of chemistry.
The general principles of physiological functions as shovvTi in mammals and lower
animals. (Schoenbom.)

Zool. 104. Genetics. (3)

First semester. Summer session. Two lectures and one discussion period a week.
Prerequisite, one course in zoology or botany. A consideration of the basic principles
of heredity. (Highton.)

Zool. 108. Animal Histology. (4)

Second semester. Occasional svmimer session. Two lectures and two three-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. A microscopic study of
tissues and organs of vertebrates with special emphasis on the mammal. Practice in
elementary histo-technique wall be included. (Brown.)

Zool 110. Parasitology. (4)

First semester. Occasional simimer session. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory

periods a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 1 and 2 or permission of the instructor. A study

-^ 122

Zoology

of the classification, morphology, life cycles and host relationships of animal parasites,
with emphasis on the parasites of man. (Haley.)

Zool. 111. Animal Parasitology. (4)

Second semester. Alternate years. To be offered in 1960-61. Two lectures and two
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 110 or equivalent. A study of
the classification, morphology, life cycles and host relationships of parasites of fish and
wildlife and of domestic animals. (Haley.)

Zool. 118. Invertebrate Zoology. (4)

First semester. Occasional simimer session. Two lectures and two three-hour lab-
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. An advanced course dealing
with the taxonomy, morphology, and embryology of the invertebrates, exclusive of
insects. (Linder.)

Zool. 121. Princi'ples of Animal Ecology. (3)

Second semester. Occasional summer session (4). Two lectures and one three-hour lab-
oratory period a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology and one year of chemistry.
Animals are studied in relation to their natural surroundings. Biological, physical and
chemical factors of the environment which affect the growth, behavior, habits, and
distribution of animals are stressed. (Stross.)

Zool. 127. Ichthyology. (4)

Second semester. Alternate years. To be offered 1960-61. Two lectures and one two-
hour and one three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 5 and 20.
A course in anatomy, embrj'ology, distribution, habits and taxonomy of marine and
fresh water fish. (Winn.)

Zool. 128. Zoogeography. (4)

First semester. Alternate years. Not offered 1960-61. Two lectures and two two-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology, botany, or geology. Prin-
ciples governing the geographical distribution of living things, with particular reference
to ecological changes during geologic time. (Staff.)

Zool. 129. Vertebrate Zoology. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
Zool. 1, 2, 5, and 20 or permission of the instructor. The identification, classification,
habits and behavior of vertebrates. (Winn.)

Zool. 130. Hydrobiology. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
one year of zoology and one year of chemistry or permission of the instructor. The
study of freshwater and marine ecosystems, with particular emphasis on the physics,
chemistry and production biology of standing waters. (Stross.)

Zool. 181. Animal Behavior. (3) (_Same as Psych. 18 J)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor.
A study of animal behavior, including considerarions of social interactions, learning
sensory processes, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major emphasis on
mammals. (Ross.)

123 ►

Zoology

Zool. 199S. National Science Foundation Summer Institute for Teachers of

Science and Mathematics. Seminar. (I)
Summer session. Seminar fee, $5.00. An integrated discussion of recent advances and
basic principles of biology. The program will include lectures by recognized authorities
in various fields of biology, laboratory demonstrations, and organized discussion groups.
Student participation vdll be encouraged. (Brown, Staff.)

For Graduates

Zool. 202. Animal Cytology. (4)

First semester. Alternate years. To be offered 1960-61. Two lectures and two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 108. A study of cellular structure
with particular reference to the morphology and physiology of cell organoids and
inclusions. CBro\\'n.)

Zool. 203. Advanced Embryology. C.4')

Second semester. Alternate years. Not offered 1960-61. Two lectures and two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 20. Mechanics of fertilization and
growth. A review of the important contributions in the field of experimental
embryology. CRamm.)

Zool. 204. Advanced Physiology. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequi-
sites, Zool. 102, and one year of organic chemistry. The principles of general and cellu-
lar physiology as found in animal life. (Schoenbom.)

Zool. 207. Zoology Seminar. QCredit to he arranged.")

First and second semesters. Summer session. One lecture a week for each credit hour.
1. Cytology; 2. Embryology (General Embryology, Experimental Embryology, Inverte-
brate Embryology, Transplantation and Regeneration, Endocrines and Development);
3. Fisheries, 4. Genetics (Population Genetics); 5. Parasitology (General Parasitology,
Helminth ology. Fish Diseases); 6. Physiology (Physiology of Protozoa, Invertebrate
Physiology, Physiology of Fishes, Physiology of Development); 7. Systematics (Evolu-
tion, Herpetology, Ichthyology, Zoogeography); 8. Ecology (Experimental Ecology,
Marine Ecology, Radioisotopes in Ecology, Population Dynamics, Limnology); 9.
Behavior (Comparative Behavior, Fish Beha^dor, Electronic Instrumentation); 19.
Recent Advances (Microtechnique and Histochemistry, Russian biology). (Staff.)

ZooL 208. Special Prohlems in Zoology. CCredit to he arranged")

First and second semesters. Sxmimer session. 1. Cytology; 2. Embryology; 3. Fisheries;

5. Parasitology; 6. Physiology; 7. Systematics; 8. Ecolog)'^; and 9. Behavior. (Staff.)

Zool. 209. Advanced Parasitology. (4)

Second semester. Alternate years. Not offered 1960-61. Three lectures and one three-
hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 110 or permission of the instructor.
A study of the nature, origin and physiology of parasitism with emphasis on concepts of
pathogenesis, immunity, epidemiology and diagnosis. (Haley.)

Zool. 210. Systematic Zoology. C4)

Second semester. Alternate years. To be offered 1960-61. TTiree lectures and one three-

M 124

Zoology

hour laboratory period a week. The principles and practices involved in the collection,
preservation and classification of animals. CHighton.)

Zool. 211, 212. Lectures in Zoology. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Advanced lectvires by outstanding
authorities in their particular field of zoology. As the subject matter is continually
changing, a student may register several times, receiving credit for several semesters.

CVisiting Lecturers.)
Zool. 21 5S. Fisheries Technology. (4)

To be offered as needed during the smnmer session at the Sea Food Processing Lab-
oratory, Crisfield, Maryland. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week. The technological aspects of netting and collection of fish and other fishery re-
sources, methods of handling the catch, marketing of fishery products, and recent ad-
vances in the utilization of fishery products. CDimker.)

Zool. 216. Physiological Cytology. (4)

First semester. Alternate years. Not oflFered 1960-61. Two lectures and two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 161, 162, Phys. 11, Zool. 102,
or permission of the instructor. A study of the structure and function of cells by
chemical, physical and microscopic methods. (Brown.)

Zool. 220. Advanced Genetics. (4)

Second semester. Alternate years. Not offered 1960-61. Two lectures and two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. A consideration of recent
developments in genetics with emphasis on population genetics and evolution. Breed-
ing experiments vidth Drosophila will be conducted. (Highton.)

Zool. 223. Analysis of Animal Structure. (4)

Second semester. Alternate years. To be offered 1960-61. Two lectures and two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. The integration of morphological systems and appHca-
tion of physical laws to animal structures. (Ramm.)

Zool. 23 IS. Acarology. (3)

Summer session only. Lecture and laboratory. An introductory study of the Acarina

or mites and ticks with special emphasis on classification and biology. (Baker.)

Zool. 232S. Medical and Veterinary Acarology. (3)

Summer session only. Lecture and laboratory. The recognition, collection, culture, and
control of Acarina important to public health and animal husbandry wdth special em-
phasis on the transmission of diseases. (Camin.)

Zool. 233S. Agricultural Acarology. (3)

Summer session only. Lecture and laboratory. The recognition, collection, culture and

control of Acarina pests of crops and ornamentals. (Baker.)

Zool. 234. Experimental Mammalian Physiology. (4)

First semester. Two four-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 102 and
one year of chemistry above general chemistry. The theory, use, and appHcation to
research of instrumentation normally found in the physiology laboratory widi an intro-
duction to svirgical techniques on both large and small animals. (Grollman.)

125 ►

Zoology

Zool. 235. CompaTative Behavior. C^)

Second semester. Alternate years. Not offered 1960-61. Two lectures and two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 121 and 181, or permission of
instructor. An advanced course that deals with comparative whole animal reactions
to the inanimate and animate environment. Particular emphasis is placed on the
correlation of field and laboratory studies. (Winn.)

Zool. 399. Research. (^Credit to he arranged.')

First and second semesters. Summer session. Work on thesis project only. 1. Cytology;
2. Embryology; 3. Fisheries; 5. Parasitology; 6. Physiology; 7. Systematics; 8. Ecology;
and 9. Behavior. (Staff.)

< 126

FACULTY

1960-1961

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

Administrative Officers

LEON PERDUE SMITH, Dean of the College and Professor of Romance Languages
B.A., Emory University, 1919; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1928; ph.d., 1930.

CHARLES MANNING, Assistant Dean of the College and Associate Professor of
English

B.S., Tufts College, 1929; m.a., Harvard University, 1931; ph.d.. University of North

Carolina, 1950.

Professors

ALFRED OWEN ALDRiDGE, Pvofessor of English

B.S., Indiana University, 1937; m.a.. University of Georgia, 1938; ph.d., Duke
University, 1942; docteur de l'universite de parts, 1956.

GEORGE ANASTos. Professor of Zoology

B.S., University of Akron, 1942; m.a., Harvard University, 1947; ph.d., 1949.

THOMAS G. ANDREWS, Professor and Head of Psychology

B.A., University of Southern California, 1937; m.a.. University of Nebraska, 1939;
PH.D., 1941.

WILLIAM T. AVERY, Professor and Head of Classical Languages and Literatures
B.A., Western Reserve University, 1934; m.a., 1935; ph.d., 1937; fellow of the

AMERICAN academy IN ROME, 1937-39.

WILLIAM J. BAILEY, Research Professor of Chemistry

b.chem.. University of Minnesota, 1943; ph.d.. University of Illinois, 1946.

RICHARD H. BAUER, Professor of History

B.A., University of Chicago, 1924; m.a., 1928; ph.d., 1935.

CARL BODE, Professor of English

ph.b.. University of Chicago, 1933; m.a., Northwestern University, 1938; ph.d.,

1941; fellow of the royal society of literature of the united KINGDOM.

SUMNER o. burhoe, Professor Emeritus of Zoology

B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1925; m.s., Kansas State College, 1926; ph.d..
Harvard University, 1937.

VERNE e. chatelain, Professor of History

B.A., Nebraska State Teachers College, 1917; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1925;
PH.D., University of Minnesota, 1943.

LEON w. COHEN, Professor and Head of Mathematics

A.B., Columbia University, 1923; a.m., 1925; ph.d.. University of Michigan, 1928.

127 ►

Faculty

JULES DE LAUNAY, Professor of Physics (Part time)

B.A., Oxford University, 1935; m.a., 1938; ph.d., Stanford University, 1939.

AVRON DOUGLis, ProfessoT of Mathematics

A.B., University of Chicago, 1938; M.S., New York University, 1948; ph.d., 1949.

JOHN E. FABER, ProfcssoT and Head of Microbiology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; ph.d., 1937.

WILLIAM F. FALLS, ProfessoT of Foreign Languages

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1922; m.a., Vanderbilt University, 1928; ph.d..
University of Pennsylvania, 1932.

PETER s. FARAGO, Visiting Research Professor of Physics
PH.D., Budapest University, 1940.

RICHARD A. FERRELL, ProfcSSOr of PhysicS

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1948; M.S., 1949; ph.d., Princeton Univer-
sity, 1952.

ROBERT E. FULLERTON, ProfcssoT of Mathematics

B.S., Heidelberg College, 1938; M.S., Syracuse University, 1940; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1945.

LUCIUS GARVIN, ProfessoT and Head of Philosophy
B.A., Brownn University, 1928; m.a., 1929; ph.d., 1933.

WESLEY M. GEWEHR, ProfessoT Emcrttus of History

PH.B., University of Chicago, 1911; m.a., 1912; ph.d., 1922.

FRANK GOODWYN, Profcssor of Foreign Languages

B.A., Texas College of Arts and Industries, 1939; m.a., 1940; ph.d.. University of
Texas, 1946.

FRANCIS B. GORDON, Visiting Professor of Microbiology

B.S., IlUnois Weslevan University, 1927; ph.d.. University of Chicago, 1936; m.d.,
1937.

ROSE M. GRENTZER, Professor of Music

B.A., Mus. ED., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1935; b.a., mus., 1936; m.a., 1939.

JOHN w. GUSTAD, Profcssor of Psychology and Director of the University Coun-
seling Center

B.A., Macalester College, 1943; m.a.. University of Minnesota, 1948; ph.d., 1949.

P. ARNE HANSEN Professor of Microhiology

b.ph.. University of Copenhagen, 1922; m.s., 1926; ph.d., Cornell University, 1931.

SUSAN E. HARMAN, Professor of English

B.A., University of Nebraska, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d.. The Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, 1926.

CHARLES HERZFELD, Profcssor of Physics QPart time)

B. chem. e., CathoBc University, Washington, D. C, 1945; ph.d.. University of
Chicago, 1951.

-^ 128

Faculty

MAURICE R. HiLLEMAN, VisHing ProfessoT of MicTohiology

33. s., Montana State College, 1941; ph.d.. University of Chicago, 1944.

HAROLD c. HOFFSOMMER, Pwfessor and Head of Sociology

B.A., Northwestern University, 1921; m.a., 1923; ph.d., Cornell University, 1929.

STANLEY B. JACKSON, ProfcssoT of Mathematics

B.A., Bates College, 1933; m.a.. Harvard University, 1934; ph.d., 1937.

AUBREY c. LAND, PwfessoT and Head of History

B.ED., Southern Illinois University, 1934; jm.a.. State University of Iowa, 1938;
PH.D., 1948.

PETER P. LEjiNS, Professor of Sociology

MAGisTER PHiLosoPHiAE, University of Latvia, 1930; magister iuris, 1933; ph.d..
University of Chicago, 1938.

ELLIS R. LiPPiNCOTT, ProfcssoT of Chemistry

B.A., Earlham College, 1943; M.S., The Johns Hopkins University, 1944; ph.d.,
1947.

MONROE H. MARTIN, Profcssor of Mathematics

B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1928; ph.d.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1932.

JOHN R. MAYOR, Profcssor of Mathematics

B.S., Knox College, 1928; m.a.. University of Illinois, 1929; ph.d.. University of
Wisconsin, 1933.

JAMES G. MC MANAWAY, Pvofcssor of English

B.A., University of Virginia, 1919; m.a., 1920; ph.d.. The johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, 1931.

BRUCE L. MELViN, ProfcssoT of Sociology

E.S., University of Missouri, 1916; m.a., 1917; ph.d., 1921.

HORACE s. MERRILL, Profcssor of History

B.E., River Falls State College, 1932; ph.m.. University of Wisconsin, 1933; ph.d.,
1942.

ELLIOTT MONTROLL, Research Professor of Physics
B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1937; ph.d., 1940.

RAYMOND MORGAN, Profcssor of Physics

B.S., Indiana University, 1916; M.S., 1917; ph.d.. University of Pennsylvania, 1922.

CHARLES D. MURPHY, Profcssor and Head of Eizglish

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1929; m.a.. Harvard University, 1930; ph.d., Cornell
University, 1940.

RALPH D. MYERS, Profcssor of Physics

B.A., Cornell University, 1934; m.a., 1935; ph.d., 1937.

ERNST OPiK, Visiting Professor of Physics

Moscow Imperial University, 1916; ph.d., Tartu (Dorpat) University, 1923.

129 ►

Faculty

MICHAEL J. PELCZAR, JR., Pwfessor of MicTohiology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1936; M.S., 1938; ph.d., State University' of Iowa,
1941.

A. J. PRAHL, Professor of Foreign Langiiages and Associate Dean of the Grad-
uate School

M.A., Washington University, 1928; ph.d.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1933.

GORDON vv. PRANGE, Professor of History

B.A., University of lovi^a, 1932; m.a., 1934; ph.d., 1937.

ERNEST F. PRATT, ProfessoT of Chemistry

B.A., University of Redlands, 1937; M.S., Oregon State College, 1939; ph.d.. Uni-
versity of Michigan, 1942.

B. HARLAN RANDALL, ProfeSSOr of Music

B.MUS., Washington College, 1938.

wiLKiNS REEVE, Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1936; ph.d., University of Wisconsin, 1940.

CARL L. ROLLiNSON, Professor of Chemistry

B.S., University of Michigan, 1933; ph.d.. University of Illinois, 1939.

HENRY w. scHOENBORN, Professor of Zoology

A.B., DePauw University, 1933; ph.d.. New York University, 1939.

LEON P. SMITH, Dean, College of Arts and Sciences, and Professor, Romance
Languages

B.A., Emory University, 1919; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1928; PH.D., 1930.

s. FRED SINGER, Professor of Physics

B.E.E., Ohio State University, 1943; m.a., Princeton University, 1944; ph.d., 1948.

KARL L. STELLMACHER, Profcssor of Mathematics

master's degree, University of Gottingen, 1933; ph.d., 1936.

-WARREN L. STRAUSBAUGH, Profcssor and Head of Speech and Dramatic Arts
B.S., Wooster College, 1932; m.a.. State University of Iowa, 1935.

WILLIAM J. sviRBELY, Profcssor of Chemistry

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1931; M.S., 1932; d.sc, 1935.

JOHN s. TOLL, Professor and Head of Physics

B.S., Yale University, 1944; m.a., Princeton University, 1948; ph.d., 1952.

HOMER ULRICH, Professor and Head of Music
M.A., University of Chicago, 1939.

FLETCHER P. VEITCH, Professor of Chemistry

B.S., University of Maryland, 1931; m.s., 1933; ph.d., 1935.

WILLIAM s. VERPLANCK, Profcssor of Psychology

B.S., University of Virginia, 1937; m.a., 1938; ph.d., Brovv^n University, 1941.

<3 130

Faculty

JOEL WARREN, Visithig Pwfessor of Microbiology

B.A., Yale University, 1936; m.a., Columbia University, 1938; ph.d., 1940.

JOSEPH WEBER, Profcssor of Electrical Engineering and Physics

B.S., U.S. Naval Academy, 1940; ph.d.. The Catholic University of America, 1951.

FRED w. WELLBORN, Professor of History

B.A., Baker University, 1918; m.a., University of Kansas, 1923; ph.d., University of
Wisconsin, 1926.

G. w. WHARTON, Professor and Head of Zoology
B.S., Duke University, 1935; ph.d., 1939.

JAMES P. WHARTON, Professor and Head of Art

B.A., WofFord College, 1914; b.a., Duke University, 1914; Graduate, Maryland
Institute of Fine Arts, 1923; m.f.a.. University of Guanajuato, Me.xico, 1952.

JOHN R. WESKE, Visiting Research Professor of Fluid Dynamics
DiPL. iNG. TECH. HocHSCHULE, 1923; M.S., Harvard, 1932; sc.d., 1934.

CHARLES E. WHITE, ProfcssoT of Chemistry

B.S., University of Marj'land, 1923; M.S., 1924; ph.d., 1926.

G. FORREST WOODS, Profcssor of Chemistry

B.S., Northwestern University, 1934; b.a., 1935; M.S., Harvard University, 1937;
PH.D., 1940.

w. GORDON ZEEVELD, ProfessoT of English

B.A., University of Rochester, 1924; m.a.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1929;
PH.D., 1936.

a. e. zucker. Professor and Head of Foreign Languages

B.A., University of Illinois, 1912; m.a., 1913; ph.d.. University of Pennsylvania,
1917.

Associate Professors

ROY s. ANDERSON, Associate Professor of Physics

A.B., Clark University, 1943; m.a., Dartmouth College, 1948; ph.d., Duke Univer-
sity, 1951.

CECIL R. BALL, Associatc ProfessoT of English

B.A., College of WiUiam and Mar}', 1923; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1934;
PH.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1955.

GEORGE F. BATKA, Associatc Profcssor of Speech and Dramatic Arts
B.A., Wichita University, 1938; m.a.. University of Michigan, 1941.

ALFRED J. BINGHAM, Associatc Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Yale University, 1933; ph.d., Columbia University, 1939.

JOHN w. BRACE, Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.A., Swarthmore College, 1949; m.a., Cornell University, 1951; ph.d., 1953.

131 >

Faculty

GEORGE M. BROWN, Associatc Professor of Chemistry

B.A., Emor)' University, 1942; M.S., 1943; m.a., Princeton University, 1946; ph.d.,
1949.

JOSHUA R. c. BROWN, Associate Professor of Zoology
B.A., Duke University, 1948; m.a., 1949; ph.d., 1953.

FRANKLIN D. cooLEY, Associate Profcssor of English

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1927; m.a.. University of Mar^'land, 1933;
PH.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1940.

RAYMOND N. DOETSCH, Associate ProfcssoT of Microbiology

B.S., University of Illinois, 1942; M.S., Indiana University, 1943; ph.d.. University
of Maryland, 1948.

RICHARD A. GOOD, Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.A., Ashland College, 1939; m.a.. University of Wisconsin, 1940; ph.d., 1945.

DONALD c. GORDON, Associate ProfcssoT of History

B.A., College of WiUiam and Mar}', 1934; m.a., Columbia Teachers College, 1938;
PH.D., Columbia University, 1947.

WILLIAM H. GRAVELY, JR., Associate ProfcssoT of English

B.A., College of William and Mary, 1925; m.a.. University of Virginia, 1934;
PH.D., 1953.

A. JAMES HALEY, Associate Profcssor of Zoology

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1949; M.S., 1950; sc.d., Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, 1955.

FRANCIS R. HAMA, Associate Research Professor of Fluid Dynamics
M.E., Tokyo Imperial University, 1940; sc.d., 1952.

RICHARD HENDRICKS, Associate Profcssor of Sfeech and Dramatic Art

B.A., Franklin College, 1937; m.a., Ohio State University, 1939; ph.d., Ohio State
University, 1956.

WILLIAM F. HORNY ak, Associute Profcssor of Physics

B.E.E., City College of New York, 1944; M.S., California Institute of Technolog)',
1945; PH.D., 1949.

RICHARD w. iSKRAUT, Associatc Professor of Physics

B.S., City College of New York, 1937; ph.d., Leipzig University, 1941.

wiLHELMiNA jASHEMSKi, Associate Professor of History

B.A., York College, 1931; m.a.. University of Nebraska, 1933; ph.d.. University of
Chicago, 1942.

H. BRYCE JORDAN, Associatc Profcssor of Music

B.MUS., University of Texas, 1948; m.mus., 1949; ph.d.. University of North
Carolina, 1956.

CHARLES F. KRAMER, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
PH.B., Dickinson College, 1911; m.a., 1912.

< 132

Faculty

NORMAN c. LAFFER, Associatc Pwfessor of Microbiology

B.S., Allegheny College, 1929; M.S., University of Maine, 1932; ph.d.. University
of Illinois, 1937.

HOWARD J. ILASTER, Associatc ProfcssoT of Phjsics

A.B., Harvard College, 1951; ph.d., Cornell University, 1957.

THELMA z. LAviNE, Associate Ptofessor of Philosofhy
B.A., Radcliffe College, 1936; m.a., 1937; ph.d., 1939.

JOHN LEMBACH, Associate Professor of Art

B.A., University of Chicago, 1934; m.a.. Northwestern University, 1937; ed.d.,
Columbia Teachers College, 1946.

WILLIAM M. MACDONALD, Associatc Profcssor of Physics

B.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1950; ph.d., Princeton Universit)', 1955.

THOMAS M. MAGOON, Associatc Profcssor of Psychology and Assistant Director of
the University Counseling Center

B.A., Dartmouth University, 1947; m.a.. University of Minnesota, 1951; ph.d., 1954.

CHARLES MANNING, Associatc Dcan of the College and Associate Professor of
English

B.S., Tufts College, 1929; m.a.. Harvard University, 1931; ph.d., University of

North Carolina, 1950.

HERMAN MARiL, Associatc Profcssor of Art

GRADUATE, Mar)'land Institute of Fine Arts, 1928.

EDWARD A. MASON, Associatc Profcssor of Molecidar Physics

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1947; ph.d., Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology, 1950.

ELLIOTT M. Mc GiNNiEs, Associate Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Buffalo, 1943; m.a., BrowTi University, 1944; m.a.. Harvard
University, 1946; ph.d., 1948.

ARTHUR c. PARSONS, Associate Professor of foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; m.a., 1928.

HUGH B. picKARD, Associatc ProfcssoT of Chemistry

E.A., Haverford College, 1933; ph.d.. Northwestern University, 1938.

WILLIAM R. QUYNN, Associatc Profcssor of Foreign Langtiages

B.A., University of Virginia, 1922; m.a., 1923; ph.d.. The Johns Hopkins Univer-
sity, 1934.

ALBERT ROSEN, Associatc Profcssor of Psychology

B.A., Universitv of Pittsburgh, 1940; m.a., University' of Mirmesota, 1948; ph.d.,
1952.

HOMER w. scHAMP, JR., Assoctate Professor of Molecular Physics

A.B., Miami University, 1944; M.S., University of Michigan, 1947; ph.d., 1952.

WALTER E. SCHLARETZKI, Associatc ProfessoT of Philosofhy

B.A., Monmouth College, 1941; m.a.. University of Illinois, 1942; ph.d., Cornell
University, 1948.

133 ►

Faculty

PAUL w. SHANKWEiLER, Associatc Pwfessor of Sociology

PH.B., Muhlenberg University, 1919; m.a., Columbia University, 1921; ph.d., Uni-
versity of North Carolina, 1934.

MAURICE R. siEGLER, Associate Profcssor of Art

GRADUATE, Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Arts, 1921; certificate, Fontainebleau
School of Fine Arts, 1926; b.s., in architecture, Georgia School of Technology,
1930; M.F.A., University of Guanajuato, Mexico, 1956.

GEORGE A. SNOW, Associute Professor of Physics

B.S., College of the City of New York, 1945; m.a., Princeton University, 1947;
PH.D., 1949.

ALLEN R. soLEM, Associate Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Minnesota, 1938; m.a., Wayne University, 1948; ph.d., Uni-
versity of Michigan, 1953.

DAVID s. SPARKS, Associatc ProfessoT of History

B.A., Grinnell College, 1944; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1945; ph.d., 1951.

FAGUE K. SPRiNGMANN, Associate Professor of Music
B.Mus., Westminster Choir College, 1939.

ROLAND N. STROMBERG, Associate Professor of History

B.A., University of Kansas City, 1939; m.a., American University, 1945; ph.d..
University of Maryland, 1952.

CALVIN F. STUNTZ, Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.A., University of Buffalo, 1939; ph.d., 1947.

JOSEPH T. VANDERSLicE, Associatc Professor of Molecular Physics

B.S., Boston College, 1949; ph.d., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1952.

KATHRYN M. PAINTER WARD, Associute ProfcssoT of English

B.A., The George Washington University, 1935; m.a., 1936; ph.d., 1947.

KURT WEBER, Associatc ProfcssoT of English

B.A., Williams College, 1930; b.a., Oxford University, 1932; m.a., Columbia Uni-
versity, 1933; PH.D., 1940.

HOWARD E. WINN, Associate Professor of Zoology

B.A., Bowdoin College, 1948; M.S., University of Michigan, 1950; ph.d., 1955.

Assistant Professors

FRANK G. ANDERSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology

A.B., Cornell University, 1941; ph.d.. University of New Mexico, 1951.

NANCY s. ANDERSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Colorado, 1952; m.a., Ohio State University, 1953; ph.d., 1956.

MARY L. ANDREWS, Assistant Professor of English

B.S., New York University, 1929; m.a., 1935; ph.d., 1941.

M 134

Faculty

THOMAS J. AYLWARD, ProfcssoT of Sfeech and Dramatic Art
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1947; M.S., 1949.

JACK c. BARNES, Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Duke University, 1939; m.a., 1947; ph.d.. University of Maryland, 1954.

OTHO T. BEALL, JR., Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Williams College, 1930; m.a.. University of Minnesota, 1933; ph.d., Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania, 1952.

EARL s. BEARD, Assistant Professor of History

B.A., Baylor University, 1948; m.a.. State University of Iowa, 1950; ph.d., 1953.

BERNARD G. BERENSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Counselor in the
University Cojinseling Center

B.A., American Universit)', 1953; m.a., University of Maryland, 1957; ph.d., 1959.

JOEL H. BERMAN, Assistant Professor of Music

B.S., Juilliard School of Music, 1951; m.a., Columbia University, 1953.

ALFRED c. BOYD, Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Canisius College, 1951; ph.d., Purdue University, 1957.

FURMAN A. BRiDGERS, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Duke University, 1925; m.a., University of Chicago, 1928.

SAMUEL E. BROWN, Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Indiana University, 1934; m.a., 1946; ph.d., Yale University, 1955.

ELEANOR w. BULATKiN, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1950; ph.d., 1952.

GEORGE H. CALLCOTT, Assistant Professor of History

B.A., University of South Carolina, 1950; m.a., Columbia University, 1951; ph.d..
University of North Carolina, 1956.

JOHN CARRUTHERS, Assistant Professor of Chemistry

CHARLES H. COAXES, Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.S., West Point, 1924; m.a., Louisiana State University, 1952; ph.d., 1955.

PAUL K. CONKIN, Assistant Professor of History

B.A., MilHgan College, 1951; m.a., Vanderbilt University, 1953; ph.d., 1957.

SARA E. coNLON, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.A., University of Maryland, 1947; m.a.. State University of Iowa, 1950.

ELLEN coRREL, Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Douglas College (Rutgers University), 1951; M.S., Purdue University, 1953;
PH.D., 1957.

JOHN L. COULTER, Assistant Professor of English

B.A., American University, 1934; m.a.. University of North Carolina, 1936.

HERBERT A. CROSMAN, Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Harvard University, 1938; m.a., 1944; ph.d., 1947.

135 ►

Faculty

MARGARET T. cussLER, Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., New York State College of Teachers at Albany, 1933; m.a., Radcliffe College,
1941; PH.D., 1943.

THOMAS B. DAY, Assistant Research Professor of Physics

B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1952; ph.d., Cornell University, 1957.

CONSTANCE P. DENT, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Counselor in the

University Counseling Center

B.A., BuckneU University, 1951; m.a.. Temple University, 1951; ph.d., Pennsyl-
vania State University, 1958.

ROBERT L. DETENBECK, Assistant Research Professor of Physics

DONALD DEW, Assistant Professor of Sfeech and Dramatic Art

B.A., University of Maryland, 1950; m.a., State University of Iowa, 1956; ph.d.. State
University of Iowa, 1958.

EDWARD DiBELLA, Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.S., Washington University, 1936; m.a., 1938.

EiTEL w. DOBERT, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., University of Geneva, 1932; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1949; ph.d., 1954.

GERTRUDE EHRLiCH, Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Georgia State College for Women, 1943; m.a.. University of North Carolina,
1945; PH.D., University of Tennessee, 1953.

E. JAMES FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of History

B.A., University of Washington, 1939; m.a., 1941; ph.d.. University of Wisconsin,
1951.

RUDD FLEMING, Assistant Professor of English

B.A., University of Chicago, 1930; m.a., Cornell University, 1932; ph.d., 1934.

GILBERT GORDON, Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Bradley University, 1955; ph.d., Michigan State University, 1959.

HANS GRiEM, Assistant Professor of Physics

ABiTUR, Max-Planck-Schule, Kiel, Germany, 1949; ph.d., Universitat Kiel, Germany,
1954.

SIDNEY GROLLMAN, Assistant Professor of Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1947; M.S., 1949; ph.d., 1952.

FRANCIS s. GRUBAR, Assistant Professor of Art

B.A., University of Marj'land, 1948; m.a., 1949; m.a., Johns Hopkins University,
1952.

THOMAS w. HALL, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., University of Maryland, 1938; m.a., Middlebury College, 1950; ph.d.. Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1958.

HUBERT p. HENDERSON, Assistant Professor of Music and Director of University
Bands

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1941; m.a., 1950.

M 136

Faculty

HERBERT H. HENKE, Assistant Professor of Music and Music Education
B.MUS.ED., Oberlin College, 1953; m.mus., 1954.

EMiL F. HEERMANN, Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Cincinnati, 1952; m.a., Ohio State University, 1957; ph.d., 1959.

CHRiSTOPH A. HERiNG, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
PH.D., University of Bonn, 1950.

RICHARD T. HiGHTON, Assistant Professor of Zoology

B.A., New York University, 1950; M.S., University of Florida, 1953; ph.d., 1956.

ROBERT K. HIR2EL, Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., Pennsylvania State College, 1946; m.a., 1950; ph.d., Louisiana State University,
1954.

JOHN HORVATH, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
PH.D., University of Budapest, 1947.

ROLF o. HUBBE, Assistant Professor of Classical Languages and Literatures
B.A., Hamilton College, 1947; m.a., Princeton University, 1950; ph.d., 1950.

JAMES a. hummel. Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1949; m.a.. Rice Institute, 1953; ph.d.,
1955.

RICHARD jaquith, Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1940; m.s., 1942; ph.d., Michigan State Univer-
sity, 1955.

FRANTZ J. KASLER, Assistant Professor of Chemistry
DOKTORANDUM, University of Vienna, 1956; ph.d., 1959.

WILLIAM KASNER, Assistant Research Professor of Physics

B.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1951; ph.d.. University of Pittsburgh, 1957.

SITARAMA lakshmanan. Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Annamalai University (India), 1946; m.a., 1949; ph.d.. University of Mary-
land, 1954.

CHARLES w. LESLIE, Assistant Professor of Philosophy

B.A., Victoria College, 1930; m.a.. University of Toronto, 1933; ph.d.. Harvard
University, 1945.

HARRIS J. LiNDER, Assistant Professor of Zoology

B.S., Long Island University, 1951; M.S., Cornell University, 1955; ph.d., 1958.

IRVING LiNKOW, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., University of Denver, 1937; m.a., 1938.

LEONARD I. LUTWACK, Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Wesleyan University, 1939; m.a., 1940; ph.d., Ohio State University, 1950.

WILLIAM G. MAiscH, Assistant Professor of Molectdar Physics

B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1951; ph.d.. Brown University, 1956.

137 ►

Faculty

ALEXEi A. MARADUDiN, Assistant Research Professor in Physics

B.S., Stanford University, 1953; M.S., 1954; ph.d.. University of Bristol, 1957.

JERRY MARION, Assistant Professor of Physics

B.A., Reed College, 1952; M.S., Rice Institute, 1953; ph.d., 1955.

MINERVA L. MARTIN, Assistant Professor of English

B.S., University of Alabama, 1931; m.a., Louisiana State University, 1937; ph.d.,
1940.

ANNIE L. MC ELHENIE, Assistant Professor of Sociology

A.B., Franklin College, 1926; b.s., Hillsdale College, 1927; m.a., University of Chicago,
1941; Certificate Third Year, New York School of Social Work, Columbia Univer-
sity, 1951.

CHARLTON MEYER, Assistant Professor of Music
B.MUs., Curtis Institute, 1952.

CHARLES c. MisH, Assistant Professor of English

B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1936; m.a., 1946; ph.d., 1951.

ANNABELLE B. MOTZ, Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1941; m.a., University of Chicago, 1943; ph.d., 1950.

JOHN V. MUELLER, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Counselor in the Uni-
versity Counseling Center

B.A., University of Iowa, 1954; m.a., Ohio State University, 1957; ph.d., 1959.

GRAciELA P. NEMES, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages

B.S., Trinity College, 1942; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1949; ph.d., 1952.

GROVER c. NiEMEYER, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.S., DePauw University, 1933; m.a.. Northwestern University, 1935; ph.d., Yale
University, 1942.

martin h. pearl. Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1950; m.a.. University of Michigan, 1951; PH.D., Univer-
sity of Wisconsin, 1955.

JOHN PORTZ, Assistant Professor of English

B.S., Duke University, 1937; m.a.. Harvard University, 1941; ph.d., 1958.

HESTER B. PROVENSEN, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art
LL.B., George Washington University, 1926; m.a., Emerson College, 1948.

RUDOLPH E. PUGLiESE, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Miami University, 1947; m.a., Catholic LFniversity, 1949.

DONALD K. PUMROY, Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Iowa, 1949; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951; ph.d.. Univer-
sity of Washington, 1954.

WILLIAM c. PURDY, Assistant Professor of Chemistry

A.B., Amherst College, 1951; ph.d., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1955.

-^ 138

Faculty

GORDON M. RAMM, Assistant Professor of Zoology

B.A., University of Buffalo, 1949; m.a., 1950; ph.d., New York University, 1954.

MARGUERITE c. RAND, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., Pomona College, 1919; m.a., Stanford University, 1921; ph.d.. University of
Chicago, 1951.

PATRICK w. RiDDLEBERGER, Assistant Professor of History

B.A., Virginia Military Institute, 1939; m.a.. University of California, 1949; ph.d.,
1952.

GEORG J. RiEGER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics

DR. RER. NAT., University of Giessen, 1953; habilitation, 1955.

HELEN A. RrvLiN, Assistant Professor of History

B.A., University of Rochester, 1949; m.a., Radcliffe College, 1950; d. phil., Oxford
University, 1953.

LEONARD s. RODBERG, Assistant Professor of Physics

B.A., Johns Hopkins Universit)', 1954; ph.d., Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
1957.

WILLIAM G. ROSEN, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., University of Illinois, 1943; M.S., 1947; ph.d., 1954.

LEONORA c. ROSENFiELD, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Smith College, 1930; m.a., Columbia University, 1931; ph.d., 1940.

HERBERT SCHAUMANN, Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Westminster College, 1931; ph.d., Cornell University, 1935.

MARK SCHWEIZER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
M.A., University of Maryland, 1931; ph.d., 1941.

GAYLE s. SMITH, Assistant Professor of English

B.S., Iowa State College, 1948; m.a., Cornell University, 1951; ph.d., 1958.

HENRY PHILLIP STEINBERG, Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1954; ph.d.. Northwestern University, 1959.

EDWARD A. STERN, Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1951; ph.d., 1955.

M. ELIZABETH STiTES, Assistant Professor of Art
B.ARCH., New York University, 1941.

RAYMOND G. STROSS, Assistant Professor of Zoology

B.S., University of Missouri, 1952; M.S., University of Idaho, 1954; ph.d.. Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, 1958.

JOSEPH sucHER, Assistant Professor of Physics

E.S., Brooklyn College, 1952; ph.d., Columbia University, 1957.

RAYMOND THORBERG, Assistant ProfessoT of English

B.A., University of Alaska, 1939; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1946; ph.d., Cornell
University, 1954.

139 ►

Faculty

JAMES A. WALKER, Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Amherst College, 1939; m.a.. Harvard University, 1941; ph.d., 1948.

NORMA WEGNER, Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., Hunter College, 1944; ri.a., Cornell University, 1946; ph.d.. University of
Connecticut, 1955.

HELMUT WEYMANN, Assistant Research Professor of Fluid Dynamics
DiPL. IN PHYSICS, Technische Hochschule Aachen, 1952; dr. rer. nat., 1954.

MATTHEW YARC20WER, Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.B.A., College of the City of New York, 1953; m.a., University of Maryland, 1955;
PH.D., 1958.

MiSHAEL ZEDEK, Assistant Professor of Mathematics

M.S., Hebrew University, Jerusalem, 1952; ph.d., Harvard University, 1956.

Research Associates

ROBERT AYRES, Research Associate in Physics

A.B., University of Chicago, 1952; b.s., 1954; ph.d., University of London, 1958.

CARLETON M. CLIFFORD, Research Associate in Zoology

B.A., University of Vermont, 1954; ph.d.. University of Maryland, 1958.

ROSEMARY coLDWELL HORSFALL, Research Associate in Physics

B.S., University of St. Andrews, 1954; ph.d.. University of Oxford, 1959.

PEGGY A. DIXON, Research Associate in Physics

B.A., Western Reserve University, 1950; M.S., University of Maryland, 1954; ph.d..
University of Maryland, 1959.

ROBERT J. FALLON, Research Associate in Molecular Physics C'post-doctoraT)
B.A., Catholic University, 1954; M.S., 1955; ph.d., 1959.

JACK D. FiNDLEY, Research Associate in Psychology

B.A., Baylor University, 1951; ph.d., Columbia University, 1954.

LOUIS T. HO, Research Associate in Molecular Physics
B.A., Catholic University, 1953.

VENUGOPAL KESAvuLU, Research Associate in Molecular Physics Cfost-doctoral)
B.S., HONORS, University of Mysore, India, 1948; M.S., 1951; ph.d., New York
University, 1960.

YOG PRAKASH KULSBESHTHA, Research Associate in Physics

E.S., Agra College, 1949; M.S., Aligarh University, 1952; ph.d., 1955.

MANOj K. PAL, Research Associate in Physics

I.S., Presidency College, 1949; b.s., 1951; M.S., Calcutta University, 1953.

JEAN PERETTi, Research Associate in Physics

LicENCE-Es-sciENCEs, 1941; AgTCgation des Science Physique, 1951; ph.d.. Uni-
versity of Grenoble, France, 1957.

< 140

Faculty

YOLANDA PRATT, Research Associate in Chemistry

B.A., Cornell University, 1938; ph.d., Columbia University, 1942.

SADAO ONEDA, Research Associate in Physics

E.S., Tohoku Universitj', 1956; d.s., Nagoya University, 1953.

SAMUEL B. scHNiTZER, Research Associate in Psychology

B.A., Temple Universit)', 1951; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1953; ph.d.,
1958.

ERWIN TOBIAS, Research Associate in Molecular Physics Cfost-doctoraV)
B.S., Brookl\Ti College, 1956; ph.d., Princeton University, 1959.

JOHN w. TREMBLY, Research Associate in Molecttlar Physics

DAVID H. B. ULMER, Research Associate in Zoology
A.B., Duke University, 1946; ph.d., 1955.

STANLEY WEISSMAN, Research Associate in Moleciilar Physics C-post-doctoral')
B.S., Roosevelt University, 1953; ph.d., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1959.

Instructors

VALENTINA ADAMS, InstTttctOT of Foreign Languages

B.A., Sarah LawTence College, 1950; certificate of frexch language, Sorbonne,
University of Paris, 1954; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1959.

MALTHON M. ANAPOL, InstructoT of Specch and Dramatic Art
B.S., Rutgers University, 1949; m.a.. Temple University, 1953.

ROBERT T. ANDERSON, Instructor of Foreign Languages

A.B., University of Missouri, 1947; m.a.. University of Illinois, 1949; PH.D., Ohio
State University, 1958.

E. RHEDA BECKER, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., University of Marj'land, 1956; m.a., 1957.

RICHARD D. BECKMAN, Instructor of English

B.A., Columbia University, 1953; m.a., Rochester University, 1954.

MELvnsr BERNSTEIN, Instructor of Music

A.B., Southwestern at Memphis, 1947; b. mus., 1948; m. mus., University of
Michigan, 1949; m.a.. University of North Carolina, 1954.

JOSEPH c. BLAIR, InstructoT of Foreign Languages
A.B., University of Maryland, 1951.

MARIE BOBORYKiNE, InstriictoT of Foreign Lwiguages
M.A., St. Petersburg Archeological Institute, 1914.

HUGO A. BOURDEAu, Instructor of Sociology

A.B., Tufts University', 1951; m.a., Boston University, 1952.

GEORGE p. BREWSTER, InstructoT of Mathematics
B.S., U. S. Naval Academy, 1916.

141 ►

Faculty

RAY B. BROWNE, InstTuctOT of English

B.A., University of Alabama, 1943; m.a., Columbia Oniversity, 1947; ph.d., Uni-
versity of California, Los Angeles, 1956.

DOROTHY BUTTS, Instructor of English

B.A., College of William and Mary, 1951; m.ed., University of Virginia, 1954.

CHUNjEN c. CHEN, Instrtictor of Foreign Languages

B.S., Cornell University, 1919; M.S., University of Maryland, 1920.

JOHN c. CLENDENiN, Instructor of English

B.S., Mansfield State Teachers College, 1935; m.a., Bucknell University, 1941.

SHEROD M. COOPER, JR., Instructor of English
B.S., Temple University, 1951; m.a., 1953.

PHYLLIS w. cowEN, Instructor of English

B.A., Hunter College, 1947; m.a.. University of Syracuse, 1948.

DOROTHY D. CRAVEN, InstructoT of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.S., Missouri State Teachers College, 1945; m.a.. State University of Iowa, 1948.

CONSTANCE H. DEMAREE, Instructor of English
B.A., University of Maryland, 1944; m.a., 1945.

SHIRLEY K. DESHON, Instructor of Sociology

B.A., Smith College, 1946; ph.d., Yale University, 1959.

MARY F. DE VERMOND, Instructor of Music

B.MUS., Howard University, 1942; m.a., Columbia University, 1948; ed.d.. Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1959.

PETER DiAMADOPOuLos, Instructor of Philosophy
B.A., Harvard University, 1952; m.a., 1956; ph.d., 1957.

DENNIS w. DOWELL, Instructor of Sociology
B.S., Purdue University, 1957; M.S., 1959.

NORMA E. DUNN, Instructor of English

B.A., Madison College, 1946; m.a.. University of Pennsylvania, 1953.

THOMAS H. DYER, Instructor of Mathematics
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy, 1924.

GERALD G. EGGERT, Instructor of History

B.A., Western Michigan University, 1949; m.a.. University of Michigan, 1951;
PH.D., 1960.

WILLIAM P. ELLIS, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.S., Towson Teachers College, 1954; m.a.. Northwestern University, 1956.

GEORGE Foss, JR., Instructor of Music

JACOB G. FRANZ, Instriictor of Sociology

B.A., Southwestern Oklahoma State Teachers College, 1935; m.a., Colimibia Uni-
versity, 1939.

M 142

Faculty

RALPH D. FREENY, lllStrUCtOT of Art
B.A., University of Maryland, 1959.

BERNARD FusARO, Instnictor of Mathematics

B.A., Svvarthmore College, 1950; m.a., Columbia University, 1954.

HELEN GARSTENS, Instructor of Mathematics
A.B., Hunter College, 1932.

MEYER GREENBERG, Instructor of Foreign Languages

B.A., Yeshiva University, 1934; m.a., Jewish Institute of Religion, 1944; ph.d.. Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1956.

ROBERT s. HALLER, Instructor of English

B.A., Amherst College, 1955; m.a., Princeton Universit)', 1957.

PIERRE T. HAN, InstTuctOT of English
B.A., Catholic University of America, 1951; m.a., Columbia University, 1952.

ROBERT R. HARE, Instructor of English

B.A., Ohio State University, 1936; m.a.. University of Delaware, 1957.

DONALD F. HENZE, Instrtictor of Philosophv

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1950; ph.d., 1954.

HAROLD J. HERMAN, Instructor of English
A.B., University of Maryland, 1952.

JOSEPH A. JAMES, Instructor of Foreign Languages

A.B., Bates College, 1925; m.a.. West Virginia University, 1930.

RODERICK H. JELLEMA, Instructor of English

B.A., Calvin College, 1951; Post Graduate Diploma in English Studies, Edinburgh
University, 1954.

CAROL R. KARP, Instructor of Mathematics

B.A., Manchester College, 1948; m.a., Michigan State University, 1950; ph.d.. Uni-
versity of Southern California, 1959.

HAMiLL T. KENNY, InstructoT of English

B.A., Columbia University, 1924; m.a., 1925; ph.d., University of Maryland, 1951.

DELYNN M. KEVER, Instructor of English

B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1951; m.a., 1957.

F. DONALD LAWS, Instructor of Sociology

B.A., Hobart College, 1953; m.a., University of Maryland, 1955.

CHARLES N. LEE, Instructor of Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1955; m.a., 1958.

GUYDO R. LEHNER, Instructor of Mathematics

B.S., Loyola of Chicago, 1951; m.s., University of Wisconsin, 1951; ph.d., 1957.

LEO R. LEMAiRE, Instructor of Foreign Languages
arbitur, Frankfort, 1926.

143 ►

Faculty

iNDA LEPSON, InstTuctOT of Mathematics

B.A., New York University, 1941; m.a., Columbia University, 1945.

PERRY LEViNSON, Instuictor of Sociology

B.A., Western Maryland College, 1951; m.a., University of Pennsylvania, 1953.

SHUH-YEsr Lu MAR, Instructor of Mathematics

B.A., Ginling College, 1928; M.S., Mount Holyoke, 1932.

JUSTIN G. MAC CARTHY, Instructor of Mathematics

B.A., St. John's University, 1936; ph.d.. University of Pittsburgh, 1955.

JOSEPH R. MARCHES, Instructor of Sociology

B.A., University of Minnesota, 1952; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1953.

MARTHA J. MAXWELL, Instructor of Psychology and Comiselor in the University
Counseling Center

B.A., University of Maryland, 1946; m.a., 1948; ph.d., 1959.

MARY B. Mc CLAY, Instructor of Mathematics

B.ED., Eastern Illinois State Teachers College, 1937; m.s.. University of Illinois,
1941.

ROBERT M. MYERS, Instructor of English

B.A., Vanderbilt University, 1941; m.a.. Harvard University, 1943; ph.d., Columbia
University, 1945.

ELIZABETH NELSON, Instructor of English

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1944; m.a.. Mills College, 1949; m.a.. University
of Maryland, 1957.

ANN E. NORTON, Instructor of Foreign Languages
B.A., S)T:acuse University, 1945; m.a., 1947.

LEONARD M. PITT, Instriictor of History

B.A., University of California at Los Angeles, 1952; m.a., 1955; ph.d., 1958.

OLIVER L. RICE, Instructor of English

b.mus.. Central CoUege, 1943; m.a., Columbia University, 1949.

EVELYN G. ROGERS, Instructor of English

B.A., Northwestern University, 1940; m.a.. University of Massachusetts, 1956.

MAY ROSWELL, Instructor of Foreign Languages

B.A., University of Dublin, 1936; certificate of teaching. University of Cam-
bridge, 1937; M.A., University of Maryland, 1957.

PHILIP ROVNER, InstructOT of Foreign Languages

B.A., The George Washington University, 1948; m.a., 1949; ph.d.. University of
Maryland, 1958.

FRANK L. RYAN, Instructor of English

B.A., University of Michigan, 1947; m.a., Boston College, 1948.

JOHN F. SCHMIDT, Instructor of Sociology

B.A., University of Chicago, 1941; m.a., 1946; ph.d., 1950.

M 144

Faculty

CHARLES J. scHMiTT, InstriictOT of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.A., Montana State University, 1953; m.a., University of Wisconsin, 1956; m.f.a.,
1959.

ROSE SEDGEwiCK, InstructoT of Mathematics

PH.B., Brown University, 1925; m.a., 1927; ph.d., 1929.

JULIUS c. SHEPHERD, Instructor of Mathematics

B.A., East Carolina Teachers' College, 1944; m.a., 1947.

WILLIAM E, STAHR, Instructor of English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1951; m.a., 1953.

E. THOMAS STARCHER, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.A., University of Southern California, 1940; m.a.. University of Arkansas, 1948.

BARBARA H. STEVENSON, Instructor of English
B.A., University of California, 1938; m.a., 1939.

MARTHA c. STONE, Instructor of English

B.S., IN ED., Southeast Missouri State College, 1927; m.a.. University of Missouri,
1929.

JOHN A. THOMAS, Instrjictor of English

B.A., Brigham Young University, 1952; m.a., 1953.

PAUL TRAVER, Instructor of Music

b.mus.. Catholic University of America, 1955; m.mus., 1957.

BETTY R. VANDERSLiCE, Instructor of Mathematics

B.A., Upsala College, 1945; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1948.

JAMES WALT, Instructor of English

B.A., University of Minnesota, 1936; m.a., University of Michigan, 1937; PH.D.,
1955.

CATHERINE M. WEAVER, Instructor of English

B.A., University of Michigan, 1918; m.a., Texas Christian University, 1929.

PAUL WARREN vs^HTNEY, Instructor of English

B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1950; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1952.

JOHN M. WILSON, Instructor of Sociology

B.J., University of Missouri, 1954; m.a., Universit}' of Mar}'land, 1958.

JACQUELINE L. ZEMEL, Instructor of Mathematics

B.S., Queens College, 1949; m.a., Syracuse University, 1951.

Assistant Instructors

DELMAR c. ANDERSON, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S., The Ohio State University, 1957; m.a., 1958.

JAMES WARD ARMACOST, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., University of Maryland, 1956; m.a.. University of North Carolina, 1959.

145 ►

Faculty

NANCY T. CHAN, Assistant histmctor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Denison University, 1957.

BETTY J, coLviN, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Allegheny College, 1955; m.a.. University of Pittsburgh, 1958.

L. DENTON CREWS, JR., Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., David Lipscomb College, 1959.

DAGMAR R. HENNEY, Assistant Instrtictor of Mathematics
B.S., University of Miami, 1954; M.S., 1956.

SARA KILE, Assistant Instructor of Speech
B.A., Ohio State University, 1958; m.a., 1959.

HERBERT E. RODGERS, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Franklin College, 1956; m.s., Purdue University, 1958.

BILLY BRUCE WAGENER, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Muskingum College, 1956; m.a., Ohio State University, 1957.

GLENN J. WOLFE, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dram-atic Art

B.S., Eastern Illinois University, 1955; m.a., State University of Iowa, 1959.

Lecturers

EDWARD w. BAKER, LecttircT in Zoology

B.S., University of California, 1936; ph.d., 1938.

JOSEPH V. BRADY, Lccturer in Psychology

B.S., Fordham University, 1943; ph.d., University of Chicago, 1951.

JOSEPH H. CAMiN, Lecturer in Zoology

B.S., Ohio State University, 1946; m.s., 1947; ph.d., 1951.

GEORGE D. CAUSEY, Lecturcr of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.A., University of Maryland, 1950; m.a., 1951; ph.d., Purdue University, 1954.

EDWIN R. SHUTTs, Lecturer of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.A., Indiana State Teachers' College, 1933; m.a.. Northwestern University, 1947;
PH.D., 1950.

ABRAHAM siNKOv, Lccturer in Mathematics

B.S., City College of New York, 1927; m.a., Colimibia University, 1929; ph.d.,
George Washington University, 1933.

EARL R. STADTMAN, Lccturcr in Microbiology
B.S., University of California, 1942; ph.d., 1949.

HAROLD L. WILLIAMS, Lecturer of Speech and Dramatic Art

A.B., University of Nebraska, 1944; ph.d.. University of Minnesota, 1951.

-^ 146

Faculty

Assistants

GEORGE w. ANDREWS, Chemistry

GEORGE W. EASTMENT, MiCTohiology

WILLIS F. HARviLL, Chemistry
JOAN s. HERRELL, Chemistry
CHiEH HO, Physics
MARY JO MCGOVERN, Chemistry
DELYs SWAIN, Chemistry
CAROL L. THOMPSON, Chemistry

Graduate Felloxvs

JOHN REiDMAiER, Chemistry

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1957.

Teaching Fellows

AUGUST D. KUCHTA, DiiPont Teaching Fellow in Chemistry
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

HOWARD E. RUSKiE, Chemistry
B.S., Fordham University, 1956.

Research Fellows

STANLEY AKS, PhysicS

B.S., Brookl)Ti Polytechnic Institute, 1957.

ROBERT J. ARGAUER, Chemistry
B.S., Canisius College, 1958.

JAMES w. BARNHART, Chemistry

B.S., Washington Missionary College, 1957.

RAYMON BAYLOUNY, Chemistry

B.S., Seton Hall, 1954; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1958.

EDWARD FETTER, Chemistry

B.A., LaSalle University, 1955; M.S., University of Maryland, 1958.

ROBERT L. FORWARD, PhysicS

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; M.S., University of Cahfomia, 1958.

PHILIP H. GRAHAM, Chemistry

B.S., Washington State College, 1955; M.S., University of Maryland, 1959.

STEPHEN c. HiRSCH, Chemistry

B.S., Brookl}Ti Pol)^echnic Institute, 1958.

147 ►

Faculty

JOHN R. HOOTON, Chemistry

B.S., East Texas State Teachers College, 1951; m.s., Texas A. & M., 1953.

LAWRENCE G. ISAACS, Chemistry
B.S., College of St. Thomas, 1956.

ROBERT B. ISAACSON, Chemistry

B.S., City College of New York, 1956.

DONALD G. JONES, Chemistry

B.S., Washington Missionary College, 1957.

JAMES M. ICNIGHT, PhysicS

B.S., Spring Hill College, 1954.

NOBUHiKO KUROKE, Chemistry

B.S., Kyoto University, 1943; ph.d., 1955.

VICTOR LATORRE-AGUILAR, PhysicS

B.S., San Marcos University, Lima, Peru, 1957.

RAY A. MALZAHN, Chemistry

B.A., Gustavus Adolphus, 1951; m.s.. University of North Dakota, 1953.

RICHARD MAYER, Chemistry
B.S., St. Johns University, 1955.

EiLERT A. OFSTEAD, Chemistry
B.S., St. Johns University, 1955.

SHIRLEY M. READ, Chemistry

B.S., University of Maryland, 1956.

REYNOLD M. SHONO, Chemistry

B.S., University of Illinois, 1952; M.S., University of Haw^aii, 1957.

DEREK STEELE, Chemistry

B.sc, Birmingham University, 1956; ph.d., 1959.

VIGDOR TOPLITZ, Physics
B.S., M.I.T., 1958.

HAROLD G. THOMPSON, Chemistry

B.S., Wagner College, 1954; m.s., Syracuse University, 1956.

JOHN VAN DE CASTLE, Chemistry
B.S., St. John's University, 1955.

HARRY w. WEBER, JR., Chemistry
B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1956.

FRANCIS E. WELSH, Chemistry
B.S., Rockhurst College, 1954.

•< 148

Faculty

JOSEPH xAviER, Chemistry

B.sc, Madras University (India), 1948; M.sc, Banaras Hindu University, 1952;
PH.D., Calcutta University, 1958.

KUNiHiKO YANO, Chemistry

B.S., Shizuoka University, 1953.

Research Assistants

ALBERT ALTMAN, PhysicS

E.S., Brookl)Ta College, 1954; M.S., University of AIar}'land, 1958.

LOUIS s. ARONiCA, Physics

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1955.

JOHN BARACH, PhyStCS

B.A., Princeton University, 1957.

MARIANO V. BAUER, PhysicS

B.S., University of Mexico, 1956.

EDWARD E. BEASLEY, PhysicS

B.S., U. S. Naval Academy, 1944; m.s.. University cf Maryland, 1957.

ROBERT BENTO, PhysicS

E.S., Providence College, 1956; m.s.. University of Marj'land, 1959.

HANS BERG, PhysicS

ABiTURE, Gymnasium, Flensburg, Germany, 1951; Staatsexamen, Universitat Kiel,
Germany, 1957.

ANAND BHATIA, PhysicS

B.S., Delhi University, India, 1953; M.S., 1955.

DWIJENDRA L. BHATTACHARYA, PhysicS

E.S., Presidency College, Calcutta, India, 1944; m.s.. University College of Science
and Technology, Calcutta, India, 1946.

GEORGE R. BLAKLEY, Mathematics
A.B., Georgetown University, 1954.

YUNG-YI CHEN, PhyslcS

B.S., University of Maryland, 1955.

LAN-KEH CHI, Mathematics

LEOPOLDO COLEST, PhysicS

B.s. IN CHEMISTRY, Univcrsit)' of Mexico, 1953; B.s. in physics, 1954; ph.d..
University of Maryland, 1959.

L.ANGDON T. CRANE, PhysicS

B.A., Amherst University, 1952; m.s.. Brown University, 1954.

ASHLEY A. CUNNINGHAM, PhysicS

A.E., University of California, 1957.

149 ►

Faculty

VITALY DANCHENKO, PJiysicS

B.S., Beria College, 1954.

JOHN A. DAviES, Physics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953> M.S., 1954.

RICHARD DAY, PhysicS

B.A., Villa Madonna College, 1957.

ALVIN D. DINHOFER, PhyStCS

B.S., Brooklyn College, 1954.

WALTER R. DOWDLE, MicrohiologJ

B.S., University of Alabama, 1955; M.S., 1956.

CONSTANTINE EFTHYMIOU, MicTohiology

E.S., Athens Agricultural College, 1952; m.s., University of Maryland, 1958.

JACK R. GLEASON, PhyStCS

B.A., Bowling Green State University, 1957.

JOSE L. GRANDA, Chemistty

B.A., University of Qvaedo (Spain), 1950; m.d.. University of Madrid, 1956.

NEWTON I. GREENBERG, PhysicS

B.S., Brooklyn College, 1957.

CHARLES T. HALL, MicTohtology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954.

WILLIAM HARTE, PhysicS

B.S., Providence College, 1954; m.a., Dartmouth College, 1956.

GEORGE L. HINDS, PhysicS

B.A., Bowdoin College, 1955.

MORTON KAGAN, PhysicS

E.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1955; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1957.

ROGER P. KOHIN, PhysicS

B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1953.
HOWARD KOPP, Molecular Physics

YUNG-CHANG LEE, PhysicS

B.S., National Taiwan University, China, 1955.

ALLEN m. lenchek, Phystcs

B.S., University of Chicago, 1957.

LUC LEPLAE, Physics

LicENCiE DE SCIENCE PHYSIQUE, University of Louwain Belgium, 1955.

FRANK S. LEVIN, PhysicS

E.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1955. ! .'

-< 150

Faculty

FUK WING LI, Physics

B.S., National Taiwan University, Taipei, Taiwan, 1957.

REIMER H. LINCKE, PhysicS

B.S., Vordiplom, University of Kiel, Germany, 1957; M.S., University of Maryland,
1959.

CARL A. LUDEMA>fN, PhysicS

B.S., Brooklyn College, 1956.

WILLLAM H. LUPTON, PhysicS
B.A., University of Virginia, 1950.

MORTON LUTZKY, PhysicS

E.S., City College of New York, 1951; M.S., University of Maryland, 1959.

JAGADISHWAR MAHANTY, PhysicS

B.S., Ravenshaw College, 1949; M.S., Calcutta University, 1951; ph.d.. University of
Maryland, 1959.

SAROJINI MAHANTY, PJiysicS

B.S., Delhi University, India, 1949; M.S., 1951.

KENNETH MC CARTY, MolcCulaT PhysicS

B.S., Lehigh University, 1949; m.s., 1951.

KISHOR K. MEHTA, PhysicS

B.S., St. Xavaer's College, Bombay, India, 1958.

KISHIN MOORJANI, PhysicS

B.S., Delhi College, India, 1955; M.S., 1957.

THOMAS H. MORRISON, MicTohiology

A.B., Williams College, 1951; M.S., University of Maryland, 1958.

STAN M. NEUDER, PhysicS

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1955; M.S., University of Mar}'land, 1959.

BARRY W. NINHAM, PliysicS

B.S., University of Western Australia, 1956; M.S., 1958.

GOETZ OERTEL, PhysicS

ABiTUR, Oberschule, HeUbronn, Germany, 1953; vordiplom. University of Kiel,
Germany, 1956.

BINYORK OUYANG, PhysicS

B.S., National Taiwan University, China, 1955.

JOGESH c. PATi, Physics

B.S., Ravenshaw College, Cuttack, India, 1955.

LOUIS J. POUDRE, Physics

MEDICHARLA J. RAO, PhysicS

B.S., Andhra Universit}', India, 1954; M.S., 1955.

151 ►

Faculty

FRANCIS A. RYDER, PhysicS

B.S., St. Joseph's College, 1957.

MITTER p. SAWHNEY, PhysicS

B.S., HansRaj College, Delhi, India, 1953; M.S., Delhi University, Delhi, India, 1955.

KWANG Y. SHEN, PhysicS

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953.

JUNKICHI SOHMA, PhysicS

B.S., Hokkaido Imperial University, Japan, 1957.

ROBERT M. SORENSEN, Mathematics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1956.

YE-YUNG TENG, PhysicS

B.S., National Taiwan University, Formosa, 1953.

ERNEST W. STALDER, PhysicS

B.S., Northwestern University, 1957.

STUART p. SUSKIND, MtCTohiology

B.S., Duke University, 1957.

VIGDOR L. TEPLITZ, PhysicS

S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1958.

EVAN H. WALKER, PhySlCS

B.S., University of Alabama, 1955; M.S., 1956.

WILLIAM D. WALLACE, PhysicS

A.B., Eastern Michigan College, 1955.
WILFRED L. WAYLAND, Moleciihr PJiysics

ROBERT C. WENTWORTH, PhysicS

B.A., Swarthmore College, 1953; ph.d.. University of Maryland, 1960.

ROBERT M. WINTER, PhysicS

B.S., St. John's University College, 1954.

ALFRED c. wu, Physics

B.S., Wheaton College, 1955.

Graduate Assistants

JENNIFER ADAMS, English

E.A., University of Bristol, England, 1955.

YURDANUR AKOVALI, PhysicS

B.S., Institute of Experimental Physics, University of Ankara, Turkey, 1956; M.S.,
University of Ankara, Turkey, 1958.

ALFRED W. ALBERTS, Zoology

B.S., Brooklyn College, 1953.
-4 152

Faculty

R. F. ALLEN, Foreign Languages

B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1956; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1958.

MOHAMED AL-MASHAT, Sociology

School of Law, Iraq, law diploma, 1950; a.b.. University of California (Berke-
ley), 1955; M.A., 1957.

LESLIE w. AYRES, Mathevmtics
B.A., Bennington CoUege, 1953.

CHARLES F. BAER, ZoologJ

B.A., Adrian College, 1959.

CORNELIUS W. BARRY, ZoologJ

B.S., St. John Fisher College, 1956.

REZA BEHIN, Zoology

B.S., Tehran University, 1956.

MARION BENNETT, Chemistry
A.B., Barnard College, 1959.

HAROLD c. BERRY, Mathematics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1955.

ELEANOR C. BILLER, Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1959.

LEROY C. BLANKENSHIP, Microhiology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954.

BRUCE A. BLOOMFiELD, Mathematics
B.A., University of Oregon, 1957.

JEROME BOHSE, PhysicS

B.S., University of Dayton, 1959.

ROBERT T. BOND, Chemistry

B.A., Southern Mississippi College, 1954.

CHARLES J. BONTEMPO, PhUoSOfhy

B.A., University of Maryland, 1952.

JOHN V. BOTSCHELLER, Chemistry

B.S., City College of Nevi' York, 1956; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1959.

BENJAMIN BRASHEARS, Sociology

A.A., University of Boston, 1955; b.a., Indiana University, 1957.

RICHARD B. BRIAN, Mathematics
B.S., Grove City College, 1953.

JOHN M. BRIDGES, PhysicS

B.S., Alabama Poljtechnic Institute, 1957.

153 ►

Faculty

EDWARD R. BURKE, PhysicS

B.S., St. Joseph's College, 1957.

JOHN J. BURKE, Mathematics
B.A., St. Peter's College, 1958.

STEVE A. BUTTER, Chemistry
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1959.

RICHARD T. CAMARRA, Chemistry
B.S., Northeastern University, 1958.

WALTER CHAMBERS, English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1959.

EDDIE CHAN, MicTohiology

B.A., Texas Western College, 1954; m.a.. University of Texas, 1957.

DOROTHY CHANDLER, PhysicS

B.A., Goucher College, 1959.

CHIN-TSE CHEN, PhyStCS

B.S., National Taiwan University, Taipei, Taiwan, 1951.

EDWARD c. CHEVALIER, Chemistry

B.S., Clarkson College of Technology, 1958.

GARY D. CHRISTIAN, Chemistry
B.S., University of Oregon, 1959.

suE-NiNG CHU, Zoohgy

B.S., Barat College of the Sacred Heart, 1955.

JACK L. CLiNE, Mathematics

B.S., Frostburg State Teachers College, 1954.

BETTE M. CODER, Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1959.

EILEEN J. COHEN, English

B.S., University of Marj'Iand, 1953; m.a., 1958.

LOWELL R. COMSTOCK, Chemistry
B.S., Concord College, 1959.

E. BRiNSON coNERLY, Chemistry
B.S., Millsaps College, 1959.

RITA s. COOK, Foreign Languages

GYMNASIUM MATURA, 1932; PH.D., University of Vienna, 1938.

BARBARA A. COVINGTON, English
B.A., University of Maryland, 1959.

JAMES ROBERT CULLEN, PhysicS

B.S., St. John's University, 1958.
M 154

Faculty

JAMES w. DEicHERT, Chemistry
B.A., Gettysburg College, 1959.

CHAKLES w. DICKINSON, CJiemistTy

B.CHEM., University of Minnesota, 1959.

ADRIAN ANATOLE DOLINSKY, PhysicS

B.S., Fordham University, 1958.

ANTHONY F. DORRZAPF, Chemistry
B.S., St. Peters College, 1959.

EDWARD DOYLE, Sociology

B.A., University of Maryland, 1958.

JAMES B. DUDLEY, Sociology
B.A., Beloit College, 1958.

VIRGINIA A. DUKE, Spcech and Dramatic Art
B.S., University of Marj'land, 1959.

KENNETH LEE ECKERLE, PhysicS

B.S., Indiana State Teachers' College, 1958.

ALENA ELBE, Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; m.s., 1958.

C. ASHLEY ELLEFSON, English

B.S., State College, LaCrosse, Wis., 1952; m.a., University of Iowa, 1955.

EDWARD G. ELSTE, JR., Chemistry

B.A., Western Maryland CoUege, 1959.

HUOO-LONG FANN, PhysicS

E.S., Taivi'an Normal University, Taipei, Taiwan, 1956.

CAROL J. GEARTY, Chemistry

B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan University, 1959.

THEo. FELSENTREGER, Mathematics

B.S., Chem. Engr., University of Maryland, 1958.

LEONARD w. FINE, Chemistry
B.S., Marietta College, 1958.

DONALD H. FLANDERS, Mathematics
B.A., Reed College, 1958.

HENRY E. FLEMING, Mathematics
B.A., Harpur College, 1958.

HELEN C. FLOEGE, Zoology

B.S., Radford College, 1959.

RICHARD FONG, PhysicS

B.A., Corpus Christi College, University of Cambridge, 1957.

155

Faculty

MELVm FRIEDMAN, PhysicS

B.S., Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute, 1959.

ROBERT GAUNTT, Mathematics

B.S., Purdue University, 1956; M.S., 1958.

wiLLARD GELLis, English
B.A., Hofstra College, 1958.

THEODORE J. GEORGIAN, Chemistry
A.B., Boston University, 1958.

KENNETH A. GILMORE, Zoology

B.S., Mississippi Southern College, 1959.

DONALD S. GOCHBERG, English

B.A., Bates College, 1955.

JOSEPH p. GOLDBERG, English

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952.

LEONARD GOLDINGER, English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1956.

MILTON B. GOLDINGER, Philosophy
B.A., University of Maryland, 1958.

MARGARET A. GRAYSON, Zoology

B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1948; M.S., 1954.

EDWARD F. GROUP, Chemistry
B.A., Hamilton University, 1957.

DOUGLAS HALL, PoTcign Languages
B.A., Wake Forest College, 1952.

JAMES M. HARDIN, Chemistry
B.A., Harvard University, 1959.

ERNEST A. HARRISON, Chemistry
A.B., Boston University, 1957.

JOHN R. HASTINGS, PhysicS

A.B., Princeton University, 1955.

NORBERT A. HEiNLY, Chemistry
B.S., Northwestern University, 1957.

PAUL w. HEEMANN, English

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1958; m.a., 1959.

LETA JANE HOLMAN, ZoologJ

B.S., Texas Technological College, 1943.

rvAN HUBER, Zoology

A.B., Cornell University, 1954.

-^ 156

Faculty

RAYMOND s. HUDSON, Chemistry

A.B., Washington and Lee University, 1953.

HARRY W. HUIZINGA, Zoology

U.S., Michigan State University, 1956.

HENRY W. HURLBUTT, Zoology

B.A., University of Connecticut, 1955; M.S., 1957.

CHARLES J. HUSFELT, English

B.A., University of Marj'land, 1959.

KAREN JOHNSON, Mathematics
B.S., Moravian College, 1957.

DONALD E. JOHNSTON, Zoology

B.S., Wayne University, 1956.

DONALD G. JONES, Chemistry

B.S., Washington Missionary College, 1957.

DUVALL A. JONES, Zoology

B.A., Western Maryland College, 1955.

EDWARD M. jozwiCKi, ChcmistTy

B.S., Davis and Elkins College, 1959.

KALPATARU KANUNGO, Zoology

i.sc, Ravenshaw College, 1949; b.sc, 1952; M.sc, University of Allahabad, 1955.

JOHN E. KARL, JR., Zoology

B.A., Allegheny College, 1951.

OTHMAR E. KECKSTEIN, PhysicS

B.S., University of Technology Graz, Austria, 1958.

LYDL\ D. KELLOGG, English

ED.M., Har\'ard Graduate School of Education, 1956.

THOMAS E. KENNY, Chemistry
B.S., Fordham University, 1955.

JOHN c. KERES2TESY, Chemistry
B.S., Middlebury College, 1958.

FRANKLIN P. KOONTZ, Microhiology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1958.

SIMON R. KRAFT, Mathematics

B.A., George Washington University, 1955; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1957.

NOEL R. KRIEG, MicTohiology

B.A., University of Connecticut, 1955; M.S., 1957.

ALBERT R. LANDGREBE, Chemistry
B.S., Fordham University, 1957.

157 ►

Faculty

RICHARD M. LANE, Zoology

E.S., Loyola College, 1959.

JOHN D. LEiDicH, Chemistry
A.B., Gettysburg College, 1959.

MADONNA LETZRING, English

B.A., College of St. Scholastica, 1957.

BENJAMIN H. LiM, Chemistry

B.A., Oberlin College, 1952; b.s.. University of Kentucky, 1957.

CHARLES L. LioTTA, Chemistry
B.S., BrookKTi College, 1959.

WALLACE LUSK, Foreign Languages

B.A., Walla Walla College, 1931; m.a.. University of Southern CaHfomia, 1934.

DOUGLAS MAASS, Chemistry

B.sc, University of London, 1956; m.sc, 1959.

ELLIS G. MACLEOD, Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1955.

BARBARA L. MAGAW^, English

B.A., Louisiana State University, 1957.

EDWARD C. MANGOLD, PhysicS

B.S., RockhuTst College, 1959.

JAMES s. MARCHESE, Chemistty

A.B., Boston University, 1957; M.S., Northeastern University, 1959.

JOHN MARKo, Physics

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1959.

PETER H. MASERicK, Mathematics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1955; m.a., 1957.

ALDO MAZZELLA, PhysicS

B.A., Pomona College, 1959.

PATRICIA A. MC CANN, Chemistry

B.A., Dunbarton College of The Holy Cross, 1959.

VINCENT C. MC CARTHY, Zoology

B.A., Toronto University, 1953.

RICHARD E. MC GILL, Mathematics
B.A., Wooster College, 1954.

TERRENCE P. MC GOVERN, Chemistry
B.S., University of Maryland, 1958.

^ 158

Faculty

JAMES C. MC GRODDY, PhysicS

B.S., St. Joseph's College, Philadelphia, 1958.

DALE A. MC KENZiE, Cheniisiry

B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1956.

CHARLES E. MEHLLNG, Zoology

B.A., Loyola College, Baltimore, 1954.

JOHN R. MERKEL, English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1956; m.a., 1959.

FREDERICK T. METCALF, Mathematics
B.A., Lake Forest College, 1957.

RAMAKANT MHATRE, ChcmistTy

M.sc, Siddharth College (Bombay), 1955; m.sc, Seth G.S. Medical School, 1957.

c. DAVLD MLLLER, Chemistry

A.B., Columbia College, 1952; M.S., University of Alaryland, 1959.

ERNEST J. MONCADA, English

B.A., University of Miami, 1952.

REYNALDO MORALES, PhysicS

B.S., St. Mary's College, 1959.

HARVEY MOREiNES, English
B.A., Brooklyn College, 1958.

JOHN MUTCHLER, Chemistry
B.S., Cornell University, 1959.

RAPHAEL c. MYERS, Chemistry
B.A., University of Virginia, 1957.

NORMAN A. NIELSEN, Chemistry

E.S., State College of Washington, 1958.

KATHERiNE A. o'neil. Chemistry
B.S., Allegheny College, 1959.

marie J. PANico, Eoreign Languages
A.B., Queens College, 1958.

JOHN C. PARKER, Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1957.

VITHALBHAI L. PATEL, PhysicS

B.S., University of Baroda, India, 1956.

BARBARA c. PECK, English

B.A., University of Michigan, 1958.

ANTHONY R. PICCIOLO, Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1955.

159

Faculty

FRANCIS X. POWELL, Chemistry
B.S., University of California, 1956.

DAVID A. POWER, MicTohtology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; M.S., 1959.

PHILIP J. PROVOST, Microhiology

B.A., University of Connecticut, 1957; M.S., University of Maryland, 1959.

HERBERT B. puTZ, Mathematics

B.S., Rensselaer Poljrtechnic Institute, 1958.

MARY RAFFERTY, Zoology

B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman's College, 1958.

JOHN REDDO, VI, Chemistry

B.S., George Washington University, 1959.

YOUNG HO RHiE, Mathematics

B.S., Seoul National University, 1954; M.A., Emory University, 1957.

ROBERT S. RICKS, PhysicS

B.A., Reed College, 1958.

EDWARD c. ROSENZWEiG, Microhiology

B.A., Centre College, 1951; M.S., University of Maryland, 1956; ph.d., 1959.

EUGENE E. RUDD, PhysicS

B.A., Central College, 1958.

MARK SAKITT, PhysicS

B.E.E., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1958.

VISHNU P. SAKSENA, Zoology

B.S., Banaras Hindu University, 1952; M.S., 1954.

THOMAS SAVAGE, Zoology

B.S., Cornell University, 1957.

MICHAEL J. SCHAP, English
B.A., Loyola College, 1959.

ANNA E. scHNiTZER, English
B.A., Hood College, 1959.

WOLFGANG w. SCHULZ, Chcmistry
B.S., University of Illinois, 1958.

JOHN P. SCHUTZ, Microhiology
E.S., Moravian College, 1958.

PETEE B. SCHWARTZ, Mathematics

A.B., Hunter College, 1956; m.a., Emory University, 1957.

JULES p. SEIGEL, EugUsh

B.S., State University of New York, Cortland, 1959.
■< 160

Faculty

CHUN-SHAN SHEN, PhysicS

A.B., National Taiwan University, 1957.

CHiA-HUi SHiH, Physics

B.S., National Taiwan University, 1957.

JOHN E. SOLARSKI, JR., PhysicS

B.S., Villanova University, 1958.

DANIEL E. SONENSHINE, Zoology

B.S., City College of New York, 1954; PH.D., University of Maryland, 1959.

MICHAEL R. SPATA, Chemistry
B.S., St. John's College, 1958.

DAVID A. SPRECHER, Mathematics
B.A., University of Bridgeport, 1958.

RICHARD M. STEVENS, Zoology

B.A., University of Maine, 1951; m.a., 1958.

JOHN F. STOUT, Zoology

B.A., Washington Missionary College, 1957.

JOEL M. STUTMAN, ChemistTy

B.sc, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science, 1956.

JIN-CHEN su. Mathematics

B.S., National Taiwan University, 1955.

NORMAN B. SUNSHINE, Chemistry
A.B., Western Maryland College, 1955.

STUART p. susKESTD, Chemistry
B.S., Duke University, 1957.

LOUIS H. TATEOSLAN, Chemistry

B.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1959.

DAVID F. TEMPLETON, JR., Mathematics
B.A., American University, 1956.

MELViN c. TEWS, Mathematics
B.S., Trinity College, 1957.

MITCHELL A. THiEL, Chemistry
B.S., Union College, 1950.

WILLIAM F. TIMMERMAN, JR., Zoology

B.A., Washington Missionary College, 1953.

ALLEN K. TRENCHARD, PhyStCS

B.S., Loj'ola University, 1951.

BALLARD E. TROY, PhysicS

B.S., Duke University, 1957.

161

Faculty

ANGELO A. voLPE, Chemistry
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1959.

ROBERT E. WALDEN, Chemistry
B.A., Hendxix College, 1959.

BETTY M. WALLACE, Chemistry
A.B., Washington University, 1942.

GRACE LEE WATSON, Zoology

A.B., Trinity College, 1956.

RICHARD J. WEINACHT, Mathematics

B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.S., Columbia University.

BETTY PERRY WHALEY, English

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1942.

RICHARD D. WIDMAN, Zoology

B.S., GeorgetowTi University, 1952.

PHLETUS p. WILLIAMS, JR., Microhiology

B.S., Davis and Elkins, 1955; M.S., University of Maryland, 1959.

HOWARD WILSON, Mathematics

B.E.E., George Washington University, 1953.

BRUCE E. wrrzEL, Chemistry
B.S., Wagner College, 1958.

THERESA s. wu, Physics

B.S., National Taiwan University, 1958.

JOSEPH ZAMBERNARDI, Zoology

A.B., University of Alabama, 1952; M.S., 1956.

ESTELLE c. ZOLL, Chemistry

A.B., Boston University, 1957; m.a., 1959.

Baltimore Faculty

ADELE B. BALLMAN, Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Goucher College, 1926; ph.d.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1935.

LESLIE c. cosTELLO, Assistant Professor of Zoology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1954; ph.d., 1957.

CLARENCE T. DEHAVEN, InstructOT of Speech and Dramatic Art
A.B., Western Maryland College, 1930; m.a., Johns Hopkins University.

GAYLORD ESTABROOK, ProfcSSOr of PhjsicS

B.S., Purdue University, 1921; M.S., Ohio State University, 1922; M.S., Johns Hop
kins University, 1930; ph.d.. University of Pittsburgh, 1932.

^ 162

Faculty

CHARLES E. HOOPER, Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.S., Dartmouth College, 1954.

FRANCIS M. MILLER, Associatc ProfcssoT of Chemistry

B.S., Western Kentucky State College, 1946; ph.d., Nortliwestem University, 1949.

ALLiE w. RiCHESoN, ProfcssoT of Mathematics

B.S., University of Richmond, 1918; m.a., Johns Hopkins University, 1925; ph.d.,
1928.

CLAIRE s. SCHRADIECK, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Goucher College, 1916; ph.d., Johns Hopkins University, 1919.

163 ►

COLLEGE

BUSINESS AND PUBLIC

ADMINISTRATION

Catalog Series 19604961

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

VOLUME 13

FEBRUARY 8, 1960

NO. 17

Bulletin of the University of Maryland published eight times in January; five times
in February; three times in May and September; twice in March, July and November;
once in April, June, August, October, and December.

Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.

CONTENTS

GENERAL

University Calendar iv

Board of Regents vi

Officers of Administration vii

Chairmen, Standing Committees,

Faculty Senate x

The College 1

Organization 1

Objectives 2

General Information 3

The Program in American

Civilization 3

Academic Information 5

Degrees 5

Graduation Requirement 5

Junior Standing 5

Senior Residence Requirement. . 6

Programs of Study 6

Professional Objectives 6

Facilities Furnished 7

Air Science Instruction 7

Costs 7

Admission 8

Honors, Awards and Scholarships 8

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES

Business Organization and

Administration 11

Accounting and Statistical

Control 15

Financial Administration 16

Industrial Administration 18

Insurance and Real Estate .... 18

Marketing Administration .... 20
Personnel Administration and

Labor Economics 21

Transportation Administration . . 22

Public Administration 23

Economics 23

Foreign Service and

International Relations 25

Geography 27

Government and Politics 30

Journalism and Public Relations 31
Office Management and

Techniques 34

Bureau of Business and

Economic Research 38

Bureau of Governmental

Research 39

Maryland Municipal League . . 39

COURSE OFFERINGS

Business Organization and Government and Politics 60

Administration 40 Journalism and Public Relations. . 65

Economics 50 Office Management and Techniques 67

Geography 54

Faculty 69

iii ►

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

FALL SEMESTER 1959
JANUARY 1960

4 Monday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day
21-27 Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations

SPRING SEMESTER 1960
FEBRUARY

1-5 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration

8 Monday— Instruction Begins
22 Monday— Washington's Birthday Holiday

MARCH

25 Friday— Maryland Day

APRIL

14 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
19 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.

MAY

18 Wednesday— Military Day

26 Thursday— Pre-Examination Study Day

May 27-] _ , ^ ,

T or Friday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations

29 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises

30 Monday— Memorial Day, Holiday

JUNE

4 Saturday— Commencement Exercises

SUMMER SESSION 1960

JUNE 1960

27 Monday— Summer Session Registration

28 Tuesday— Simmier Session Begins

AUGUST

5 Friday— Summer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES 1960

JUNE 1960

20-25 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course

AUGUST

8-13 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week

SEPTEMBER

6-9 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

FALL SEMESTER 1960

SEPTEMBER

12-16 Monday to Friday— Fall Semester Registration

19 Monday— Instruction Begins
NOVEMBER

23 Wednesday— Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class
28 Monday— Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m.
DECEMBER

20 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Begins
JANUARY 1961

3 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.

20 Friday— Inauguration Day Holiday

25 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day
Jan. 26-1

Feb 1 f Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations

SPRING SEMESTER 1961

FEBRUARY

6-10 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration

13 Alonday— Instruction Begins

22 Wednesday— Washington's Birthday Holiday
MARCH

25 Saturday— Maryland Day

30 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class

APRIL
MAY

JUNE

4 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.

17 Wednesday— Military Day

30 Tuesday— Memorial Day, Holiday

2 Friday— Pre-Examination Studv Day

4 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises

3-9 Saturday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations

10 Saturday— Commencement Exercises

SUMMER SESSION 1961
JUNE 1961

26 Monday— Summer Session Registration

27 Tuesday— Summer Session Begins
AUGUST

4 Friday— Summer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES 1961
JUNE 1961

19-24 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course
AUGUST

7-12 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week
SEPTEMBER

5-8 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course

BOARD OF REGENTS

and
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE

Term
Expires
Charles P. McCormick

Chairman 1966

McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Edward F. Holter

Vice-Chairman 1968

The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, N.W., Washington 6

B. Herbert Brown

Secretary 1960

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1

Harry H. Nuttle

Treasiirer 1966

Denton

Louis L. Kaplan

Assistant Secretary 1961

5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15

Enos S. Stockbridge

Assistant Treasurer 1960

10 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Thomas W. Pangborn 1965

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown

Thomas B. Symons 1963

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park

C. EwiNG TUTTLE 1962

907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2

William C. Walsh 1968

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 1967

4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18

Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of nine
years each, beginning the first Monday in June.

The President of the University of Maryland is, by law. Executive Officer of the
Board.

The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION

Principal Administrative Officers

WILSON H. ELKiNS, President

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; m.a., 1932; b.litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D. PHix., 1936.

ALBiN o. KUHN, Executive Vice President

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; ph.d., 1948.

ALViN E. coRME^fY, Assistunt to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development

B.A., Illinois College, 1933; ll.b., Cornell University, 1936.

R. LEE HORNBAKE, Dean of the Faculty

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pa., 1934; m.a., Ohio State University, 1936;
PH.D., 1942.

FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant, President's Office
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952.

Emeritus

HARRY c. BYRD, President Emeritus

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; ll.d., Washington College, 1936; ll.d., Dickin-
son College, 1938; d.sc, Western Maryland College, 1938.

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges

MYRON s. AiSENBERG, Dcun of the School of Dentistry
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.

VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; ph.d.. University of Colorado, 1942.

RONALD BAMFORD, Dean of the Graduate School

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; ph.d.,
Columbia University, 1931.

GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agriculture

B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; ph.d., 1940.

RAY w. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of University College

B.A., Wabash College, 1929; m.a., Butler University, 1930; ph.d., Syracuse Uni-
versity, 1937.

NOEL E. Foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy

PH.c, South Dakota State College, 1929; b.s., 1929; M.S., University of Maryland,
1932; PH.D., 1933.

LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health

B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; m.a., 1937; ph.d., Peabody College, 1939.

FLORENCE M. GiPE, Dean of the School of Nursing

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1940;
ED.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

LADiSLAUs F. GRAPSKi, Director of the University Hospital

R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; b.s., University
of Denver, 1942; m.b.a. in Hospital Administration, University of Chicago, 1943.

TRViN c. HAUT, Director, Agricultural Experiment Station and Head, Department
of Horticulture

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; ph.d..

University of Maryland, 1933.

ROGER HOWELL, Dean of the School of Law

B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1914; ph.d., 1917; ll.b., University of Maryland,
1917.

wiLBERT J. HUFF, Director, Engineering Experiment Station

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc. (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.

selma f. lippeatt, Dean of the College of Home Economics

B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1945;
PH.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; c.E., 1932; ph.d., 1935.

PAUL E. NYSTROM, Director, Agricultural Extension Service

B.S., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; m.p.a.,
Harvard University, 1948; d.p.a., 1951.

J. FREEMAN PYLE, Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration
ph.b., University of Chicago, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d., 1925.

LEON p. smith. Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

B.A., Emory University, 1919; m.a., University of Chicago, 1928; ph.d., 1930;
Diploma le I'lnstitut de Touraine, 1932.

WILLIAM s. STONE, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of Medical
Education and Research

B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; m.d., University of Louisville, 1929;

PH.D., (hon.), University of Louisville, 1946.

General Administrative Officers

G. WATSON ALGiRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931.

THEODORE R. AYLESWORTH, Profcssor of Air Science and Head, Department of
Air Science

B.S., Mansfield State Teachers College, 1936; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1949.

NORMA J. AZLEiN, Registrar

B.A., University of Chicago, 1940.

B. JAMES BORRESON, Executive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.

DAVID L. BRiGHAM, Director of Alumni Relations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1938.

c. WILBUR cissEL, Director of Finance and Business

B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; m.a., 1934; c.p.a., 1939.

WILLIAM w. coBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930.

LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service

B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; m.d.. University of Iowa, 1926.

GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men

B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926.

GEORGE w. FOGG, Director of Personnel

B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; m.a., 1928.

ROBERT J. MCCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941.

GEORGE w. MORRISON, Associatc Director and Supervising Engineer Physical
Plant CBaltimore^

B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; e.e., 1931.

HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; m.a., 1937; b.s.l.s. Columbia University, 1940.

ADELE H. STAMP, Dean of Women

B.A., Tulane University, 1921; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1924.

GEORGE o. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical
Plant

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

Division Chairmen

JOHN E. faber, jr., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; ph.d., 1937.

HAROLD c. hoffsommer. Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; m.a., 1923; ph.d., Cornell University, 1929.

wilbert j. huff, Chairman of the Division of Physical Sciences

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc, (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.

CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division
B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; ph.d., 1926.

ADOLF E. ZUCKER, Chairman of the Division of Humanities

B.A., University of Illinois, 1912; M.A., 1913; ph.d.. University of Pennsylvania,
1917.

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS

Dr. Russell G. Brown (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION

Dr. Robert Rappleye (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA AND COURSES

Dr. Irvin C. Haut (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID

Dr. Paul Nystrom (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

Dr. Edward J. Herbst (Medicine), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS

Mr. B. James Borreson (Executive Dean for Student Life), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES

Dr. Charles Murphy (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Dr. Charles A. TafF (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND ACTIVITIES

Dr. L. Morris McClure (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS

Dr. Franklin Cooley (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT DISCIPLINE

Dr. Allan J. Fisher (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON RELIGIOUS LIFE

Professor Louis E. Otts (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE

Dr. Marvin H. Eyler (Physical Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT EMPLOYMENT AND SELF-HELP

Dr. Warren R. Johnson (Physical Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION

Dr. Clyne S. Shaffner (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM AND TENURE

Dr. Peter Lejins (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS AND SALARIES

Dr. William E. Bickley (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE

Dr. Guy B. Hathom (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION

Dr. Joseph C. Biddix (Dentistry), Chairman

THE COLLEGE

THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND IS IN AN UNUSUALLY FAVORABLE LOCATION
for Students of business, government and politics, economics, public ad-
ministration, geography, journalism and public relations, foreign service and
international relations. Dovmtovvm Washington is only twenty-five minutes
away in one direction, while the Baltimore business district is less than an hour
in the other. There is frequent transportation servdce from College Park to each
city. Assistance is given qualified students who wish to obtain a first-hand view of
the far-flung economic activities of the national government or to utilize the
libraries, government departments, and other facilities available in Washington.

The College of Business and Public Administration is a member of the
American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business.

Organization

The College comprises seven departments and two bureaus of research.

I. Department of Business Organization and Administration

1. Accounting and Statistics

2. Financial Administration

3. Industrial Administration

4. Insurance and Real Estate

5. Marketing Administration

(a) Advertising

(b) Foreign Trade

Cc) Retail Store Management
(d) Sales Management

6. Personnel Administration

7. Transportation Administration

(a) Airline and Airport Management

(b) Traffic Management

8. Public Administration

II. Department of Economics

III. Department of Foreign Service and International Relations

IV. Department of Geography

V. Department of Government and Pohtics
VI. Department of Journalism and Public Relations

VII. Department of Office Management and Techniques

1. Management and Office Automation

2. Office Techniques

1 ►

Objectives of the College

VIII. Bureau of Business and Economic Research
IX. Bureau of Governmental Research
X. Maryland Municipal League (AfEhated)

Objectives ,

The College of Business and Public Administration offers courses designed
to prepare young men and women for service in business firms, governmental
agencies, cooperative enterprises, labor unions, publishing firms, small business
units, and other organizations requiring effective training in administrative skills
and techniques, and for the teaching of business subjects, economics, geography,
government and politics, and journalism and public relations in high schools
and colleges. It supplies scientific training in administration to students and
prospective e.xecuti\es on a professional basis comparable to unixersity training
in the other professional fields. Administration is regarded as a profession. The
College of Business and Public Administration offers its students courses of in-
struction which present general principles and techniques of management and
administration and brings together in systematic form the experiences and
practices of business firms and governmental units. This plan of education does
not displace practice i experience, but supplements and strengthens it by short-
ening the period of apprenticeship otherwise necessary, and by giving a broad
and practical knowledge of the major principles, policies, and methods of ad-
ministration.

During the first half of the college study program the student secures a
broad foundation upon which to base the professional and the more technical
courses ofTcred in the last half of the curriculum. The managerial and operat-
ing points of view are stressed in the advanced courses in production, marketing,
labor, finance, real estate, insurance, accounting, office management and public
administration. The purpose of the work offered is to aid the student as a pro-
spective executive in developing his ability to identify and to solve administrative
and managerial problems; and to adjust himself and his organization, policies
and practices to changing social, political and economic situations.

The aim of the college is to present and illustrate such sound principles
of management as are applicable to both big business and small business. Large-
scale business, because of its possible economies, will be expanded in some in-
dustries under certain well-known conditions. There are, on the other hand,
industries and many situations which still call for the small business. If these
small-scale businesses are to be operated with profit to the owners and with
satisfactory and economical service to the public, it is imperative that authentic
principles of administration be applied to them. Sound principles of ethical con-
duct are emphasized at all times throughout the various courses.

The primary aim of collegiate education for government and business ser-
vices is to prepare for effective management. The College of Business and Public

< 2

General Information, American Civilization Program

Administration, University of Maryland, was established to supply efFective ed-
ucation in administration to the young men and women whose task will be the
guiding of the more complex business enterprises and governmental units result-
ing from industrial, social and political development and expansion.

General Information

Detailed information concerning fees and expenses, scholarships and awards,
student life, and other material of a general nature, may be found in the Uni-
versity publication titled An Adventure in Learning. This publication may be ob-
tained on request from the Office of University Relations, North Administration
Building, University of Maryland at College Park. A detailed e.\-planation of the
regulations of student and academic life, may be found in the University publica-
tion titled. University General and Academic Regidations. This is mailed in
September of each year to all undergraduate students, and again in February to
all new undergraduate students not previously enrolled in the preceding fall
semester.

Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges should
be directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to:

COLLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK:

Dean

(College in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE:

Dean

(School in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1, Maryland

The Program in American Civilization

The University considers that it is important for every student to achieve
an appreciative understanding of this country, its history and its culture. It has
therefore established a comprehensive program in American civilization. This
program is also designed to provide the student with a general educational back-
ground.

Work in American civilization is offered at three distinct academic levels.
The first level is required of all freshmen and sophomores at the University
and is described below. The second level is for undergraduate students wishing

3 ►

American Civilizatioit Program

to carry a major in this field (see catalog for the College of Arts and Sciences).
The third level is for students desiring to do graduate work in this field (see
the Graduate School Annoxincements).

All students receiving a baccalaureate degree from the University of Mary-
land must (except as specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula) obtain
24 semester hours of credit in the lower division courses of the ^American Civiliza-
tion Program. Although the courses in the program are prescribed generally,
some choice is permitted, especially for students who demonstrate in classification
tests good previous preparation in one or more of the required subjects.

The 24 semester hours in American civilization are as follows:

1. Enghsh (12 hours, Eng. 1, 2 and 3, 4 or 5, 6), American histor\' (6
hours, H. 5, 6), and American government (3 hours, G. & P. 1) are required
subjects; however, students who qualify in one, two or all three of these areas
by means of University administered tests are expected to substitute certain
elective courses. Through such testing a student may be releasd from 3 hours
of English (9 hours would remain an absolute requirement), 3 hours of Amer-
ican histor)' (3 hours remaining as an absolute requirement), and 3 hours of
American government. Students released from 3 hours of English will take
Eng. 21 instead of Eng. 1 and 2. Those released from 3 hours in history will
take H. 56 instead of H. 5 and 6. Students who have been exempted from
courses in English, history or American government mav not take such courses
for credit.

2. For the 3 additional hours of the 24 hours required, students elect one
course from the following group (Elective Group I):

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics. (Not open to fresh-
men. Students who may wish to take additional
courses in economics should substitute Econ. 31 for
Econ. 37).

Phil. 1— Philosophy of Modern Man

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychologv

(Students enrolled in the College of Business and Public Administration will
normally meet this requirement by taking Econ. 31 in the sophomore year.)

3. Students who, on the basis of tests, have been released from 3, 6 or 9
hours in otherwise required courses in English, American history or American
government (see 1 above), shall select the replacements for these courses from
any or all of the following groups: (a) more advanced courses in the same
department as the required courses in which the student is excused; or (b)
elective Group I (see 2 above), provided that the same course may not be used
as both a Group I and a Group II choice; or (c) Elective Group II. Group II
consists of the following 3-hour courses:

^ 4

Academic Information

H. 2, History of Modern Europe; either IL 51 or 52, The Humanities;
either Mus. 20, Survey of Music Literature or Art 22, History of American
Art; and Soc. 5, Anthropology.

Academic Information

DEGREES

The University confers the following degrees on students of Business and
Public Administration: Bachelor of Science, Master of Business Administration,
Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy. The College has a number of grad-
uate assistantships in Business Administration, Economics, Geography, Journalism
and Public Relations, Government and Politics, the Bureau of Governmental
Research and the Bureau of Business and Economic Research available for
qualified graduate students. Applications for these assistantships should be made
directly to the Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration. (See
the Graduate School Announcements for graduate rules and regulations.)

Each candidate for a degree must file in tne Office of the Registrar on a date
announced for each semester a formal application for a degree. Candidates for
degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees are conferred and diplomas
are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia only in exceptional cases.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENT

A minimum of 120 semester hours of credit with an average of "C" in
courses suggested by the College in addition to the specified courses in air
science, physical activities and hygiene are required for graduation. A minimum
of 57 semester hours of the required 120 hours must be in upper division courses.
The student is required to have an average of "C" for courses used in meeting
the quantitative graduation requirements. The time required to complete the
requirements for the bachelor's degree for the average student is eight semesters.
A superior student, by carrying more than the average load, can complete the
work in a shorter period of time.

JUNIOR STANDING

To earn junior standing a student must complete fifty-six (56) semester
hours of academic credit with an average grade of "C" (2.0) or better. In com-
puting this average, the following provisions apply: all academic courses carry-
ing one or more credits which have been taken up to the time of computation
shall be included; courses carrying "O" credit shall not be included; courses with
grade "F" shall be included; courses in Basic Air Science, the physical education
required of all University students, and the health courses required of all
women students shall not be included.

Detailed regulations pertaining to junior standing are presented in full in
the publication. University General and. Academic Regulations.

Academic Information

SENIOR RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT

After a student has earned acceptable credit to the extent of 90 semester
hours exclusive of the required work in military science, physical activities, and
hygiene, either at the University of Maryland or elsewhere, he must earn a
subsequent total of at least 30 semester hours with an average grade of "C" or
better at the University of Maryland. No part of these credits may be trans-
ferred from another institution. Specific requirements for graduation in the
selected curriculum must be met.

PROGRAMS OF STUDY

The College offers programs of study in economics, business administration,
office techniques, office management, public administration, government and
politics, geography, journalism and public relations, and some combination cur-
riculums, e.g., business administration and law, commercial teaching and in-
dustrial education. Research is emphasized throughout the various programs.

PROFESSIONAL OBJECTIVES

The executive manager or administrator in modern business enterprises and
governmental units and agencies should have a clear understanding of:

(a) the business organizations and institutions which comprise the modem
business world;

(b) the political, social, and economic forces which tend to limit or to
promote the free exercise of his activities; and

(c) the basic principles which underlie the efficient organization and ad-
ministration of a business or governmental enterprise.

In addition, the executive or the prospective executive should:

(a) be able to express his thoughts and ideas in correct and concise oral and
written English;

(b) have some useful knowledge of the physical world in which he operates;

(c) have a knowledge of the development of modern civilization through
a study of history, government, economics, and other social studies;

(d) have a sympathetic understanding of people gained through a study
of sociology, geography, politics, labor relations, marketing, and other subjects.

If the executive is to be successful in solving current and future busi-
ness and governmental problems, he should be skilled in the scientific method
of collecting, analyzing, and classifying pertinent facts in the most significant
manner, and then, on the basis of these facts, be able to draw sound conclusions
and to formulate general principles which may be used to guide his present and

Academic Information

future professional or vocational conduct. In other words, probably the most im-
portant qualities in a successful executive are:

(a) the ability to arrive at sound judgments;

(b) the capacity to formulate effective plans and policies, and the imagina-
tion and ability to devise organizations, methods, and procedures for executing
them.

FACILITIES FURNISHED

The teaching staflF and the curriculums of the College of Business and Pub-
lic Administration have been selected and organized for the purpose of providing
a type of professional and technical education that wall aid the capable and am-
bitious student in developing his potential talents to their full capacity.

The college study programs on both the undergraduate and graduate levels
presuppose eflFective training in English, history, government, science, and mathe-
matics.* The program of study for any individual student may be so arranged
as to meet the needs of those preparing for specific lines of work, such as account-
ing, advertising, banking, foreign trade, industrial administration, marketing ad-
ministration, personnel administration, office management, real estate practice,
insurance, journalism, public relations, government employment, office tech-
niques, teaching, and research.

AIR SCIENCE INSTRUCTION

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are
required to take Basic Air Science for a period of two years. The successful
completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it must be taken
by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at the University,
whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who do not have the
required two years of air science will be required to complete the course or take
it until graduation whichever occurs first.

Selected students who meet the requirements of the Department of Air
Science may carry Advanced Air Science courses during their junior and senior
years and may receive, under conditions determined by the U.S.A.F., a regular
or reserve commission in the United States Air Force.

COSTS

"The major portion of this training is usually secured in the four years of high
school and the first two years of college.

7 ►

Honors, Awards and Scholarshi'ps

of $300.00 is assessed to all students who are non-residents of the State of
Maryland.

A fee of $10.00 must accompany a prospective student's application for ad-
mission. If a student enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is ac-
cepted in lieu of the matriculation fee.

For a more detailed statement of costs, write to the Editor of Publications
for a copy of the publication, An Adventure in Learning.

ADMISSION

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Business and Public Ad-
ministration must apply to the Director of Admissions of the University of
Maryland at College Park.

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and
other indications of probable success in college than upon a fixed pattern of
subject matter. In general, four units of English and one unit each of social
studies and natural sciences are required. At least one unit of algebra is re-
quired and one unit of plane geometry is desirable. While foreign language is
desirable for certain programs no foreign language is required for entrance. Fine
arts, trade and vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.

For a more detailed statement of admissions, write to the Editor of Publica-
tions for a copy of the publication, An Adventure in Learning.

Honors, Awards and Scholarships

THE dean's list OF DISTINGUISHED STUDENTS

Any student who has passed at least 14 hours of work in the preceding
semester, without failure of any course, and vdth an average grade on all
courses of at least 3.5, will be placed on the Dean's List of Distinguished
Students. This list is posted in the ofl&ce of the Dean of the College.

BETA GAMMA SIGMA

The Alpha of Maryland Chapter of Beta Gamma Sigma was chartered in
1940. The purpose of this honorary society is to encourage and reward scholar-
ship and accomplishment among students of commerce and business administra-
tion; to promote the advancement of education in the art and science of business;
and to foster integrity in the conduct of business operations. Chapters of Beta
Gamma Sigma are chartered only in schools holding membership in the Amer-
ican Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. Third and fourth year stu-
dents in business administration are eligible; if in his third year, a student must
rank in the highest four per cent of his class, and if in his fourth year, he
must rank in the highest ten per cent in order to be considered for selection.

THE DELTA SIGMA PI SCHOLARSHIP KEY

This is awarded annually to the student who has maintained the highest
scholastic standing during the entire course of study in business administration or

Honors, Awards and Scholarships

economics. Delta Sigma Pi was founded at New York University on November
7, 1907. The Gamma Sigma of Maryland chapter was chartered at the University
of Maryland in 1950. Delta Sigma Pi is a professional fraternity organized to
foster the study of business in universities; to encourage scholarship, social
activity, and the association of students for their mutual advancement by re-
search and practice; to promote closer afi&hation between the commercial world
and students of commerce; and to further a high standard of commercial ethics
and culture, as well as the civic and commercial welfare of the community.
Members are selected from the College of Business and Public Administration
on the basis of leadership, scholastic standing, and promise of future business
success.

PI SIGMA ALPHA FRED HAYS MEMORIAL AWARD

The Pi Sigma Alpha Fred Hays Memorial Award in Government and
Politics is awarded annually by the Department of Government and Politics to
the graduating senior who earns the highest grades among the majors in Gov-
ernment and Politics of the graduating class. The award is a cash award, not
less than $25.00, provided by an anonymous alumnus. This award is named
in memory of Fred Hays, an honor graduate and former student president of
Pi Sigma Alpha, the honorary pohtical science fraternity. Fred Hays was
killed in action in Korea.

SCHOLARSHIPS

The Alumni Association of the University provides a scholarship of $250.

Baltimore Sunpapers Scholarship in Journalism. The Board of Trustees
of A. S. Abell Foundation, Inc. has contributed $500 to provide a scholar-
ship in joumahsm to be awarded to a worthy senior in the College of Business
and Public Administration who is majoring in editorial journalism.

The Baltimore News-Post finances two $375 annual journalism scholarships.

The Montgomery County Press Association's $200 annual journalism scholar-
ship is awarded to a resident of that county.

The Maryland Motor Truck Association, Inc., provides an award of $500
annually to a student in his senior year concentrating in transportation who is
registered in the College of Business and Pubhc Administration.

Pilot Freight Carriers, Inc., Winston-Salem, North Carolina, provides a
$500 award to a senior in the College of Business and Pubhc Administration who
is concentrating in transportation vnth a major interest in motor transporta-
tion.

The Maryland Association of Certified Public Accountants makes available
a scholarship of $200 for an outstanding senior student in accounting who is
registered in the College.

Honors, Awards and Scholarships

The Arthur Young and Co. Foundation, Inc., makes available a scholarship
of $750 for an exceptional senior student concentrating in accounting who is
registered in the College of Business and Public Administration.

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES

A student in the College can so arrange his grouping and sequence of
courses as to form a fair degree of concentration in one of the departments.
When, however, he wishes to become a specialist in any one of the depart-
ments, he should plan to continue his subjects on to the graduate level, work-
ing toward either the Master's or the Doctor of Philosophy degree.

I. BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION

Business organizations are set up primarily for the purpose of •producing
and distributing goods and services. Modem business administration requires
a knowledge of and skill in the use of effective tools for the control of organi-
zations, institutions, and operations. The curriculums of the Department of
Business Organization and Administration emphasize the principles and prob-
lems of the development and the use of policies and organizations, and the
methods, techniques and procedures of execution, in other words, the essence
of administration and management.

STUDY PROGRAMS EST THE DEPARTMENT

The programs of study in the Department of Business Organization and
Administration are so arranged as to facilitate concentrations according to the
major functions of business organization. This plan is not, however, based
on the assiunption that these major divisions are independent units, but rather
that each is closely related and dependent on the others. Every student in Busi-
ness Administration, therefore, is required to complete satisfactorily a mini-
mum number of required basic subjects in economics and in each of the major
functional fields. Each graduate upon completion of the requirements for the
bachelor's degree finds himself well grounded in the theory and practice of
administration. There are five commonly recognized major business functions,
viz: production, marketing, finance, labor relations, and control.

The function of control may be thought of as comprising two sectors, viz.
internal and external. Internal control has to do with men, materials, and
operations. External control is secured through the force of laws, and court,
board and commission decisions, also through the influence of custom and
public opinion. Management endeavors to make adequate adjustments to these
forces. Courses in law and public administration, for example, aid in giving
the students an understanding of the problems, devices, and methods of ex-
ternal or "social" control.

FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE REQUIREMENTS

During the first half of the program of study each student in the Depart-
ment of Business Organization and Administration is expected to complete

11 ►

Business Organization and Administration Curriculum

the following basic subjects (or the equivalent) except as indicated in a par-
ticular curriculum:

Required Courses: Semester Hours

Eng. 1 , 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature * . . . 6

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 6

Math. 5, 6— Mathematics 6

Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources 4

Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 4

B.A. 10, 1 1 —Organization and Control 4

G. & P. 1— American Government' 3

Elective Group I 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization i 6

B.A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 8

Speech 18, 1 9— Introductory Speech 2

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 6

Air Science and Physical Activities for Men 12

Health and Physical Activities for Women 8

Total specified requirements 66 or 70

A minimum of forty per cent of the total number of credits required for
graduation must be in subjects with designations other than Business Adminis-
tration; forty per cent of the required 120 semester hours of academic work
must be in Business Administration subjects, the other twenty per cent may
be in either group or comprise a combination of the two groups of subjects. An
average of "C" in Business Administration courses is required for graduation.

Freshmen who expect to make a concentration in foreign trade, or who
plan to enter public service abroad, should elect an appropriate foreign lan-
guage. If a foreign language is elected, 12 semester hours or the equivalent
must be completed with an acceptable grade.

JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS

During the junior and senior years each student in the Department is
required to complete in a satisfactory manner the following specified courses
unless the particular curriculum being followed provides otherwise:

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3

B. A. 100— Financial Management 3

B. A. 1 50a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3

B. A. 1 50— Marketing Management 3

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3

B. A. 130-Elements of Statistics 3

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 3

B. A. 169— Industrial Management 3

B. A. 180, 181-Business Law I, II 8

Total 32

' See American Civilization Program, page 3.

■< 12

Business Organization and Administration Curriculum

The remaining credits for juniors and seniors may be used to meet the
requirements for one of the special concentration programs, for example, in
public administration, foreign service, commercial teaching, and in the fields
of business administration, such as: accounting and statistics, production ad-
mmistration, marketing, advertising, retailing, purchasing, foreign trade, trans-
portation, labor relations, real estate, insurance, investment and general finance.
Juniors and seniors may elect appropriate secretarial training courses.

COMBINED ADMINISTRATION AND LAW PROGRAM
When a student elects the combination Administration-Law curriculum,
he must complete in a satisfactory manner the specific requirements listed for
the first three years of the general curriculum in administration plus enough
electives to equal a minimum of 92 credits exclusive of air science, physical
activities and hygiene, with an average grade of at least "C." The last year
of college work before entering the Law School of the University of Maryland
must be done in residence at College Park. The Bachelor of Science degree
from the College of Business and Public Administration is conferred upon the
completion of the first year in the Law School with an average grade of "C"
or better. Ehgible candidates are recommended for the degree of Bachelor of
Science by the CoUege of Business and Public Administration upon the concurrent
recommendation of the School of Law, University of Maryland. Business Law
cannot be used as credit in this combined curriculum.

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Candidates for the degree of Master of Business Administration are ac-
cepted m accordance with the procedures and requirements for the graduate
School. (See the Graduate School Announcements, Section IL)

THE GENERAL CURRICULUM IN ADMINISTRATION

This curriculum is set up on an eight semester basis which corresponds
to the traditional four-year course that leads to a bachelor's degree. A student
may complete the full course in a shorter period of time by attending summer
sessions. A superior student may, however, complete the course in "a shorter
period of time by carrying a heavier load each semester.

Freshman Year j ^7^

Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources 2 2

Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 2 2

Eng. 1, 2-Composition and Readings in American Literature' 3 3

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control o o

Math. 5 and 6 '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'..'. 3 3

G. & P. 1— American Government ' 3

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Hea. 2— Personal Health (women) 2

Hea. 4— Community Health (women) ' [ .'[ ^ * 2

Physical Activities (men and women) . . . . [ 1

Elective Group I !!!!!!!! 3

"^"^ Is Is

'See American Civilization Program, page 3.

13 ►

Business Organization and Administration Curriculum

f—Semester—y

Sophomore Year I 11

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3

B. A, 20, 21-Principles of Accounting 4 4

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ^ 3 3

Electives (women) 3 3

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (nien) 2 2

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1

Total 17 17

Junior Year

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3

B. A. 140— Financial Management . . 3

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3

B. A. 1 50a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3

B. A. 150— Marketing Management . . 3

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3

B. A. 1 60— Personnel Management . . 3

Electives in Business and Public Administration, Economics, or

other approved subjects 3 6

Total 15 15

Senior Year

B. A. 180, 181-Business Law, I, II 4 4

Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems 3

Econ. 171— Economics of American Industries or

B. A. 184-Public Utilities 3

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation 3

B. A. 169— Industrial Management 3

B. A. 189— Government and Business . . 3

Electives in Business & Public Administration, Economics or

other approved subjects 3 6

Total 16 16

Electives may be chosen under the direction of a faculty adviser from
courses in accounting, statistics, geography, public utilities and public ad-
ministration, secretarial training, or other courses that will aid the student
in preparing for his major objective. The electives indicated in the General
Course are provided so that students can arrange their schedules, under the
guidance of a faculty adviser, in such a way as to secure a concentration or
major when desired in:

1. Accounting and Statistics 5. Marketing Administration

2. Financial Administration 6. Personnel Administration

3. Industrial Administration 7. Transportation Administration

4. Insurance and Real Estate S. Public Administration

' See American Civilization Program, page 3.
M 14

Accounting and Statistical Control Curriculum

1. ACCOUNTING AND STATISTICAL CONTROL

Internal control in modem business and governmental organizations is a
major over-all administrative function. The rapid growth in size and com-
plexity of current governmental units and business enterprises has emphasized
the importance of the problems of control in management. In order to control
intelligently and effectively the manifold activities of these units, it is neces-
sary to establish an organization, formulate policies, and develop methods of
procedures. In order to perform satisfactorily these managerial activities, it
is necessary to have pertinent facts concerning the operations of the various
units, divisions, and departments. It is the function of the accounting and
statistical departments to secure, analyze, classify, and interpret these facts.

This study program is designed to give the student a broad training in
administrative control supplemented by specific technical training in the prob-
lems, procedures, methods and techniques of accounting and statistics. If the
program is followed diligently, the student may prepare himself for a career
as a public accountant, tax specialist, cost accountant, auditor, budget officer,
comptroller, credit manager, or treasurer.

In order to provide for practical ex-perience arrangements have been made
with firms of certified public accountants in Baltimore, New York and the Dis-
trict of Columbia for apprenticeship training in the field of public accounting.
This training is provided bet^veen semesters of the senior year (approximately
January 15 to February 15), and for the semester immediately following grad-
uation. A student may also elect to take one semester of apprenticeship training
before graduation.

Students who select a concentration in accounting and statistics follow
the general study program in the freshman and sophomore years.

The following study program provides courses for those wishing to con-
centrate in this important field:

r— Semester—^
Junior Year I IJ

B. A. 110, 11 1— Intermediate Accounting 3 3

B. A. 121— Cost Accounting . . 4

B. A. 123— Income Tax Accounting , 4

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics . . 3

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3

B. A. 140— Financial Management . . 3

B, A. 1 50a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3

B. A. 150— Marketing Management , . 3

Elective 3

Total 16 16

15 ►

Accounting and Statistical Control Curriculum

, — Semester— ^

Senior Year I 11

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3

B. A. 1 60— Personnel Management ' . . 3

B. A. 1 24— Advanced Accounting Theory and Practice

or B. A. 1 1 8— Governmental Accounting 3

B. A. 126— Advanced Accounting Theor)' and Practice.... .. 3

B. A. 122— Auditing Theory and Practice 3

B. A. 127— Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice . . 3

B. A. 169— Industrial Management 3

B. A. ] 80, 181-Business Lau 4 4

Electives . . 3

Total 16 16

The student interested in the field may select such electives, with the aid of his
adviser, from the following list of subjects, such courses as will best meet his needs:

B.A. 100-Office Operations and Manage- B. A. 184-Public UtiHties (3)

ment (3) B. A. 210— Advanced Accounting Theory
B. A. 1 16-Public Budgeting (3) (2-3)

B. A. 1 18— Governmental Accounting (3) B. A. 220— Managerial Accounting (3)

B. A. 125-C.P.A. Problems (3)* B. A. 221, 222-Seminar in Accounting
B.A. 129— Apprenticeship in Account- (arranged) (3)

ing (0) B. A. 226— Accounting Systems (3)

B. A. 132— Sample Surveys in Business B. A. 228— Piesearch in Accounting

and Economics (3) (arranged) (3)

B. A. 133— Statistical Research and Con- B. A. 229— Studies of special problems in

trol Techniques (3) the fields of Control and Organization

B.A. 134— Statistical Quahty Control (3) (arranged) (3)

B.A. 135— Time Series Analysis and Fore- Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Sys-

casting (3) tems (3)

B.A. 141— Investment Management (3) Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles
B.A. 143-Credit Management (3) (3)

B. A. 148— Advanced Financial Manage- Econ. 1 34— Contemporary Economic

ment (3) Thought (3)

B. A. 149— Analysis of Financial State- Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation

ments (3) (3)

B. A. 166— Business Communications (3)

2. FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION

A nation with a highly developed industrial system requires an efiFective finan-
cial organization. Production and marketing activities of business enterprises must
be financed; a large volume of consumer purchases depend on credit, and the activi-
ties of local, state, and federal government depend, in large part, on taxation and
borrowing. To meet these needs a complicated structure of financial institutions,

*C.P.A. Problems is recommended for students who plan to go into public accounting.
Such students should plan their study program so as to meet the professional examination
requirements of the state in which they expect to take the examination or to practice.

M 16

Financial Administration Ctirriculuni

both private and public, has evoh'ed together with a wide variety of financial in-
struments. The methods used are equally varied and complicated. Since the
financing service is so pervasive throughout our economic life and because it is an
expense which must be borne by the ultimate purchaser, the management of the
finance function is endowed with a high degree of public interest.

This study program is designed to give the student fundamental informa-
tion concerning financing methods, institutions, and instruments; and to aid him
in developing his ability to secure and evaluate pertinent facts, and to form
sound judgments with reference to financial matters. Through a wise selection
of subjects the student who selects this curriculum may prepare himself for
positions in the commercial, savings, and investment banking fields, invest-
ment management; corporate financial management; real estate financing; and
insurance. A student may qualify himself to enter government service, e. g., in
departments regulating banking operations, international finance- the issuance
and sales of securities, and a number of financial corporations owned and oper-
ated or controlled by the government.

Students wishing to form a concentration in financial administration should
follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore years; the
program for the junior and senior years is outlined as follows:

Junior Year

Econ. 140— Money and Banking

B. A. 140— Financial Management

B. A. 1 30— Elements of Business Statistics

B. A. 110-111— Intermediate Accounting

B. A. 166— Business Communications

B A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization

B. A. 1 50— Marketing Management

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Busi-
ness and Public Administration

Total

Senior Year

B. A. 180, 181-Business Law

B. A. 169— Industrial Management

B. A. 141— Investment Management

B. A. 143— Credit Management

B. A. 160— Personnel Management

Econ. 160— Labor Economics

B. A. 148— Advanced Financial Management

Electives

Total

-Semester—
I II

4
3

3
3

the aid of the adviser from the following

B. A. 249— Studies of Special Problems in
the Field of Financial Administration
(arranged)

Econ. 141— Theory of Money, Credit and
Prices (3)

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation
(3)

Econ. 149— International Finance and Ex-
change (3)

Econ. 240— Seminar in Monetary Theory
and Policy

Industrial Administration Curriculum

Selection of electives may be made with

list of subjects:

B. A. 100— Office Operations and Manage-
ment (3)

B. A. 123-Income Tax Accounting (4')

Econ. 147— Business Cycles (3)

B. A. 149— Analysis of Financial State-
ments (3)

B.A. 184-Public Utilities (3)

B. A. 190-Life Insurance (3)

B.A. 191— Property Insurance (3)

B.A. 196-Real Estate Finance (3)

B. A. 240— Seminar in Financial Manage-
ment (3)

3. INDUSTRIAL ADMINISTRATION

This curriculum is designed to acquaint the student with the problems of
organization and control in the field of industrial management. Theory and
practice with reference to organization, policies, methods, processes, and tech-
niques are surveyed, analyzed, and criticized. The student becomes familiar
with the factors that determine plant location and layout, types of buildings,
and the major kinds of machines and processes utilized, as well as effective
methods and devices for the selection and utilization of men, materials and
machines.

The courses, in addition to those required of all students in the College,
which will aid the undergraduate student in preparing himself for a useful
place in this field of effort are:

B. A. 100-Office Operations and Manage- *B.
ment (3) B.

*B.A. 121-Cost Accounting (4)
B.A. 122, 127-Auditing (3, 3) B.

B. A. 132— Sample Surveys in Business

and Economics (3) B.

B. A. 133-Statistical Research and Con- ""B.

trol Techniques (3)
B. A. 153— Purchasing Management (3) "^B,
*B.A. 163-Industrial Relations (3)
B.A. 166— Business Communications (3) B.

"B.A. 167-Job Evaluation and Merit
Rating (2)

4. INSURANCE AND REAL ESTATE

Today both insurance and real estate are fields which prefer university
trained persons. In insurance, opportunities are available in the home offices

* These courses are specific requirements for students concentrating in industrial
administration.

A. 1 69— Industrial Management (3)

A. 1 70 — Transportation Services and

Regulation (3)

A. 171— Industrial and Commercial

Traffic Management (3)

A. 172— Motor Transportation (3)

A. 177 — Motion Economy and Time

Study (3)

A. 178— Production Planning and

Control (2)

A. 265 — Development and Trends in

Industrial Management (3)

^ 18

Insurance and Real Estate Curriculum

and in the field to persons who will ultimately specialize in life, property, or
casualty insurance. In real estate, a group of specialists— real estate brokers,
appraisers, property managers, and persons handling the financing of real
estate— are now recognized. A proper arrangement of courses by a student
will provide academic preparation toward the examinations for Chartered Life
Underwriter (C.L.U.), Chartered Property Casualty Underwriter (C.P.C.U.),
and new professional requirements in real estate. Also, from a purely personal
or family viewpoint these courses can be of immense value.

Students who select a concentration in insurance and real estate should
follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore years. The
program for the junior and senior years is outlined below.

/^Semester— ^
Junior Year I U

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3

B. A. 1 40— Financial Management 3

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3

B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3

B. A. 1 50-Marketing Management . . 3

B. A. 190-Life Insurance 3

B. A. 191— Property Insurance . . 3

B. A. 195-Real Estate Principles 3

B. A. 196— Real Estate Finance . . 3

Elective . . 3

Total 15 15

Senior Year

B. A. 180, 181-Business Law 4 4

B. A. 1 69— Industrial Management . . 3

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3

B. A. 160— Personnel Management . . 3

B. A. 141— Investment Management 3

B. A. 194— Insurance Agency Management 3

B, A. 197— Real Estate Management . . 3

Electives 3 3

Total 16 16

Selection of electives may be made vdth the aid of the adviser from the
follovidng and other subjects:

Soc. 114-The City (3) Econ. 147-Business Cycles (3)

Soc. 173— Social Security (3) B. A. 148— Advanced Financial Manage-

Econ. 141— Theory of Money, Credit and ment (3)

Prices (3) B. A. 151-Advertising (3)

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation B. A. 166— Business Communications (3)

(3) B. A. 189— Business and Government (3)

B. A. 100— 0£Ece Operations and Manage- B. A. 290— Seminar in Insiuance (3)

ment (3) B. A. 29 5 -Seminar in Real Estate (3)
B. A. 123 — Income Tax Accounting (4)

19 ►

Marketing Administration Curriculum

5. MARKETING ADMINISTRATION

Modem business administxation is concerned largely with marketing ac-
tivities. Buying and selling of products and services comprise the major por-
tion of the time and energies of a large group of our population. The ideals
of our system of private property, individual initiative and free enterprise
are closely related to present-day marketing organization and practice. Effec-
tive solutions of the problems of marketing are necessary to the success of
the individual business enterprise and for the welfare of the consumer. If
the costs of distribution are to be reduced or kept from rising unduly, it is
necessary that careful study be made of the organization, policies, methods,
and practices of advertising, selling, purchasing, merchandising, transporta-
tion, financing, storing, and other related marketing activities, and appropriate
action taken by qualified technicians and executives.

The purpose of the marketing administration program is to give the student
an opportunity to analyze, evaluate and otherwise study the problems connected
with marketing institutions, organizations, policies, methods, and practices. The
student who elects this field of concentration may develop his aptitudes, on the
technical level, for research, selling, buying, and preparing advertising copy,
and on the administrative level develop his abilities for organizing, planning,
and directing the various activities in the field of marketing.

Thoughtful selection of courses from the following lists, in addition to
those required of all students in business administration, will aid the student
in preparing himself for an effective position in the field of marketing. He
may form a concentration in:

a. General Marketing d. Retail Store Management

b. Advertising c. Sales Management

c. Foreign Trade

B. A. 100 — Office Operations and Man- B. A. 165— Business Communications (3)

agement (3) B. A. 170— Transportation Services and
B. A. 132 — Sample Surveys in Business Regulation (3)

and Economics (3) B. A. 171— Industrial and Commercial
B. A. 133— Statistical Research and Con- Traffic Management (3)

trol Techniques (3) B. A. 172— Motor Transportation (3)

*B. A. 143-Credit Management (3) B. A. 190-Life Insurance (3)

Econ. 147— Business Cycles (3) B. A. 191— Property Insurance (3)

*B.A. 151-Advertising (3) B.A. 195-Real Estate Principles (3)

B. A. 152— Advertising Copy and Layout B. A. 250— Problems in Sales Manage-
(3) ment (3)

*B. A. 153-Purchasing Management (3) B. A. 251 -Problems in Advertising (3)

*B. A. 154-Retail Store Management (3) B. A. 252-Problems in Retail Store
B. A. 155— Problems in Retail Merchan- Management (3)

disirig (3) B. A. 257— Seminar in Marketing Man-
B. A. 156— Marketing Research Methods agement (arranged) (3)

(3) B. A. 258-ResearcIi Problems in Market-
B. A. 158— Advertising Problems (3) ing (arranged) (3)

B.A. 1 59— Newspaper Advertising (3)

* These courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration in mar-
keting management.

M 20

Personnel Administration and Labor Economics Curriculum

For those especially interested in foreign trade, selections may be made
from the following courses:

*Econ. 1 36— International Economic

Policies and Relations (3)
Econ. 137— Economics of National

Planning (3)
*Econ. 149 — International Finance and

Exchange (3)
B. A. 151— Advertisino Programs and

Campaigns (3)
*B. A. 157— Foreign Trade Procedure (3)
*B. A. 1 70— Transportation Services and

Regulation (3)
*B. A. 173— Water Transportation (3)
B. A. 189— Government and Business (3)
Ec. Geog. 4— Regional Geography of the

Continents (3)
Geog. 100, 101— Regional Geography of
the United States and Canada (3, 3)

Geog. 102— The Geography of Manufac-
turing in the United States and Can-
ada (3)

Geog. 110, 111— Latin America (3, 3)

Geog. 1 15— Peoples of Latin America (2)

Geog. 120— Economic Geography of
Europe (3)

Geog. 122— Economic Resources and De-
velopment of Africa (3)

Geog. 130-131— Economic and Political
Geog. of Southern and Eastern Asia
(3,3)

Geog. 180, 1 8 1 —Principles of Geography
(3, 3)

Geog. 260-261— Problems in the Geog.
of Europe and Africa (3, 3)

O. PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION AND LABOR ECONOMICS

Recent developments of large scale operation on the part of both private
enterprise and government has emphasized the growing importance of personnel
relationships. Successful operation depends on harmonious cooperation between
employer and employee. The interests of the public, the owners, and the
management, as well as those of the employees may be greatly affected by
the solutions evolved in any given case of personnel relationship. The growth
of large-scale, centrally controlled labor organizations and the increased par-
ticipation of governmental agencies in labor disputes have created problems
for which business management, union ofiBcials, and government representa-
tives have been, on the whole, ill-prepared to solve satisfactorily. The govern-
ment, the unions, and business need men and women qualified to deal effectively
with these problems. They should have broad training and technical informa-
tion in the fields of business and public administration, economics, and psychol-
ogy, together with suitable personalities. They must be able to approach these
problems with an open mind, unbiased by personal and class prejudices.

Personnel administration which has to do with the direction of human
eflFort, is concerned with securing, maintaining, and utilizing, an effective work-
ing force. People adequately trained in personnel administration find employ-
ment in business enterprises, governmental departments, governmental corpora-
tions, educational institutions and charitable organizations.

*These courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration in
foreign trade.

Transportation Administration Curriculum

A student may select from the following courses those which will, in
addition to those required of all students in business administration, best
prepare him for the kind of personnel work he wishes to enter.

*B. A. 163-Industrial Relations (3)

*B. A. 164— Recent Labor Legislation and

Court Decisions (3)
^'B. A. 167— Job Evaluation and Merit

Rating (2)
'■B.A. 169-Industrial Management (3)
G. & P. 1 1 1 - Public Personnel Admin-
istration (3)
Psych. 2— Applied Psychology (3)
Psych. 21— Social Psychology (3)
Psych. 161— Industrial Psychology (3)
G. & P. 214— Problems in Public Person-
nel Administration (arranged) (3)

B. A. 262— Seminar in Contemporary
Trends in Labor Relations (3)

B. A. 265— Development and Trends in
Industrial Management (3)

B. A. 266 — Research in Personnel Man-
agement (arranged) (3)

B. A. 267— Research in Industrial Rela-
tions (arranged) (3)

B. A. 269 — Studies of Special Problems
in Employer-Employee Relationships
(arranged) (3)

B. A. 271— Theory of Organization (3)

7. TRANSPORTATION ADMINISTRATION

The problems of transportation administration are complex and far reach-
ing. The student preparing for this type of work should be well grounded in
economics, government, and business administration, as well as being proficient
in the use of the technical tools of the profession. Rail, highway, water, and air
transportation are basic to our economic life, in fact, to our very existence. This
curriculum gives considerable emphasis to air transportation.

The following courses, in addition to those required of all students in the
college will aid the student in preparing himself for a useful place in the fields
of air, water, highway, and railway transportation. This curriculum besides
preparing for positions with carriers also fits the student for industrial traffic
management, trade association and government work in transportation. (To
major in transportation administration the student must complete 15 hours of
the courses listed below including B.A. 171):
B.A. 157— Foreign Trade Procedure (3) B.A. 175— Airline Administration (3)

B.A. 1 70— Transportation Services and

Regulation (3)
B.A. 171— Industrial and Commercial

Traffic Management (3)
B. A. 172-Motor Transportation (3)
B. A. 172a— Motor Carrier Administration

(3)
B. A. 173— Water Transportation (3)
B.A. 174— Commercial Air Transportation

B. A. 176 — Problems in Airport Manage-
ment (3)

B.A. 184-Public Utilities (3)

B. A. 270— Seminar in Air Transportation
(3)

B. A. 275— Seminar in Motor Transporta-
tion (3)

B. A. 277— Seminar in Transportation (3)

B. A. 284-Seminar in Public Utilities (3)

(3)

Other courses may be selected with the approval of the adviser for the
curriculum.

* These courses are specific requirements for those students taking a concentration
in personnel administration and labor economics.

Public Administration, Economics Curriculums

8. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

The trend toward increased governmental participation in the fields of our
economic, political and social life has been developing for a number of years so
that now the government is the largest business enterprise in the country. In
addition to the Federal Government, state and local government agencies have
called upon the universities to aid in training young men or women for effective
public service. Students desiring a specialized training in the broad field of
government service should take the regularly established curriculum in Govern-
ment and Politics appearing in pages 30-31 of this catalog and select electives
from the following:

G. &. P. Ill— Public Personnel Administration (3)

G. & P. 112— Public Financial Administration (3)

G. & P. 181 -Administrative Law (3)

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control (2, 2)

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting (4, 4)

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics (3)

B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization (3)

B. A. 189— Business and Government (3)

Econ. 140— Money and Banking (3)

Other courses may be selected with the approval of the adviser for the pro-
gram. Students pursuing this curriculum should arrange their programs under
the supervision of the Department of Government and Politics.

11. ECONOMICS

The program of studies in the field of economics is designed to meet the
needs of students who wish to concentrate either on a major or minor scale in
this division of the social sciences. Students who expect to enroll in the
professional schools and those who are planning to enter the fields of business
or public administration, or foreign service, or social service administration,
will find courses in economics of considerable value to them in their later work.
A student of economics should choose his courses to meet the requirements
for his major objective, or the Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy degree.
(He should consult the Graduate School Announcements for the general require-
ments for the advanced degrees.)

REQUIREMENTS FOR AN ECONOMICS MAJOR

In addition to the University requirements in social studies, English, air
science, hygiene, and physical activities, the student majoring in economics is
required to complete a minimum of 36 semester hours in economics with an
average grade of not less than "C". Required courses are Econ. 4, 5, 31, 32,
102 and 132. B.A. 130 (Statistics) is also required and B.A. 20 and 21 (Ac-
counting) are recommended. Other courses in economics to meet the require-
ments of the major are to be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser. Business

23 ►

Economics Curriculum

Administration courses which may count as economics credit are B.A. 130, 132,
133, 164, 184, 189.

Economics majors enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences must, of
course, fulfill all the specific requirements of that College, including 12 semester
hours of foreign language and 12 semester hours of natural science and mathe-
matics.

Economics majors enrolled in the College of Business and Public Adminis-
tration may elect to take a foreign language or, in lieu of foreign language,
may take B.A. 10 and 11 and Geog. 1 and 2. All B.P.A. students must take 6
semester hours of mathematics, but may substitute B.A. 20 and 21 for natural
science.

A student who elects economics as a major will normally have earned 10
semester hours credit in the lower division courses in economics prior to begin-
ning the advanced work of the junior year. These lower division courses must be
completed with an average grade of not less than "C".

The specific courses comprising the student's program of study should be
selected with the aid of a faculty adviser in terms o£ the student's objectives
and major interest. Attention is directed to requirements under the American
Civilization Program.

STUDY PROGRAM FOR ECONOMICS MAJOR

/^Semester-
Freshman Year I 11

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1

Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 2 2

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

Math. 5, 6 or 10, 11 or 18, 19 3 3

G. & P. 1— American Government ^ 3

Foreign Language or B. A. 10, 1 1 3-2 3-2

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Hea. 2— Personal Health (women) 2

Hea. 4— Community Health (women) . . 2

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1

Elective . . 3

Total 17-18 17-18

* See American Civilization Program, page 3.
24

Foreign Service and International Relations Curriculum

r-Semester-^

Sophomore Year I II

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3

Foreign Language or Geog. 1, 2 3-2 3-2

Natural Science or B. A. 20, 21 3 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization * 3 3

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (nien) 2 2

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1

Total 15-18 15-18

Junior Year

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3

Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles 3

Econ. 102— National Income Analysis . , 3

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics . . 3

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3

Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems . . 3

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Busi-
ness Administration " 6 6

Total 15 15

Senior Year

Econ. 136— International Economic Policies and Relations or

B. A. 184-Public Utilities 3

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation . . 3

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics and Busi-
ness Administration ^ 12 12

Total 15 15

III. FOREIGN SERVICE AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

If a student expects to enter the foreign servdce, he should be well grounded
in the language, geography, history, and politics of the region of his anticipated
location as well as in the general principles and practices of organization and
administration. It should be recognized that only a limited training can be
secured during the undergraduate period. When more specialized or more
extensive preparation is required, graduate work should be planned. The in-
dividual program in either instance, however, should be worked out under the
guidance of a faculty adviser. The following study program is offered as a
guide in the selection of subjects. Attention is directed to requirements under
the American Civilization Program.

^ See American Civilization Program, page 3.

" Other electives may be selected with the approval of the Head of the Department
of Economics. Normally these electives must be on the junior and senior level.

25 ►

Foreign Service and International Relations Curriculum

Freshman Year

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature

G. & P. 1— American Government ^

Foreign Language (Selection)

Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources

Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments

Math. 5, 6 or 10, 11

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men)

Hea. 4— Community Health (women)

Hea. 2— Personal Health (women)

Physical Activities (men and women)

Elective

Total

-Semester—
II
3

3
2
2
3
2
2

1
3

Sofhomore Year

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3

Foreign Language (Continuation of freshman year selection) 3 3

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ' 3 3

G. & P.— Comparative Government, selection in accordance

with the student's need 2 2

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1

Total 16-18 16-18

Junior Year

B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3

Econ. 160— Labor Economics . . 3

G. & P. 101 -International Political Relations . . 3

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3

Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems . . 3

Ec. Geog.— Selection of Regional division to fit student's needs 3 3

Electives to meet student's major interest 3 3

Total 15 15

* Those exempted by University examination shall select a substitute course as indi-
cated on page 4, paragraph 3, or in government and politics.
^See American Civilization Program, page 3.

-< 26

Geography Curriculum

t^Semester—^
Senior Year I 11

G. & P. 102-Intemational Law . . 3

G. & P. 106— American Foreign Relations 3

G. & P. 131, 1 32-ConstitutionaI Law 3 3

B. A. 1 89— Government and Business 3

Econ. 1 32— Advanced Economic Principles or Econ. 134, Con-
temporary Economic Thought 3

G. & P. 181— Administrative Law . . 3

Econ. 136— International Economic Policies and Pielations .... 3

Econ. 149— International Finance and Exchange . . 3

Electives to meet student's major interest . . 3

Total 15 15

SUGGESTED ELECTIVES:

American History 127, 129, 133, 135, 145, and 146.

European History 175, 176, 185, 186, and History 191— History of Russia; His-
tory 195— The Far East.
Government and PoHtics 7, 8, 9, 10, 105, 108, 154, and 197.

IV. GEOGRAPHY

This curriculum is designed to aid the student in securing the facts con-
cerning the major geographical areas of the world and in studying and
analyzing the manner in which these facts affect economic, political, and
social activities. The student interested in international trade, international
political relations, diplomacy, overseas governments, and national aspirations
will find the courses in this department of great practical value. Work is
offered on both the undergraduate and the graduate levels.

Students who expect to enroll in the engineering and professional schools
and those who are planning to enter the fields of business and public ad-
ministration, or foreign service, will find courses in geography of material
value to them in their later work. Openings exist for well-trained geographers
in government service, in universities, colleges, and high schools, as well as
in private business. A student of geography should choose his courses to
meet the requirements for his major objective, be it undergraduate major or
minor, or a Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy degree. He should consult
the Graduate School Announcements for the general requirements for the
advanced degrees.

REQUIREMENTS FOR AN UNDERGRADUATE MAJOR IN GEOGRAPHY

A student majoring in geography is required to complete satisfactorily
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in air science,
hygiene, and physical activities. A general average of at least "C" is re-
quired for graduation. Only courses in which the student receives a grade
of "C" or above will be counted toward the major.

27 ►

Geography CuTTiculum

The specific requirements for the geography major are:

I. Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3), or equivalent; Geog. 30 (3); Geog. 35 (3);
Geog. 40 and 41 (3,3); Geog. 170 (3) and 18 hours in other geography courses
numbered 100 to 199, of which 6 hours must be in non-regional courses; a
total of 39 hours in geography.

II. Social Sciences-G. & P. 1 (3); Econ. 31 and 32 (3,3); H. 5, 6 (3,3);
Soc. 105 (3); a total of 18 semester hours.'

III. Natural Sciences-Botany 1 and 113 or 102 (4, 2 or 3); Agron. 114
or equivalent (4); Chem. 1 (4). Total of 13 (14) semester hours.

IV. English-Eng. 1 and 2 (3, 3) and 3, 4, or 5, 6 (3, 3); Speech 18, 19
(1, 1); a total of 14 semester hours.^

V. Foreign Language and Literature — 12 semester hours in one lan-
guage, unless an advanced course is taken.

VI. Air Science, hygiene, and physical activities. The present University
requirement is 12 semester hours in air science and physical activities for able-
bodied male students. Women students are required to take 8 semester hours
credit in hygiene and physical activities.

A student who elects geography as a major must have earned eighteen
semester hours credit in the prerequisite courses in geography prior to be-
ginning the advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken dur-
ing the freshman and sophomore years. Only courses in which the student
receives a grade of "C" or above will be counted toward the major.

A minor in geography should consist of Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3), Geog. 30
(3) and such other courses as the major adviser deems suitable.

For the guidance of those who expect to do graduate work in geography,
it should be emphasized that the Department of Geography is particularly
interested in the appraisal of natural resources in relation to economic, social
and political developments; it aims to encourage study of the natural resource
base of the culture of an area. This necessitates, on the one hand, an ele-
mentary knowledge of certain of the physical sciences as a basis for the
physical aspects of geographic study and resource analysis. On the other
hand, a certain amount of knowledge of economics, of sociology, and of political
organization is necessary in order to understand stages of resource utilization
and the social consequences.

The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser from the Department of Geography
in terms of the student's objective and major interests. Attention is directed
to requirements under the American Civilization Program.

^ See American Civilization Program, page 3.
28

Geogru'phy Curriculum

CARTOGRAPHY AND PLANNING

Special study programs are available for those who wish to concentrate
in cartography, and for those who wish to prepare for geographic work in
planning agencies.

STUDY PROGRAM FOR GEOGRAPHY MAJORS

Freshman Year 1

Geog. 10, 1 1— General Geography 3

Chem. 1 —Introductory Chemistry 4

Bot. 1— General Botany

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1

G. & P. 1— American Government ^ 3

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3

Foreign Language 3

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2

Hea. 2— Personal Health (women) 2

Hea. 4— Community Health (women)

Physical Activities (men and women) 1

Total 20

So'phomore Year

Geog. 30— Principles of Morphology 3

Geog. 35— Map Reading and Interpretation

Geog. 40— Principles of Meteorology 3

Geog. 4 1 —Introductory Climatology

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in Literature. ... 3

Foreign Language 3

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2

Physical Activities (men and women) 1

Total 16-18

Junior Year

Bot. 1 1 3— Plant Geography 2

Agron. 1 14— Soil Geography

Soc. 105— Cultural Anthropology

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3

Geog.— Selection to fit student's needs 6

Electives, with adviser's consent 6

Total 17

Senior Year

Geog. 1 70— Local Field Course 3

Geog.— Selection to fit student's needs 6

Electives, with adviser's consent 6

Total 15

-Semester—
II
3

4
1

3
3
2

2
1

3
3
3
3
2
1

16-18

4
3
3
3
3

6
3

* See American Civilization Program, page 3.

29 ►

V. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS

In this course of study, the following conditions are to be observed: (1)
G. & P. 1, American Government, or its equivalent, is prerequisite to all other
courses offered by the Department. Exemption from G. & P. 1 by University
examination is equivalent to this prerequisite, and students exempted may not
take G. & P. 1 for credit. Students taking this course of study, who are not
so exempted, must complete G. & P. 1 with a grade of "C" or better. (2) In
this curriculum, at least 33 hours of Government and Politics, in addition to
G. & P. 1, or its equivalent, must be completed with a grade of "C" or
better. (3) The electives of the junior and senior years are to be chosen
from the list suggested below, unless consent to take other courses is obtained
from the Head of the Department. Electives in Government and Politics
and in related fields are to be chosen to make an integrated course of study.
Attention is directed to requirements under the American Civilization Program.

/Semester—^

Freshman Year I 11

G. & P. 1— American Government * 3

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

Math. 5, 6 or 10, 1 1 3 3

Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 2 2

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1

Foreign Language 3 3

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Hea. 2— Personal Health (women) 2

Hea. 4— Community Health (women) . . 2

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1

Elective . . 3

Total 18 18

Sophomore Year

G. & P. 4— State Government and Administration 3

G. & P. 5— Local Government and Administration or Psych.

1 (Introduction to Psychology) or Soc. 52 (Criminology) . . 3

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3

Foreign Language 3 3

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ^ 3 3

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1

Total 16-18 16-18

* Those exempted by University examination shall select a substitute course as in-
dicated on page 4, paragraph 3, or in Government and Politics.
' See American Civilization Program, page 3.

M 30

Journalism and Public Relations Curriculum

r-Semester—\

Junior Year I II

G. & P. 7 or 9, 8 or 1 0— Comparative Government 2 2

G. & P. 1 10-Public Administration 3

G. & P. 141-History of Political Theory 3

G. & P. 174-PoliticaI Parties 3

G. & P. ] 24— Legislatures and Legislation . . 3

G. & P.-CElective) 3

Electives 6 9

Total 17 17

Senior Year

G. & P. 101— International Political Relations 3

G. & P. 131-132-Constitutional Law 3 3

One full year of advanced Economics or B.A. courses 3 3

Electives 6 9

Total 15 15

Suggested electives: Any G. & P. courses not required above; any history
courses related to the student's integrated course of study.

Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Sys- B. A. 164— Labor Legislation and Court

terns Decisions

Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles B. A. 180, 181— Business Law

Econ. 134— Contemporar)' Economic B. A. 189— Business and Government

Thought Phil. 155— Logic

Econ. 140— Money and Banking Psych. 21— Social Psychology

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation Psych. 122— Advanced Social Psychology'

Econ. 160— Labor Economics Soc. 52— Criminology

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Soc. 147— Sociology of Law

Statistics Soc. 186— Sociological Theory

VI. JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

The Department oflFers two professional majors for undergraduate students
of superior writing ability: one in editorial journalism, for those who seek
beginning news jobs upon graduation; the other in public relations, for those
who plan to work in public relations, in public information, or on company pub-
lications. The curricula also provide the foundation for a broad education, in
addition to understanding of the significance and responsibilities of communica-
tions professions as integral forces in society.

A student may take as many as 12 semester hours in a subject other than
his major in addition to requirements. Specialized jobs are most attractive
financially. Journalism majors ordinarily elect secondary concentrations in such
fields as agriculture, home economics, business administration, advertising, for-
eign language, science, social and political sciences, psychology, philosophy.
Public relations majors choose theirs from business administration, advertisino,
political and social sciences, psychology, foreign language. Other electives may
be approved by the adviser in this Department.

31 ►

Journalism and Puhlic Relations Curriculum

Office Techniques may be taken for lower-division elective credit (courses
numbered below 100). Since all work in the technical courses of the Depart-
ment of Journalism and Public Relations is typewritten, those who cannot
type at least 35 words per minute should enroll in O. T. 1 before taking
Journalism 10. Women planning to seek combination journalism-secretarial
or public relations-secretarial jobs upon graduation may take typing and short-
hand for lower-division elective credit.

Since 57 hours of upper-division work (courses numbered 100 or more)
are required for graduation in this Department, the student should use his
electives and required courses the first two years to work off all prerequisites
for his upper-division studies. No lower-division course can substitute for an
upper-division elective.

To enroll in an upper-division course, the student must have accumulated
at least 56 hours of academic work (exclusive of air science and physical ac-
tivities), with an over-all grade average of at least 2.0 ("C").

To enroll in an upper-division course in this Department, a major must
have earned at least "B" in Journalism 10 or 11. A major who makes less than
a "C" in an upper-division required course is asked to repeat the course and/or
change his major.

A student may declare his major in this Department when he enrolls in it
at the beginning of any semester, and ordinarily he will be advised from that
time until graduation by the same adviser in the Department. In no case, how-
ever, can one be graduated with a major in this Department wdthout having
spent at least four semesters as a major in one of its curricula.

Majors are urged to work on a student publication throughout their col-
lege residence, and to obtain professional experience in the summers.

The Department maintains close working relations with professionals and
their organizations in this area. One of the purposes is to provide speakers,
trips, laboratories, and other types of training for students enrolled in the
Department's technical courses. The student is notified in advance of each
event, and his participation is required.

A required part of the journalism major's education consists of training on
the Baltimore Sunpa^pers or Baltimore News-Post and on nearby weeklies.

Advanced reporting students spend one afternoon a week with Sun or
News-Post reporters on police and city hall beats; advanced editing students
spend one afternoon a week at the central copy desk or at the rewrite desk.

Outside work necessitates enrollment in less than a normal program of
study, and in no case should the student attempt to work full time and take
more than a course or two.

Listed below are the required curricula in journalism and in public rela-
tions. Each curriculum requires a minimum of 30 hours in the Department, and
not more than 40 hours in the Department is permitted.

-^ 32

Journalism and Public Relations Curriculum

LOWER-DIVISION CURRICULA (JOURNALISM, PUBLIC RELATIONS)

JOURNALISM STUDY PROGRAM

r-Semester-^

Freshntan Year 1 II

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

Elective Group P 3

G. & P. 1— American Government ' . . 3

Geog. I, 2— Economic Resources and Econ. 4, 5— Economic

Developments (or foreign language) 4-3 4-3

Math. 5, 6— General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance

Cor natural science) 3-4 3-4

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory' Speech

Physical Activities (men and women)

Hea. 2— Personal Health (women)

Hea. 4— Community Health (women)

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men)

Total 17 17

Sophomore Year

Joum. 10— Introduction to Journalism 3

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3

H. 5, 6— Historv' of American Civilization 3 3

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3

B. A. 10, 1 1 —Organization and Control (or foreign language) 2-3 2-3
Physical Actinties (men and women) 1 1

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Elective . . 3

Total 17 17

Junior Year

Journ. 1 60— News Editing I 3

Joum. 163— Newspaper Typography 3

Joum. 176— Newsroom Problems . . 3

Joum. 181— Press Photography . . 3

G. & P. ] 78-Pubhc Opinion 3

Phil. 130— Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization, or

Phil. 154— Political and Social Philosophy . . 3

Electives 7 7

Total 16 16

Senior Year

Joum. 161— News Editing II . . 3

Joum. 165— Feature Writing . . 3

Joum. 175— Reporting of Pubhc Affairs 3

Joum. 1 9 1 —Law of the Press . . 3

Joum. 192— History of American Journalism 3

B. A. 189— Business and Government (either semester) .... 3
Electives 7 7

Total 16 16

* See American Civilization Program, page 3.

33 I

Office Management and Techniques Curriculums

PUBLIC RELATIONS STUDY PROGRAM

Requirements for the first two years of the public relations curriculum are
the same as those in the journalism program (see above).

The following curriculum is taken in the junior and senior years by the
public relations student who plans to work for a public relations firm or in
a public relations department.

For electives preparatory to public relations work in business, the student
should look to at least the following fields: business administration, advertis-
ing, economics, business statistics, personnel management, and marketing. For
government public relations work: public administration, American history, in-
ternational relations, political parties, etc. Good elective courses for any public
relations major may be found in psychology, sociology, speech, English, radio,
and education.

r-Semester—y
junior Year I II

Joum. 160— News Editing I 3

Joum. 165— Feature Writing 3

P. R. 166-Public Relatic.ns 3

Joum. 181— Press Photography . . 3

P. R. 194-Public Relations Cases 2

Phil. 130— Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization, or

Phil. 154-Political and Social Philosophy . . 3

Electives 8 7

Total 16 16

Senior Year

P. R. 1 70— Publicity Techniques 3

P. R. 171— Industrial Journalism . . 2

Journ. 161— News Editing II, or Joum. 162— Community Jour-
nalism, or Joum. 175— Reporting of Public Affairs . . 3

Journ. 191— Law of the Press . . 3

P. R. 195-Seminar in Public Relations 2

G. & P. 178-Public Opinion 3

Electives 8 8

Total 16 16

VII. OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECMNIQUES

1. MANAGEMENT AND OFFICE AUTOMATION

As business administrators become increasingly dependent upon records of
all types to control their business activities, clear channels of information and
communication are increasingly difficult to establish and maintain. Astute
management finds through office automation a valuable communicative tool in
the planning, organizing, controlling, and coordinating of business data so that
the objectives of an enterprise can be achieved most effectively. Consequently,

< 34

Office Management and Techniques Curriculums

today simplified data processing is becoming mandatory in private and public
administration.

The student interested in this field should realize that his background edu-
cation should include a broad understanding of business and administration in
general. In addition, it is essential that the student develop the abihty to
analyze effectively the elements in an administrative situation while recognizing
the functional needs of an organization. The program of studies in manage-
ment and office automation is designed to meet the needs of students who
wish to concentrate on developing managerial skills and competencies in data
processing as they apply to the functional fields of finance, marketing, produc-
tion, personnel and accounting. Because of the rapidly increasing develop-
ments in office automation in all types of business, the following curriculum
will be a valuable aid in preparing for a career in this field of administration.
Attention is directed to requirements under the American Civilization Program.

MANAGEMENT AND OFFICE AUTOMATION

/—Semester—^

Freshman Year I II

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

iVlath. 5, 6— General Mathematics, Mathematics of Finance .... 3 3

G. & P. 1— American Government ' 3

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology . . 3

Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 2 2

Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources 2 2

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 2 2

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (women) 2 2

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 ]

Total 18 18

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ' 3 3

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 4 4

B. A. 14-Sur\'ey of Office Machines 2

O. T. 1— Principles of Typewriting . . 2

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1

Total 16-18 16-18

' See American Civilization Program, page 3.

Of[ice Management and Techniques Curriculum^

f— Semester-
Junior Year I II

B. A. 166— Business Communications 3

B. A. 1 12— Records Management . . 2

B. A. 100— Office Operations and Management 3

B. A. 101— Integrated Data Processing for Internal Control. .. . .. 3

B. A. 121-Cost Accounting . . 4

B. A. 1 30— Elements of Business Statistics 3

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3

Econ. 160— Labor Economics , . 3

B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3

B. A. 169— Industrial Management . . 3

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1

Total 16 16

Senior Year

B. A. 1 02— Electronic Data Processing Systems 3

B. A. 180, 181-Business Law 4 4

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 3

B. A. 103— Office Automation and Management Problems.... .. 3

B. A. 150— Marketing Management . . 3

Electives 6 6

Total 16 16

2. EXECUTIVE SECRETARIAL

This program will appeal to those who realize that positions in secretarial
service require much more than office skills (typewriting and shorthand). This
curriculum is designed primarily to prepare students for a secretarial career with
administrative responsibilities. The development of the student's capacity to
plan, organize, direct, and execute is the guiding principle followed in this
curriculum. These are essential tools, but an understanding of management
and a broad background in the humanities is important for the more respon-
sible positions.

PLACEMENT EXAMINATION

Students with previous training in shorthand and/or typewriting are re-
quired to take a placement examination in those subjects at the time of their
first registration in a shorthand or typewriting course at the University.

If a student with previous training is unable to meet the prerequisite stand-
ard of achievement for the advanced courses, he may change to a less advanced
course with less than regular credit.

Credit will be given only for the work done in residence.
-^ 36

Office Management and Techniques Curriculums

RECORD OF COMPETENCY

Students must make a grade of "C" in each course in office techniques
sequences, before they may progress to the next advanced course. A major
earning less than a "C" grade in an advanced course is asked to repeat the
course.

The following program of study is designed to develop potential aptitudes
to an effective end. Attention is directed to requirements under the American
Civilization Program.

COMBINED EXECUTIVE SECRETARIAL AND
BUSINESS TEACHING CURRICULUM

Capable students may elect courses offered by the College of Education in
such a manner as to qualify themselves for business teaching in high schools.

EXECUTIVE SECRETARIAL PROGRAM

r-Semester—^

Freshman Year I II

Eng. 1 , 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

G. &. P. 1— American Government' 3

Psych. 1 —Introduction to Psychology ' . . 3

Elect Math. 5, 6; H. 1,2 or year of science' 3 3

O. T. 1, 2— Principles of Typevniting, Intermediate Type-
writing 2 2

O. T. 12, 13-Principles of Shorthand 3 3

Sp. 1 8, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (women) 2 2

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1

Total 18 18

So'phomore Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization * 3 3

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3

O. T. 16, 18-Advanced Gregg Shorthand 2 2

O. T. 17, 1 9— Problems in Gregg Transcription 2 2

O. T. 10— Ofl&ce Typewriting Problems 2

B. A. 14-Survey of Office Machines . . 2

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1

Total 16-17 16-17

' See American Ci\'ilization Program, page 3.

*Any student failing the University entrance examination in mathematics is re-
quired to satisfactorily complete Math. 0, Basic Mathematics the first semester enrolled
in this program.

37 ►

Bureau of Business and Economic Research

r-Semester—^

Junior Year I II

B. A. 20, 21-Principles of Accounting 4 4

O. T. 1 10— Administrative Secretarial Procedures 3

B. A. 100— Office Operations and Management . . 3

B. A. 166— Business Communications 3

Econ. 140— Money and Banking . . 3

B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3

B. A. 1 12— Records Management . . 2

Elect courses at 100 level in Sociology, Government and Politics,

Psychology, Humanities 3 3

Total 16 15

Senior Year

B. A. 180, 181-Business Law 4 4

B.A. 101- Integrated Data Processing for Internal Control. ... 3

B. A. 1 02— Electronic Data Processing Systems .. 3

O. T. 1 14— Secretarial Office Experience . . 3

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3

B. A. 1 60— Personnel Management . . 3

Electives 6 3

Total 16 16

VIII. BUREAU OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH

The Bureau of Business and Economic Research is a laboratory for the
practical siudy of business and economic problems. It has three principal func-
tions: first, to train students in the field of business and economic research; sec-
ond, to disseminate information concerning business and economic conditions
in Maryland, or which affect Maryland interests, and third, to offer advice on
research procedures and sources to interested business firms, governmental units,
and civic groups.

Through the facilities of the Bureau qualified interested students can obtain
practical experience in research work. This involves the application of techniques
and principles studied in the class room to actual business and governmental
problems.

The Bureau— through its direct contact with business, government, labor and
the professions and in its research into problems in these fields— serves as an
important source of information relative to business and economic conditions and
developments in this region. This information is made available, in part, by
means of Bureau publications and, in part, by direct inquiry to the Bureau. This
service is supplemented by active cooperation with individual business firms,
official agencies, and civic organizations within the state who request advice in
the study of specific problems which are recognized as having an important
bearing upon public welfare. The Bureau welcomes the opportunity to be of real
service to such organizations.

M 38

IX. BUREAU OF GOVERNMENTAL RESEARCH

The Bureau of Governmental Research was organized in 1947, then called
the Bureau of Public Administration. It is closely allied, both in function and
personnel, with the Department of Government and Politics. The Department
of Government and Politics is the teaching agency; the Bureau of Govern-
mental Research is the research agency. The Bureau's activities relate primarily
to the problems of state and local government in Maryland. The Bureau en-
gages in research and publishes findings with reference to local, state and national
government. It undertakes surveys and offers its assistance and service to units
of government in Maryland. It serves as a clearing house of information for
the benefit of Maryland state and local government. The Bureau furnishes
an opportunity for qualified interested students to secure practical experience in
research in government problems.

The Municipal Technical Advisory Service, established in 1959 as a division
of the Bureau, provides consulting services, on a practical level, to the municipal
governments of the State. These services are available in so far as practicable
in the fields of organization and management, engineering and public works,
municipal ordinance and charter drafting, and public information.

X. MARYLAND MUNICIPAL LEAGUE

The oflBce of the Maryland Municipal League, an organization of Maryland
cities, is located in the College of Business and Public Administration. The
League provides opportunities for association to municipal officials, offers services
to city governments and organizes legislative programs affecting municipal affairs.
It publishes monthly the Maryland Municipal News. The League's mailing
address is Maryland Municipal League, Box 276, College Park, Maryland.

COURSE OFFERINGS

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course for
which an insuflBcient number of students have registered to warrant giving the
course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another course.

Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.

100 to 199: Courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. Not all courses num-
bered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.

200 to 299: courses for graduates only.

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course with a double
number extends through two semesters. Courses not otherwise designated are lecture
courses. The number of credit hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses
after the title of the coiuse. A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester,
giving the hours, places of meeting, and other information required by the student in
making out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION

Professors: Frederick, calhoun, clemens, cook, cover, fisher, gentry,

PYLE, REID, SYLVESTER, SWEENEY, TAFF, WEDEBERG AND WRIGHT.

Associate Professors: dawson, nelson and spivey.
Assistant Professors: Anderson, ashmen, daiker, edelson and lee.
Instructors: clickner, heintze, heye, himes, wagner and watrous.
Lecturer: tierney.

B.A. 10, 11. Organization and Control. C2, 2)

First and second semesters. Required in all business administration curriculimis. A
survey course treating the internal and functional organization of a business enterprise.
B.A. 11 includes industrial management, organization and control

B.A. 14. Survey of Office Machines. (2)

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. The various types of office
business machines are surveyed, their capacities and special functions compared. Skilj
is developed through actual use and demonstration of such machines as: accounting,
duplicating, dictating and transcribing, adding and calcvdating, and other functional
types of machines and equipment. The course is designed also to give special training
in the handling of practical business problems with machine applications.

B.A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Required in all business organization curriculimis. Pre-
requisite, sophomore standing. The fundamental principles and problems involved in
accounting for proprietorships, corporations and partnerships.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

B.A. 100. Office Operations and Management. C3)

Prerequisite, junior standing. Deals with the principles of scientific management as

< 40

Business Organization and Administration

they apply to the examination, improvement, installation, and operation of the most
effective paperwork methods and systems that a given organization can use to achieve
its objectives. Procedure flow analysis and form design for control of paperwork;
process, work distribution, and layout charts, distribution of authority and responsi-
bility for oflBce activities are among the areas considered.

B.A. 101. Integrated Data Processing for Internal Control. (3)
Prerequisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Comprises the bridge between
accounting principles and the actualities of handling a large volume of data in modem
business and government operations. Considers the measures necessary to marshall
accounting and other information for internal control and for service to management
at all levels. The basic principles involved in the combining of accounting and re-
cording machines through a keyboard "language" that is "understood" by other ma-
chines will be presented. Punched-card tabulating and punched-tape methods are
studied. Graphic flowchart methods are used to integrate these data-gathering tech-
niques into normal accounting and reporting processes.

B.A. 102. Electronic Data Processing Systems. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 101, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $10.00. The electronic digi-
tal computer and its use as a business data processer. The course includes the fol-
lowing areas: (1) organization of business information; (2) characteristics of commer-
cially available equipment; (3) flow charts; (4) problems in reduction of processes
to component parts; and (5) programming typical internal control problems in bus-
iness and government.

B.A. 103. Office Automation and Management Problems. (3)
Prerequisite, B.A. 101 or B.A. 102. Administrative problems experienced in intro-
ducing computer systems, feasibility studies, and the efl^ect of ofEce automation upon
management and organization applied to case situations. Procedure distribution charts,
flow diagrams, process charts, and other tools used by the methods analysts are de-
veloped in actual situations.

B.A. 110, 111. Intermediate Accounting. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, a grade of "B" or better in B.A. 21 for majors
in accounting or consent of instructor. A comprehensive study of the theory and prob-
lems of valuation of assets, application of funds, corporation accounts and statements,
and the interpretation of accounting statements.

B.A. 112. Records Management. (2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Spe-
cific management methods and techniques that have proved valuable in the creation,
use, maintenance, protection and disposition of records are studied.

B.A. 116. Public Budgeting. (3)

Prerequisites, B.A. 21 and Econ. 32. A study of budgetary administration in the United
States, including systems of financial control and accountabflity, the settlement of
claims, centralized purchasing and the reporting of financial operations.

B.A. 118. Governmental Accounting. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. Ill, or consent of instructor. The content of this course covers the

scope and functions of governmental accoiuiting. It considers the principles generally

41 ►

Business Organization and Administration

applicable to all forms and types of governmental bodies and a basic procedure adapt-
able to all governments.

E.A. 121. Cost Accounting. (4)

Prerequisite, a grade of "B" or better in B.A. 21 for majors in accounting or consent of
instructor. A study of the fundamental procedures of cost accounting, including those
for job order, process and standard cost accovmting systems.

B.A. 122. Auditing Theory and Practice. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 111. A study of the principles and problems of
auditing and application of accounting principles to the preparation of audit working
papers and reports.

B.A. 123. Income Tax Accounting. (4)

Prerequisite, a grade of "B" or better in B.A. 21 for majors in accounting, or consent
of instructor. A study of the important provisions of the Federal Tax Laws, using illus-
trative examples, selected questions and problems, and the preparation of returns.

B.A. 124, 126. Advanced Accounting. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 111. Advanced accounting theory ap-
plied to specialized problems in partnerships, estates and trusts, banks, mergers and
consolidations, receiverships and liquidations; also budgeting and controllership.

B.A. 125. C.P.A. Problems. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 124, or consent of instructor. A study of the nat-
ure, form and content of C.P.A. examinations by means of the preparation of solutions
to, and an analysis of, a large sample of C.P.A. problems covering the various account-
ing fields.

B.A. 127. Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 122. Advanced auditing theory, practice and re-
port writing.

B.A. J 28. Advanced Cost Accounting. (2)

Prerequisite, B.A. 121. A continuation of basic cost accounting with special emphasis

on process costs, standard costs, joint costs and by-product costs.

B.A. 129. Apprenticeshij) in Accounting. (0)

Prerequisites, minimum of 20 semester hours in accounting and the consent of the
accounting staff. A period of apprenticeship is provided with nationally known firms
of certified public accomitants from about January 15 to February 15, and for a
semester after graduation.

BA. 130. Elements of Business Statistics. (3)

Prerequisite, junior standing. Required for graduation. Laboratory fee, $3.50. An
introductory course. Emphasis is placed upon statistical inference. Topics covered
include statistical observation, frequency distributions, averages, measures of varia-
bility, elementary probability, sampling distributions, problems of estimation, simple
tests of hypotheses, index numbers, time series, graphical and tabular presentation.
Selected applications of the techniques are drawn from economics, industrial manage-
ment, marketing and accoimting.

-< 42

Business Organization and Administration

B.A. 132. Sample Surveys in Business and Economics. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $3.50. A general course in
scientific sample sur\ey techniques. Review of elementary probability, characteristics
of good estimators, estimates of observation, simple random sampling, stratified random
sampling, cluster sampling, comparison of various sample designs, cost functions,
examples of actual survey practices.

B.A. 133. Statistical Research and Control Techniques. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $3.50. Review of ele-
mentary probability. Population distributions. Sampling distributions: binomial,
Poisson, normal, "t", chi-square and F. Estimates and tests of hypotheses concerning
the mean, variance and other parameters. Introduction to analysis of variance, linear
regression and correlation. Introduction to quality control and acceptance sampling.

B.A. 134. Statistical Quality Control. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $3.50. Statistical funda-
mentals, theory, construction and use of control charts, acceptance sampling by
attributes and variables, work sampling and other industrial applications of statistics.

B.A. 135. Time Series Analysis and Forecasting. (3)

First semester of even-numbered years. Alternates with B.A. 132. Prerequisite, B.A.
133. Laboratory fee, $3.50. Qassical time series analysis, trend, periodic and irregular
components, seasonal adjustment, growth curves, recent developments in time series
analysis, techniques of forecasting such quantities as labor force, capital formation,
demand and sales.

B.A. 140. Financial Management. C3)

Prerequisites, B.A. 21 and Econ. 140. This course deals with principles and practices
involved in the organization, financing, and rehabilitation of business enterprises; the
various types of securities and their use in raising funds, apportioning income, risk,
and control; intercorporate relations; and new developments. Emphasis on solution of
problems of financial policy faced by management.

B.A. 141. Investment Management. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 140. A study of the principles and methods used
in the analysis, selection, and management of investments; investment programs,
sources of investment information, security price movements, government, real estate,
public utihty, railroad, and industrial securities.

B.A. 142. Banking Policies and Practices. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140. A study of the organization and manage-
ment of the Commercial Bank, the operation of its departments, and the methods used
in the extension of commercial credit.

B.A. 143. Credit Management. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 140. A study of the nature of credit
and the principles appUcable to its extension and redemption for mercantile and con-
svuner purposes; sources of credit information and analysis of credit reports; the or-
ganization and management of a credit department for eflFective control. Recent de-
velopments and effective legal remedies available.

43 ►

Business Organization and, Administration

B.A. 148. Advanced Financial Management. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 140. Advanced course designed for students spe-
cializing in finance. Emphasis is placed upon the techniques employed by executives
in their appUcation of financial management practice to selected problems and cases.
Critical classroom analysis is brought to bear upon actual methods and techniques used
by business enterprises.

B.A. 149. Analysis of Financial Statements. (3)

Prerequisites, B.A. 21, B.A. 140. Analysis of financial statements for the guidance
of executives, directors, stockholders, and creditors, valuation of balance sheet items;
determination and interpretation of ratios.

B.A. 150a. Marketing Pri^iciples and Organization. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. This is an introductory course in the field of marketing.
Its purpose is to give a general understanding and appreciation of the forces operating,
institutions employed, and methods followed in marketing agricultural products, natural
products, services, and manufactured goods.

B.A. 150. Marketing Management. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 150a. A study of the work of the marketing division in a going
organization. The work of developing organizations and procedures for the control of
marketing activities are surveyed. The emphasis throughout the course is placed on the
determination of policies, methods, and practices for the effective marketing of various
forms of manufactured products. '

B.A. 151. Advertising. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 150. A study of the role of advertising in the
American economy; the impact of advertising on our economic and social life, the
methods and techniques currently applied by advertising practitioners, the role of the
newspaper, magazine, and other media in the development of an advertising campaign,
modern research methods to improve the effectiveness of advertising, and the organi-
zation of the advertising business.

B.A. 152. Advertising Copy and Layotit. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 151, and senior standing. A study of the prac-
tices and techniques of copy writing and layout. The student will participate in ex-
ercises designed to teach him the essential principles of writing copy for various media
and presenting ideas in visual form. The course deals with the development of ideas
rather than art forms.

B.A. 153. Ptirchasing Management. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 150 and senior standing. Determining the proper
sources, quality and quantity of supplies, and methods of testing quality; price policies,
price forecasting, forward buying, bidding and negotiation; budgets and standards of
achievement. Particular attention is given to government purchasing and methods and
procedures used in their procurement.

B.A. 154. Retail Store Management. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 150 and senior standing. Retail store organization,
location, layout and store policy; pricing policies, price lines, brands, credit policies,
records as a guide to bujdng; purchasing methods; supervision of selling; training and
supervision of retail sales force; and administrative problems.

-^ 44

Business Organization and Administration

B.A. 155. Problems in Retail Merchandising. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 154. Designed to develop skill in the planning
and control of merchandise stocks. Deals with buying policies, pricing, dollar and unit
control procedures, mark-up and mark-down policies, merchandise budgeting, and the
gross margin-expense-net earnings relationships.

B.A. 156. Marketing Research Methods. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 130 and B.A. 150. This course is intended to
develop skill in the use of scientific methods in the acquisition, analysis and interpre-
tation of marketing data. It covers the specialized fields of marketing research, the
planning of survey projects, sample design, tabulation procedure and report prepa-
ration.

B.A. 157. Foreigji Trade Procedure. (3)

Prerequisites, B.A. 150 and senior standing. Functions of various exporting agencies;
documents and procedures used in exporting and importing transactions. Methods of
procuring goods in foreign countries; financing of import shipments; clearing through
the customs districts; and distribution of goods in the United States.

B.A. 158. Advertising Problems. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 151. This course is concerned vdth the way in
which business firms use advertising as a part of their marketing program. The case
study method is used to present advertising problems taken from actual business
practice. Cases studied illustrate problems in demand stimulation, media selection,
advertising research, testing, and statistical control of advertising.

B.A. 159. News'pa'per Advertising. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 151. A study of the problems of newspaper ad-
vertising with special attention to the needs of retail business. The course covers lay-
out, production methods, sales techniques, and classified advertising. Students are en-
couraged to work in the advertising departments of campus and nearby publications
for actual experience.

B.A. 160. Personnel Management. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 160. This course deals v^dth the problems of directing and super-
vising emplovees under modem industrial conditions. Two phases of personnel ad-
ministration are stressed, the application of scientific management and the importance
of human relations in this field.

B.A. 163. Industrial Relations. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 160 and senior standing. A study of the develop-
ment and methods of organized groups in industry with reference to the settlement of
labor disputes. An economic and legal analysis of labor union and employer associa-
tion activities, arbitration, mediation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade agree-
ments, strikes, boycotts, lockouts, company unions, employee representation, and in-
junctions.

B.A. 164. Recent Labor Legislation and Court Decisions. (3)
First semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 160 and senior standing. Case method analysis of
the modem law of industrial relations. Cases include the decisions of administrative
agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals.

45 ►

Business Organization and Administration

B.A. 166. Business Comniunications. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, junior standing. A systematic study of the
principles of effective written communications in business. The fundamental aim is
to develop the ability to write clear, correct, concise, and persuasive business letters
and reports.

B.A. 167. ]oh Evaluation and Merit Rating. (2)

First semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 160, B.A. 169 and senior standing. The investiga-
tion of the leading job evaluation plans used in industry, study of the development and
administrative procedures, analyzing jobs and writing job descriptions, setting up a
job evaluation plan, and relating job evaluation to pay scales. Study of various em-
ployee merit rating programs, the methods of merit rating, and the uses of merit rating.

B.A. 169. Industrial Management. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Econ. 160 and B.A. 11. Studies the opera-
tion of a manufacturing enterprise. Among the topics covered are product develop-
ment, plant location, plant layout, production planning and control, methods analysis,
time study, job analysis, budgetary control, standard costs, and problems of supervision.

B.A. 170. Transportation Services and Regulation. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A general course covering the five fields of transportation,
their development, service and regulation. (This course is a prerequisite for all other
transportation courses.)

B.A. 171. Industrial and Commercial Traffic Management. (3)
Prerequisite, B.A. 170. Covers the details of classification and rate construction for
ground and air transportation. Actual experiences in handling tariffs and classifications
is provided. It is designed for students interested in the practical aspects of shipping
and receiving and is required for all majors in transportation administration.

B.A. 172. Motor Transportation. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 170. The development and scope of the motor
carrier industry, different types of carriers, economics of motor transportation, services
available, federal regulation, highway financing, allocation of cost to highway users,
highway barriers.

B.A. 172a. Motor Carrier Administration. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 170 and 172. Over the road and terminal opera-
tions and management, the use of management controls, management organization.
Interstate Commerce Commission pohcy as affecting management decisions.

B.A. 173. Water Transportation. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 170. Water carriers of all types, development and types of services,
trade routes, inland waterways, company organization, the American Merchant Marine
as a factor in national activity.

B.A. 174. Commercial Air Transportation. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 170. The air transportation system of the United States; airways,
airports, airlines. Federal regulation of air transportation. Problems and services of
commercial air transportation; economics, equipment, operations, financing, selling of
passenger and cargo services. Air mail development and services.

-^ 46

Business Organization and Administration

B.A. 175. Airline Administration. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 174. Practices, systems and methods of airline management; actual
work in handling details and forms required in planning and directing maintenance,
operations, accounting and traffic transactions, study of airline operations and other
manuals of various companies.

B.A. 176. Prohlems in Airport Management. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 174. Airports classified, aviation interests and community needs,
airport planning, construction, building problems. Airports and the courts. Manage-
ment, financing, operations, revenue soiurces.

B.A. 177. Motion Economy and Time Study. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 169 and senior standing. A study of the prin-
ciples of motion economy, simo charts, micromotion study, the fundamentals of time
study, job evaluation, observations, standard times, allowances, formula construction and
wage pajinent plans.

B.A. 178. Production Planning and Control. (2")

First semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 169 and senior standing. An analysis of the
man-, material-, and machine requirements for production according to the several tj^es
of manufacture. The development and application of inventory records, load charts,
production orders, schedules, production reports, progress reports and control reports.
One lecture period and one laboratory period each week.

B.A. 179. Prohlems in Swpervision. (3)

Prerequisites, B.A. 160, B.A. 169 and senior standing. A case study course in prob-
lems of management and administration viith emphasis upon analysis and reasoning
applied toward a solution.

B.A. 180, 181. Business Law. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior standing. Required in all business
organization curriculums. Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable
instnmients, agency, partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and sales.

B.A. 184. Public Utilities. (3)

Prerequisites, Econ. 32 or 37 and senior standing. Using the regulated industries as
specific examples attention is focused on broad and general problems in such diverse
fields as constitutional law, administrative law, public administration, government control
of business, advanced economic theory, accounting, valuation and depreciation, taxation,
finance, engineering and management.

B.A. 189. Business and Government. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Econ. 32 or 37 and senior standing. A study of the
role of government in modem economic Hfe. Social control of business as a remedy for
the abuses of business enterprise arising from the decline of competition. Criteria of
and limitations on government regulation of private enterprise.

B.A. 190. Life Insurance. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A general sun'ey of life insurance:

Its institutional development, selection of risks, mathematical calailations, contract pro-

47 ►

Business Organization and Administration

visions, kinds of policies, their functional uses, industrial and group contracts and
government supervision.

B.A. 191, Property Insurance. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the insurance coverages
written to protect individuals and businesses; fire, extended coverage, business interrup-
tion, automobile, liability, fidelity, surety, inland marine and ocean marine. Hazards,
rate-making, legal principles, standard forms and business practices are discussed.

B.A. 194. Insurance Agency Management. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 190 or 191. This course deals with the more
practical problems and policies of the insurance agent, manager, or broker; the manage-
ment of his own organization and its relations wdth the pubhc and home ofl&ces. Ad-
vanced topics in life insurance and additional coverages in property insurance are con-
sidered also.

B.A. 195. Real Estate Principles. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. This course covers the nature and
uses of real estate, real estate as a business, basic legal principles, construction prob-
lems and home ovmership, city planning, and public control and ownership of real
estate.

B.A. 196. Real Estate Finance. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. This course includes consideration
of the factors influencing real estate values, methods and techniques in the general
appraisal of real estate by brokers and professional appraisers, and general problems in
real estate financing.

B.A. 197. Real Estate Management. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 195 or 196. A study of mortgage banking in
its relation to real estate operations, various financial institutions, and the general
economy, and a study of real property management with its responsibilities to ovmers,
tenants, employees, and the public.

Vor Graduates

(Graduate standing and consent of instructor required.)

B.A. 210. Advanced Accounting Theory. (2-3)
Prerequisites, B.A. Ill and graduate standing.

B.A. 220. Managerial Accounting. (3)

B.A. 221, 222. Seminar in Accounting.
(Arranged.)

B.A. 226. Accounting Systems. (3)

B.A. 228. Research in Accounting.
(Arranged.)

M 48

Business Organization and Administration

B.A. 229. Studies of Special Problems in the Fields of Control and Organiza-
tion.
(Arranged.)

B.A. 240. Seminar in Financial Management. Ci-3)
Prerequisites, Econ. 140, B.A. 21, B.A. 140.

B.A. 249. Studies of Special Problems in the Field of Financial Administration.
(Arranged.)

B.A. 250. Problems in Sales Management. (3)

BA. 251. Problems in Advertising. (3)

B.A. 252. Problems in Retail Store Management. (3)

B.A. 257. Seminar in Marketing Management.
(Arranged.)

B.A. 258. Research Problems in Marketing.
(Arranged.)

B.A. 262. Seminar in Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations.
(Arranged.)

B.A. 265. Development and Trends in Industrial Management. C3)

B.A. 266. Research in Personnel Management.
(Arranged.)

B.A. 267. Research in Industrial Relations.
(Arranged.)

B.A. 269. Studies in Special Problems in Employer-Employee Relationships.

(Arranged.)

B.A. 270. Seminar in Air Transportation. (3)

B.A. 271. Theory of Organization. (3)

B.A. 275. Seminar in Motor Transportation. (3)

B.A. 277. Seminar in Transportation. (3)

B.A. 280. Seminar in Business and Government Relations.
(Arranged.)

B.A. 284. Seminar in Public Utilities. (3)

B.A. 290. Seminar in Insurance. (3)

B.A. 295. Seminar in Real Estate. (3)

B.A. 399. Thesis.
(Arranged.)

49 ►

ECONOMICS

Professors: dillard, gruchy and hamberg.

Lecturers: de beers and johnson.

Associate Professors: grayson and gurley.

Assistant Professors: dalton, glade, measday, shelby and smith.

Instructors: andersen, barrett, day and dodge.

Econ. 4, 5. Economic Developments. {2, 2)

First and second semesters. Freshman requirements in business administration cur-
riculums. An introduction to modem economic institutions— their origins, develop-
ment, and present status. Commercial revolution, industrial revolution, and age of mass
production. Emphasis on developments in England, Western Europe and the United
States. (Dillard, Staff.)

Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Required in the
business administration curriculums. In Econ. 31 basic concepts, the monetary system,
the national accounts, national income analysis, and business cycles are introduced.
In Econ. 32 emphasis is placed on price theory, distribution, international trade, and
economic development. (Grayson, Staff.)

Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics. (3)

First and second semesters. Not open to students who have credit in Econ. 31
and 32. Not open to freshmen or to B. P. A. students. A survey of the general prin-
ciples underlying economic activity. This is the basic course in economics for the
American Civilization Program for students who are unable to take the more complete
course provided in Econ. 31 and 32. (Smith, Staff.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Econ. 102. National Income Analysis. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32. Required for economics majors.
An analysis of national income accounts and the level of national income and em-
ployment. (Hamberg, Staff.)

Econ. 130. Mathematical Economics. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 102 and 132 or permission of instructor. A
course designed to enable economics majors to understand the simpler aspects of
mathematical economics. Those parts of the calculus and algebra required for econ-
omic analysis will be presented.

Econ. 131. Comparative Economic Systems. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. An investigation of the
theory and practice of various types of economic systems. The course begins with an
examination and evaluation of the capitalistic system and is followed by an analysis of
alternative types of economic systems such as fascism, socialism, and communism.

(Gruchy.)

< 50

Economics

Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32. Required for economics majors.
This course is an analysis of price and distribution theory with special attention to
recent developments in the theory of imperfect competition. CGrayson.)

Econ. 134. Contewporar)' Economic Thought. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Econ. 32 and senior standing. Graduate students should
take Econ. 232. A survey of recent trends in American, English, and continental
economic thought with special attention to the work of such economists as W. C.
Mitchell, J. R. Commons, T. Veblen, W. Sombart, J. A. Hobson and other contributors
to the development of economic thought since 1900. (Gruchy.)

Econ. 136. International Economic Policies and Relations. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A descriptive and theoretical analysis
of international trade. Full consideration is given to contemporary problems facing
international trade and to the impact of governmental policy upon international com-
mercial relations. CdeBeers.)

Econ. 137. The Economics of National Planning. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37 and senior standing. Graduate students
should take Econ. 233. An analysis of the principles and practice of economic plan-
ning vdth special reference to the planning problems of Great Britain, Russia, and
the United States. (Gruchy.)

Econ. 138. Economics of the Soviet Union. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. An analysis of the organization,
operating principles and performance of the Soviet economy with attention to the
historical and ideological background, planning, resources, industry, agriculture, domestic
and foreign trade, finance, labor, and the structure and growth of national income.

(Dodge.)
Econ. 140. Money and Banking. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the organiza-
tion, functions, and operation of our monetary, credit, and banking system; the relation
af commercial banking to the Federal Reser\-e System; the relation of money and credit
:o prices; domestic and foreign exchange and the impact of public policy upon banking
and credit. (Glade, Hamberg, Shelby.)

Econ. 141. Theory of Money, Credit, and Prices. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Econ. 32 and 140. A study of recent domestic and

international monetary policies, their objectives and theoretical foundations. (Gurley.)

Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of government
fiscal policy with special emphasis upon sources of public revenue, the ta.x system, gov-
ernment budgets, and the public debt. (Grayson.)

Econ. 147. Business Cycles. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140. A study of the causes of depressions and

unemployment, cyclical and secular instability, theories of business cycles, antl the

problem of controlling economic instability. (Shelby.)

51 ►

Economics

Econ. 149. International Finance and Exchange. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140; Econ. 136 recommended. This course
considers the theory and practice of international finance and exchange. The increased
importance of public authority in foreign trade, international policies, and finance is
given due emphasis. (deBeers.}

Econ. 160. Labor Economics. C3}

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. The historical development
and chief characteristics of the American labor movement are first surveyed. Present-
day problems are then examined in detail: wage theories, unemployment, social security,
labor organization, and collective bargaining. (Dalton, Measday, Smith.)

Econ. 170. Monopoly and Competition. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Changing structure of the American
economy; price policies in difFerent industrial classifications of monopoly and competi-
tion in relation to problems of public policy. CSmith.)

Econ. 171. Economics of American Industries. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the technology, economics

and geography of twenty representative American industries. (Clemens.)

For Graduates

Econ. 200. Micro-Economic Analysis. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 132. Price, output, and distribution analysis as
developed by Chamberlin, Trifi&n, Hicks and others. Considerable attention is given
to contributions in periodicals. (Grayson.)

Econ. 201. Advanced Micro-Economic Analysis. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 200 or consent of instructor. A review and
critical analysis of resource allocation and the theory of the firm, including recent
developments in linear programming, activity analysis, and input-output analysis.

Econ. 202. Macro-Economic Analysis. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 102 or equivalent. National income accounting;
determination of national income and employment especially as related to the modem
theory of effective demand; consumption function; multiplier and acceleration prin-
ciples; the role of money as it affects output and employment as a whole; cyclical
fluctuations. (Dillard.)

Econ. 204. Origins and Develo-pment of Ca'pitalism. (3)

Study of the transition from feudalism to capitalism and the subsequent development
of leading capitalist institutions in industry, agriculture, commerce, banking, and the
social movement.

Econ. 205. Economic Develo'pment of Underdeveloped Areas. (3)

Principles and problems of economic development in underdeveloped areas; policies

and techniques which hasten economic development. (Johnson.)

Econ. 206. Seminar in Economic Development. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 205 or consent of instructor. Problems and policies of economic

development in specified underdeveloped areas. (Johnson.)

^ 52

Economics

Econ. 230. History of Economic Thought. C3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 132 or consent of instructor. A study ot the
development of economic thought and theories including the Greeks, Romans, canonists,
mercantilists, physiocrats, Adam Smith, Malthus, Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic
policy. (Dillard.)

Econ. 231. Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 230 or consent of the instructor. A study of
various nineteenth and twentieth century schools of economic thought, particularly the
classicists, neo-classicists, Austrians, German historical school, American economic
thought and the socialists. (Dillard.)

Econ. 232, 233. Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. A study of recent developments in the field of institu-
tional economic theory in the United States and abroad. (Gruchy.)

Econ. 234. Economic Growth in Mature Economies. (3)

Given in sequence with Econ. 232 and 233. Analysis of policies and problems for
achieving stable economic growth in mature economies such as the United States, the
United Kingdom, and the Scandinavian countries. (Gruchy.)

Econ. 236. Seminar in International Economic Relations. (3)
(Arranged.) A study of selected problems in International Economic Relations.

(deBeers.)

Econ. 237. Special Seminar in Economic Growth and Development. (3)
Visiting academic and government economists who are specialists in various aspects of
economic growth and development \\'ill address the seminar on special topics. Students
may enroll for credit and write papers under the supervision of the facult)' member
directing the seminar.

Econ. 238. Seminar in Economic Development of the Soviet Union. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 138 or consent of instructor. Measurement and evaluations of
Soviet economic development including interpretation and use of Soviet statistics,
measurement of national income and rates of growth, fiscal and monetary' policies,
investment policies and technological change, planning and economic administra-
tion, manpower and wage policies, foreign trade and foreign aid policies, intra-
Bloc relations, and selected topics in Bloc development.

Econ. 240. Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy. (3)

Theories of money, prices, and national income mth emphasis on recent develop-
ments. Monetary theories of income fluctuations. Domestic and international monetary
policies. (Gurley.)

Econ. 242. Public Finance and Fiscal Policy. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 142 or consent of instructor. Taxation, public expenditures, and

public debt; the use of fiscal policy as a stabilization device against inflation and

recession.

Econ. 247. Economic Growth and Instability. (3)

Second semester. An analj^ical study of long-term economic growth in relation to

53 ►

Economics, Geography

short-term cyclical instability. Attention is concentrated on the connection between
accumiiiation ot capital and the capital requirements of secular growth and business
cycles. Earlier v\Titings as well as recent growth models are considered. (Hamberg.)

Econ. 248. The Economics of Technical Change. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of the determinants
and impact of inventions and innovations. Attention is given to the qualitative and
quantitative aspects of technical change, both at the micro-economic and macro-
economic levels, and under different conditions of economic development. (Hamberg.)

Econ. 270. Seminar in Economics and Geography of American Industries. (3)
(Arranged.) (Qemens.)

Econ. 399. Thesis.
(Arranged.)

GEOGRAPHY

Professors: van royen and hu.

Consulting Professor: roterus.

Lecturers witJi rank of Professor: lemons and mc bryde.

Lecturer: van bergen van der grijp.

Associate Professor: augelli.

Assistant Professors: ahnert, curry, deshler, hooson and mc Arthur.

Research Associate: syme.

Research Assistants: blenk and groves.

Geog. 1, 2. Economic Resources. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week
for Geog. 1; two lecture periods for Geog. 2. Freshman requirements in the business
administration curriculums. General comparative study of the geographic factors under-
lying production economics. Emphasis upon climate, soils, land forms, agricultural
products, power resources, and major minerals, concluding with brief survey of geog-
raphy of commerce and manufacturing. (Deshler, Staff.)

Geog. 10, 11. General Geography. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Required of all majors in geography; recommended for
all minors; Geog. 10 is suggested for students of Arts and Sciences, Education and
others who may desire a background in geography and its application to problems of
their respective fields. Introduction to geography as a field of study. A survey of the
content, philosophy, techniques, and application of geography and its significance for
the understanding of world problems. (Augelli.)

Geog. 20, 21. Economic Geography. (3, 3)
(Not offered on College Park campus.)

Geog. 30. Principles of Morphology. (3)

First semester. A study of the physical features of the earth's surface and their
geographic distribution, incluchng subordinate land forms. Major morphological pro-
cesses, the development of land forms, and the relationships between various types of
land forms and land use problems. (Ahnert.)

< 54

Geography

Geog. 35. Map Interpretation and Map Problems. (3)

First and second semesters. Interpretation of landforms and man-made features on
American and foreign maps. Functions, use, and limitations of various t\'pes of maps,
with emphasis upon topographic maps. Problems of use and interpretation. (Ahnert.)

Geog. 40. Principles of Meteorology. (3)

First and second semesters. An introductory study of the weather. Properties and
conditions of the atmosphere, and methods of measurement. The atmospheric circu-
lation and conditions responsible for various types of weather and their geographic
distribution patterns. Practical applications. (Curry, Ahnert.)

Geog. 41. hitroductory Climatology. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 40, or permission of the instructor. Climatic
elements and their controls, the classification and distribution of world climates and
relevance of climatic differences to human activities. (Curry.)

Geog. 42S. Weather and Climate. (2)

Summer only. An introduction to the principal causes of the weather and the major

types of climate, with special emphasis upon North America.

Vor Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Geog. 100. Regional Geography of Eastern Anglo- America. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 10, or permission of the instructor.
A study of the cultural and economic geography and the geographic regions of eastern
United States and Canada, including an analysis of the significance of the physical
basis for present-day diversification of development, and the historical geographic
background. (McArthur.)

Geog. 101. Regional Geography of Western Anglo-America. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 10, or permission of the instructor.
A study of vv'estern United States, western Canada and Alaska along the lines
mentioned under Geog. 100. (McArthur.)

Geog. 102S. Geography of the United States. (2)

Simimer only. Permission of instructor. A general study of the regions and resources
of the United States in relation to agricultural and industrial development and to
present-day national problems.

Geog. 103. Geographic Concepts and Source Materials. (3)
First semester. A comprehensive and systematic survey of geographic concepts de-
signed exclusively for teachers. Stress will be placed upon the philosopby of geography
in relation to the social and physical sciences, the use of the primary tools of geog-
raphy, source materials, and the problems of presenting geographic principles.

Geog. 104. Geography of Major World Regions. (3)

Second semester. A geographic analysis of the patterns, problems, and prospects
of the world's principal human-geographic regions, including Europe, Anglo-America,
the Soviet Union, the Far Fast, and Latin America. Emphasis upon the causal factors
of differentiation and the role geographic differences play in the interpretation of the
current world scene. This course is designed especially for teachers.

55 ►

Geogra'phy

Geog. 105. Geogra'phy of Maryland and Adjacent Areas. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. An analysis
of the physical environment, natural resources, and population in relation to agri-
cultiure, industry, transport, and trade in the state of Maryland and adjacent areas.

Geog. 106S. Geography of Maryland. (2)

Summer only. Permission of instructor. The geographic regions of Maryland and
their principal characteristics, especially in relation to the development of home studies
and other projects.

Geog. 110. Economic and Cultural Geography of Caribbean America. (3)
First semester. An analysis of the physical framework, broad economic and his-
torical trends, cultural patterns, and regional diversification of Mexico, Central America,
the West Indies, and parts of Colvmibia and Venezuela. (Augelli.)

Geog. 111. Economic and Cultural Geography of South America. (3)
First semester. A survey of natiual environment and resources, economic develop-
ment and cultural diversity of the South American republics, vAth emphasis upon
problems and prospects of the countries. CAugeUi.)

Geog. 120. Economic Geography of Europe. (3)

First semester. The natiual resources of Europe in relation to agricultural and

industrial development and to present-day economic and national problems.

CHooson, Van Royen.)

Geog. 122. Economic Resources and Development of Africa. (3)
Second semester. The natural resources of Africa in relation to agricultiual and
mineral production; the various stages of economic development and the potentialities
of the future. (Deshler.)

Geog. 123. Problems of Colonial Geography. (3)

First and second semesters. Problems of development of colonial areas, with special
emphasis upon the development of tropical regions and the possibilities of white settle-
ment in the tropics.

Geog. 130, 131. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and Eastern

Asia. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. A study of China, Japan, India, Burma, Indo-China,
and the East Indies; natural resources, population, and economic acti\aties. Com-
parisons of physical and human potentialities of major regions and of their economic,
social and political development. CHu.)

Geog. 134, 135. Cultural Geography of East Asia. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. A comprehensive and systematic survey of the geo-
graphical distribution and interpretation of the major racial groups and cultural
patterns of China, Japan, and Korea. Special emphasis will be placed on the unique
characteristics of the peoples of these areas, their basic cultural institutions, outlooks
on life, contemporary problems, and trends of cultural change. Designed especially
for students of the social sciences, and those preparing for careers in foreign service,
foreign trade, education, and international relations. CHu.)

^ 56

Geography

Geog. 140. Soviet Lands. (3)

First and second semesters. The natural environment and its regional diversity. Geo-
graphic factors in the expansion of the Russian state. The geography of agricultural
and industrial production, in relation to available resources, transportation problems,
and diversity of population. (Hooson.)

Geog. 146. The Near East. (3)

First semester or second semester. The physical, economic, political, and strategic

geography of the lands between the Mediterranean and India.

Geog. 150. HistOTy and Theory of Cartography. (3)

First semester. The development of maps throughout history. Geographical orien-
tation, coordinates, and map scales. Map projections, their nature, use and limitations.
Principles of representation of featvues on physical and cultural maps. Modern uses
of maps and relationships between characteristics of maps and use types.

(van Bergen van der Grijp.)

Geog. 151, 152. Cartography and Graphics Practicuni. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. One hour lecture and two two-hour laboratorv periods
a week. Tecliniques and problems of compilation, design, and construction of various
types of maps and graphs. Relationships between map making and modem methods of
production and reproduction. Trips to representative plants. Laboratory work directed
toward cartographic problems encountered in the making of non-topographic maps.

Geog. 153. PTohlems of Cartographic Representation and Procedure. (3)
First and second semesters. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratorv a week.
Study of cartographic compilation methods. Principles and problems of s}Tnbolization,
classification, and representation of map data. Problems of representation of features
at different scales and for different purposes. Place-name selection and lettering; stick-
up and map composition. (van Bergen van der Grijp.)

Geog. 154. Problems of Map Evaluation. (3)

First or second semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week.
Schools of topographic concepts and practices. Theoretical and practical means of
determining map reliability, map utility, and source materials. Nature, status, and
problems of topographic mapping in different parts of the world. Non-topigraphic
special use maps. Criteria of usefulness for purposes concerned and of reliability.

Geog. 155. Problems and Practices of Photo Interpretation. (3)
First and second semesters. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per
week. Interpretation of aerial photographs with emphasis on the recognition of land-
forms of different tvpes and man-made features. Study of vegetation, soil, and other
data that may be derived from aerial photographs. Tv'pes of aerial photographs and
limitations of photo interpretation. (Ahnert.)

Geog. 160. Advanced Economic Geography 1. Agricultural Resources. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1 and 2 or Geog. 10. The nature of agricultural
resources, the major types of agricixlrural exploitation in the world, and the geographic
distribution of certain major crops and animals in relation to the physical en\ironment
and economic geographic conditions. Main problems of conservation. (Van Royen.)

57 ►

Geogra'phy

Geog. 161. Advanced Economic Geography U. Mineral Resources. (3)
Second semester. Prereqxiisite, Geog. 1 and 2, or Geog. 10. The nature and geo-
graphic distribution of the principal power, metallic and other minerals. Economic
geographic aspects of modes of exploitation. Consequences of geographic distribution
and problems of conservation. (Van Royen.)

Geog. 170. Local Field Course. (3)

First semester. Training in geographic Held methods and techniques. Field observa-
tion of land use in selected rural and urban areas in eastern Maryland. One lecture
per week with Saturday and occasional weekend field trips. Primarily for under-
graduates. (Ahnert.)

Geog. 180. History, Nature and Methodology of Geography. (3)
First semester. A comprehensive and systematic study of the history, nature, and
basic principles of geography, with special reference to the major schools of geographic
thought; a critical evaluation of some of the important geographical works and methods
of geographic research. CHu.)

Geog. 190. Political Geography. (3)

Second semester. Geographical factors in national power and international relations;
an analysis of the role of "geopolitics" and "geostrategy," with special reference to
the current world scene. (Augelli.)

Geog. 195. Geography of Transportation. (3)

Second semester. The distribution of transport routes on the earth's surface; patterns
of transport routes; the adjustment of transport routes and media to conditions of the
natural environment centers and their distribution. CMcArthur.)

Geog. 197. Urban Geography. (3)

First semester. Origins of cities, followed by a study of elements of site and location
with reference to cities. The patterns and functions of some major world cities will be
analyzed. Theories of land use differentiation within cities will be appraised.

(McArthur.)
Geog. 199. Topical Investigations. Ci-3)

First and second semesters. Independent study under individual guidance. Choice
of subject matter requires joint approval of adviser and Head of the Department of
Geography. Restricted to advanced undergraduate students with credit for at least 24
hours of geography. (Staff.)

For Graduates

Geog. 200. Field Course. (3)

Field work in September, conferences and reports during first semester. Practical
experience in conducting geographic field studies. Intensive training in field methods
and techniques and in the preparation of reports. For graduate students in geography.
Open to other students by special permission of the Head of the Department of
Geography. (Staff.)

Geog. 210, 211. Seminar in the Geography of Latin America. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Geog. 110, 111 or consent of instructor.
An analysis of recent changes and trends in industrial development, exploitation of
mineral resources, and land utilization. (McBryde, Augelli.)

< 58

Geography

Geog. 220, 221. Seminar in the Geography of Europe and Africa. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Geog. 120 or 122, or consent o£ instructor.
Analysis of special problems concerning the resources and development of Europe
and Africa. (Van Royen, Deshler.)

Geog. 230, 231. Seminar in the Geography of East Asia. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Analysis of problems concerning the geography of East
Asia wdth emphasis on .special research methods and techniques applicable to the prob-
lems of this area. CHu.)

Geog. 240, 241. Seminar in the Geography of the U.S.S.R. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Investigation of special aspects of Soviet geography.

Emphasis on the use of Soviet materials. Prerequisite, reading knowledge of Russian

and Geog. 140, or consent of instructor. (Hooson.)

Geog. 246. Seminar in the Geography of the Near East. (3)
First and second semesters.

Geog. 250. Seminar in Cartography. QCredit arranged^

First and second semesters. The historical and mathematical background of carto-
graphic concepts, practices, and problems, and the various philosophical and practical
approaches to cartography. Discussions will be supplemented by the presentation of
specific cartographic problems investigated by the students.

(McBryde, van Bergen van der Grijp.)

Geog. 260. Advanced General Climatology. C3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 41, or consent of instructor. Advanced study of
elements and controls of the earth's climates. Principles of climatic classification.
Special analysis of certain climatic tj^es. (Lemons.)

Geog. 261. Applied Climatology. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 41, or consent of instructor. Study of prin-
ciples, techniques, and data of micro-climatology, physical and regional climatology
relating to such problems and fields as transportation, agriculture, industry, urban
planning, human comfort, and regional geographic analysis. (Lemons.)

Geog. 262, 263. Seminar in Meteorology and Climxitology. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Selected topics in
meteorology and chmatology chosen to fit the individual needs of advanced students.

(Lemons.)
Geog. 280. Geomorphology. (3)

Second semester. An advanced comparative study of selected geomorphic processes
and land forms; theories of land forms evolution and geomorphological problems.

(Van Royen.)
Geog. 290, 291. Selected Topics in Geography, (i-3)

First and second semesters. Readings and discussion on selected topics in the field
of geography. To be taken only with joint consent of adxiser and Head of the
Department of Geography. (StaflF.)

Geog. 399. Dissertation Research. (.Credit to he arranged')

First and second semesters and summer. (Staff.)

59 ►

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

Professors: plischke, burdette, steinmeyer and wengert.
Associate Professors: Anderson, harrison and hathorn.
Assistant Professor: alford.

Instructors: alperin, byrd, dawson, Hamilton and lee.
Lecturers: larson and reals.

G. &• P. 1. American Government. (3)

Each semester. This course is designed as the basic course in government for the
American Civilization Program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all other
courses in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of governments in the United
States— national, state, and local.

G. 5; P. 3. Principles of Government and Politics. (3)

Each semester. A study of the basic principles and concepts of political science.

G. & P. 4. State Government and Administration. (3)

Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the organization and functions
of state government in the United States, with special emphasis upon the government
of Maryland.

G. &• P. 5. Local Government and Administration. C3)

Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the organization and functions
of local govenmient in the United States, with special emphasis upon the government
of Maryland cities and counties.

G. &■ P. 7. The Government of the British Commonwealth. (2^

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the governments of the United

Kingdom and the British Dominions.

G. & P. 8. The Governments of Continental Euro'pe. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A comparative study of the governments

of France, Switzerland, Italy, Germany, and the Scandinavian coimtries.

G. & P. 9. The Governments of Latin America. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A comparative study of Latin American

goverrmients, with special emphasis on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico.

G. & P. 10. The Government of the Par East. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the governments of China and

Japan.

G. & P. 97. Major Foreign Governments. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An examination of characteristic governmental institutions
and pohtical processes in selected major powers, such as Britain, Russia, France,
Germany, Italy, Japan, and China. Students may not receive credit in this course
and also obtain credit in G. & P. 7, 8, or 10.

-< 60

Government and Politics

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

G. &• P. 101. International Political Relations. (3)

Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the major factors underlying
international relations, the influence of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperialism,
and the development of foreign policies of the major powers.

G. & P. 102. International Law. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. Fundamental principles governing the

relation of states, including matters of jurisdiction over landed territory, water, airspace,

and persons; treatment of aliens; treaty-making; diplomacy; and the laws of war and

neutrality.

G. & P. 104. Inter-American Relations. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An analytical and historical study of the Latin-American
policies of the United States and of problems in our relations with individual countries,
with emphasis on recent developments.

G. &■ P. 105. Recent Par Eastern Politics. (3)

Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. The background and interpretation of recent

political events in the Far East and their influence on world politics.

G. & P. 106. American Foreign Relations. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. The principles and machinery of the con-
duct of American foreign relations, vdth emphasis on the Department of State and the
Foreign Service, and an analysis of the major foreign policies of the United States.

G. &• P. 108. International Organization. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1 . A study of the objectives, structure,
fimctions, and procedures of international organizations, including the United Nations
and such functional and regional organizations as the Organization of American States.

G. Sr P. 110. Princi'ples of Puhlic Administration. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of public administration in the
United States, giving special attention to the principles of organization and management
and to fiscal, personnel, planning, and public relations practices.

G. (sr P. 111. Puhlic Personnel Administration. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 110 or B.A. 160. A survey of public personnel
administration, including the development of merit civil service, the personnel agency,
classification, recruitment, examination techniques, promotion, service ratings, training,
discipline, employee relations, and retirement.

G. &■ P. 112. Puhlic Financial Administration. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 110 or Econ. 142. A survey of governmental
financial procedures, including processes of current and capital budgeting, the admin-
istration of public borrowing, the techniques of public purchasing, and the machinery
of control through pre-audit and post-audit.

G. &• P. 124. Legislatures and Legislation. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A comprehensive study of legislative organi-

61 ►

Government and Politics

zation, procedure, and problems. The course includes opportunities for student con-
tact with Congress and with the Legislature of Maryland.

G. & P. 131, 132. Constitutional Law. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A systematic inquiry into the
general principles of the American constitutional system, with special reference to the
role of the judiciary in the interpretation and enforcement of the federal constitution;
the position of the states in the federal system; state and federal powers over commerce;
due process of law and other civil rights.

G. & p. 133. Administration of Justice. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1 . An examination of civil and criminal court
structure and procedures in the United States at all levels of government, with special
emphasis upon the federal judiciary.

G. & P. 141. History of Political Theory. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A survey of the principal political theories set

forth in the works of writers from Plato to Bentham.

G. & P. i42. Recent Political Theory. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of 19th and 20th century political

thought, with special emphasis on recent theories of socialism, communism, and fascism.

G. & P. 144. American Political Theory. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the development and growth of

American political concepts from the colonial period to the present.

G. & P. 154. Problems of World Politics. (3)

Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of governmental problems of inter-
national scope, such as causes of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students
are required to report on readings from current literature.

G. & P. 174. Political Parties. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A descriptive and analytical examination of

American political parties, nominations, elections, and political leadership.

G. &• P. J 78. Public Opinion. (3)

Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1 . An examination of public opinion and its efiFect
on political action, with emphasis on opinion formation and measurement, propaganda,
and pressure groups.

G. &■ P. IBl. Administrative Law. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the discretion exercised by ad-
ministrative agencies, including analysis of their functions, their powers over persons
and property, their procedures, and judicial sanctions and controls.

G. &■ P. 191. The Government and Administration of the Soviet Union. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the adoption of the communist
philosophy by the Soviet Union, of its governmental structure, and of the administration
of government policy in the Soviet Union.

^ 62

Government and Politics

G. & P. 197. Comparative Governmental Institutions. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of major political institutions, such
as legislatures, executives, courts, administrative systems, and political parties, in selected
foreign governments.

For Graduates

G. &■ P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization. (3)
A study of the forms and functions of various international organizations.

G. &■ P. 202. Seminar in International Law. (3)

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in substantive and
procedural international law.

G. & P. 205. Seminar in American Political Institiitions. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the background and de-
velopment of American government.

G. & P. 206. Seminar in American Foreign Relations. (3)

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in American foreign

policy and the conduct of American foreign relations.

G. &■ P. 207. Seminar in Comparative Governmental Institutions. (3)
Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in governmental
and political institutions in governments throughout the world.

G. & P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of recent fed-
eral-state relations.

G. &• P. 2i3. Problems of Public Administration. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public
administration.

G. & P. 214. Problems of Public Personnel Administration. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public per-
sonnel administration.

G. 6- P. 215. Problems of State and Local Government in Maryland. (3)
Reports on topics assigned for individual study in the field of Maryland state and local
government.

G. &■ P. 216. Government Administrative Planning and Management. (3)
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in administrative planning
and management in government.

G. Br P. 217. Government Corporations and Special Purpose Authorities. (3)
Reports on topics assigned for indi\'idual study and reading in the use of the corporate
form for governmental administration. The topics for study will relate to the use of
the corporate form as an administrative technique, as in the cases of the Tennessee
Valley Authority, the Port of New York Authority, and local housing authorities.

63 ►

Government and Politics

G. & P. 221. Seminar in Public Opinion. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public

opinion.

G. & P. 223. Seminar in Legislatures and Legislation. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading about the composition and

organization of legislatures and about the legislative process.

G. & P. 224. Seminar in Political Parties and Politics. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields of political

organization and action.

G. & P. 225. Man and the State. (3)

Individual reading and reports on such recurring concepts in political theory as liberty,
equality, justice, natural law and natural rights, private property, sovereignty, national-
ism, and the organic state.

G. & P. 232. Seminar in Public Law. (3)

Reports on topics assigned fur individual study and reading in the fields of constitu-
tional and administrative law.

G. &■ P. 257. Bibliogra'phy of Government and Politics. (3)

Survey of the literature of the various fields of government and politics and instruction

in the use of government documents.

G. & P. 252. Problems of Democracy: National L (3)
Summer session only.

G. &■ P. 253. Problems of Democracy: International L (3)

Summer session only. - ,

G. & P. 254. Problems of Democracy: National U. (3)
Summer session only.

G. & P. 255. Problems of Democracy: International U. QS')
Summer session only.

G. &• P. 261. Problems of Government and Politics. (3)

Credit according to work accomplished.

G. 6- p. 28 L Departmental Seminar. QNo credit')

Topics as selected by the graduate staff of the Department. Registration for two semes-
ters required of all doctoral candidates. Conducted by the entire Departmental staff in
full meeting.

G. & P. 399. Thesis Research.

(Arranged).

< 64

JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

Professor: crowell.

Associate Professors: krimel and newsom.
Assistant Professor: bryan.
Instrtictor: severin.

JOURNALISM COURSES

Joum. 10. Introduction to Journalism. (3)

Two lectures, two laboratory hours each week. Prerequisites, at least average grade
of "C" in Eng. 1 and 2. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Survey of journalism. Laboratory
time spent in writing news-story exercises assigned by instructor. "B" in Joum. 10 or
11 is prerequisite, for majors in this Department, to all upper-division courses in the
Department.

Joum. 11. News Reporting. (3)

Each semester. Two lectures, two laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite, Joum.

10. Laboratory fee, $3.00. More specialized types of news stories.

Joum. 101. Radio News Reporting. (2)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite,

Sp. 22. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Theory' and practice in radio news reporting.

Joum. 160. News Editing I. (3)

Each semester. Two lectures, two hours of laboratory each week. Laboratory fee,

$3.00. Copy editing, proofreading, headline writing.

J own. 161. News Editing II. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures, three hours of laboratory work on Baltimore Sun or

Baltimore News-Post desk each week, arranged. Headwoiting, makeup, rewriting, copy

editing.

Joum. 162. Community Journalism. (3)

Each semester. One lecture, four hours of laboratory work on a weekly newspaper

each week, arranged. Introduction to community and weekly newspaper.

Joum. 263. Newspaper Typography. (3)

First semester. Introduction to newspaper typography, practice in laying out and

making up advertisements and newspaper pages.

Joum. 165. Feature Writing. (3)

Each semester. Writing and selling of newspaper and magazine articles.

Joum. 173. Scholastic Journalism. (2)

Summer. Introduction to theory and practice in production of high school and junior

high publications.

Joum. 174. Editorial Writing. (2)

Second semester. Theory and practice in editorial uniting.

65 ►

Journalism and Puhlic Relations

Journ. 175. Reporting of Piihlic Affairs. (3)

First semester. One lecture, four hours of laboratory time spent each week on regular
beat for Baltimore Sim or Baltimore News-Post, by arrangement. Advanced reporting;
city, county, federal beats.

journ. 176. Newsroom Problems. (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. Ethics, newsroom problems and policies, free-
dom and responsibilities of the press.

Journ. 181. Press Photography. (3)

First and second semesters. One lecture, four hours of laboratory each week. Prerequi-
site, junior major standing in the Department. Laboratory fee, $6.00, provides demon-
stration supplies, maintenance. Shooting, developing, printing of news and feature
pictures. Equipment provided by University. Student furnishes own supplies needed
in course.

Journ. 182. Advanced Press Photography. (2)

First semester. One lecture, two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite, Journ. 181
or equivalent. Advanced shooting, developing, printing of news and feature pictures.
Equipment provided by University. Student furnishes own supplies needed in course.

Journ. 184. Picture Editing. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Journ. 181. Theories and exercises in handling pictures

for the press.

Journ. 191. Law of the Press. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, senior standing. Non-legal introduction to libel, right
of privacy, fair comment and criticism, privilege, contempt by publication, Maryland
press statutes.

Journ. 192. History of American Journalism. (3)

First semester. Historical background of American journalism.

Journ. 196. Prohlenis in Journalism. (2)

Second semester. Group and individual projects in problems of journalism.

PUBLIC RELATIONS COURSES

P. R. 166. Puhlic Relations. (3)

Each semester. Survey of public relations, general orientation, principles, techniques.

P. R. 170. Publicity Techniques. (3)

Each semester. Prerequisite, P. R. 166. Strategy and techniques of publicity operations.

Orientation, practice in use of major media of public communications.

P. R. 171. Industrial Journalism. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite for public relations majors, senior standing. Introduction
to industrial communications, management and production of company publications,
public relations aspects of industrial journalism.

M 66

Office Management and Techniques

P. R. 1S6. Public Relations of Government. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, P. R. 166. Study of public relations, publicity, propa-
ganda, information services in public administration.

P. R. 194. Ptihlic Relations Cases. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, P. R. 166. Study of cases in public relations, with

particular attention to policy formulation, strategy, ethical factors.

P. R. 195. Seminar in Public Relations. (2)

Each semester. Group and individual research in public relations.

OFFICE MAiNAGEMENT AND TECHiNIQUES

Professor: Patrick.

Instructors: Anderson, brown, carver and o'neill.

O. T. 1. Principles of Typewriting. (2)

First and second semesters. Five periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor. Laboratory fee, $7.50. The goal of this course is the attainment of the
ability to operate the tj^pewriter continuously with reasonable speed and accuracy by
the use of the "touch" system.

O. T. 2. Intermediate Typewriting. (2)

First and second semesters. Five periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade
of "C" in O. T. 1 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Drills for im-
proving speed and accuracy and an introduction to office production typewriting.
This course must be completed prior to enrollment in O. T. 16.

O. T. 10. Office Typewriting Problems. (2)

First and second semesters. Five periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade
of "C" in O. T. 2 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $7.50. A course to
develop the higher degree of accuracy and speed possible and to teach the advanced
techniques of typewriting with special emphasis on production.

O. T. 12, 13. Principles of Shorthand. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Five periods per week. This course aims to de-
velop the mastery of the principles of Gregg Shorthand. In O. T. 13 special emphasis
is placed on developing dictation speed.

O. T. 16, 18. Advanced Gregg Shorthand. (2, 2)

Five periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 2 and O. T. 13
or consent of instructor. O. T. 17 and O. T. 19 must be taken concurrently with
O. T. 16 and 18 respectively. Emphasis is placed on vocabulary development and
new matter dictation for sustained speed at the highest level possible under varying
conditions. O. T. 18 is a continuation of background knowledge and an intensive
development of recording skills through office-style dictation and vocational dictation
based on terminology used in various types of businesses.

O. T. 17, 19. Problems in Gregg Transcription. (2, 2)

Four periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 2 and

67 ►

Office Management and Techniques

O. T. 13 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, per semester, $7.50. O. T. 16 and
18 must be taken concurrently with O. T. 17 and O. T. 19 respectively. A course
designed to build speed, accuracy and correct form in the transcription of shorthand
notes. Transcription is under timed conditions with emphasis on production involving
quantity and quality in the finished product. O. T. 19 is a continued integration of
the knowledge and skills previously attained with particular emphasis on transcriptional
problems.

O. T. 110. Administrative Secretarial Procedures. (3}

First semester. Prerequisite, O. T. 18 and 19 or consent of the instructor. The
nature of office work; the secretary's fimction in communication, inter-company and
public relations, handling records, supplies and equipment; and in direction of the
office staflF. Standardization and simpHfication of office forms and procedures in rela-
tion to correspondence, mailing, receiving callers, telephoning, handling conferences,
and securing business information. Business etiquette and ethics.

O. T. 114. Secretarial Office Practice. (3)

First and second semesters. Six periods per week. Prerequisite, senior standing and
completion of O. T. 110. The purpose of this covirse is to give laboratory and office
experience to senior students. A minimum of 90 hours of office experience under
supervision is required. In addition, each student will prepare a written report on an
original problem previously approved.

< 68

FACULTY

1960-1961
COLLEGE OF
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Administrative Officers

J. FREEMAN PYLE, PvofessoT of Marketing and Economics and Dean of the
College of Business and Public Administration

PH.B., University of Chicago, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d., 1925.

JAMES H. REiD, Professor of Marketing and Assistant Dean of the College of
Business and Public Administration

B.S., University of Iowa, 1923; m.a., American University, 1933.

Professors

FRANKLIN L. BURDETTE, Professor of Government and Politics, and Director of
the Bureau of Governmental Research

A.B., Marshall College, 1934; m.a., University of Nebraska, 1935; m.a., Princeton

University, 1937; ph.d., 1938; ll.d., Marshall College, 1959.

CHARLES E. CALHOUN, Profcssor of Finance

A.B., University of Washington, 1925; m.b.a., 1930.

ELI w. CLEMENS, Professor of Business Administration

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1930; M.S., University of Illinois, 1934; ph.d..
University of Wisconsin, 1940.

J. ALLAN COOK, Professor of Marketing

B.A., William and Mary, 1928; m.b.a., Harvard University, 1936; ph.d., Columbia
University, 1947.

JOHN H. COVER, Professor and Director of the Bureau of Business and Economic
Research

B.S., Columbia University, 1915; a.m., 1919; ph.d., 1927.

ALFRED A. CROWELL, Profcssor and Head of the De'partment of Journalism and
Public Relations

A.B., University of Oklahoma, 1929; m.a., 1934; m.s.j., Northwestern University,

1940.

DUDLEY DiLLARD, Professor and Head of the De'partment of Economics
B.S., University of California, 1935; ph.d., 1940.

ALLAN J. FISHER, Professor of Accounting and Finance

B.S., Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, 1928; litt.m., University of Pitts-
burgh, 1936; PH.D., 1937.

69 ►

Faculty

JOHN H. FREDERICK, Professor mid Head of the Department of Business Organi-
zation

B.S., Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, 1918; m.a.. University of Penn-
sylvania, 1925; PH.D., 1927.

DwiGHT L. GENTRY, ProfcssoT of Marketing

A.B., Elon College, 1941; m.b.a.. Northwestern University, 1947; ph.d.. University
of Illinois, 1952.

ALLAN G. GRUCHY, ProfcssoT of Econotntcs

B.A., University of British Columbia, 1926; m.a., McGill University, 1928; ph.d.,
University of Virginia, 1931.

DANIEL HAMBERG, ProfessoT of Economics

B.S., Universit)' of Pennsylvania, 1945; m.a., 1947; ph.d., 1952.

CHARLES Y. Hu, Professor of Geography

B.S., University of Nanking, China, 1930; m.a.. University of California, 1936;
PH.D., University of Chicago, 1941.

ARTHUR s. PATRICK, ProfcssoT of Office Management and Business Education
B.S., Wisconsin State College, 1931; m.a., University of Iowa, 1940; ph.d., American
University, 1956.

ELMER PLISCHKE, Profcssor and Head of the Department of Government and
Politics

ph.b., Marquette University, 1937; m.a., American University, 1938; ph.d., Clark

University, 1943.

REUBEN G. STEINMEYER, ProfessoT of Govemment and Politics
A.B., American University, 1929; ph.d., 1935.

CHARLES T. SWEENEY, Profcssor of Accounting

B.S., Cornell University, 1921; m.b.a.. University of Michigan, 1928; c.p.a., Iowa,
1934; Ohio, 1936.

HAROLD F. SYLVESTER, ProfcssoT of Personnel Administration
PH.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1938.

CHARLES A. TAFF, Profcssor of Transportation

B.S., University of Iowa, 1937; m.a., 1941; ph.d., University of Maryland, 1952.

WILLIAM VAN ROYEN, Profcssor and Head of the Department of Geography
M.A., Rijksuniversiteit Utrecht, 1925; fh.d., Clark University, 1928.

srvERT M. WEDEBERG, Profcssor of Accounting

b.b.a., University of Washington, 1925; c.p.a., Mar)'land, 1934; a.m., Yale Uni-
versity, 1935.

NORMAN WENGERT, Profcssor of Govemment and Politics

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1938; m.a., Fletcher School, 1939; ll.b., University
of Wisconsin, 1942; ph.d., 1947.

M 70

Facility

HOWARD w. WRIGHT, Pfofessor of Accounting

B.S., Temple University, 1937; m.a.. University of Iowa, 1940; c.p.a., Texas, 1940;
PH.D., University of Iowa, 1947.

Consulting Professor

VICTOR ROTERUS, Consulting Professor of Geogra-phy
PH.B., University of Chicago, 1930; m.s., 1931.

Associate Professors

THORNTON H. ANDERSON, Associate Profcssor of Government and Politics

A.B., University of Kentucky, 1937; m.a., 1938; ph.d.. University of Wisconsin,
1948.

JOHN P. AUGELLi, Associate Professor of Geography

B.A., Clark University, 1943; m.a., Harvard University, 1949; ph.d., 1951.

JOHN H. CUMBERLAND, Assoctate Profcssor and Assistant Director of the Bureau
of Business and Economic Research

B.A., University of Marj^land, 1947; m.a.. Harvard University, 1949; ph.d., 1951.

TOWNES L. DAWSON, Associate Professor of Business Law

B.B.A., University of Texas, 1943; b.a., U. S. Merchant Marine Academy, 1946;
M.B.A., University of Texas, 1947; ph.d., 1950; ll.b., 1954.

HENRY w. GRAYSON, Associate Profcssor of Economics

B.A., University of Saskatchewan, 1937; m.a.. University of Toronto, 1947; ph.d.,
1950.

JOHN G. GURLEY, Associate Professor of Economics
B.A., Stanford University, 1924; ph.d., 1951.

HORACE V. HARRISON, Associate Professor of Government and Politics

B.A., Trinity University, Texas, 1932; m.a.. University of Texas, 1941; ph.d., 1951.

GUY B. hathorn, Associatc Professor of Government and Politics

B.A., University of Mississippi, 1940; m.a., 1942; ph.d., Duke University, 1950.

DONALD w. KRiMEL, Associate Profcssor of Public Relations

B.ED., Illinois State Teachers College, 1941; ph.m.. University of Wisconsin, 1946;
PH.D., 1955.

BOYD L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Statistics

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1947; m.a., 1948; ph.d., 1952.

D. EARL NEwsoM, Associate Professor of Journalism

B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1948; M.S.J., Northwestern University, 1949; ed.d.,
Oklahoma State University, 1957.

71 ►

Faculty

CLINTON sprvEY, Associate Professor of Industrial Management v

B.S., University of Illinois, 1946; m.s., 1947; ph.d., 1957. J

Assistant Professors

FRANK o. AHNERT, Assistant Professor of Geography
DR. PHIL., Heidelberg University, 1953.

ALBERT L. ALFORD, Assistant Professor of Government and Politics

A.B., University of Akron, 1948; a.m., Princeton University, 1951; ph.d., 1953. ^

HENRY ANDERSON, Assistant Professor of Statistics

B.A., University of London, 1939; m.b.a., Columbia University, 1948; ph.d., 1959.

ROY ASHMEN, Assistant Professor of Marketing

B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1935; m.s., Columbia University, 1936; ph.d..
Northwestern University, 1950.

CARTER R. BRYAN, Assistant Professor of Journalism

B.A., University of California, 1937; ph.d.. University of Vienna, Austria, 1940.

JOHN A. DAiKER, Assistant Professor of Accounting

B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; m.b.a., 1951; c.p.a.. District of Columbia, 1949.

JOHN H. DALTON, Assistant Professor of Economics

A.B., University of California, 1943; ph.d., 1955. I

WALTER w. DESHLBR, Assistunt ProfcssoT of Geography j

B.S., Lafayette College, 1943; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1952; ph.d., 1957. J

CHARLES B. EDELSON, Assistant Professor of Accounting ■

B.B.A., University of New Mexico, 1949; m.b.a., Indiana University, 1950; c.p.a.,
Maryland, 1951.

WILLIAM P. GLADE, JR., Assistant Professor of Economics
B.B.A., University of Texas, 1950; m.a., 1951; ph.d., 1955.

DAVID J. M. HoosoN, Assistant Professor of Geography <

B.A., Oxford University, England, 1948; m.a., 1950; ph.d., London University, 1955.

LEROY L. LEE, Assistant Professor of Accounting

A.B., George Washington University, 1948; a.m., George Washington University,
1952; C.P.A., Maryland, 1949.

NEIL M. Mc ARTHUR, Assistant ProfcssoT of Geography

B.A., University of Western Ontario, 1948; m.a., 1950; ph.d.. University of Michi- .
gan, 1955.

WALTER s. MEASDAY, Assistant Professor of Economics

A.B., William and Mary, 1945; ph.d., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1955.

MAURICE E. o'donnell, Assistunt Director and Assistant Professor, Bureau of
Governmental Research

B.S., Eastern Illinois State, 1948; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951; ph.d., 1954.

M 72

Faculty

c. DONALD SHELBY, Assistant Professor of Economics

B.A., University of Cincinnati, 1947; ph.d., University of California, 1955.

SPENCER M. SMITH, Assistant Professor of Economics
B.A., University of Iowa, 1941; m.a., 1942; ph.d., 1948.

Instructors

ROBERT J. alperin, Instructor in Government and Politics

B.A., University of Chicago, 1950; m.a., 1952; ph.d.. Northwestern University, 1959.

ARTHUR T. ANDERSEN, Instrjictor in Economics
B.A., City College of New York, 1954.

CHARLES R. ANDERSON, Instructor in Office Management and Techniques
B.S., University of Maryland, 1957; m.ed., 1959.

CHARLES E. BARRETT, Instructor in Economics

A.B., Loyola College, 1942; m.a., University of Maryland, 1950.

JAMES G. BROWN, Instructor of Office Management and Techniques
B.A., George Washington University, 1948; m.a., 1949.

ELBERT M. BYRD, Instructor in Government and Politics
B.S., American University, 1953; m.a., 1954; ph.d., 1959.

VIOLET M. CARVER, Instructor of Office Techniques

B.S., State Teachers College, Indiana, Pa., 1955; m.ed., Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity, 1958.

EDWIN K. CLiCKNER, Instructor in Business Organization
B.S., American University, 1951; m.a., 1955.

EDWARD DAWSON, Instructor in Government and Politics
B.A., University of California, (Berkeley), 1937.

ERNEST H. DAY, Instructor in Economics

A.B., Oberlin College; ll.b., George Washington, 1950; m.a., 1955.

NORTON T. DODGE, Instructor in Economics

A.B., Cornell University, 1948; m.a., Harvard University, 1951.

WILLIAM R. HAMILTON, JR., Instructor in Government and Politics
B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1954; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1956.

ROBERT A. heintze, InstructOT in Industrial Management

B.A., George Washington University, 1953; m.b.a., Syracuse University, 1956.

CHARLES F. HEYE, Instructor in Business Organization

B.B.A., University of Texas, 1943; m.b.a.. University of Maryland, 1947.

ROBERT s. HiMES, Instructor in Accounting

B.C.S., Benjamin Franklin University, 1939; m.c.s., 1940; b.s., American Universitv,
1951; M.B.A., 1955.

OLIVER LEE, Instrtictor in Government and Politics

B.A., Harvard University, 1951; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1955.

73 ►

Faculty

JANE H. o'neill, Instrtictor in Office Techniques
B.A., University of Maryland, 1932.

WERNER J. SEVERiN, Instructor in Press Photography
B.A., University of Missouri, 1956; m.a., 1959.

JOHN w. WAGNER, InstTUCtOT in Accounting

B.S., University of Maryland, 1956; c.p.a., Maryland, 1956.

wiLMER A. WATROUS, InstTUCtoT of Industrial Management
B.S., University of California, 1940; m.a., 1946.

Lecturers

ALAN REALS, Lecturer in Government and Politics and Executive Secretary of
the Maryland Municipal League

B.A., Colgate University, 1954; m.p.a., Syracuse University, 1955.

JOHN s. DE BEERS, LecturcT in Economics

B.A., Cornell University, 1937; ph.d.. University of Chicago, 1951.

DERK H. G. VAN BERGEN VAN DER GRijp, Lecturer in Geografhy QCartography')
GRAD., Royal Military Academy of the Netherlands, 1927; grad., Photogrammetry,
Delft Technical University, 1935; grad.. Topographic Training Centre, N.E.I. ,
1938; Col. Neth. Army (Ret.)

EDGAR A. J. JOHNSON, Lccturcr in Economics

B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; m.a.. Harvard University, 1924; ph.d., 1929.

HAROLD LARSON, LecturcT in Government and Politics

B.A., Morningside College, 1927; m.a., Columbia University, 1928; ph.d., 1943.

HOYT LEMONS, Lecturcr in Geography

B.ED., Southern Illinois University, 1936; m.a., University of Nebraska, 1938;
PH.D., 1941.

F. WEBSTER MCBRYDE, Lecturer in Geography

B.A., Tulane University, 1930; ph.d., University of California, 1940.

MILTON B. MILLON, Assoctate and Lecturer, and Director of the Municipal Tech-
nical Advisory Service, Bureau of Governmental Research

A.B., University of Maryland, 1950; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1952.

HENRY w. MOORE, JR., Lecturer in Economics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; m.a., Yale University, 1952.

JOHN L. TiERNEY, Lecturer in Business Law

A.B., University of Minnesota, 1929; ll.b.. University of Wisconsin, 1938; ll.m.,
George Washington, 1956.

M 74

Faculty

Research Associates

EDMUND c. MESTER, ReseuTch Associate, Bureau of Governmental Research
A.B., University of Maryland, 1948; m.a., 1949.

NORMAN DALE o'rannon. Research Associate, Bureau of Business and Economic
Research

B.A., Texas A & M, 1957; m.a., University of Virginia, 1958.

Faculty Members Teaching Ahroad

JOHN a. bottomlby, M.A Instructor in Economics

BERNARD E. Dupuis, M.A Lecturer in Government and Politics

ROBERT Y. DURAND, M.B.A Instructor in Business Administration

DAVID M. EARL, PH.D Lecturer in Government and Politics

CHARLES HAMMOND, JR., PH.D Lecturer in Economics

JOHN J. HEBAL, PH.D Lccturcr in Government and Politics

WALTER V. HOHENSTEiN, PH.D Lecturer in Government and Politics

TERRY HOY PH.D Lecturer in Government and Politics

PAUL s. JACOBSON, PH.D Lecturer in Government and Politics

IRA s. LOWRY, PH.D Lccturcr in Economics

ARTHUR A. MANDEL, PH.D Lecturer in Economics

THEODORE MCNELLY, PH.D Lecturer in Government and Politics

STANLEY MILLER, PH.D Lccturcr in Economics

JANUS POPPE, PH.D Lecturer in Economics

EUGENE s. POWELL, M.A Lecturer in Government and Politics

DONALD E. TOTTEN, M.s Instructor in Geography and Assistant to Director

JOHN w. WORTMAN, PH.D Lecturer in Government and Politics

COLLEGE

EDUCATION

Catalog Series 19604961

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

VOLUME 14

MARCH 13, 1960

NO. 3

University of Maryland Bulletin is published one time in February; three times in
March and April; four times in May and June; two times in September, October,
November, and December.

Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.

CONTENTS

GENERAL

University Calendar iv

Board of Regents vi

Officers of Administration vii

Chairmen, Standing Committees,

Faculty Senate x

The College 1

Special Facilities and Activities ... 1

Undergraduate Programs 2

Admission Requirements 2

General Information 3

Air Science Instruction 4

Physical Education and Health. 4

Guidance in Registration 4

Junior Standing 4

Certification of Teachers 5

Degrees 5

Costs 5

Graduate Studies 6

Status 6

Registration 6

Masters' Degrees 6

Doctors' Degrees 6

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES

General Requirements of the

College 8

Majors and Minors 8

Academic Education 9

Agricultural Education 12

Art Education 12

Business Education 14

Childhood Education 16

Elementary Education 18

Home Economics Education 22

Industrial Education 23

Music Education 30

Physical Education and Health

Education 32

COURSE OFFERINGS

Education 40

Business Education 50

Childhood Education 51

Home Economics Education 52

Human Development Education, . 53

Industrial Education 56

Music Education 63

Science Education 65

Special Education 66

Faculty 67

Cooperating StaflF Members 72

OfiF-Campus Supervising Teachers 73

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

FALL SEMESTER 1959

JANUARY 1960

4 Monday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day
21-27 Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations

SPRING SEMESTER 1960

FEBRUARY

1-5 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration

8 Monday— Instruction Begins
22 Monday— Washington's Birthday Holiday

MARCH

25 Friday— Maryland Day

APRIL

14 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
19 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.

MAY

18 Wednesday— MiHtary Day

26 Thursday— Pre-Examination Study Day

. '^ _> Friday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations

29 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises

30 Monday— Memorial Day, Holiday

JUNE

4 Saturday— Commencement Exercises

SUMMER SESSION 1960

JUNE 1960

27 Monday— Simimer Session Registration

28 Tuesday— Summer Session Begins

AUGUST

5 Friday— Summer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES 1960

JUNE 1960

20-25 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course

AUGUST

8-13 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week

SEPTEMBER

6-9 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course

M iv

Jan. 260
Feb. 1|

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

FALL SEMESTER 1960
SEPTEMBER

12-16 Monday to Friday— Fall Semester Registration

19 Monday— Instruction Begins
NOVEMBER

23 Wednesday— Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class
28 Monday— Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m.
DECEMBER

20 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Begins
JANUARY 1961

3 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Friday— Inauguration Day Holiday
25 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day

Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations

SPRING SEMESTER 1961
FEBRUARY

6-10 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration
13 Monday— Instruction Begins
22 Wednesday— Washington's Birthday Holiday
MARCH

25 Saturday— Maryland Day

30 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
APRIL

4 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
MAY

17 Wednesday— Military Day

30 Tuesday— Memorial Day, Holiday
JUNE

2 Friday— Pre-Examination Study Day

4 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises

3-9 Saturday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations

10 Saturday— Commencement Exercises

SUMMER SESSION 1961
JUNE 1961

26 Monday— Summer Session Registration

27 Tuesday— Simimer Session Begins
AUGUST

4 Friday— Summer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES 1961
JUNE 1961

19-24 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course
AUGUST

7-12 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week
SEPTEMBER

5-8 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course

V ►

BOARD OF REGENTS

and
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE

Term
Expires
Charles P. McCormick

Chairman 1966

McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Edward F. Holter

V ice-Chairman 1968

The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, N.W., Washington 6

B. Herbert Brown

Secretary 1960

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1

Harry H. Nuttle

Treasurer 1966

Denton

Louis L. Kaplan

Assistant Secretary 1961

5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15

Enos S. Stockbridge

Assistant Treasurer 1960

10 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Thomas W. Pangborn 1965

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown

Thomas B. Symons 1963

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park

C. EwiNG TuTTLE 1962

907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2

William C. Walsh 1968

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 1967

4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18

Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of nine
years each, beginning the first Monday in June.

The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of the
Board.

The State lavi^ provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.

-^ vi

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
Principal Administrative Officers

WILSON H. ELKiNS, President

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; m.a., 1932; b.litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D. PHIL., 1936.

ALBiN o. KUHN, Executive Vice President

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; ph.d., 1948.

ALViN E. CORMENY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development

B.A., Illinois College, 1933; ll.b., Cornell University, 1936.

R. LEE HORNBAKE, Dean of the Facility

E.S., State Teachers College, California, Pa., 1934; m.a., Ohio State University, 1936;
PH.D., 1942.

FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant, President's Office
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952.

Emeritus

HARRY c. BYRD, President Emeritus

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; ll.d., Washington College, 1936; ll.d., Dickin-
son College, 1938; d.sc. Western Maryland College, 1938.

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges

MYRON s. AisENBERG, Dean of the School of Dentistry
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.

VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; ph.d.. University of Colorado, 1942.

RONALD BAMFORD, Dcan of the Graduate School

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; ph.d.,
Columbia University, 1931.

GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agriculture

B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; ph.d., 1940.

RAY w. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of University College

E.A., Wabash College, 1929; m.a., Butler University, 1930; ph.d., Syracuse Uni-
versity, 1937.

NOEL E. Foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy

ph.c. South Dakota State College, 1929; b.s., 1929; M.S., University of Maryland,
1932; PH.D., 1933.

LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and

Health

B.A., Randolph-Macon CoUege, 1928; m.a., 1937; ph.d., Peabody College, 1939.

vii ►

FLORENCE M. GiPE, Dean of the School of Nursing

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1940;
ED.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

LADisLAus F. GRAPSKi, Director of the University Hospital

R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; b.s., University
of Denver, 1942; m.b.a. in Hospital Administration, University of Chicago, 1943.

jRviN c. HAUT, Director, Agricultural Experiment Station and Head, Department
of Horticidture

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; ph.d..

University of Maryland, 1933.

ROGER HOWELL, Dean of the School of Law

B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1914; ph.d., 1917; ll.b.. University of Maryland,
1917.

wiLBERT J. HUFF, Director, Engineering Experiment Station

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc. Chon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.

SELMA F. LiPPEATT, Dean of the College of Home Economics

B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; m.s.. University of Tennessee, 1945;
PH.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; m.s., 1926; c.E., 1932; ph.d., 1935.

PAUL E. NYSTROM, Director, Agricultural Extension Service

B.S., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; m.p.a..
Harvard University, 1948; d.p.a., 1951.

J. FREEMAN PYLE, Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration
PH.B., University of Chicago, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d., 1925.

LEON P. SMITH, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

B.A., Emory University, 1919; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1928; ph.d., 1930;
Diplome de I'lnstitut de Touraine, 1932.

WILLIAM s. STONE, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of Medical
Education and Research

B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; m.d.. University of Louisville, 1929;

PH.D., (hon.). University of Louisville, 1946.

General Administrative Officers

G. WATSON ALGiRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931.

THEODORE R. AYLESWORTH, Professor of Air Science and Head, Department of
Air Science

B.S., Mansfield State Teachers College, 1936; m.s., University of Pennsylvania, 1949.

NORMA J. AZLEiN, Registrar

B.A., University of Chicago, 1940.

B. JAMES BORRESON, Executive Dean for Shident Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.

DAVID L. BRiGHAM, Director of Alumni Relations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1938.

c. WILBUR cissEL, Director of Finance and Business

B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; m.a., 1934; c.p.a., 1939.

WILLIAM w. coBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Marj'land, 1930.

LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service

B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; m.d.. University of Iowa, 1926.

GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men

B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; m.s., University of Maryland, 1926.

GEORGE w. FOGG, Director of Personnel

B.A., Universit}' of Maryland, 1926; m.a., 1928.

ROBERT J. MCCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
3. a.. University of Massachusetts, 1941.

GEORGE w. MORRISON, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer Physical
Plant (Baltimore')

B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; e.e., 1931.

HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; m.a., 1937; b.s.l.s. Columbia University, 1940.

ADELE H. STAMP, Dea7i of Wovien

B.A., Tulane University, 1921; m.a.. University of Marj'land, 1924.

GEORGE o. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Defartment of Physical
Plant

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

D'wision Chairmen

JOHN E. FABER, JR., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Marj'land, 1926; M.S., 1927; ph.d., 1937.

HAROLD c. HOFFsoMMER, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; m.a., 1923; ph.d., Cornell University, 1929.

wiLBERT J. HUFF, Chairman of the Division of Physical Sciences

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc, (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.

CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division
B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; ph.d., 1926.

ADOLF E. zucKER, Chairman of the Division of Humanities

B.A., University of Illinois, 1912; m.a., 1913; ph.d.. University of Pennsylvania,

1917.

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS

Dr. Russell G. Brown (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION

Dr. Robert Rappleye (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA AND COURSES

Dr. Irvin C. Haut (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-tN-AID

Dr. Paul Nystrom (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

Dr. Edward J. Herbst (Medicine), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS

Mr. B. James Borreson (Executive Dean for Student Life), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES

Dr. Charles Murphy (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Dr. Charles A. TaflF (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND ACTIVITIES

Dr. L. Morris McClure (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS

Dr. Franklin Cooley (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT DISCIPLINE

Dr. Allan J. Fisher (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON RELIGIOUS LIFE

Professor Louis E. Otts (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE

Dr. Marvin H. Eyler (Physical Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT EMPLOYMENT AND SELF-HELP

Dr. Warren R. Johnson (Physical Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION

Dr. Clyne S. Shaffner (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM AND TENURE

Dr. Peter Lejins (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS AND SALARIES

Dr. William E. Bickley (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE

Dr. Guy B. Hathom (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION

Dr. Joseph C. Biddix (Dentistry), Chairman

THE COLLEGE

THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION MEETS THE NEEDS OF THE FOLLOWING CLASSES
of Students: (1) persons preparing to teach in secondary schools, elementary
schools, kindergarten, and nursery schools; (2) present or prospective teachers
who wish to supplement their preparation; (3) students preparing for edu-
cational work in the trades and industries; (4) graduate students preparing for
teaching, supervisory, or administrative positions; (5) students whose major
interests are in other fields, but who desire courses in education.

Special Facilities and Activities

RESEARCH AND TEACHING FACILITIES

Because of the location of the University in the suburbs of the nation's capi-
tal, unusual facilities for the study of education are available to its students and
faculty. The Library of Congress, the library of the United States Office of
Education, and special libraries of other government agencies are accessible, as
well as the information services of the National Education Association, American
Council on Education, United States Office of Education, and other institutions,
public and private. The school systems of the District of Columbia, Baltimore,
and the counties of Maryland oflFer generous cooperation.

THE INSTITUTE FOR CHILD STUDY

The Institute for Child Study carries on the following activities: (1) it under-
takes basic research in human development; (2) it digests and sjTithesizes research
findings from the many sciences that study human beings; (3) it plans, organizes,
and provides consultant service programs of direct child study by in-service teach-
ers in individual schools or in municipal, county or state systems; (4) it oflFers
field training to a limited number of properly qualified doctoral students, prepar-
ing them to render expert consultant service to schools and for college teaching of
human development. Inquiries should be addressed to Director, Institute for
Child Study.

The College of Education operates a Workshop on Child Development and
Education for six weeks each summer. Requiring full-time work of all partici-
pants it provides opportunities for ( 1 ) study and synthesis of scientific knowledge
about children and youth; (2) training in the analysis of case records; (3) train-
ing for study-group leaders for in-service child study programs; (4) planning in-
service programs of child study for teachers and pre-ser\dce courses and labora-
tory experiences for prospective teachers; (5) analysis of the curricular, guidance,
and school organization implications of scientific knowledge about human de-
velopment and behavior. Special announcements of the workshop are available
about March 15 of each year and advanced registration is required because the

1 ►

special Facilities, Undergraduate Programs

number of participants must he limited. Inquiries should be addressed to the
Director, Workshop on Child Development and Education.

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION DEPARTMENT

The Industrial Education Department is housed in a new building known
as the J. Milton Patterson Building. The facilities of this building are devoted
exclusively to the work of the Department. There are ten shops, a drafting room,
library, conference room and two classrooms. All of the shops are adequately
equipped with modem tools and machines.

THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND NURSERY SCHOOL AND

KINDERGARTEN

The University of Maryland operates a nursery school and kindergarten on
the campus in which students majoring in Childhood Education receive trammg
and practical experience.

PROFESSIONAL AND PRE-PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS

The Colleoe of Education sponsors two professional organizations: Phi Delta
Kappa, the national professional fraternity for men in education, and Iota
Lambda Sigma, the national honorary fraternity in industrial education. Both
fraternities have large and active chapters and are providing outstanding profes-
sional leadership in their fields of service.

The College of Education also sponsors a chapter of the Student National
Education Association. This chapter is open to undergraduate students on the
College Park campus.

COURSES OUTSIDE OF COLLEGE PARK

Throuoh the University College, a number of courses in education are
offered in^Baltimore and elsewhere. These courses are chosen to meet the needs
of groups of students in various centers. In these centers, on a part-time basis,
a student may complete a part of the work required for an undergraduate or
Graduate degree.

Announcements of such courses may be obtained by addressing requests toi
the Dean, University College, College Park, Maryland.

Undergraduate Programs

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Education must apply to the
Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park.

Undergraduate Programs

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern
of subject matter. Of the sixteen required units, four (4) units of English and
one unit each of social sciences, natural sciences, and mathematics are required.
Additional units in mathematics, natural sciences, and social sciences are desir-
able for a program that permits the greatest amount of flexibility in meeting the
requirements of various College of Education curricula. While a foreign language
is desirable for certain programs, no foreign language is required for entrance.
Fine arts, trade and vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. Every
prospective applicant should be certain that his preparation in mathematics is
adequate for any program that he might wish to enter. A special fee is charged
for all remedial work in mathematics with the exception of the course in solid
geometry.

Students are referred to the publication An Adventure in Learning for a
complete statement of requirements for admission to the diflFerent curricula in
the College of Education.

Candidates for admission whose high school or college records are consistently
low are strongly advised not to seek admission to the College of Education.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Detailed information concerning fees and expenses, scholarships and awards,
student life, and other material of a general nature, may be found in the Uni-
versity publication titled An Adventure in Learning. This publication may be ob-
tained on request from the Office of University Relations, North Administration
Building, University of Maryland at College Park. A detailed ex-planation of the
regulations of student and academic life, may be found in the University publica-
tion titled, University General and Academic Regulations. This is mailed in
September of each year to all undergraduate students, and again in February to
all new undergraduate students not previously enrolled in the preceding fall
semester.

Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges should
be directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to:

COLLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK:

Dean

(College in which you are interested)
The University of ^laryland
College Park, Maryland

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE:

Dean

(School in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1, Maryland

Undergraduate Programs

AIR SCIENCE INSTRUCTION

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules, are
required to take Basic Air Science training for a period of two years. The suc-
cessful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it must be
taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at the Uni-
versity, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who do not
have the required two years of R.O.T.C. training will be required to complete
the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first.

Selected students who wish to do so may carry Advanced Air Science courses
during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or reserve commission
in the United States Air Force.

For further details concerning the requirements in air science, vmte to the
Editor of Publications for the Department of Air Science catalog.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH

AU undergraduate students classified academically as freshmen and sopho-
mores, irrespective of their physical condition, who are registered for more than
six semester hours, are required to complete four prescribed courses in physical
education. These courses must be taken by all eligible students during the first
two years of attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or
not. Transfer students who do not have credit in these courses or their equivalent,
must complete them or take them until graduation, whichever occurs first. Stu-
dents with military service may receive credit for these required courses by apply-
ing to Room 140, Cole Activities Building.

GUIDANCE IN REGISTRATION

At the time of matriculation each student is tentatively assigned to a member
of the faculty who acts as the student's personal adviser. The choice of subject
areas within which the student will prepare to teach will be made under faculty
guidance during the first year in the Orientation to Education course required
of all freshmen. Thereafter, the student will advise regularly with the faculty
member in the College of Education responsible for his teaching major. While
it may be possible to make satisfactory adjustments as late as the junior year for
students from other colleges who have not already entered upon the sequence ot
professional courses, it is highly desirable that the student begin his professional
work in the freshman year. Shidents who intend to teach (except Vocational
Agriculture) shoidd register in the College of Education, in order that they may
have the continuous counsel and guidance of the faculty directly responsible for
teacher education at the University of Maryland.

JUNIOR STANDING

To earn junior standing a student must complete fifty-six (56) semester hours
of academic credit with an average grade of "C" (2.0) or better. In computing

Undergraduate Programs

this average, the following provisions apply: all academic courses carrying one or
more credits which have been taken up to the time of computation shall be
included; courses carr)'ing "0" credit shall not be included; in every course
only the most recent grade shall be counted; courses with grade of "F" shall be
included; courses in Basic Air Science, the physical education required of all
University students, and the health courses required of all women students
shall not be included. Courses in Advanced Air Science and courses in health
or physical education which are taken as electives shall be included.

Detailed regulations pertaining to junior standing are presented in full in
the publication, University General and Academic Regulations.

The first two years of college work are preparatory to the professional work
of the junior and senior years. To be eligible to enter the junior year profes-
sional courses, a student must have attained junior status.

CERTIFICATION OF TEACHERS

The State Department of Education certifies to teach in the approved high
schools of the state only graduates of approved colleges who have satisfactorily
fulfilled subject-matter and professional requirements. The several curricula of
the College of Education fulfill State Department requirements for certification.

Students intending to qualify as teachers in Baltimore, Washington, or any
other city or state should, in their junior year, obtain a statement of certification
requirements from these areas and be guided thereby in the selection of courses.
Advisers will assist in obtaining and utilizing such information.

The teacher education program is accredited by the National Council for
Accreditation of Teacher Education.

DEGREES

The degrees conferred upon students who have met the conditions prescribed
for a degree in the College of Education are Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
Science. Majors in English, social sciences, language, and art receive the B.A.
degree. Mathematics majors may receive either degree. All others receive the
B. S. degree.

COSTS

Actual annual costs of attending the University' include: $185.00 fixed
charges; $101.00 special fees; S400.6o board; $170.00 to $200.00 lodging for
Maryland residents, or $220.00 to $250.00 for residents of other states and
countries. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. A fee of
$10.00 must accompany a prospective student's application for admission. If
a student enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is accepted in lieu
of the matriculation fee. A charge of $300.00 is assessed to all students who
are non-residents of the state of Maryland.

5 ►

Graduate Studies

For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to the Editor of Publica-
tions for the publication An Adventure in Learning.

Graduate Studies

GRADUATE STATUS

For graduate study in education a student must have earned at least 16 se-
mester credits in education at the undergraduate level, and hold a bachelor's or
master's degree from a college or university of recognized standing. This require-
ment may be interpreted so that foundation work in fields other than education
may be accepted in cases of graduate students not preparing for school work. The
student must also satisfy the Graduate School as to his ability to do graduate
work.

All Tiew graduate students in education are required, during the first semester
of graduate work, to take a test battery. A testing fee of $5.00 will be charged
on first registration.

REGISTRATION

A graduate student in education must matriculate in the Graduate School.
Application for admission to the Graduate School should be made prior to dates
of registration on blanks obtained from the ofi&ce of the Dean of the Graduate
School. For further instructions a student should consult the Graduate School
Announcements.

masters' degrees

A graduate student in education may matriculate for a Master of Education
or a Master of Arts degree. For requirements of these degrees, the student should
consult both the Graduate School Announcements and the duplicated material
issued by the College of Education. On matriculation, the student should select a
faculty adviser.

A sixth year program preparing for advanced graduate specialist work in
education is offered.

doctors' degrees

Programs leading to a Doctor of Philosophy in education or a Doctor of
Education degree are administered for the Graduate School by the Department of
Education. For requirements of these degrees, the student should consult both
the Graduate School Announcements and the statement of policy relative to
doctoral programs in education. If the student has not already made arrangements
with a member of the faculty to advise him, he should consult with the chairman
of the Education Committee on Doctoral Programs regarding a proper adviser.

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES

The undergraduate curricula in the College of Education with advisers for
each curriculum are as follows:

Academic Education

English— Marie D. Bryan

Foreign Languages— Staff

Mathematics— John R. Mayor, Helen Garstens

Natural Sciences— Orval L. Ulry

Social Studies— Robert G. Risinger, Jean Grambs

Speech— Warren Strausbaugh (minor only)

Agricultural Education (under the College of Agriculture)
H. Palmer Hopkins

Art Education

Edward L. Longley, Jr.

Business Education
Arthur S. Patrick

Childhood Education
James L. Hymes, Jr.
Margaret A. Stant

Elementary Education
Alvin W. Schindler
Marie Denecke
Glenn O. Blough
Ann Cimino
Leo W. O'Neill

Home Economics Education
Mabel S. Spencer

Industrial Education
Donald Maley
Edmund D. Crosby
Paul E. Harrison
Eckhart Jacobsen
George R. Merrill
Carl S. Schramm
William F. Tiemey

Music Education
Herbert H. Henke

Physical Education (Men)
Albert W. Woods

Physical Education (Women)
Dorothy R. Mohr

7 ►

General Requirements

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE COLLEGE

A total of 120 semester hours in addition to the University requirement in
military science and physical education is required for graduation in the College
of Education. In no case shall the total number of semester hours required for
graduation be less than 128.

The following are minimum requirements for graduation: English— 12
semester hours; social studies— 12 semester hours as follows: G. & P. 1— Amer-
ican Government; H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization; and one of the fol-
lowing courses: Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life, Phil. 1— Philosophy for Mod-
em Man, Psych. 1 —Introduction to Psychology, Econ. 31— Principles of Eco-
nomics, or Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics; science or mathematics— 6 se-
mester hours; education— 20 semester hours; speech— 3 semester hours; physical
education and military science as required by the University. (Students who quali-
fy in classification tests in English, American history, or American government
will be exempted from a three-hour requirement in the area concerned and will
select a replacement from a set of courses designated. (See the publication An
Adventure in Learning.")

Marks in all required upper division courses in education and in subjects in
major and minor fields must be "C" or higher. A general average of "C" or higher
must be maintained. In order to be admitted to a course in student teaching,
a student must have a grade foint average of 2.30, a doctor's certificate indicat-
ing that the applicant is free of communicable diseases, and the consent of the
instructor in the appropriate area. Application must he made with the appropri-
ate adviser hy the middle of the semester which precedes the one in which stu-
dent teaching will he done.

Exceptions to curricular requirements and rules of the College of Education
must be recommended by the student's adviser and approved by the Dean.

Students who are not enrolled in the College of Education but who are pre-
paring to teach must meet all curricular and scholastic requirements of the Col-
lege of Education.

MAJORS AND MINORS

Students select a teaching major: for example, social science, art, music,
physical education. Those electing the academic curriculum will ordinarily se-
lect both a teaching major and a teaching minor, and students in other curricula
may select minors if they so desire. Advisers may waive the requirement for a
minor when necessary to permit the development of an approved area such as
psychology, human development, or sociology.

Students selecting an academic major and an academic minor, or those se-
lecting one special teaching field such as industrial education need to take only
one methods course: for example, Ed. 140 or Ind. Ed. 140. Students who select
an academic major and a special fields minor, or vice versa, must take methods
courses in both the major and minor fields, and should divide their student teach-
ing between the two fields.

-< 8

ACADEMIC EDUCATION

Students enrolled in this curriculum will meet the above minimum require-
ments in English and social sciences, plus the following:

CO Foreign language for candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree: 12
semester hours provided the student enters with less than three years of
foreign language credits; 6 semester hours, if he enters with three years
of such credits. No foreign language is required of any student who
enters wdth four years of language credits nor of candidates for the
Bachelor of Science degree unless specified in the curriculum.

(2) Science or mathematics, 12 semester hours.

(3) Education, 22-25 semester hours.

(4) Speech, 3 semester hours.

All students who elect the academic education curriculum will fulfill the pre-
ceding general requirements and also prepare to teach one or more school subjects
which will involve meeting specific requirements in particular subject matter
fields.

The specific requirements by subject fields are as follows:

English. A major in English requires 36 semester hours as follows:

Composition and Literature 12 semester hours

American Literature, Advanced 3 semester hours

Electives 21 semester hours

A minor in English requires 26 semester hours. It includes the 15 semester
hours prescribed for the major and 11 hours of electives.

Electives must be chosen with the approval of the adviser.

Social Sciences. For a major in this group 36 semester hours are required,
of which at least 18 hours must be in history, including 6 hours in American
history and 6 hours in European history. Six of the 18 hours must be in ad-
vanced courses. For a minor in the group, 24 hours are required, as specified
below, less the electives.

History (including one year each of American and European

history) , 18 semester hours

Economics, sociology, government, consumer education, or

geography 6 semester hours

Electives in social sciences 12 semester hours

Electives should be chosen so that of the 18 hours of electives there vidll be
a total of at least 3 in economics, 3 in geography, 3 in government and poHtics,
and 3 in sociology.

9 ►

Academic Education Curriculum

Foreign Languages. All students preparing to teach French, German, or
Spanish are required to take Comparative Literature 101 and 102 and are strongly
advised to take the review course for majors. Further courses in comparative lit-
erature along with work in European or Latin American history are also recom-
mended.

Specific minimum requirements in the three languages are a semester each
of intermediate and advanced conversation (French, German, or Spanish 8 and
80), a semester of grammar review, six hours of introductory survey of the liter-
ature (French, German, Spanish 75 and 76), one semester of a life and culture
course (French, German, Spanish 161 or 162) and six hours in literature
courses numbered 100 or above. If a foreign language is offered as a second field,
all major requirements must be met.

Classical Language— Latin. A minor for teaching Latin requires 24 pre-
scribed semester hours of Latin based upon two years of high school Latin or
18 prescribed semester hours of Latin plus 6 elective hours based upon four
years of high school Latin. Those students with two years of high school Latin
should take Latin 3, 4, 5, 51, 52, 61, 101, and 102. Those with four years of
high school Latin begin with Latin 5; otherwise, the same as above with 6 hours
selected from Latin 103, 104, or 105.

It is recommended that electives also be taken from Latin 70, History 153,
Comparative Literature 101, English 101, and Art 9.

Mathematics. A major in mathematics requires 30 semester hours and a
minor, 20 semester hours. The following courses must be included in both major
and minor: Math. 18, 1 9— Elementary Mathematical Analysis (5, 5), and Math.
20, 21-Calculus (4, 4).

Electives in mathematics are selected with the advice of the adviser.

Science. In general science a major of 40 semester hours and a minor of 30
semester hours are oflFered, each including the following courses: Chem. 1, 3—
General Chemistry (4, 4), Zool. 1— General Zoology (4), Bot. 1— General Botany
(4), Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics (4, 4) or Phys. 1, 2— Elements of
Physics (3, 3).

Other courses vdll be chosen subject to the approval of the student's major
adviser and of the science department in which his interest lies.

Minors of 20 semester hours are oflFered in chemistry, in physics, and in bio-
logical sciences. A minor in biology must be supported by a one-year course in
chemistry. A minor in physics must be supported by a one-year course in chem-
istry. A minor in chemistry must be supported by a one-year course in physics.

The requirements for major and minor are met if 52 semester hours in nat-
ural science, including the above listed courses, are oflFered.

M 10

Academic Education Curriculum

Speech. A minor o£ 22 semester hours is oflFered in speech. The minimum
requirements for this minor are 16 semester hours in addition to the 16 semester
hours of departmental requirements in Speech 1 and 3. The 16 semester
hours above the departmental requirement must include 6 hours of courses num-
bered 100 or higher. It is the policy of the department to build a program of
study in anticipation of the needs of prospective teachers, supervisors, correction-
ists, dramatic coaches, and other specialists in the general field of speech. All
programs for the minor must be approved by the departmental adviser.

ACx\DEMIC EDUCATION CURRICULUM

(^Semester— ^

Freshman Year I II

Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation' 0 0

Eng. I, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

See. 1— Sociology of American Life, Phil. 1— Philosophy for

Modem Man or Psych. 1 —Introduction to Psychology. ... 3

Sp. 1— Public Speaking . . 3

G. & P. 1— American Government' . . 3

A. S. 1, 2-Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

P. E. 1, 3-(men); P. E. 2, 4 (women) 1 1

Hea. 2— Personal Health (women) 2

Hea. 4— Community Health (women) . . 2

Science, mathematics, foreign language or major and minor

requirements 4-6 6

Total 15-17 17-18

So'phomore Year

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education' 2

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature, or 3 3

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature

H. 5, 6— Histor)' of American Civilization 3 3

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

P. E. 5, 7 (men); P. E. 6, 8 (women) 1 1

Science, mathematics, foreign language or major and minor

requirements 6 6

Total 17 15

Jtmior Year

H. D. Ed. 100, 101-Principles of Human Development 3 3

Major and minor requirements, electives 15 15

Total 18 18

'May be taken either semester.

-Or Econ. 3 1 —Principles of Economics (3) or Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Eco-
nomics (3) in the sophomore year.

11 ►

Agricultural Education, Art Education Curriculum

, — Sewester— V
Senior Year I II

Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation* 3

Ed. 145— Principles and Methods of Secondary Education* .... 3

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools* 8

Electives' 2-3

Major and minor requirements, electives* . . 16

Total 16-17 16

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION

This curriculum is designed to prepare students for teaching vocational agri-
culture in high schools. To obtain full particulars on course requirements, the
student should consult the catalog of the College of Agriculture.

ART EDUCATION

This curriculum is planned to meet the grovvdng demand for teachers and
supervisors of art activity. Emphasis is placed upon ways to draw out and de-
velop the creative inclinations of beginners; to integrate art and other areas of
study; to utilize art in solving social problems.

ART EDUCATION CURRICULUM

f— Semester— y,

Freshman Year I II

Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation* 0 0

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

Sec. 1— Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1— Philosophy for

Modem Man or Psych. 1 —Introduction to Psychology' .... . . 3

G. & P. 1— American Government 3

Sp. 1— Public Speaking 3

Pr. Art 1-Design . . 3

Pr. Art 2-Survey of Art History 2

Hea. 2— Personal Health (women) 2

Hea. 4— Community Health (women) . . 2

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

P. E. 1, 3 (men), P. E. 2, 4 (women) 1 1

Language or electives* 3-4 2-4

Total 19-20 16-18

*May be taken either semester, except Ed. 140 and 148 in certain major areas.

^English and social studies majors must elect Ed. 134.

'Or Econ. 31, Principles of Economics (3 credits) or Econ. 37, Fundamentals of
Economics (3 credits) in the sophomore year.

^Required foreign language: 12 semester hours provided the student enters with
less than three years of foreign language credit; 6 semester hours, if he enters with three
years of such credit. No foreign language is required of any student who enters wdth
four years of language credit.

M 12

Art Education Curriculum

f— Semester-^

Sofhomore Year I II

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 2

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3

Science or Mathematics 3 3

Pr. Art 3— Silk Screen Printing 2

Pr. Art 4— Three-dimensional Design . . 2

Pr. Art 20-Costume Design 3

Pr. Art 30— Typography and Lettering . . 3

Pr. Art 40, 41-Interior Design 1 3

Cr. 2— Simple Crafts . . 2

Art 1 3— Elementary Sculpture or Cr. 20. Ceramics 2

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (nien) 2 2

P. E. 5, 7 (men); P. E. 6, 8 (women) 1 1

Totals: Women 17 17

Men 19 19

Junior Year

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3

H. 5, 6— American History 3 3

Pr. Art 0— Professional Lectures . . 0

Pr. Art 21-Action Drawing of Art 104. Life Qass . . 2-3

Cr. 5— Puppetry . . 3

Art 6-Still Life 3

Art 9, 11— Historical Survey of Painting, Sculptiue, Archi-
tecture 3 3

Language or electives^ 4-6 2-4

Total 16-18 16-19

Senior Year

Ed. 140— Curriculvun, Instruction and Observation in Art .... 3

Pr. Art 1 32-Advertising Layout 2

Art 7— Landscape Painting 3

Ed. 1 34— Materials and Procedures for the Secondary Core

Curriculum . . 3

Ed. 145— Principles and Methods of Secondary Education .... . . 3

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools'* .... . . 8

Pr. Art 100-Mural Design 2

Language or electives* 6-8

Total 16-18 14

A minimum of 24 semester hours constitutes a minor in art education. Re-
quired: Pr. Art 1, Pr. Art 2, Cr. 2, Art 7, Ed. 140. Electives are to be chosen
from courses which carry the symbols Pr. Art, Cr., Art. Electives are to be chosen
in consultation with the adviser to art education students. Scheduling of labora-
tory courses necessitates an early start on an art program. The art minor does not
qualify students for Ed. 148, Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools.

^Available only during 8 weeks of the spring semester. 13 ►

BUSINESS EDUCATION

Two curricula are oflFered for the preparation of teachers of business subjects.
The general business education curriculum qualifies for teaching all business
subjects except shorthand. Providing thorough training in general business, in-
cluding economics, this curriculum leads to teaching positions on both junior and
senior high school levels. By the proper selection of electives, persons following
this curriculum may also qualify as teachers of social studies.

The secretarial education curriculum is adapted to the needs of those who
wish to become teachers of shorthand as well as other business subjects.

GENERAL BUSINESS EDUCATION CURRICULUM

f— Semester— >,

Freshman Year I U

Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation 0 0

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

G. & P. 1— American Government 3

Sp. 1— Public Speaking . . 3

O. T. 1, 2— Principles and Intermediate Typewriting 2 2

B. A. 10, 1 1— Organization and Control 2 2

Geog. 1— Economic Resources . . 2

Math. 5, 6— Business Algebra and Mathematics of Finance .... 3 3

Elective 2

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (women) 2 2

P. E. 1, 3— Orientation to Physical Education, and Develop-
mental and Combative Sports (men) 1 1

P. E. 2, 4— Basic Skills of Sports and Rhythms (women) .... 1 1

Total 18 18

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3

O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 2

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education . . 2

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3

B. A. 20, 21-Principles of Accounting 4 4

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

P. E. 5, 7— Aquatic and Team Sports, and Recreational Sports

(men) 1 1

P. E. 6, 8— Selected Sports and Dance (women) 1 1

Total 16-18 16-18

Business Education Ctirriculums

-Semester-

Junior Year

H. D. Ed. 100, 101 -Principles of Human Development

B. A. 100— Office Operations and Management

B. A. 166— Business Communications

B. A. 14-Survey of Office Machines

B. A. 1 12— Records Management

B. A. 101— Integrated Data Processing for Internal Control . .

Econ. 140— Money and Banking

Soc. 1— Sociolog}' of American Life (or Phil. 1 or Psych. 1). .

B. A. 150A— Marketing Principles and Organization

B. A. 180-Business Law

Total

Senior Year

B. A. 181— Business Law

B. A. 1 02— Electronic Data Processing Systems

Ed. 1 40— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation— Business

Subjects

Ed. 145— Principles and Methods of Secondary Education ....

B. Ed. 100— Techniques of Teaching Office Skills

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools

Electives'

Total

SECRETARIAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM

Freshman Year

Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature

G. & P. 1— American Government

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life (or Phil. 1, or Psych. 1.)
O. T. 1, 2— Principles and Intermediate Typewriting . . . .

O. T. 12, 13-Principles of Shorthand I, II

Math. 5, 6— Business Algebra and Mathematics of Finance .

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men)

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (women) . . . .
P. E. 1, 3— Orientation to Physical Education and

Developmental and Combative Sports (men)

P. E. 2, 4— Basic Skills of Sports and Rhythms (women) . .

Total

. .

, .

, ,

••

, ,

. .

••

.■^

, ,

^A minimum of 55 semester hours of courses in economics, business administra-
tion, and office techniques are required.

15 ►

Business Education Curriculums

r-Semester—^

Sophomore Year I II

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education . . 2

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3

O. T. 1 0— Ofl&ce Typewriting Problems 2

O. T. 16, 18-Advanced Gregg Shorthand 2 2

O. T. 17, 19— Problems in Gregg Transcription 2 2

B. A. 14-Survey of Office Machines 2

Sp. 1— Public Speaking . . 3

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

P. E. 5, 7— Aquatic and Team Sports, and Recreational Sports

(men) 1 1

P. E. 6, 8— Selected Sports and Dance (women) 1 1

Total 15-17 16-18

Junior Year

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development .... 3 3

B. A. 20, 21-Principles of Accounting 4 4

Econ. 37— 'Fundamentals of Economics 3

B. A. 100— Office Operations and Management 3

O. T. 110— Administrative Secretarial Procedures .. 3

B. A. 166— Business Communications • . 3

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3

B. A. 180-Business Law . . 4

Total 16 17

Senior Year

O. T. 1 14-Secretarial Office Practice 3

B. A. 101— Integrated Data Processing for Internal Control .... 3

B. A. 1 12— Records Management 2

B. Ed. 100— Techniques of Teaching Office Skills . . 3

Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation-
Business Subjects 3

Ed. 145— Principles and Methods of Secondary Education .... . . 3

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools . . 8

Electives^ 5

Total 16 14

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

The childhood education curriculum has as its primary goal the preparation
of nursery school and kindergarten teachers. It is also planned to further the
personal development of the student and to provide general education in one facet
of homemaking.

^A minimum of 55 semester hours of courses in economics, business administration,
and office techniques are required.

-4 16

Childhood Education Curriculum

Observation and student teaching are done in the University Nursery School
and Kindergarten on the campus and in approved schools in nearby communities.
Each student must select a minor in an approved field.

Graduates receive a B.S. degree and meet the requirements for certification
for teaching kindergarten and nursery school in Maryland. Each student should
have one summer of experience in working with children.

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION CURRICULUM

Freshman Year 1

C. Ed. 2— Introduction to Childhood Education' 2

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3

See. 1— Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1— Philosophy for

Modern Man or Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology' 3

G. & P. 1— American Government'

Sp. 3— Fundamentals of General American Speech

Bot. 1— General Botany 4

Zool. 1— General Zoology

Hea. 2— Personal Health (women) 2

Hea. 4— Community Health (women)

P. E. 2, 4 I

Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation'

Total 15

So-phomore Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or 3

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3

Music 1 6— Music Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher ....

C. Ed. 50-Child Development I 3

C. Ed. 51-ChiId Development II

Chem. 1— General Chemistry 4

or Geog. 30— Principles of Morphology (3)

or Geog. 40— Principles of Meteorology (3)

or Phys. 1— Elements of Physics (3)
Chem. 3— General Chemistry

or Foods 1— Introductory Foods (3)

or Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition (3)

or one of the other physical science courses listed above

P. E. 6, 8 1

Electives 3

Total 17

-Semester-
II

2
1

'May be taken either semester.

^Or Econ. 31— Principles of Economics (3) or Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Eco-
nomics (3) in the sophomore year.

17 ►

Elementary Education Curriculum

/^Setwester— \
Junior Year 1 II

C. Ed. 1 1 5— Children's Activities and Activities Materials .... . . 3

C. Ed. 116— Creative Music for Young Children 3

C. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, Observation— Early Child-
hood Education . . 3

Math. 0— Basic Mathematics (if required) 0

Math. 3— Fundamentals of Mathematics . . 4

or Math. 5— Business Algebra (3)

Electives 12 6

Total 15 16

Senior Year

C. Ed. 149— Teaching Nursery School 4-8

C. Ed. 1 59— Teaching Kindergarten . . 4-8

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development .... 3 3

C. Ed. 145— Guidance in Behavior Problems' 3

Electives 2-6 5-9

Total 16 16

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

There are two undergraduate curriculums in elementary education. The first
one is for regular undergraduate students who desire to earn the Bachelor of Sci-
ence degree and to qualify for an elementary school teaching certificate. The
second curriculum is for teachers in service.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM
FOR REGULAR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS

This curriculum is designed for regular undergraduate students who wish to
qualify for teaching positions in elementary schools. Students who complete the
curriculum will receive the Bachelor of Science degree, and they will meet the
Maryland State Department of Education requirements for the Bachelor of Sci-
ence Certificate in Elementary Education. The curriculum also meets certifica-
tion requirements in many other states, Baltimore, and District of Columbia.

Some of the academic courses need not be taken in the indicated sequence.
For example, Bot. 1 may be taken during the second semester of the freshman
year instead of the first semester, or it may be taken during the sophomore or
junior year. However, the courses in human development education and cer-
tain other education courses must be taken during the junior year, and Ed. 149
—Student Teaching in Elementary Schools should be taken during the first semes-
ter of the senior year.

'May be taken either semester.

Elementary Education Curriculum

Freshman Year

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature

Soc. 1— Sociolog)' of American Life or PhiL 1— Philosophy for
Modern Man or Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology^ ....

G. & P. 1— American Government'

Bot. 1— General Botany

Zool. 1— General Zoology

Art 1 5— Fundamentals of Art

Music 16— Music Fundamentals for the Qassroom Teacher' . .

Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation'

P. E. 1, 3 (men); P. E. 2, 4 (women)

Hea. 2— Personal Health (women)

Hea. 4— Community Health (women)

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men)

Approved Electivcs (Optional)

Total

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literattire

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization

Sp. 3— Fundamentals of General American Speech

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education'

Chem. 1— General Chemistry

or Geog. 30— Principles of Morphology (3)

or Geog. 40— Principles of Meteorology (3)

or Phys. 1— Elements of Physics (3)
Chem. 3— General Chemistry

or Foods 1 —Introductory Foods (3)

or Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition (3)

or one of the other physical science courses listed above.

Note: Only one Geography and only one Foods course may
be taken.

Math. 0— Basic Mathematics (if required)

Math. 3— Fundamentals of Mathematics

or Math. 5— Business Algebra (3)

P. E. 5, 7 (men); P. E. 6, 8 (women)

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health (men)

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men)

Approved Electives (women)*

Total

-Semester-
II
3

2
2

^May be taken either semester.

^Or Econ. 3 1 —Principles of Economics (3) or Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics
(3) in the sophomore year.

^Students planning an area of specialization in elementary school music education
should substitute Music 7 for Music 16.

^Number of elective hovtrs and choice of courses must be approved by adviser.
Several electives must be taken at the 100 level during junior and senior years.

19 ►

Elementary Education Curriculum

Junior Year

H. D. Ed. 100, 101 -Principles of Human Development

H. 1, 2— History of Modern Europe

Geog. 10— General Geography

Ed. 52— Children's Literature

Ed. 1 53— Teaching of Reading^

Ed. 121— The Language Arts in the Elementary SchooP

Ed. 122— Social Studies in the Elementary SchooF

Ed. 124— Arithmetic in the Elementary SchooP

Sci. Ed. 105— Workshop in Science for Elementary Schools'..
Approved Electives"

Total

Senior Year

Ed. 149— Student Teaching in Elementary Schools

Geog. 100— Regional Geography of Eastern Anglo- America . .
or Geog. lOi— Regional Geog. of Western Anglo-America
or Geog. 120— Economic Geography of Europe

P. E. 120— Physical Education in the Elementary School . . . .

Mus. Ed. 128— Music for the Elementary Classroom Teacher . .

Ed. 125— Art in Elementary Schools

Approved Electives"

Total

-Semester-

3
2
2

AREA OF SPECIALIZATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION

Students enrolled in the College of Education and majoring in elementary
education may pursue an area of specialization in elementary school physical edu-
cation and health education. Students interested in this area should consult with
the Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health.

AREA OF SPECIALIZATION IN ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL MUSIC EDUCATION

Students enrolled in the College of Education and majoring in elementary
education may pursue an area of specialization in elementary school music edu-
cation, and thereby qualify for the Bachelor of Science Certificate in Special
Subjects. In order to fulfill requirements in this area, the following courses
should be taken in addition to those required in the Elementary School Curricu-
lum:

' Open only to students in elementary curriculum. Students who register for one
of these courses must register for all five courses.

^ Number of elective hours and choice of courses must be approved by adviser.
Several electives must be taken at the 100 level during junior and senior years.

-4 20

Elementary Education Curriculum

Music 1 (3); Music 8 (3); Music 160 or 161 (2); Music 70, 71 (4, 4);
Music 80, 81 (2, 2); Applied Music; Piano (8), Voice (4); and Mus. Ed. 139
(2) in place of Mus. Ed. 128 (2) in the senior year.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR
UNDERGRADUATE TEACHERS

This curriculum is for teachers who have completed a two-or three-year cur-
riculum in a teachers college. It is also for teachers who have two or more years
of successful teaching experience which can be used in lieu of student teaching
to meet certification requirements.

This curriculum, leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in elementary edu-
cation, requires a total of 128 semester credits. The last 30 credits earned before
the conferring of the degree must be taken with the University of Maryland.

State De-partment of Education requirements provide that a teacher in serv-
ice may not earn more than six credits for certification purposes during a school
year. The College of Education assumes no responsibility in this connection, but
candidates are advised to observe the regulation.

Specific requirements for the degree are as follows: (In meeting requirements,
particular attention must be given to the footnotes.)

Requirements for individuals with approximately 64 transfer credits:

Education 4

English (not including freshman and sophomore English)' 10

Natural Science (chemistry, physics, botany, zoology, bacteriology, ento-
mology, general science, meteorology)' 10

Social Science (history, government, sociology, economics, geography)' 12
Electives (as many as needed to give a total of at least 128 credits)
Requirements for individuals with approximately 96 transfer credits:

Education 2

English (not including freshman and sophomore English)' 6

Natural Science (as above)" 6

Social Science (as above)' 12

Electives (as many as needed to give a total of at least 128 credits)

'If less than 12 credits were earned in English during the first two years of college,
the deficiency must be made up in addition to the credits specified above.

"No more than four semester hours of science education and other approved sub-
stitutions for regular science courses will be counted toward the natural science require-
ments.

'If the transfer credits did not include at least 3 credits in American Government,
3 credits in sociolog}', philosophy, or economics, and 6 credits in American histor}',
those deficiencies must be made up in addition to the 12 social science credits specified
above.

21 ►

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION

The home economics education curriculum is designed for students who are
preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage in any
phase of home economics work which requires a knowledge of teaching methods.
It includes studies of all phases of home economics and the allied sciences, with
professional training for teaching these subjects. A student majoring in this
curriculum may also qualify for a science minor.

The offering includes both undergraduate and graduate programs leading to
the degrees of Bachelor of Science, Master of Education, and Master of Science.

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION CURRICULUM

r— Semester-^

Freshman Year I II

Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation^ 0 0

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1— Philosophy for

Modem Man or Psych. 1 —Introduction to Psychology 3

Chem. 11, 13 or Chem. 1, 3 3-4 3-4

H. E. 1— Home Economics Orientation 0

Tex. 1— Textiles . . 3

Pr. Art 1— Design 3

Hea. 2— Personal Health (women) 2

Hea. 4— Community Health (women) . . 2

P. E. 2, 4 1 1

G. & P. 1 —American Government . . 3

Sp. 1— Public Speaking . . 3

Electives 1-2

Total 16-18 18-19

Sophomore Year

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education^ 2

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature, or 3 3

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3

Pr. Art 20— Costume Design . . 3

Clo. 20-Clothing 3

Foods 2, 3— Foods^ 3 3

Bot. 1— General Botany . . 4

P. E. 6, 8 1 1

Electives' 1-2

Total 16-17 17

'May be taken either semester.

"Foods 52, 53 carries a prerequisite of Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34.

'Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34, Organic Chemistry, recommended as an elective or in lieu
of General Botany for individuals with special interest in and need for Food and
Nutrition.

^ 22

Industrial Education Curriculums

t^Semester—^

Junior Year I II

H. E. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation .... 3

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development .... 3 3

Home Mgt. 150, 151-Home Management 3 3

Foods 101— Meal Management 2

Clo. 22— Clothing Construction . . 2

Nut. 10 or 1 10-Elements of Nutrition . . 3

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics . . 3

Zool. 1— General Zoology 4

Electives 2 3

Total 17 17

Senior Year*

H. E. Ed. 102— Problems in Teaching Home Economics 3

Ed. 145— Principles and Methods of Secondary Education. ... 3
H. E. Ed. 148— Teaching Secondary Vocational Home

Economics 8

Home Mgt. 152— Practice in Management of the Home 3

Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art Histor\' or Clo. 128— Home

Furnishings . . 2-3

Microb. 1 or 5 1 —Microbiology . . 3-4

Electives . • 6

Total 17 11-13

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION

Three curriculums are administered by the Industrial Education Department:
(1) Industrial Arts Education, (2) Vocational-Industrial Education, and (3)
Education for Industry. The overall offering includes both undergraduate and
graduate programs leading to the degrees of: Bachelor of Science, Master of Ed-
ucation, Master of Arts, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The industrial arts education curriculum prepares persons to teach indus-
trial arts at the secondary school level. It is a four-year program leading to a
Bachelor of Science degree. While trade or industrial experience contributes sig-
nificantly to the background of the industrial arts teacher, previous work experi-
ence is not a condition of entrance into this curriculum. Students who are en-
rolled in the curriculum are encouraged to obtain work in industr)' during the
summer months. Industrial arts as a secondary school subject area is a part (rf
the general education program characterized by extensive shopwork and labora-
tory experiences.

The vocational-industrial curriculum may lead either to certification as a
vocational-industrial teacher with no degree involved or to a Bachelor of Science

* Subjects in the senior year will be so arranged that the two semesters may be
interchanged.

23 ►

Industrial Education Curriculums

degree, including certification. The University of Maryland is designated as the
institution which shall oflFer the "Trade and Industrial" certification courses and
hence the courses which are offered are those required for certification in Mary-
land. The vocational-industrial curriculum requires trade competence as speci-
fied by the Maryland State Plan for Vocational Education. A person who aspires
to take the certification courses should review the state plan and may well contact
Maryland State Department of Education ofl&cials. If the person has in mind
teaching in a designated city or county he may discuss his plans with the voca-
tional-industrial official of that city or county inasmuch as there are variations in
employment and training procedures.

INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION CURRICULUM

r-Semester^

Freshman Year I II

Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation' 0 0

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

Sp. 1— Public Speaking . • 3

See. 1— Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1— Philosophy for

Modern Man or Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology .... 3

G. & P. 1— American Government* . . 3

Ind. Ed. 1— Mechanical Drawing 2

Ind. Ed. 34-Graphic Arts I . . 3

Ind. Ed. 2— Elementary Woodworking 2

Ind. Ed. 22— Machine Woodworking I . . 2

Ind. Ed. 12— Shop Calculations* 3

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

P. E. 1, 3— Physical Activities 1 1

Total 16 17

Sophomore Year

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education* 2

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature, or 3 3

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature

H. 5, 6— History of American CiviUzation 3 3

Ind. Ed. 21— Mechanical Drawing 2

Ind. Ed. 28-ElectTicity I . . 2

Ind. Ed. 26-General Metal Work 3

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4

Math. 10-Algebra . . 3

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

P. E. 5, 7-PhysicaI Activities 1 1

Total 20 18

Junior Year

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development .... 3 3

Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics 3 3

*May be taken either semester.
M 24

Industrial Education Curriculums

r-Semester-^

Junior Year Qcontitmed^ I II

Ind. Ed. 41— Architectural Drawing 2

Ind. Ed. 48-Electricity II . . 2

Ind. Ed. 33— Automotives I 3

Ind. Ed. 160— Essentials of Design . . 2

Ind. Ed. 164— Shop Organization and Management . . 2

Ind. Ed. 166— Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts .... 2

Ed. 161— Principles of Guidance . . 3

Electives— Cshopvvork and/or drafting)^ 2 2

Electives— (imspecified) 2 2

Total 17 19

Senior Year

Ind. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation, Indus-
trial Education 3

Ind. Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools 8

Ed. 145— Principles and Methods of Secondary Education .... 3

Ind. Ed. 23-Arc and Gas Welding . . 1

Ind. Ed. 69-Macliine Shop Practice I . . 3

Ind. Ed. 105— General Shop . . 2

Ind. Ed. 1 10-Foundry 1

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics . . 3

Electives— (shopwork and/or drafting)* . . 4

Electives— (professional courses) . . 5

Total 14 19

VOCATIONAL-INDUSTRIAL

The vocational-industrial curriculum is a four-year program of studies lead-
ing to a Bachelor of Science degree in education. It is intended to develop the
necessary competencies for the effective perfonnance of the tasks of a vocational
teacher. In addition to establishing the adequacy of the student's skills in a
particular trade and the development of instructional efficiency, the curriculum
aims at the professional and cultural development of the individual. Courses
are included which would enrich the persons scientific, economic, psychological
and sociolo2ical understandings. The vocational-certification courses for the
state of Maryland are a part of the curriculum requirements.

Persons pursuing this curriculum must present documentary evidence of
having an apprenticeship or comparable learning period and journeyman exper-
ience. This evidence of background and training is necessary in order that the
trade examination phase of the curriculum may be accomplished.

'After the student has completed the basic courses in drafting, woodworking, metal-
working, graphic arts and automotives he is to select advanced courses in one or more
of these areas as advised.

25 ►

Industrial Education Curriculums

Persons having completed the necessary certification courses prior to working
on the degree program may use such courses toward meeting graduation require-
ments. However, after certification course requirements have been met, persons
continuing studies toward a degree must take courses in Hne with the curriculum
plan and University regulations, (e.g.) junior level courses cannot be taken until
the student has reached full junior standing as set forth in the academic regula-
tions for the University.

r— Semester— ^

Freshman Year 1 "

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3

G. & P. 1— American Government . . 3

Sp. 1— Public Speaking 3

Ind. Ed. 12— Shop Calculations 3

Math. 10-AIgebra . . 3

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

P. E. 1, 3-Physical Activities 1 1

Total 15 12

Sophomore Year

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3

Math. 1 1— Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3

Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics 3 3

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics . . 3

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

P. E. 5, 7-Physical Activities 1 1

Total 15 15

Note: The trade examination (20 semester hours) should be taken prior to
entering the fifth semester of work. See regulations covering examination,
page 28.

Junior Year

H. D. Ed. 100, 101-Principles of Human Development 3 3

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4

Ind. Ed. 1 70— Principles of Vocational Education or

Ind. Ed. 171— History of Vocational Education 2

Ind. Ed. 168— Trade or Occupational Analysis . . 2

Ed. 161— Principles of Guidance 3

Ed. 1 50— Educational Measurements . . 2

Ind. Ed. 165— Modem Industry . . 3

Soc. 1 15— Industrial Sociology 3

Electives . . 5

Total 15 19

M 26

Industrial Education CuTriculums

r—Setnester—\

Senior Year I 11

Ind. Ed. 1 40— Curriciilum, Instruction and Observation 3

Ind. Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools 8

Ed. 145— Principles and Methods o£ Secondary Education .... 3

Ind. Ed. 169— Course Construction . . 2

Econ. 160— Labor Economics . . 3

Ind. Ed. 150— Training Aids Development . . 3

Ind. Ed. 164— Shop Organization and Management . . 2

Electives . . 4

Total 14 14

STUDENT TEACHING REQUIREMENT.— Petsons Currently teaching in the second-
ary schools with three or more years of satisfactory experience at that level are not
required to take Ind. Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools. Evidence
of satisfactory teaching experience shall be presented in the form of written
statements from the principal, area supervisor, and department head in the school
where such teaching is done. Instead of the eight (8) credits required for stu-
dent teaching, the individual meeting the above qualifications will have eight
(8) additional semester hours of elective credits.

ELECTIVE CREDITS.— Courses in history and philosophy of education, sociology,
speech, psychology, economics, business administration, and other areas may be
taken with the permission of the student's adviser.

Elective courses in the technical area (shop and drawing) will be limited to
courses and subjects not covered in the trade training experience. Courses deal-
ing with advanced technology and recent improvements in field practices udll be
acceptable.

VOCATIONAL-INDUSTRIAL CERTIFICATION

A total of 240 clock hours of instruction is required for vocational-industrial
teacher certification. The courses listed below are currently required:
Ind. Ed. 50— Methods of Teaching
Ind. Ed. 60— Observ'ation and Demonstration Teaching
Ind. Ed. 164— Shop Organization and Management
Ind. Ed. 168— Trade or Occupational Analysis
Ind. Ed. 169— Course Construction

Ind. Ed. 1 70— Principles of Vocational Education, and/or
Ind. Ed. 171— History of Vocational Education

"The remainder of the 240 clock hours are to be met through elective indus-
trial education courses offered by the University of Maryland and approved by the
State Supervisor of Industrial Education."* The courses from which electives
may be chosen are:

^Maryland (State Department of Education). The Maryland State Plan for Voca-
tional Education 1947-1952, p. 108.

27 ►

Industrial Education Curriculums

Ind. Ed. 150— Training Aids Development
Ind. Ed. 157— Tests and Measurements
Ind. Ed. ] 61— Principles of Vocational Guidance
Ind. Ed. 165— Modem Industry
Ind. Ed. 167— Problems in Occupational Education
*Ind. Ed. 220— Organization, Administration and Supervision of Voca-
tional Education
Ind. Ed. 240— Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education
Ind. Ed. 248— Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education
Ed. 150— Educational Aieasurement
Ed. 160— Educational Sociology
Ed. 161— Principles of Guidance
Ed. 253— Guidance Information
Ed. 261— Practicum in School Counseling
Ed. 269— Seminar in Guidance

A person in vocational-industrial education may use his certification courses
toward a Bachelor of Science degree. In doing so the general requirements of
the University and College of Education must be met. A maximum of twenty
semester hours of credit may be earned through examination in the trade in which
the student has competence. Prior to taking the examination, the student shall
provide documentary evidence of his apprenticeship or learning period and
journeyman experience. For further information about credit by examination
refer to the publication University General and Academic Regulations.

EDUCATION FOR INDUSTRY

The Education for Industry curriculum is a four-year program leading to a
Bachelor of Science degree. The purpose of the program is to prepare persons
for jobs within industry and, as such it embraces four major areas of competence,
(a) technical competence, (b) human relations and leadership competence, (c)
communications competence, and (d) social and civic competence. The student
who is enrolled in this curriculum is required to obtain work in industry in ac-
cordance with the plan described in the course. Industrial Education 124, a, b.

r— Semester-^
Freshman Year I II

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

Soc. I— Sociology of American Life' 3

G. & P. 1— American Government' . . 3

Ind. Ed. 1— Mechanical Drawing 2

Ind. Ed. 12— Shop Calculations 3

Ind. Ed. 2 1 —Mechanical Drawing . . 2

Ind. Ed. 22— Machine Woodworking I 2

Ind. Ed. 23— Arc and Gas Welding . . 1

*A course bearing a "200" number is open only to graduate students.
*May be taken eidier semester.

■< 28

Industrial Education Curriculums

r~Setnester-^
Freshman Year (_continued^ I II

Ind. Ed. 69— Machine Shop Practice I . . 3

Ind. Ed. 1 10-Foundry 1

Sp. 7— Puthc Speaking 2

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science Cmen) 2 2

P. E. 1, 3— Physical Activities 1 1

Math. 10-AIgebra . . 3

Total 18 19

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or 3 3

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature

Ind. Ed. 24-Sheet Metal Work 2

B. A. 10, 1 1 —Organization and Control 2 2

Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics or

Phys. 10, 11 —Fundamentals of Physics 3 or 4 3 or 4

Math. 1 1 — Trigonometrj' and Analytic Geometry 2

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

P. E. 5, 7— Physical Activities 1 1

H. 5— History of American Civilization . . 3

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics . . 3

Total 15 or 16 17 or 18

Junior Year

H. 6— Historj' of American Civilization 3

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 3

Psych. 2— AppUed Psychology . . 3

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3

Ind. Ed. 124a— Organized and Supervised Work Experienced, 3

Ind. Ed. 143, 144-Industrial Safety Education 2 2

B. A. 160— Personnel Management . . 3

Soc. 1 1 5— Industrial Sociology . . 3

Electives 3 3

Total 21 18

Senior Year

B. A. 163— Industrial Relations 3

B. A. 167— Job Evaluation and Merit Rating 2

Ind. Ed. 1 24b— Organized and Supervised Work Experience'.. 3

Ind. Ed. 164— Shop Organization and Management .. 2

Ind. Ed. 165-Modem Industry . , 3

Ind. Ed. 168— Trade or Occupational Analysis 2

Psych. 161— Industrial Psychology . . 3

Electives 5 8

Total 15 16

'Must be pursued concurrently with the regular summer sessions between the
sophomore and junior and the junior and senior years respectively.

29 ►

MUSIC EDUCATION

The music education curriculum affords pre-service preparation in the spe-
ciahzed field o£ music education and leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
education with a major in public school music. The curriculum provides train-
ing in both the choral and instrumental fields of music and is planned to meet
the growing demand for special teachers and supervisors in those areas. In the
junior and senior years the student may elect either the vocal option or the
instrumental option.

A minor in the field may be received with 24 semester hours in music edu-
cation, theory, and history; 8 semester hours in applied music; two semester hours
in ensemble; Mus. Ed. 129 or 132; and student teaching divided between the stu-
dent's major and minor fields. The 24 specified hours must include Music 1,
7, 8, 70, 80 or 81, 121, and 160 or 161.

Tiano majors take Music 33, 34, Advanced Class Piano.
^ Voice majors take Music 33, Advanced Class Piano.

-Semester-

, ,

2-2

MUSIC EDUCATION CURRICULUM

Freshman Year

Eng. 1 , 2— Composition and American Literature

Ed. I— Freshman Orientation

Sp. 4— Voice and Diction

Music 1— Introduction to Music

Music 7, 8— Theory of Music

Music 12, 13— Applied Music (principal instrument)

Music 23, 24-Class Piano'

Physical Activities

Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15— Band, Orchestra, Chorus, etc

A. S. 3, 4 (men) or Hea. 2, 4 (women)

Total 17 17

Sofhomore Year

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and Literature 3 3

Mathematics or Science 3 3

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 2

Music 52, 53— Applied Music (principal instrument) 2 2

Music 70, 71— Harmony 4 4

Music 21-Class Voice' . . 2

Physical Activities 1 1

Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15— Band, Orchestra, Chorus, etc 1 1

A. S. 3, 4 (men)— Basic Air Science 2 2

Total 18 18

Music Education Curriculum

junior Year—Vocal Option

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development. . . .

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilizadon

Music 22-CIass Voice '

Music 31— Advanced Class Voice

Music 80-CIass Study of Strings

Music 112, 113— Applied Music (principal instrument)

Music 121-History of Music

Music 160— Conducting

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching

Mus. Ed. 139— Music for the Elem. School Specialist

Mus. Ed. 1 32— Music in the Secondary School

Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15— Band, Orchestra, Chorus, etc

Total

Senior Year— Vocal Option

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1— Philosophy of
Alodern Man or Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology^....

G. & P. 1— American Government

Music 32— Advanced Class Voice

Music 81-Class Study of Winds

Music 120-History of Music

Music 147— Orchestration

Music 152— Applied Music (principal instrument)

Ed. 148, 149— Practice Teaching

Mus. Ed. 173— Vocal Music Teacher and School Organization

Music 1 6 1 —Conducting

Electives

Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15— Band, Orchestra, Chorus, etc

Total

Junior Year— Instrumental Option

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development. . . .

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization

Music 22— Class Voice

Music 80, 82-Class Study of Strings

Music 160, 161-Conducting

Music 112— Applied Music (principal instrument)

Music 121-History of Music

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching

Music 147— Orchestration

Mus. Ed. 132— Music in the Secondary School

Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15— Band, Orchestra, Chorus, etc

Total

-Semester—
11
3
3

2
2
3
1

3
3

2
2
2
3

2
1

^ Voice majors take Music 34, Advanced Class Piano.

° Or Econ. 31— Principles of Economics (3) or Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Eco-
nomics (3).

Physical and Health Education Curriculums

/—Semester—^
Senior Y ear— Instrumental Option I II

G. & P. 1— American Government 3

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1 —Philosophy of

Modern Man or Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology \ .. . 3

Music 81, 83-Class Study of Winds 2 2

Music 120-History of Music 3

Mus. Ed. 129-Instrumental Methods 2

Music 113, 152— Applied Music (principal instrument).... 2 2

Ed. 148, 149-Practice Teaching . . 8

Mus. Ed. 163— Band Techniques and Administration 2

Electives . . 3

Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15— Band, Orchestra, Chorus, etc 1 1

Total 18 16

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION '

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

This curriculum prepares students (1) for teaching physical education in
the secondary schools, (2) for coaching, and (3) for leadership in youth and adult
groups which offer a program of physical activity. The first two years of this
curriculum will be an orientation period in which the student has an opportunity
to gain an adequate background in general education as well as in those scien-
tific areas closely related to this field of specialization. In addition, there is con-
siderable emphasis placed upon the development of skills in a wide range of
motor activities. This basic training makes it possible for the student to select
related areas, especially in the fields of biology, health education, and recreation
as fields of secondary interest. These materially increase the vocational opportuni-
ties which are available to a graduate in physical education.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR MEN

/—Semester—^
FresJnnan Year I II

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1 — Philosophy

for Modern Man or Psych. 1 —Introduction to Psychology^. . 3

G. & P. 1— American Government ^ . . 3

Zool. 1— General Zoology , . 4

Sp. 7— Public Speaking 2

P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and

Health 2

P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1

^Or Econ. 31— Principles of Economics (3) or Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Eco-
nomics (3).

^Or Econ. 3 1 —Principles of Economics (3) or Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Eco-
nomics (3) in the sophomore year.

^ May be taken either semester.

■< 32

Physical Education Curricidum

r— Semester— >,

Freshman Year* QContinued^ I II

P. E. 59-Skills in Folk, Square and Social Dance . . 1

P. E. 61, 63— Sport Skills and GjTnnastics 2 2

A. S. 1, 2-Basic Air Science 2 2

Electives 1 ^

Total 16 19

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civalization 3 3

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4

Physical Science Group Requirement (mathematics, physics or

chemistr)0 3-4

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health . . 3

P. E. 65, 67— Sport Skills and G)Tnnastics 2 2

A. S. 3, 4-Basic Air Science 2 2

Electives 1 1

Total 18-19 18

Junior Year

H. D. Ed. 100, 101 -Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3

P. E. 77— Methods of Teaching Aquatics . . 2

P. E. 100-Kinesiolog)' 4

P. E. 101, 103— Organization and Officiating in Intramurals. . 1 1

P. E. 113, 115-Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools 3 1

P. E. 123 or 125-Coaching Athletics 3

P. E. 1 80— Measurement in Physical Education and Health . . . . 3

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety . . 1

Electives (See Note 2) 5 8

Total 19 19

Senior Year

P. E. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation . , 3

P. E. 160— Theory of Exercise 3

P. E. 190— Administration and Supervision of Physical Educa-
tion, Recreation, and Health . . 3

Ed. 145— Principles and Methods of Secondary Education. ... . . 3

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools ^ . . 8

Electives ^ 15

Total 18 17

*Students classified in Group 3 on Mathematics Entrance Test must take Math. 0.

P. E. 71 may be required, depending upon swdmming ability of student.
^ May be taken either semester. The qualified student may register for 4 credits of
Ed. 148 and 4 credits of Ed. 149 (Student Teaching in Elementary Schools). When
Ed. 148 is scheduled, Ed. 145, P. E. 140, and P. E. 190 must be scheduled concur-
rently.

"Every student in junior or senior year must elect either Hea. 120, P. E. 120 or
Rec. 170.

33 ►

Physical Education Curriculum

PHYSICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR WOMEN

f— Semester-
Freshman Year'^ l "

Eng. 1 , 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

Soc. 1 -Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1 — Philosophy

For Modern Man or Psych. 1 -Introduction to Psychology' 3

G. & P. 1— American Government ^ • • 3

Zool. 1— General Zoology • • 4

Sp. 7— PubHc Speaking 2

P, E. 30-Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and

Health 2

P. E. 40-Basic Body Controls 1

P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 2

P. E. 52— Dance Techniques • • • ^

P. E. 56-Skills and Methods in Folk and Square Dance . . . . 1
P. E. 62, 64— Elementary Techniques of Sports and

Gymnastics 2 2

Electives • • 2

Total 15 16

Sofhomore Year**

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3

Zool. 14, 15-Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4

Physical Science Group Requirement-Cmathematics, physics

or chemistry) 3-4

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health . . 3

P. E. 54— Dance Techniques 1

P. E. 58-Skills and Methods in Social Dance 1

P. E. 60— Dance Composition • • 2

P. E. 66, 68-Techniques of Sports 2 2

Total 17-18 17

junior Year

H. D. Ed. 100, 101 -Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3

P. E. 78-Methods of Teaching Aquatics . . 2

P. E. 82, 84-Officiating^ 0 0

P. E. 100-Kinesiology 4

"^P. E. 72 may be required, depending upon swimming ability of student.
Students classified in Group 3 in Mathematics Entrance Test must take Math. 0.
**P. E. 74 and/or 76 may be required, depending upon swimming ability of
student.

^Or Econ. 31— Principles of Economics (3) or Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Eco-
nomics (3) in the sophomore year.
^ May be taken either semester.
^ Students must hold one officials rating to be eligible for student teaching.

< 34

Physical Education Curriculum

r-SemesteT—^
junior Year (Continued^ I JJ

P. E. 114, 116— Methods in Physical Education lor Secondary

Schools 3 1

P. E. 124, 126-Practicum in Leadership 2 2

P. E. 1 80— Measurement in Physical Education and Health 3

Hea. 50-First Aid and Safety . . 1

Electives ^ . . 7

Total 15 16

Senior Year

P. E. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation .. 3

P. E. 160— Theory of Exercise 3

P. E. 190— Administration and Supervision of Physical Edu-
cation, Recreation, and Health . . 3

Ed. 145— Principles and Methods of Secondary Education. ... . . 3

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools^ . . 8

Electives ^ 12

Total 15 17

Minor in Physical Education — 20 semester hours in physical education and 4
semester hours in cognate areas.

Required Cotirses-Men-P. E. 30; P. E. 61, 63, 65, 67, (2-6*); P. E. 113; P. E.
101 or 103.

Women-?. E. 30; P. E. 62, 64, 66, 68, (2-6*); P. E. 114, 116; P. E. 124, 126.

Elective Courses-Men and Women-P. E. 78, 100; P. E. 123; P. E. 125; P. E.
140; P. E. 160; P. E. 180; P. E. 190; Hea. 110; Hea. 120; Rec. 30; Rec. 40; Rec.
100; Rec. 150; Rec. 170.

If planning to teach, the cognate courses for men should be Hea. 40 and Hea. 50;
for women, Hea. 50 and Hea. 120. Men should include P. E. 123 or P. E. 125 if
planning to coach.

Note: To be certified to teach in Maryland, 30 semester hours are required in this
area, including the following or equivalent: Zool. 14, 15; Hea. 50; P. E. 100, 140;
Ed. 145 and Ed. 148 including at least 25 hours of student teaching.

* Selection of courses v/ill be made according to student's background and interests
upon consultation with the physical education adviser.

^ Every student in junior or senior year must elect either Hea. 120, P. E. 120,
or Rec. 170.

- May be taken either semester. The qualified student may register for 4 credits of
Ed. 148 and 4 credits of Ed. 149 (Student Teaching in Elementary Schools). When
Ed. 148 is taken, Ed. 145, P. E. 140, and P. E. 190 must be scheduled concurrently.

35 ►

Health Education Curriculum

MINOR IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Men and women physical education major students who desire to prepare
for positions in elementary school physical education should take 13 semester
hours in elementary school physical education courses and 10 hours in cognate
areas. Required. cowrses-P.E. 55, 57, 120, 130, 195. Elective courses-\0 hours
in any of the following cognate areas: human development, elementary educa-
tion, biological science, health education. (Not more than 6 hours shall be
taken in any one cognate area.)

HEALTH EDUCATION

This curriculum is designed to prepare the student to give leadership in the
development of the school health education program including (1) health serv-
ices (2) healthful environment, and (3) health teaching. Graduates in this area
have placement opportunities in schools, colleges, and in public and private health
agencies. The minor is planned to be particularly suitable for students who are
majoring in physical education, education, home economics, and childhood
education.

HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR MEN

(-—Semester— >,
Freshman Year I II

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1— Philosophy of

Modem Man or Psych. 1 —Introduction to Psychology^ 3

G. & P. 1 —American Government '

Zool. 1— General Zoology

Sp. 7— Public Speaking

Hea. 10— Orientation to Health Education

Hea. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation and
Health

P. E. 1— Orientation to Physical Education

P. E. 3— Developmental and Combative Sports

Chem. II, 13— General Chemistry

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science

Electives

Total 17

. .

'Or Econ. 31— Principles of Economics (3) or Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Eco-
nomics (3) in the sophomore year.
^ May be taken either semester.

M 36

Health Education Curriculum

Sophomore Year I

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health 3

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety

Hea. 70— Safety Education

P. E. 5— Team Sports & Aquatics 1

P. E. 7— Recreational Activities

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science 2

Electives 3

Total 19

]unior Year

Microb. 1— General Microbiology 4

Microb. 108— Epidemiology and Public Health

Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition

Ed. 150— Educational Measurement or Hea. 1 30— Measurement

in Physical Education and Health 2-3

Hea. 11 0— Introduction to School Health Education 2

Hea. 120 Methods and Materials in Health Education

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 3

Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene

Electives 3

Total 17-18

Senior Year

Hea. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3

Hea. 150-Health Problems of the School Child

Hea. 1 90— Administration and Supervision of School Health

Education 3

Ed. 145— Principles and Methods of Secondary Education .... 3

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools ^ 8

Electives

Total 17

-Semester—
U
3
3

1
3

I
2
1

14
17

^May be taken either semester. When Ed. 148 is taken, Ed. 145, Hea. 140 and
Hea. 190 must be scheduled concurrently.

37 ►

Health Education CuTTiculum

HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR WOMEN

Freshman Year I

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1— Philosophy

for Modern Man or Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology^ 3

G. & P. 1— American Government ^

Zool. 1 —General Zoology

Sp. 7-Public Speaking 2

Hea. 1 0— Orientation to Health Education

Hea. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation and

Health 2

P. E. 2, 4— Orientation Activities and Swimming 1

Chem. 11, 1 3— General Chemistry 3

Electives 3

Total 17

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Ci\dlization 3

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health 3

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety

Hea. 70— Safety Education

P. E. 6, 8— Dance and Sports 1

Electives 3

Total 17

Junior Year

Microb. 1— General Microbiology 4

Microb. 108— Epidemiology and Public Health

Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition

Ed. 150— Educational Measurement or Hea. 1 80— Measurement

in Physical Education and Health 2-3

Hea. 110— Introduction to School Health Education 2

Hea. 120— Methods and Materials in Health Education

H. D. Ed. 100, 101 -Principles of Human Development I, II 3

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 3

Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene

Electives 3

Total 17-18

-Semester—
II
3

1
3
3

*Or Econ. 31— Principles of Economics (3) or Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Eco-
nomics (3) in the sophomore year.
' May be taken either semester.

M 38

Health Education Curriculum

/ — Semester—^
Senior Year I JJ

Hea. 1 40— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3

Hea. 150-Health Problems of the School Child 3

Hea. 1 90— Administration and Supervision of School Health

Education 3

Ed. 145— Principles and Methods of Secondary Education .... 3

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools^ 8

Electives . . 14

Total 17 17

Minor in Health Education — 12 semester hours in Health Education and 12
semester hours in related areas.

Required Courses— Hea. 2 and 4, or Hea. 40 (women); Hea. 40 (men); Hea.
50 (1), Hea. 110 (2), Hea. 120 (3) and Hea. 150 (3).

Elective Courses in related areas— 6 semester hours of biological sciences and 6
semester hours of psychology or himian development.

Minor in Safety Education—StMAents wshing to obtain a minor in safety educa-
tion and become certified to teach Safety and Driver Education in junior and senior
high schools should take the following courses Hea. 50 (1), Hea. 60 (2), Hea. 70 (3),
Hea. 80 (3), Hea. 105 (3); Hea. 145 (3); F. P. 13 (3), 22 (3).

'May be taken either semester. When Ed. 148 is taken, Ed. 145, Hea. 140 and
Hea. 190 must be scheduled concurrently.

39 ►

COURSE OFFERINGS

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course for
which an insufficient number of students has registered to warrant giving the
course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another course.

Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not

all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course vidth
a double number extends through two semesters. The number of credit hours
is shown by the arable numeral in parentheses after the title of the course.

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, places
of meeting, and other information required by the student in making out his
program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.

EDUCATION

Courses Primarily for Freshmen and Sophomores

Ed. 1. Freshman Orientation. (0)
Required of all freshmen.

Ed. 2. Introduction to Education. (2)

First and second semesters. Required of sophomores in Education. Section 1— Ele-
mentar}'; Section 2— Secondary. Laboratory fee, $1.00. An exploratory course designed
to introduce students to responsibilities of teachers for understanding their pupils, the
way learning takes place, the need for planning, types of competencies needed, and
certification requirements. (Risinger, O'Neill, Grambs.)

Ed. 6. Ohservation of Teaching, (i)

Twenty hours of directed observation. Reports, conferences, and criticisms.

Ed. 52. Children's Literature. (2-3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Eng. 1, 2. A study of literary values

in prose and verse for children. (Bryan.)

Ed. 90. Development and Learning. (3)

A study of the principles of learning and their application to school situations.

Designed to meet the usual teacher-certification requirement for educational psychology.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Ed. 100. History of Education in Western Civilization. (3)
Educational institutions through the ancient, mediaeval, and early modem periods in
the western civilization, as seen against a background of socio-economic development.

(Wiggin.)

■^ 40

Education

Ed. 102. HistoTy of Education in the United States. (3)

A study of the origins and development of the chief features of the present system

of education in the United States. (Wiggin.)

Ed. 107. Philosophy of Education. (2-3)

A study of the great educational philosophers and systems of thought affecting the

development of modern education. (Wiggin.)

Ed. 121. The Language Arts in the Elementary School. (2-3)
Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written expression, and creative expres-
sion. Special emphasis given to skills having real significance to pupils.

Ed. 122. The Social Studies in the Elementary School. (2-3)

Consideration given to curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, evaluation

of newer materials, and utilization of environmental resources. (O'Neill.)

Ed. 123. The Child and the Curricidnm. (3)

Relationship of the elementary' school curriculum to child growth and development.
Recent trends in curriculum organization; the effect of environment on learning;
readiness to learn; and adapting curriculum content and methods to maturity levels of
children. (.Denecke.)

Ed. 124. Arithmetic in the Elementary School. (2-3)

Emphasis on materials and procedures which help pupils sense arithmetical meanings
and relationships. Helps teachers gain a better understanding of the number system
and arithmetical processes. (Schindler.)

Ed. 125. Art in Elementary Schools. (2)

Concerned with art methods and materials for elementary schools. Includes laboratory

experiences with materials appropriate lor elementary schools. (^Lembach.^

Ed. 127. Teaching in Elementary Schools. (2-6)

An overview of elementary school teaching designed for individuals without specific

preparation for elementary school teaching or for individuals without recent teaching

experience.

Ed. 130. The Junior High School. (2-3)

A general overview of the junior high school. Purposes, functions and character-
istics of this school unit; a study of its population, organization, program of studies,
methods, staff, and other similar topics, together with their implications for prospective
teachers.

Ed. 133. Methods of Teaching Social Studies in Secondary School. (2-3)
Designed to give practical training in the everj'day teaching situations. Use of various
lesson techniques, audio and visual aids, reference materials, and testing programs and
the adaption of teaching methods to individual and group differences. Present ten-
dencies and aims of instruction in the social studies. (Risinger.)

Ed. 134. Materials and Procedures for the Secondary School Core Curricu-
lum. (3)
Laboratory fee, $1.00. This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to
teachers who are in charge of core classes in junior and senior high schools. Materials
and teaching procedures for specific units of work are stressed. (Staff.)

41 ►

Education

Ed. 137. Methods of Teaching Mathematics and Science in Secondary School,

(2-3)
Laboratory fee, $2.00. Considers such topics as objectives, selection, organization, and
presentation of subject matter, appropriate classroom methods and procedures, instruc-
tional materials and evaluation of learning experiences in the areas of mathematics,
the physical sciences, and the biological sciences. (Ulry, Mayor.)

Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation. (3)

First and/or second semesters. Offered in separate sections for the various subject mat-
ter areas, namely, English, social studies, foreign language, science, mathematics, art
education, business education, industrial education, music education, and physical
education. Registration cards must include the subject-matter area as well as the name
and number of the course. Graduate credit is allowed only by special arrangement.
The objectives, selection and organization of subject matter, appropriate methods,
lesson plans, textbooks, and other instructional materials, measurement, and other
topics pertinent to the particular subject matter area are treated. Twenty periods of
observation. (Staff.)

Ed. 141. Methods of Teaching English in Secondary Schools. (3)

Content and method in teaching the English language arts. (Bryan.)

Ed. 142. Oral-aural Method in Teaching Foreign Languages. (3)
Graduate credit allowed by special arrangement and adviser's approval. Designed for
high school teachers. Methods in making and using tape recordings, using electronic
laboratories, developing oral-aural skills and direct approach to language teaching are
emphasized. (Staff.)

Ed. 143. Foreign Language Methods in Elementary Schools. (3)
Graduate credit allowed by special arrangement and adviser's approval Registration
limited and based upon approval of adviser. Methods and techniques for develop-
mental approach to the teaching of modern foreign languages in elementary schools.
Use of realia, development of oral-aural skills and understanding of young children
in language development are stressed. (Staff.)

Ed. 145. Princifles and Methods of Secondary Education. (2-3)
First and second semesters; summer session. This course is concerned wdth the prin-
ciples and methods of teaching in junior and senior high schools. Instructional prob-
lems common to all of the subject fields are considered in relation to the needs and
interests of youth, the urgent social problems of today, and the central values to which
our society is committed. (McClure, Grambs, Risinger.)

Ed. 147. Atidio-Visual Education. (3)

First semester and summer session. Laboratory fee, $1.00. Sensory impressions in
their relation to learning projection apparatus, its cost and operation; slides, film-strips,
and films; physical principles underlying projection; auditory aids to instruction; field
trips; pictures, models, and graphic materials; integration of sensory aids with organized
instruction. Recommended for all education students. (Maley.)

•< 42

Education

Ed. 148. Student Teaching in Secondary Schools. (2-8)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140*. Fee, $30.00 for five or more hours,
$15.00 for less than five hours. In order to be admitted to a course in student teaching,
a student must have an overall grade point average of 2.30, a doctor's certificate
indicating that the applicant is free of communicable diseases, and the consent of the
instructor in the appropriate area. A review committee on student teaching will assist
instructors in evaluating all special cases. Undergraduate credit only. Application forms
for this course must be submitted to the appropriate adviser by the middle of the
semester preceding the one in which an assignment is desired. Students who register
for this course serve as apprentice teachers in the schools to which they are assigned.
For 8 credits, full time for one-half of one semester is devoted to this work. For ex-
perienced teachers, some graduate students and students in physical education and
music education who are planning a split student teaching assignment in elementary and
secondary schools, the time and credit may be modified. (Staff.)

Ed. 149. Student Teaching in Elementary Schools. (i4-16')
Fee, $30.00 for five or more hours, $15.00 for less than five hours. A grade-point
average of 2.30, a doctor's certificate indicating freedom from communicable diseases,
and approval of the instructor required. A review committee on student teaching uall
assist instructors in evaluating all special cases. Undergraduate credit only. Application
forms for this course must be filed at least ninety days before registration. No other
courses may be taken during the semester of student teaching. Students who register
for this course serve as apprentice teachers in the schools to which they are assigned.
For 16 credits, full time for one semester is devoted to this work. For experienced
teachers, the time and credit may be reduced. May be taken for 4 hours credit in com-
bination with a comparable student teaching assignment at the secondary level, by
music education and physical education majors with the permission of their advisers.

(Blough and O'NeiU.)
Ed. 150. Educational Measurement. (2)

First and second semesters; simmier session. Constructing and interpreting measures
of achievement. (Johnson.)

Ed. 151. Statistical Methods in Education. (3)

Designed as a first course in statistics for students in education. Emphasis is upon
educational applications of descriptive statistics, including measures of central tendency,
variability, and association. (Johnson.)

Ed. 153. The Teaching of Reading. (2-3)

Concerned with the fundamentals of developmental reading instruction, including
reading readiness, use of experience records, procedures in using basal readers, the im-
provement of comprehension, teaching reading in all areas of the curriculum, uses of
children's literature, the program in word analysis, and procedures for determining in-
dividual needs. (Schindler.)

Ed. 154. Remedial Reading Instruction. (2-3)

Prerequisite, Ed. 153 or the equivalent. For supervisors and teachers who wish to
help retarded readers. Concerned with causes of reading difficulties, the identification
and diagnosis of retarded pupils, instructional materials, and teaching procedures.

(Schindler.)

*For music education majors the prerequisites for student teaching are as follows:
vocal ent'phasis: Music Ed. 132 and 173; instrumental emphasis: Music Ed. 132, 163,
and 129.

43 ►

Education

Ed. 155. Laboratory Practices in Reading for Elementary and Secondary

School (2-4)
Prerequisite, Ed. 153 or Ed. 154. A laboratory course in which each student has one
or more pupils tor analysis and instruction. At least one class meeting per week to
diagnose individual cases and to plan instruction. (Schindler.)

Ed. 160. Educational Sociology. (2)

Deals with data of the social sciences which are germane to the work of teachers.
Implications of democratic ideology for educational endeavor, educational tasks imposed
by changes in population and technological trends, the welfare status of pupils, the
socio-economic attitudes of individuals who control the schools, and other elements of
commimity background. CRisinger, Grambs.)

Ed. 161. Principles of Guidance. (3)

First and second semesters, summer session. Overview of principles and practices of

guidance-oriented education. (Byrne, Marx.)

Ed. 162. Mental Hygiene in the Classroom. (2-3)

The practical application of the principles of mental hygiene to classroom problems.

(Denecke.)

Ed. 163, 164, and 165. Community Study Laboratory I, 11 and III. (2, 2, 2)
Involves experience from the educational standpoint vdth the agencies, institutions,
cultural patterns, living conditions, and social processes which play significant roles in
shaping the behavior of children and adults and which must be understood by indi-
viduals working toward school and community improvement. Each participant becomes
a member of a group in a given area of study and concentrates on problems which
have direct apphcation in his school situation. Readings are integrated with techniques
of study. (Schindler.)

Ed. 187. Field Experience in Education. (J -4)

a. Adult Education e. Higher Education

b. Curriculum and Instruction f. Industrial Arts Education

c. Educational Administration g. Supervision

d. Guidance and Personnel h. Vocational-Industrial Education

Prerequisites, at least six semester hours in education at the University of Maryland
plus such other prerequisites as may be set by the major area in which the experience
is to be taken. Planned field experience may be provided for selected graduate stu-
dents who have had teaching experience and whose application for such field experience
has been approved by the Education faculty. Field experience is offered in a given
area to both major and non-major students.

Ed. 188. Special Problems in Education. (J -3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Available only to mature students who have definite
plans for individual study of approved problems. Course cards must have the title
of the problem, and the name of the faculty member who has approved it. (Staff).

Ed. 189. Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes. (,1-6^

The maximum nvmiber of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward
any degree in six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until
six semester hours have been reached. The following types of educational enterprises
may be scheduled under this course heading: workshops conducted by the College of

< 44

Ediication

Education (or developed cooperatively with, other colleges and universities) and not
otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences in pupil-testing
centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers;
institutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated
groups such as school superintendents, principals, and supervisors. (Staff.)

Ed. 190. Problems and Trends in Contemforary American Education. (2-4)
Designed to present a broad overview of some key issues and trends that relate to
the improvement of instruction at elementary, secondary and teacher education levels.
Lectures by visiting educators of national prominence will be reviewed and analyzed in
discussion groups led by regular University staff members. (Staff.)

For Graduates

Ed. 202. The jxinior College. (2)

The philosophy and development of the junior college in the United States with

emphasis on curriculum and administrative controls.

Ed. 203. Problems in Higher Education. (3)

A study of present problems in higher education. (Wiggin.)

Ed. 205. Comparative Education. (3)

A study of historical changes in ways of looking at national school systems, and of

problems in assessing their effectiveness. (Wiggin.)

Ed. 206. Seminar in Comparative Education. (2)

(Wiggin.)
Ed. 207. Seminar in History and Philosophy of Education. (2)

(Wiggin.)
Ed. 209. Adult Education. (3)

A study of adult education in the United States, with attention to adult abilities and
intelHgence, programs of adult education, and a rationale for adult education.

(Wiggin.)

Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education. (3)
First semester. The basic course in school administration. Deals with the organization
and administration of school systems— at the local, state, and federal levels; and with
the administrative relationships involved. (Newell.)

Ed. 211. The Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Secondary

Schools. (3)
Second semester. The work of the secondary school principal. Includes topics such as
personnel problems, supervision, school-community relationships, student activities,
schedule making, and internal financial accounting. (Staff.)

Ed. 212. School Finance and Business Administration. (3)
An introduction to principles and practices in the administration of the public school
finance activity. Sources of tax revenue, the budget, and the function of finance in
the educational program are considered. (Van Zwoll.)

Ed. 214. School Plant Planning. (2)

An orientation course in which the planning of school buildings is developed as educa-

45 ►

Education

tional designing with reference to problems of site, building facilities, and equipment.

CVan Zwoll.)
Ed. 216. Public School Supervision. (3)

The nature and fxinctions of supervision; various supervisory techniques and proced-
ures; human relationship factors; and personal qualities for supervision. (Staff.)

Ed. 217. Administration and Swpervision in Elementary Schools. (3)
Problems in administering elementary schools and improving instruction. (Denecke.)

Ed. 218. School Surveys. (2-6)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Includes study of school surveys with emphasis on
problems of school organization and administration, finance and school plant planning.
Field work in school surveys is required. (Newell.)

Ed. 219. Seminar in Educational Administration and Supervision. (2-4)
Prerequisite, at least four hours in educational administration and supervision or con-
sent of instructor. A student may register for two hours and may take the seminar a
second time for an additional two hours.

Ed. 220. Pupil Transportation. (2)

Includes consideration of the organization and administration of state, county, and dis-
trict pupil transportation service wdth emphasis on safety and economy. The planning
of bus routes; the selection and training of bus drivers, and maintenance mechanics; the
specification of school buses; and procurement procedures are included.

Ed. 221. Advanced School Plant Planning. (2)

Ed. 214 is a prerequisite to this course. Hovv^ever, students with necessary back-
ground may be admitted without completion of Ed. 214. This is an advanced course
in school plant planning problems. Emphasis is given to analysis of the educational
program and planning of physical facilities to accommodate that program.

(Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships. (2-6)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Enrollment limited. Designed to help teachers,
school administrators, and other school staff members to learn to function more effec-
tively in developing educational policy in group situations. Each student in the coxirse
is required to be working concurrently in the field vdth a group of school staff mem-
bers or citizens on actual school problems. (Newell.)

Ed. 224. Apprenticeship in Education. Q6-9^

a. Curriculum and Instruction e. Industrial Arts Education

b. Educational Administration f. Supervision

c. Guidance and Personnel g. Vocational Industrial Education

d. Higher Education

Apprenticeships in the major area of study are available to selected students whose ap-
plication for an apprenticeship has been approved by the Education faculty. Each
apprentice is assigned to work for at least a semester full-time or the equivalent with an
appropriate staff member of a cooperating school, school system, or educational institu-
tion or agency. The sponsor of the apprentice maintains a close working relationship
with the apprentice and the other persons involved. Prerequisites, teaching experience,
a master's degree in education, and at least six semester hours in education at the Uni-
versity of Maryland. (Staff.)
Note: The total number of credits which a student may earn in Ed. 187, Ed. 224,
and Ed. 287 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester hours.

^ 46

Education

Ed. 225. School Public Relations. (3)

A study of the interrelationships between the community and the school. Pubhc opin-
ion, propaganda, and the ways in which various specified agents and agencies within
the school have a part in the school public relations program are explored. (Van Zwoll.)

Ed. 226. Child Accounting. (2)

An inquiry into the record keeping activities of the school system, including an ex-
amination of the marking system. CVan ZwoU.)

Ed. 227. Public School Personnel Administration. (3)

A comparison of practices with principles governing the satisfaction of school person-
nel needs, including a study of tenure, salary schedules, supervision, rewards, and
other benefits. (Van ZwoU.)

Ed. 228. Seminar in Student Personnel. (2)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Same as Psych. 228) A systematic analysis of re-
search and theoretical literature on a variety of major problems in the organization and
administration of student personnel services in higher education. Included will be
discussion of such topics as the student personnel philosophy in education, counsehng
services, discipline, housing, student activities, financial aid, health, remedial services,
etc. CByme, Magoon, Marx.)

Ed. 229. Seminar in Elementary Education. (2)

Primarily for indi\'iduals who wish to write seminar papers. Enrollment should be

preceded by at least 12 hours of graduate work in education.

Ed. 234. The School Curriculum. (2-3)

A foundations course embracing the curriculum as a whole from early childhood through
adolescence, including a review of historical developments, an analysis of conditions
affecting curriculum change, an examination of issues in curriculum making, and a
consideration of current trends in curriculum design. (Hovet.)

Ed. 235. Principles of Currictdtim Development. (3)

Curriculum planning, improvement, and evaluation in the schools; principles for the
selection and organization of the content and learning experiences; ways of working in
classroom and school on curriculum improvement. (Hovet, Anderson.)

Ed. 237. Currictdiim Theory and Research. (2)

The school curriculum considered v\'ithin the totality of factors afFecting pupil beha\aor
patterns, an analysis of research contributing to the development of curriculum theory,
a study of curriculum theory as basic to improved curriculum design, the function of
theory in guiding research, and the construction of theory through the utilization of
concepts from the behavior research disciplines. (Hovet.)

Ed. 239. Seminar in Secondary Education. (2)

Ed. 242. Coordination in Work-Experience Progra^ns. (2)

Surveys and evaluates the qualifications and duties of a teacher-coordinator in a work
experience program. Deals particularly with evolving patterns in city and county schools
in Maryland, and is designed to help teacher-coordinators, guidance counselors, and
others in the super\'isory and administrative personnel concerned with functioning re-
lationships of part-time cooperative education in a comprehensive educational program.

(MerriU.)

47 ►

Edtication

Ed. 243. Problems of Teaching Arithmetic in Elementary Schools. (2)
Implications of theory and results of research for the teaching of arithmetic in the ele-
mentary schools. (Schindler.)

Ed. 244. Problems of Teaching Language Arts in Elementary Schools. (2)
Implications of current theory and results of research for the language arts in the ele-
mentary schools.

Ed. 245. Introdiiction to Research. (2)

Intensive reading, analysis, and interpretation of research; applications to teaching

fields; the writing of abstracts, research reports, and seminar papers. CHovet.)

Ed. 246. Problems of Teaching Social Studies in Elementary Schools. (2)
Anplication to the social studies program of selected theory and research in the social
sciences, emphasizing patterns of behavior, environmental influences, and critical think-
ing. (O'Neill.)

Ed. 247. Seminar in Science Education. (2)

An opportunity to pursue special problems in curriculum making, course of study de-
velopment, or other science teaching problems. Qass members may work on problems
related directly to their own school situations. (Blough, Ulry.)

Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education. (2)
(See Ind. Ed. 248)

Ed. 250. Analysis of the Individual. (3)

Knowing students through use of numerous techniques. Ed. 161 desirable as prerequi-
site. CByrne.)

Ed. 251. Intermediate Statistics in Education. (3)

Prerequisite, Education 151 or equivalent. A study of the basic statistical techniques
used for graduate research in education, including tests of significance and sampling
techniques. Necessary arithmetic skills are developed as part of the course.

(Johnson.)
Ed. 253. Guidance Information. (2)

Ed. 161 desirable as prerequisite. Finding, filing, and using information needed by
students for making choices, plans, and adaptations in school, occupations, and in
inter-personal relations. (Byrne.)

Ed. 254. Organization and Administration of Guidance Programs. (2)
Instilling the guidance point of view and implementing guidance practices. All guid-
ance courses except Seminar are prerequisites. (Marx.)

Ed. 260. School Counseling: Theoretical Foundations and Practice. (3)
Prerequisites, Ed. 161, 250, 253. Prerequisites may be waived by instructor. Explora-
tion of learning theories as apphed to counseling in schools, and practices which stem
from such theories. (Byrne.)

Ed. 261. Practicum in School Counseling. (2)

Prerequisite, Ed. 260. Limited to 1 5 applicants in advance, who will have one or more

pupils available for counsehng. (Byrne.)

Ed. 263, 264. A'ptitudes and Aptitude Testing. (2, 2)

(Johnson.)

M 48

Education

Ed. 267. Curriculum Construction Through Community Analysis. (2)
Prerequisites, Ed. 163, 164, 165. Selected research problems in the field of community
study with emphasis on Baltimore area. (Schindler.)

Ed. 268. Seminar in Educational Sociology. (2)

Ed. 269. Seminar in Guidance. (2)

Registration only by approval of instructor. Final guidance course. Students study

and conduct research. (B)T:ne.)

Ed. 278. Seminar in S'pecial Education. (2)

An overview of education of exceptional children. (Haring.)

Ed. 279. Seminar in Adtdt Education. (2)

CWiggin.)
Ed. 280. Research Methods and Materials. (2)

Research methodology for case studies, surveys, and experiments; measurement and
statistical techniques; design, form, and style for theses and research reports. Primarily
for advanced students and doctoral candidates. (Johnson.)

Ed. 281. Source Materials in Education. (2)

Bibliography development through a study of source materials in education, special

Kelds in education, and for seminar papers and theses. (Wiggin.)

Ed. 287. Internship in Education. (i2-]6)

a. Curriculum and Instruction d. Industrial Arts Education

b. Educational Administration e. Super\asion

c. Guidance and Personnel f. Vocational-Industrial Education

Internships in the major area of study are available to selected students who have
teaching experience. The following groups of students are ehgible: (a) any student
who has been advanced to candidacy for the doctor's degree; and (b) any student who
receives special approval by the Education faculty for an internship, provided that prior
to taking an internship, such student shall ha\'e completed at least sixty semester hours
of graduate work, including at least six semester hours in education at the University
of Marj'land. Each intern is assigned to work on a full-time basis for at least a semes-
ter with an appropriate stall member in a cooperating school, school system, or educa-
tional institution or agency. The internship must be taken in a school situation differ-
ent from the one where the student is regularly employed. The intern's sponsor main-
tains a close working relationship with the intern and the other persons involved.

Note: The total number of credits which a student may earn in Ed. 187, Ed. 224,
and Ed. 287 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester hours.

Ed. 288. S'pecial Problems in Education. (.1-6')

First and second semesters and summer session. Master of Education or doctoral candi-
dates who desire to pursue special research problems under the direction of their ad-
\asers may register for credit under this number. Cottrse card must have the title of
the frohlem and the name of the faculty tnemher utider whom the work will he
done. (Staff.)

Ed. 290. Doctoral Seminar, (i-3)

Prerequisite: Passing the preliminary examinations for a doctor's degree in education,

49 ►

Business Education.

or recommendation of a doctoral adviser. Analysis of doctoral projects and theses, and
of other on-going research projects. A doctoral candidate may participate in the Semi-
nar during as many University sessions as he desires, but may earn no more than three
semester hours of credit in the Seminar. An Ed.D. candidate may earn in total no
more than nine semester hours, and a Ph.D. candidate, no more than eighteen semester
hours, in the Seminar and in Ed. 399. (Johnson.)

Ed. 399. Research— Thesis. (1-6)

First and second semesters; simimer session. Students who desire credit for a mas-
ter's thesis, a doctoral dissertation, or a doctoral project should use this number.

(Staff.)

BUSINESS EDUCATION

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

B. Ed. 100. Techniques of Teaching Office Skills. (3)

First semester. An examination and evaluation of the aims, methods, and course con-
tents of each of the office skill subjects offered in the high school curriculum.

(Patrick.)

B. Ed. 101. Prohlems in Teaching Office Skills. (2)

Problems in development of occupational competency, achievement tests, standards of
achievement, instructional materials, transcription, and the integration of office skills.

(Patrick.)

B. Ed. 102. Methods and Materials in Teaching Bookkeeping, and Related

Subjects, (2)
Important problems and procedures in the mastery of bookkeeping and related office
knowledges and the skills including a consideration of materials and teaching proced-
ures. (Patrick.)

B. Ed. 104. Basic Business Education in the Secondary Schools. (2)

Includes consideration of course objectives; subject matter selection; and methods of

organizing and presenting business principles, knowledges, and practices. (Patrick.)

For Graduates

B. Ed. 200. Administration and Supervision of Business Education. (2)
Major emphasis on departmental organization, curriculum, equipment, budget-makings
guidance, placement and follow-up, visual aids and the in-service training of teachers.
For administrators, supervisors, and teachers of business subjects.

B. Ed. 255. Principles and Prohlems of Business Education. (2)
Principles and practices in business education; growth and present status; vocational
business education; general business education relation to consumer education and to
education in general. (Patrick.)

B. Ed, 256, Curriculum Development in Business Education. (2-6)
This course is especially designed for graduate students interested in devoting the sum-
mer session to a concentrated study of curriculum planning in business education. Em-
phasis will be placed on the philosophy and objectives of the business education pro-
gram, and on curriculum research and organization of appropriate course content.

< 50

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

C. Ed. 2. Introduction to Childhood Education. (2)

First and second semesters. Orientation to nursery school, kindergarten, and other

aspects of the field of childhood education. CYuill.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

C. Ed. 50. Child Development I. (3)

First semester. An intensive study of the normal child's social, emotional, physical,

and intellectual development, from the prenatal period to the nursery school years.

(Hymes.)
C. Ed. 51. Child Development 11. (3)

Second semester. A continuation of Child Development I, through the early childhood
years. (Hymes.)

C. Ed. 110. Child Development III. (3)

First and second semesters. Developmental growth of the child from the prenatal period
through the early childhood years, vAth implications for home and school practice. For
students in other colleges of the University. (Broome.)

C. Ed. 115. Children's Activities and Activities Materials. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100, 101, or 110. Laboratory fee,
$5.00. Storytelling; selection of books for pre-school children; the use, preparation, and
presentation of such raw materials as clay, paints (easel and finger), blocks, wood, and
scrap materials for nursery school and kindergarten. (Broome.)

C. Ed. 116. Creative Music for Young Children. (2-3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 16 or equivalent. Creative experiences
in songs and rhythms, correlation of music and everyday teaching with the abilities and
development of each level; study of songs and materials; observation and teaching
experience with each age level. (Brown.)

C. Ed. 119. Curricidum, Instruction, and Observation— Cooperative Nursery
School. (2-3)

C. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation— Early Childhood Edu-
cation QNursery School and Kindergarten^. (3)
Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100, 101, or 110. Philosophy of early childhood education; ob-
servation of the developmental needs at various age levels, with emphasis upon the
activities, materials, and methods by which educational objectives are attained.

(Stant and StaflF.)
C. Ed. 145. Guidance in Behavior Problems. (3)

First and second semesters. Development of an appreciation and understanding of
young children from different home and community backgrounds; study of individual
and group problems. (Hymes.)

C. Ed. 149. Teaching Nursery School. C4-8^

First and second semesters. Fee, $30.00 for five or more hours, $15.00 for less than
five hours. Admission to student teaching depends upon physical and emotional fitness,
and upon approval of the staff of the Department. A doctor's certificate indicating

51 ►

Home Economics Education

freedom from communicable diseases is required of every applicant before student
teaching is begtm. An academic average of 2.30 is required. It is recormnended that
each student have some summer experience with young children. Students teach in
the University Nursery School and in those of nearby communities.

(Brown, Stant, Yuill.)

C. Ed. 159. Teaching Kindergarten. Q4-8^

First and second semesters. Fee, $30.00 for five or more hours, $15.00 for less than
five hours. Admission to student teaching depends upon approval of the teaching
staflF of the Department. A doctor's certificate indicating freedom from communicable
diseases is required of every applicant before student teaching is begun. An academic
average of 2.30 is required. It is recommended that each student have some summer
experience with, young children. Students teach in the University Kindergarten and in
those of nearby communities. (Brown, Stant, Yuill.)

C. Ed. 160. Methods and Materials in Parent Education. (2-3)
A survey of child development, child guidance, and related fields; a review of current
materials, books, periodicals, leaflets, films, skits; study of individual parent conferences,
guided observation, discussion leading, role playing, preparing materials and programs
for parent groups and television skits with laboratory practice through the group itself.

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

H. E. Ed. 102. Problems in Teaching Home Economics. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 140. A study of the managerial
aspects of teaching and administering a home-making program; the physical environ-
ment, organization, and sequence of instructional units, resource materials, evaluation,
home projects. (Spencer.)

H. E. Ed. 120. Evaluation of Home Economics. (3)

The meaning and fiuiction of evaluation in education; the development of a plan for
evaluating a homemaldng program with emphasis upon types of evaluation devices,
their construction, and use. (Spencer.)

H. E. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation. (3)
The place and function of home economics education in the secondary school curricu-
lum. Philosophy of education for home and family living; characteristics of adolescence,
construction of source units, lesson plans, and evaluation devices; directed observation in
jimior and senior high school home economics departments. (Spencer.)

H. E. Ed. 148. Teaching Vocational Home Economics in the Secondary Schools.

(8)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 140 and 102 parallel. See Ed.
148 for additional requirements. Fee, $30.00 for five or more hours, $15.00 for less
than five hours. Observation and supervised teaching in approved secondary school
home economics departments in Maryland and the District of Columbia. (Spencer.)

H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Edtication. (2) (Spencer.)

M 52

Human Development Education

H. E. Ed. 202, Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Economics.

(2-4)
Study of home economics programs and practices in light of current educational trends.
Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching procedures, outcomes of instruction,
and supervisory practices. CSpencer.)

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION

The staff of the Institute for Child Study offers a series of courses on human
development and approaches to the direct study of children for members of the
educational profession. Certain prerequisites are set up within the course se-
quences but these prerequisites are modified by the student's previous experience
in direct study of children; this is done in order to provide an interrelated series
of experiences leading toward synthesis and the ability to apply the principles of
human development and behavior.

Undergraduate courses are designed both for prospective teachers (H. D.
Ed. 100-101) and in-service teachers (H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104; H. D. Ed.
112-13, 114-15, 116-17.) The graduate offering contains two series. H. D. Ed.
200, 201, 202, 203 provide a basic core of four seminars for students majoring
in the field, and also provide electives (beginning with H. D. Ed. 200— Intro-
duction) for any graduate students interested in an overview of the field. The
other seminars (H. D. Ed. 204 and above) are designed for emphasis in depth
on the various areas of major processes and forces that shape the development
and behavior of human beings, and are intended primarily for advanced gradu-
ate students. Along with most of the graduate seminars, H. D. Ed. 250 provides
for concurrent application of scientific knowledge to the direct study of children
as individuals and in groups.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

H. D. Ed. 100, 101. Principles of Human Development I and U. (3, 3)
H. D. Ed. 100 is prerequisite to H. D. Ed. 101. These courses give a general over-
view of the scientific principles that describe human development and behavior and
relate these principles to the task of the school. A year-long study of an individual
child is an integral part of the course and will require one half-day per week for
observing children in nearby schools. This course is designed to meet the usual cer-
tification requirements in Educational Psychology.

H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, U and III.

(2, 2, 2)
These courses involve the direct study of children throughout the school year. Each
participant gathers a vdde body of information about an individual, presents the
accvmiulating data from time to time to the study group for criticism and group analy-
sis and writes an interpretation of the dynamics underlying the child's learning, beha\dor
and development. Provides opportunity for teachers in-service to earn credit for partici-
pation in their own local child study group.

H. D. Ed. 112, 114, 116. Scientific Concepts in Human Development I, 11,
III. (3, 3, 3)

Summer session.

53 ►

Human Development Education

H. D. Ed. 113, 115, 117. Lahoratory in Behavior Analysis I, II, III. (3, 3, 3)

Summer session.

For Graduates

H. D. Ed. 200. Introduction to Human Develo-pment and Child Study. (3)
Offers a general overview of the scientific principles which describe himian develop-
ment and behavior and makes use of these principles in the study of individual chil-
dren. Each student will observe and record the behavior of an individual child through-
out the semester and must have one half-day a week for this purpose. It is basic to
further work in child study and serves as a prerequisite for advanced courses where
the student has not had field work or at least six weeks of workshop experience in child
study. When offered during the summer intensive laboratory work with case records
may be substituted for the study of an individual child.

H. D. Ed. 201. Biological Bases of Behavior. (3)

H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. H. D. Ed.
200 or its equivalent must be taken before H. D. Ed. 201 or concurrently. Emphasizes
that understanding human life, growth, and behavior depends on understanding the
ways in which the body is able to capture, control, and expand energy. Application
throughout is made to hvmian body processes and implications for understanding and
working with people.

H. D. Ed. 202. Social Bases of Behavior. (3)

H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. H. D. Ed. 200
or its equivalent must be taken before H. D. Ed. 202 or concurrently. Analyzes the
socially inherited and transmitted patterns of pressures, expectations, and limitations
learned by an individual as he grows up. These are considered in relation to the
patterns of feeling and behaving which emerge as the result of growing up in one's
social group.

H. D. Ed. 203. Integrative Bases of Behavior. (3)

H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. H. D. Ed.
200 or its equivalent, H. D. Ed. 201 and H. D. Ed. 202 are prerequisite. Analyzes
the organized and integrated patterns of feeling, thinking and behaving which emerge
from the interaction of basic biological drives and potentials with one's unique ex-
perience growing up in a social group.

H. D. Ed. 204, 205. Physical Processes in Human Develo'pment. (3, 3)
H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. Describes
in some detail the major organic processes of: conception, biological inheritance;
differentiation and growth of the body; capture, transportation and use of energy;
perception of the environment; coordination and integration of function; adaptation
to unusual demands and to frustration; normal individual variation in each of the
above processes.

H. D. Ed. 206, 207. Socialization Processes in Human Development I, IL

(3, 3)
H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. Analyzes

^ 54

Human Development Education

the processes by which human beings intemaHze the culture of the society in which
they live. The major sub-cultures in the United States, their training procedures,
and their characteristic human expressions in folk-knowledge, habits, attitudes, values,
life-goals, and adjustment patterns are analyzed. Other cultures are examined to
highlight the American way of life and to reveal its strengths and weaknesses.

H. D. Ed. 208, 209. Self Processes in Hum^n Development I and 11. (3, 3)
H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently viith this course. Analyzes
the effects of the various physical and growth processes, affectional relationships,
socialization processes, and peer group roles and status on the integration, develop-
ment, adjustment, and realization of the individual self. This analysis includes con-
sideration of the nature of intelligence and of the learning process; the development
of skills, concepts, generalizations, symbolizations, reasoning and imagination, atti-
tudes, values, goals and purposes; and the conditions, relationships and experiences that
are essential to full hviman development. The more common adjustment problems
experienced in our society at various maturity levels, and the adjustment mechanisms
used to meet them are studied.

H. D. Ed. 210. Affectional Relationships and Processes in Human Develop-
ment. (3)
H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. H. D. Ed.
200 or its equivalent must be taken before or concurrently. Describes the normal
development, expression and influence of love in infancy, childhood, adolescence and
adulthood. It deals with the influence of parent-child relationship involving normal
acceptance, neglect, rejection, inconsistency, and over-protection upon health, learning,
emotional behavior and personality adjustment and development.

H. D. Ed. 211. Peer-cultjire and Group Processes in Human Development. (3)
H. D. Ed. a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. H. D. Ed. 200
or its equivalent must be taken before or concurrently. Analyzes the processes of
group formation, role-taking and status-winning. It describes the emergence of the
"peer-culture" during childhood and the evolution of the child society at different
maturity levels to adulthood. It analyzes the development tasks and adjustment
problems associated with winning belonging and playing roles in the peer group.

H. D. Ed. 212, 214, 216. Advanced Scientific Concepts in Human Develop-
ment 1, n, in. (3, 3,3:)

Summer session.

H. D. Ed. 213, 215, 217. Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis I, II,
111. (3, 3, 3)

Summer session.

H. D. Ed. 218. Workshop in Human Development. (6)
Summer session. Prerequisites, H. D. Ed. 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217.

H. D. Ed. 219. Psycho-Social Development of Exceptional Children. (3)
Studies intensively the psychology of exceptional children with stress upon the inter-
relationship among the psychological, physical, and social development of these chil-
dren.

55 ►

Human Development Education

H. D. Ed. 220. Developmental Tasks. (3)

H. D. Ed. 200 or its equivalent, H. D. Ed. 201, and H. D. Ed. 202 are prerequisites.
Describes the series of developmental tasks faced by children. These tasks, made neces-
sary by the normal processs of growth and development, are learnings that the child
needs and desires to accompUsh because of emerging capacities for action and relation-
ship, because of the demands and expectancies of his family and of society, and because
of the progressive clarification and the directive powers of his own interests, attitudes,
values and aspirations. Emphasis vidll be placed on the use of developmental tasks con-
cepts in educational planning and practice.

H. D. Ed. 230, 231. Beld Program in Child Study 1 and 11. (2-6)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Offers apprenticeship training preparing properly
qualified persons to become staff members in human development workshops, con-
sultants to child study field programs and coordinators of municipal or regional child
study programs for teachers or parents. Extensive field experience is provided. In
general this training is open only to persons who have passed their preliminary exam-
inations for the doctorate with a major in human development or psychology.

H. D. Ed. 250a, 250h, 250c. Direct Study of Children. (], 1, I)
May not be taken concurrently with H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104, or 200. Provides the
opportunity to observe and record the behavior of an individual chUd in a nearby
school. These records will be used in conjunction with the advanced courses in
hmnan development and this course will be taken concurrently with such courses.
Teachers active in their jobs while taking advanced courses in human development
may use records from their own classrooms for this course.

H. D. Ed. 260. Synthesis of Human Develo-pment Concepts. (3)
Prerequisites, H. D. Ed. 204, 206 and 208. A seminar wherein advanced students
work toward a personal synthesis of their own concepts in hvmian growth and develop-
ment. Emphasis is placed on seeing the dynamic interrelations between all processes
in the beha\dor and development of an individual.

H. D. Ed. 270. Seminars in Special Topics in Human Development. C2-6)
Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. An opportunity for advanced students to focus
in depth on topics of special interest growing out of their basic courses in human
development.

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION

Ind. Ed. 1. Mechanical Drawing. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. This course constitutes an

introduction to orthographic multi-view and isometric projection. Emphasis is placed

upon the visuaHzation of an object when it is represented by a multi-view drawdng

and upon the making of multi-view drawings. The course carries through auxiliary

views, sectional views, dimensioning, conventional representation and single stroke

letters.

Ind. Ed. 2. Elementary Woodworking. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. This is a woodworking course

which involves primarily the use of hand tools. The course is developed so that the

^ 56

Industrial Ediication

student uses practically every common woodworking hand tool in one or more situa-
tions. There is also included elementary wood finishing, the specifying and storing
of Ivraiber, and the care and conditioning of tools used.

Ind. Ed. 9. Industrial Arts in the Elementary School I. (2)
Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A course for pre-ser\ice and
in-service elementary school teachers covering construction activities in a variety of
media suitable for classroom use. The work is organized on the unit basis so that the
construction aspect is supplemented by reading and other investigative procedures.

Ind. Ed. 10. Industrial Arts in the Elementary School II. (2)
Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 9. This is a continuation of Ind. Ed. 9. Two laboratory periods
a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. It provides the teacher v^th opportunities to develop
further competence in construction activities. Some of the basic phenomena of industry
are studied, particularly those which apply to the manufacture of common products,
housing, transportation and communication.

Ind. Ed. 12. Shop Calculations. (3)

Shop Calculations is designed to develop an understanding and working knowledge of
the mathematical concepts related to the various aspects of industrial education. The
course includes phases of algebra, geometry, trigonometry', and general mathematics
as appUed to shop and drawing activities.

Ind. Ed. 21. Mechanical Drawing. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. L Laboratory fee, $5.00. A
course dealing with working drawings, machine design, pattern layouts, tracing and
reproduction. Detail drawings followed by assembhes are presented.

Ind. Ed. 22. Machine Woodworking I. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 2. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Ma-
chine Woodworking I offers initial instruction in the proper operation of the jointer,
band saw, variety saw, jig saw, mortiser, shaper, and lathe. The types of jobs which
may be performed on each machine and their safe operation are of primary concern.

Ind. Ed. 23. Arc and Gas Welding. (2)

One laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A course designed to develop a
functional knowledge of the principles and use of electric and acetylene welding.
Practical work is carried on in the construction of various projects using welded joints.
Instruction is given in the use and care of equipment, types of welded joints, meth-
ods of welding, importance of welding processes in industry, safety considerations, etc.

Ind. Ed. 24. Sheet Metal Work. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Articles are made from
metal in its sheet form and involve the operations of cutting, shaping, soldering,
riveting, wiring, folding, seaming, beading, burring, etc. The student is required to
develop his own patterns inclusive of parallel line development, radial Une develop-
ment, and triangulation.

Ind. Ed. 26. General Metal Work. (3)

Three two-hovir laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. This course pro-
vides experiences in constructing items from aluminum, brass, copper, pewter, and

57 ►

Industrial Education

steel. The processes included are designing, lay out, heat treating, forming, surface
decorating, fastening, and assembling. The course also includes a study of the alumi-
num, copper, and steel industries in terms of their basic manufacturing processes.

Ind. Ed. 28. Electricity I. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. An introductory course to
electricity in general. It deals with the electrical circuit, elementary wiring prob-
lems, the measurement of electrical energy, and a brief treatment of radio.

Ind. Ed. 31. Mechanical Drawing. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and 21. Laboratory fee,
$5.00. A course dealing with the topics enumerated in Ind. Ed. 21 but on a more
advanced basis. The reading of prints representative of a variety of industries is a
part of this course.

Ind. Ed. 33. Automotives I. (3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Automotives I
is a study of the fundamentals of internal combustion engines as applied to trans-
portation. A study of basic materials and methods used in the automotive industry is
included. Shop practices are built around the maintenance and minor repair of
automobiles and smaller motor driven apparatus.

Ind. Ed. 34. Graphic Arts 1. (3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. An introductory
course involving experiences in letterpress and offset printing practices. This course
includes typographical design, hand composition, proof reading, stock preparation, ofiFset
plate making, imposition, lock-up, stock preparation, presswork, linoleum block cut-
ting, paper marbelizing, and bookbinding.

Ind. Ed. 41. Architectural Drawing. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. Practical . experience is provided in the design and planning of houses
and other buildings. Working drawings, specihcations, and blue-prints are featured.

Ind. Ed. 42. Machine Woodworking 11. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. Advanced production methods with emphasis on cabinetmaking and de-
sign.

Ind. Ed. 43. Automotives II. (3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 33. Laboratory fee,
$7.50. This is an advanced course in automobile construction and maintenance
covering the engine, fuel system, ignition system, chassis, and power train. Shop prac-
tices are built around the major repair and adjustment of the above groups.

Ind. Ed. 44. Graphic Arts II. (3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 34. Laboratory fee,
$7.50. An advanced course designed to provide further experiences in letterpress and
offset printing and to introduce other reproduction processes. Silk screen printing,
dry point etching, mimeograph reproduction, and rubber stamp making are the new
processes introduced in this course.

M 58

Industrial Education

Ind. Ed. 48. Electricity U. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Principles involved in a-c

and d-c electrical equipment, including heating measurements, motors and controls,

electro-chemistry, the electric arc, inductance and reactance, condensers, radio, and

electronics.

Ind. Ed. 50. Methods of Teaching. (2)

(Offered at University College Centers.) For vocational and occupational teachers of
shop work and related subjects. The identification and analysis of factors essential to
helping others learn; types of teaching situations and techniques; measuring results
and grading student progress in shop and related technical subjects.

Ind. Ed. 60. Observation and Demonstration Teaching. (2)
(Offered in Baltimore.) Prerequisite, Educational Psychology and/or Methods of
Teaching Vocational and Occupational Subjects. Primarily for vocational and occupa-
tional teachers. Sixteen hours of directed observation and demonstration teaching. Re-
ports, conferences, and criticisms constitute the remainder of scheduled activities in this
course.

Ind. Ed. 66. Art Metal Work. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 26, or equivalent. Laboratory

fee, $5.00. Advanced practicum. It includes methods of bowl raising and bowl

ornamenting.

Ind. Ed. 69. Machine Sho-p Practice 1. (3)

Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent.
Laboratory fee, $7.50. Bench work, turning, planing, milling, and drilling. Related
technical information.

Ind. Ed. 89. Machine Sho'p Practice U. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 69, or equivalent. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. Advanced shop practicimi in thread cutting, grinding, boring, reaming,
and gear cutting. Work-production methods are employed.

Ind. Ed. 94. Shop Maintenance. (2)

Prerequisite, 8 semester hours of shop credit, or equivalent. Skill developing practice

in the maintenance of school-shop facilities.

Ind. Ed. 101. Operational Drawing. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. A comprehensive course designed to give students practice in the modem
drafting methods of industry.

Ind. Ed. 102. Advanced Woodfinishing and Upholstery. (2)
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. This course offers instruction in wood finishing techniques applicable to
furniture restoration and in the processes of upholstering furniture.

Ind. Ed. 104. Advanced Practices in Sheet Metal Work. (2)
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 24, or equivalent. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. Study of the more complicated processes involved in commercial items.
Calculations and pattern making are emphasized.

59 ►

Industrial Education

Ind. Ed. 105. General Shop. (2)

Laboratory fee, $5.00. Designed to meet needs in organizing and administering a
secondary school general shop. Students are rotated through skill and knowledge de-
veloping activities in a variety of shop areas.

Ind. Ed. 106. Art Metal Work. (2)

Two laboratory periods a w^eek. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Basic operations in the art

of making jewelry including ring making and stone setting.

Ind. Ed. 108. Electricity III. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 28, or equivalent. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. Experimental development of apparatus and equipment for teaching the
principles of electricity.

Ind. Ed. 109. Experimental Electricity and Electronics— A, B, C, D. (2, 2, 2, 2)
(Offered in Baltimore.)

Ind. Ed. 110. Foundry. (I)

One laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Bench and floor molding and

elementary core making. Theory and principles covering foundry materials, tools, and

appliances.

Ind. Ed. 111. Laboratory Practicum in Industrial Arts Education. (3)
Three two-hom: laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, eighteen semester hours of
shopwork and drawing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. A course devoted to the development
of instructional materials and the refinement of instructional methods pertinent to the
teaching of industrial arts at the secondary school level.

Ind. Ed. 124 a, b. Organized and Supervised Work Eocperience.
(3 credits for each internship period, total: 6 credits). This is a work experience se-
quence planned for students enrolled in the curriculimi, "Education for Industry." The
purpose is to pro\dde the students with opportunities for first-hand experiences with
business and industry. The student is responsible for obtaining his own emplojinent wdth
the coordinator advising him in regard to the job opporttmities which have optimum
learning value. The nature of the work experience desired is outlined at the outset of
emplo}Tnent and the evaluations made by the student and the coordinator are based
upon the planned experiences. The time basis for each internship period is 6 forty-
hour weeks or 240 work hours. Any one period of internship must be served through
continuous employment in a single establishment. Two internship periods are required.
The two internships may be served with the same business or industry. The comple-
tion for credit of any period of internship requires the emploj'er's recommendation in
terms of satisfactory work and work attitudes. More complete details are found in the
handbook prepared for the student of this curriculvmi.

Ind. Ed. 140 (Ed. J 40). Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation. (3)
Major functions and specific contributions of industrial art education; its relation to
the general objectives of the junior and senior high schools; selection and organization
of subject matter in terms of modern practices and needs; methods of instruction;
expected outcomes; measuring results; professional standards. Twenty periods of
observation.

^ 60

Industrial Education

Ind. Ed. 143. Industrial Safety Education I. (2)

This course deals briefly with the history and development of effective safety programs
in modem industry and treats causes, effects, and values of industrial safety education
inclusive of fire prevention and hazard controls.

Ind. Ed. 144. Industrial Safety Edtication 11. (2)

In this course exemplary safety practices are studied through conference discussions,
group demonstrations, and organized plant \'isits to selected industrial situations. Meth-
ods of fire precautions and safety practices are emphasized. Evaluative criteria in safety
programs are formulated.

Ind. Ed. 148. Student Teaching in Secondary Schools. (2-8)

First and second semesters. See Ed. 148 for additional requirements. Fee, $30.00 for

five or more hours, $15.00 for less than five hours.

Ind. Ed. 150. Training Aids Develo-pment. (3)

Study of the aids in common use as to their source and appH cation. Special emphasis
is placed on principles to be obser\-ed in making aids useful to shop teachers. Actual
construction and application of such devices will be required.

Ind. Ed. 157. Tests and Measurements. (2)

Prerequisite, Ed. 150 or consent of instructor. The construction of objective tests for

occupational and vocational subjects.

Ind. Ed. 160. Essentials of Design. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and basic shop work. Lab-
oratory fee, $5.00. A study of the basic principles of design and practice in their
application to the construction of shop projects.

Ind. Ed. 161. Principles of Vocational Guidance. (2)

This course identifies and appUes the underhdng principles of guidance to the problems

of educational and vocational adjustment of students.

Ind. Ed. 164. Shop Organization and Management. (2)

This coiuse covers the basic elements of organizing and managing an industrial educa-
tion program including the selection of equipment and the arrangement of the shop.

Ind. Ed. 165. Modern Industry. (3)

This course provides an oven.-iew of manufacturing industr\' in the American social,
economic, and culture pattern. Representative basic industries are studied from the
viewpoints of personnel and management organization, industrial relations, production
procedures, distribution of products, and the Like.

Ind. Ed. 166. Educational Eo^lndatio1^s of Industrial Arts. (2)

A study of the factors which place industrial arts education in any well-rounded
program of general education.

Ind. Ed. 167. Problems in Occupational Education. (2)

The purpose of this course is to seciu'e, assemble, organize, and interpret data relative

to the scope, character, and effectiveness of occupational education.

61 ►

Industrial Education

Ind. Ed. 168. Trade or Occwpational Analysis. (2)

This course should precede Ind. Ed. 169. Provides a working knowledge of occupa-
tional and job analysis which is basic in organizing vocational-industrial courses of
study.

Ind. Ed. 169. Course Construction. (2)

Surveys and applies techniques of building and reorganizing courses of study for effec-
tive use in vocational and occupational schools.

Ind. Ed. 170. Principles of Vocational Education. (2)

The course develops the vocational education movement as an integral phase of the

American program of public education.

Ind. Ed. 171. History of Vocational Education. (2)

An overview of the development of vocational education from primitive times to the

present.

Ind. Ed. 175. Recent Technological Developments in Products and Processes.

C3)
This course is designed to give the student an understanding of recent technological
developments as they pertain to the products and processes of industry. The nature
of the newer products and processes is studied as well as their effect upon modem
industry and/or society.

For Graduates

Ind. Ed. 207. Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education. (3)

This course is intended to assist the student in his development of a point of view in
regard to industrial arts and its relationship -with, the total educational program. He
should, thereby, have a "yardstick" for appraising current procedures and proposals
and an articulateness for his own professional area.

Ind. Ed. 214. School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection. (3)
This course deals with principles involved in planning a school shop and provides op-
portunities for applying these principles. Facilities required in the operation of a satis-
factory shop program are catalogued and appraised.

Ind. Ed. 216. Supervision of Industrial Arts. (2)

Ind. Ed. 220. Organization, Administration and Supervision of Vocational Edu-
cation. (2)
This course surveys objectively the organization, administration, supervision, curricu-
lar spread and viewpoint, and the present status of vocational education.

Ind. Ed. 240. Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education. (,2")
This is a course offered by arrangement for persons who are conducting research in the
areas of industrial arts and vocational education.

Ind. Ed. 241. Content and Method of Industrial Arts. (3)

Various methods and procedures used in curriculiun development are examined and

-< 62

Music Education

those suited to the field of Industrial Arts education are applied. Methods of and
devices for industrial arts instruction are studied and practiced.

Ind. Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education. (2)

MUSIC EDUCATION

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Mus. Ed. 125. Creative Activities in the Elementary School. (2)
Prerequisite, Music 16 or consent of instructor. A study of the creative approach to
singing, listening, playing, rhythmic activity, and composition. These topics are studied
in correlation with other areas and creative programs.

Mus. Ed. 128. Music for the Elementary Classroom Teacher. (2-3)
Prerequisite, Music 16 or consent of instructor. A study of the group activities and
materials through which the child experiences music. The course is designed to aid both
music specialists and classroom teachers. It includes an outline of objectives and a
survey of instructional methods. (Grentzer, Henke.)

Mus. Ed. 129. Methods of Class Instrumental Instruction. (2)
Two one-hour laboratories and one lecture per week. Prerequisites, or concurrent regis-
tration in Music 80, 81. Organization of and techniques for teaching beginning
instrumental classes in the public schools. (Berman.)

Mus. Ed. 132. Music in the Secondary School. (2)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of the vocal and instrumental programs
in the secondary schools. A survey of the needs in general music and the relationship
of music to the core curriculimi. (Henke.)

Mus. Ed. 139. Music for the Elementary School Specialist. (2)
First semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A survey of instructional materials;
objectives; organization of subject matter; lesson planning; methods and procedures
in singing, listening, rhythms, simple instruments, and creative activities for the music
specialist in the elementary school. (Henke.)

Mus. Ed. 155. Organization and Technique of Instrumental Class Instruction.

(2)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Practical instruction in the methods of tone produc-
tion, tuning, fingering, and in the care of woodwind and brass instruments. A survey
of the materials and published methods for class instruction. (Henderson.)

Mus. Ed. 163. Band Techniques and Administration. (2)

Prerequisites, Music 81 and 161. Two lectures and two laboratory hours per week.
Intensive study of a secondary wind instrument and of rehearsal techniques. A sur-
vey of instructional materials, administrative procedures, and band pageantry will be
included.

Mus. Ed. 170. Methods and Materials for Class Piano Instruction. (2)

The study of the principles and techniques of teaching class piano. The following

63 ►

Music Education

groups, beginning and advanced, will be used for demonstrations: elementary school chil-
dren, junior and senior high school students, advdts. Special emphasis will be placed on
the analysis of materials.

Mus. Ed. 171. String Teaching in the Public Schools. (2)
A study of the problems of organizing and developing the string program in the pubKc
schools. Emphasis is placed on exploratory work in string instruments, on the study of
teaching techniques, and on the analysis of music literature for solo, small ensembles,
and orchestra. (Berman.)

Mus. Ed. 173. The Vocal Music Teacher and School Organization. (2)
Prerequisite, practice teaching or teaching experience. Study of the function of the
vocal music teacher in the elementary and secondary schools. Students will serve as
resource teachers for those enrolled in Mus. Ed. 139. Open to graduate students by
permission of instructor. CGrentzer.)

Mus. Ed. 175. Methods and Materials in Vocal Music for the High School.

(2)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A survey of suitable vocal and choral repertoire for
the high school. Problems of diction, interpretation, tone production, and phrasing.
The course is designed primarily for choral directors and teachers of voice classes.

CGrentzer.)
Mus. Ed. 180. Instrumental Seminar. (2)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Problems in the music directing of public-school
instrumental organizations. A study of representative orchestral, band, and small-en-
semble scores, and of the teaching problems involved. (Jordan.)

For Graduates

Mus. Ed. 200. Research Methods in Music and Music Education. (3)
The application of methods of research to problems in the fields of music and music
education. The preparation of bibliographies and the written exposition of research
projects in the area of the student's major interest. (Grentzer.)

Mus. Ed. 201. Administration and Supervision of Music in the Public Schools.

(3)
The study of basic principles and practices of supervision and administration with em-
phasis on curriculimi construction, scheduhng, budgets, directing of in-service teaching,
personnel problems, and school-community relationships. (Grentzer.)

Mus. Ed. 204. Current Trends in Music Education (Seminar'). (2)
A survey of current philosophies and objectives of music in the schools. The scope and
sequence of the music curricula, vocal and instrumental, on the elementary and sec-
ondary levels. (Grentzer.)

Mus. Ed. 205. Seminar in Vocal Music in the Elementary Schools. (2)
A comparative analysis of current methods and materials used in the elementary schools.
A study of the music curriculum as a part of the total school program, and of the roles
of the classroom teacher and the music speciaHst. (Grentzer.)

< 64

Music Education, Science Education

Mus. Ed. 206. Choral Conducting and Re'pertoire. (2)

The study and reading of choral hterature of all periods, including the contemporary,
suitable for use in school and community choruses. Stj'le, interpretation, tone quahty,
diction, rehearsal and conducting techniques are analyzed.

Mus. Ed. 207. Seminar in Vocal Music in the Secondary Schools. (2)
A comparative analysis of current methods and materials used in teaching junior and
senior high-school classes in general music, history and appreciation, theory, and voice;
and in directing choral groups and community singing. (Grentzer.)

Mus. Ed. 208. The Teaching of Music A-ppreciation. (2)
A study of the objectives for the elementary and secondary levels; the techniques of
directed listening, the presentation of theoretical and biographical materials, course
planning, selection and use of audio-visual aids, and hbrary materials, and the corre-
lation between music and other arts. (Ulrich.)

Mus. Ed. 209. Seminar in Instrumental Music. (2)

A consideration of acoustical properties and basic techniques of the instruments. Prob-
lems of ensemble and balance, intonation, precision, and interpretation are studied.
Materials and musical literatvire for orchestras, bands, and smaU ensembles are evaluated.

(Jordan.)

Mus. Ed. 210. Advanced Orchestration and Band Arranging. (Seminar^ (2)
Prerequisite, Music 147 or the equivalent, or consent of the instructor. A study of
arranging and transcription procedures in scoring for the orchestra and band. Special
attention is given to the arranging problems of the instrumental director in the pubhc
schools. (Henderson.)

SCIENCE EDUCATION

*Sci. Ed. 6. The Natural Sciences in the Elementary School. (2)
Laboratory fee, $2.00. Selecting, organizing, and teaching materials in the plant and
animal world. For the elementary school teacher who needs help in identifying and
making effective use of Hving materials brought to the classroom, assisting pupils to find
answers to their questions, and planning other worthwhile science experiences. Exten-
sive background in the subject matter of the biological sciences not required. (Blough.)

*Sci. Ed. 7. The Physical Sciences in the Elementary School. (2)
Laboratory fee, $2.00. Similar to the previous course except that problems for study
are selected from the various fields of the physical sciences such as electricitj' and
magnetism, weather, heat, hght, sound, etc. Non-technical, comprehensive treatment
intended to give background in subject matter and methods to equip teachers for ele-
mentary school science teaching. (Blough.)

Note: Sci. Ed. 6 and 7 replace Sci. Ed. 1, 2, 3, 4. Laboratory fees have been com-
bined, making $2.00 for each of the t^vo courses instead of $1.00 for each of the four

* Students who have received foxir credits in Sci. Ed. 1, 2, 3 and 4 should not
register for these courses.

65 ►

Science Education, Special Education

Sci. Ed. 105. Workshop in Science for Elementary Schools. (2-3)
Laboratory fee, $2.00. Designed to help teachers acquire general science understand-
ings and to develop teaching materials for practical use in classrooms. Includes ex-
periments, demonstrations, constructions, observations, field trips, and use of audio-
visual materials. The emphasis is on content and method related to science imits in
common use in elementary schools. CBlough.)

Ed. 247. Seminar in Science Education. (2)
(See page 48.)

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Sf. Ed. 170. Introduction to Special Education. (3)

Designed to give an understanding of the needs of all types of exceptional children,

stressing preventive and remedial measures. (Haring.)

Sp. Ed. 171. Characteristics of Exceptional Children. (3-6)
A. Mentally Retarded. B. Gifted.

Studies the diagnosis, etiology, physical, social, and emotional characteristics of ex-
ceptional children. Describes how the educational program should be modified to
utihze the full capacity of these children. (Haring.)

Sp. Ed. 172. Education of Exceptional Children. (3-6)
A. Mentally Retarded. B. Gifted.

Prerequisite, Sp. Ed. 171 or equivalent. Offers practical and specific methods of
teaching exceptional children. Selected observation of actual teaching may be ar-
ranged. (Haring.)

Sp. Ed. 173. Curriculum for Exceptional Children. C3-6^
A. Mentally Retarded. B. Gifted.

Prerequisite, Sp. Ed. 171 or equivalent. Examines the principles and objectives guid-
ing curriculum for exceptional children; gives experience in developing curriculum
for these children; studies various curricula currently in use. (Haring.)

Note: For courses in physical education and health education, see the catalog
of the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health.

< 66

FACULTY

1960-1961
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

GRACE L. ADAMS, Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study.
B.S., University of Southern California, 1940; M.S., 1956.

WILLIAM E. AMOS, Grant Foundatio7i Fellow, Institute for Child Study.
B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1949; m.a.. University of Tulsa, 1950.

VERNON E. ANDERSON, ProfessoT of Education and Dean of the College of Edu-
cation.
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; ph.d., University of Colorado, 1942.

JACK ANDREW BERGE, Graduate Assistant in Industrial Edzication.
B.S., University of Marj'land, 1959.

GLENN O. BLOUGH, ProfcSSOT of Edu<Mtion.

B.A., University of Michigan, 1929; m.a., 1932; ll.d., Central Michigan College of
Education, 1950.

LuciLE BOWIE, Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study.

B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; m.a., Teachers College, Columbia University,
1946; ED.D., University of Maryland, 1957.

RICHARD M. BRANDT, Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study.
B.M.E., University of Virginia, 1943; m.a.. University of Michigan, 1949; ed.d.,
Universit}' of Marj'land, 1954.

ELEANOR A. BROOME, InstructOT in Childhood Education.
B.A., Universit}' of Marj'land, 1943; m.ed., 1957.

LILLIAN w. BROWN, InstTUCtOT in ChUdhood Education.
B.A., Lake Erie College, 1930.

MARIE D. BRYAN, Associp.te Profcssor of Education

B.A., Goucher College, 1923; m.a.. University of Marj'land, 1945.

RICHARD H. BYRNE, Profcssor of Education.

B.A., Franklin and Marshall College, 1938; m.a., Columbia University, 1947; ed.d.,
1952.

DOROTHY E. CHESNEY, Graduate Assistant in Education.

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1954; m.ed., Pennsylvania State University, 1956.

ANN 3.IARY CIMINO, Instructor in Education.

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1954; m.ed., 1958.

PAUL CLARKE, Human Development Fellow, Institute for Child Study.
B.S., Mt. St. Mary's College, 1954; m.ed.. University of Maryland, 1958.

67 ►

Faculty

RITA s. COOK, Graduate Assistant in Education.
PH.D., University of Vienna, 1938.

EDMUND D. CROSBY, Assistant Professor of Industrial Education.

B.A., Western Michigan University, 1934; m.a., Colorado A. & M. College,
1941.

KENNETH E. DAWSON, Graduate Assistant in Industrial Education.

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1952; m.a.. University of Virginia, 1955.

MARIE DENECKE, Instructor in Education.

B.A., Columbia University, 1938; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1942.

ALPHORETTA souTHWORTH FISH, Instructor in Education.

B.S., State Teachers College, Edenboro, Pennsylvania, 1955; m.a.. Western Michigan
University, 1956.

JACQUELINE s. FRALLEY, Graduate Assistant in Education.
B.S., Rutgers University, 1944.

FLORiTA GARCIA, Graduate Assistant in Education.

Normal Course, Philippine Normal College, 1941; b.s.e., Centro Escolar University,
1947; M.A., 1949; m.ed.. University of Maryland, 1954.

HELEN GARSTENS, Associatc Director of the junior High School Mathematics
Project.
B.A., Hunter College, 1932.

JACOB D. GOERiNG, Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study.
B.A., Bethel College, 1941; b.d., Bethany Seminary, 1949; ph.d.. University of
Maryland, 1959.

RICHARD M. GOOD, Graduate Assistant in Education.
A.B., Indiana University, 1952; m.s., 1953.

JEAN D. GRAMBS, Lccturer in Education.

B.A., Reed College, 1940; m.a., Stanford University, 1941; ed.d., 1948.

JOHN MARTIN GUNDERSON, Graduate Assistant in Industrial Education.
B.A., Western Washington College of Education, 1957.

DOROTHY HAMILTON, Human Development Fellow, Institute for Child Study.
B.A., Arkansas State College, 1943; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1959.

NORRis G. HARiNG, Associatc ProfessoT of Education and Coordinator of Special
Education Programs.
B.A., Nebraska State Teachers College, 1948; m.a.. University of Nebraska, 1950;
ED.D., Syracuse University, 1956.

PAUL E. HARRISON, JR., Associate Professor of Industrial Education.

B.ED., Northern Illinois State College, 1942; m.a., Colorado State College, 1947;
PH.D., University of Maryland, 1955.

< 63

Faculty

HERBERT H. HENKE, Assistant Professor of Music Education and Music.
B.MUS.ED., Oberlin College, 1953; b.mus., 1954; m.mus.ed., 1954.

IRVING WEYMOUTH HERRiCK, JR., Graduate Assistant in Industrial Education.
B.S., Gorham State Teachers College, Gorham, Maine, 1954.

LAWRENCE D. HERVEY, Graduate Assistant in Education.
B.S., Otterbein College, 1948.

R. LEE HORNBAKE, Professor of Industrial Education and Dean of the Faculty.
B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pennsylvania, 1934; m.a., Ohio State Uni-
versity, 1936; PH.D., 1942.

KENNETH o. HOVET, Professor of Education.

B.A., St. Olaf College, 1926; ph.d., University of Minnesota, 1950.

BETTY L. HowALD, Research Assistant, Special Education.

A.B., Harris Teachers' College, 1947; m.a.. University of Michigan, 1955.

JAMES L. HYMES, Profcssor of Education.

B.A., Harvard College, 1934; m.a.. Teachers College, Columbia University, 1936;
ED.D., 1947.

Eckhart a. jacobsen, Associate Professor of Industrial Education.

Oswego State Teachers College, New York, 1937; M.S., Cornell University, 1946;
PH.D., University of Connecticut, 1957.

M. CLEMENS JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Education.
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1943; m.a., 1950; ph.d., 1954.

GERTRUDE G. jusTisoN, Grant Fojuidation Fellow, Instittite for Child Stxidy.
B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1942; M.S., Seton Hall University, 1949.

JEANNE D. KAPPLER, Instructor in Childhood Education.

B.S.. Piussell Sage College, 1940; m.ed.. University of Maryland, 1958.

MERVTN L. KEEDY, Associate Director of the junior High School Mathematics
Project.
B.S., University of Chicago, 1946; m.a., University of Nebraska, 1950; ph.d., 1957.

AFTAB KHAN, Htwian Development Fellow, Institute for Child Study.

B.A., Muslim University, 1936; m.a., 1938; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1939.

WILLIS LLOYD KENDALL, Graduate Assistant in Educatiojt.

B.S., WajTie State University, 1955; m.a., Miami University, 1958.

L. DAVID KORB, Lecturer in Industrial Education.

B.A., BrowTi University, 1939; m.a., Boston University, 1952.

JOHN J. KURTZ, Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study.

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1935; m.a., Northwestern University, 1940; ph.d..
University of Chicago, 1947.

DAVID G. KYLE, Grant Foundation Fellow, Institute for Child Study.
A.B., University of Denver, 1952; m.a., 1953.

69 ►

Faculty

DOROTHEA E. lAadt, Instructor in Childhood Education.
B.E., National College of Education, Evanston, Illinois, 1956.

HOWARD E. LAMB, Grant Foundation Fellow, Institute for Child Study.

A.A., Santa Rosa Junior College, 1952; a.b., San Francisco State College, 1954.

DONALD MALEY, Profcssor and Head, Industrial Education.

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pennsylvania, 1943; m.a., University of
Maryland, 1947; ph.d., 1950.

PAUL J. MANCHAK, Graduate Assistant in Industrial Education.
E.S., University of Maryland, 1957.

GEORGE L. MARX, Assistant Professor of Education.

B.A., Yankton College, South Dakota, 1953; m.a., State University of Iowa, 1956;
PH.D., 1959.

RICHARD L. MATTESON, Instructor in Education, Institute for Child Study.
B.A., Knox College, Galesburg, Illinois, 1952; m.a., Universit}' of Maryland, 1955.

JOHN R. MAYOR, Part-time Professor of Education and Mathematics, and Director,
Junior High School Mathematics Project.
B.S., Knox College, Galesburg, Illinois, 1928; m.a.. University of Illinois, 1929;
PH.D., University of Wisconsin, 1933.

L. MORRIS MC CLURE, Profcssor of Education and Assistant Dean of the College
of Education.
B.A., Western Michigan University, 1940; m.a.. University of Michigan, 1946;
ED.D., Michigan State University, 1953.

GEORGE R. MERRILL, Instructor in Industrial Education.
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; m.ed., 1955.

MADELAiNE J. MERSHON, Profcssor of Education, Institute for Child Study.
B.S., Drake University, 1940; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1943; ph.d., 1950.

SALLY R. MEYER, Graduate Assistant in Education.
B.A., Western Michigan University, 1957.

DOROTHY R. MOHR, Professor of Physical Education.

B.S., University of Chicago, 1932; m.a., 1933; ph.d.. University of Iowa, 1944.

H. GERTHON MORGAN, Profcssor of Education, Institute for Child Study.
B.A., Furman University, 1940; m.a., University of Chicago, 1943; ph.d., 1946.

CHARLES w. NELSON, Graduate Assistant in Education.
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1952; m.s., 1956.

CLARENCE A. NEvi^ELL, Profcssor of Educational Administration.

B.A., Hastings College, Nebraska, 1935; m.a., Columbia University, 1939; ph.d.,
1943.

EUGENE M. Nuss, Grant Foundation Fellow, Institute for Child Study.

E.S., Bloomsburg State Teachers College, 1949; m.ed.. Temple University, 1952.

< 70

Faculty

LEO w. o'neill. Associate Professor of Education.

B.A., University of Chicago, 1938; m.a., University of Kansas City, 1953; ed.d.,
University of Colorado, 1955.

REGINALD c. OREM, Humati Development Fellow, Institute for Child Study.
B.A., University of Maryland, 1953; m.ed., 1958.

BETTY E. ORR, Assistant Professor, Institute for Child Study.

E.A., Beloit College, 1943; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1945; ph.d., 1958.

ARTHUR s. PATRICK, Professor of Business Education.

B.E., Wisconsin State College, Whitewater, Wisconsin, 1931; m.a.. University of
Iowa, 1940; ph.d., American University, 1956.

BERNARD PECK, Assista7it ProfcssoT of Education, Institute for Child Study.
B.A., Indiana University, 1939; m.a., Columbia University, 1941; ed.d.. University
of Maryland, 1957.

HUGH V. PERKINS, ProfcssoT of Education, Institute for Child Study.

B.A., Oberlin College, 1941; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1946; ph.d., 1949; ed.d..
New York University, 1956.

DANIEL A. PRESCOTT, Profcssor of Education and Director, Institute for Child
Study.
B.S., Tufts College, 1920; m.ed.. Harvard University, 1922; ed.d., 1923.

ROBERT G. RisiNGER, Associatc ProfcssoT of Education.

B.S., Ball State Teachers College, 1940; m.a., University of Chicago, 1947; ed.d.,
University of Colorado, 1955.

HENRY JAMES ROKusEK, Graduate Assistant in Industrial Education.
B.S., Stout State College, Menomonie, Wisconsin, 1953; m.s., 1956.

ALViN w. SCHEVDLER, Profcssor of Education.

B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1927; m.a.. University of Iowa, 1929; ph.d., 1934.

LYLE D. SCHMIDT, Assistant Professor of Education.

B.A., State Teachers College, St. Cloud, Missouri, 1955; a.m., University of Mis-
souri, 1957; PH.D., University of Missouri, 1959.

CARL SCHRAMM, Instructor in Industrial Education.
B.S., University of Maryland, 1956.

MABEL s. SPENCER, Assistant Professor of Home Economics Education.

B.S., West Virginia University, 1925; M.S., 1946; ed.d., American University, 1959.

JACK siMiCH, Graduate Assistant in Industrial Educatioji.

B.S., Northern Illinois State Teachers College, DeKalb, Illinois, 1953; m.a., 1959.

MARGARET A. STANT, Assistant Professor of Childhood Education.

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; m.ed., 1955; a.p.c, George Washington Uni-
versity, 1959.

FRED R. THOMPSON, Profcssor of Education, Institute for Child Study.
B.A., University of Texas, 1929; m.a., 1939; ed.d., University of Maryland, 1952.

71 ►

Faculty

WILLIAM F. TiERNEY, Associute Pfofessor of Industrial Education.

B.S., Teachers College of Connecticut, 1941; m.a., Ohio State University, 1949;
ED.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

VERNON A. TRYON, Graduate Assistant in Education.

B.S., State University of New York, Oswego, New York, 1958.

ORVAL L. ULRY, Associate Professor of Education and Director of the Summer
Session.
B.S., Ohio State University, 1938; m.a., 1944; ph.d., 1953.

JAMES A. VAN zwoLL, Profcssor of School Administration.

B.A., Calvin College, Grand Rapids, Michigan, 1933; m.a.. University of Michigan,
1937; PH.D., 1942.

WALTER B. waetjen, Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study.

B.S., State Teachers College, Millersville, Pennsylvania, 1942; M.S., University of
Pennsylvania, 1947; ed.d.. University of Maryland, 1951.

HENRY walbesser, Graduate Assistant in Education.
B.S., State University of New York, 1958.

GEORGE M. weller, Human Development Fellow, Institute for Child Study.
A.B., University of Kentucky, 1951.

GLADYS A. wiGGiN, Professor of Education.

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1929; m.a., 1939; ph.d.. University of Maryland, 1947.

WALTER R. WILLIAMS, III, Graduate Assistant in Industrial Education.
B.S.E., University of Florida, 1955; m.ed., 1959.

ALBERT w. WOODS, Associate Professor of Physical Education.
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933; m.ed., 1949.

joosT YFF, Graduate Assistant in Industrial Education.

B.S., Fitchburg State Teachers College, Fitchburg, Massachusetts, 1959.

ERNEST c. YOUNG, Humun Development Fellow, Institute for Child Study.
B.A., Austin College, 1947; m.a., Southern Methodist University, 1948.

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION COOPERATING STAFF MEMBERS

ROSE MARIE GRENTZER, ProfeSSOr, Music.

HUBERT P. HENDERSON, Assistant Professor, Music and Director of Bands.

H. PALMER HOPKINS, Assistant Professor, Agricultural Education.

H. BRYCE JORDAN, Assistant Professor, Music.

JOHN LEMBACH, Associate Professor, Art.

EDWARD L. LONGLEY, JR., Assistant Professor of Art, Practical Art.

JANE H. o'neill, Instructor, Office Techniques and Management.

JAMES BROWN, Instructor, Office Techniques and Management.

-< 72

Faculty

OFP-CAMPUS SUPERVISING TEACHERS, 1958-1959

EDYTHiE J. ADAMS, Silver S'pring Intermediate School, Montgomery County.

LEONORA AIKEN, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County.

MAY ALDER, Lewisdulc Elementary School, Prince George's County.

MAURICE L. ALLISON, Bladenshurg Junior High School, Prince George's County.

BENJAMIN w. ALLNUTT, Bethesdu-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County.

PAUL ANTETOMAso, No. 234, Baltimore.

EDNA A. ARNN, Suithmd Junior High School, Prince George's County.

JEAN BAKER, Montgomery Blair High School, Montgomery County.

HELEN BARBOUR, Pinccrcst School, Montgomery County.

INEZ BARGER, Thomas Stone School, Prince George's County

RUTH BAUER, Northwestem High School, Prince George's County.

JOHN M. BASSETT, Shcnvood High School, Montgomery County.

THOMAS c. BATSON, Bladenshtirg Junior High School, Prince George's County.

RALPH BEACH, Catonsxnlle High School, Baltimore County.

PAULINE p. BEST, High Point High School, Prince George's County.

HELEN BIGGS, High Point High School, Prince George's County.

iMOGENE BiNGMAN, Suitland Senior High School, Prince George's County.

JANE E. BiGBEE, Green Valley School, Prince George's County.

LORENE BISHOP, Eastern Junior High School, Montgom^ery County.

ALICE BLACK, Takoma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County.

GALViN A. BLATT, Montgomery Blair High School, Montgomery County.

SAMUEL BOHiNCE, Talioma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County.

ANGELiNE BoisEN, N. H. Estates Elementary School, Montgomery County.

CHARLES BOLGiANO, Broome Junior High School, Montgomery County.

WALTER BOROWETZ, Greenhelt Junior High School, Prince George's County.

IRIS M. BOSLEY, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County.

SUSAN BOYER, Montgomery Blair High School, Montgomery County.

ESTHER BRADSHAW, High Potut High School, Princc George's County.

DOROiHY w. BRETHOUWER, Westhrook Elementary School, Montgomery County.

MARY SUE BROADWAY, Shcrwood High School, Montgomery County.

BETTY JEAN BRUNSTEiN, NoTthwestem High School, Prince George's County.

JOSEPH D. BRYAN, Buck Lodgc Junior High School, Prince George's County.

ELIZABETH BUCK, Kensington Nursery School, Montgomery County.

WAYNE BURGEMEisTER, Kcnwood ScnioT High School, Baltimore County.

JOHANNA BURGESS, Highland View Elementary School, Montgomery County.

JOHN E. BURK, Shcrwood High School, Montgomery County.

CATHERINE BURKE, No. 234, Baltimore.

ELIZABETH BURLEY, Suitland High School, Prince George's County.

LAURA BUPtRESS, Broome Junior High School, Montgomery County.

ESTHER A. BURT, Wheaton High School, Montgomery County.

CARL BUTKUS, Bladenshurg Senior High School, Prince George's County.

CHARLES BUTTERFiELD, Bethesda-Chcvy Chase High School, Montgomery County.

ROBERT E. CALLAHAN, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County.

JOHN CANNING, Four Comers School, Montgomery County.

FAYE CANTER, Viers Mill Elementary School, Montgomery County.

OLIVE E. CARR, Broome Junior High School, Montgomery County.

PHILIP ciFizzARi, Bladenshurg High School, Prince George's County.

MARION CLOSE, Westhrook School, Montgomery County.

DOROTHY coBURN, Montgomery Knolls, Montgomery County.

MARGUERITE H. COLLIER, High Point High School, Prince George's County.

73 ►

Faculty

DORIS coMBY, Benjamin Stoddert Jtmior High School, Prince George's County.

JEWELL CREiGHTON, Woodsidc Elementary School, Montgomery County.

BEATRICE CROCKER, Kensington Junior High School, Montgomery County.

GEORGE CROSBY, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County.

FLORENCE G. CROSSAN, Stephen Knolls, Montgomery County.

JEAN B. cuRLEY, Northwood High School, Montgomery County.

EDNA E. d'andelet, Lewisdole Elementary School, Prince George's County.

RUTH DALY, Rosemary Hills Elementary School, Montgomery County.

JAMES M. DAVIS, Bethesdu-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County.

vern DAVIS, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County.

ROBERT DERBYSHIRE, Woodhum Juiiior High School, Baltimore City.

GEORGE H. DETWEiLER, Moittgomery Blair High School, Montgomery County.

JAMES DiETZ, Mt. Rainier Junior High School, Prince George's Ccninty.

NICHOLAS G. DOVANS, Bladcnshurg Senior High School, Prince George's County.

ELIZABETH DOViTSfiNG, College Park Elementary School, Prince George's Ccninty.

MARY DRAEWELL, Kaywood Gardens Nursery and Kindergarten, Inc., Prince George's
County.

OSCAR DUBOIS, Gaithersburg High School, Montgomery County.

VIRGINIA DUVAL, CatonsvUle High School, Baltimore County.

JULIAN DYKE, Edmondson Heights Senior High School, Baltimore City.

BARBARA R. EHRLICH, Glcn Haven Elementary School, Montgomery County.

ROSALINE s. ELLER, Lcwisdale School, Prince George's County.

MARY ENRiGHT, Moittgomery Blair High School, Montgomery County.

ALLEN EVRY, Wheaton High School, Montgomery County.

LOIS FASiG, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County.

GLADYS D. FELDESMAN, Montgomery Blair High School, Montgomery County.

EDITH FERRENs, No. 234, Baltimore City.

BRUCE FLOWERS, West Frederick Junior High School, Frederick Ccninty.

BOWYER E. FORSYTHE, Hyuttsville Juuior High School, Prince George's County.

CATHERINE w. FOX, Northwood High School, Montgomery Cotmty.

GERALD p. FRiCK, Mt. Rainier Junior High School, Prince George's County.

jEANNETTE w. GALAMBos, Piock Creek Gardens Cooperative Nursery School, Mont-
gomery County.

MARY GARDELLA, Northwood High School, Montgomery County.

LALA H. GARRiTTY, MocDonold Knolls School, Montgomery County.

JANICE GARROTT, No. 241 Baltimore City.

BARBARA E. GAY, RolUngcrcst Junior High School, Prince George's County.

GEORGE p. GEORGE, RolUngcrest Junior High School, Prince George's County.

JOSEPH J. GiEDA, NoTthwestem Senior High School, Montgomery County.

ELIZABETH M. GiFFORD, Northwestern High School, Prince George's County.

CATHERINE R. GiRA, CatonsvUle Senior High School, Baltimore County.

INEZ M. GLEASON, BeltsvUle Elementary School, Prince George's County.

FLORENCE R. GooTENBERG, Garrett Park Cooperative Nursery School, Montgomery
County.

ETTA RAY GRIFFIN, Hollywood Elementary School, Prince George's County.

GEORGE E. GRONiNGER, North Bethesda Junior High School, Montgomery County.

NICHOLAS GUiDARA, Bcthesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County.

PAULINE GWYS, No. 245 School, Baltimore City.

ANN VTRGiNiA HALL, RolUngcrcst High School, Prince George's Ccninty.

ERMA LOUISE HALLiDAY, Four ComcTS School, Montgomery County.

LOIS T. HARDING, Northwestem Senior High School, Prince George's County.

M 74

Faculty

CAROLINE HARDY, Northwestem High School, Prince George's County.

LOUISE HARMON, Montgomery Blair High School, Montgomery County.

ELIZABETH HARRIS, University Park Elementary School, Prince George's County.

WILLIAM H. HARRIS, Northwestcm Senior High School, Prince George's Cmmty.

FRIEDA HARRIS, Carolc Highlands Elementary School, Prince George's County.

GERTRUDE HARRISON, Wheatoti Senior High School, Montgomery County.

5LENICE HARSTAD, Glcnridge Junior High School, Prince George's County.

LUCILLE HATFIELD, Pocomoke High School, Worcester Cotinty.

fOHN EDWIN HAWKiNSON, Bladcnshurg Junior High School, Prince George's County.

MARY J. HEAD, RolUngcvest Junior High School, Prince George's County.

DIANA H. HEARD, Bethcsda-Chevy Chase Senior High School, Montgomery County.

ESTHER HEATH, University Park Elementary School, Prince George's County.

MYNA LEE HELTSLEY, Eastern Junior High School, Montgomery County.

STANLEY p. HENRY, Talwma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County.

ROGENE HiGGiNS, LeuHsdale Elementary School, Prince George's County.

ELEANOR s. HODGES, Grecnhelt Cooperative Nursery School, Prince George's County.

MARLEY HOFFMAN, BladcnshuTg Senior High School, Prince George's County.

MARGARET A. HOGAN, Arhuttis Junior High School, Baltimore County.

RUTH K. HOLSTEiN, SUvcT Spring Nursery School, Inc., Montgomery County.

BERNicE HOWELL, HigJi Point High School, Prince George's County.

::hakles l. Hudson, Suitland Senior High School, Prince George's County.

3ALLY L. HUDSON, Larchmont School, Montgomery County.

LUCILLE A. IRWIN, Glensidc Cooperative Kindergarten, Montgomery County.

RUTH Y. rvERS, /. Enos Ray Kindergarten, Prince George's County.

STANCY JANNENGA, Chcverly-Tuxedo /Happy Acres School, Prince George's County.

MAE s. jEMisoN, Takoma Park Junior High School, Montgomery Coiinty.

BARBARA R. JONES, Mt. Raifiiev Junior High School, Prince George's County.

30NALD KAUFMAN, Northwcstem High School, Prince George's County.

uiLENE KAY, Glen Haven Elementary School, Montgomery County.

VLAN KEENY, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County.

3EVONA KEiTHLEY, Northwestern High School, Prince George's County.

3ABETTE M. KELEHER, Rolling Tcrracc Elementary School, Montgomery County.

MAURiNE L. KEMPFER, Glenhrook Co-operative Nursery School,, Montgomery County.

:oEiLDA c. KEYSER, Eastern Suhurhan Junior High School, Montgomery County.

iLAYNE KLUGMAN, No. 234, Baltimore City.

LLicE KOCH, Montgomery Blair High School, Montgomery County.

iUTH KORNiCK, Hyattsville Elementary School, Prince George's County.

CATHERINE s. KRiEMELMEYER, Takoma Park Nttrscry School, Montgomery County.

viARY LABBE, Eostcm Suhurhatt Junior High School, Alontgomery County.

viARGARET c. LABOviTZ, Green Acres School, Montgomery County.

fo LAMANSKi, Northwcsterii High School, Prince George's County.

\GNES LAW, Green Valley Elementary School, Prince George's County.

SALLY LEFFELL, Dundalk Senior High School, Baltimore County.

iiAZEL G. LELAND, Simon Elementary School, Washington, D. C.

3US B. LEWALLEN, Bladenshurg Senior High School, Prince George's County.

viiLDRED K. LiMBURG, Somerset Elementary School, Montgomery County.

3ESSIE LiND, No. 234, Baltimore City.

:sABELLE LOWE, Bladcnshurg High School, Prince George's County.

CARRIE F. LUSBY, Montgoinery Blair High School, Montgomery County.

MARY c. LYNCH, Montgomery Jewish Community Nursery School, Montgomery County.

viARY V. LYNN, RolUngcrcst Junior High School, Prince George's County.

75 ►

Faculty

MARjoRiE M. MC CLELLAND, Silver SfHtig Co-ofcrative Nursery School, Montgomery
County.

LAURA N. MC LAUGHLiN, Bethesda-Chevy Chase Coo-perative Nursery School, Montgom-
ery County.

c. JANE MACKEY, O. W. Phair Elementary School, Prince George's County.

FRANKiE Y. MC MiLLEN, High Point High School, Prince George's County,

JOYCE w. MACzis, Cutonsville Junior High School, Baltimore County.

JOHN E. MALEY, Richard Montgomery High School, Montgomery County.

MARGARET MC AVOY, Laurel Senior High School, Prince George's County.

HORACE MANN, NoTthwestem High School, Prince George's County.

ROBERT E. MATULA, La Plata High School, Charles County.

NANCY MELLON, Rock Creek Garden Nursery School, Montgomery County.

MARCELLA F. MESARiCK, Benjamin Stoddert Junior High School, Prince George's
County.

GEORGE G. MEssiCK, Bethcsda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County.

SYLVIA MiCHAELSON, No. 64, Baltimore City.

CHRISTINE MILLER, /. Enos Ray Elementary School, Prince George's County.

MADELINE L. MILLS, Suitland Junior High School, Prince George's County.

DANIEL MORAN, Kenwood High School, Baltimore County.

MARGARET c. MOORE, Wheaton High School, Montgomery County.

EUGENE V. MORAN, N orthwcstem High School, Prince George's County.

THOMAS MULKEY, High Point High School, Prince George's County.

CARRIE ELIZABETH MORTON, Thomas Stonc Elementary School, Prince George's County.

ROBERT M. MULLIGAN, High Point High School, Prince George's County.

VESTAL MOUSER, RolUngwood School, Montgomery County.

JOSEPH M. MURPHY, Northwestem High School, Prince George's County.

ROSE MARIE MURPHY, Mt. Rainier Junior High School, Prince George's County.

ELMER MUTH, Whcaton Senior High School, Montgomery County.

MARGARET NAUMANN, No. 69, Baltimore City.

CHLOE w. NEWELL, Garrett Park School, Montgomery County.

FRANCES H. NUTTELL, Bradley Elementary School, Montgomery County.

TERESA OLSEN, Bladcnsburg Senior High School, Prince George's County.

LUCILLE oosTERHOus, J. Enos Ray Elementary School, Prince George's County.

KATHRYN ORTENZio, University Park Elementary School, Prince George's County.

EARL L. PALMATiER, Glemidge Junior High School, Prince George's County.

DANIEL PALUMBO, Northwestern High School, Prince George's County .

DOROTHY SEBREE PELLiNO, Siiitland Senior High School, Prince George's County.

Vi^iLLiAM H. PENN, Paul Junior High School, Washington, D. C.

HATTiE w. PETERSON, Highland Elementary School, Montgomery County.

CHESTER PETRANEK, Northwood Senior High School, Montgomery County.

JEAN K. PHiFER, Walter Johnson Senior High School, Montgomery County.

ANGELA PEEPER, No. 247, Baltimore City.

ANITA s. POPOLO, Bladenshurg Senior High School, Prince George's County.

JOHN PRESTON, Richard Montgomery Senior High School, Montgomery County.

EVANGELO PRiovoLOS, Bcthcsda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County.

ANNE PUTNAM, Northwestern High School, Prince George's County.

DONALD REDMiLEs, Glemidge Junior High School, Prince George's County,

LOIS c. REED, Bannockhurn Elementary School, Montgomery County.

MARJORIE T. REESE, Lewisdole Elementary School, Prince George's County.

NANCY REEVES, Takoma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County.

KATHELEEN P. REHANEK, Northwestem High School, Prince George's County.

^ 76

Faculty

EVELYN REiD, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County.

GiRARD REYNOLDS, Montgomery Blair High School, Montgomery County.

ROBERT RHiNEHART, Pimlico Jutiior Higli School, Baltimore City.

ALMA RICH, Ager Road Elementary School, Prince George's County.

ALFRED ROGAN, Northwood Scuior High School, Montgomery County.

Rocco F. RONCo, Suitland Junior High School, Prince George's County.

JAMES p. ROULEAU, Northwood High School, Montgomery Co^^nty.

JAMES A. RUCKERT, University Park Elementary School, Prince George's County.

ROBERT s. SANFORD, Whcaton High School, Montgomery County.

KENNETH M. scALLON, Eastern Junior High School, Montgomery Ccntnty.

JAMES E. SCHALLMO, Eastern Jtmior High School, Montgomery County.

JOHN SCOTT, Takoma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County.

SALLiE w. SCOTT, Northwood High School, Montgomery Cotinty.

EVELYN E. SHANK, HyattsvUle Jtmior High School, Prince George's Ccnmty.

NORMA jEANE SHEARER, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County.

SARA M. SHEGOYUE, Bladenshurg Senior High School, Prince George's Ccnmty.

E. FAYE SHERRY, Montgomery Blair High School, Montgomery County.

nvENE M. siLVERSTEiN, RolUngcrest Junior High School, Prince George's Ccnmty.

BARBARA siNCOFF, Rosemary Hills School, Montgomery Cotmty.

SARAH K. SKRAMSTAD, Westmoreland Hills Cooperative Nursery, Montgomery County.

DONALD SMITH, High Point High School, Prince George's County.

ELEANOR B. SMITH, Broad Acres Elementary School, Montgomery County.

ELLIE SMITH, Broad Acres Elementary School, Montgomery Ccnmty.

JOAN SMITH, Hillcrest Heights Elementary School, Priiice George's County.

ELiZABETFi SMiTHER, Montgomery Hills High School, Montgomery County.

ROSE PREUSS sowDER, Shcnvood High School, Montgomery County.

DOROTHY STACKHOUSE, Highland View School, Montgomery County.

VIRGINIA K. STANTON, Laurcl High School, Prince George's County.

NARissA STEEL, Bladenshtirg Jtmior High School, Prince George's County.

HELEN SULLIVAN, Laurel Senior High School, Prince George's County.

LEON M. SWART, Damascus High School, Montgomery Cotmty.

ALLEN A. swicK, Walter Johnson Senior High School, Montgomery County.

LOUELLA TATEM, Pocomokc High School, Worcester Cotmty.

CAROL N. TEFFT, Bethesdu-Chevy Chase Cooperative Nursery School, Montgomery

County.
DOUGLAS H. TELLER, Belt Junior High School, Montgomery County.
MARY THEOFiELD, Montgomery Blair School, Montgomery County.
ALINE TOMPKINS, College Park Elementary School, Prince George's Cotmty.
MARY TONER, Westhrook School, Montgomery Cotmty.

jEANNETTE TOOMEY, Levnsdale Elementary School, Prince George's County.
FRANK TRACY, Glemidge Jtmior High School, Prince George's Cotmty.
KATHRYN TRAHAN, No. 245, Baltimore City.

WILFRED RUSSELL TROXEL, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County.
j. BRUCE TURNER, Dtmdalk High School, Baltimore Cotmty.
LEOTA TYLER, Langlcy Park Elementary School, Prince George's County.
EDGAR RAY ULMER, High Point High School, Prince George's Cotmty.
DOROTHEA H. UMBACH, Newport Junior High School, Montgomery Cotmty.
WILLIAM E. VAUGHAN, Glemidge Junior High School, Prince George's County.
HAROLD ROBERT VEiT, Eastern Jtmior High School, Montgomery County.
ESTHER H. VOGEL, Suttland Junior High School, Prince George's Cotmty.
EULA w. WAKE, Rock Creek Forest School, Montgomery County.

77 ►

Faculty

MARY F. WALDRON, Ghnhrook Nursery School, Montgomery County.

EVERETT Q. WATERMAN, Bladenshurg Junior High School, Prince George's County.

HELMA J. WEATHERHOLTZ, Howard County Senior High School, Howard County.

LORETTA WELLS, College Park Elementary School, Prince George's County.

GRETCHEN WHITNEY, No. 242, Northwood School, Baltimore City.

MARY FRANCES WILLIAMS, Oakview Elementary School, Montgomery County.

MARY LEE WILLIAMS, /. Enos Ray Elementary School, Prince George's County.

JACK wiLLARD, High Point High School, Prince George's County.

HARRYETTE G. WILLIAMS, North Bethesda Junior High School, Montgomery County.

wiLBURN KYLE WILSON, Northwood Junior-Scnior High School, Montgomery County.

THELMA wiSNOR, Milford Mill High School, Baltimore County.

JAMES WOLFE, Laurel High School, Prince George's County.

HUGH R. WOOD, JR., Mt. Rainier Junior High School, Prince George's County.

JEAN J. wooTON, Garden Nursery School, Montgomery County.

WILLIAM D. YARNALL, Northwcstcm Senior High School, Prince George's County.

LEURA YOUNKER, Wyngate School, Montgomery County.

PEGGY B. ziRKLE, RolUngcrest Junior High School, Prince George's County.

COLLEGE

ENGINEERING

Catalog Series 19604961

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

• VOLUME 14 MAY 10, 1960 NO. 9

i -

I University of Maryland Bulletin is published one time in February; three times in

March and April; four times in May and June; two times in September, October,
November and December.

Re-entered at the Post Ofl&ce in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter
•j under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.

CONTENTS

University Calendar

Board of Regents

Officers of Administration . . .
Chairmen, Standing Committees,

Faculty Senate

The College

Admission Requirements . . .

Adventure in Learning

Costs

GENERAL

iv Air Science Instruction 3

vi Libraries 3

vii General Facilities 4

Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid . . 4

X Honors and Awards 4

1 Professional and Honor Societies. 4

2 Graduate Study 5

2 For Additional Information 5

Basic Curriculum for Freshmen .

Aeronautical Engineering 8

Chemical Engineering 10

Civil Engineering 12

Electrical Engineering 14

CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS

Mechanical Enoineering 16

Fire Protection 18

Agriculture-Engineering 19

Interim Metallurgy Program.... 19

COGNATE ACTIVITIES

[nstitute For Fluid Dynamics and Fire Service Extension

Applied Mathematics 21 Department

Wind Tunnel Operations 22 Other Research Laboratories

22
22

COURSE OFFERINGS

Aeronautical Engineering 25

Chemical Engineering 28

Metallurgy 33

Civil Engineering 36

Drawing 41

Electrical Engineering 41

Mechanical Engineering 47

Fire Protection 52

OTHER COURSE OFFERINGS

Air Science 53

Art 53

Business Organization and

Administration 53

Chemistry 53

Economics 54

English Language and Literature. 54

Covemment and Politics 55

History 55

[ndustrial Education 56

Mathematics 56

Music 57

Philosophy 57

Physical Education Required

Courses for Men and Women. 57
Health Education Required

Courses for Women 58

Physics 58

Psychology 59

Sociology 59

Speech and Dramatic Art 59

'acuity

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

FALL SEMESTER 1959

JANUARY 1960

4 Monday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day
21-27 Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations

SPRING SEMESTER 1960

FEBRUARY

1-5 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration

8 Monday— Instruction Begins
22 Monday— Washington's Birthday Holiday

MARCH

25 Friday— Maryland Day

APRIL

14 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
19 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.

MAY

18 Wednesday— Military Day

26 Thursday— Pre-Examination Study Day

May 27-) ^ , _ ,

1 or Friday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Exammations

29 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises

30 Monday— Memorial Day, Holiday

JUNE

4 Saturday— Commencement Exercises

SUMMER SESSION 1960

JUNE 1960

27 Monday— Summer Session Registration

28 Tuesday— Svimmer Session Begins

AUGUST

5 Friday— Summer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES 1960

JUNE 1960

20-25 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course

AUGUST

8-13 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week

SEPTEMBER

6-9 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course

M iv

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

FALL SEMESTER 1960
SEPTEMBER

12-16 Monday to Friday— Fall Semester Registration

19 Monday— Instruction Begins
NOVEMBER

23 Wednesday— Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class
28 Monday— Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m.
DECEMBER

20 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Begins
JANUARY 1961

3 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.

20 Friday— Inauguration Day Holiday

25 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day
fan. 26-]

pi , r Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive-^Fall Semester Examinations

SPRING SEMESTER 1961

FEBRUARY

6-10 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration

13 Monday— Instruction Begins

22 Wednesday— Washington's Birthday Hohday
MARCH

25 Saturday— Mar\'land Day

30 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class

fVPRIL
MAY

fUNE

4 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.

17 Wednesday— Military Day

30 Tuesday— Memorial Day, Holiday

2 Friday— Pre-Examination Study Day

4 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises

3-9 Saturday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations

10 Saturday— Commencement Exercises

SUMMER SESSION 1961
fUNE 1961

26 Monday— Simimer Session Registration

27 Tuesday— Summer Session Begins
f^iUGUST

4 Friday— Summer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES 1961
[UNE 1961

19-24 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Cotirse
AUGUST

7-12 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week
SEPTEMBER

5-8 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course

BOARD OF REGENTS

and

MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE

Term
Expires

Charles P. McCormick

Chairman lyoo

McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Edward F. Holter

Vice-Chairtnan 1968

The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, N.W., Washington 6

B. Herbert Brown

Secretary 1960

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1

Harry H. Nuttle

Treasurer 1966

Denton

Louis L. Kaplan

Assistant Secretary 1961

5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15

Enos S. Stockbridge

Assistant Treasurer 1960

10 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Thomas W. Pangborn 1965

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown

Thomas B. Symons 1963

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park

C. EwiNG Tuttle 1962

907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2

William C. Walsh 1968

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 1967

4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18

Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of nine
years each, beginning the first Monday in June.

The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive OflFicer of the
Board.

The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.

M vi

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION

Principal Administrative Officers

WILSON H. ELKiNS, President

Di^PH^fr/stf °^ ^"''"'' ^^^^' ^•^•' ^^^^' ^■""•' °^°^^ University, 1936;

ALBiN o. KUHN, Executive Vice President

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; m.s., 1939; ph.d., 1948.

ALViN E. coRMENY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
uevelofrnent

B.A., niinois College, 1933; ll.b, Cornell University, 1936.
R. LEE HORNBAKE, Dean of the Factdty

PH.^nf 194?''^"'' ^°"'^^' California, Pa., 1934; m.a., Ohio State University, 1936;

FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant, President's Office
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952.

Emeritus

HARRY c. BYRD, President Emeritus

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; ll.d., Washington CoDege, 1936- ll d Dickin-
son College, 1938; d.sc. Western Maryland College, 1938

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges

MYRON s. AiSENBERG, Dean of the School of Dentistry
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.

VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; ph.d., University of Colorado, 1942.
RONALD BAMFORD, Dean of the Graduate School

GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agricidture

B.S., Cornell University, 1936; m.s., 1938; ph.d., 1940.

RAY w. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of University College
B.A., Wabash College, 1929; m.a., Butler Universitj^ 1930; ph.d., Syracuse Uni-
versity, 1937. -^

NOEL E. Foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy

PH^c., South Dakota State CoUege, 1929; b.s., 1929; m.s.. University of Mar^'Iand,
1932; PH.D., 1933. ■'

LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation and
Health '

B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; m.a., 1937; ph.d., Peabody CoUege, 1939.

vii ►

FLORENCE M. GiPE, Dean of the School of Nursing

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1940;
ED.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

LADiSLAUS F. GRAPSKi, Director of the University Hospital

R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; b.s., University
of Denver, 1942; m.b.a. in Hospital Administration, University of Chicago, 1943.

IRVIN c. HAUT, Director, Agricultural Experiment Station and Head, Department
of Horticulture

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; ph.d.,

University of Maryland, 1933.

ROGER HOWELL, Dean of the School of Law

B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1914; ph.d., 1917; ll.b., University of Maryland,
1917.

wiLBERT J. HUFF, Director, Engineering Experiment Station

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc. (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.

SELMA F. LiPPEATT, Dean of the College of Home Economics

B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1945;
PH.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; c.E., 1932; ph.d., 1935.

PAUL E. NYSTROM, Director, Agricultural Extension Service

B.S., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; m.p.a..
Harvard University, 1948; d.p.a., 1951.

J. FREEMAN PYLE, Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration
PH.B., University of Chicago, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d., 1925.

LEON P. smith. Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

B.A., Emory University, 1919; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1928; ph.d., 1930;
Diplome de I'lnstitut de Tonraine, 1932.

WILLIAM s. STONE, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of Medical
Education and Research

B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; m.d.. University of Louisville, 1929;

PH.D., (hon.). University of Louisville, 1946.

General Administrative Officers

G. WATSON ALGiRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931.

THEODORE R. AYLESWORTH, Profcssor of Air Scicnce and Head, Department of
Air Science

B.S., Mansfield State Teachers College, 1936; m.s., University of Pennsylvania, 1949.

NORMA J. AZLEiN, Registrar

B.A., University of Chicago, 1940.

-< viii

B. JAMES BORRESON, ExcczUive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.

DAVID L. BRiGHAxM, Director of Alumni Relations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1938.

c. WILBUR cissEL, Director of Finance and Business
B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; m.a., 1934; c.p.a, 1939.

WILLIAM w. coBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930.

LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service

B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; m.d.. University of Iowa, 1926.

GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men

B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1926.

HARRY D. FISHER, Comptroller and Budget Officer
E.S., University of Maryland, 1943.

GEORGE w. FOGG, Director of Personnel
B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; m.a., 1928.

ROBERT J. MCCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941.

B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; e.e., 1931.
HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; m.a., 1937; b.s.l.s. Columbia University, 1940.
ADELE H. STAMP, Dean of Women

E.A., Tulane University, 1921; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1924.
GEORGE o. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical

B.S., University of Marj'land, 1933.

Division Chairmen

JOHN E FABER, JK Chairman of the Division of Bioloaical Sciences
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; m.s., 1927; ph.d., 1937.

H^OLD c. HOFFSOMMER, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences
B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; m.a., 1923; ph.d., Cornell University, 1929

wiLBERT J. HUFF Chairman of the Division of Physical Sciences

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph d Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc, (HON.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.

CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division
B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; m.s., 1924; ph.d., 1926.

ADOLF E. zucKER, Chairman of the Division of Humanities

^^A., University of Illinois, 1912; m.a., 1913; ph.d.. University of Pennsylvania,

ix ►

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS

Dr. Russell G. Brown (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION

Dr. Robert Rappleye (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA AND COURSES

Dr. Irvin C. Haut (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID

Dr. Paul Nystrom (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

Dr. Edward J. Herbst (Medicine), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS

Mr. B. James Borreson (Executive Dean for Student Life), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES

Dr. Charles Murphy (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Dr. Charles A. Taff (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND ACTIVITIES

Dr. L. Morris McClure (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS

Dr. Franklin Cooley (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT DISCIPLINE

Dr. Allan J. Fisher (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON RELIGIOUS LIFE

Professor Louis E. Otts (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE

Dr. Marvin H. Eyler (Physical Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT EMPLOYMENT AND SELF-HELP

Dr. Warren R. Johnson (Physical Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION

Dr. Clyne S. Shaffner (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM AND TENURE

Dr. Peter Lejins (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS AND SALARIES

Dr. William E. Bickley (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE

Dr. Guy B. Hathom (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION

Dr. Joseph C. Biddix (Dentistry), Chairman

M X

THE COLLEGE

FOUR-YEAR PROGRAMS OUTLINED IN THIS CATALOG LEAD TO THE DEGREE
of Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Science with curriculum designation
in aeronautical engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, electrical
engineering, mechanical engineering, and fire protection. The engineering pro-
grams integrate these elements: (1) basic sciences including mathematics, physics,
chemistry; (2) engineering sciences including mechanics of solids and fluids, engi-
neering materials, thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism . . .; (3) 'professional
studies in aeronautical, chemical, civil, electrical or mechanical engineering; (4)
liberal arts and social sttidies in the American Civilization Program; and (5)
certain other required subjects including air science and physical activities.

Each program lays a broad base for continued learning after college in pro-
fessional practice, in business or industry, in public service, or in graduate study
and research. Representative work that engineering graduates do is suggested in
the following paragraphs.

The aeronautical engineer deals with problems related to transporting people
and things by air and through space. Aerodynamics, thermodynamics, and the
mechanics of fluids and solids are among his basic sciences. He may apply them
in some phase of planning or producing airplanes, missiles, or rockets, or in devis-
ing means to sustain and control their flight.

The chemical engineer applies chemistry to development and economic pro-
duction of industrial chemicals, fuels, modem synthesis and certain alloys. He
also applies mechanics, thermodynamics, reaction kinetics and aspects of nuclear
science to unit operations and processes which are fundamental in the design
and operation of industries in which material undergoes a change in its identity.
He serves as a research worker, operator, manager, executive or consultant.

The civil engineer is primarily a planner, a designer, a builder, and a manager
of public works and private enterprise. His professional service plays a major
role in designing, supervising construction, or managing virtually every large
building, bridge, dam, highway, railway, airport, water supply, waste disposal
system, city plan, industrial plant, public works project .

The electrical engineer puts mathematics and the physical sciences to
practical use in designing systems that generate, transmit, and distribute elec-
trical energy; to transmit and receive "intelligence," as for example by telephone,
radio, radar, television and computers; and to regulate and control mechanical
and industrial processes by electronics and servomechanisms.

The mechanical engineer figures ways to transmit power economically by
heat or by mechanical systems. He applies the mechanics of fluids and solids,
thermodynamics, and an understanding of the behavior of engineering materials
under difi'erent conditions. As a professional engineer he devises processes for
industrial production. As an industrial agent he ser\'es as a supervisor, manager,
or sales representative.

1 ►

General Information

The specialist in fire protection is concerned with scientific, technical, and
supervisory problems involved in safeguarding life and property from loss due to
fire, explosion, and related hazards.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Young men and women who wish to become professional engineers should

enroll in an academic program in high school. A good academic record in high

school is a basic requirement. Subjects that are recommended for admission are

these

Suhjects Recommended Acceptable

English 4 units 4 units

Mathematics (college preparatory)— including
algebra (2), plane geometry (1), and solid
geometry, trigonometry, or advanced math-
ematics

History and social sciences

Physical sciences

Foreign language— German or French

Unspecified academic subjects or suitable

electives 2^ 6^

Total 16 16

A complete statement of admission requirements and policies will be found
in An AdvenUire in Learning. Application for admission should be made to the
Director of Admissions, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.

ADVENTURE IN LEARNING

All freshmen in the College of Engineering enroll in essentially the same
subjects as detailed under Curricula in this catalog.

Each student will select his major-line department before he begins his
sophomore year's work. Thereafter he will pursue the approved program of his
department which leads to the bachelor's degree.

Advanced students who show promise of creativity and leadership in engineer-
ing, in the engineering sciences, and in teaching and research, are encouraged
to continue in a program of graduate study leading to master's and doctor's
degrees. There is an acute shortage of engineers with earned doctor's degrees.
Able men and women with gumption will find challenging opportunities if they
have such top-level preparation. The best time to plan and to begin preparing
for these top-level opportunities is while one is in high school. Parents and
teachers can help by leading, by pointing ways, and by maintaining proper stand-
ards of performance and conduct. But the lifelong adventtire in learning, which
is the true characteristic of the well-educated man or woman, demands systematic
mental exercise throughout life. "Chance favors the prepared mind!"

-^ 2

General Information

COSTS

Annual costs of attending the University are about as follows: $185.00 fixed
charges; $101.00 special fees; $400.00 board; $210.00 to $240.00 lodging for
Maryland residents, or $260.00 to $290.00 for residents of other states and
countries. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged for all new students. A
charge of $300.00 is assessed to all students who are non-residents of the State
of Maryland. A detailed statement of fees and expenses is printed in the Uni-
versity publication, An AdvenUire in Learning.

Am SCIENCE INSTRUCTION

The Basic Air Science program must be completed successfully by all
male students unless they are specifically exempted under University rules.
It is a ■prerequisite for graduation and it must he taken hy all eligible students
dtiring the first two years of attendance at the University whether they intend
to graduate or not. Transfer students who do not have the required two years of
military training will be required to complete the course or take it until gradua-
tion, whichever occurs first.

During their junior and senior years, selected students may carry Advanced
Air Science courses which lead to a regular or reserve commission in the United
States Air Force.

Students enrolled in the College of Engineering may substitute six credits
in Advanced Air Science (A.S. 101, 102, 103, 104) for History of American
Civilization (H. 5, 6).

LIBRARIES

The libraries of the University are located on both the College Park and
Baltimore campuses. They include the Theodore R. McKeldin Library and the
many college and departmental libraries which house special collections. Because
of the location of the University the large libraries of Baltimore and Washington
are a valuable asset to graduate work. Arrangements can be made for personal
work in the Enoch Pratt Library of Baltimore, the Library of Congress, the
United States Department of Agriculture Library and the many fine collections
of other government agencies in Washington.

Located in a geographical area rich in library resources, the University's
libraries are well equipped to serve the engineering programs of study and
research. The Engineering and Physical Sciences Library which supplements
the Science and Technology Division of the general University Library is in
the north wing of the Mathematics Building. This Library has a reading room
en the first floor and three decks of book stacks above with a capacity of over
100,000 volumes. Stacks are open to all students. Individual study desks and
lockers are assigned by the semester. Six small conference rooms, equipped with
chalkboards, are available for group study. Carrels are reserved for graduate

3 ►

General Information

students. Micro-film and micro-card readers are maintained for use along with a
complete photocopying service.

The Library has collections in engineering, mathematics, physics, and industri-
al education, and more than 1200 subscriptions to scientific and technical journals.
Several personal libraries of outstanding scientists and engineers have been
acquired by the Library, the most extensive being the private collections of
Max Born and Richard Von Mises. The Library is a designated depository of
U.S. Atomic Energy Commission unclassified reports, including those of atomic
energy establishments of Great Britain, Canada and other nations. Inter-library
loan agreements assure the receipt of needed special materials from other libraries
throughout the country.

GENERAL FACILITIES

The College of Engineering, and departments in other colleges of the
University, are well equipped for instruction and basic research in their respective
areas of activity. There is excellent interdepartmental cooperation in furthering
studies of mutual interest.

SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID

Scholarships and grants-in-aid are awarded each year to selected students in
the College of Engineering. A list of such awards is published in the University
publication An Adventure in Learning. Applications should be filed on forms
which may be obtained from the Director, Office of Scholarships and Grants-in-
Aid, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.

HONORS AND AWARDS

The College of Engineering schedules annually in the Spring an Honors
Day Convocation to direct public attention to students and faculty who have
distinguished themselves by scholarship and worthy activities. Families and
friends of honorees, sponsors of scholarships and awards, alumni, and others
interested in the University are cordially invited to this convocation.

PROFESSIONAL AND HONOR SOCIETIES

Student branches of the following national engineering societies are estab-
lished in the College of Engineering: American Institute of Chemical Engineers,
American Society of Civil Engineers, American Institute of Electrical Engineers,
American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Institute of Aeronautical Sciences, and
Institute of Radio Engineers.

Each student is urged to be active in his engineering society. At meetings
of professional societies he will meet distinguished engineers representing science,
industry, practice, and public service. In discussions of scientific and engineering

^ 4

General Information

subjects he can learn to think for himself and to speak efiFectively. In teams
and committees he can learn to work effectively with others. Indeed, it pays a
student to be active in his student branch as it pays a graduate engineer to be
active in his national engineering society.

Engineering students are encouraged to attend meetings of local sections of
their professional and scientific societies in nearby Baltimore and Washington,
to get acquainted vidth other men in their fields, and to visit nearby industries,
public works, libraries and laboratories.

The following national honorary societies of particular interest to students in
engineering and related sciences have active chapters at the University of Mary-
land: Tau Beta Pi, general engineering; Sigma Xi, scientific research; Phi Kappa
Phi, senior scholarship; Eta Kappa Nu, electrical engineering; Pi Tau Sigma,
mechanical engineerins.

GRADUATE STUDY

An applicant for admission to the Graduate School must hold a bachelor's or
a master's degree from a college or university of recognized standing. The appli-
cant shall furnish an official transcript of his collegiate record which for uncon-
ditional admission must show creditable completion of an adequate amount o£
undergraduate preparation of high quality for graduate work in his chosen field.

Application for admission to the Graduate School should be made not later
than September 1 for the fall term and January 1 for the spring term on blanks
obtained from the oflfice of the Dean of the Graduate School, University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland. Information on graduate work is published
in the Graduate School Announcements.

Graduate Assistantships and Research Assistantships with stipends for service,
and Fellowships, are sometimes available for study and research in the several
departments of the College of Engineering. Only full-time students who have
been admitted to the Graduate School are eligible for appointment. Preference is
given to graduate students who are American citizens in view of limitations of
available funds. Foreign students may be considered for vacancies after they
have completed at least one year of full-time graduate study in residence at the
University of Maryland. Letters of application for assistantships or fellowships
should be directed to the head of the student's major department in the College
of Engineering.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

5 ►

General Information

the regulations of student and academic life, may be found in the University
publication titled, University General and Academic Regidations. This is mailed
in September of each year to all undergraduate students, and again in February
to all new undergraduate students not previously enrolled in the preceding fall
semester.

Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges should
be directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to:

COLLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK:

Dean

(College in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE:

Dean

(School in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1, Maryland

CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS

COURSES IN THE NORMAL CURRICULUM OR PROGRAM AND PRESCRIBED CREDIT
hours leading to the degree Bachelor of Science are outlined on the following
pages for each department in the College of Engineering. ". . . No student
may modify the prescribed number of hours without special permission from the
dean of his college." The courses in each curriculum may be classified in the
following categories:

1. Certain courses required of all undergraduate students in the University.
Students who are not specifically exempted must schedule the following courses:
Basic Air Science (8 credits) for men; physical activities (4 credits) for men
and women; and Personal and Community Health (4 credits) for women.

2. Courses in the American Civilization Program. These include English
(12 credits); American history (6 credits); American government (3 credits);
and approved electives (3 credits). See also University General and Academic
Picgnlations.

3. Courses in the physical sciences— mathematics, chemistry, physics . . ,

4. Collateral engineering courses— dravidng, engineering sciences, and other
courses approved for one curriculum but offered by another department.

5. Courses in the major department.

A student should obtain written approval for any substitutions of courses from
the department head and the dean of his college.

BASIC CURRICULUM FOR FRESHMEN

Freshmen in the College of Engineering regularly schedule the following

courses:

t^SetnesteT—>^

Freshman Year I II

Eng. 1 , 2— Composition and American Literature^ 3 3

Sp. 7— Public Speaking . . 2

Math. 18, 19— Elementary Mathematical Analysis' 5 5

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4

Dr. 1, 2— Engineering Drawing' 2 2

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (women) 2 2

Physical Activities 1 1

Total 17 19

'Enrollment in English, history, mathematics and drav\'ing depends on the
outcome of the classiRcation tests. Students who have exemptions in English, sched-
ule Eng. 21; in history, schedule H. 56; in American government, schedule approved
elective. Students who pass the highest level classification test in mathematics schedule
Math. 18 and Dr. 1; others schedule Math. 1 only, without credit.

7 ►

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

Aeronautical engineering involves the application of the laws of physics and
mathematics to the problems of flight through the earth's atmosphere and outer
space. The main sub-divisions of the field are aerodynamics, structures, and
propulsion, although many problems, such as those of aeroelasticity and flutter,
cut across dividing lines. The aerodynamicist must start out with an under-
standing of the laws of fluid flow at low speed, then modify these principles for
the eff^ects of higher speeds. At supersonic speeds, he must account for shock
waves in flight at moderate altitudes and further changes in the flow at ex-
tremely high altitudes. At extremely high speeds he must add to this an under-
standing of the effects of ionization and molecular dissociation. The structures
engineer is mainly concerned with the ability of the vehicle to withstand the
forces and accelerations in flight. For high performance aircraft and missiles, he
must consider the aerodynamic heating resulting from high-speed flight and allow
for the weakening eff^ect on materials. The propulsion engineer must deal vvdth
rocket, jet, or propeller systems which serve to accelerate the vehicle and to
offset drag forces during flight.

The aeronautical engineer is continually beset with the problems of maintain-
ing adequate margins of safety with a minimum of weight. The saving of even
one pound of weight in fuel or structure of a missile is of such value as to justify
the expenditure of many engineering man-hours. These high dividends for
thoroughness and precision in technical understanding are a source of gratifica-
tion to the aeronautical engineer.

-Semester-

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM

Sophomore Year

G. & P. 1— American Government

American Civilization— Elective Group I

Math. 20, 21-Calculus

Phys. 20, 21-General Physics

M.E. 20, 2 1 —Manufacturing Tools and Processes

M.E. 22, 23— Statics and Mechanics of Materials

A.S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men)

Physical Activities

Total 19 19

, ,

Aeronautical Engineering Curriculum

r— Semester-^

Junior Year I II
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3

Aero. E. 50— Introduction to Aeronautics 1

M.E. 24-Dynamics 3

M.E. 1 00— Thermodynamics 3

Math. 64— Differential Equations for Engineers 3

M.E. 101-Heat Transfer 3

Aero. E. 101— Aerod)mamics I . . 3

M.E. 103-Metallography . . 3

E.E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4

Total 20 19

Senior Year

Elective . . 3

Aero. E. 1 17— Aircraft Vibrations 3

Aero. E. 1 02— Aerodjniamics II 2

Aero. E. 107, 108-Airplane Design 4 4

Aero. E. 109, 1 10-Airplane Power Plants 3 3

Aero. E. Ill, 112— Aeronautical Laboratory 2 2

Aero. E. 113, 114— Mechanics of Aircraft Structures 4 3

Aero. E. 1 1 5— Aerodynamics III . . 3

Total 18 18

9 ►

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Chemical engineering deals primarily with the industrial and economic
transformation of matter. It seeks to assemble and develop information on
chemical operations and processes of importance in modern life and to apply this
under executive direction, according to engineering methods, for the attainment
of economic objectives. Modem chemical research has contributed so much
to industrial and social welfare that chemical engineering may now be said to
cover practically every operation in which an industrial material undergoes a
change in its chemical identity. It is broadly responsible for the process indus-
tries. Chemical engineering arose from industrial chemistry and chemical tech-
nology, and these are recognized as sub-divisions of the field.

As a science, metallurgy involves an understanding of the fundamentals in-
volved in the development of alloys or combinations of metals, processing or
treatment to enhance the properties of metals, techniques of fabrication, protec-
tion against corrosion.

The chemical metallurgist is concerned with the extraction of metals from their
ores, refining them, and making alloys with desirable properties. He is further
interested in the chemistry involved in processing metals as in carburization,
decarburization, and desulfurization of solid steels. The physical metallurgist is
primarily interested in the crystal structure of metals together with their physical
or mechanical properties.

Nuclear engineering involves the industrial application of the effects of
nuclear or high energy radiation on matter. It involves supporting operations
which must be closely integrated with the irradiation activities, such as preparing
special materials (like thorium and uranium) by chemical and isotopic separa-
tion, and processing irradiated nuclear fuels. It is a program of graduate study
at the University of Maryland. Related courses are given in other departments,
especially the Departments of Mechanical Engineering, Physics, and Chemistry.

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM

,^SemesteT—>,

Sophomore Year I H

Math. 20, 21 Calculus 4 4

Phys. 20, 21-General Physics 5 5

Chem. 35, 37— Elementary Organic Chemistry Lectures 2 2

Chem. 36— Elementary Organic Laboratory 2

Chem. 19— Quantitative Chemical Analysis 4

Ch. E. 15— Stoichiometry and Chemical Engineering Control .. 4

A.S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Physical Activities 1 1

Total 20 18

-^ 10

Chemical Engineenng Curricuhim

/—Semester— >,

Junior Yec.r I II

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3

Ch. E. 103, f, s— Elements of Chemical Engineering 3 3

Chem. 187, 189-Physical Chemistry 3 3

Chem. 188, 190-Physical Chemistry Laboratory 2 2

C.E. 20— Statics and Dynamics 3

C.E. 22— Strength of Materials . . 3

Ch. E. 116— Applied Math, in Chemical Engineering 1.... .. 3

Ch. E. 140— Introduction to Nuclear Technolog}' 2

G. & P. 1— American Government . . 3

Total 19 20

Senior Year

H. 5, 6— Histor)' of American Civilization^

Ch. E. 105, f, s— Advanced Unit Operations

Ch. E. 109, f, s— Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics , . .

Ch. E. 1 12, 1 1 3— Industrial Chemical Technology

E. E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering

Ch. E. 104— Seminar

Ch. E. 123— Elements of Plant Design

Ch. E. 131— Chemical Engineering Economics . . 2

Total 22 21

'Students who are to become candidates for graduate degrees requirina foreign
language may elect instead a foreign language and secure the American history credit
in their graduate program.

II ►

CIVIL ENGINEERING

Civil engineering is the professional hub of the construction and transporta-
tion industries which together are perhaps the largest and most diversified
industries in America.

Professional civil engineers plan, design, and supervise construction of
virtually every large enterprise involving construction, transportation, industrial
facilities, and public works. Having planned and supervised construction of a
major project, civil engineers are often selected to direct its operation as managers
or executives.

Civil engineers design structures such as bridges, buildings, dams, power
plants, tunnels . . . They plan and direct the use of water for cities, industries,
flood control, irrigation, power . . . They plan water treatment plants, sewerage
systems, and waste disposal facilities and supervise their operation . . . They
manage municipal and regional development projects, public works, and private
enterprise of great variety.

The civil engineer may work primarily in the office; primarily in the field;
or he may divide his duty between field and office. To accomplish his ends as
a creative planner and designer, he must be proficient in adapting mathematics,
the physical sciences, and materials of construction. He must have a working
knowledge of men and of machines. He must be an alert observer with an eye
for significance. He must be fair and resourceful in handling men, competent
in devising adequate and economical solutions to a whole problem, responsible
in handling funds, and practical in getting a job done adequately and on time.
Adequacy, safety, economy, resourcefulness, integrity, and a sense of fitness are
important considerations in everything a civil engineer does.

The foundations of professional engineering service are laid in college where
in tackling a ■project the student learns to use mathematics and physical sciences;
learns to communicate effectively in the engineer's languages of words, pictures,
and numbers; learns to think and speak for himself; and learns to work in teams
with others.

CIVIL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM

r—Semester—s

Sophomore Year I U
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3

Math. 20, 21-Calculus 4 4

Phys. 20, 21-General Physics 5 5

C.E. 21-Statics 3

C.E. 23-Strength of Materials . . 3

A.S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Physical Activities 1 1

Total 18 18

^12

Civil Engineering Curriculum

r— Semester-^
Junior Year I II

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3

G. & P. 1— American Government . . 3

C.E. 24-Dynamics 3

C.E. 30— Materials of Engineering 2

C.E. 110, 1 1 1-Surveying I, II 3 3

C.E. 140-Fluid Mechanics 3

C.E. 160-Structural Analysis I . , 3

C.E. 1 80— Transportation . . 3

E.E. 50— Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering 3

C.E. 100-Seminar . . 2

Math. 64— Differential Equations for Engineers 3

Total 17 17

Senior Year

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3

C.E. 1 0 1 —Construction Planning . . 3

C.E. 1 50-Soil Mechanics 3

C.E. 161 -Structural Analysis II 3

C.E. 162— Structural Design (Steel) 3

C.E. 163— Structural Design (Concrete) .. 3

M.E. 105— Principles of Mechanical Engineering . . 3

C.E. 170-Water Supply 3

C.E. 171— Sewerage . . 3

Approved Technical Elective* 3 3

Total 18 18

*To provide depth in select«d fields, students shall elect, vpith the advice and
approval of the department, from such groups of technical courses as will be offered
in the fields of highway engineering, hydraulic engineering and hydrology, sanitary
engineering, soils and foundations and structural engineering vdth a senior project in
the field selected.

13 ►

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

The technical portion of an electrical engineering education is devoted
largely to the study of electricity and magnetism. A wide variety of physical
quantities is encountered. One physical quantity which is common to all
branches of science and which is of particular interest to the electrical engineer
is energy. Energy appears in various forms throughout the physical universe.

Electricity Qot electric charge) is, in a broad sense, a physical agent used
to transform or convert energy from one form to another. The separation of
electric charge into its positive and negative constituents results in potential
energy of a form that can be readily converted into other forms of energy. This
property of electric charge is responsible for the widespread use of electricity,
particularly where energy conversions are involved or where energy (including
the energy content of intelligence) is to be transmitted from one place to an-
other. It is toward understanding these energy conversions that the under-
graduate curriculum is directed. Both theoretical and laboratory courses are
required.

Electrical science is an exacting discipline which places very little value on
limited mastery of subject matter. In his quest of thorough understanding, the
student develops a questioning and critical attitude toward experimentally-de-
termined relationships as well as toward the mathematical reasoning Vt'hich
accompanies the engineering exploitation of basic physical principles.

Electrical engineering deals with the generation, transmission, distribution,
and utilization of electrical energy; and with the transmission and reception of
intelligence as, for example, telephone, radio, radar, and television systems.
The guidance of missiles to outer space and the telemetering of physical data from
outer space are special types of communication systems which are presently gain-
ing prominence. Automatic regulation (or servomechanisms), data processing,
and instrumentation are relatively new branches of electrical engineering. Re-
cent developments in the field of solid state physics have introduced still another
branch, namely, transistor electronics.

The principal objectives of the Department are: (a) To impart to both
graduate and undergraduate students a mature understanding of the basic scien-
tific principles of electrical engineering; (b) to develop an awareness and ap-
preciation of both experimental and analytical methods of solving engineering
problems.

The Department of Electrical Engineering is qualified by reason of faculty
interest and equipment to pursue basic research in the fields of automatic regu-
lation, radio-wave propagation, active-network synthesis, and microwave engi-
neering. Microwave engineering at the University of Maryland includes the
fundamental principles of maser operation as well as the actual engineering
associated with this device.

< 14

Electrical Engineering Curriculum

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM

r—Semester^K
So'phomore Year I II

G. & P. 1— American Government 3

American Civilization Elective Group 1 3

Math. 20, 21-Calculus 4 4

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5

C.E. 20— Statics and D}'n3mics . . 3

E.E. 1— Basic Electrical Engineering . . 4

A.S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Physical Activities 1 1

Total 18 19

Junior Year

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3

C.E. 22— Strength of Materials (Ist semester preferably) .... 3

C.E. 141— Fluid Mechanics (2nd semester preferably) . . 3

Math. 64— Differential Equations for Engineers 3

E.E. 60— Electricity and Magnetism 3

Ch.E. 140— Introduction to Nuclear Technology . . 2

E.E. 65— Direct Current Machinery . . 3

E.E. 100— Alternating Current Circuits 4

E.E. 101— Enoineerinp Electronics . . 4

E.E. 103— Engineering Analysis 2

E.E. 104— Communications . . 3

Total 18 18

Senior Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3

M.E. 1 00— Thermod)Tiamics 3

M.E. 107— Heat Power— Chemical and Nuclear . . 4

E.E. 102— Alternating Current Machinery 4

E.E. 105— Radio Engineering 4

E.E. 106— Radio Engineering, or

E.E. 107— Electrical Measurements . . 4

E.E. 108— Electric Transients 3

E.E. 109— Pulse Techniques . . 3

Technical Elective^ • . 3

Total 17 17

^To be selected from the following group:
E.E. 1 1 0— Transistor Circuitry (3)
E.E. 115— Feedback Control Systems (3)
E.E. 1 20— Electromagnetic Waves (3)

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

The principal function of the mechanical engineer is to apply science and
technology creatively to the design and manufacture of machines for the prac-
tical use of mankind. Any machine or manufactured product requires, basic-
ally, CO the art and science of generating, transmitting, and utilizing mechanical
power, and (2) research, development, designing, and the coordination of ma-
terials, personnel, and management. These basic requirements define mechanical
engineering. The following professional divisions of the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers give a good idea of types of work in which the mechanical
engineer may become associated: applied mechanics, aviation, materials handling,
management, oil and gas power, fuels, safety, hydraulics, metals engineering,
heat transfer, process industries, production, machine design, lubrication, petro-
leum, nuclear engineering, railroads, power, textile, gas turbine power, wood
industries, rubber and plastics, and instruments and regulators.

Because of the wide variety of engineering opportunities available to the
mechanical engineer, the curriculum is designed to give the student a thorough
training in the basic sciences: physics, chemistry, mathematics, solid and fluid
mechanics, dynamics, thermodynamics, heat transfer, metallography, electricity,
nuclear technology, power, and design.

There are opportunities for mechanical engineers in all manufacturing en-
terprises. There are opportunities in research, design, production, testing, main-
tenance, and sales. There are opportunities for engineers who can devise manu-
factured products that utilize power in any form for the convenience of man.
There are opportunities wherever there are factories. Since every town of mod-
erate size has factories, the mechanical engineer may select the community where
he wishes to make his home and be reasonably certain that he can find satisfac-
tory employment there.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM

r-Semester-
Sophomore Year

G. & P. 1— American Government

American Civilization Elective Group I

Math. 20, 21-Calculus

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics

M.E. 20, 21— Manufacturing Tools and Processes

M.E. 22, 23— Statics and Mechanics of Materials

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science Cnien)

Physical Activities

Total 19 19

M 16

Mechanical Engineering Curriculum

r-Semester—^

Junior Year I II

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3

Math. 64— Differential Equations for Engineers 3

E.E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4

M.E. 24-Dynamics 3

Ch.E. 140— Introduction to Nuclear Technology 2

M.E. 100— Thermodynamics 3

M.E. 101-Heat Transfer 3

M.E. 102-Fluid Mechanics 3

M.E. 103-MetaIlography . . 3

M.E. 104-Kinematics . . 2

Total 18 18

Senior Year

H. 5, 6— Histor\' of American Civilization 3 3

M.E. 150, 151-Heat Power-Chemical and Nuclear 4 4

M.E. 152, 153— Mechanical Engineering Design 4 3

M.E. 154, 1 55-Mechanical Laboratory 2 2

Technical Electives^ 6 6

Total 19 18

^To be selected from the following group:
M.E. 156— Heating and Air Conditioning (3)
M.E. 157-Refrigeration (3)
M.E. 158, 159-Applied Elasticity (3,3)
M.E. 160, 161-Advanced Dynamics (3,3)
M.E. 162, 163— Advanced Thermodynamics (3, 3)
M.E. 164-Research (3)
M.E. 165— Creative Engineering (3)
M.E. 166, 167-Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3, 3)

FIRE PROTECTION

Fire protection is concerned with the scientific and technical problems of
preventing loss of life and property from fire, explosion and related hazards,
and of evaluatino; and eliminating hazardous conditions.

The fundamental principles of fire protection are relatively well defined and
the application of these principles to a modern industrialized society has become
a specialized activity. Control of the hazards in manufacturing processes calls
for an understanding not only of measures for fire protection but of the processes
themselves. Often the most effective solution to the problem of safeguarding a
hazardous operation lies in the modification of the process rather than in the
installation of special extinguishing equipment. The ex-pert in fire protection
must be prepared to decide in any given case what is the best and most eco-
nomical solution of the fire prevention problem. His recommendations are often
based not only on sound principles of fire protection but on a thorough under-
standing of the special problems of the indivdual property.

Modern fire protection utilizes a wide variety of mechanical and electrical
equipment which the student must understand in principle before he can apply
them to special problems. The fire protection curriculum emphasizes the scien-
tific, technical and humanitarian aspects of fire protection, and the development
of the individual student.

The problems and challenges which confront the specialist in fire protection
include the reduction and control of fire hazards due to processes subject to fire
or explosion in respect to design, installation and handling, involving both
physical and human factors; the use of buildings and transportation facilities to
restrict the spread of fire and to facilitate the escape of occupants in case of
fire; the design, installation and maintenance of fire detection and extinguishing
devices and systems; and the organization and education of persons for fire
prevention and fire protection.

FIRE PROTECTION CURRICULUM

r— Semester— ^
So'phomore Year I II

G. & P. 1— American Government 3

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life, or ]

Phil. 1-Philosophy of Modern Man or }> . . 3

Psych. 1 —Introduction to Psychology J

Math. 20, 21-GaIculus 4 4

Phys. 20, 21 -General Physics 5 5

Approved Technical Elective 2-3 2-3

A.S. 3, 4-Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Physical Activities 1 1

Total 17-18 17-18

M 18

Fire Protection Curriculum

r-Semester-^
Junior Year I II

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3

C. E. 20— Statics and Dynamics 3

C. E. 22-Strength of Materials . . 3

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3

C. E. 141-Fluid Mechanics 3

Ind. Ed. 143, 144— Industrial Safety Education 2 2

F. P. 104— Essentials of Fire Protection 3

F. P. 105— Fire Protection Organization . . 3

Approved Elecrives 3 3

Total 17 17

Senior Year

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3

C. E. 30— Materials of Engineering 2

B. A. 191— Property Insurance . . 3

F. P. 1 1 7— Technical Projects 4

F. P. 1 1 1— Special Hazards and Problems . . 4

F. P. 1 12— Tactics and Operations 3

F. P. 1 10— Installations and Equipment . . 4

F. P. 120— Insurance Rating and Schedules 3

C. E. 1 0 1 —Construction Planning . . 3

Total 15 17

AGRICULTURE - ENGINEERING

A five-year combined program in agriculture and engineering, arranged jointly
by the College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, permits students
to become candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in the College of
Agriculture at the end of four years and for the degree of Bachelor of Science
in the Department of Civil, Electrical, Mechanical, or Chemical Engineering at
the end of the fifth year.

This program is described in the catalog of the College of Agriculture.

INTERIM METALLURGY PROGRAM

The program listed below was formerly the metallurgical option of the Depart-
ment of Chemical Engineering. This option was discontinued effective February
1, 1960. However, students who were enrolled in it may continue in the interim
program leading to the degree, Bachelor of Science (without curriculum designa-
tion), as in recent years.

This interim metallurgy program differs from the chemical engineering cur-
riculum chiefly in the junior and senior years when a total of 35 semester-hours

19 ►'

Interim Metallurgy Program

of courses in chemical engineering are replaced by 30 semester-hours of courses
in metallurgy subjects.

While both the interim metallurgy program and the courses designated Met.
continue to be assigned to the Department of Chemical Engineering, neither an
"option" nor a new "curriculum" is implied.

INTERIM METALLURGY PROGRAM

f—Semester—^

Sofhomore Year I II

G. & P. 1— American Government 3

Math. 20, 21-Calculus 4 4

Phys. 20, 21-General Physics 5 5

Chem. 19— Elements of Quantitative Analysis 4

Ch. E. 15— Stoichiometry and Chemical Engineering Control. . . . 4

Met. 23— Non-ferrous and Ferrous Metallurgy . . 4

A.S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Physical Activities 1 1

Total 19 20

junior Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literatiue 3 3

C.E. 20— Statics and Dynamics 3

C.E. 22-Strength of Materials . . 3

Ch. E. 103, f, s— Elements of Chemical Engineering 3 3

Met. 1 50, 1 5 1-Physical Metallurgy 3 3

Met. 152, 153-Physical Metallurgy Laboratory 2 2

Chem. 187, 189-Physical Chemistry 3 3

Chem. 188, 190-Physical Chemistry Laboratory 2 2

Total 19 19

Senior Year

Met. 182, 183-Optical & X-Ray Metallography 4 4

Met. 164, 166— Thermodynamics of Metallurgical Processes. . 3 3

Ch. E. 116— Applied Math, in Chemical Engineering 1 3

Met. 104— Senior Metallurgical Seminar 1 1

Met. 168, 1 70— Metallurgical Investigations 2 4

Econ. 37— Foundamentals of Economics 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization^ 3 3

Ch. E. 140— Introduction to Nuclear Technology 2

Total 18 18

'Students who are to become candidates for graduate degrees requiring foreign
language may elect instead a foreign language and secure the American history credit
in their graduate program.

-< 20

COGNATE ACTIVITIES

DEPARTMENTS IN THE COLLEGE OP ENGINEERING WHICH CONTRIBUTB
significantly to activities in education, research, and professional service—
although they have no academic curricula— include the Institute for Fluid Dy-
namics and Apphed Mathematics; the Department of Wind Tunnel Operations;
and the Fire Service Extension Department. These departments work closely
with academic departments of the University in areas of common interest. The
scope of work in each department area is outlined briefly in paragraphs which
follow.

Fellowship grants and contracts for fundamental research, also contribute to
the overall professional-scientific activity of the staff of the College.

Institute For Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics

The Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics does fundamen-
tal research in theoretical and experimental fluid dj'namics and in the applications
of mathematics.

Theoretical and experimental studies of gases at high temperatures and high-
speed flow in fields of various nature and around bodies are being carried out
with the aid of shock tubes of special design with particular attention being given
to the new field of magneto gas dynamics. A low-turbulence wind tunnel is
available for studies of turbulence. Other facilities make possible the investiga-
tion of vortex flow and of transition from laminar to turbulent motion. Work
in mathematics ranges from classical hydro-dynamics to the modem theory of
transonic flow, and includes problems in eigenvalues, elasticity, electrostatics and
partial difterential equations. A research program is under way in statistical
mechanics, with emphasis on the theory of irreversible processes and the theory
of solids. The research program of the Institute is partially supported by outside
contracts.

The Institute cooperates in theoretical and experimental research vdth other
scientific agencies and, in so far as its resources permit, ofi^ers its facilities to
scholars in other institutions who may wish to spend their leave periods in study
and research.

The faculty and staff of the Institute work closely with faculty and stafif
of other departments on problems of mutual interest. They join in weekly
seminars and coUoquia on research problems in applied mathematics and applied
mechanics.

The faculty of the Institute, in cooperation with the faculty of other depart-
ments of the University, oflFer courses for students working toward advanced
degrees. These courses form part of the regular departmental offerings and
further information about them may be obtained from the Graduate School
Announcements.

21 ►

Cognate Activities

Wind Tunnel Operations

The Wind Tunnel Operations Department conducts a program of experi-
mental research and development in cooperation with the aircraft industry,
agencies of government, and other industries with problems concerning aerody-
namics. Testing programs cover a variety of subjects including all types of air-
craft, missiles, ordnance, parachutes, radar antennas, trucks, automobiles, struc-
tures, and exterior equipment subject to high winds.

The Department has a 7.75 x 11 foot wind tunnel that can be operated at
speeds from 0 to 240 mph. This facility has powered model drive equipment,
and auxiliary vacuum and high pressure air supplies for boundary layer control
studies. Supporting shops include complete woodworking, machine shop, photo-
graphic, and instrumentation facilities. A 3 x 10-inch shock tube is also avail-
able for tests and special studies involving very high velocities.

The full time staff of the Department includes engineering, computing,
shop, and technical operations personnel. This staff cooperates with other faculty
and students in the College of Engineering on special problems of mutual in-
terest.

Fire Service Extension Department

The Fire Service Extension Department provides in-service training for fire-
men and serves in an advisory capacity in matters of fire prevention, fire pro-
tection, and fire safety regulations. Classes are conducted in Maryland by local
instructors who work under the guidance of Senior Instructors of the Depart-
ment. Basic training of 60 clock hours is given in the fundamentals of fire-
manship. An advanced course of 60 clock hours covers the technical field of
fire prevention, control and extinguishment. A third section of 60 clock hours
emphasizes related technical information. A training course of 42 clock hours
for rescue operations is also available. An increasingly important program is that
of establishing and improving fire prevention and fire protection in Maryland
industry, institutions and mercantile establishments.

A four-day short course is held annually in September at the University.
Specialized courses include instructor training, pump school series, hydraulics,
aerial ladders. There are also conferences for fire company presidents, confer-
ences for fire chiefs, and schools for fire officers.

Additional information may be obtained from the Director, Fire Service
Extension Department, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.

Other Research Laboratories

The National Sand and Gravel Association, the National Ready Mixed Con-
crete Association, and the Asphalt Institute have research laboratories on the
campus. These agencies also sponsor fellowships for graduate students who
will devote half-time to graduate study and half-time to research on approved

-^ 22

Cognate Activities

projects in their respective areas of interest. Fellows will be selected from
applicants who hav'e been admitted to graduate study in some field of engineering.
Applications for admission to graduate study should be made on forms that may
be obtained from the Dean of the Graduate School, University of Marylan<^
College Park, Maryland.

Engineering Experiment Station

The Engineering Experiment Station carries on cooperative investigations
with industries of Maryland and departments of the state and federal govern-
ments. A diversity of engineering training, experience, and equipment repre-
sented by the faculty and laboratories of the College of Engineering is thus made
available for the problems under inquiry.

The staff of the College of Engineering available for research studies will be
glad to discuss proposed problems of importance to industry and of public interest
where means can be found for the cooperative researchers; such studies may be
undertaken with the approval of the administration of the University.

23 ►

COURSE OFFERINGS

The University resen'es the right to change any provisions or requirements at
any time within the student's term of residence; or to withdravi^ or discontinue
any course; or to ask a student to withdraw when it considers such action to be
in the best interests of the University. If a scheduled course is withdrawn or
discontinued, the fee charged for such course will be returned, and the corre-
sponding fee for change in registration will not be charged.

Courses designated by numbers 1 to 99 are for undergraduates; above 200
for graduate students; and from 100 to 199 for advanced undergraduates and
(subject to official approval) for graduates also.

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester showing the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. These schedules for a particular semester are available during
its period of registration.

The responsibility for proper registration and for satisfying stated prerequi-
sites for any course must rest with the student— as does the responsibility for
proper achievement in courses in which he is enrolled. Each student should be
familiar with the provisions of this catalog, University General and Academic
Regulations, and other pertinent regulations.

The courses in each engineering curriculum, as classified on page 7, form
a pattern of "sequences" and "parallels" in subject matter. In this respect, cur-
ricula in engineering may differ from curricula in other colleges. Some regula-
tions which are generally applicable to all students (see University General and
Academic Regulations^ may need clarification for purposes of orderly administra-
tion among engineering students. The following administrative interpretations
are noted for the current year:

1. A student who is enrolled for more than 6 semester-hours of work must
register for physical education and/or Basic Air Science (Health for women
students) each semester until he has fully satisfied the University's requirements
in both subjects. These subjects may not be deferred, and two courses in one area
may not be scheduled the same semester.

2. A student has attained junior standing on time if, among the first 63
applicable academic semester-hours he has scheduled, he has completed with an
average of "C" = 2.0 or better not less than 56 academic semester-hours which
are listed in his curriculum for the freshman and sophomore years. Otherwise
Academic Regulations, Section B, apply clearly.

3. A student who has not attained junior standing on time (as noted above)
will be reported to the Registrar in accord with Academic Regulations, Section B.

4. To be eligible for a bachelor's degree in the College of Engineering, a
student must have an average of at least "C" = 2.0— (a) in all subjects applicaljle

M 24

Aeronautical Engineering

to his degree, and (b) in all junior-senior courses in his major department.
Responsibility for knowing and meeting all degree requirements for graduation
in any curriculum rests with the student.

A student is advised to schedule a reduced load if his record of scholarship
during the previous semester was unsatisfactory (a) because he failed courses, or
(b) because his average during the previous semester was less than 2.0 ("C")-
A student who is on probation may not schedule more than 16 semester-hours of
work in any semester, including credit for physical educational and military science.

Courses administered by departments in the College of Engineering are
noted on pages 25-52 and selected courses administered by other departments
of the University on pages 53-59. The number of credit hours is shown in
the arable numerals in parenthesis after the title of each course.

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

Professors: sherwood, corning, shen and weske.

Visiting Professor: ludford.

Associate Professor: rivello.

Lecturers: hama, pai, kurzweg, NicoLAroES, seigel and wilson.

Aero. E. 50. Introduction to Aeronautics. CO

First semester. One laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Dr. 2. Introductory lec-
tures and supervised problem work. (Coming.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Aero. E. 101. Aerodynamics I. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 21 and Math. 21. Basic

fluid mechanics and aerodynamic theory. (Sherwood.)

Aero. E. 102. Aerodynamics 11. (2)

First semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Aero. E. 101. Elements of hydro-
dynamics and application to engineering problems. (Sher\vood.)

Aero. E. 107, 108. Airplane Design. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two supervised calculation periods
per week. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 101, and M.E. 22, 23. Aero. E. 102 and Aero. E.
113 to be taken concurrently. Theory and method of airplane design, airplane sta-
bility and control, airloads, and structural design. (Coming.)

Aero. E. 109, 110. Aircraft Power Plants. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisite, M.E. 100. Study of basic operating principles of reciprocating, turbojet, tur-
boprop, ramjet, and rocket engines. Specific topics of study include thermod)Tiamic
processes, combustion, fuels, carburetion, supercharging, lubrication, and engine per-
formance. (Weske.)

25 ►

Aeronautical Engineering

Aero. E. Ill, 112. Aeronautical Laboratory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisite, Aero. E. 101. To be taken concurrently with Aero. E. 102 and Aero. E. 113.
Wind tunnel tests. Structure tests. Ballistics tests. Report writing, original research
projects. (Staff.)

Aero. E. 113, 114. Mechanics of Aircraft Structures. (4, 3)
First and second semesters. First semester, 3 lectures and one calculation period a
week. Second semester, 3 lectures a week. Prerequisites, M.E. 22, 23 and Math. 64.
Principles and problems of airplane stress analysis and structural design. CRivello.)

Aero. E. 115. Aerodynamics HI. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Aero. E. 102. Elementary theory of the flow of a com-
pressible gas at subsonic and supersonic speeds. (Sherwood, Shen.}

Aero. E. 117. Aircraft Vibrations. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Math. 64. Vibration and
other dynamic problems occurring in airplane structures. Specific topics of study include
the single degree of freedom system, damping, forced vibrations, critical frequency, mul-
tiple degrees of freedom, and vibration isolation and absorption. (Ludford.)

For Graduates

Aero. E. 200, 201. Advanced Aerodynamics. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, Aero. E. 115, Math. 64. Review of thermodynamic and physical prop-
erties of gases. One dimensional flow of a perfect compressible fluid. Shock waves.
Fundamental equations of aerodynamics of a compressible fluid. Two-dimensional
linearized theory of compressible flow. Two-dimensional transonic and hj'personic
flows. Exact solutions of two dimensional isotropic flow. Linearized theory of three-
dimensional potential flow. Exact solution of axially symmetrical potential flow.
Method of characteristics. Nozzle design; flow in jets; rotational flow of compressible
fluid. One-dimensional viscous compressible flow. Laminar boundary layer of com-
pressible fluids. (Pai-)

Aero. E. 202, 203. Advanced Aircraft Structures. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, Math. 64 and Aero. E. 113, 114, or permission of the instructor. In-
troduction to two dimensional theory of elasticity, energy methods, plate theory, theory
of elastic instability. Aerodynamic heating of structures, thermal stresses, creep, creep
bending and buckling, visco-elastic theory. (Rivello.)

Aero. E. 204, 205. Aircraft Dynamics. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, Math. 64 and Aero. E. 114. Dynamics of a rigid body and applica-
tions to airplane dynamics. Generalized coordinates and Lagrange's equations. Vi-
brations of simple systems. Dynamics of elastically connected masses. Influence coeffi-
cients. Mode shapes and principal oscillations. Transient stresses in an elastic struc-
ture. Wing divergence and aileron reversal. Theory of two dimensional oscillating
airfoil. Flutter problems. Corrections for finite span. Compressibility effects.

(Shen, Nicolaides.)
Aero. E. 206, 207. Advanced Aircraft Powers Plants. (3, 3)
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 100; Aero. E.
109, 110. Special problems of thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power plants;
jet and rocket engines. Research in power plant laboratory. (Weske.)

^ 26

Aeronautical Engineering

Aero. E. 208. Advanced Aircraft Design. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 101, 102, 113, 114. Theory and method of
airplane design. Special emphasis is placed on tlie derivations and theoretical back-
ground of the formulas and experimental data used. (Coming.)

Aero. E. 209. Stability and Control. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 101, 102. Dynamic longitudinal and lateral

stability and control, preceded by a brief introduction to static stability. (Corning.)

Aero. E. 210. Aerodynamic Theory. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 101, Math. 64. Fundamental equations in
Huid mechanics. Irrotational motion. Circulation theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory.
Lifting line theory. Wind tunnel corrections. Propellor theories. Linearized equations
in compressible flow. (Ludford.)

Aero. E. 211. The Design and Use of Wind Tiwnels (^Supersonic') . (3)
First and second semesters. The design and use of wind tunnels (supersonic). Re-
view of basic aerodynamics and thermodynamics. Problems in supersonic tunnel design
such as pumping, power supply, condensation and driers. Equipment for measuring
results, including balances, manometers, optical instruments, such as schlieren, spark
illumination and X-ray equipment. Investigation in supersonic wind tunnels are de-
scribed with special reference to similitude required for conversion to full scale.

(Kurzweg.)
Aero. E. 212, 213. Bodies at Supersonic Speeds. (3, 3)

Brief review of gas dynamics, drag, lift, stability, and damping on a body in a super-
sonic stream. Special aerodynamic problems in the design of supersonic missiles.
Methods for obtaining accurate test data on the aerodynamic characteristics of super-
sonic missiles. (Kurzweg.)

Aero. E. 214. Seminar.

(Credit in accordance with work outlined by Aeronautical Engineering staff.) First

and second semesters.

Aero. E. 215. Research.

(Credit in accordance with work outlined by Aeronautical Engineering staff.) First

and second semesters.

Aero. E. 216. Selected Aerohallistics Prohlems. (3)

First semester. Physical processes and aerothermodynamic laws connected with the
flow around supersonic missiles. Boundary layer problems and the transfer of heat
and mass. (Kurzweg.)

Aero. E. 217. Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 101, Math. 64. Fundamental concepts.
Navier-Stokes' equations. Simple exact solutions. Laminar boundary layer theor)'.
Pohlhausen method. Turbulent boundary layer; mixing length and similarity theories.
Boundary layer in compressible flow. (Shen.)

Aero. E. 218. Selected Topics in Aerodynamics. (3)

First or second semester. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 210, 115. Topics of current interest

and recent advances in the field of aerodynamics. (Shen.)

27 ►

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Professors: huff, bonney, schroeder, pennington and duffey.

Associate Professor: Silverman.

Assistant Professor: gomezplata.

Instructors: MC Williams, gerken, ho, and madey.

Lecturers: kruger, lightbody, loring, and moore.

Ch. E. 15. Stoichiometry and Chemical Engineering Control. C^)
Second semester. Two lectures, two 3-hour laboratories a week. Prerequisite, Chem.
19. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. Introductory laboratory studies of widely used
materials, methods and computations encountered in the examination and interpreta-
tion of chemical engineering operations. Laboratory data are employed in heat and
material balances of chemical processes. (Gomezplata.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Ch. E. 103, f. s. Elements of Chemical Engineering. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Three hours a Vv'cek. Prerequisites, Chem. 3, Math. 21,
Phys. 21. Theoretical discussion of underlying philosophy and methods in chemical
engineering and elementary treatment of important operations involving fluid flow, heat
flow, evaporation, humidity and air conditioning, distillation, absorption, extraction, and
filtration. Illustrated by problems and consideration of typical processes. (Huff.)

Ch. E. 104. Chemical Engineering Seminar. (I, I)

One hour a week. Students prepare reports on current problems in chemical engi-
neering and participate in the discussion of such reports. The content of this course
is constantly changing so a student may receive a number of credits by re-registration.

Ch. E. 105, f, s. Advanced Unit Operations. (5, 5)

Two lectures and one all-day laboratory a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103 f, s, Chem.
189, 190. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. Advanced theoretical treatment of
basic chemical engineering operations. Study and laboratory operation of small scale
semi-commercial type equipment. A comprehensive problem involving theory and
laboratory operations is included to illustrate the development of a plant design requiring
the utilization of a number of fundamental topics. CBonney.)

Ch. E. 106, f, s. Minor Prohlems. (6, 6)
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester.

Ch. E. 107. Fuels and Their Utilization. (3)

Second semester. Three hours a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103, f, s, or permission of
Department of Chemical Engineering. A study of the sources of solid, liquid, and
gaseous fuels, their economic conversion, distribution, and utilization. Problems.

(Huff.)
Ch. E. 109, f, s. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics. (3, 3)
Three hours a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 187, 189, Ch. E. 103, f, s, or permis-
sion of instructor. A study of the application of the principles of engineering and

■< 28

Chemical Engineering

chemical thermodynamics to some industrial problems encountered in the practice of
chemical engineering. CBonney.)

Ch. E. 112, 113. Industrial Chemical Technology. (3, 3)

Three hours a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103, f, s, or simultaneous registration therein,
or permission of the Department of Chemical Engineering. A study of the major
chemical processes and industries combined with quantitative analysis of process require-
ments and yields. Plant inspection, trips, reports, and problems. (Schroeder.)

Ch. E. 114. Applications of Electrochemistry. (4)

First semester. Three lecture hoiurs and three laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite,

consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $8.00.

Ch. E. 116. Afflied Mathematics in Chemical Engineering I. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math. 20, 21 and Ch. E. 103, f, s. A study
of methods for analysis and solution of chemical engineering problems by use of
differential equations. Graphical, numerical and statistical methods and approxima-
tions by use of inhnite series are covered. CGomezplata.)

Ch. E. 117. Applied Mathematics in Chemical Engineering 11. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 116 or equivalent. Material covered
includes formulation and solution of partial differential equations that arise in chemical
engineering problems. Solution of chemical engineering problems by the calculus of
finite differences, and numerical solution of partial differential equations are covered.

Ch. E. 119. Empirical Equations and Nomography. (3)

Second semester. Three homs a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.

Ch. E. 123, 124. Elements of Plant Design. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, Ch. E. 103, f, s; Ch. E. 116; Chem. 189. The solution of tj'pical problems
encountered in the design of chemical engineering plants. Only Ch. E. 123 required
of seniors. CSchroeder.)

Ch. E. 131. Chemical Engineering Economics. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, simultaneous registration in or
completion of Ch. E. 112, 113, 109 f, s, and 123, or permission of instructor. Econ-
omic evaluation of chemical processes. Determination of investment and operating
costs for chemical engineering plants. Effect of risk and taxation on profits from
such plants. (Schroeder.)

Ch. E. 140. Introduction to Nuclear Technology. (2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21 and Phys.
21. Required of students in Departments of Chemical Engineering, Electrical Engi-
neering, and Mechanical Engineering. Engineering problems of the different parts
of the nuclear energy complex, including basic theory, nuclear reactor design, and
isotopic and chemical separations are discussed. The emphasis is on the nuclear
fission reactor. This is an orientation course for those only generally interested in
applied atomic energy. (Duftey.)

Ch. E. 142. Environmental Considerations of Nuclear Engineering. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Engi-

29 ►

Chemical Engineering

neerino analysis of protection of the public and the environment from the hazards of
nuclear energy operations. Emphasis is on the handling and disposal of gaseous, hquid
and solid radioactive wastes. Meteorological, hydrological and geological phases are
included. Typical problems encountered from mining of ores through nuclear reactor
operations and chemical separations are considered. Legislative and economic factors,
site selection, plant design and operation as related to the environment are discussed.

(Staff.)

Ch. E. 145. Applications of Differential Equations and Statistics in Chemical
Engineering. (3)

Second semester. One lecture, two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Ch. E.
103, f, s, Ch. E. 116, or permission of the instructor. (Gomezplata.)

Ch. E. 148. Nuclear Technology Laboratory. (4)

Two lectures, two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 3, Phys. 21, Math.
21, Ch. E. 140, or equivalents, and permission of instructor. Laboratory fee, $8.00
per semester. Laboratory operations of equipment demonstrating techniques of detect-
ing and making measurements of nuclear or high energy radiation. Radiation safety
experiments are included. Both a sub-critical reactor and a critical reactor are used
occasionally as a source of radiation. (Silverman.)

For Graduates

Ch. E. 201. Graduate Unit Operations. (5)

First semester. One-hour conference, three or more laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, permission of the Department of Chemical Engineering. Laboratory fee,
$8.00. Advanced theoretical treatment of typical unit operations in chemical engi-
neering. Problems. Laboratory operation of small scale semi-commercial units vdth
supplemental reading, conferences and reports. (Bonney.)

Ch. E. 202. Gas Analysis. (3)

One semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, per-
mission of Department of Chemical Engineering. Laboratory fee, $8.00. Quantitative
determination of common gases, fuel gases, gaseous vapors, and important gaseous
impurities. Problems. (Bonney.)

Ch. E. 203. Graduate Seminar. (I)

One hour a week. Required of all graduate students in chemical engineering. The
content of this course is constantly changing so a student may receive a number of
credits by re-registration. Students prepare reports on current problems in chemical
engineering and participate in the discussion of such reports. (Staff.)

Ch. E. 207, f, s. Advanced Plant Design Studies. (3, 3)

Three conference hours a week. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical

Engineering. (Huff, Schroeder.)

Ch. E. 209, f, s. Plant Design Studies Laboratory. (3, 3)

Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical

Engineering. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Bonney.)

^ 30

Chemical Engineering

Ch. E. 210, f, s. Gaseous Fuels. (2, 2)

Two hours a week. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical Engineering.
An advanced treatment of some of the underlying scientific principles involved in the
production, transmission and utilization of gaseous fuels. Problems in design and selec-
tion of equipment. CHuff.)

Ch. E. 214. Corrosion and Metal Protection. (4)

Second semester. Four lecture hours a week. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 114 or Chem.
189 or Chem. 190 or consent of the instructor. The subjects to be covered include:
theories of corrosion of ferrous and non-ferrous metals, passive films, corrosion inhibi-
tors, metal cleaning, stress corrosion, corrosive chemicals, electrolytic protection, restora-
tion of ancient bronzes, organic coatings, metal coloring, parkerizing, hot dip coatings,
plated coatings, and selection of engineering materials. CHuff.}

Ch. E. 216. Unit Processes of Organic Tech^tology. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of the Depart-
ment of Chemical Engineering. This course coordinates the study of fundamental
principles of organic synthesis with the requirements of the industrial plant.

CBonney.)

Ch. E. 217. Unit Processes of Organic Technology Laboratory. (2)
Second semester. Two or more laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, permission
of the Department. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. Pilot plant operation of
processes such as halogenation, hydration, nitration, oxidation, reduction and sulfo-
nation. (Bonney.)

Ch. E. 240, 241. Adva77ced Heat and Mass Transfer (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Elective of graduate students in chemical engineering
and others. Prerequisite, permission of the Department of Chemical Engineering.
The technical and scientific elements of the mathematical theory of heat and mass
transfer. (Gomezplata.)

Ch. E. 250. Chemical Engineering Practice. (6)

Four hours conference and forty hours per week of work in laboratory and plant
for eight weeks. Prerequisite, permission of the Department of Chemical Engineer-
ing. Not offered 1960-61.

Ch. E. 270. Plastics Technology. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, permission of

the Department of Chemical Engineering. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester.

Ch. E. 280, 281. Graduate Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 109, f, s, Ch. E. 116 or permission
of instructor. Advanced studies of the applications of the principles of engineering and
chemical thermodynamics to some industrial problems encountered in the practice of
chemical engineering. (Bonney.)

Ch. E. 290. Chemical Engineering Process Kinetics. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Methods
of application of kinetic data to the design of reactors for industrially important pro-
cesses are illustrated by solution of typical problems. Treatments for both homogeneous
and heterogeneous reactions are given. CGomezplata.)

31 ►

Chemical Engineering

Ch. E. 301. Seminar in Nuclear Engineering, (i)

First and second semesters, one meeting a week. Survey of nuclear engineering liter-
ature, and oral presentation of prepared reports. Since the content of this course is
changing, a student may receive a number of credits by re-registration. (DuflFey.)

Ch. E. 302, 303. Nuclear Reactor Engineering. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of in-
structor. The engineering problems of the design, construction and operation of
typical nuclear reactors, including general design, nuclear reactor theory, materials
of construction, heat transfer, and control, etc. Emphasis is toward commercial
nuclear reactors. (Duffey.)

Ch. E. 305. Suh-critical Nuclear Reactor Laboratory. (3)

One lecture, two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 148, 302, 303 or
equivalents and permission of instructor. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. Ex-
perimental work with the sub-critical nuclear reactor. The appropriate radiation de-
tection equipment is used. Experiments, such as infinite multiplication factors, lattice
amplification, temperature coefficients, neutron flux distribution in the lattice, and neu-
tron activation are carried out. (Staff.)

Ch. E. 308, 309. Nuclear Reactor Laboratory. (4, 4)

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, permission of instructor,
Ch. E. 148, 302, 303, 305, or equivalent. Laboratory fee $10.00 per semester. Experi-
ments demonstrating the techniques of using a critical nuclear reactor for research and
development work as well as for industrial operations are performed. The University
of Mar)'land reactor is employed. Experiments on reactor startup and operation,
shielding, control, neutron flux distributions, neutron and gamma spectrum, cross sec-
tion measurements are included. Experiments will include practice with a nuclear
reactor simulator. (Staff.)

Ch. E. 311, 312. Nuclear Separation Engineering. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisites Ch. E. 140 or equi-
valent, and permission of instructor. Application of chemical engineering to the
chemical and isotopic separations necessary for nuclear reactor operation. These separa-
tions include (1) processing of uranium, thorium, and other ores; (2) chemical separa-
tion of plutonium, uranium, fission products and other elements from materials irradi-
ated in nuclear reactors; (3) treatment of radioactive wastes; (4) isotopic separation
of U235; and (5) isotopic separation of heavy water and other desired materials.
Ch. E. 311 concerns primarily chemical separations, while Ch. E. 312 concerns mostly
isotopic separations and fuel cycles. Ch. E. 311 is not necessarily a prerequisite for
Ch. E. 312. ' (Silverman.)

Ch. E. 313. Selected Topics in Nuclear Engineering. (2)

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Topics of current inter-
est and recent advances in the nuclear engineering field. Because of the rapid advances
in the field, information on special topics of much practical importance is con-
tinually becoming available. Such information wall be presented in this course. Since
the content changes, re-registration may be permitted. (Staff.)

Ch. E. 314. Special Problems in Nuclear Engineering.

Credit hours to be arranged. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00

M 32

Metallurgy

per semester. Research or special study. This is for individual projects on a graduate
level. ' (Staff.)

Ch. E. 315. Non-Power Uses of Nuclear or High Energy Radiation. (2)
Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. An
engineering survey of the current applications and those under development. Included
are such uses of radiation as s}'nthesizing chemicals, preserving foods, control of
industrial processes. Design of irradiation installations, e.g. cobalt 60 gamma ray
sources, electronuclear machine arrangements, and specially built nuclear reactors are
considered. (Silverman.)

Ch. E. 320, 321. Advanced Nuclear Reactor Theory. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 302, 303,
year of advanced calculus, and permission of instructor. The theory of the calcidation
of critical masses, neutron flux distribution, neutron energy spectrum, kinetics of
reactor behavior and gamma ray attenuation are presented. Multigroup treatment of
reflected reactors, solution of the transport equations, perturbation theory, and other
advanced calculation techniques are included. (Duffey.)

Ch. E. 399. Research in Chemical Engineering. Research in Nuclear Engineer-
ing.

Credit hours to be arranged. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester (Research in Chemical
Engineering). Laboratory fee, $10.00 per semester (Research in Nuclear Engineering).
The investigation of special problems and the preparation of a thesis in partial ful-
fillment of the requirements of an advanced degree. (Staff.)

METALLURGY

Met. 23. Nonferrous and Ferrous Metallurgy. (4)

Second semester. Four lectures and demonstrations a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. The

methods of extraction of the important metals and their fabrication. (Pennington.)

Met. 68, 70. Mechanical Properties of Metals. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Two lectiires and one laboratory a week. Prerequisites,
Math. 21 and Phys. 2L Laboratory fee, $8.00. Introduction to metal forming opera-
tions, ingot casting, forging, rolling; powder metallurgy; metal tests, tensile, impact,
creep, fatigue, hardness. (Pennington.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Met. 104. Senior Metallurgical Seminar. (I, ])

One hour a week. Students prepare reports on current problems in metallurgy and
participate in the discussion of such reports. The content of this course is constantly
changing so a student may receive a nimiber of credits by re-registration. (Mc Williams.)

Met. ISO, 151. Physical Metalhirgy. O, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21 and Phys.
21. States of matter, physical structure of gases, liquids and solids; physical structiu'e
and constitution of metals; properties as related to atomic structures; x-ray and crystal
structure effect of mechanical working, heat treatment and composition; constitution

33 ►

Metallurgy

and properties of alloy systems; phase transformation and diffusion theory; casting, shap-
ing, welding, and testing metal objects. (Pennington.)

Met. 152, 151. Physical Metallurgy LaboTaiory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratories per week. Prerequisites,
Math. 21, Phys. 21, Met. 150, 151 (may be taken concurrently). Laboratory fee, $8.00
per semester. These courses are associated with Met. 150, 151, but are not required
with the lecture courses except in the case of metallurgy majors. (McWilliams.)

Met. 164, 166. Thermodynamics of Metallurgical Processes. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 187, 189;
Chem. 188, 190. The application of the principles of thermodjTiamics to metallurgical
systems with emphasis on steel making; laws of chemical reactions; materials and reac-
tions in steel making processes; applications of theory to steel making; applications of
theory of selected non-ferrous systems. CPennington.)

Met. 168, 170. Metallurgical Investigations. (2, 4)

First semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Second semester. Three lec-
tures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, concurrent registra-
tion in or completion of Met. 182, 183. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. A study
of the basic metals industry in which typical metallurgical processes in plant installa-
tions are considered in some detail. Class and individual assignments invohdng labora-
tory work and literature reviews. (Pennington, McWilliams.)

Met. 172. Light Metals arid Alloys. (2)

First semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, Met. 150, 151. The physical
metallurgy of alumintim, magnesium, titanivmi, and their alloys. Discussion of the
classic researches that have determined the course of thinking regarding such metals
and alloys. Pertinent phase diagrams of industrial importance to light alloys. The
special metallurgical processes influencing the fabrication and use of light alloys.

CLoring.)

Met. 182, 183. Optical and X-ray Metallography. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, Met. 150, 151 or permission of instructor. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semes-
ter. The application at an advanced level of the principles of metallography, with em-
phasis on the correlation of associated test procedures; constitution of metal systems
and phase transformations; alloy steels; hardenability and tempering of quenched
steels. (Kruger.)

Met. 188, 189. Alloy Steels I, II. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, graduate or under-
graduate standing. (Met. 188 is not prerequisite to Met. 189.) Recent advances in the
physical metallurgy of steel; ferrite, cementite, and austenite; the isothermal transforma-
tion of austenite; decomposition of austenite by continuous cooling; the effects of vari-
ous metallurgical treatments on the mechanical properties of steels. The properties of
quenched and tempered steels; importance of hardenability in engineering applications;
calculation of hardenability; variables affecting hardenability; intensifiers; effects of
allo3'ing elements on the mechanical properties of steels; efficient use of alloying ele-
ments in steel. (Loring.)

< 34

Metallurgy

For Graduates

Met. 220, 221. Solid Phase Reactions. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 187, 189;
Chem. 188, 190; Met. 182, 183; or permission of the instructor. The application of
thermodynamics to the study of phase equilibria and transformations in metals; mechan-
ism and rate determining factors in solid phase reactions in metals; order-disorder phe-
nomena, diffusion processes, nucleation theory, precipitation from solid solution, eutec-
toid decomposition. (Moore.)

Met. 224, 225. Advanced X-ray Metallografhy. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequi-
sites, Math. 114, 115; Met. 182, 183. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. Analysis
of crystallography or martensite reactions, and transformations in general; analysis of
complex diffracting systems.

Met. 228. Seminar in Metallurgy. CO

First and second semesters. One meeting a week. Required of graduate students in
metallurgical curriculum. Survey of metals literature, and oral presentation of prepared
reports. The content of this course is constantly changing, so a student may receive a
number of credits by re-registration. (Pennington.)

Met. 229. Gases in Metals. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Met. 182, 183, or permission
of the instructor. A consideration of the behavior of gases in metals with emphasis on
the action of hydrogen in solid metals. (Pennington.)

Met. 230, 231. Mechanical Metallurgy. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math. 114, 115; Met.
182, 183. Theory of plastic flow and rupture of polycrj'stalhne metals; the influence
of combined stresses, rate of deformation and temperatiire variation on the flow and rup-
ture of metals. Flow and fracture in single crj'stals; theoretical crj^stal plasticit)', theory
of failure, recovery, recrj'stallization, and texture formation. (Moore.)

Met. 232, 233. Advanced Physical Metallurgy. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Required of graduate students in
metallurgical curriculum. The principles of X-ray metallography; the atomic theory
of metals; magnetic materials; phabc equilibria; review of importani binary and ternary
systems; diffusion and transformations in the solid state. (Moore.)

Met. 238. Metallurgy of Nuclear Reactor Materials I. (2)
First semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, Met. 150-151. Theorj^ and practice
relating to metals such as uranium, thorium, and plutonium. The preparation of such
metals in their purest state for use in nuclear reactors. The physical, metallurgical
and mechanical characteristics of fissionable metals, their melting, casting, fabrication,
and heat treatment. The alloys of uranium, thorium, and plutonium. Theoretical
considerations and precautions in their preparation, investigation and use. Discussion
of phase diagrams of nuclear alloy systems. (Loring.)

35 ►

Civil Engineering

Met. 239. Metallurgy of Nticlear Reactor Materials U. (2)
Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Met. 238. Theory and practice
of nuclear metals used in reactors including structural materials such as beryllium
and zirconiimi, and metals used for transfer of heat such as sodium, bismuth, and
various low melting alloys. Discussion of pertinent phase diagrams. Radiation damage,
mass transfer, and other specialized effects. CLoring.)

Met. 399. Research in Metallurgy.

Credit hours to be arranged. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. The investigation
of special problems and the preparation of a thesis in partial fulfillment of the reqxiire-
ments of an advanced degree. (Pennington.)

CIVIL ENGINEERING

Professors: looney, allen, lepper, mavis and otts.

Associate Professors: barber, cournyn, gohr and wedding.

Assistant Professor: piper.

Instructors: career, krizek and mullen.

Lecturers: bloem and walker.

C.E. 20. Statics and Dynamics. (3)

First and second semesters for non-civil engineering students. Normally taken concur-
rently with Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Solution of force systems; forces in structures;
friction; centroids and centers of gravity; moments of inertia. Introduction to such sub-
jects as kinetics, work, power, energy, impulse and momentum; principles of plane
motion. (Krizek, Wedding, Barber.)

C.E. 21. Statics. (3)

Required of first semester sophomores in civil engineering. Prereqmsites, Math. 20
and Phys. 20 or concurrent registration. Solution of two and three dimensional force
systems. Analysis of structures; stresses in trusses, cables and beams. Centroids and
centers of gravity; distributed forces. Friction. Moments of inertia of areas.

(Garber, Lepper, Gohr.)
C.E. 22. Strength of Materials. (3)

First and second semesters. A course for non-civil engineering students similar in con-
tent to C.E. 23 and integrated with C.E. 20, which is a prerequisite.

(Garber, Krizek, Staff.)
C.E. 23. Strength of Materials. (3)

Required of second semester sophomores in civil engineering. Prerequisites, C.E. 21
and Math. 20; concurrent registration in Math. 21 and Phys. 20 or 21. Stress and
strain in engineering materials; allowable stresses; thin-shelled pressure vessels; riveted
and welded joints. Torsion. Stresses and deflection in determinate and indeterminate
beams; composite beams. Column theory. (Krizek.)

C.E. 24. Dynamics. (3)

Required of juniors in civil engineering. Prerequisites, C.E. 23, Math. 21 and Phys.
21. Moments of inertia of areas and masses. Principles of dynamics; motion of a
particle; translation and rotation of a rigid body; plane motion. Principles of work

M 36

Civil Engineering

and energy; impact forces on structural and machine members; impulse and mo-
mentum; simple mechanical vibrations. (Garber.)

C.E. 30. Materials of Engineering. (2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
Math. 21; concurrent registration in C.E. 23 and Phys. 21. The composition, manu-
facture, and properties ol the principal materials used in engineering; performance of
standard tests; interpretation of test results and of specifications. (Wedding.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Gradimtes

C.E. 100. Seminar. (2)

Two hours per week. Required of second semester juniors in civil engineering. Pre-
requisites, C.E. 30, C.E. 110 and C.E. 140. Discussions on the profession of civil
engineering with assigned student reports on special topics in selected fields designed
to present a comprehensive and integrated picture of the various fields and to aid in
the selection and assignment of senior technical electives. (Looney.)

C.E. 101. Construction Planning. (3)

Second semester. For second semester seniors in ci\'il engineering. Study of selected
plans, specifications and contracts vidth respect to planning a construction project. Ef-
fects of such elements as materials, plant and equipment, labor, organization, methods,
scheduling, supervision, and overhead on job performance and costs. CPip^r.)

C.E. 110. Surveying Z. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, junior
standing. Principles and methods of making plane and topographic surveys. Use,
care and adjustment of instruments. Consistent accuracy and systematic procedures
in field work, computation, and mapping are emphasized for obtaining desired ob-
jectives. (Gohr.)

C.E. 111. Surveying 11. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C.E.
110. A continuation of C.E. 110 wath emphasis on elementary problems of obtaining
essential field data preliminary to design and locating points, lines and grades for
selected engineering construction. (Gohr.)

C.E. 112. Photogrammetry. (2)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
C.E. 110. The fundamental principles of terrestrial and aerial photographic surveying
and their application to principles of map making. Laboratory exercises in the use of
the stereoscope, stereocomparagraph, contour finder, interpretometer, and the vertical
sketchmaster. (Gohr.)

C.E. 121, 122. Advanced Strength of Materials. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, C.E. 23 and 30 and senior standing. Strength and deformation of deform-
able bodies. UnsjTnmetrical bending, buckling, combined stresses and torsion. Ap-
plication of experimental data on materials to design problems. Correlation of analjti-
cal and experimental methods of analysis with design. Electrical strain gages, photo-
elasticity, brittle lacquer methods and various analogies. (Lepper, Wedding.)

37 ►

Civil Engineering

C.E. 140. Fluid Mechanics. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Math.
21; concurrent registration in C.E. 23 and Phys. 21. Required of juniors in civil en-
gineering. A rational and experimental study of fluids at rest and in motion
with special emphasis on water and oils. Principles of viscous and turbulent flow
through pipes, orifices, nozzles and metering devices; impulse and momentum concepts.
Flow through closed conduits and open channels; divided flow, pumps, turbines,
dimensional analysis; laws of similarity. (Cournyn, Staff.)

C.E. 141. Fhdd Mechanics. (3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, C.E. 20 or equiva-
lent. Similar to C.E. 140, but with demonstration lectures replacing the laboratory
work, for juniors in electrical engineering and fire protection. (Cournyn.)

C.E. 142. Hydrology. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
C.E. 140 or 141. A study of the factors governing the supply of ground water and
the flow of streams and their relation to water power, water supply, drainage and
sanitary engineering. (Cournyn.)

C.E. 150. Soil Mechanics. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, C.E. 23,
C.E. 24, and C.E. 30 or equivalents. Introductory study of the mechanics of aggrega-
tions and its application to earthworks and foundations. (Barber.)

C.E. 160. Structural Analysis I. (3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, C.E. 23 and C.E. 30; concurrent registration in C.E. 30. Analytical and
graphical determination of dead and live load induced stresses in statically determinate
structures; influence lines, elements of slope and deflection. (Piper.)

C.E. 161. Strtictiiral Analysis II. (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, C.E. 160. A basic course

in statically indeterminate structures. Analysis of continuous beams, rigid frames

and trusses. (Looney.)

C.E. 162. Structural Design (Steel). (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C.E. 160.
Structural design of steel and other metal beams, girders, and tension and compression
members. Checking and proportioning of members and connections in accord with as-
signed specifications. Selected applications to design of simple metal structures.

(Allen, Piper.)
C.E. J 63. Strtictural Design (Concrete'). (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, C.E.
160 and C.E. 161, but may be taken concurrently with the latter. Structural design
of concrete beams, slabs, columns, walls and footings. Checking and proportioning of
members in accord wdth assigned specifications. Selected applications of continuity in
plane frames to the design of reinforced concrete structures. (Allen, Piper.)

C.E. 170. Water Su-pply. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, C.E. 140
and senior standing. Requirements of a municipal water supply— design, operation,
maintenance, and administration (Otts.)

^ 38

Civil Engineering

C.E. 171. Sewerage. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, C.E.

140 and senior standing. The collection, treatment and disposal of sewage. (Otts.)

C.E. 180. Transportation. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, C.E. 23, C.E. 30 and C.E. 110. Engineering problems
of transportation by airways, highways, pipe-lines, railways and waterways. Elementary
d)Tiamics of traffic and fuiictional considerations of routes and terminals. (Wedding.^

C.E. 181. Highways. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C.E.
150. Location, design, construction, and maintenance of roads and pavements. Labora-
tory problems and field inspection trips. (Barber.)

C.E. 199. Research. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior standing. A special course arranged

to meet the needs of exceptionally well prepared students for special study in a

particular field. (Staff.)

For Graduates

C.E. 221, 222. Advanced Strength of Materials. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C.E. 23 and 30 or eqtiivalent. Analyses for
stress and deformation in engineering members by the methods of mechanics of
materials and elementary theories of elasticity and plasticity. Problems in flexure,
torsion, plates and shells, stress concentrations, indeterminate combinations, residual
stresses, stability. (Lepper.)

C.E. 223. Experimental Stress Analysis. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, C.E. 221 or permission of instructor. Experimental
methods of stress and strain analysis for static and impact forces. Use of structural
models; brittle and plastic material methods; analogies; photoelasticity; optical, mechan-
ical and electrical strain gages and instnmientation. (Wedding.)

C.E. 224. Advanced Engineering Materials Laboratory. (3)
First or second semester. Prerequisite, C.E. 23 and 30, or equivalent. Critical examin-
ation of the methods for testing engineering materials and structures under static,
repeated, sustained and impact forces. Laboratory experiments for the determination
of strength and stiffness of structural alloys, concrete and other construction materials.
Critical examination of the effects of test factors on the determination of engineering
properties. (Lepper, Wedding.)

C.E. 225, 226. Advanced Properties of Materials. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C.E. 221 and 222. Modern theories of the
structure of matter applied to the study of elastic and plastic deformation of materials
under static, repeated, sustained and impact forces. Elements of solid state physics,
crystal structure, slip and dislocation theory; polycr^'stalline solids. Effects of low and
high temperature, loading rates, and state of stress on mechanical properties and fracture.
Critical study of tests and their application to strength of members. (Lepper.)

39 ►

Civil Engineering

C.E. 227, 228. Theories of Concrete and Granular Materials. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C.E. 221, 222 and 224. Critical reviews of
analytical and experimental investigations of the behavior of concretes under diverse
conditions of loading and environment. Mechanics of granular aggregates and the
chemistry of cements. Theories for the design of Portland cement and asphaltic con-
crete mixtures. Relations between laboratory testing and field experience. CWedding.)

C.E. 231, 232. Theory of Concrete Mixtures I, 11. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, C.E. 30 or equivalent. Methods for the design of concrete mixtures, and

a study of factors affecting the properties of the resulting concrete. (Wedding.)

C.E. 241. Hydraulic Engineering. (3)

Prerequisite, C.E. 140, 141 or equivalent. Water power and flood control. Analysis
of the principal features of a water power project with special reference to reservoir,
waterway, dam, plant accessories, and power house equipment. Complete report on
a water power project required, including costs and power valuation. (Cournyn.)

C.E. 251. Soil Mechanics. (3)

Prerequisite, C.E. 150 or equivalent. CBarber.)

C.E. 252. Advanced Foundations. (3)

Prerequisites, C.E. 150, 162 and 163, or equivalent. (Barber.)

C.E. 261. Civil Engineering Planning. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, C.E. 160, 161, 162 and 163, or equivalent. General
planning of large engineering projects involving industrial plants, bridges, highways,
railroads, and port developments. Emphasis on general planning followed by design
construction and cost estimates. (Looney, Piper.)

C.E. 262. Civil Engineering Planning. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, C.E. 261. City and regional planning and developmen.t.
Special problems of municipal development. Emphasis on preparing engineering re-
ports, financing and cost estimates. Preparation of presentation to public bodies.

(Looney, Piper.)
C.E. 263. Theory of Structural Design. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, C.E. 160, 161, 162 and 163, or equivalent. Advanced
structural theory applied to the design of bridges and buildings. Methods of analysis
for indeterminate structures, including moment distribution. Maxwell's method,
virtual work, reciprocal theory, MuUer Breslau's principle, and classical analytical
methods. (Looney.)

C.E. 264. Theory of Structural Design. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, C.E. 263. Correlation of theory, experience, and experi-
ments in study of structural behavior, proportioning, and preliminary design. Special
design problems of fatigue, buckling, vibrations, and impact. (Looney.)

C.E. 265, 266. Concrete Structures. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C.E. 263 and 264. Examination of the
fundamental basis for the design of reinforced concrete structures. Correlation of
laboratory research, advanced structural theory and mechanics and design methods.
Application to the design of modern forms of concrete structures, such as folded
plates, slabs, thin shells, life slabs, prestressing, and precasting. (Looney.)

M 40

Drawing, Electrical Engineering

C.E. 267, 268. Steel Stnicttires. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C.E. 263 and 264. Design of large steel
structures, such as cantilever and continuous trusses and girders, steel arches, suspen-
sion bridges, and tall building frames. Special problems of secondary stresses, wind
bracing, stability and bracing, and interaction and deformation stresses. Study of
specifications, factor of safety and ultimate strength, and the relation between structiual
tests and design, (Looney.)

C.E. 271, 272. Sanitary Engineering Design. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C.E. 170 and 171, or equivalent. Practical
problems in the design of sewer systems and appurtenances; sewage treatment plants;
water collection and distribution systems; water purification plants. Selected design of
structures related to the operation of water supply and sewerage systems and indus-
trial waste treatment plants. (Otts.)

C.E. 281, 282. Advanced Highway Engineering. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C.E. 150, 180 and 181, or equivalent. Recon-
naissance and location, surve3's and plans, drainage, subgrade structure, low-cost roads,
base courses, flexible and rigid pavement design. Highway organization planning econ-
omy, and finance. Geometric design and traffic engineering. (Barber.)

C.E. 298. Seminar.

First or second semester. Credit in accordance with work outlined by the Department.

Prerequisite, consent of the Department of Civil Engineering. (StaflF.)

C.E. 399. Research.

Credit in accordance with work done. (Staff.)

DRAWING

Dr. 1, 2. Engineering Drawing. (2, 2)

FvibL and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Required of engineering
'freshmen. Prerequisites: for Dr. 1, Math. 18 or concurrent registration in Math. 18;
for Dr. 2, Math. 18. Lettering, use of instruments, orthographic projection, auxihary
views, revolution, sections, pictorial representation, dimensioning, fasteners, technical
sketching, and working drawings. (Wockenfuss and Staff.)

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Professors: Corcoran, reed, wagner and weber.

Associate Professors: hodgins, small, price, and rutelli.

Assistant Professors: hochuli and simons.

Instructors: ginnings, hahn, jones, Thompson and rumbaugh.

Lecturers: chu, freeman, schulman, vanderslice, beach, horton, katzin,

OHMAN, SCHUCHARD, TRENT AND WATTERS.

E. E. 1. Basic Electrical Engineering. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one laborator)' period a week. Prerequisites,

Math. 21 and Phys. 21 or concurrent registration. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Required of

41 ►

Electrical Engineering

sophomores in electrical engineering. Basic concepts of electric potential, current, power,
and energy; d-c circuit analysis by the mesh-current and nodal methods; network
theorems; magnetic field concepts; magnetic effects of engineering importance.

(Corcoran, Thompson, Rumbaugh.)

For Advanced Undergraduates

E. E. 50. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Re-
quired of juniors in civil engineering. Principles of direct and alternating currents;
power circuits and distribution systems; direct and alternating current machines and ap-
plications; introduction to electronic devices. (Jones.)

E. E. 51, 52. Princi'ples of Electrical Engineering. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Required of juniors in
aeronautical and mechanical engineering, and seniors in chemical engineering. A
study of elementary direct-current and alternating-current circuits, polyphase circuits;
magnetic circuits. Principles of operation of direct and alternating current machinery
and transformers. Brief study of vacuum tubes operated as rectifiers and amplifiers.

(Small, Hochuli.)
E. E. 60. Electricity and Magnetism. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21, and E. E. 1. Required of juniors in
electrical engineering. Electromagnetism as apphed to electrical engineering; electric
field theory with emphasis on capacitance calculations, magnetic field theory with em-
phasis on inductance calculations. Uses vector notation. (Reed, Weber.)

E. E. 65. Direct-Current Machinery. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Math.
21, Phys. 21, and E. E. 1. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Required of juniors in electrical en-
gineering. Construction, theory of operation, and performance characteristics of oliject-
current generators, motors, and control apparatus. Experiments on the operation and'.
characteristics of direct-current generators and motors. (Hodgins.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

E. E. 100. Alternating-Current Circuits. (4)

First semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, "C"
average (by courses) in Math. 20-21, Phys. 20-21, and E.E. 1. Laboratory fee,
$4.00. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. Single- and polyphase-circuit
analysis under sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal conditions of operation. Mesh-current
and nodal methods of analysis. Harmonic analysis by the Fourier series method.
Theory and design of tuned coupled circuits. (Price, Simons.)

E. E. 101. Engineering Electronics. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
E. E. 100. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. Laboratory fee, $4.00.
Theory and applications of electron tubes and associated circuits with emphasis on
equivalent-circuit and graphical analysis of audio amplifiers; theory of feedback am-
plifiers. (Price, Simons.)

■< 42

Electrical Engineering

E. E. 102. Alternating-Current Machinery. (4)

First semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, E. E.
65 and E. E. 100. Required of seniors in electrical engineering. Laboratory fee, $4.00.
The operating principles of alternating-current machinery considered from theoretical,
design, and laboratory points of view. Synchronous generators and motors; single and
polyphase transformers; three-phase induction generators and motors; single-phase
induction motors. (Hodgins, Reed.)

E. E. 103. Engineering Analysis. (2)

First semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 1. Analysis of physical

systems with emphasis on the selection and application of appropriate mathematical

methods; elements of probability and statistics. (Staff.)

E. E. 104. Communications. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, E. E. 60 and E. E. 100. Re-
quired of juniors in electrical engineering. Long-line theory applied to audio-frequency
and ultra-high-frequency systems. Elements of Hlter theory: impedance matching; Max-
well's equations in rectangular and cylindrical coordinates and in scalar notation; ele-
ments of rectangular wave-guide theory. (Pveed, Simons.)

E. E. lOS, 106. Radio Engineering. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, E. E. 101, E. E. 105. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Required of seniors in electrical
engineering. Characteristics of radio-frequency circuits including the design of tuned
couple circuits and Class C amplifiers. Amplification, oscillation, modulation, and
detection wdtli particular emphasis on radio-frequency amplification and broadcast-
range reception. Elements of wave propagation and antenna systems. (Wagner, Price.)

E. E. 107. Electrical Measurements. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, E. E.
100 and Math. 64. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Measurement and calibration techniques
employing ballistic galvanometers, potentiometers, bridges, electromagnetic and cathode-
ray oscillographs, watt-hour meters, and electronic instruments. (Thompson.)

E. E. 108. Electric Transients. (3)

Virst semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, E. E. 101, Math. 64. Required
of seniors in electrical engineering. Current, voltage, and power transients in lumped-
parameter networks. Introduction and utilization of Laplace transforms.

(Price, Simons.)
E. E. 109. Pulse Techniques. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, E. E. 108, Math. 64. Re-
quired of seniors in electrical engineering. Generation, shaping, ampHfication, and delay
of non-sinusoidal wave-forms. Circuit design techniques and application to radar, tele-
vision, and computers. (Simons, Schulman.)

E. E. 110. Transistor Circuitry. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 101. P-n junction theory;
point-contact and junction t)'pe transistors; transistor parameters; equivalent circuits;
typical transistor amplifier and oscillator circuits. (Simons.)

43 ►

Electrical Engineering

E. E. 114. Applied Electronics. (3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 101. Detectors
and discriminators; gas tube characteristics and associated circuits; photoelectric tubes
and associated circuits; rectifiers and regulators; vacuum tube instnmients. (Staff.)

E. E. 115. Feedback Control Systems. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, E. E. 101 and E. E. 108.
Servomechanisms and automatic regulators; investigations of electric, hydraulic, pneu-
matic, and mechanical elements; analysis of system differential equations and develop
ment of transfer functions; stability criteria. (Price.)

E. E. 116. Feedback Control Systems Laboratory. (I)

Second semester. One laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 115 or con-
current registration in E. E. 115. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Laboratory exercises involv-
ing some of the basic concepts of feedback control systems.

E. E. 117. Power Transmission and Distribution. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, concurrent registration in E. E.
102. Inductance and capacitance calculations of polyphase transmission Hnes on a per
wire basis; effective resistance calculations and depth-of-penetration formula; generalized
parameters of four-terminal networks and long-line theory appUed to power distribution
systems; use of transmission Une charts. (Reed.)

E. E. 120. Electromagnetic Waves. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Math. 64, senior standing in
electrical engineering or physics. The basic mathematical theory of electromagnetic
wave propagation employing Maxwell's equations in scalar and vector form and in
generalized coordinates; application to wave-guide transmission; propagation in space.

(Reed.)
E. E. 130. Electronic Analog Computers. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, E. E. 101, Math. 64. Princi-
ples of electronic computers of the analog type. Analog computing components, opera-
tional amplifiers, d-c amplifiers, instrtmient servos, multipliers, and function generators.

i^Chu.)
E. E. 131. Electronic Digital Computers. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, E. E. 101, Math. 64. Prin-.
ciples of electronic computers of the digital type. Digital computing operations, basic
computing and control circuits, logical design, arithmetic unit, memory systems, and
control units. (Chu.)

E.E. 160, 161. Vacuum Tubes. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Math. 64, senior
standing in electrical engineering or physics. Electron emission; laws of electron mo-
tion; space charge effects; noise in vacuum tubes; magnetic lenses; klystrons; mag-
netrons; photoelectric tubes; other special-purpose tubes. (Weber.)

Eor Graduates

E. E. 200. Symmetrical Components. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 102. Application of the

^ 44

Electrical Engineering

method of symmetrical components to sjTichronous generators, transmission lines, trans-
formers, static loads possessing mutual coupling, and induction motor loads. Methods
of calculating positive, negative, and zero sequence reactances, of transmission lines.
Complete network solutions in terms of symmetrical components and comparison of
these solutions with those obtained by classical methods. Methods of measuring posi-
tive, negative, and zero sequence, reactances of synchronous generators. (Reed.)

E. E. 201. Electromagnetic Theory. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prereqmsite, E. E. 120 or E. E. 215. Theo-
retical analysis and engineering applications of Laplace's, Poisson's and Maxwell's
equations. CWeber.)

E. E. 202, 203. Transients in Linear Systems. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, undergraduate major
in electrical or mechanical engineering or physics. Operational circuit analysis; the
Fourier integral; transient analysis of electrical and mechanical systems and vacuum
tube circuits by the Laplace transform method. (Wagner.)

E. E. 206, 207. Microwave Engineering. (3.3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week first semester and two lectures and
one laboratory period a week second semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 201 or E. E. 216.
Laborator)' fee, E.E. 207, second semester, $4.00. Basic considerations in solving field
problems by differential equations; circuit concepts and their vaHdity at high frequency;
propagation and reflection of electromagnetic waves; guided electromagnetic waves;
high-frequency oscillators and tubes, radiation engineering. (Weber.)

E. E. 209. Stahilhy in Power Systems. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 200. An extension of
symmetrical components. E. E. 200, as applied to power systems; study of the stability
problem; the smng equation and its solution; the equal-area and Routh's criteria for
stability; solutions of faulted three-phase networks; system design. (Reed.)

E. E. 212, 213. Servomechanism. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, undergraduate major
in electrical or mechanical engineering or physics. (It is desirable that the student
shoulcl have had E. E. 202.). The design and analysis of regulatory systems, emphasiz-
ing s<jr\'o-mechanisms. Regulatory systems are analyzed by means of the governing dif-
ferential equations to provide background for more practical studies of frequency spec-
tnim analysis. Characteristics of actual svstems and practical considerations are studied.

(Price.)
E. E. 215, 216. Radio Wave Propagation. (3, 3) .

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, undergraduate major
in electrical engineering, physics, or mathematics. Maxwell's wave equation; concept
of retarded magnetic vector potential; propagation over plane earth; propagation over
spherical earth; refraction; meteorological effects; complex antennas; air-to-air propaga-
tion; lobe modulation. (Reed.)

E. E. 218, 219. Signal Analysis and Noise. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, undergraduate major

in electrical engineering or physics. Fourier series and integrals; phase and frequency

45 ►

Electrical Engineering

modulation; noise figures of linear systems; shot effect; power spectra; applications of
correlation function; properties of noise. (Freeman.)

E. E. 220, 221. Theory of Communication. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 219. Measure
of information and channel capacity; methods of describing random signals and circuit
analysis involving those signals. The statistical theory of communication systems. Sys-
tems which are statistically optimum. (Weber, Hogan.)

E. E. 222. Graduate Seminar. Cl-3^

Second semester. Prerequisite, approved application for candidacy to the degree of
Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy in electrical engineering. Seminars are held
on topics such as micro-wave engineering, radiation engineering, non-linear circuit
analysis, tensor analysis, and other topics of current interest. Since the subject matter
is continually changing, a student may receive a number of credits by re-registration.

(Corcoran, Reed, Weber, and Wagner.)

E. E. 230. Mathematics of Circuit Analysis. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical
engineering or physics. The mathematics of circuit analysis, including determinants,
matrices, complex variable, and the Fourier integral. (Vanderslice.)

E. E. 231. Active Network Analysis. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 230. Tae complex fre-
quency plane; conventional feedback amplifier theory; Bode's matheniatical definitions
of feedback and sensitivity; theorems for feedback circuits; stability and physical realiz-
ability of electrical networks; Nyquist's and Routh's criteria for stability.

(Corcoran, Vanderslice.)
E. E. 232, 233. Network Synthesis. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 231 or equiva-
lent. Design of driving-point and transfer impedance functions with emphasis on the
transfer loss and phase of minimum-phase networks; flow diagrams; physical network
characteristics, including relations existing between the real and imaginary coiTiponents
of network functions; modem methods of network synthesis. (Vanderslice.)

E. E. 235. Afflications of Tensor Analysis. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 202 or E. E. 230. The
mathematical background of tensor , notation which is applicable to electrical engin eer-
ing problems. Applications of tensor analysis to electric circuit theory and to field
theory. (Wagner.)

E. E. 299. Electrical Engineering Research.

Prerequisite, approved application for candidacy to the degree of Master of Science or
Doctor of Philosophy in electrical engineering. Six semester hours of credit in E. E.
399 are required of M. S. degree candidates and a minimum of eighteen semester hours
is required of Ph.D. candidates. A thesis covering an approved research problem and
written in conformity with the regulations of the Graduate School is a partial require-
ment for either the degree of Master of Science or the degree of Doctor of Philosophy
in electrical engineering. (Graduate Staff.)

M 46

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Professors: shreeve and jackson.

Associate Professors: allen, hayleck and eyler.

Assistant Professors: hennick, wockenfuss, gather and sayre.

Instructors: elkins, shippling, swearman, hanley, thomas, lloyd, marks,

wise and getting.
Lecturer: haberman.

For Undergraduates

M.E. 20, 21. Manufacturing Tools and Processes, (i, J)

First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, each semester, $3.00. A study of tools
and methods used in industry to fabricate materials of engineering. One combination
lecture and laboratory period a week. Machine tools and processes, casting and form-
ing processes, welding and allied processes, and related fabricating techniques and
processes. (Hennick, Wockenfuss, Swearman.)

M.E. 22, 23. Statics and Mechanics of Materials. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, first semester, Math.
20, Phys. 20 or taken concurrently; and second semester, Math. 20, Phys. 20; Math. 21,
Phys. 21 or taken conciurently. Force systems, equations of equilibrium, distributed
forces, trusses and beams, shear and moment diagrams; stresses, strains, deflections,
statically indeterminate beams and structures, columns, methods of energy, Castigh-
ano's theorem and applications. (Hayleck and Staff.)

M.E. 24. Dynamics. (3)

First seme,ster. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21, or
taken concurrently. Accelerated motion of particles, bodies, and machine parts. D'AIem-
bert's principle, equations of motion and their solution. Methods of momentum, im-
pulse, energy, balancing, introduction to vibrations. (Hayleck, Staff.)

¥or Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

M.E.. 100. Thermodynamics. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratorj' period a week. Prerequisites, Phys.
20, Tvlath. 21, conciurently. Piequired of juniors in mechanical and aeronautical
engineering. The properties, characteristics, and fundamental equations of gases, and
vapors. Application of the first and second laws of thermodynamics in the analysis
of basic heat engines, air compression, and vapor cycles. Flow and non-flow processes
for gases and vapors. (Eyler, Sayre.)

M.E. 101. Heat Transfer. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M.E. 100, M.E. 102 con-
currently. Basic principles of heat transfer, including a study of conduction by steady
state and variable heat flow; free and forced convection, radiation, evaporation and
Condensation of vapors, and the application of the principles of heat transfer to
d.;sign problems. (Eyler.)

47 ►

Mechanical Engineering

M.E. 102. Fluid Mechanics. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisites, M.E. 100.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. Fluid statics, Bernoulli's equation, principles of impulse and
momentum, analysis, measurements of flow and fluid properties, dimensional analysis
and dynamic similitude, hydraulic machinerj'. (Sayre.)

M.E. 103,. Metallography. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M.E.

20, 21, 23. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study of the structure of metals and alloys as
related to their properties. Study of crystallation, plastic deformation, constitution
diagrams, heat treatment and effect of alloying elements on ferrous and non-ferrous
materials. Laboratory work in thermal analysis, microscopy heat treatment and testing
of metals. (Jackson, Eyler.)

M.E. 104. Kinematics. (2)

Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M.E.
24, Math. 21. A study of velocity, acceleration, and displacement of mechanisms,
cam motion, gearing and gear trains. (Hayleck.)

M. E. 105. Principles of Mechanical Engineering. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Phys.

21, Math. 21. Required of seniors in ci\dl engineering. Elementary thermody-
namics and the study of heat, fuel and combustion in the production and use of
steam for generation of power. Supplemented by laboratory tests and trips to industrial
plants. (Gather, Sayre.)

M.E. 107. Heat Power— Chemical and Nuclear. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, M.E.
100. Laboratory fee, $3.00 per semester. Required of seniors in electrical engineering.
The study of power plant cycles using as heat sources nuclear reactors, solid, liquid and
gaseous fuels. Includes analysis and design of such equipment as: reactors, boilers,
turbines, regenerators and their accessories. (Gather.)

M.E. 150, 151. Heat Power— Chemical and Nuclear. (4, 4)
First and second semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, M.E. 100; M.E. 102, concurrently. Required of seniors in mechanical
engineering. The study of all types of power plants including internal combustion
engines, gas turbines, and steam stations; using all t)'pes of heat sources including
nuclear reactors, solid, liquid and gaseous fuels. Includes the study of such cycles as
Otto, Diesel, Brayton and Rankine. Analysis and design of various components' such
as: reactors, regenerators, turbines, compressors, boilers and condensers.

(Shreeve, Gathf^r.)
M.E. 152, 153. Mechanical Engineering Design. (4, 3)

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Second semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M.E. 103, M.E. 104. Design
of machine elements. Machine design projects. Mechanical vibrations.

(Jackson, Hayleck.)
M.E. J 54, 155. Mechanical Laboratory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisite, senior standing. Required of seniors in mechanical engineering. Laboratoty

Mechanical Engineering

fee, $3.00 per semester. Experiments on fuels and lubricants, steam engine and turbines,
air compressors, gasoline and diesel engines and various other mechanical equipment.
Written reports are required on all tests. (Staff.)

M.E. 156. Heating and Air Conditioning. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M.E.
100; M.E. 101, concurrently. The fundamentals of heating and cooling load computa-
tions. Basic information on heating and air conditioning systems for residential and
industrial use. (Allen, Eyler.)

M.E. 157. Refrigeration. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M.E.
100, M.E. 101, M.E. 102 concurrently. Laboratory fee, $3.00 per semester. Thermo-
dynamic analysis of air, vapor compression, absorption and water refrigeration systems.
Characteristics of refrigerants. Study of refrigeration as applied to cooling and dehumidi-
hcation in air conditioning. Low temperature refrigeration, the heat pump, and other
special topics. (Allen, Eyler.)

M.E. 158, 159. Afflied Elasticity. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math. 64, M.E. 23.
Advanced strength of materials involving beam problems, curved bars, flat plates, shells,
statically indeterminate structures. Methods of work and energy.

M.E. 160, 161. Advanced Dynamics. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math. 64, M.E. 24.
Linear, plane and three dimensional motion, moving axes, Lagrange's equation, Ham-
ilton's principle, balancing, vibration, gyroscope, etc.

M.E. 162, 163. Advanced Thermodynamics. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M.E. 100, 102;
Math. 64 Advanced problems in thermodynamics on compression of gases and liquids,
combustion and equilibrium. Problems in advanced heat transfer. (Allen, Shreeve.)

M.E. 164. Research. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, "B" average and senior standing in mechanical

engincfiring. Arrangements must be made in advance of registration. (Staff.)

M.E. 165. Creative Engineering. (3)

Firs! and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior standing in mechanical engineering.

Solvi-ng design problems in engineering with emphasis on the creative approach.

(Shreeve.)
M.E. 166, 167. Advanced Fluid Mechanics. (3, 3)

Fii-st and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M.E. 102, Math. 64.
H) drodynamic theory, Navier Stokes equations, subsonic and supersonic compressible
fvow, normal shock theory. Engineering applications. (Sayre.)

For Graduates

M.E. 200, 201. Advanced Dynamics. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, M.E. 24, Math. 64, M.E. 153, M.E. 155.

49 ►

Mechanical Engineering

Mechanics of machinery. Dynamic forces. Balancing of rotating parts. Vibrations and
vibration damping. Critical speeds.

M.E. 202, 203. ApfUed Elasticity. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, M.E. 23, Math. 64, M.E. 153. Advanced
methods in structural and experimental stress analysis. Advanced strength of materials
involving beam problems, curved bars, thin plates and shells, buckling of bars, plates
and shells, etc. Advanced work in stress concentrations, plastic deformations, etc., and
problems involving instability of structures.

M.E. 204, 205. Advanced Thermodynamics. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a w^eek. Prerequisites, M.E. 101, M.E. 151,
Math. 64. Advanced problems in thermodynamics on compression of gases and liquids,
combustion and equilibrium, humidification and refrigeration and availability. Prob-
lems in advanced heat transfer covering the effect of radiation, conduction, and convec-
tion, steady and unsteady flow, evaporation and condensation. (Shreeve, Allen.)

M.E. 206, 207. Advanced Machine Design. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math. 64, M.E. 153.
Application of advanced methods of stress analysis to design of special stationary and
moving machine parts, including rotating disk, bearings, thick wall cylinders, screw
fastenings, crankshafts, etc. Application of linear and torsional vibration and balancing
in the design of machine members. Complete design of a machine. Study of current
design literature. (Jackson.)

M.E. 208, 209. Steam Power Design. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequi-
site, IVI.E. 151. Design and specifications of power plants with special emphasis on
central stations heated by conventional fuels and nuclear reactors. Design of all com-
ponents including turbines, boilers, and reactors. Problems of water treatment and
v/aste disposal (atomic and ash) are considered. (Shreeve.)

M.E. 210, 211. Advanced Fluid Mechanics. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, M.E. 102, Math. 64 or equivalent. Potential
flow theory; three dimensional flow examples; application of complex variables to two-
dimensional flow problems; Blasius theorem, circulation and Joukowski hypejthesisj
engineering applications to cavitation predication and calculation of pressure distribu-
tion; introduction to viscous flow and theory of the boundary layer. (Sa^ re.)

M.E. 212, 2J3. Advanced Steam Power Laboratory. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prere:qui-
site, registration in M.E. 204, 205. Research on advanced steam power problems to
illustrate and advance steam power theory. Power plant heat balances. (Shreefe.)

M.E. 214, 215. Advanced A'pflied Mechanics Lahoratory. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequi-'
sites, registration in M.E. 200, 201 and M.E. 202, 203. Illustrative experiments and
research on diflicult problems in stress analysis. Photoelasticity. Mechanical vibrations.
Critical speeds. Dynamic stresses. Fatigue of materials.

M.E. 216, 217. Advanced Internal Combustion Engine Design. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Pre-

^ 50

Mechanical Engineering

requisites, M.E. 150, 151; M.E. 152, 153 and registration in iM.E. 200, 201 and
M.E. 204, 205. Each student will carry out complete designs of internal combustion
engines. (Shreeve.}

M.E. 218, 219. Advanced Internal Combustion Engine Laboratory. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequi-
site, registration in M.E. 216, 217. Advanced laboratory tests and problems in the de-
sign of internal combustion engines. (Shreeve.)

M.E. 220. Seminar.

Credit in accordance with work outlined by mechanical engineering staff. Prerequisite,

graduate standing in mechanical engineering. (Staff.)

M.E. 221. Research.

Credit in accordance with work outlined by mechanical engineering staff. Prerequisite,
graduate standing in mechanical engineering. Research in any field of mechanical
engineering as applied mechanics, heat transfer, thermodynamics, heat, power, etc.

(Staff.)
M.E. 222. Advanced Metallogra'phy. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M.E.
103, M.E. 23. Advanced study of the structure and properties of metals and alloys.
Study of the latest developments in ferrous and non-ferrous alloys including stainless
steels, high temperature steels, tool steels, aluminum, magnesium and copper alloys.
Study of inspection of metals by the use of x-rays, spectograph, metallograph and
magniflux. Review of current literature. (Jackson.)

M.E. 223, 224. Steam and Gas Turbine Design. (3, 3)

First und second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M.E. 101, M.E. 151,
Math. 64. Study of nozzles and blades, with application to all types of turbines and
compressors based on detailed heat calculations. Design of regenerators and combustors
for gas turbines. Applications to jet propulsion. Fundamentals of rocket, pulse jet and
ram jet design. (Shreeve.)

M.E. 225, 226. Advanced Properties of Metals and Alloys. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, M.E. 23, M.E. 103,
M.E. 152, M.E. 153. Properties of metals including tensile, impact, fatigue, damping
capacity, hardenability, wear, etc. Fabrication problems and selection of metals and
alloys. Service failures. Properties required for nuclear engineering applications. Prop-
erties of metals at elevated and extremely low temperatures. (Jackson.)

M.E. 227, 228. Theory of Elasticity. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M.E. 202, 203.
Stress and strain at a point. Relation between stresses and strains, general equations of
elasticity, plane strain and plane stress, torsion, bending, axially s)Tnmetric distribution
of stress, plates, thermal stresses, strain energy and approximate methods.

M.E. 229, 230. Jet Propulsion. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M.E. 101, M.E. 150
M.E. 151. Types of thermal jet units. Fluid reaction and propulsive efficiency. Per
formance of rockets, aerothermodynamics, combustion chemical kinetics, aerodynamic;
of high speed air flow. Principles and design of solid and liquid propellant rockets
Design of turbojets and aerojets, ramjets and hydroduct units, including combustion
chambers, turbines and compressor. (Shreeve.)

51 ►

Fire Protection

M.E. 231, 232. Advanced Heat Transfer. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectiires a week. Prerequisites, M.E. 101. Advanced
problems covering effects of radiation, conduction, convection, evaporation and conden-
sation. Study of research Hterature on heat transfer. (Shreeve, AUen.)

M.E. 233, 234. Compressible Flow. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, M.E. 100, M.E. 102, Math. 64 or equivalent.
One dimensional subsonic and supersonic flow; compressible flow in ducts and nozzles;
two and three dimensional subsonic and supersonic flow; similarity rules; normal and
obUque shock waves. (Sayre.)

FIRE PROTECTION

Professor: bryan.

F. P. 104. Essentials of Fire Protection. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. An introductory course survepng the entire
area of fire prevention and fire protection. A study of the chemistry of combustion
and an analysis of the properties of matter affecting fire behavior. Detailed examina-
tion of the basic fire hazards.

F. P. 105. Fire Protection Organization. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. The evaluation and examination of fire
loss records, and the economic aspects of fire protection. A study of the organization
and administration of municipal and industrial fire protection.

F. P. 110. Installations and Equipment. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. The design and
installation requirements of standard and special extinguishing systems. Standards of
types, installation, and maintenance of automatic sprinkler and fire alarm systems. The
principles of fire extinguishment with laboratory tests.

F. P. 111. Special Hazards and Problems. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. An evaluation
and consideration of the special hazards in fire protection. A study of present and
future problems, with the students selecting field or laboratory research problems.

F. P. 112. Tactics and Operations. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. A study of the prin-
cipal factors involved in the strategy and utilization of men and equipment for ef-
fective fire extinguishment. Laboratory and field study of operational and hydrauhcs
problems.

F. P. 11 7. Technical Projects. (4)

First semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. An examination of

the specialized areas of fire protection and the development and problems in these areas.

Student development and discussion of research projects in specialized areas of fire

protection.

F. P. 120. Insurance Rating and Schedules. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. A study of the insurance
grading and rating schedules and their principles of application. The examination of
specific laws, codes, and ordinances. Laboratory practice in the preparation of reports,
and diagrams.

OTHER COURSES REQUIRED OF OR ELECTED BY
ENGINEERING STUDENTS

AIR SCIEiNCE

Professor and Head: aylesworth.

A. S. 1, 2. Basic Air Science. (2, 2)

A. S. 3, 4. Basic Air Science. (2, 2)

A. S. 101, 102. First Year Advanced Air Science. (3, 3)

A. S. 103, 104. Second Year Advanced Air Science. (3, 3)

Note.-SLx credits of A. S. 101, 102, 103, 104 may be substituted for H. 5, 6-
History of American Civilization (3, 3) in curricula in the College of Engineering.

ART

Professor and Head: james p. wharton.

Art. 22. History of American Art. (3)

Elective Group II of the American Civilization Program.

BUSINESS ORGANIZATIOiN AND ADMINISTRATION

Professor and Head: John h. Frederick.

B. A. 191. Pro-perty Insurance (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.

CHEMISTRY *

Professor and Acting Head: woods.

Chem. 1, 3. General Chemistry. (4, 4)

Prerequisite, 1 year high school algebra or equivalent. (Chem. 3 is usually offered in

Summer School).

Chem. 19. Elements of Quantitative Analysis. (4)
Prerequisite, Chem. 3. (Usually offered in Summer School).

Chem. 35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry. (2, 2)
Prerequisite, Chem. 3. (Chem. 37 is usually offered in Summer School).

Chem. 36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory. (2, 2)

Prerequisites, Chem. 35, 37, or concurrent registration therein. (Chem. 38 is usually

offered in Summer School).

^Laboratory fees in chemistry courses listed here are $10.00 per laboratory course
per semester.

55 ►

Other Course Offerings

Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry. QS, 3)

Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21; Phys. 20, 21; Math. 20, 21; or consent of instructor.

This course must be accompanied by Chem. 188, 190.

Chem. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry Laboratory. (2, 2)
A laboratory course for students taking Chem. 187, 189.

ECONOMICS

Professor and Head: dillard.

Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, sophomore standing.

Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics. (3)

Not open to students who have credit in Econ. 31 and 32. Not open to freshmen.

Econ. 102. National Income Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 32.

Econ. 131. Comparative Economic Systems. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.

Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 32.

Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.

Econ. 160. Labor Economics. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.

Econ. 170. Monopoly and Competition. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.

Econ. 171. Economics of American Industries. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

Professor and Head: murphy.

Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature. (3, 3)

Required of freshmen. Eng. 1 is the prerequisite of Eng. 2. (See also Eng. 21).

Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. Eng. 3, 4 or Eng. 5, 6 or an acceptable combination of
the two are required of sophomores. Credit will not be given for more than six
hours of work in Eng. 3, 4 and 5, 6.

^ 54

Other Course Offerings

Eng. 5, 6. Composition and English Literature. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. Eng. 3, 4 or Eng. 5, 6 or any acceptable combination of
the two are required of sophomores. Credit will not be given for more than sLx hours
of work in Eng. 3, 4 and 5, 6.

Eng. 21. Advanced Freshman Composition and Literature. (3)
Replaces the Eng. 1 and 2 requirements for students exempt from Eng. 1. (Students
exempt from Eng. 1 will schedule another 3 credit course in English Language and
Literature with a course number higher than Eng. 7).

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

Professor and Head: plischke.

G. and P. L American Government. (3)

The basic course in government for the American Civilization Program. This course
or its equivalent is prerequisite to all other courses in the Department of Government
and Politics.

HISTORY

Professor and Head: land.

H. 1,2. History of Modern Europe. (3, 3)

Basic course prerequisite for all advanced courses in European History'. H. 2 may
be taken by students who qualify to select courses \i-ithin Elective Group II of the
American Civilization Program.

H. 5s 6. History of American Civilization. (3, 3)

H. 51, 52. The Humanities. (3, 3)

Either of these courses may be taken by students who qualify to select courses within

Elective Group II of the American Civilization Program.

H. 56. American Life and Thought. (3)

Required of all students who qualify by examination for exemption from H. 5, 6.

(Students who take H. 56 should refer to American Civilization Program for other

requirements).

H. 105. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1S65. (3)
Prerequisite, H. 5, 6 or the equivalent.

H. 106. Social and Economic History of the United States since the Civil

War. (3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6 or the equivalent.

H. 129. The United States and World Affairs. (3)

Prereqxusites, H. 5, 6 or the equivalent. (Usually offered in Summer School).

55 ►

Other Course Offeriv^s

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION

Professor and Head: maley.

Ind. Ed. 143. Industrial Safety Education I. (2)
Ind. Ed. 144. Industrial Safety Education II. (2)

MATHEMATICS

Professor and Head: cohen.

Math. 1. Introductory Algebra. (0)

Recommended for students whose curriculum calls for Math. 18 and who failed the

qualifying examination for this course. Special fee, $30.

Math. 18, 19. Elementary Mathematical Analysis. (5, 5)

Prerequisites, high school algebra completed and solid geometry. (Students should
pass qualifying examination for Math. 18 before enrolling in the course). (Usually
oflFered in Simimer School).

Math. 20, 21 Calculus. (4, 4)

Prerequisite, Math. 19 or equivalent. (Usually offered in Summer School).

Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. (Usually offered in Summer School).

Math. 100. Higher Algebra. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.

Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.

Math. 116. Introduction to Comflex Variable Theory. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.

Math. 117. Fourier Series. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 114 Differential Equations (3) or equivalent.

Math. 126, 127. Introduction to Differential Geometry and Tensor

Analysis. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.

Math. 132. Mathematical Statistics. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.

Math. 133. Advanced Statistical Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 132 or equivalent.

< 56

Other Course Offerings

Math. 150, 151. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.

Math. 152. Vector Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.

Math. 153. Operational Calculus. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.

Math. 155. Numerical Analysis. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 110 and 114 or consent of instructor.

Math. 156. Programming for High S'peed Computers. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.

Math. 160, 161. Analytic Mechanics. O) ^^
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.

MUSIC

Professor and Head: ulrich.

Music 20. Survey of Music Literature. (3)

Coiurse may be taken by students who qualify to select courses within Elective Group II

of the American Civilization Program.

PHILOSOPHY

Professor and Head: garvin.

Phil. 1. Philosophy for Modern Man. (3)

PHYSICAL EDUCATION REQUIRED COURSES FOR
MEN AND WOMEN

Dean: lester m. fraley.

All undergraduate men and women students classified as freshmen or
sophomores who are registered for more than six semester hours of credit are
required to enroll in and successfully complete four prescribed courses in physical
education and/or athletics for a total of four semester hours of credit. These
courses must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of at-
tendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Men and
women who have reached their thirtieth birthday are exempt from these courses.
Transfer students who do not have credit in these courses, or their equivalent,
must complete them or take them until graduation, whichever occurs first. Fees
for all physical education courses are $6.00 per semester.

57 ►

Other Course Offeiings

For Men Only
P. E. 1. Orientation to Physical Education. (I)
P. E. 3. Developmental and Comhative S-ports. (I)
P. E. 5. Team Sports and Aquatics. (I)
P. E. 7. Recreational Activities. (I)

For Women Only
P. E. 2. Orientation Acti^nties. Cl^
P. E. 4. Swimming. (I)
P.E.6. Dance. CO
P.E. 8. Sports. CO

HEALTH EDUCATION REQUIRED COURSES
FOR WOMEN

Professor and Head: deach.

All freshman women are required to complete one semester of Personal
Health (Hea. 2) and one semester of Community Health (Hea. 4) for grad-
uation. These courses must be taken in consecutive order with Hea. 2 taken
first. Transfer students who do not have credit in these courses, or their equiva-
lent, must complete them or take them until graduation, whichever comes first.
Women who have reached their thirtieth birthday are exempt from these courses.

Hea. 2. Personal Health. (2)

Hea. 4. Community Health. (2)

PHYSICS "■

Professor and Head: toll.

Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics, Heat and Sound. (5)

Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently (or previously). Lecture demonstration and
laboratory fee, $10.00.

Phys. 21. General Physics: Electricity, Magnetism, and Optics. (5)
Prerequisite, Phys. 20. Math. 21 is to be taken concurrently (or previously). Lecture
demonstration and laboratory fee, $10.00.

Phys. 53. Nuclear Physics and Radioactivity. (3)
Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21.

*See catalog of the College of Arts and Sciences for other physics courses of possi-
ble interest.

< 58

Other Course Offerings

PSYCHOLOGY

Professor and Head: Andrews.

Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology. (3)

For students who qualify to select courses wdth Elective Group I of the American

Civilization Program.

Psych. 2. Applied Psychology. (3)
Prerequisite, Psych. 1.

SOCIOLOGY

Professor and Head: hoffsommer.

Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life. (3)

A course within Elective Group I of the American Civilization Program.

Soc. 5. Anthropology. (3)

For students who qualify to select courses wdthin Elective Group II of the American

Civilization Program. (Usually offered in Siommer School).

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART

Associate Professor and Head: strausbaugh.

Sp. 7. Puhlic Speaking. (2)
Laboratory fee, $1.00.

FACULTY

1960-1961

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
GLENN L. MARTIN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

Frederic Theodore Mavis, Dean
Russell Bennett Allen, Assistant Dean

Department Heads

JOHN leland BRYAN, Head, Fire Protection Curriculum

ROBERT CHARLES BYRUS, Director, Fire Service Extension

GEORGE FRANCIS CORCORAN, Head, De'partment of Electrical Engineering

DONALD SHAEFFER GROSS, Director, Wind Tunnel O'perations

wiLBERT JAMES HUFF, Head, De'partment of Chemical Engineering

CHARLES THOMAS GEORGE LOONEY, Head, Department of Civil Engineering

MONROE HARNiSH MARTIN, Director, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics

SALVATORE D. NERBOso, Acting Librarian

AARON WILEY SHERWOOD, Head, Department of Aeronautical Engineering

CHARLES ALFRED SHREEVE, JR., Head, Department of Mechanical Engineering

Staff in Residence

REDFiELD wiLMERTON ALLEN, Associate Profcssor of Mcchanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1949; ph.d., University of Minnesota, 1959.

RUSSELL BENNETT ALLEN, Assistant Dean of College of Engineering and Professor
of Civil Engineering

B.S., Yale University, 1923; Registered Professional Engineer.

BRUNO EUGEN ASSMANN, Research Associate, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics

DiPLOM DsrcENiEUR, Tech. University of Dresden, 1955.

EDWARD SEWELL BARBER, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1935; c.e., 1952; Registered Professional Engineer.

M 60

Faculty

NORMAN WILLIAM BAZLEY, Research Assistant Professor, Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Apflied Mathematics

A.B., Brow-n University, 1954; ph.d., University of Maryland, 1959.

DONALD THEODORE BONNE Y, Professor of Chemical Ey^gineering

B.E., The Johns Hopkins University, 1926; ph.d., 1935; Registered Professional
Engineer.

ALLEN ATviL'L BOWERS, Project Engineer, Wind Tunnel Operations
B.S., University of Mar)'land, 1952.

JOHN LELAND BRYAN, Professor and Head, Fire Protection Curriculum
B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1953; M.S., 1954.

JOHANNES MARTiNus BURGERS, Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics

and Applied Mathematics

DOCTOR OF MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS, University of Leiden, 1918; doctor hon-
oris CAUSA, University Libre de Bruxelles, 1948; doctor honoris causa. University
of Poitiers (France), 1950.

ROBERT CHARLES BYRus, Director, Fire Service Extension

HAROLD DOTSON GATHER, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., West Virginia University, 1949; M.S., 1954.

GEORGE FRANCIS CORCORAN, Profcssor of Electricol Engineering and Head of the

Department

B.S., South Dakota State College, 1923; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; Reg-
istered Professional Engineer.

GERALD CORNING, Profcssor of Aeronautical Engineering

B.S., New York University, 1937; M.S., The Catholic University of America, 1954.

JOHN BURTON COURNYN, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering

B.S., University of Alabama, 1946; M.S., 1948; Registered Professional Engineer.

piETER coRNELis TOBIAS DEBOER, Research Associate, Institute for Fluid Dy-
namics and Applied Mathematics

Degree of Mechanical Engineering, Technological University, Delft, 1948.

JOAQUIN BAsiLio DIAZ, Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics

B.A., University of Texas, 1940; ph.d.. Brown University, 1945.

DICK DUFFEY, ProfcssoT of Chemical Engineering

B.S., Purdue University, 1939; M.S., University of Iowa, 1940; ph.d.. University of
Maryland, 1956; Registered Professional Engineer.

RICHARD LONSDALE ELKiNS, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953; m.a., 1958.

ADDISON BERNARD EYLER, Associate Profcssor of Mcchanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1947; M.S., 1950.

61 ►

Faculty

DAVID WILLIAM FOX, Assistant Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics

A.B., University of Michigan, 1951; m.s.e., 1952; ph.d., University of Maryland,

1958.

DANIEL LEADY GARBER, JR., InstructOT in Civil Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1959.

MELViN D. GEORGE, Research Associate, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics

B.A., Northwestern University, 1956; ph.d., Princeton University, 1959.

WILLIAM WALTER GERKEN, histrxictOT in Chemical Engineering
B.S., Stevens Institute of Technology, 1953.

ROBERT MEADE GiNNiNGS, Instrtictor in Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1958.

CARL WILLIAM GOHR, Associatc Profcssor of Civil Engineering

B.S., Michigan State University, 1926; Registered Professional Engineer.

ALBERT GOMEZPLATA, Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering

B.CH.E., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1952; m.ch.e., Rensselaer Polytechnic In-
stitute, 1954; PH.D., 1958.

DONALD SHAEFFER GROSS, Director, Wind Tunnel Operations
B.S., University of Maryland, 1947.

WILLIAM ROBERT HAHN, JR., Instructor in Electrical Engineering.
B.S.E.E., George Washington University, 1958.

FRANCIS RYosuKE HAMA, Associatc Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dy-
namics and Applied Mathematics, and Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering
M.E., University of Tokyo, 1940; d.sc, 1952.

DENNIS PATRICK HANLEY, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1956; M.S., 1959.

CHARLES RAYMOND HAYLECK, JR., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Uni\^ersity of Mar)'land, 1943; M.S., 1949.

DONALD CUMMINS HENNiCK, Assistaiit Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1941.

URS ERWEsr HOCHULi, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering

Dipl. Elektro-Techniker, Kantonales Technikum (Switzerland), 1950; m.s.. Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1955.

LAAVRENCE JUDSON HODGiNS, Associatc Profcssor of Elcctricol Engineering
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1914; Registered Professional Engineer.

M 62

Faculty

wiLBERT JAMES HUFF, ProfessoT of Chemicol Engineering and Head of the De-
fartment; Director of the Engineering Experiment Station; Chairman, Division
of Physical Sciences

A.B., Ohio Northern University, 1911; a.b., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc. (HON.), Ohio Northern University, 1927; Registered Professional
Engineer.

JOHN WARREN JACKSON, ProfcssoT of Mechanical Engineering

B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1934; m.e., 1937; M.S., California Institute of Tech-
nology, 1940; Registered Professional Engineer.

JAMES EDWARD ALBERT JOHN, Instructor in Mcchanical Engineering
B.S.E., Princeton University, 1955; m.s.e., 1957.

HAROLD CHESTER JONES, Instnictor in Electrical Engineering
B.S., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1949.

RAYMOND JOHN KRizEK, Instructor in Civil Engineering
B.E., The Johns Hopkins University, 1954.

HENRY ALBERT LEPPER, JR., ProfcssoT of CivH Engineering

B.S., IN C.E., The George Washington University, 1936; m.s.. University of Illinois,
1938; D. eng., Yale University, 1947; Registered Professional Engineer.

NELFORD PAGE LLOYD, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950.

CHARLES THOMAS GEORGE LOONEY, Professor of CivH Engineering and Head of
the Department

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1932; m.s. in ce., University of Illinois,

1934; PH.D., 1940; Registered Professional Engineer.

GEOFFREY s. s. LUDFORD, Visiting Profcssor of Aeronautical Engineering
B.A., Cambridge University, 1948; m.a., 1952; ph.d., 1952.

ROBERT WILLIAM MADEY, Instructor in Chemical Engineering
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1955.

ALEXEi A. MARADUDiN, Assistant Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics

B.S., Stanford University, 1953; M.S., 1954; ph.d.. University of Bristol, 1957.

COLIN HERBERT MARKS, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., IN M.E., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1956; M.S., est m.e., 1957.

MONROE HARNiSH MARTIN, ProfcssoT of Mathematics, and Director of the Institute
for Fhiid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics

B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1928; ph.d.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1932;

D.SC, Lebanon Valley College, 1958.

FREDERIC THEODORE MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering and Professor

of Civil Engineering

B.s. IN C.E., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; c.E., 1932; ph.d., 1935; Regis-
tered Professional Engineer.

63 ►

Faculty

THOMAS GRASON MC WILLIAMS, JR., InstTuctOT in Chemical ^engineering
B.ENG.sci., The Johns Hopkins University, 1956.

ELLIOTT WATERS MONTROLL, Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Ap-plied Mathematics

B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1937; ph.d., 1940.

WESLEY GRiGG MULLEN, Instructor in Civil Engineering

B.S., Virginia Military Institute, 1949; M.S., University of Maryland, 1951.

SALVATORE D. NERBOSO, Assistant Director in charge of Reader Services (^General
Library^ and Acting Lihrarian of the Engineering and Physical Sciences hibrary

A.B., University of New Hampshire, 1941; a.m., George Washington University, 1944;

B.S.L.S., Columbia University, 1947; a.m., Harv'ard University, 194S; ph.d., Harvard

University, 1950.

ROBERT BENFiELD GETTING, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering

B.S., IN M.E., Missouri School of Mines, 1955; M.S., est a.e., Purdue University, 1957.

LOUIS ETHELBERT OTTS, JR., Profcssor of Civil Engineering

B.A., East Texas Teachers College, 1933; b.s.. Agricultural and Mechanical College
of Texas, 1946; m.s., 1946; Registered Professional Engineer.

SHiH-i PAi, Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Afplied Mathe-
matics, and Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering

B.S., National Central University CChtna), 1935; m.s., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1938; ph.d., Cahfomia Institute of Technology, 1940.

LAWRENCE EDWARD PAYNE, Associatc Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dy-
namics and A'pfUed Mathematics

B.S., Iowa State College, 1946; m.s., 1948; ph.d., 1950.

WILLIAM ALViN PENNINGTON, Profcssor of Chcmical Engineering
B.S., Union University, 1925; ph.d., Iowa State CoUege, 1933.

JEAN PHiLiPPOT, Research Associate, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics

B.S., Universite Libre de BruxeUes, 1950; b.sc, 1952; ph.d., 1959.

HARRY WILLIAM PIPER, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

b.arch.e.. Catholic University of America, 1940; Registered Professional Engineer.

ALLEN COMPERE PIPKIN, Research Associate, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics

sc.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1952; ph.d.. Brown University, 1959.

HENRY WILLIAMS PRICE, Associatc Profcssor of Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1950.

MARY RUTH PRYOR, Scrials Librarian

B.A., Oxford University, 1952; m.a., 1956; Diploma in Librarianship, London Uni-
versity, 1957.

Faculty

HENRY ROUSE REED, ProfessoT of Electrical Engineering

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1927; e.e.. South Dakota State College,
1930; PH.D., University of Iowa, 1941; Registered Professional Engineer.

FLAVio BOTELHO REis, Fellow, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathe-
matics

CIVIL ENGR., Escola Nacional de Engenharia, 1934; s.m., Massachusetts Institute

of Technology; ph.d., Massachusetts Institute of Technolog}'.

MARCEL RiESZ, Visiting Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics

PH.D., University of Budapest, 1908; honorary ph.d.. University of Ojpenhagen,

1950.

ROBERT MATTHEW RTVELLO, Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; m.s., 1948; Registered Professional Engineer.

JAMES COLE ROBERTSON, Senior Instrtictor, Fire Service Extension
B.S., University of Southern California, 1954.

JEFFREY HAMILTON RUMBAUGH, histriictor in Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1957.

GIOVANNI PiETRO RUTELLi, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering

PH.D. (Physics), University of Palermo, 1923; ph.d. (Electrical Engineering), Poly-
technic Institute of Turin, 1928.

CLIFFORD LEROY SAYRE, JR., InstTuctOT in Mcchanical Engineering
B.S., Duke University, 1947; M.S., Stevens Institute of Technology, 1950.

wiLBURN CARROLL SCHROEDER, Profcssor of Chemical Engineering

B.S., University of Michigan, 1930; M.S., 1931; ph.d., 1933; Registered Professional
Engineer.

WILLIAM STANLEY SEKSCiENSKi, Project Engineer, Wind Tunnel Operations
B.S., University of Maryland, 1955.

SHAN-Fu SHEN, Profcssor of Aeronautical Engineering

B.S., National Central University (China), 1941; sc.d., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1949.

AARON WILEY SHERWOOD, ProfcssoT of Aeronautical Engineering and Head
of the Department

M.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1935; M.S., University of Maryland, 1943;

Registered Professional Engineer.

HEESTY WILLY SHiPPLiNG, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., California State Teachers CoUege, Pennsylvania, 1952.

CHARLES ALFRED SHREEVE, JR., Profcssor of Mechanical Engineering and Head
of the Department

B.E., The Johns Hopkins University, 1935; M.S., University of Maryland, 1943;

Registered Professional Engineer.

65 ►

Faculty

DAVID ELiE SIMONS, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1951.

ERIC HENRY SMALL, Assoctate Profcssor of Electrical Engineering

B.S., New York University, 1938; m.e.e., 1945; Registered Professional Engineer.

ROBERT BOLE SMITH, Senior Instructor, Eire Service Eoctension
B.S., College of William and Mary, 1953.

ROBERT JAMES SMITH, Senior Instructor, Fire Service Extension

PAULINE FREDERICK STABLER, Reference Librarian

A.B., Marietta College, Ohio, 1931; m.a.. University of Nebraska, 1938; M.S. in l.s..
The Catholic University of America, 1959.

JACK FREDERICK swEARMAN, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., California State Teachers College, Pennsylvania, 1951.

ALLAN MAXWELL THOMAS, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1958.

DAVID GOODRICH THOMPSON, Instructor in Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949.

THOMAS CHARLES GORDON WAGNER, Profcssor of Elcctricol Engineering

B.S., Harvard University, 1937; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1940; ph.d., 1943.

JOSEPH WEBER, Profcssor of Electrical Engineering

B.S., U. S. Naval Academy, 1940; ph.d.. Catholic University of America, 1951.

PRESLEY ALLEN WEDDING, Associatc Profcssor of CivH Engineering

B.S., University of Maryland, 1937; M.S., 1952; Registered Professional Engineer.

HANS FELIX WEINBERGER, Associate Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dy-
namics and Applied Mathematics

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1948; M.S., 1948; sc.d., 1950.

ALEXANDER WEESTSTEIN, Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics

PH.D., Zurich, 1921; docteur es sciences. University of Paris, France, 1937.

GEORGE H. WEISS, Research Associate, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics

A.B., Columbia College, 1951; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1953; ph.d., 1958.

JOHN ROBERT WESKE, Visiting Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics, and Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering

DiPL. INC., Hannover Institute of Technology, 1924; M.S., Harvard University, 1931;

SC.D., 1934; Registered Professional Engineer.

HELMUT D. WEYMANN, Assistant Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics

DiPLOM. IN PHYSICS, Tcchnische Hochschule, Aachen, 1952; dr. ber. nat., 1954.

M 66

Faculty

RICHARD ISAAC WINDSOR, Assistant Director, Wind Tunnel Operations
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950.

WALTER ROBERTSON WISE, JR., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.

B.S., Duke University, 1952; M.S., University of Maryland, 1955; ph.d., 1959.

wiLHELMus JACOBUS wiTTEMAN, Research Associate, Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics.
B.S., Technische Hogeschool te Delft, Holland, 1954; ph.d., 1958.

WILLIAM ARTHUR wocKENFuss, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; m. ed., 1952.

Lecturers and Educational Advisers

EUGENE HUFF BEACH, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Michigan, 1941; M.S., 1947; ph.d., 1953.

DELBERT BLOEM, Lecturer in Civil E^tgineering

B.S., Iowa State College, 1943; Registered Professional Engineer.

^OAHAN CHU, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering

B.S., Chiao-Tung University, China, 1942; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology, 1945; sc.D., 1953.

JACOB JOACHIM FREEMAN, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering

B.S., College of William and Mary, 1933; m.a., Columbia University, 1935; ph.d..
Catholic University of America, 1949.

WILLIAM LAWRENCE HABERMAN, Lecturcr in Mechanical Engineering

B.M.E., Cooper Union, 1949; M.S., University of Maryland, 1952; ph.d., 1956.

BILLY MiTCHUssoN HORTON, Lccturer in Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Texas, 1941; m.s., University of Maryland, 1949.

MARTIN KATZiN, Lccturcr in Electrical Engineering

B.s.E. Ce.e.), University of Michigan, 1928; b.s.e., (math.), 1929; m.s.e. (e.e.),
1929.

JEROME KRUGER, Lccturcr in Chemical Engineering

B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1948; m.s., 1949; ph.d., University of Virginia,
1952.

HERMANN HERBERT KURZWEG, Lccturcr and Adviscr in Aeronautical Engineering
PH.D., University of Leipzig (Germany), 1933.

JOSEPH ABRAHAM LiEBERMAN, Lccturcr in Chemical Engineering
B.S., The Johns Hopkins University, 1938; d.e., 1941.

ALBERT LiGHTBODY, Lecturer and Adviser in Chemical Engineering

B.S., Nebraska State Teachers College, 1928; m.s.. University of Nebraska, 1930;
PH.D., 1933.

67 ►

Faculty

BLAKE MARSHALL LORiNG, Lecturer in Chemical Engineering

S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1937; sc.d., 1940; m.a., The George
Washington University, 1945.

GEORGE ANDREW MOORE, Lecturer in Chemical Engineering

B.S., Union College, 1934; M.S., Harvard University, 1935; ph.d., Princeton Uni-
versity, 1939.

JOHN DUDLEY isTicoLAiDES, Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering

B.A., Lehigh University, 1946; m.s.e.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1952.

GXJNNAR PETER OHMAN, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering

B.S.E.E., IlHnois Institute of Technology, 1943; M.S., University of Maryland, 1948.

EARL ADOLPH SCHUCHARD, Lecturer and Adviser in Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Washington, 1933; M.S., 1934; ph.d., 1940.

JOSEPH ROBERT SCHULMAN, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering

B.E.E., City College of New York, 1944; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1951.

ARNOLD ELLIOTT SEiGEL, Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering

B.S., University of Maryland, 1944; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
1947; PH.D., University of Amsterdam (Holland), 1952.

HORACE MAYNARD TRENT, Lccturcr and Adviser in Electrical Engineering

B.A., Bera College, 1928; m.s., Indiana University, 1929; ph.d., Indiana University,
1934.

JOHN LIVE2EY VANDERSLicE, Lecturcr in Electrical Engineering

B.s. IN E.E., University of Pennsylvania, 1928; a.m., 1930; ph.d., Princeton Uni-
versity, 1934.

STANTON WALKER, Lecturer in Civil Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1917; Registered Professional Engineer.

WILLIAM EDWARDS WATTERS, JR., LecturcY in Electrical Engineering

B.S., University of Kentucky, 1947; m.s., 1949; ph.d.. University of Maryland, 1957.

ROBERT ELMER WILSON, Lccturcr in Aeronautical Engineering

B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1941; M.S., 1942; ph.d.. University of Texas,
1952.

COLLEGE
of

HOME ECONOMICS

Catalog Series 19604961

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

VOLUME 13 JANUARY 13, 1960 NO. 10

Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Marj'land, as second class mail matter
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.

CONTENTS

GENERAL

University Calendar iiv

Board of Regents vi

Officers of Administration vii

Committee Chairmen, Faculty

Senate x

General Information 1

Special Facilities and Activities. . . 2
Honors and Awards, Scholarships

and Loan Fund 2

Academic Information 3

Admission 3

Costs 3

Degrees 4

Air Science Instruction 4

The Student Load 4

Curricula 4

American Civilization Program. 5

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES

Food, Nutrition, and Institution

Management 6

General Home Economics 8

Home Economics Extension 9

Practical Art and Crafts 11

Textiles and Clothing 14

Home Economics Education 16

COURSE OFFERINGS

Food, Nutrition, and Institution

Management 18

Home Economics, General 22

Home Management 23

Practical Art and Crafts . . .

Textiles and Clothing

Home Economics Education.
Art Education

24
28
31
31

Faculty

iii ►

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

FALL SEMESTER 1959

JANUARY 1960

4 Monday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day
21-27 Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations

SPRING SEMESTER 1960

FEBRUARY

1-5 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration

8 Monday— Instruction Begins
22 Monday— Washington's Birthday Holiday

MARCH

25 Friday— Maryland Day

APRIL

14 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
19 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.

MAY

18 Wednesday— Military Day

26 Thursday— Pre-Examination Study Day

J ^> Friday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations

29 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises

30 Monday— Memorial Day, Holiday

JUNE

4 Saturday— Commencement Exercises

SUMMER SESSION 1960
JUNE 1960

27 Monday— Simimei Session Registration

28 Tuesday— Simimer Session Begins

AUGUST

5 Friday— Summer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES 1960
JUNE 1960

20-25 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course

AUGUST

8-13 Monday to Saturday-4-H Qub Week

SEPTEMBER

6-9 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course

^ iv

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

FALL SEMESTER I960
SEPTEMBER

12-16 Monday to Friday— Fall Semester Registration

19 Monday— Instruction Begins
NOVEMBER

23 Wednesday— Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class
28 Monday— Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m.
DECEMBER

20 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Begins
JANUARY 1961

3 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Friday— Inauguration Day Holiday

25 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day
Jan. 26-)
Feb 1 1 Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations

SPRING SEMESTER 1961
FEBRUARY

6-10 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration
13 Monday- Instruction Begins
22 Wednesday— Washington's Birthday HoHday
MARCH

25 Saturday— Maryland Day

30 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
APRIL

4 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
MAY

17 Wednesday— Military Day

30 Tuesday— Memorial Day, Holiday
JUNE

2 Friday— Pre-Examination Study Day

3-9 Saturday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations

4 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises

10 Saturday— Commencement Exercises

SUMMER SESSION 1961
JUNE 1961

26 Monday— Simimer Session Registration

27 Tuesday— Summer Session Begins
AUGUST

4 Friday— Summer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES 1961

JUNE 1961

19-24 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course
AUGUST

7-12 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week
SEPTEMBER

5-8 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course

BOARD OF REGENTS

and

MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE

Term
Expires
Charles P. McCormick

Chairman 1966

McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Edward F. Holter

Vice-Chairman 1968

The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, N.W., Washington 6

B. Herbert Brown

Secretary I960

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1

Harry H. Nuttle

Treasurer 1966

Denton

Louis L. Kaplan

Assistant Secretary 1961

5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15

Ends S. Stockbridge

Assistant Treasurer I960

10 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Thomas W. Pangborn 1965

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown

Thomas B. Symons 1963

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park

C. Ewing Tuttle 1962

907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2

William C. Walsh 1968

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 1967

4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18

Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of nine
years each, beginning the first Monday in June.

The President of the University of Maryland is, by law^, Executive Officer of the
Board.

The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.

^ vi

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION

Princi-pal Administrative Officers

WILSON H. ELKiNS, President

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; m.a., 1932; b.litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D. PHIL., 1936.

ALBiN o. KUHN, Executive Vice President

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; ph.d., 1948.

ALViN E. coRMENY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development

B.A., Illinois College, 1933; ll.b., Cornell University, 1936.

R. LEE HORNBAKE, DcuH of the Faculty

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pa., 1934; m.a., Ohio State University, 1936;
PH.D., 1942.

FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant, President's Office
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952.

Emeritus

HARRY c. BYRD, President Emeritus

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; ll.d., Washington College, 1936; ll.d., Dickin-
son College, 1938; d.sc. Western Maryland College, 1938.

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges

MYRON s. AisENBERG, Dcan of the School of Dentistry
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.

VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; ph.d.. University of Colorado, 1942.

RONALD BAMFORD, Dean of the Graduate School

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; ph.d.,
Columbia University, 1931.

GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agriculture

B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; ph.d., 1940.

RAY w. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of University College

B.A., Wabash College, 1929; m.a., Butler University, 1930; ph.d., Syracuse Uni-
versity, 1937.

NOEL E. Foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy

PH.c, South Dakota State College, 1929; b.s., 1929; m.s.. University of Maryland,
1932; PH.D., 1933.

LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health

B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; m.a., 1937; ph.d., Peabody College, 1939.

vii ►

FLORENCE M. GiPE, Dean of the School of Nursing

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1940;
ED.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

LADiSLAus F. GRAPSKi, Director of the University Hospital
R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; b.s.. University
of Denver, 1942; m.b.a. in Hospital Administration, University of Chicago, 1943.

IRVIN c. HAUT, Director, Agricultural Experiment Station and Head, Department
of Horticulture

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; m.s., State College of Washington, 1930; ph.d..

University of Maryland, 1933.

ROGER HOWELL, Dean of the School of Law

B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1914; ph.d., 1917; ll.b.. University of Maryland,
1917.

wiLBERT J. HUFF, Director, Engineering Experiment Station

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc. (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.

SELMA F. LiPPEATT, Dean of the College of Home Economics

B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1945;
PH.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; c.E., 1932; PH.D., 1935.

PAUL E. NYSTROM, Director, Agricultural Extension Service

B.S., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; m.p.a..
Harvard University, 1948; d.p.a., 1951.

J. FREEMAN PYLE, Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration
PH.B., University of Chicago, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d., 1925.

LEON P. SMITH, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

B.A., Emory University, 1919; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1928; ph.d., 1930;
Diplome le I'lnstitut de Touraine, 1932.

WILLIAM s. STONE, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of Medical
Education and Research

B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; m.d., University of Louisville, 1929;

PH.D., (hon.). University of Louisville, 1946.

General Administrative Officers

G. WATSON ALGiRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931.

THEODORE R. AYLESWORTH, Profcssor of Air Science and Head, Department of

Air Science

B.S., Manstield State Teachers College, 1936; m.s.. University of Pennsylvania, 1949.

NORMA J. AZLEiN, Registrar

B.A., University of Chicago, 1940.

B. JAMES BORRESON, Executive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.

DAVID L. BRiGHAM, Director of Almmri Relations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1938.

c. WILBUR cissEL, Director of Finance and Business

B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; m.a., 1934; c.p.a., 1939.

WILLIAM w. COBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930.

LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service

B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; m.d., University of Iowa, 1926.

GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men

B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926.

GEORGE w. FOGG, Director of Personnel

B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; m.a., 1928.

ROBERT J. MCCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941.

GEORGE w. MORRISON, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer Physical
Plant CBaltiniore^

B.S., University of Mar)'land, 1927; e.e., 1931.

HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; m.a., 1937; b.s.l.s. Columbia University, 1940.

ADELE H. STAMP, Dean of Women

B.A., Tulane University, 1921; m.a., University of Maryland, 1924.

GEORGE o. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical
Plant

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

Division Chairmen

JOHN E. FABER, JR., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; ph.d., 1937.

HAROLD c. HOFFSOMMER, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; m.a., 1923; ph.d., Cornell University, 1929.

wiLBERT J. HUFF, Chairman of the Division of Physical Sciences

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc, (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.

CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Divisio7t
B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; ph.d., 1926.

ADOLF E. ZUCKER, Chairman of the Division of Humanities

B.A., University of Ilhnois, 1912; m.a., 1913; ph.d.. University of Pennsylvania,
1917.

ix ►

CHAIRiMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS

Dr. Russell G. Brown (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION

Dr. Robert Rappleye (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA AND COURSES

Dr. Irvin C. Haut (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID

Dr. Paul Nystrom (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

Dr. Edward J. Herbst (Medicine), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS

Mr. B. James Borreson (Executive Dean for Student Life), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES

Dr. Charles Murphy (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Dr. Charles A. Taff (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND ACTIVITIES

Dr. L. Morris McClure (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS

Dr. Franklin Cooley (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT DISCIPLINE

Dr. Allan J. Fisher (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON RELIGIOUS LIFE

Professor Louis E. Otts (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE

Dr. Marvin H. Eyler (Physical Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT EMPLOYMENT AND SELF-HELP

Dr. Warren R. Johnson (Physical Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION

Dr. Clyne S. Shaffner (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM AND TENURE

Dr. Peter Lejins (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS AND SALARIES

Dr. William E. Bickley (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE

Dr. Guy B. Hathorn (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION

Dr. Joseph C. Biddix (Dentistry), Chairman

THE COLLEGE

THE COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS SERVES MARYLAND AND THE SURROUNDING
area with its program for the education of young women and men interested
in social, economic, scientific, and aesthetic aspects of homemaking and of family
living in relation to the community. The educational offerings of the College
are planned to help students function effectively and creatively as individuals,
as family members, and as responsible citizens; to prepare them for positions
for which home economics is a major or minor preparation; and to promote an
appreciation and utilization of the findings of research. The College is con-
cerned with contributing to the education for home and family life of women
and men enrolled in other schools and colleges as well as those majoring in home
economics.

The College of Home Economics is organized into the Departments of Food,
Nutrition, and Institution Management; Home Management; Practical Art and
Crafts; and Textiles and Clothing. The curricula offered are: general home
economics; applied art (merchandising, advertising, crafts, costume and interior
design); food and nutrition and related science; home economics education; home
economics extension; home management; institution management; textiles and
clothing; and textiles and related science.

The over-all function of home economics is to integrate the contributions of
the physical and biological sciences, the social sciences, psychology, philosophy,
and art in the treatment of all phases of home and family life, to the end that
they are used by families in all parts of society and by the agencies serving
families.

General Information

Detailed information concerning fees and expenses, scholarships and awards,
student life, and other material of a general nature, may be found in the Uni-
versity publication titled An Adventure in Learning. This publication may be ob-
tained on request from the Office of University Relations, North Administration
Building, University of Maryland at College Park. A detailed explanation of the
regulations of student and academic life, may be found in the University publica-
tion titled. University General and Academic Regulations. This is mailed in
September of each year to all undergraduate students, and again in February to
all new undergraduate students not previously enrolled in the preceding fall
semester.

Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges should be
directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to:

COLLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK:

Dean

(College in which you are interested)
The University of Marj'land
College Park, Maryland

1 ^

Special Facilities, Honors and Awards

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE:

Dean

(School in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1, Maryland

Special Facilities and Activities

PHYSICAL FACILITIES

The home of the College of Home Economics, following campus tradition,
is a colonial brick building planned and built to present modern equipment and
facilities for education in home economics. A home management house is main-
tained on the campus for resident experience in management activities of family
life.

Located, as the campus is, between two large cities, unusual opportunities
are provided for both faculty and students. In addition to the University's gen-
eral and specialized libraries, Baltimore and Washington furnish added library
facilities. The art galleries and museums, the government bureaus and city in-
stitutions stimulate study and provide enriching experiences for the home eco-
nomics student.

SOCIETIES

Home Economics Club: Membership is open to all home economics students.
The Club is affiliated with the American Home Economics Association.

Omicron Nu, national home economics honor society: Students of high
scholarship are eligible for election to membership.

Honors and Awards, Scholarships and Loan Fund

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company Summer Fellow-
ships: One of four weeks to an outstanding junior; one of two weeks to an
outstanding freshman.

Borden Home Economics Scholarship Award: Three hundred dollars is
given by the Borden Company to the Home Economics student, who, upon
entering her senior year, has completed two or more courses in foods and nutri-
tion and has the highest scholastic standing of eligible students.

Omicron Nu Scholarship Award: Omicron Nu presents annually an award
to the freshman in the College of Home Economics who attains the highest
scholastic average during the first semester.

Sears Roebuck Scholarships: The Sears Roebuck Foundation has made
available to freshmen in the College of Home Economics four scholarships of
one hundred dollars each.

< 2

Honors and Awards, Academic Information

M. Marie Mount Memorial Scholarship: Two hundred fifty dollars is awarded
each year to a junior or senior student who shows outstanding potential as a
professional home economist.

Washington Stewards and Caterers Scholarships: The Washington Stewards
and Caterers Association has made available two $250 scholarships to juniors
or seniors who are preparing for a career as food manager or dietitian.

Venia M. Kellar Grant: A grant of $100 is open to a Maryland student
of promise who wishes to enroll in the College of Home Economics.

A loan fund, composed of contributions by the District of Columbia Home
Economics Association, Maryland Chapter of Omicron Nu, and personal gifts,
is available for students majoring in home economics.

Home Economics Senior Award: The Home Economics alumni annually
present an award to the senior student who is outstanding in her application of
the spirit and principles of home economics in her present living and who best
shows promise of carrying these into her future home and community.

For other scholarships and awards, see An Adventure in Learning.
Academic Information

ADMISSION

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Home Economics must
apply to the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College
Park.

In selecting students emphasis will be placed upon good marks and other
indications of probable success in college as well as upon the pattern of subjects
pursued in high school. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each of
social and natural sciences, algebra and plane geometry are required. While
foreign language is desirable for certain programs no foreign language is required
for entrance.

COSTS

Actual annual costs of attending the University include $185.00 fixed
charges; $101.00 special fees; $400.00 board; $170.00 to $200.00 lodging for
Maryland residents, or $220.00 to $250.00 for residents of other states and
countries. A charge of $300.00 is assessed students not residents of the State
of Maryland. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. A fee
of $10.00 must accompany a prospective student's application for admission. If
a student enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is accepted in lieu
of the application fee.

Complete information regarding costs is available in the publication. An
Adventure in hearning.

Academic Information

Senior students enrolled in Home Mgt. 152 are considered resident students
and will be charged room rent at the same rate as the women's residence hall.
Students living off-campus will be charged room rent for the five-week period
of home management residence.

DEGREES

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred for the satisfactory comple-
tion with an average of "C" or better, of a prescribed curriculum of 1 20 academic
semester hour credits. This is exclusive of 4 credits in hygiene and 4 in physical
activities for women— a total of 128 credits, and exclusive of 8 credits in Basic
Air Science and 4 in physical activities for men— a total of 136 credits. No grade
below a "C" is acceptable in courses within the field chosen as a major.

The Master of Science degree is offered in food, in nutrition and in tex-
tiles and clothing in the College of Home Economics and in home economics
education in the College of Education. (See the Graduate School Announce-
ments.)

AIR SCIENCE INSTRUCTION

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules,
are required to take Basic Air Science training for a period of two years. The
successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation, but it must
be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at the
University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who do
not have the required two years of air science training will be required to com-
plete the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first.

Selected students who wish to do so may carry Advanced Air Science
courses during their junior and senior years which may lead to a regular or
reserve commission in the United States Air Force.

For further details concerning the requirements in military instruction,
write the Editor of Publications for a copy of An Adventure in Learning.

THE STUDENT LOAD

The student load in the College of Home Economics varies from 15-18
credits. A student wishing to carry more than 18 credits must have a "B"
grade average and permission of the Dean.

CURRICULA*

A student may elect one of the following curricula, or a combination of
curricula: food nutrition or institution management (food service), general

*In order to meet the particular need of a student, certain adjustments in these
requirements may be made wdth the approval of the student's adviser and Dean.

Academic Information

home economics, home economics education, home economics extension, practical
art or crafts, and textiles or textiles and clothing. A student who wishes to
teach home economics may register in home economics education in the College
of Home Economics or in the College of Education. (See Home Economics
Education.)

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION PROGRAM

The University considers it important for every student to achieve an ap-
preciative understanding of this country, its history and its culture. It has there-
fore established a comprehensive program in American civilization designed
to provide the student with this general educational background. (See Unii^ersity
General and Academic Regulations.')

All students receiving a baccalaureate degree from the University of Mary-
land must (except as specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula) obtain
24 semester hours of credit in the lower division courses of the American Civili-
zation Program. Although the courses in the program are prescribed generally,
some choice is permitted, especially for students who demonstrate in classification
tests good previous preparation in one or more of the required subjects.

1 hrough such testing a student may be released from 3 hours of English.
3 hours of American history, and 3 hours of American government, leaving
9 hours of English and 3 hours of American history as absolute requirements.
Students released from 3 hours of English will take Eng. 21 instead of Eng.
1 and 2. Those released from 3 hours in history will take H. 56 instead of
H. 5 and 6.

The following courses required of all home economics majors may apply
to the American Civilization Program: Econ. 37, Soc. 1, and Psych. 1.

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES

Students in all curricula follow similar programs during the freshman year.
It is advisable for a student to choose a curriculum at the beginning of the
sophomore year, as he is often at a disadvantage if a change is made later. Be-
fore continuing vv'ith the third year of any curriculum, a student must have
attained junior standing: 56 academic credits wath a "C" grade average. (See
University General and Academic Regulations, Junior Standing.)

Faculty advisers assist the students to develop a wise arrangement of studies
in their chosen fields, and further, urges them to acquire practical experience
therein before graduation.

/— Sewester— >
Freshman Year'^

Eng. 1 , 2— Composition and American Literature ^

Soc. 1 —Sociology of American Life

G. & P. 1 —American Government ^

Sp. 7— Public Speaking

H. E. 1— Home Economics Orientation ''

Tex. 1— Textiles

Pr. Art 1— Design

Hea. 2— Personal Health (women)

Hea. 4— Community Health (women)

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (for men students)

Physical Activities

Chem. 11,1 3— General Chemistry, Science, or Elective '

Total 17 17

FOOD, NUTRITION, AND INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT

The Department offers the opportunity for the election of one of three
curricula, food or nutrition or institution management.

Graduates of the food and nutrition curriculum find positions in the con-
sumer education departments of a wide variety of food and equipment indus-
tries, magazines and advertising firms, doing testing, editorial or promotion work.
They may become nutritionists with industry or in state or community programs.
The curriculum also prepares students for graduate study, research, or work as
laboratory technicians.

*See individual curricula for variations.

^ See information on page 5 concerning the American Civilization Program.

^ Not required of men students.

* For practical art, crafts, and textiles and clothing majors, science credits totaling 4
semester hours may be selected from the following: Bot. 1— General Botany (4); Chem.
1, 3-General Chemistry (4, 4); Chem. 11, 13-General Chemistry (3, 3); Ent. 1 —
Introductory Entomology (3); Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources (2, 2); Phys. 1, 2—
Elements of Physics (3, 3); Soc. 5— Anthropology (3). For all other curricula,
chemistry is required.

(3)

(2)

(3)

. .

(2)

Food and Nutrition Curriculum

The institution management curriculum prepares students for food service
administration in such institutions as hospitals, colleges and school lunch rooms;
in commercial organizations: restaurants, inns, hotels, and industrial food service.
Institution management majors meet the academic requirements for entrance
to a dietetic internship approved by the American Dietetic Association. Students
following this major are required to have, before the senior year, work ex-
perience in food service. This experience must be satisfactory in length of time,
type and quality of work.

Men specializing in either the food and nutrition or institution manage-
ment major will be allowed substitutions for certain required courses.

FOOD AND NUTRITION CURRICULUM

r-Setnester—\

Sophomore Year 1 II

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or 3 3

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature C3) (3)

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Organic Chemistry 3 3

Foods 52, 53— Science of Food Preparation 3 3

Zool. 1— General Zoology 4

Ps}'ch. 1 —Introduction to Psychology 3 (3)

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics C3) 3

Microb. 5 1— Household Microbiology , . 3

Physical Activities 1 1

A. S. 3, 4-Basic Air Science (for men students) (2) (2)

Total 19 18

Junior Year

Home Mgt. 150, 1 5 1 —Management of the Home 3 3

Foods 100— Food Economics 2

Foods 101— Meal Management , . 2

Nut. 1 lO-Nutrition 3

Nut. 1 12-Dietetics ' . . 3

Chem. 81, 82— General Bio-Chemistry 4

C. Ed. 1 10-Child Development 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ' 3 3

Pr. Art 2-Survey of Art History 2

Elective . . 3

Total 17 17

Senior Year

Nut. 120-Advanced Nutrition . . 3

Home Mgt. 152— Experience in Management of the Home. ... . . 3

Foods 1 02— Experimental Foods . . 3

H. E. 103-Demonstrations C2) 2

Foods 104— Advanced Foods 2-3

Elective 12-13 3

Total 15 14

' Food majors take Foods 105, Foods of Other Countries.

^ See information on page 5 concerning the American Civilization Program.

-Semester-

C3)

, ,

(2)

C2)

General Home Economics Curriculum
INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM

Scyphontore Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34-Organic Chemistry

Foods 52, 53— Science of Food Preparation

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics

Pr. Art 2-Sun'ey of Art History

Psych. 1 —Introduction to Psychology

Microb. 51— Household Microbiology

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (for men students)

Physical Activities

Total

Junior Year

Home Mgt. 150, 1 5 1 —Management of the Home

Nut. 1 10-Nutrition

Nut. 1 12-Dietetics

Chem. 81, 82-General Bio-Chemistry

Inst. Mgt. 160— Institution Organization and Management.
Inst. Mgt. 161— Institution Purchasing and Accounting . . .

C. Ed. 1 10-Child Development III

Nut. 1 13— Diet and Disease ^

Inst. Mgt. 162— Institution Foods

Zool. 1— General Zoology

Total

Senior Year

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ^

Home Mgt. 152— Experience in Management of the Home.

Nut. 120— Advanced Nutrition

Foods 104— Advanced Foods

Psych. 1 10— Educational Psychology

Foods 102— Experimental Foods

Inst. Mgt. 164— Advanced Institution Management

Electives

Total

GENERAL HOME ECONOMICS

The general home economics curriculum is planned to give students a good
basis for personal development, for education in family living, and for job

'A student planning to do institutional work other than hospital dietetics is not
required to take Nut. 113, Diet and Disease.

^See information on page 5 concerning the American Civilization Program.

. .

, ,

Home Economics Extension Curriculum

opportunities requiring a general knowledge of the various areas of home eco-
nomics. Electives are adequate for further developing a special ability or interest
vidthin the areas of home economics or within other colleges, such as: music,
social science, radio, journalism, education.

/—Semester—^

Sophomore Year* I U

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or 3 3

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature (3) (3)

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Organic Chemistry 3 3

Foods 52, 53— Science of Food Preparation 3 3

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3

Microb. 5 1 —Household Microbiology . . 3

Clo. 20— Clothing Construction 3

Pr. Art 20-Costume Design , . 3

PJiysical Activities 1 1

A. S. 3, 4-Basic Air Science (for men students) (2) (2)

Electives (3) (3)

Total 16 16

Junior Year

Home Mgt. 150, 1 5 1 -Management of the Home 3 3

Nut. 1 10-Nutrition or 3

Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition (3)

Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2

Pr. Art 40, 41-Interior Design 1 3

Clo. 22— Clothing Construction or Clo. 21, Pattern Design. ... . . 2-C3}

Foods 100— Food Economics 2

Foods 101— Meal Management . . 2

Zool. 1— General Zoology 4

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology . . 3

Elective 3 3

Total 18 I6-(17)

Senior Year

C. Ed. 1 10-ChiId Development III 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ^ 3 3

Home Mgt. 152— Experience in Management of the Home ... . . 3

Electives C8)-9 9

Total (14>15 15

HOiME ECONOMICS EXTENSION

This curriculum provides training for home demonstration work. It in-
cludes the basic sciences and the technical subjects related to farm, home and
community situations that home demonstration agents encounter. It provides

*Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 recommended as an elective for students with special interest
in and need for Food and Nutrition.

' See information on page 5 concerning the American Civihzation Program.

Home Economics Extension Curriculum

an opportunity to gain insight and understanding into the attitudes and appre-
ciations expected of a professional extension worker.*

/Semester—^

Sophomore Year I II

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or 3 3

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature C3) (3)

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34-Organic Chemistry ^ 3 3

Foods 52, 53— Science of Food Preparation 3 3

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3

Clo. 20— Clothing Construction 3

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology . . 3

Clo. 21-Pattem Design . . 3

Physical Activities 1 1

Total 16 16

Junior Year

Home Mgt. 150, 151— Management of the Home 3 3

R. Ed. 160— Agricultural Information Methods 2

Nut. 1 10-Nutrition 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ^ 3 3

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I

and II 3 3

Nut. 1 12-Dietetics . . 3

R. Ed. 1 50— Extension Education . . 2

Zool. 1— General Zoology 4

Microb. 5 1— Household Microbiology . . 3

Total 18 17

Senior Year

Home Mgt. 1 52— Experience in Management of the Home . . 3

H. E. 103-Demonstrations C2) 2

Pr. Art 2-Survey of Art History . . 2

Soc. 1 1 3— The Rural Community . . 3

Pr. Art elective (Pr. Art or Crafts course) C2)-3

Clo. 128— Home Furnishings . . 3

H. E. Ed. 102— Problems in Teaching Home Economics. ... 3

Foods 100— Food Economics 2

Foods 101— Meal Management 2

Electives 2 4-(5)

Total (14>15 14-C15)

^Experience in the field of home economics extension is encouraged for all students
majoring in this curriculum. Such experience should be gained before the completion
of the senior year.

* See information on page 5 concerning the American Civilization Program.

^ Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 recommended for students with special interest in and need
for Food and Nutrition.

Practical Art Curriculum
PRACTICAL ART AND CRAFTS

PRACTICAL ART

This curriculum permits a choice of three fields of concentration: art in
advertising design, interior design, costume design. Emphasis is given to the
selection of wearing apparel and house furnishings with relation to personality
and to family living. Positions available to graduates include designing, pro-
motion, selling or buying of wearing apparel or house furnishings or both.

Freshman Year

Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History (2) and O. T. 1— Principles of Typewriting (2)
are required subjects for the freshman year. O. T. 1 is not required of students who
have completed one full year of typing in high school.

(Semester— \
Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology

Foods 1 —Introductory Foods

Pr. Art 20— Costume Design

Pr. Art 21— Action Drawing

Pr. Art 30— Typography and Lettering

Pr. Art 40, 41— Interior Design

Laboratory Science

Physical Activities

Total 17 16

Junior Year

Home Mgt. 150, 151— Management of the Home 3 3

Foods 101 —Meal Management 2

Nut. 10-EIements of Nutrition . . 3

B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization^ 3

B. A. 154-Retail Store Management ^ 3

Pr. Art 38-Photography ' 2

Pr. Art 120, 121-Costume Illustration, or 2 2

Pr. Art 142, 143-Advanced Interior Design (2) (2)

(3)

C3)

. .

^ Women students who desire a non-business program may substitute one of the fol-
lowing programs for the 18 credits in these courses: 12 semester hours of French, Ger-
man, or Spanish plus one of the following groups of courses: I— Soc. 5— Anthropology
C3); Eng. 12— Introduction to Creative Writing (2); Eng. 170— Creative Writina (2)
or Speech 117— Radio Continuity Writing (3). II— Journ. 10, 11— News Reporting (6);
Joum. 165-Feamre Writing (3). Ill-Art 5-Still-hfe (3); Art 104-Life Class (3);
Art 11 3-IllustTation (3). IV-Soc. 5 -Anthropology (3), H. 51, 52-The Humanities
(6) or Art 9, 1 1 —Historical Sur\'ey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture (6). Widi
any of these variations of the Practical Art curriculum, the student is responsible for
being able to schedule her full program of courses. The above curriculum variations
are not open to men students as their program is sufficiently flexible.

11 ►

Practical Art Currictduni

r— Semester-
Junior Year QContintied^ I U

One group of the l:'oIlov\'ing: 3 3

Advertising: Cr. 3— Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art (2)
Pr. Art 4— Three-dimensional Design (2)
Pr. Art 3-Silk Screen Printing (2)
Costume: Clo. 120-Draping (3)

Tex. 105— Consumer Problems in Textiles (3)
Interior: Tex. 106— Household Textiles (3)

Clo. 128— Home Furnishings (3)

Elective

Total 18 14

Senior Year

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ^ 3 3

Home Mgt. 152— Experience in Management of the Home. ... (3) 3

C. Ed. 1 10-Child Development III (3) 3

Speech 1 1 5— Radio in Retailing ' 3

B. A. 155-Problems in Retail Merchandising ' . . 3

Pr. Art 1 32-Advertising Layout 2 (2)

Pr. Art 136-Display 2 C2)

Individual Problems in Advertising Costume, or Interior. ... 2 2

Electives 3 2

Total 15 16

PRACTICAL ART (fOR MEn)

Requirements are the same as for women, with the following modifications:
Additions: A.S. 1, 2, 3, 4; 15 hours in art in merchandising, merchan-
dising, and creative writing to be selected in consultation
with the student's adviser.
Omissions:' H. E. 1, Foods 1, 101; Home Mgt. 150, 151, 152, Hea. 2, 4.

^Women students who desire a non-business program may substitute one of the fol-
lowing programs for the 18 credits in these courses: 12 semester hours of French, Ger-
man, or Spanish plus one of the following groups of courses: I— Soc. 5— Anthropology
(3); Eng. 1 2— Introduction to Creative Writing (2); Eng. 170— Creative Writing (2)
or Speech 117-Radio Continuity Writing (3). Il-Journ. 10, 11-News Reporting (6);
Journ. 165-Feature Writing (3). Ill-Art 5-Still-hfe (3); Art 104-Life Class (3);
Art 113-Illustration (3). IV-Soc. 5 -Anthropology (3), H. 51, 52-The Humanities
(6) or Art 9, 11— Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture (6). With
any of these variations of the Practical Art curriculum, the student is responsible for
beincr able to schedule her full program of courses. The above curriculum variations
are not open to men students as their program is sufficiently flexible.

^ See information on page 5 concerning the American Civilization Program.

^ Required courses which have been omitted may be taken as electives.

< 12

Crafts Curriciihini

CRAFTS

This curriculum permits a choice of two vocational areas: pre-occupational
therapy and teaching. Emphasis is given to the joy of creation through crafts
with good design being stressed.

Freshman Year

Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History (2) is a required subject of the freshman year.

f— Semester— ^

Sophomore Year I i

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3

Foods 1— Introductory Foods 3

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3

Psych. 1 —Introduction to Psychologj' . . 3

Pr. Art 3-Silk Screen Printing . . 2

Pr. Art 4— Three-dimensional Design 2

Cr. 2-SimpIe Crafts 2

Cr. 3— Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art 2

Cr. 20, 21-Ceramics 2 2

Laboratory Science (see below, Pre-occupational Therapy) . . . . 4

Physical Acti\ities 1 1

Electives ^ . . 3

Total 18 18

Junior Year

Home Mgt. 150, 1 5 1 —Management of the Home 3 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ^ 3 3

Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition . . 3

Cr. 30, Sl-Metalr)/ 2 2

Cr. 40, 41-Weaving 2 2

Ind. Ed. 9— Industrial Arts in the Elementary School 2

Ind. Ed. 2— Elementary Woodworking . . 2

Electives ' 4 2

Total 16 17

Senior Year

Pr. Art 38-Photography 2

Cr. 5— Puppetry . . 3

Ad\-anced Crafts 4 2

Electives ^ 7 9

Total 13 14

' One of the two follo\\'ing programs to be completed in addition to the above
specified subjects: I— Pre-Occupational Therapy: Zool. 1— General Zoology (4); Zool.
14, 15-Human Anatomy and Physiology (4, 4); Phys. I-EIements of Physics (3);
P. E. 100-ScientiHc Bases of Movement (4); Psych. 5-Mental Hygiene (3); Art 7—
Landscape Painting (3). II-Teaching: H.D. Ed. 100, 101 -Principles of Human
Development (3, 3); Ed. 130 or 131— Theory' of Junior or Senior High School (2);
Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation in Art (3); Ed. 145— Principles of
High School Teaching (3); Ed. 148— Practice Teaching in Art (8).

■ See information on page 5 concerning the American Civilization Program.

13 ►

Textiles and Clothing Curriculums

CRAFTS (for men)

Requirements are the same as for women with the following modifications:

Additions: A. S. 1, 2, 3, 4; also 9 hours in crafts, art therapy or other
courses closely related to the student's objective. These to
be selected in consultation with the student's adviser and
approved by him.

Omissions: H. E. 1, Foods 1; Home Mgt. 150, 151; Hea. 2, 4.

For other curricula in art, see offerings under the College of Education
and the College of Arts and Sciences.

TEXTILES AiND CLOTHING

The curricula in textiles and clothing are planned to help students to be
intelligent and responsible consumers; to give them preliminary training for
positions in textiles and clothing in business, in textile testing, and research in
textiles and clothing.

* Men majoring in these curricula wall be allowed substitutions for certain
required courses and will choose supporting courses according to their particu-
lar interests and needs.

Clo. 20, Clothing Construction, is to be taken in the second semester of
the freshman year instead of an elective. Clo. 22, Clothing Construction, may
be required of students needing the additional experience.

r— Semester-^
Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature

Chem. 11, 13, Science or Elective ^

Foods 1 —Introductory Foods

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology

Pr. Art 20— Costume Design

Qo. 21— Pattern Design

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (for men students)

Physical Activities

Electives

Total 16 16

'Chem. 11, 13 are required for a major in textiles.

M 14

C3)

(3)

C3)

(3)

C2)

Textiles and Clothing Curriculums

TEXTILES CURRICULUM

-Semester'

Junior Year

Home Mgt. 150, 151— Management of the Home

Foods 101— Meal Management

Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition or

Nut. 1 10-Nutrition

Art

Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry . . . .

Math. 10-Algebra

Tex. 100— Advanced Textiles

Tex. 102— Textile Testing

Total

Senior Year

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ^

Microb. 51— Household Microbiology

Tex. 101— Problems in Textiles

Chem.— Chemistry

Home Mgt. 152— Experience in Management of the Home

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics

Speech ^

C. Ed. 1 10-Child Development III

Elective

Total

2
3

C3)

3
3

3
2

3
3

3
4

TEXTILES AND CLOTHING CURRICULUM

Junior Year

Home Mgt. 150, 1 5 1 —Management of the Home 3

Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition

Art 3

Clo. 1 22— Tailoring 2

Tex. 100— Advanced Textiles 3

Foods 101— Meal Management 2

Psychology

Tex. 108— Decorative Fabrics 2

Microb. 51— Household Microbiology

C. Ed. 1 10-Child Development III 3

Total 16-18

3
C3)

' See information on page 5 concerning the American Civilization Program.
" Selected with adviser's consent.

r-Semester—

(3)

Home Economics Education Curriculum

Senior Year

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ^

Tex. 105— Consumer Problems in Textiles

Home Mgt. 1 52— Experience in Management of the Home . . .

Clo. 120-Draping

Clo. 124— Projects and Readings in Textiles and Clothing . . .

Speech ^

clo. 1 26— Fundamentals of Fashion

Electives

Total 17 14

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION

Students electing this curriculum may register in the College of Education
or in the College of Home Economics.

The home economics education curriculum is designed for students who
are preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage in any
phase of home economics work which requires a knowledge of teaching methods.
It includes studies of all phases of home economics and the allied sciences, with
professional preparation for teaching these subjects. A student majoring in this
curriculum may also qualify for a science minor.

The offering includes both undergraduate and graduate programs leading to
the degrees of Bachelor of Science, Master of Education, and Master of Science.

r-Semester—-t
Freshman Year I H

Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation ^ 0

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1— Philosophy for

Modern Man or Psvch. 1— Introduction to Psychology. ... 3

Chem. 11, 13 or 1, 3-'General Chemistry ' 3-4 3-4

H. E. 1— Home Economics Orientation 0

Tex. 1— Textiles • . 3

Pr. Art 1-Design 3

Hea. 2— Personal Health (women) 2

Hea. 4— Community Health (women) . - 2

P. E. 2, 4 1 1

G. & P. 1— American Government . . 3

Sp. 1— Public Speaking . . 3

Electives 1-2

Total 16-18 18-19

^ See information on page 5 concerning the American Civilization Program.
^ Selected with ad\'iser's consent.
' May be taken either semester.

-^ 16

Home Economics Edtication Curriculum

-Semester-

Sophomore Year I

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education ' 2

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3

Pr. Art 20— Costume Design

Clo. 20-Clothing 3

Foods 2, 3— Foods " 3

P. E. 6 1

Bot. 1— General Botany

Electives ^ 1-2

Total 16-17

Junior Year

H. E. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation .... 3

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3

Home Mgt. 150, 151— Home Management 3

Foods 101— Meal Management 2

Clo. 22— Clothing Construction

Nut. 10 or 1 10-Elements of Nutrition

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics

Zool. 1— General Zoology 4

Electives 2

Total 17

Senior Year*

H. E. Ed. 102— Problems in Teaching Home Economics .... 3

Ed. 145— Principles and Methods of Secondary Education 3

H. E. Ed. 148— Teaching Secondary Vocational Home

Economics 8

Home Mgt. 152— Practice in Management of the Home 3

Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History- or

Clo. 128— Home Furnishings

Microb. 1 or 5 1 —Microbiology

Electives

Total 17

2-3

3-4

11-13

* Subjects in the senior year will be so arranged that the two semesters may be
interchanged.

^ May be taken either semester.

"Foods 52, 53 carries a prerequsite of Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34.

^ Chem 31, 32, 33, 34, Organic Chemistry, recommended as an elective or in lieu
of General Botany for individuals with special interest in and need for Food and
Nutrition.

COURSE OFFERINGS

The University reserves the right to wdthdraw or discontinue any course"
foi which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving
the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another
course.

Courses are designated by numbers as follows:

1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)

200 to 299: courses for graduates only,

399: Graduate Research.

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
credit hours is shown by the arable numeral in parentheses after the title of
the course.

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours^
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.

FOOD, NUTRITION, AND INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT'^

Associate Professor: braucher.
Assistant Professors: collins and Cornell.
Instructors: cox and hammel.
Lecturers: pelcovits and sidwell.

FOOD

Poods 1. Introductory Foods. (3)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
For students in other colleges and for majors in crafts, practical art, textiles and
clothing.

Foods 2, 3. Foods. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisites, Chem. 1, 2 or 11, 13. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Composition, structure and
preparation of food with study of scientific principles involved. Analysis of recipes and,
criteria for acceptable products.

*Tailored white uniforms are required for all laboratory work in Food and Nutrition..

< 18

Food, Nutrition, and Institution Management

Foods 52, 53. Science of Food Preparation. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisites, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 to precede or parallel. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Com-
position and structure of food with study of the fundamental principles involved in
food preparation.

NUTRITION

Nut. 10. Elements of Nutrition. (3)

First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, $3.00. For students in other colleges and
for majors in crafts, practical art, textiles and clothing.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

FOOD

Foods 100. Food Economics. (2)

First semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or
2, 3, or 52, 53. Laboratory fee, $7.00. Sources of our food supply; buying of food for
the family.

Foods 101. Meal Management. (2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods I, or
2, 3 or 52, 53. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Planning, preparing and serving meals for
family groups, considering nutritional needs and management of money, time and
labor; includes entertaining.

Foods 102. Experimental Foods. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Foods
52, 53; Organic Chemistry, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34. Laboratory fee, $10.00. A study
of food preparation processes from the experimental viewpoint.

Foods 104. Advanced Foods. (2-3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Foods 52, 53, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34. Laboratory fee,
$3.00. The physical and chemical behavior of the basic food constituents in food
preparation and processing; study of recent advances in those fields.

Foods 105. Foods of Other Countries. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods
1 or 2, 3, or 52, 53. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Food preparation and food customs of the
peoples of other countries.

NUTRITION

Nut. 110. Nutrition. O')

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3, or 52, 53; Organic Chemistry,
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 to precede or parallel, or consent of instructor. Laboraton,' fee,
$10.00. A scientific study of principles of human nutrition. Animal experimentation.
Correction of nutritional deficiencies by dietary studies.

19 ►

Food, Nutrition, and Institution Management

Nut. 111. Child Nutrition. (2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,

Foods 1 or 2, 3, or 52, 53; Nut. 10 or 110. Laboratory fee, $7.00. Principles of hiunan

nutrition applied to growth and development of children. Experience in a nursery

school.

Nut. 112. Dietetics. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Nut.
110. Laboratory fee, $10.00. A study of food selection for health; planning and
calculating dietaries for children, adults and family units; metho3s of teaching food
values and nutrition.

Nut. 113. Diet and Disease. Ql")

Second semester, alternate years. Prerequisite, Nut. 110. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Modi-
fications of the normal adequate diet to meet the nutritional needs in treating certain
diseases.

Nut. 114. Nutrition for Health Services. O)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Nut. 10 or the equivalent. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A
study of nutritional status and the effect of food habits and food consumption on family
health. Nutritional requirements for individuals in different stages of development.
Techniques and procedures for the application of nutrition knowledge wdth considera-
tion of various economic levels and social backgrounds. For graduate nurses, dietitians,
health teachers, and social workers.

Nut. 120. Advanced Ntitrition. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Foods 53; Zool. 1; Biochem. 81, 82 or concurrent.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. The progress of nutrition as found in the results of current
research, with emphasis on interpretation and application.

For Graduates

FOOD

Foods 200. Advanced Experimental Foods. (,3-5')

Second semester. Two lectures and three laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee,
$10.00. Selected readings of literature in e.xperimental foods. Development of in-
dividual problem.

Foods 204. Recent Trends in Foods. (2-3)

First semester. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Recent trends in the preparation, processing and

marketing of foods.

Foods 210. Readings in Foods. (_3)

Prerequisite, Foods 102, 104. A critical survey of literature on recent developments in

food research.

Foods 220. Seminar, (i, i)

First semester. Reports and discussions of current research in foods. Laboratory fee,

$3.00.

< 20

Food, Nutrition, and lnstitutio7i Management

Foods 399. Research. (6)

First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Credit in proportion to work done
and resiilts accomplished. Investigation in some phases of food which may form the
basis of a thesis.

NUTRITION

Nut. 204. Recent Advances in Nutrition. (2-3)

Second semester. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Factors that aflFect the nutritive value of food
during production, cookerj' processes, holding practices, processing, packaging and
storage.

Nut. 208. Recent Progress in Human Nutrition. (3)

Second semester. Laboratorj' fee, $3.00. Recent developments in the science of nutri-
tion with emphasis upon the interpretations of these findings for application in health
and disease. Aids for the dietitian in creating a better understanding of nutrition among
patients, students of graduate status and personnel, such as those in the dental and
medical professions.

Nut. 210. Readings in Nutrition. (3)

First semester. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Reports and discussion of outstanding nutritional
research and investigation.

Nut. 211. Prohlems in Nutrition. QS^

Second semester. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Experience in a phase of nutrition research
which is of interest to the student. Use of experimental animals, human studies, or an
extensive and critical sur\'ey of the literature.

Njit. 212. Nutrition for Comtnunity Service. C^^

First semester. Laborator)' fee, $3.00. Applications of the principles of nutrition to

various community problems. Students may work on problems of their own choosing.

Nut. 220. Seminar.' O, O

First and second semesters. Reports and discussions of current research in nutrition.

Nut. 399. Research. (6)

First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Credit in proportion to work done
and results accomplished. Investigation in some phase of nutrition which may form the
basis of a thesis.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT

Inst. Mgt. 160. Institution Organization and Management. (3)
First semester. Prerequisites, Foods 52, 53; Xut. 110; Home Mgt. 150, 151 to precede
or parallel. Vocational opportunities in the field of institution management; organiza-
tion of food service departments. Planning of functional kitchens and selection of
equipment for quantity food services. Field trips.

21 ►

Food, Nutrition, and Institution Management

Inst. Mgt. 161. Institution Food Purchasing and Cost Control. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, Foods 52, 53; Nut. 10 or 110 or equivalent. Selection
of food, method and units of purchase in large quantities. Budgets, food cost account-
ing and control. Field trips.

Inst. Mgt. 162. Institution Foods. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Foods
52, 53; Nut. 10 or 110 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Application of
basic principles and procedures of food preapration to quantity food preparation. Stand-
ardizing recipes; menu planning for various types of food services; determination of
food costs. Field trips.

Inst. Mgt. 164. Food Service Administration and Personnel Management. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisites, Inst. Mgt. 160, 161, 162 or the equivalent. Admin-
istrative policies, problems, and personnel management. Field trips.

Inst. Mgt. 165. School Food Service. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one morning a week for practical experience in a
school food service. Prerequisites, Foods 1 or 2, 3 or 52, 53, and Nut. 10 or 110, or
consent of instructor. Not open to Institution Management majors. Study of organi-
zation, management, menu planning, food purchasing and preparation and cost control,
for serving the noon meal in schools and child care centers.

Inst. Mgt. S166. Nutrition and Meal Planning. (2)

Summer only. Special application to group food services; school lunches, restaurants,

and hospitals.

Inst. Mgt. S168. Cost Accounting for School Food Service. (2)

Summer session. Food cost accounting systems for school lunch programs; programs

and procedures of accumulating, recording, and interpreting data for control.

Inst. Mgt. S169. Food Purchasing for School Food Service. (2)

Summer session. Purchasing procedures; grading, processing, and packing of food;

selection of food, specifications, and marketing regulations.

For Graduates

Inst. Mgt. 200. Food Service Administration and Siipervision. (3)
First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Inst. Mgt.
162, 165, or the equivalent. Supervision and administrative policies; personnel man-
agement with emphasis on human relations, and philosophy underlying management
practices.

HOME ECONOMICS— GENERAL

Professor: lippeatt.
Assistant Professor: wilson.

H. £. 1. Home Economics Orientation. QO')

First semester. Required of Home Economics freshmen. Orientation to the student

activities and academic life of the University and to the field of home economics.

M 22

Home Management

Demonstrations, lectures, panels, group and individual discussions on personal and
academic adjustment and on vocations open to persons trained in home economics.

H. E. 103. Demonstrations. (2)

Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Clo. 20; Foods 1 or 2, 3;

Tex. I. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Experience in planning and presenting demonstrations.

H. E. 190. Special Problems in Home Economics. (2-3)

Junior, senior or graduate standing and consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00 to
$10.00, depending upon department and credit hours. Problem may be in any area of
home economics and will carry the name of the subject matter of the problem.

HOME MANAGEMENT

Associate Professor: crow.
Instructor: smith.
Lecturer: thomas.

Home Mgt. 150, 151. Management of the Home. (^3,3}

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period. Home Mgt. 150
prerequisite to Home Mgt. 151. Laboratory fee. Home Mgt. 151, $3.00. The philos-
ophy and application of principles of scientific management in the home through the
use of resources; management of time, energy, and money; introduction to housing as
a social problem; housing to meet family needs, selection, care and use of household
equipment.

Home Mgt. 152. Experience in Management of the Home. (3)*
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Home Mgt. 150, 151. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Residence for one-third of a semester in the home management house. Experience in
planning, coordinating and participating in the activities of a household, composed of
a faculty member and a group of students. (See p. 4)

Home Mgt. 155. Money Management. (T.")

Two lectures. Prerequisite, Home Mgt. 150 or permission from instructor. Integrating
the use of money and other available resoiurces to meet both individual and family wants
and needs. Emphasis on areas of finance influencing family economic decisions.

Home Mgt. 156. Household Equipment. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Problems in selection, use and

care of small and large equipment.

Home Mgt. 158. Special Problems in Management. (3)

Two lectures; one two-hour lab. Prerequisite, Home Mgt. 150, 151 or equivalent.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. Analysis of some of the important management problems in work
simplification, problems related to housing and household equipment.

*A charge of $40.00 for food and supplies is assessed each student. Students who
board at the University may receive a pro-rata refund of the established charge if the
dining hall card is turned in during the period of residence in the home management
house. Students not living in dormitories are billed at the rate of $5.00 per week
for a room in the home management house.

23 ►

Practical Art and Crafts

Fee, $3.00. Etching, sawing, soldering, raising, and enameling using copper and sterling
silver. Good, original design is stressed.

Cr. 40, 41. Weaving. (,2, 2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1.
Fee, $3.00. Creative weaving on harness looms, inkle looms and cards. Emphasis is
placed upon good texture, pattern and color vdth relation to the pxupose of each textile.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

PRACTICAL ART

Pr. Art 100, 101. Mural Design. (2, 2)

First semester, alternate years. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art

1, 21. Fee, $3.00. Group and individual expression serving two types of objectives:
temporary murals for the public schools developed from classroom study and rendered
in colored chalk on wrapping paper; murals for permanent architectural decoration con-
sidering propriety to setting and rendered in oil paint, gouache, fresco, or mosaic. Brief
study of civilization's use of murals. Trips to nearby murals having social significance.

Pr. Art 120, 121. Costume Illustration. C2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,

2, 20, 21. Fee, $3.00. Fashion rendering emphasizing clothing structiue, representa-
tion of materials and development of individual rendering technique. Development of
techniques employing transparent water color, India ink, Craftint, Zipatone and Burgess
process. Study of styles of contemporary fashion illustrators.

Pr. Art 124, 125. Individual Prohlems in Costume. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,
2, 20, 21, 120, 121. Fee, $3.00. Advanced problems in fashion illustration or costvune
design for students who are capable of independent work. Program developed in con-
sultation with the instructor.

Pr. Art 132. Advertising Layout. (2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,
20, 30, 40. Fee, $3.00. Designing of rough to finished layouts for advertisements for
newspapers, magazines, packaging, brochiues and other forms of direct advertising. In-
cluded, is the study of typography and illustration and their relationship to reproduction.
Experience in use of the airbrush. Field trip.

Pr. Art 134, 135. Individual Problems in Advertising. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,
20, 30, 40, 132. Fee, $3.00. Advanced problems in advertising layout. Opportunity to
build skills in one area or more of advertising design. Readings. Field trip.

Pr. Art 136. Display. (2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,

4, 30. Fee, $3.00. Practice in effective merchandise display in cooperation with retail

establishments. Study of other aspects of display through field trips, discussion and

research.

M 26

Practical Art and Crafts

Pr. Art 138. Advanced Photogro'phy. (2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,
38, 39. Fee, $3.00. Advanced experimental effects emphasizing design in photography.
Each student must have his own camera.

• Pr. Art 142, 143. Advanced Interior Design. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,
2, 40, 41. Fee, $3.00. Designing of rooms drawn in perspective and isometrics and
rendered in water color. Coordination with fabrics, floor and wall finishes. Study of
budgets, costs, and manufacturing techniques. Field trips.

Pr. Art 144, 145. Individual Prohlems in Interior. (2, 2)
, First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,
2, 40, 41, 142, 143. Fee, $3.00. Advanced problems in interior design for students
who are capable of independent work. Students assume the role of interior decorator
serving the needs of theoretical clients. Field trips.

CRAFTS

Cr. 102. Creative Crafts. (2-4)
^ Svimmer session. Daily laboratory periods. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1 and permission of
, the instructor. Fee, $3.00. Interests of the persons enrolled will determine the crafts
'•■ to be pursued. Suggested: block printing, wood burning, crayon decoration, paper sculp-
ture, clay modeling, metalry, weaving. Excellent for teachers, directors of recreation
centers, and persons who desire an introduction to recreational crafts.

Cr. 120, 121. Advanced Ceramics. (i2, 2^

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,
Cr. 20, 21. Fee, $3.00. Advanced techniques in clay sculpture and in building pottery
. on the potter's wheel. Study of glaze composition and calculation. Experimentation
with several clay bodies.

Cr. 124, 125. Individiuxl Prohlems in Ceramics. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,
Cr. 20, 21, 120, 121. Fee, $3.00. IndiAddual problems in clay sculpture and pottery
making. Use of gas kiln fired in the medium cone range and experimental research in
glazes and original textural effects.

Cr. 130, 131. Advanced Metalry. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,
Cr. 30, 31. Fee, $3.00. Advanced applications of basic techniques in metal working
and jewelry making. Introduction of ring making, stone setting and metal casting.

Cr. 134, 135. Individual Prohlems in Metalry. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,
Cr. 30, 31, 130, 131. Fee, $3.00. Advanced problems in metalry and jewelry making.
Supervised laboratory for students capable of independent work and research.

Cr. J40, 141. Advanced Weaving. Q2, 2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art I,

27 ►

Textiles and Clothing

Cr. 40, 41. Fee, $3.00. Advanced weaving on four and eight harness looms stressing
creative weaves in relation to functional use.

Ct. 144, 145. Individual Problems in Weaving. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,
Cr. 40, 41, 141. Fee, $3.00. Advanced problems in creative weaving. Supervised lab-
oratory for students capable of independent work and research.

TEXTILES AND CLOTHING

Professor: Mitchell.

Assistant Professors: heagney and wilbur.

Instriictor: compton.

TEXTILES

Tex. 1. Textiles. C^')

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory
fee, $3.00. Basic introduction to textile field. Study of textile fibers; evaluation of
labeling on textiles; analysis and care of fabrics.

CLOTHING

Clo. 20. Clothing Construction. (3)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1 for
home economics students. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Interpretation and use of commercial
patterns; fabric study; basic fitting and construction techniques.

Clo. 21. Pattern Design. Qi")

First and second semesters. Three two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Clo. 20 and consent of Department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Pattern study, figure analy-
sis and pattern alteration, development and adaptation of individual basic pattern,
creation of original designs.

Clo. 22. Clothing Construction. (2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Tex. 1 and

Clo. 20. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Continuation of Clo. 20. To give additional experience

in the use and adaptation of commercial patterns and for increased skill in construction

techniques.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

TEXTILES

Tex. 100. Advanced Textiles. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. The intensive study of textiles from the fiber to the finished
fabric, from the producer to the consumer. Analysis of fabric construction and service-
ability features.

M 28

Textiles and Clothing

Tex. 101. Problems in Textiles. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Tex.
100, Organic Chemistry. Laboratory fee, $3.00. IndiWdual experimental problems
in textiles.

Tex. 102. Textile Testing. (3)

Second semester. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 100. Laboratory
fee, $3.00. The theory of textile testing methods, the repeated use of physical and
chemical testing, the interpretation of the data, and the presentation of the findings.

Tex. 105. Consumer Prohlems in Textiles. (3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1, or equivalent.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. Study of textiles from the consumer point of view for personal,
household and institutional use. Evaluation of such textiles through analysis of com-
parison shopping, laboratory tests, sur\-ey of literature and field trips.

Tex. 108. Decorative Fabrics. (2)

First semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory
fee, $3.00. Study of historic and contemporary fabrics and laces vvdth analysis of designs
and techniques of decorating fabrics.

CLOTHING

Clo. 120. Draping. Q3^

First semester. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Clo. 21, Clo. 122.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. Demonstrations and practice in creating costiunes in fabrics on
individual dress forms; modeling of garments for class criticism.

Clo. 122. Tailoring. (2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 21.

Laboratory fee, $3.00. Construction of tailored garments, requiring professional sldll.

Clo. 123. Children's Clothing. (2)

First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 20, or equivalent.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. Children's clothing from the standpoint of age, health, beauty,
economy and personality; development of original designs.

Clo. 124. Projects and Readings in Textiles and Clothing. (2)
First semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, Clo. 120, Tex. 100. Laboratory
fee, $3.00. Analysis of wardrobe planning preparatory to the job situation; groominj,'
as related to the college girl and to the job holder; survey of job opportunities in the
held; special projects.

Clo. 125. Costtmie Dmping. (3)

Second semester. Three two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. An 2h
or consent of Department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. By means of draping in fabrics on a
form the development of costumes both historic and contemporary for specific needs,
purposes and occasions. Consideration of fabric, line and color are an integral part
of the work.

29 ►

Textiles and Clothing

Clo. 126. Fundamentals of Fashion. (2, 3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Clo. 120. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Fashion history;
current fashions, how to interpret and evaluate them; fashion show techniques;
fashion promotion. The course includes oral and written reports, group projects, panel
discussions and field trips.

Clo. 127. A'pparel Design. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Qo.
120. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The art of costuming; trade and custom methods of
clothing design and construction; advanced work in draping, pattern design and/or
tailoring with study of the interrelationship of these techniques.

Clo. 128. Home Furnishings. (3)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Tex. 1,
Clo. 20, or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Selection of fabrics for home
and institutional furnishings; care and repair of such furnishings; custom construction
of slip covers, draperies, bedspreads, refinishing and upholstering a chair.

For Graduates

Tex. 200. Special Studies in Textiles. (2-4)

First or second semester. Summer. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Advanced inquiry into
uses, care, types and/or performance of textile materials either contemporary or historic,
depending on interest of student (s); compilation of data through testing, surveys,
museum visits and/or field trips; writing of technical reports.

Clo. 220. S'pecial Studies in Clothing. (2-4)

First or second semester. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Special areas of clothing are selected
according to interest of student(s); consumer, design, functional aspects and/or evalua-
tion and analysis studies are made of those areas. Reports may be vmtten, oral or by
group presentation.

Tex. and Clo. 230. Seminar, (i)

First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The breadth and limit of the field
of textiles and clothing are investigated; annotated bibliography is developed; one oral
report is presented.

Tex. and Clo. 232. Economics of Textiles and Clothing. (3)
Second semester. Svmimer 1960. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Study of interrelationship of
developments in production, distribution and consumption of textiles and clothing af-
fecting consiuners and the market. Analysis of consumption trends as related to pat-
terns of family living and population changes.

Tex. and Clo. 399. Research. (^4-6^

First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A research problem is selected by

the student; thesis for partial fiilfiUment of the Master of Science degree is vmtten.

M 30

Home Economics Edtication, Art Education

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATIOiN "■

' For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

R. E. Ed. 102. Problems in Teaching Home Economics. Q3')
First and second semesters. Required of seniors in home economics education. Pre-
requisite, H. E. Ed. 140. A study of the managerial aspects of teaching and administer-
ing a homemaking program; the physical environment, organization and sequence of
instructional units, resource materials, evaluation, home projects.

H. E. Ed. 120. Evaluation of Home Economics. (3)

The meaning and function of evaluation in education; the development of a plan
for evaluating a homemaking program Avith emphasis upon types of evaluation devices,
their construction, and use.

H. E. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Ohservatiorj. (3)
First semester. Required of juniors in home economics education. The place and
function of home economics education in the secondary school curriculum. Philosophy
of education for home and family hving; characteristics of adolescence, construction of
soiuce units, lesson plans, and evaluation devices; directed observations in junior and
senior high school home economics departments.

H. E. Ed. 148. Teaching in the Secondary School. C8)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 140 and 102 or 102 parallel.
Fee, $30 for five or more hours, $15 for less than five hours. Observation and super-
vised teaching in approved secondary school home economics departments in Marj'-
land, the District of Columbia and Baltimore City. Eight weeks of practicum in two
schools udth both junior and senior high school classes. Students must reserve a half
day in their schedule for the student teaching assignment.

H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Education. (2)
First semester. General prerequisites must include graduate standing.

H. E. Ed. 202. Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Economics.

(2-4)
Study of home economics programs and practices in hght of current educational
trends. Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching procedures, outcomes of
instruction, and supervisory practices.

ART EDUCATION '^'^

Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation. (3)

*For further information see College of Education Catalog.
**Art Education courses taught by Practical Art staff in cooperation with staff of
College of Education. For further information see College of Education catalog.

31 ►

Art Education

and number of the course. Graduate credit is allowed only by special arrangement.
The objectives, selection and organization of subject matter, appropriate methods,
lesson plans, textbooks, and other instructional materials, measurement, and other
topics pertinent to the particular subject matter area are treated. Twenty periods of
observation.

Ed. 148. Student Teaching in Secondary Schools. (2-8)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140*. In order to be admitted to a
course in student teaching, a student must have an overall grade point average of 2.30,
a doctor's certificate indicating that the applicant is free of communicable diseases,
and the consent of the instructor in the appropriate area. A review committee on stu-
dent teaching vidll assist instructors in evaluating all special cases. Undergraduate credit
only. Fee, $30.00. Application forms for this course must be submitted to the
Director of Student Teaching not less than ninety days before registration. Students
who register for this course serve as apprentice teachers in the schools to which they
are assigned. For 8 credits, full time for one-half of one semester is devoted to this,
work. For experienced teachers, some graduate students and students in physical
education and music education who are planning a split student teaching assignment,
in elementary and secondary schools, the time and credit may be reduced.

.-42

FACULTY
1960-61

COLLEGE OF
HOME ECONOMICS

Administrative Officer

SELMA F. LIPPEATT, Professor of Hopie Economics and Dean of the College of
Home Economics

B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; m.s., University of Tennessee, 1945;

PH.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

Professors

VIENNA cuRTiss, Professor of Practical Art

Certificate, Parsons School of Design, 1930; b.a., Arizona State College, 1933;
M.A., Columbia University, 1935; ed.d., 1957.

T. FAYE MITCHELL, Professor and Head of Department of Textiles and Clothing
B.S., State Teachers College, Springfield, Missouri, 1930; m.a., Columbia Univer-
sity, 1939.

Associate Professors

PELA F. BRAucHER, Associutc Profcssor of Food and Nutrition

A.B., Goucher College, 1927; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1929.

JANE H. CROW, Associate Professor and Head of Department of Home Manage-
ment

B.S., Salem College, 1937; M.S., University of Maryland, 1938.

GEORGE H. cuNEo, Associatc Profcssor of Practical Art
B.S., Columbia University, 1945; m.a., 1949.

Assistant Professors

ELIZABETH N. COLLINS, Assistant Professor of histitution Management
B.A., Pembroke College, 1921; M.S., Simmons College, 1947.

E. MAE CORNELL, Assistant Professor of Food and Nutrition

PH.B., University of Chicago, 1930; m.a., Columbia University, 1938.

CLELL M. cox, Assistant Professor of Practical Art
B.S., Ohio State University, 1940; M.S., 1947.

EILEEN M. HEAGNEY, Assistant Professor of Textiles and Clothing
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1941; m.a., Colimibia University, 1949.

33 ►

Faculty

EDWARD L. LONGLEY, JR., Assistant Professor of Practical Art

B.A., University of Maryland, 1950; m.a., Columbia University, 1953.

JUNE c. WILBUR, Assistant Professor of Textiles and Clothing
B.S., University of Washington, 1936; M.S., Syracuse University, 1940.

LEDA A. WILSON, Assistant Professor of Home Economics

B.S., Lander College, 1943; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1950; ed.d., 1954.

Instructors

NORMA H. COMPTON, Instmctor in Textiles and Clothing

A.B., George Washington University, 1950; M.S., University of Maryland, 1957.

NANCY L. COX, Instructor in Pood and Nutrition

B.S., Cedar Crest College, 1957; m.s.. New York State College of Home Economics
1959.

BARBARA ELLIOTT, Instructor in Practical Art

B.F.A., Maryland Institute of Art, 1954; m.a., Columbia University, 1957.

IVA hammel, Instructor in Food and Nutrition

B.S., Louisiana Polytechnic Institute, 1929; m.e., Colorado State College, 1943.

MARTHANNE SMITH, Instructor in Home Management

B.S., Carson Newman College, 1955; m.s.. University of Tennessee, 1957.

Lecturers

FREMONT DAVIS, Lccturer in Practical Art

jEANETTE PELCOViTZ, Lccturcr in Institution Management
B.S., University of Toronto, 1934; m.s., Columbia University, 1940.

VIRGINIA siDWELL, Lccturer in Food and Nutrition

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1941; m.s., 1946; ph.d., Iowa State College, 1954

CAROLYN PALMER THOMAS, Lccturer in Home Management
B.S., University of Dlinois, 1940.

Research Assistants

VIRGINIA T. DAWSON

B.A., Ohio State University, 1937; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1939.

GENEVIEVE C. W ATKINS

B.S., University of Maryland, 1956.

M 34

Faculty

ELEANOR F. YOUNG

B.S., University of Maryland, 1955; M.S., 1958.

Graduate Assistants

CLAIRE D. JAFFB

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1940.

HELEN SULLIVAN

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953.

SUSAN WENDEBERG

B.S., Brooklyn College, 1957.

College of Home Economics Cooperating Staff Members

MABEL s. SPENCER, Assistuttt Professor, Home Economics Education

B.S., West Virginia University, 1925; M.S., 1946; ed.d., American University, 1959.

COLLEGE

PHYSICAL EDUCATION,

RECREATION AND

HEALTH

Catalog Series 19604961

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

VOLUME 13 MARCH 10, 1960 NO. 21

University of Maryland Bulletin published eight times in January; five times
in February; three times in May and September; twice in March, July and November;
once in April, June, August, October, and December.

Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.

CONTENTS

GENERAL

University Calendar iv

Board of Regents vi

Officers of Administration vii

Chairmen, Standing Committees,

Faculty Senate x

The College

Facilities

Cultural and Recreational Op

portunities

General Information

Entrance Requirements 4

Expenses 4

Air Science Instruction 4

Undergraduate Professional

Curriculums

Guidance

Normal Load

Electives

Transfer Students

Freshman and Sophomore
Proorams

Student Teaching.

Degrees

Certification . . . .

junior Status 6

PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUMS

Physical Education 8

Dance 14

Recreation 17

Health Education 22

Minors in Other Areas 26

Physical Therapy 28

GRADUATE STUDY

Special Study 31 Doctor of Philosophy Degree .... 33

General Regulations 31 General Advanced Study 33

Master of Arts Degree 31 Prerequisites for Advanced Study 33

Doctor of Education Degree. ... 32 Graduate Assistantships 34

COURSE OFFERINGS

Physical Education (to include

Dance) 35

Recreation 44

Health Education 47

Physical Therapy 52

College Park 52

Baltimore 52

Non-Major Program 56

Student Organizations Sponsored by the College.

Required Physical Education
Courses for Men and Women ,

Required Courses

The Program for Men

The Program for Women . . . ,
Required Health Education
Courses for Women

56
56

57
58

59
60

Faculty of the College "3

iii ►

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

FALL SEMESTER 1959
JANUARY 1960

4 Monday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day
21-27 Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations

SPRING SEMESTER I960

FEBRUARY

1-5 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration

8 Monday— Instruction Begins
22 Monday— Washington's Birthday Holiday

MARCH

25 Friday— Maryland Day

APRIL

14 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
19 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.

MAY

18 Wednesday— Military Day

26 Thursday— Pre-Examination Study Day

May 27-] ^ .

Time 3V Fnday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations

29 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises

30 Monday— Memorial Day, Holiday

JUNE

4 Saturday— Commencement Exercises

SUMMER SESSION I960
JUNE 1960

27 Monday— Simimer Session Registration

28 Tuesday— Summer Session Begins

AUGUST

5 Summer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES 1960
JUNE 1960

20-25 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course

AUGUST

8-13 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week

SEPTEMBER

6-9 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course

6-)

, > Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinatic

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

VALL SEMESTER I960
SEPTEMBER

12-16 Monday to Friday— Fall Semester Registration

1 9 Monday— Instruction Begins
NOVEMBER

23 Wednesday— Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class
28 Monday— Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m.
DECEMBER

20 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Begins
JANUARY 1961

3 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Friday— Inauguration Day Holiday
25 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day

Jan. 26-]
Feb.

SPRING SEMESTER 1961
FEBRUARY

6-10 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration
13 Monday— Instruction Begins
22 Wednesday— Washington's Birthday Holiday
MARCH

25 Saturday— Maryland Day

30 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
APRIL

4 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
MAY

17 Wednesday— Military Day

30 Tuesday— Memorial Day, Holiday
JUNE

2 Friday— Pre-Examination Study Day

4 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises

3-9 Saturday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations

10 Saturday— Commencement Exercises

SL7MMER SESSION 1961
JUNE 1961

26 Monday— Summer Session Registration

27 Tuesday— Summer Session Begins
'AUGUST

4 Friday— Summer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES 1961
7UNE 1961

19-24 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course
AUGUST

7-12 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week
SEPTEMBER

5-8 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Covurse

V ►

BOARD OF REGENTS

and

MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE

Term
Expires ^
Charles P. McCormick

Chairman 1966

McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Edward F. Holter

Vice-Chairman 1968

The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, N.W., Washington 6

B. Herbert Brown

Secretary 1960

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1

Harry H. Nuttle

Treasurer 1966

Denton

Louis L. Kaplan

Assistant Secretary 1961

5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15

Enos S. Stockbridge

Assistant Treasurer 1960

10 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Thomas W. Pangborn 1965

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown

Thomas B. Symons 1963

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park

C. EwiNG TUTTLE 1962

907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2

William C. Walsh 1968 '

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 1967

4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18

Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of nine -
years each, beginning the first Monday in June.

The President of the University of Mar)dand is, by law, Executive OflFicer of the
Board.

The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.

M vi

OFFICERS OF ADMLNISTRATION

Principal Administrative Officers

WILSON H. ELKiNS, President

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; m.a., 1932; b.litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D. PHIL., 1936.

ALBiN o. KUHN, Executive Vice President

B.S., University of Mar)dand, 1938; m.s., 1939; ph.d., 1948.

ALViN E. CORMENY, Assistavt to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development

B.A., Illinois College, 1933; ll.b., Cornell University, 1936.

R. LEE HORNBAKE, Dean of the Faculty

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pa., 1934; m.a., Oliio State University, 1936;
PH.D., 1942.

FRANK L. BENTz, JR., Assistant, President's Office
B.S., University of Marv'land, 1942; ph.d., 1952.

Emerit^is

HARRY c. BYRD, President Emeritus

B.S., University of Marj'land, 1908; ll.d., Washington College, 1936; ll.d., Dickin-
son College, 1938; d.sc, Western Maryland College, 1938.

Administrnth^e Officers of the Schools and Colleges

MYRON s. AisENBERG, Dea7i of the School of Dentistry
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.

VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; ph.d.. University of Colorado, 1942.

RONALD BAMFORD, Dean of the Graduate School

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., Universit\- of Vermont, 1926; ph.d.,
Columbia University, 1931.

GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agriculture

B.S., Cornell University, 1936; m.s., 1938; ph.d., 1940.

RAY w. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of University College

B.A., Wabash College, 1929; m.a., Butler University, 1930; ph.d., Syracuse Uni-
versity, 1937.

NOEL E. Foss, Dcau of the School of Plwrmacy

PH.c, South Dakota State College, 1929; b.s., 1929; m.s., University of Mar3'land,
1932; PH.D., 1933.

LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health

B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; m.a., 1937; ph.d., Peabody College, 1939.

FLORENCE M. GiPE, Dean of the School of Nursing

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1940;
ED.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

LADiSLAus F. GRAPSKi, Director of the University Hospital

R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; b.s.. University
of Denver, 1942; m.b.a. in Hospital Administration, University of Chicago, 1943.

IRVIN c. HAUT, Director, Agricultural Experiment Station and Head, Department
of Horticulture

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; ph.d.,

University of Maryland, 1933.

ROGER HOWELL, Dean of the School of Law

B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1914; ph.d., 1917; ll.b., University of Maryland,
1917.

wiLBERT J. HUFF, Director, Engineering Experiment Station

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc. (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.

SELMA F. LiPPEATT, Dean of the College of Home Economics

B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; m.s., University of Tennessee, 1945;
PH.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering

E.S., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; c.e., 1932; ph.d., 1935.

PAUL E. NYSTROM, Director, Agricultural Extension Service

B.S., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; m.p.a.,
Harvard University, 1948; d.p.a., 1951.

J. FREEMAN PYLE, Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration
PH.B., University of Chicago, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d., 1925.

LEON p. smith, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

B.A., Emory University, 1919; m.a., University of Chicago, 1928; ph.d., 1930;
Diplome le I'lnstitut de Touraine, 1932.

WILLIAM s. STONE, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of Medical
Education and Research

B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; m.d., University of Louisville, 1929;

PH.D., (hon.). University of Louisville, 1946.

General Administrative Officers

G. WATSON ALGiRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; m.s., 1931.

THEODORE R. AYLESWORTH, Professor of Air Science and Head, Department of
Air Science

B.S., Mansfield State Teachers College, 1936; m.s.. University of Pennsylvania, 1949.

norma J. AZLEiN, Registrar

B.A., University of Chicago, 1940.

B. JAMES BORRESON, Excciitive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.

DAVID L. BRiGHAM, Director of Alumni Relations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1938.

c. WILBUR cissEL, Director of Finance and Business

B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; m.a., 1934; c.p.a., 1939.

WILLIAM w. coBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930.

LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service

B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; m.d., University of Iowa, 1926.

GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men

B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926.

GEORGE w. FOGG, Director of Personnel

B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; m.a., 1928.

ROBERT J. MCCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941.

GEORGE w. MORRISON, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer Physical
Plant QBaltimore^

B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; e.e., 1931.

HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; m.a., 1937; b.s.l.s. Columbia University, 1940.

ADELE H. STAMP, Dean of Women

B.A., Tulane University, 1921; m.a., University of Maryland, 1924.

GEORGE o. WEBER, Director and Swpervising Engineer, Department of Physical
Plant

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

Division Chairmen

JOHN E. FABER, JR., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; ph.d., 1937.

HAROLD c. HOFFsoMMER, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; m.a., 1923; ph.d., Cornell University, 1929.

wiLBERT J. HUFF, Chairman of the Division of Physical Sciences

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc, (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.

CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division

B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; ph.d., 1926.

ADOLF E. zucKER, Chairman of the Division of Humanities

B.A., University of Illinois, 1912; m.a., 1913; ph.d.. University of Pennsylvania,
1917.

ix ►

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS

Dr. Russell G. Brown (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION

Dr. Robert Rappleye (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA AND COURSES

Dr. Irvin C. Haut (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID

Dr. Paul Nystrom (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

Dr. Edward J. Herbst (Medicine), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS

Mr. B. James Borreson (Executive Dean for Student Life), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES

Dr. Charles Murphy (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Dr. Charles A. Taff (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND ACTIVITIES

Dr. L. Morris McClure (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS

Dr. Franklin Cooley (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT DISCIPLINE

Dr. Allan J. Fisher (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON RELIGIOUS LIFE

Professor Louis E. Otts (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE

Dr. Marvin H. Eyler (Physical Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT EMPLOYMENT AND SELF-HELP

Dr. Warren R. Johnson (Physical Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION

Dr. Clyne S. ShaflFner (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM AND TENURE

Dr. Peter Lejins (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS AND SALARIES

Dr. William E. Bickley (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE

Dr. Guy B. Hathorn (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION

Dr. Joseph C. Biddix (Dentistry), Chairman

THE COLLEGE

THE COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION, AND HEALTH PROVIDES
preparation leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in the following pro-
fessional areas: physical education, dance, health education, recreation, and
physical therapy. The College also offers special curricula in safety education and
elementary physical education. Moreover, in conjunction with the Graduate
School and the College of Education, graduate programs leading to the master's
and doctor's degrees are available in physical education, health education and
recreation. The College provides a research laboratory for faculty members and
graduate students who are interested in investigating the effects of exercise and
various physical education activities upon the body, as well as determining
methods and techniques of teaching various sports.

A two year required program of physical education is provided by this College
for all men and women of the University, and a one year health education
program for all freshman women. The College provides an extensive intramural
sports program for both men and women.

In addition to its various on-campus offerings, this College regularly conducts
courses in physical education, health education and recreation for teachers in
various parts of the State of Maryland and conducts workshops for teachers
wherever requested by school officials.

Facilities

The facilities of the College are unusual for a University of this size. Four
separate buildings are used for the Women's Department, the Intramural Depart-
ment, the Required Program for Men, and the Physical Education Teacher Edu-
cation Program. There is also ample outdoor play space. Some of the facilities are
shared with the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics.

INDOOR FACILITIES

THE STUDENT ACTIVITIES BUILDING. This building houscs the offices of the
Department of Intercollegiate Athletics and the College of Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health. It contains sLx activity teaching stations: the main arena,
the swimming pool, the small gym, the weight training room, the wrestling room,
and combination indoor golf driving range and dance studio. In addition there
are six classrooms, a research laboratory, a departmental library, and conference
room.

The main arena of this building has a seating capacity of 12,004 and
19,796 sq. ft. of floor space. This area provides facilities for class work in basket-
ball, volleyball, badminton, and bait casting.

The swimming pool is divided into two areas by a permanent bulkhead. The
shallow end is 42 x 24 feet and the large area is 42 x 75 feet vdth a depth rang-
ing from 4 to 13 feet.

1 ►

Facilities

The small gymnasium may be used for basketball, volleyball, and gymnastics,
including tumbling, trampolining and all types of apparatus work. The total
floor space is 9,462 sq. ft.

The wrestling room (8,056 sq. ft.) is covered with mats.

The weight room is equipped with sufficient weights for ten lifting stations.

The dance studio - golf driving range (3,256 sq. ft.) has two nylon nets
which provide four golf driving stations. In addition part of the floor is covered
with a green rug for putting practice. The nets may be raised so that the entire
floor space is available for dancing.

PREiNKERT FIELD HOUSE. Prcinkert Field House contains the offices of the
Department of Physical Education for Women and Health Education for Women.
Its main lounge serves as a study and recreational area for women students and
as a meeting place for clubs sponsored by the Department. There is a regulation
size swimming pool, 75 x 35 feet equipped with two one-meter diving boards. In
the gymnasium, 90x50 feet, classes are held in badminton, volleyball, basketball,
stunts and tumbling, apparatus and tennis. There are two large backboards used
for indoor tennis practice. The adjacent classroom is used for all professional
classes and contains audio-visual equipment. The dance studio, used for modern
dance classes, is 40 x 60 feet.

In addition to the above areas, there are locker and shower rooms used by those
enrolled in physical education and those participating in recreational activities
and a small lounge for major students.

ARMORY. The Armory is used primarily for an extensive men's intramural
program. It houses the offices of the Director of Intramurals and an athletic equip-
ment room from which students may secure equipment for recreational purposes.
The 28,800 sq. ft. of floor space has four full length basketball courts, with bad-
minton and volleyball courts superimposed on them. This facility is also used as
an indoor track, with an indoor vaulting, high and broad jump pits, a one-tenth
mile track, and a 70 yard straightaway.

COLISEUM. The Coliseum is used as a supplementary facility for the intra-
mural and required program of physical education for men and women. In-
cluded in the facilities are an equipment issue room, adequate shower and locker
rooms for both men and women, a classroom, and office space for several of the
men's and women's physical education staff.

The 6,555 square feet of floor space is used primarily for required co-educa-
tional classes in square and social dance and for intramural basketball. In addi-
tion to the one large basketball court, hov/ever, there are five badminton and two
volleyball courts available for co-ed class instruction.

OUTDOOR FACILITIES

THE STADIUM. The stadium, with a seating capacity of 33,536 has a one-
quarter mile cinder track with a 220-yard straightaway. Pits are available for
pole vaulting and high and broad jumping. Immediately east of the stadium

'^2

Facilities

are facilities for the shot put, discus and javeHn throw. The College of Physical
Education, Recreation, and Health use these facilities for required classes in
trade and field. Also east of the stadium are 13.1 acres devoted to three practice
football fields, the baseball stadium, a practice baseball, lacrosse, and soccer field.
The College uses these facilities for major skill classes in football, soccer, and
baseball. West of the stadium are 11.3 acres devoted entirely to physical educa-
tion out-door play fields. There are four combination soccer-touch football play
fields, with complete goal posts, and four softball fields with wire backstops.

Surrounding the Armory are four touch football fields and eight softball
fields, encompassing 18.4 acres. These fields, plus the four in the Fraternity Row
horseshoe are used exclusively for intramurals.

Immediately west of the Cole Activities Building are eight all-weather ten-
nis courts. A new modern 18-hole golf course has been opened. This 204-acre
course includes two lakes, and an additional 5.8-acre golf driving range for
instructional purposes. The golf driving range, equipped with lights, and the
golf course greatly adds to our present recreational facilities.

The outdoor facilities adjacent to the Preinkert Field House include 8 hard-
surfaced tennis courts, an archery range with space for ten targets, two softball
diamonds, and combination hockey and soccer fields.

Research Laboratory

One of the important aspects of advanced study at the University of Mary-
land is research. To encourage research, the College of Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health makes avaiiable to the student a spacious, well equipped
research laboratory. Students and faculty alike are encouraged to make use of
the laboratory and its facilities for the purpose of conducting their special research
projects.

Cultural and Recreational Opportunities

Near the University of Maryland are found many points of cultural and
recreational interest. In Washington, D. C. one may visit national shrines and
museums, e.g., the Smithsonian Institute, the Medical Museum, etc., and also
attend lectures, musical recitals and stage productions featuring outstanding
personages. The Freer Gallery of Art and the Folger Shakespeare Library are
located in Washington. Within from one to four hours traveling time by car
one finds such points of historical and recreational interest as Mt. Vernon, Gettys-
burg, Harpers Ferry, Antietam, Annapolis, Monticello, Williamsburg, James-
town, Yorktown, the Shenandoah Valley, Skyline Drive, Rehobeth Beach and
Ocean City, Maryland. A number of Chesapeake Bay beaches and resorts can be
reached from the campus within forty-five minutes. The University also makes
available for recreational purposes, swimming pools, tennis courts, and similar
facilities. During Summer School a special recreational program is conducted for
all students; this includes sightseeing tours, group trips to summer stock stage
productions, square dancing, musical events, sports tournaments, and movies.

Under gradiiate Professional Curriculums

are fulfilled by professional courses in the College. The normal load for fresh-
man and sophomore men is 19 credits; for women 17 credits. No student may
register for more than 19 hours unless he has a "B" average for the preceding
semester and approval of the Dean of the College.

ELECTIVES

Electives should be planned carefully, and well in advance, preferably during
the orientation course the first semester, or with the student's academic adviser
during the second semester. It is important to begin certain sequences as soon
as possible to prevent later conflict. Electives may be selected from any depart-
ment of the University in accordance with a student's professional needs. Those
selected must meet with the approval of the adviser and the Dean of the College.

TRANSFER STUDENTS

Only students in good standing as to scholarship and conduct are eligible to
transfer into this College from another college or university. Only courses appli-
cable to his curriculum and passed with a grade of "C" or better will be trans-
ferred. Students wishing to transfer to this College from another college of this
University are subject to the general University regulations on this subject, ex-
plained in the publication. University General and Academic Regulations.

FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE PROGRAMS

The work of the first two years in this College is designed to accomplish the
follovdng purposes: (1) provide a general basic or core education and prepare
for later specialization by giving a foundation in certain basic sciences; (2) de-
velop competency in those basic techniques of the motor activities necessary for
successful participation in the professional courses of the last two years.

While much of the academic course work will be alike, the technique courses
will vary considerably in the different curriculums. The core of University re-
quirements should be completed in the first two years in such manner as to justify
acceptance as a junior in the desired major. The technique courses must be satis-
factorily completed, or competencies demonstrated before the student can be ac-
cepted for the advanced courses in methods and in student teaching. It is very
important that each requirement be met as it occurs.

JUNIOR STATUS

Students are permitted to register for courses numbered 100 and above only
after they have achieved junior status. Detailed information pertaining to junior
status will be found in the University General and Academic Regulations,

STUDENT TEACHING

Opportunity is provided for student teaching experience in Physical Education

Undergraduate Professional Curriculums

or Health Education, or Health and Physical Education. The student devotes
eight weeks during either semester of his senior year to observation, participation,
and teaching under a qualified supervising teacher in an approved junior or sen-
ior high school or in a combined program at the elementary and junior or senior
high school levels in the vicinity of the University. The student progresses to
gradual assumption of all of the responsibilities of the supervising teacher. A super-
visor from the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health visits the
student periodically and confers with both the student teacher and the supervis-
ing teacher, giving assistance when needed. To be eligible for student teaching,
the student must have an accumulative point average of 2.3, must have satisfied
the competency requirements in P.E. 61, 63, 65, and 67 (men), P.E. 40, 52, 54,
56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 76, and 78 (women), and must have completed the
following courses: P.E. 100; P.E. 113 (men); P.E. 114, 116, 124, 126
(women). The student must obtain a grade of "C" or better in all professional
courses in his curriculum, and he must register for P.E. 140, P.E. 190 and Ed.
145 concurrently with student teaching. Women must hold one officials rating.
Those desiring to teach at the elementary level must have completed P.E. 55, P.E.
120, and P.E. 195.

DEGREES

Each candidate for a degree must file a formal application with the Office of
the Registrar eight weeks prior to the date of graduation.

CERTIFICATION

The Maryland State Department of Education certifies for teaching only
when an applicant has a tentative appointment to teach in a Maryland county
school. No certificate may be secured by application of the student on graduation.
Course content requirements for certification are indicated with each curriculum.
Certification is specifically limited to graduates who "rank academically in the
upper four-fifths of the class and who make a grade of 'C or better in student
teaching." In order to insure the meeting of these requirements, students will not
be approved for student teaching except as indicated below. A student intending
to qualify as a teacher in Baltimore, Washington, or other specific situations should
secure a statement of certification requirements before starting work in the junior
year and discuss them with his academic adviser.

PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUMS
PHYSICAL EDUCATION

This curriculum prepares students (1) for teaching physical education in the
secondary schools, (2) for coaching, and (3) for leadership in youth and adult
groups which offer a program of physical activity. The first two years of this
curriculum are considered to be an orientation period in which the student has
an opportunity to gain an adequate background in general education as well as
in those scientific areas closely related to this field of specialization. In addition,
there is considerable emphasis placed upon the development of skills in a wide
range of motor activities. This basic training makes it possible for the student to
select related areas, especially in the fields of biology, health education, and rec-
reation as fields of secondary interest. These materially increase the vocational
opportunities which are available to a graduate in physical education.

EQUIPMENT

Students may be required to provide individual equipment for certain courses.

UNIFORMS

Suitable uniforms, as prescribed by the College, are required for the activity
classes and for student teaching. These uniforms should be worn only during
professional activities.

Men— During the freshman and sophomore years, men will wear red and
black T-shirts, black trunks, white socks, gym shoes, supporter and sweat
suit. During the junior year, men will purchase full length black pants with gold
braid on side and a black jacket, which are required for student teaching.

Women— Tailored blue shorts, white shirt, ankle socks, and tennis shoes,
dance leotard and skirt, and warm-up suit.

For Student Teaching — An appropriate teaching costume will be selected
under the guidance of the supervisor of student teaching before the beginning
of the junior year.

Physical Education Curriculum

PHYSICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR MEN

/^Semester— \

Freshman Year * I II

Eng. 1 , 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

G. & P. 1— American Government 3

Zool. 1— General Zoology . . 4

Sp. 7— Public Speaking 2

P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and

Health 2

P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1

P. E. 59— Skills in Folk, Square and Social Dance . . 1

P. E. 61, 63— Sport Skills and Gymnastics 2 2

A. S. 1, 2-Basic Air Science 2 2

Electives ' 1 7

Total 16 19

Sofhomore Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4

Physical Science Group Requirement (Mathematics, Physics or

Chemistry) 3-4

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health . . 3

P. E. 65, 67— Sport Skills and Gymnastics 2 2

A. S. 3, 4-Basic Air Science 2 2

Electives 1 1

Total 18-19 18

junior Year

H. D. Ed. 100, 101-Principles of Human Development I, II. . 3 3

P. E. 77— Methods of Teaching Aquatics . . 2

P. E. lOO-IGnesiology 4

P. E. 101, 103— Organization and Officiating in Intramurals. . 1 1

P. E. 113, 115— Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools 3 1

P. E. 123 or 125-Coaching Athletics 3

P. E. 1 80— Measurement in Physical Education and Health .... . . 3

Hea. 50-First Aid and Safety . . 1

Electives ^ 5 8

Total 19 19

^Students classified in Group 3 on Mathematics Entrance Test must take Math. 0.
P. E. 71 may be required, depending upon swimming ability of student.

^Students must elect one of the following: Econ. 31, Econ. 37, Phil. 1, Soc. 1,
Psych. 1. Students electing Econ. 31 or 37, which cannot be taken before the
sophomore year, must register for Hea. 40 the second semester of the freshman year.

^ Every student in junior or senior year must elect either Hea. 120, P.E. 120, or
Rec. 170.

9 ►

Physical Education Curriculum

Senior Year

P. E. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation

P. E. 160— Theory of Exercise

P. E. 190— Administration and Supervision of Physical Educa-
tion, Recreation, and Health

Ed. 145— Principles and Methods of Secondary Education. . . .

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools^

Electives "

Total

—Semester-
I II

15
18

PHYSICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR WOMEN

Freshman Year *

Eng. 1 , 2— Composition and American Literature

G. & P. 1— American Government

Zool. 1— General Zoology

Sp. 7— Public Speaking

P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and

Health

P. E. 40-Basic Body Controls

P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement

P. E. 52— Dance Techniques

P. E. 56— Skills and Methods in Folk and Square Dance. . . .
P. E. 62, 64— Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics
Electives (See Note 3)

Total

1
1
2
5

*P. E. 72 may be required, depending upon swimming ability of student.

Students classified in Group 3 on Mathematics Entrance Test must take Math. 0.

^The qualified student may register for 4 credits of Ed. 148 and 4 credits of Ed.
149 (Student Teaching in Elementary Schools.) When Ed. 148 is scheduled, Ed. 145,
P. E. 140, and P. E. 190 must be scheduled concurrently. This may be done either
semester.

^ Every student in junior or senior year must elect either Hea. 120, P. E. 120,
or Rec. 170.

'Students must elect one of the following: Econ. 31, Econ. 37, Phil. 1, Soc. 1,
or Psych. 1. Students electing Econ. 31 or 37, which cannot be taken before the
sophomore year, must register for Hea. 40 the second semester of the freshman year.

M 10

Physical Education Curriculum

r-Semester—^

Sofhomore Year* I II

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4

Physical Science Group Requirement (Mathematics, Physics or

Chemistry) 3-4

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health . . 3

P. E. 54— Dance Techniques 1

P. E. 58— Skills and Methods in Social Dance 1

P. E. 60— Dance Composition . . 2

P. E. 66, 68— Techniques of Sports 2 2

Total 17-18 17

JjinioT Year

H. D. Ed. 100, 10 1-Principles of Human Development I, II. . 3 3

P. E. 78— ?vIethods of Teaching Aquatics . . 2

P. E. 82, 84-Officiating ' 0 0

P. E. 100-Kinesiology 4

P. E. 114, 116— Methods in Physical Education for Secondary

Schools 3 1

P. E. 124, 126— Practicum in Leadership 2 2

P. E. 180— Measurement in Physical Education and Health.. 3

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety . . 1

Electives " . . 7

Total 15 16

Senior Year

P. E. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation . . 3

P. E. 160— Theorj' of Exercise 3

P. E. 190— Administration and Superwsion of Physical Edu-
cation, Recreation, and Health . . 3

Ed. 145— Principles and Methods of Secondary Education. ... . , 3

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools^ .. 8

Electives ' 12

Total 15 17

*P. E. 74 and/or 76 may be required, depending upon swrnming ability of student.
* Students must hold one officials rating to be eligible for student teaching.

^ Every student in junior or senior year must elect either Hea. 120, P. E. 120, or
Rec. 170.

^ The qualified student may register for 4 credits of Ed. 148 and 4 credits of
Ed. 149 (Student Teaching in Secondary Schools.) When Ed. 148 is taken, Ed. 145,
P. E. 140 and P. E. 190 must be schedialed concurrently. This may be done either
semester.

11 ►

Physical Education Cxirriciilum

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in physical education in
the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health are as follows:

Men Sent. Cr.

Professional Physical Education courses (P.E. 30, 50, 59, 61, 63, 65,

67, 77, 100, 101, 103, 113, 115, 123, or 125, 140, 160, 180, 190) 39
Foundation science courses as prescribed (Zool. 1, 14, 15; Physical

Science 3-4 hours) 15-16

Education courses as prescribed 17

General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; H. 5, 6; Soc. 1, Econ. 31,

37, Psych. 1, or Phil. 1; G. & P. 1) 24

Specially prescribed requirements (Sp. 7) 2

University requirements in Basic Air Science 8

Health courses as prescribed (Hea. 40, 50) 4

Electives (must include either P.E. 120; Hea. 120, or Rec. 170) 27

Total 136-137

Women

Professional Physical Education courses (P.E. 30, 40, 50, 52, 54, 56,

58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 78, 82, 84, 100, 114, 116, 124, 126, 140,

160, 180, 190) 45

Foundation science courses as prescribed (Zool. 1, 14, 15; Physical

Science 3-4 hours) 15-16

Education courses as prescribed 17

General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; H. 5, 6; Soc. 1, Econ. 31,

37, Psych. 1, or Phil. 1; G. & P. 1) 24

Specially prescribed requirements (Sp. 7) 2

Health courses as prescribed (Hea. 40, 50) 4

Electives (must include either P.E. 120, Hea. 120, or Rec. 170) 20-21

Total 127-129

MINOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION

20 semester hours in physical education and 4 semester hours in cognate

areas.

REQUIRED COURSES

Men-P.E. 30; P.E. 61, 63, 65, 67, (2-6*); P.E. 113; P.E. 101 or 103. a

Women-P.E. 30; P.E. 62, 64, 66, 68 (2-6*); P.E. 114, 116; P.E. 124, 126. -

* Selection of courses vidll be made according to student's background.
12

Physical Education Curriculum

ELECTIVE COURSES

Men and Women-P.E. 78, 100; P.E. 123; P.E. 125; P.E. 140; P.E. 160;
P.E. 180; P.E. 190; Hea. 110; Hea. 120; Rec. 30; Rec. 40; Rec. 100;
Rec. 150; Rec. 170.

If planning to teach, the cognate courses for men should be Hea. 40 and
Hea. 50; for women, Hea. 50 and Hea. 120. Men should include P.E. 123 or
P.E. 125 if planning to coach.

Note: To be certified to teach in Maryland, 30 semester hours are required in this
area, including the following or equivalent: Zool. 14, 15; Hea. 50; P.E. 100,
140; Ed. 145 and Ed. 148 including at least 25 hours of student teaching.

MINOR IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PHYSICAL EDUCATION

There are two plans for a minor in elementary school physical education.
Plan A is for students in the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health, and Plan B is for students outside the College of Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health.

I. Plan A (For students in this College)

10 semester hours in elementary school physical education courses and 10
hours in cognate areas.

Required courses

P.E. 55, 57, 120, 195; Ed. 123 or Ed. 2, Section 1.

Elective courses

10 hours in any of the following cognate areas: human development,
elementary education, biological science, health education. (Not more than
6 hours shall be taken in any one cognate area.)

Student teaching

Students will be required to do 4 weeks of their 8 weeks student teaching
at the elementary school level in physical education. (Ed. 149).

II. Plan B (For students outside this College)

13 semester hours in elementary school physical education courses and 10
hours in cognate areas.

Required courses

P.E. 55, 57, 120, 130, 195.

Elective courses

10 hours in any of the following cognate areas: human development,
elementary education, biological science, health education. (Not more than
6 hours shall be taken in any one cognate area.)

13 ►

Dance Curriculum

RELATED FIELDS MINOR

This minor requires a minimum of 18 credit hours to be elected from any
three of the four following areas:

I. Health Education— 6 hours

a. Hea. 1 20— Methods and Materials in Health Education.

b. Hea. 1 50— Health Problems of Children and Youth.

II. Recreation— 6 hours

a. Rec. 120— Program Planning

b. Rec. 170— General Fundamentals of Recreation

III. Safety Education— 6 hours

a. Hea. 70— Safety Education

b. Hea. 80— The Driver, His Characteristics and Improvement

IV. Dance— 6 hours *

a. P.E. 55

b. P.E. 54, 70, 80

c. P.E. 56, 58, 59

d. P.E. 50, 192

DANCE

With the increasing recognition of the importance and scope of dance in
educational programs, the need for teachers adequately trained in dance far exceeds
the number available. The professional curriculum in dance is constructed to
meet the steadily rising demand for personnel qualified to teach dance in college,
secondary, elementary schools, in camps, recreational agencies and in preparation
for dance therapy.

The course of study provides general background knowledge in culture and
foundation sciences as well as particularization in dance skills, theory and
philosophy. Courses in music theory, acting and stagecraft answer additional
needs for dance production planning. Students are urged to enrich their back-
oround in an interchange in creative arts in other departments of the University,
and opportunity is given to serve as assistants in the non-professional program.

Through electives the program may be adapted to meet the interests of the
particular student, combining dance with fine arts, physical education, recreation,
theatre, speech therapy, nursery school-kindergarten education, psychology, ele-
mentary education.

The majors in dance have performance opportunities in the Dance Group
which presents one major concert each year, and the Demonstration Group which
performs on and off campus.

*Selection of courses will be made according to student's background and interests
upon consultation with the dance adviser.

^ 14

Dance Curricxdum

Additional dance experience is available in nearby Washington for the student
who may wish to visit professional studios. Many opportunities are provided for
students to meet outstanding artists in the field and to take part in symposia and
workshops both on campus and in Washington. The proximity of Washington
and the availability of the embassies affords many unique cultural experiences.

Appropriate adjustments will be made in the curriculum for men who wish
to pursue a major in dance.

DANCE CURRICULUM

rSemester—s
Freshman Year * I II

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

G. & P. 1— American Government 3

Zool. 1 —General Zoology . . 4

Sp. 8— Acting 3

P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and

Health 2

P. E. 40-Basic Body Controls 1

P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1-2

P. E. 52— Dance Techniques . . 1

P. E. 56, 58-Folk, Square, Social Dance 1 1

P. E. 62— Elementary Techniques of Sports 2

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health . . 3

Electives ^ . . 3-6

Total 16-17 15-18

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or 3 3

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature.

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4

Pr. Art 1-Design 3

P. E. 54— Dance Techniques 1

P. E. 60— Dance Composition . . 2

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety . . ]

Music 20— Survey of Music Literature; and

Music 7— Theory of Music 3 3

Electives ' . . 0-3

Total 17 16-19

*P. E. 72 may be required, depending on the swimming ability of the student.

' Students must elect, in either the freshman or sophomore year, one of the follow-
ing: Econ. 31, Econ. 37, Phil. 1, Soc. 1, Psych. 1. Economics may be taken in the
sophomore year only.

15 ►

Dance Curriculum

r-Semester^

junior Year 1 11

P. E. 70, 80— Intermediate and Advanced Dance 2 2

P. E. 100-Kinesiology 4

P. E. 114— Methods in Physical Education for Secondary

Schools 3

P. E. 1 26— Practicum in Leadership . . 2

P. E. 182-History of Dance 3

P. E. 1 92— Percussion Accompaniment & Music for Dance . . . . 2

Sp. 14, 15-Stagecraft 3 3

Phil. 153-Philosophy of Art .. 3

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3

Electives* . . 0-3

Total 18 15-18

Senior Year

P. E. 1 10— Dance Production 3

P. E. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation . . 3

P. E. 184-Philosophy & Theory of Dance 3

P. E. 190— Administration and Supervision of Physical Educa-
tion, Recreation, and Health . . 3

Ed. 145— Principles and Methods of Secondary Education.... .. 3

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools^ . . 8

Electives* 12

Total 18 17

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE IN DANCE *

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in physical education,
with a major in dance are as follows:

College dance courses (P.E. 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 70, 80, 110, 126,

182, 184, 192) 24

Prescribed courses in related areas (P.E. 30, 40, 62, 100, 114, 140,

190; Music 7, 20; Sp. 8, 14, 15; Phil. 153; Pr. Art 1) 40

Prescribed Health Courses (Hea. 40, 50) 4

General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, 6; H. 5, 6; Soc. 1,

Psych. 1, Econ. 31, 37 or Phil. 1; G. & P. 1) 24

Foundation Science Courses (Zool. 1, 14, 15) 12

Education courses as prescribed 17

Electives 11-21

Total 132-142

*P. E. 90 Workshop 1-6 credits required of dance majors.

'When Ed. 148 is taken Ed. 145, P. E. 140, P. E. 190 must be scheduled con-
currently. This may be done either semester.

M 16

Dance, Recreation Curriculums

MINOR IN DANCE

The minor in dance is adapted to meet the needs of students majoring in
such areas as speech, music, art, nursery school-kindergarten education, psy-
chology, elementary education, recreation, and physical education. Other com-
binations may be considered depending on the student's interest and background.

The minor shall consist of a significant group of courses totalling twenty
semester hours. The required courses in the dance area will be chosen from the
following: Skills in Modem Dance, P.E. 52, 54, 70, 80 (Beginning through
Advanced); P.E. 56, 58, 55, Skills and Methods in Social, Folk and Square
Dance, Elementary School Rhythmic Activities; P.E. 60, Composition and
Methods; P.E. 50, Rhythmic Analysis and Movement; P.E. 110, Dance Produc-
tion; P.E. 182, History of Dance; P.E. 192, Percussion and Music for Dance,
Electives shall be selected from cognate areas depending on the student's major.
All programs must be approved by the department adviser.

SUGGESTED MINORS FOR THE DANCE MAJOR

Music, physical education, recreation, split sociology-psychology, speech,
and split recreation-sociology.

RECREATIOiN

The increased amount of leisure time existent in our society because of the
rapid development of modern civilization, and the imperative need for guidance
in the wise use of that leisure time has made us cognizant of the need for trained
recreation leaders.

This curriculum, therefore, is designed to meet the needs of students who wish
to qualify for the many positions in the field of recreation, and the needs of those
students who desire a background of culture and skills which will enable them to
render distinct contributions to community life. The College draws upon various
other departments and colleges vdthin the University for courses to balance and
enrich its offerings for its recreation major students.

Majors in recreation also have opportunity for observ'ation and practical
experiences in local recreation and agency programs, in those programs of metro-
politan Washington and Baltimore, and in various programs of the Armed Forces.

RECREATION CURRICULUM FOR MEN

r—Semester—s

Freshman Year 1 II

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

See. 1— Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1— Philosophy for

Modern Man ^ 3

G. & P. 1 —American Government . . 3

Sp. 1— Public Speaking . . 3

^ Econ. 31 or 37 may be substituted for Phil. 1 or Soc. 1 but may not be taken until
the sophomore year.

17 ►

Recreation Curriculum

Freshman Year (^continued')

Sp. 4— Voice and Diction

Zool. 1— General Zoology

P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and

Health

P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement

P. E. 59— Skills in Folk, Square, and Social Dance

P, E. 61, 63, 65, or 67-Sport Skills and Gymnastics'

Rec. 10— Recreation Orientation

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science

Electives

Total

So'phomore Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization

Sp. 10— Group Discussion

Zool. 14— Human Anatomy and Physiology (or Bot. 1— General

Botany)

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety

Pr. Art 1-Design

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health

Rec. 30— History and Introduction to Recreation

Rec. 40— Camp Counseling (or Rec. 150— Camp Management

if experienced)

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science

Electives

Total

Junior Year

Basic Academic Sequence " (9 hours)

Cr. 2— Simple Crafts

Music 16— Music Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher. . .
P. E. 113— Methods and Materials for Secondar}' Schools. . . .

Rec. 100— Co-recreational Games and Programs

Rec. 1 10-Nature Lore

Rec. 120— Program Planning

Soc. 2— Principles of Sociolog)'

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology

Electives

Total

—Semester-
l II

2
1

2
0
2
1

1
2
0
2
1

••

, ,

••

2-3

18-20

. .

' Choice of activities depends upon student's background and interest.

^ The basic sequence encourages a student to pursue his minor in academic fields,
possibly sociologj'-psychology.

-«S li

Recreation Curriculum

/Semester— \
Senior Year I II

H. D. Ed. 100, 101-Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3

P. E. 101— Organization and Officiating in Intramurals . . . . 1

Rec. 140— Observation and Field Work in Recreation . . 5

Rec. 180— Leadership Techniques and Practices 3

Rec. 190— Organization and Administration of Recreation.... .. 3

Soc. 1 18— Community Organization . . 3

Sp. 1 1 3— Play Production . . 3

Electives 9 1-2

Total 16 18

RECREATION CURRICULUM FOR WOMEN

Freshman Year

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3

Soc. 1— Sociolog)^ of American Life or Phil. 1— Philosophy for

Modern Man ' 3

G. & P. 1— American Government 3

Sp. 1— Public Speaking . . 3

Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 3

Zool. 1— General Zoology . . 4

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health . . 3

P. E. 30— Introduction to Phvsical Education, Recreation, and

Health \ 2

P. E. 40-Basic Body Controls 1

P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1

P. E. 52-Modern Dance . . 1

P. E. 56, 58— Skills and Methods in Folk and Square Dance,

Skills and Methods in Social Dance 1 1

P. E. 62, 64, 66 or 68— Elementary Techniques of Sports and

Gymnastics ^ 2 or 2

Rec. 1 0— Recreation Orientation 0 0

Total 17-19 15-17

^ Econ. 31 or Econ. 37 may be substituted for Phil. 1 or Soc. 1 but may not be
taken until the sophomore year.

^ Choice of activities depends upon students background and interest.

19 ►

Recreation Curriculum

-Semester-

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization

Sp. 10— Group Discussion

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety

P. E. 62, 64, 66 or 68— Elementary Techniques of Sports and
Gymnastics ^

P. E. 72, 74, 76 or 78-Elementary, Intermediate and Ad-
vanced Swimming and Diving; Methods of Aquatics
(see Note)

Pr. Art I— Design

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology

Rec. 30— History and Introduction to Recreation

Rec. 40— Camp Counseling (or Rec. 150— Camp Management
if experienced)

Zool. 14— Human Anatomy and Physiology (or Bot. 1— General
Botany)

Total

Junior Year

Basic Academic Sequence ^ (9 hours)

Cr. 2— Simple Crafts

Music 16— Music Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher. . . .
P. E. 114— Methods in Physical Education for Secondary

Schools

Rec. 100— Co-recreational Games and Programs

Rec. 110— Nature Lore

Rec. 120— Program Planning

Soc. 2— Principles of Sociology

Sp. 1 1 3— Play Production

Electives

1-2 or 1-2
3

3
2

2-3

15-19 14-19

Total

Senior Year

H. D. Ed. 100, 101 -Principles of Him[ian Development I, II

Rec. 1 40— Observation and Field Work in Recreation

Rec. 1 80— Leadership Techniques and Practices

Rec. 1 90— Organization and Administration of Recreation. . . .

Soc. 1 1 8— Community Organization

Electives

Total

3
3

9
15

3
3

* Choice of activities depends upon student's background and interest.

^ The basic academic sequence encourages a student to piursue his minor in aca-
demic fields, possibly sociology-psychology.

Recreation Curriculum

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE IN RECREATION

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in recreation in the College
of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health are as follows:

Men

College recreation courses (Rec. 10, 30, 40, 100, 110, 120, 140, 180,

190) 22

Prescribed courses in related areas (H. D. Ed. 100, 101; Cr. 2;

Music 16; P.E. 30, 50, 59, (61, 63, 65, 67; any two), 101, 113;

Pr. Art 1; Psych. I; Soc. 2, 1 18; Sp. 1, 4, 10, 1 13) 47

Prescribed Health courses (Hea. 40, 50) 4

Prescribed foundation science courses (Zool. 1, 14) 8

General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; H. 5, 6; Soc. 1; Econ. 31, 37;

Phil. 1; G. & P. 1) 24

Basic academic sequence 9

University requirements in Basic Air Science 8

Electives 17

Total 140

Women

College recreation courses (Rec. 10, 30, 40, 100, 110, 120, 140, 180,

190) 22

Prescribed courses in related areas (H. D. Ed. 100, 101, Cr. 2;
Music 16; P.E. 30, 40, 50, 56, 58 (62, 64, 66, 68; any two,
72, 74, 76 or 78), 114; Pr. Art 1; Psych. 1; Soc. 2, 118; Sp. 1,

4, 10, 113 49

Prescribed Health courses (Hea. 40, 50) 4

Prescribed foundation science courses (Zool. 1, 14) 8

General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; H. 5, 6; Soc. 1; Econ. 31,

37; Phil. 1; G. & P. 1) 24

Basic academic sequence 9

Electives 17

Total 133

MINOR IN RECREATION

18 semester hours in recreation and 6 semester hours in cognate areas.

Health Education Curriculum

REQUIRED COURSES

10 hours in Rec. 30, 40, 120, 150, 170, 180, or 190; Rec. 100; Soc. 118.
6 hours of work in areas of the recreational skills— nature, arts and crafts,

speech and dramatics— but not in the area of the student's major.
2 hours of work in the areas of swimming, sports and dance skills;
(men)-P.E. 50, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67; (women)-P.E. 40, 50, 52, 54,
56, 58, 62, 64, 66, 68, 72, 74, 76, 78.
OR other courses approved by the student's adviser and the various depart-
ments involved, depending upon the student's interest and background.

ELECTIVE COURSES

6 hours in cognate areas of sociology, psychology, etc., on approval of the
student's adviser.

RECOMMENDED ELECTIVE COURSES

Art 100, 101; C. Ed. 115, 116; Cr. 3, 5, 20, 21, 30, 31, 40, 41; Ed. 52,
147; Ind. Ed. 2, 9; Journ. 10; Music 1, 4, 5, 10, 15, 50; P.E. 180;
Pr. Art 38 or 39; Psych. 121, 125, 126; R. Ed. 114; Soc. 13, 14, 62,
113, 131, 153; Sp. 102, 129.

HEALTH EDUCATION

This curriculum is designed to prepare the student to give leadership in the
development of the school health education program including (1) health
services (2) healthful environment, and (3) health teaching. Graduates in this
area have placement opportunities in schools, colleges, and in public and private
health agencies. The minor is planned to be particularly suitable for students
who are majoring in physical education, education, home economics, and child-
hood education.

HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR MEN

Freshman Year

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life

G. & P. 1— American Government

Zool. 1— General Zoology

Sp. 7— Public Speaking

Hea. 10— Orientation to Health Education

Hea. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Rec, & Health

P. E. 1— Orientation to Physical Education

P. E. 3— Developmental and Combative Sports

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science

Electives

Total 17

^ 22

-Semester-

, ,

Health Education Curriculum

So'phomore Year I

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health 3

Hea. 50-First Aid and Safety

Hea. 70— Safety Education

P. E. 5— Team Sports and Aquatics 1

P. E. 7— Recreational Activities

A. S. 3, 4-Basic Air Science 2

Electives 3

Total 19

Junior Year

Microb. 1— General Microbiology 4

Microb. 108— Epidemiology and Public Health

Nut. 10-Elements of Nutrition

Ed. 150— Educational Measurement or

Hea. 1 80— Measurement in Physical Education and Health 2-3

Hea. 110— Introduction to School Health Education 2

Hea. 120-Methods & Materials in Health Education

H. D. Ed. 100, 101-Principles of Human Development I, II 3

Psych. 1 —Introduction to Psychology 3

Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene

Electives 3

Total 17-18

Senior Year

Hea. 140— Curriculum, Instruction & Observation 3

Hea. 150-Health Problems of the School Child

Hea. 1 90— Administration and Supervision of School Health

Education 3

Ed. 145— Principles and Methods of Secondary Education .... 3

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools^ 8

Electives

Total 17

-Semester-

3
3

14
17

*When Ed. 148 is taken, Ed. 145, Hea. 140 and Hea. 190 must be scheduled con-
currently. This may be done either semester.

Health Education Curriculum

HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR WOMEN

-Semester-

Freshman Year ^

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3

G. & P. 1— American Government

Zool. 1— General Zoology

Sp. 7— Public Speaking 2

Hea. 10— Orientation to Health Education

Hea. 30— Litroduction to Physical Education, Rec, & Health 2

P. E. 2, 4— Orientation Activities, Swimming 1

Chem. 11, 1 3— General Chemistry 3

Electives 3

Total 17

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4— Oomposition and World Literature 3

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health 3

Hea. 50-First Aid and Safety

Hea. 70— Safety Education

P. E. 6, 8-Dance, Sports 1

Electives 3

Total 17

Junior Year

Microb. 1— General Microbiology 4

Microb. 108— Epidemiology and Public Health

Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition

Ed. 150— Educational Measurement or

Hea. 1 80— Measurement in Physical Education and Health 2-3

Hea. 110— Introduction to School Health Education 2

Hea. 120— Methods & Materials in Health Education

H. D. Ed. 100, 101 -Principles of Human Development I, II 3

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 3

Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene

Electives 3

Total 17-18

3
3

Health Education Ciirriculum

r-Semester—^
Senior Year I II

Hea. 140— Curriculum, Instruction & Observation 3

Hea. 150-Health Problems of the School Child 3

Hea. 190— Administration and Supervision of School Health

Education 3

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 3

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools^ 8

Electives . . 14

Total 17 17

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE IN HEALTH EDUCATION

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in health education in the
College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health are as follows:

Men Seni. Cr.

Foundation science courses (Zool. 1, 14, 15; Microb. 1, 108; Chem.

11, 13) 24

General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; H. 5, 6; Soc. 1; Econ. 31, 37,

or Phil. 1; G. & P. 1) 24

Other specified requirements (Sp. 7; Psych. 1, 5; Nut. 10) 11

Professional Health Education courses (Hea. 10, 30, 40, 50, 70, 110,

120, 140, 150; Ed. 150, or Hea. 180; Hea. 190) 29

Education courses (H. D. Ed. 100, 101; Ed. 145, 148) 17

University requirements in Basic Air Science 8

University requirements in physical activity (P.E. 1, 3, 5, 7) 4

Electives 21

Total 138

Women

Foundation science courses (Zool. 1, 14, 15; Microb. 1, 108; Chem.

11, 13) 24

General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; H. 5, 6; Soc. 1; Econ. 31, 37,

or Phil. 1; G. & P. 1) 24

Other specified requirements (Sp. 7; Psych. 1, 5; Nut. 10) 11

Professional Health Education courses (Hea. 10, 30, 40, 50, 70, 110,

120, 140, 150; Ed. 150, or Hea. 180; Hea. 190) 29

Education courses (H. D. Ed. 100, 101; Ed. 145, 148) 17

University requirements in physical activity (P.E. 2, 4, 6, 8) 4

Electives 21

Total 130

^When Ed. 148 is taken Ed. 145, Hea. 140 and Hea. 190 must be scheduled con-
currently. This may be done either semester.

25 ►

Minors

MINOR IN HEALTH EDUCATION

12 semester hours in health education and 12 semester hours in related
areas.

REQUIRED COURSES

Hea. 2 and /or 4 or Hea. 40 (women); Hea. 40 (men); Hea. 50 (1), Hea.
110 (2), Hea. 120 (3) and Hea. 150 (3).

ELECTIVE COURSES IN RELATED AREAS

6 semester hours of biological sciences and 6 semester hours of psychology
or human development.

MINOR IN SAFETY EDUCATION

Students wishing to obtain a minor in safety education and become certi-
fied to teach Safety and Driver Education in junior and senior high schools
should take the following courses: Hea. 50 (1), Hea. 60 (2), Hea. 70 (3),
Hea. 80 (3), Hea. 105 (3), and Hea. 145 (3); F. P. 104 (3), 105 (3).

MINORS IN OTHER AREAS

It is relatively easy for any student majoring in one curriculum of this Col-
lege to complete the requirements for a minor in a cognate area of the College,
as indicated after each major curriculum. Those who plan to teach in the public
schools might wish to also qualify in an academic area. This is more difficult
with the limited number of elective credits and must be planned carefully in
advance. If it seems advisable, the Dean may waive certain required courses to
allow development of a needed minor, or the student may be able to carry a
heavier load than normal if his grade average permits.

Students majoring in physical education or health education should begin
preparing for a teaching minor in a subject matter area during the sophomore
year, if possible. Many opportunities exist in junior and senior high schools for
a combination teacher of physical education and/or coach and a teacher of
science, mathematics, history, etc. For a teaching minor, Ed. 140 should
be taken in the minor field and student teaching should be split between the
major and minor fields.

ENGLISH MINOR

A minor in English requires 26 semester hours. It includes 12 semester hours
of composition and literature, 3 semester hours of advanced American literature,
and 1 1 hours of electives. Electives must be chosen with the approval of the
adviser and with the recommendations of the English Department.

M 26

Minors

MATHEMATICS MINOR

For minor in this area, 20 semester hours are required including the follow-
ing courses: Math. 2— Solid Geometry (2); Math. 18, 19— Elementary Mathe-
matical Analysis (5, 5), and Math. 20, 21— Calculus (4, 4). Students who have
had solid geometry in high school or who pass satisfactorily an examination in
this subject need not take Math. 2. Electives in mathematics are selected with
the advice of the adviser.

SOCIAL SCIENCE MINOR

For a minor in this group, 24 semester hours are required as follows: His-
tory, 18 semester hours (including one year each of American and European
history), economics, sociology, government, consumer education or geography,
6 semester hours.

SCIENCE MINORS

A. General Science: 30 semester hours are required for a minor in general
science including the following courses: Chem. 1, 3, General Chemistry
(4, 4); Zool. 1, General Zoology (4); Bot. 1, General Botany (4); Phys.
1, 2, Elements of Physics (3, 3) or Phys. 10, 11, Fundamentals of
Physics (4, 4). The remaining 6 or 8 semester hours will be chosen
subject to the approval of the student's major adviser and of the science
department in which his interest lies. Zool. 14 and 15 (4, 4) are
approved courses.

B. Biological Minor: 20 semester hours are required for a biological minor
and will include the following courses: Zool. 1, General Zoology (4),
Zool. 14, and 15, Human Anatomy and Human Physiology (4, 4);
Chem. 1, General Chemistry (4); Bot. 1, General Botany (4).

C. Minors of 20 semester hours are also offered in chemistry and physics.
A minor in physics m^ust be supported by a one-year course in chemistry.
A minor in chemistry must be supported by a one-year course in physics.
Other courses will be chosen subject to the approval of the student's
major adviser and the science department in which the student's interest
lies.

SPEECH MINOR

A minor of 22 semester hours is offered in speech. The minimum require-
ments for this minor are 12 semester hours in addition to the 10 semester hours
of departmental requirements in Speech 1, 2, 3, and 4. The 12 semester hours
above the departmental requirements must include 6 semester hours of courses
numbered 100 or higher. All programs for minors must be approved by the
departmental adviser.

27 ►

PHYSICAL THERAPY

This course of study as oflFered by the University of Maryland is approved
by the Council on Medical Education and Hospitals of the American Medical
Association and prepares the student to meet the qualifications for licensure of
physical therapists.

The first two years of the curriculum are planned as studies in liberal arts and
specific sciences, which are basic for courses taken in the last two years of spe-
cialization. The freshman and sophomore years are taken on the campus of the
University of Maryland at College Park. The junior and senior years are taken
on the campus of the University of Maryland at Baltimore, Department of
Physical Therapy, School of Medicine. After completion of the senior year three
additional months of supervised clinical experience are necessary in order to meet
the national requirements for accreditation in this specialty. Upon the satisfac-
tory fulfillment of the four year course a Bachelor of Science degree is awarded
by the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. At the satisfactory
completion of the required months of clinical experience a Certificate of Pro-
ficiency in Physical Therapy is granted by the School of Medicine. For more
detailed information, write to the Educational Administrator of the Physical
Therapy Curriculum, School of Medicine, University of Maryland, Baltimore
1, Maryland.

FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE PROGRAM — COLLEGE PARK CAMPUS

-Semester-

Freshman Year

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Ainerican Literature

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry

Zool. 1, 2— General Zoolog\' and Advanced Zoolog)'

Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytical Geometry

Sp. 7, 10— Public Speaking, Group Discussion

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science

P. T. 10, 11— Physical Therapy Orientation

Physical Activities

Electives

Total

Sophofnore Year

Ena. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature

Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics

Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology

G. & P. 1— American Government

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life *

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science

P. T. 20, 21— Foundations of Physical Therapy

Physical Activities

Electives

Total

1-3

'May substitute Phil. 1, Econ. 31, or Econ. 37.
M 28

Physical Therapy Curriculum

JUNIOR AND SENIOR PROGRAM — BALTIMORE CAMPUS

r—Seinester—\

junior Year

Physiol. 22— General Human Physiology

Anat. 103 (a) & (b)— Hxunan Anatomy

Path. 105-Pathology

P. T. 106 (a) & (b)-Professional Relations, Ethics and

Clinical Observation

P. T. 107, 108— Physical Therapy Theory and Technique

I & II

P. T. 110 (a) & Cb)-Principles of Physical Therapy Applied

to Medical and Surgical Conditions

P. T. 155— Nursing Procedures Related to Physical Therapy. .

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization

Ed. 90— Development and Learning

Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene

Total

Senior Year

Psych. 161— Psychology of the Handicapped

P. T. 102— Physiology of Exercise

P. T. 104— Functional Anatomy

P. T. 151— Therapeutic Exercise

P. T. 152-RehabiIitation

P. T. 153— Physical Therapy Theory and Technique III ....
P. T. 154— Interprofessional and Social Agencies Correlation

P. T. 1 56— Current Literature

P. T. 157— Administration and Clinical Obser^-ation

P. T. 158 (a) & (b)-Clinical Experience 1 5

P. T. 160 (a) & (b)— Principles of Physical Therapy AppHed

to Medical and Surgical Conditions 3 2

Total 16^ 13

Clinical Experience— 11 weeks, June, July and August

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE IN PHYSICAL THERAPY

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in the College of Physical
Education, Recreation, and Health, major in physical therapy, are as follows:

Freshman and Sophomore Program— College Park Campus Sem. Cr.

Biological Science Courses (Zool. 1, 2, 20) 12

Physical Science Courses (Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 10, 1 1) 16

Mathematics Courses (Math. 10, 11) 6

Social Science Courses (Soc. 1 or Phil. 1 or Econ. 31 or Econ. 37;

G. & P. 1; Psych. 1) 9

English Courses (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4) 12

29 ►

5K2

72
1/2

1/2

1
'3

17^

Physical Therapy Curriculum

Physical Education Courses 4

Speech Courses (Sp. 7, 10) 4

Air Science Courses (A.S. 1, 2, 3, 4) Required of men 8

Professional Courses (P. T. 10, 11, 20, 21) 2

Total 73

junior and Senior Program— Baltimore Camj)us

Biological Science Courses (Anat. 103; Physiol. 22) 135^

Medical Science Courses (Path. 105) 2

Social Science Courses (H. 5, 6; Psych. 5, 161) 10

Education Courses (Ed. 90) 3

Professional Courses (P. T. 102, 104, 106, 107, 108, 110, 151, 152.

153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 160) 37)^

Total 66

Grand Total 139

GRADUATE STUDY

The College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health ofFers course
work in the areas of physical education, recreation and health education leading
to the degrees of Master of Arts, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy.
Persons not interested in an advanced degree may take course work for purposes
of teaching certification, renewal of certification, or professional growth. Within
the three major areas— physical education, recreation, and health education-
special study and research are available along the following lines: (1) Physical
Education— elementary, secondary, higher education and research, administration,
athletics, and dance; (2) Recreation— public and municipal, industrial, hospital,
service organizations and agencies, outdoor education, camp administration, and
higher education and research; (3) Health Education— elementary, secondary,
higher education and research, safety education, and service organizations and

agencies.

SPECIAL STUDY

Graduate students are encouraged to pursue advanced study along lines of
their special interests. The wealth of research sources close to the University make
such study possible. In addition, the College of Physical Education, Recreation,
and Health places at the disposal of graduate students a modern, spacious, well-
equipped research laboratory.

GENERAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING GRADUATE WORK

Persons wishing to pursue graduate study must first gain admittance to the
Graduate School. Application blanks for this purpose can be obtained by writing
to the Dean of the Graduate School. Admittance to Graduate School entitles one
to enroll in courses numbered 200 and above and to pursue course work leading
to an advanced degree. Courses numbered 200 or above are graduate courses
whereas courses numbered from 100 to 199 are advanced undergraduate and
graduate courses. Persons not admitted to the Graduate School may enroll as
special students in courses numbered under 200. To be admitted for graduate
study the applicant must:

(1) be a graduate of an accredited college or university

(2) have a "B" average or its equivalent in the major and related course work
during the last two years of undergraduate work, or have demonstrated
either at the University of Maryland or some other accredited institution
the capacity to do graduate level work, and

(3) have the necessary prerequisite course work with a minimum of 16
semester credit hours in the subject field in which the applicant wishes
to specialize.

MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE

The Master of Arts degree is awarded for successful completion of a minimum
of 30 hours of advanced study beyond the undergraduate level. The Master's

31 ►

Graduate Study

degree represents more than mere class attendance. It represents professional
competency and the demonstrated abihty to do critical thinking.

The student seeking the Master of Arts degree must declare a major subject
field and a minor subject field. Twelve to fifteen credit hours will be in the major
area and nine to twelve hours, depending upon the number in the major area,
will be in the minor field. The remaining six hours are made available to the
student in order that he may study, relatively intensely, any problem or topic in
which he has a S'pecial interest. This study culminates in a vnitten report— thesis.

The program for the Master's degree is relatively flexible with only three
courses, a total of nine credit hours, being required. All other course work is
elective. The student in conjunction with an adviser works out a program of
study fitting the student's special needs and interests. Early in the graduate pro-
gram, before twelve credit hours are completed, the student is asked to take the
qualifying examination. The purpose of this is to help the student and adviser to
discover areas of strength and weakness. This provides information needed in
planning the course of study. Upon completion of all course work, including the
research project, the candidate undergoes a final oral examination which is
directed primarily toward the student's research and reported findings.

Half-time graduate assistants working toward the Master's Degree should
note that they may take only ten credit hours per semester during the fall and
spring terms and six credit hours in Summer School. Consequently, a graduate
assistant in order to obtain the Master's degree, must attend the University
three full semesters; or two semesters and a summer session, and carry out part
of the research project in absentia.

THE DOCTOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE

The Doctor of Education degree is a professional degree offered in conjunc-
tion with the College of Education. Persons who are interested primarily in ad-
ministrative and teaching positions in public schools and related fields are en-
couraged to pursue this degree.

The degree is awarded for successful completion of a minimum of 90 hours
of graduate credit and a demonstrated competency in the study and solution of
problems related to the student's field of endeavor.

At least 30 class hours of the minimum of 90 hours must be taken on the
College Park campus. The number of hours that can be transferred from
another institution is subject to the decision of the Graduate Council. Each
student is expected to select and carry to successful completion a research project
of particular interest to him. This project is reported in the form of a thesis and
may carry from six to nine hours of credit. In addition, each student must
demonstrate his ability to translate two of the following three foreign languages:
German, French, and Spanish. A demonstration of proficiency in statistics may be
substituted for one foreign language and if a justifiable reason can be given any
foreign language can be substituted for one of the three languages. In pursuing

^ 32

Graduate Study

the Doctor of Education degree, the candidate must select an area of major
emphasis and area or areas of minor emphasis. Each candidate must take certain
graduate background tests, and must successfully pass the following academic
examinations: a six-hour preliminary examination taken relatively early in the
program, a final written comprehensive examination covering the entire graduate
course of study, and a final oral or WTitten examination directed primarily towards
the research project.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is offered primarily for those persons inter-
ested in preparing themseh'es for positions in teaching and research on the college
and university level. A ininhniun of 90 credit hours is required for this degree,
plus the demonstrated ability to do scholarly work and research. At least thirty
of the 90 hours must be taken on the College Park campus and the amount of
credit that can be transferred from other institutions is subject to the decision
of the Graduate Council. Each student must select and carry to completion a
research project which may carry from 12 to 18 hours of credit. Course work
must be planned on the basis of a major subject field and one or two closely
related minor subject fields. In addition to class work, the student must demon-
strate a reading proficiency in German and French or Spanish, and also success-
fully pass two examinations: (I) a comprehensive preliminary examination, taken
before the last twelve hours of class work and (2) a final oral and/or written
examination dealing primarily with the dissertation.

GENERAL ADVANCED STUDY

Students who are not seeking a degree, but are doing advanced study to fulfill
some special need or renewal of teaching certification, are encouraged to select
an adviser and to plan a program designed to best help them achieve their
objectives. A professional diploma in education with a major in physical educa-
tion, recreation or health education may be earned by successfully completing
a minimum of thirty credit hours of advanced study beyond the Master's degree,
and fulfilling other requirements stipulated by the College of Education.

PREREQUISITES FOR ADVANCED STUDY

The course prerequisite for advanced study in each of the three areas, physi-
cal education, recreation, and health are listed below. In certain instances,
experience or equivalent courses may be substituted for the courses listed. Stu-
dents who are deficient in only one or two subjects, but who, in undergraduate
work, have demonstrated a high academic potential, may be admitted to graduate
school on a provisional basis, with the understanding that the deficiencies will be
made up as soon as practicable.

33 ►

Graduate Study

The following courses, or their equivalents, are prerequisites for advanced
study:

A. Physical Education— human anatomy, physiology, principles of physical
education, theory of exercise (physiology of exercise), kinesiology, adap-
tives (special physical education, therapeutics), measurement, methods
of teaching, sports skills, administration, practice teaching (teaching ex-
perience), and human development (educational psychology).

Note: Courses shown in the brackets above are the equivalents of the
courses after which they are shown. Measurement, administration, kinesi-
ology and theory of exercise may be taken for graduate credit if they
have not been taken on the undergraduate level. The student is ex-
pected to carry out a special term project in connection with an advanced
undergraduate course, in order to have it count toward the graduate
major.

B. Recreation— psychology, sociology, principles of recreation, administration,
basic sciences, recreational activities, and practical experience.

C. Health Education — biological sciences, bacteriology, human anatomy,
physiology, chemistry, psychology, measurement, administration, princi-
ples of health, and field work.

GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS

A number of teaching and research assistantships are available to qualified
individuals. These assistantships carry a stipend of $1,800 for the academic
year, and exemption from all fixed charges. Graduate assistants may carry up to
ten hours of academic work. Persons interested in an assistantship should write
directly to Dean L. M. Fraley, College of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health.

Persons interested in additional information concerning the graduate program
should refer to the Graduate School Announcements.

<S 34

COURSE OFFERINGS

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course for
which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving the
course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another course.

Courses are designed by numbers as follows:

1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates.

200 to 299: courses for graduates only.

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making out
his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.

Physical education fee per semester (to be charged any student enrolled in
any physical activity course), $6.00.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

P. E. 30. Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. (2)
First and second semesters. Development of understanding and appreciation of the
historic and significant purpose and place of each of the specialized areas in general
education. A study of the educational and personal requirements and opportunities of
a career in each professional area. Students will be acquainted with the status and
trends of eacli area.

P. E. 40. Basic Body Controls, (i)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Second semester arranged for benefit
of transfers. Laboratory fee, $6.00. This course is designed to acquaint the student with
the fundamental principle and techniques of body movement, and to provide for
practical application in sports, rhythmic and g}Tnnastic activities. In addition, the
course introduces balanced posture in standing, walking, sitting and work skills, as
well as relaxation.

P. E. 50. Rhythmic Analysis and Movement. (1-2)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. The de-
velopment of rhythmic sensitivity through an analysis of rhythm and its application
to movement. Percussion instruments will be used.

P. E. 52, 54. Dance Techniques, (i, i)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Introduction

to techniques of modern dance, with simple approaches to composition.

P. E. 55. Elementary School Rhythmic Activities. (2)

First and second semesters and summer. This course surveys the various types
of rhythmic activities suitable for use in the elementary school. Basic rhjthms, singing
games, and folk and square dancing are considered in terms of their use at the
various grade levels as well as the best accepted methods of teaching these activities.

35 5>

Physical Education

P. E. 56. Skills and Methods in Folk and Square Dance. CO
First and second semesters. One lecture and three laboratories a week. Laboratory
fee, $6.00. This course is designed to acquaint the student with basic skills in Folk
and Square Dance and to give theory of class organization, analysis, teaching techniques,
and practice in "calling" for junior and senior high school programs.

P. E. 57. Elementary School Skills and Self-Testing Activities. (2)

First and second semesters and svmimer. This course surveys the various types of
skills and stunt and tumbling activities suitable for use in the elementary school.
These activities are considered in terms of their use at the various grade levels as
well as the best accepted methods of teaching.

P. E. 58. Skills and Methods in Social Dance. CO

First and second semesters. One lecture and three laboratories a week. Laboratory
fee, $6.00. This course is designed to acquaint the student with basic skills in Social
Dance and to give theory of class organization, analysis and teaching techniques for
junior and senior high school programs.

P. E. 59. Skills in Folk, Square and Social Dance. CO

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, P. E. 50. Laboratory
fee, $6.00. This course is designed to acquaint the student with the basic skills in
Social, Folk, and Square Dance for use in schools and recreational groups.

P. E. 60. Dance Composition. C2)

First and second semesters. Four hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. The study
of dance content and relationship to form and style. Theory and laboratory problems
in composition. Modem dance forms.

P. E. 61, 63. Sport Skills and Gymnastics. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Six hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Progressive
techniques and practice of skills in apparatus, calisthenics, cross-country, dual recrea-
tion activities, mass games and relays, soccer, touch football, track, tumbling, and
volleyball.

P. E. 62, 64. Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics. {2, 2)

First and second semesters. Six hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Progressive

techniques and practice of seasonal sports, stunts, tumbling, and gymnastic exercises.

P. E. 65, 67. Sport Skills and Gymnastics. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Six hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Progressive

techniques and practice of skills in basketball, baseball, football and wrestling.

P. E. 66, 68. Techniqxies of Sports. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Six hours a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 40, 62, 64. Lab-
oratory fee, $6.00. Techniques of selected team and individual sports.

P. E. 70. Intermediate Modern Dance. C2)

First and second semesters. Four laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 52, 54
or permission of instructor. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Modern dance techniques. Com-
positional problems.

< 36

Physical Education

P. E. 71. Elementary Swimming. CO

First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Progressive techniques and prac-
tice of elementary swimming. Course includes basic and intermediate swimming in-
struction.

P. E. 72. Elementary Swimming and Diving, (i)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Progressive
techniques and practice in the elementary phase of swimming and diving, designed to
make the student self-sufficient in deep water.

P. E. 73. Advanced Sivimming. (i)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, P. E. 71, or equivalent. Laboratory fee,
$6.00. Progressive techniques and practice of advanced swimming skills, water stunts
and sur\dval swimming.

P. E. 74. Intermediate Swimming and Diving. (I)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, P. E. 72, or equiva-
lent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Continuation of the techniques in P. E. 72 to include
proficiency in the standard swimming strokes and the ability to perform a fully coordin-
ated standing dive.

P. E. 75. Life Saxnng and Water Safety. (I)

First and second semester. Three hours a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 73, or equiva-
lent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Progressive techniques and practice of life saving and
water safety skills. Course includes the Senior Life Saving material of the American
Red Cross and the Y.M.C.A. It is possible to secure the American Red Cross Water
Safety Instructorship through this course.

P. E. 76. Advanced Swimtning and Dixnng. (i)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 72 and P. E. 74,

or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Continuation of the techniques of P. E. 74,

to include more advanced swimming strokes, fancy diving, water stunts, and Hfe

saving.

P. E. 77. Methods of Aqtiatics. (2)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 73, or equivalent.
Laboratory fee, $6.00. This course is designed to train students for aquatic leadership
in schools, camps, and clubs. Course includes teaching methods, administration, facili-
ties and equipment.

P. E. 78. Methods of Teaching Aqtiatics. (2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and three laboratory hours a week. Pre-
requisites, P. E. 74, 76, or equivalents. This course is designed to prepare the students
to teach swimming and diving, administer swimming pools, conduct recreational aquatic
activities, and direct camp aquatic programs.

P. E. 79. Fancy Diving, (i)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Progressive
techniques and practice of fancy diving. Course will include work on the five cate-
gories of dives.

37 ►

Physical Education

P. E. 80. Advanced Modern Dance. (2)

First and second semesters. Four laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 52,
54, or 70 or permission of the instructor. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Continuation of P. £.
70 in more advanced form.

P. E. 82, 84. Officiating. (0, 0)

First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory hours a week. Techniques
of officiating women's sports. Opportunities to qualify for local and national ratings
in hockey, basketball, volleyball and softball.

P. E. 90. Workshop. CO

First and second semesters. Three laboratory hours a week. Permission of instructor
only. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Planning, composition, and presentation of demonstra-
tions. A total of 6 credits may be earned.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates *

*P. E. 100. Kinesiology. (4)

First and second semesters and summer. Three lectures and two laboratory hours a
week. Prerequisites, Zool. 1, 14, and 15, or the equivalent. The study of human move-
ment and the physical and physiological principles upon which it depends. Body
mechanics, posture, motor efficiency, sports, the performance of atypical individuals,
and the influence of growth and development upon motor performance are studied.

P. E. 101, 103. Organization and Officiating in Intramiirals. (i, I)
First and second semesters. Six hours a week. Organizations, administration, and
promotion of intramurals at various school levels. Types of tournaments, units of
competition, handling of student leader personnel, etc.

P. E. 110. Dance Production. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, P. E. 52, 54, 60, 70, 80, or equivalent.
Planning of group and individual choreography. Aspects of dance production such as
staging, costumes, make-up for dancers, acquainting the student with elements of
dance and theatre. Demonstration planning.

P. E. 113. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, P. E. 30, 50, 60, 61, 63, 65, 67. This
course is designed to help the students acquire a knowledge of the application of
methods which directly or indirectly influence teacher-pupil learning situations in
physical education at the secondary school level. Students will be required to arrange
time to work with a staff physical education instructor in order to gain some practical
teaching experience. Class activities include discussions, reports, outside readings, and
teaching demonstrations.

* Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

M 38

Physical Education

P. E. 115. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools. (2)
Second semester. Three laboratory hours per week arranged. Prerequisites, P. E. 113,
This is a laboratory course designed to help the student acquire practical experience
in the courses of the University required program. The student will be given the
opportunity to observe and assist in teaching under the direct supervision of a regular
staff member.

P. E. 114, 116. Methods in Physical Education for Secondary Schools. (3, I)
First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 40, 62, 64,
66, 68. Application of educational philosophy and principles to class organization and
teaching techniques in indi\'idual sports, recreational games, g}Tnnastics, body mechanics,
dance, and relaxation for junior and senior high school programs.

*P. E. 120. Physical Education for the Elementary School. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. This course is designed to orient the general
elementary teacher to physical education. Principles and practices in elementary
physical education will be presented and discussed and a variety of appropriate activities
will be considered from the standpoint of their use at the various grade levels.

P. E. 123, 125. Coaching Athletics. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two laboratory hours a week. Methods

of coaching the various competitive sports commonly found in high school and college

programs.

P. E. 124, 126. Practiciim in Leadership. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and one three hour laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites, permission of instructor. This course is designed to prepare the student
for the student teaching experience by assisting in non-professional University classes.
It also provides guidance in methods and materials of teaching in the junior and
senior high schools.

P. E. J 30. Fundamentals of Body Dynamics. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. This course is designed to acquaint the
elementary teacher with the scientific principles of mechanical-anatomical analysis and
physiology of activities as they relate to physical growth and development.

P. E. S131. Coaching Basketball. (2)

Summer only. Methods of coaching basketball in high school and college.

p. E. S233. Coaching Foothall. (2)

Summer only. Methods of coaching football in high school and college.

P. E. 135. Coaching Swimming and Diving. (2)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory' fee, $6.00. A thorough
analysis of the techniques of coaching swimming and diving. Course includes a sys-
tematic treatment of the philosophy, historical development and psychological theories
of coaching aquatics.

* Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

39 ►

Physical Education

P. E. 140. Curriculum, Instruction and Observation. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, men— P. E. 113; women— P. E. 114, 116,
124, 126. A course designed to provide directed observations and discussion, coordi-
nating these experiences with those from previous methods courses in the development
of curriculums for health and physical education. The course is planned to prepare
for student teaching which follows in the same semester. The observations will be
made of health and physical education programs in junior and senior high schools.
This course must be taken during the semester in which the student is doing student
teaching.

*P. E. 155. Physical Fitness of the Individual. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A study of the major physical fitness problems
confronting the adult in modern society. Consideration is given to the scientific
appraisal, development and maintenance of fitness at all age levels. Such problems
as obesity, weight reduction, chronic fatigue, posture, and special exercise programs
are explored. This course is open to persons outside the fields of Physical Education
and Health.

*P. E. 160. Theory of Exercise. (3)

First and second semesters and stmimer. Two lectures and one laboratory hour a week.
Prerequisite, Zool. 1, 14, and 15, and P. E. 100 or the equivalent. A study of
exercise and its physiological and kinesiological bases. Special emphasis is placed upon
the appHcation of exercise to the development and maintenance of physical efficiency.
Corrective therapy, conditioning for athletics, the effects of exercise and training on
the human organism, fatigue, staleness, relaxation, and the nature of athletic injuries
are investigated.

*P. E. 170. Supervision in Elementary School Physical Education. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisite, P. E. 120. Principles and
techniques of supervision are studied from a standpoint of their application in improving
the learning situation in elementary school physical education. Strong emphasis will
be given to the concept that modem supervision in elementary school physical education
should be based on the application of fundamental democratic principles.

"■p. E. 180. Measurement in Physical Education and Health. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite placement in Group 1 or 2 on Mathematics Entrance test or
Math. 0. The application of the principles and techniques of educational measure-
ment to the teaching of health and physical education; study of the functions and
techniques of measurement in the evaluation of student progress toward the objectives
of health and physical education, and in the evaluation of the eflFectiveness of teaching.

P. E. 181. Advanced Training and Conditioning. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory hours a week. Prerequisites, Zool.
14, 15; P. E. 100. The training and physical conditioning of athletics. Treatment
of athletic injuries by taping, massage, hydro-therapy, physical therapy, and electro-
therapy. Remedial and conditioning exercises. Theory and practice.

* Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

■^ 40

Physical Education

*P. E. 182. History of Dance. (3)

First and second semesters. The development of dance from primitive to modem
times and the relationship of dance forms to patterns of culture. A historical survey
of the changing place of dance in civilization. Research problems.

*P. E. 184. Theory and Philosophy of Dance. (3)

First and second semesters. The study of the basic theories and philosophies of modem
dance. Investigation of form, content and structure in dance and in relationship to
other arts. The role of dance in education.

*P. E. 189. Field Laboratory Projects and Worksho-p. Cl-6')
First and second semesters and summer. A course designed to meet the needs of
persons in the held with respect to workshops and research projects in special areas
of knowledge not covered by regularly structured courses.

Note: The maximum total number of credits that may be earned toward any
degree in Physical Education, Recreation, or Health Education under P. E., Rec,
Hea., or Ed. 189 is six.

*P. E. 190. Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, Recreation,

and Health. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. The application of the principles of adminis-
tration and supervision to Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. This course
must be taken during the semester in which the student is doing student teaching.

*P. E. 191. The Curricidwn in Elementary School Physical Education. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisite, P. E. 120. Curriculum planning
and construction is considered from a standpoint of valid criteria for the selection
of content in elementary school physical education. Desirable features of cooperative
curriculum planning in providing for learning experiences will be presented and
discussed.

P. E. 192. Percussion Accompaniment and Music for Dance. (2)
First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory hours per week. Techniques
of percussion playing and its use as dance accompaniment are emphasized. Learning
to use the instruments in composition and improvisation is stressed. Music for dance
and dance notation is included in the course. Percussion scores.

*P. E. 195. Organization and Administration of Elementary School Physical

Education. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisite, P. E. 120. This course considers
the procedures which are basic to the satisfactory organization of all phases of the
elementary school physical education program. Stress will be placed on the organiza-
tional and administrative factors necessary for the successful operation of the program
in various types of elementary schools. Strong emphasis will be placed on organization
and administration from a standpoint of adapting the program to specific situations.

* Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

41 ►

Physical Education

*P. E. 196. Qitantitative Methods. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A course covering the statistical techniques

most frequently used in research pertaining to Physical Education, Recreation, and

Health Education. An efiPort will be made to pro\dde the student with the necessary

skills, and to acquaint him with the interpretations and practical applications of these

techniques.

For Graduates

P. E. 200. Seminar in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. (I)
First and second semesters and summer.

P. E. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. (3)
First and second semesters and summers. A study of history, philosophy and principles
of physical education, recreation and health as applied to current problems in each
area and as related to general education.

P. E. 202. Status and Trends in Elementary School Physical Education. C3)
First and second semesters and summer. An analysis of the current status and impli-
cations for future trends in physical education at the elementary school level. Open
lo experienced persons in all phases of education.

P. E. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Recreation, and

Health. C3)
First and second semesters and summer. A study of current concepts, principles and
techniques of supervision and of their application to the special fields indicated;
observation of available supervisory programs and visits with local supervisors; practice
in the use of selected techniques.

P. E. 204. Physical Education and the Development of the Child. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. An analysis of the place of physical education
in meeting the growth and developmental needs of children of elementary school age.

P. E. 205. Analysis of Contemporary Athletics. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A study of current problems, practices, and

national issues of paramount importance to the conduct of athletic competition in a

democracy.

P. E. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A study of methods and techniques of
research used in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health Education; an analysis
of examples of their use; and practice in their application to problems of interest to
the student.

P. E. 215. Principles and Techniques of Evaluation. C3)

First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisite, an introductory course in
measurement or permission of the instructor. A study of currently used means of
evaluating the performance of students and the eflEectiveness of programs of physical
education in schools and colleges. Specific problems concerning evaluation, brought in
by members of the class, vvdll be analyzed.

^ 42

Physical Educatio7i

P. E. 230. Source Material Stirx'ey. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A librar\' sur\'ey course, covering the total
areas of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health, plus research in one specific
limited problem of which a digest, including a bibliography, is to be submitted.

P. E. 250. Mental and Emotional As'pects of S-ports and Recreation. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisites, Psych. 1, or H. D. Ed. 100,
101, or equivalents. An exploration of psychological aspects of physical education,
athletic sports and recreation. Applications of psychology are made to teaching and
learning, coaching, athletic efficiency (motivation, emotional upset, staleness, etc.), and
the problem of interpreting physical education and recreation experiences. Means of
studying problems of these kinds are evaluated.

P. E. 280. Scientific Bases of Exercise. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisites, Anatomy, Physiology, P. E.
100, 160, or equivalent. A critical analysis of the role of physical exercise in modem
society with attention given to such topics as: the need for physical exercise, its chronic
effects, the role of exercise in attaining good physical condition and fitness, factors
determining championship performances, and physical fatigue.

P. E. 287. Advanced Seminar. Ci-2)

First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisite, P. E. 201, or Hea. 220, or
equivalent, or permission of the instructor. This course is a study of the current
problems and trends in the selected fields of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health.

P. E. 2S8. Special Problems in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health.

(i-6)
First and second semesters and summer. Master or Doctoral candidates who desire
to pursue special research problems imder the direction of their advisers may register
for 1-6 hours of credit under this number.

P. E. 289. Research-Thesis. QlS:)

First and second semesters and summer. Students who desire credits for a Master's

thesis, a Doctoral dissertation, or a Doctoral project should use this number.

P. E. 290. Administrative Direction of Physical Education, Pxccreation, and

Health. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. This course is devoted to the analysis of
administrative problems in the light of sound educational practice. Students concen-
trate their efforts upon their own on-the-job administrative problems and contribute
to the solution of other class members' problems.

P. E. 291. Ciirricidiim Construction in Physical Education and Health. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. A study of the principles underlying curriculum
construction in Physical Education and Health Education and the practical application
of these principles to the construction of a curriculum for a specific situation. The
specific content of this course is adjusted to meet the needs of the students enrolled
in it.

43 ►

RECREATION

Rec. 10, 11. Recreation Orientation. (0, 0)

First and second semesters. Through occasional class sessions and attendance at various
meetings on and off campus, those majoring in recreation will have an opportunity
to become acquainted with their fellow students, with the organizations in the field,
their leaders and activities, and with the broad scope of recreation and its various
divisions and interests.

Rec. 30. History and Introduction to Recreation. (2)

First and second semesters. An introduction to the beginnings, growth, and possibilities
in recreation as presently fostered by individuals, agencies and governments; attitudes
toward and theories of play; historical events and figures; present principles and
objectives; organizations and groups interested in recreation, and their relationships;
job opportunities, specifications and demands; self analysis of individual student inter-
ests; limitations and capabilities in light of these specifications and demands.

Rec. 40. Caiuf Counseling and Administration. (2)

First and second semesters. A study of the philosophy and techniques of camp
counseling including the qualifications, responsibilities and skills involved; the basic
organization, administration and program planning practices and problems of camping
as a whole; the relationship of these practices and problems to the counselor and his
or her probable success. Outdoor skills will be taught and practiced insofar as possible.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates *

Rec. 100. Co-recreational Games and Programs. (2)

First and second semesters and summer. Compilation and sampling of the techniques
for use in low organization and party games and activities. Emphasis is placed
upon those activities of value to a recreation leader or teacher, and upon the placement,
sequence and variation of such activities for all age levels and interests.

Rec. 110. Nature Lore. (2-2)

Second semester. An overall orientation course conducted in conjunction with the
National Park Service of Washington, D. C, and covering various of the areas of
physical and biological sciences; rocks, trees, animals, birds, flowers, etc. Two credits
will be granted those students completing the maximum requirements of the course
including local evening lectures. Saturday and/or Sunday observations, the Saturday
Outdoor Leadership Workshop (24 hours), and periodic class meetings held at the
University of Maryland.

*Rec. 120. Program Planning. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Rec. 30 or 170. Study of the various aspects,
problems and practices of family, agency and governmental recreation programs and
their planning, with particular emphasis on playground-community and teen-age center
plans and procedures. This course should be of interest and value to those students
planning to do part-time summer playground work.

* Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

^ 44

Recreation

Rec. 140. Observation and Field Work in Recreation. (5)

First and second semesters. Included are obser\'ation and field work at various of
tiie facilities available; particular emphasis wall be placed on whatever observations
may be needed to complete coverage of the various opportunities; field work oppor-
tunities themselves will be selected and assigned on the basis of student interest and
future job plans.

*Rec. 150. Camp Management. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. An advanced camping course for those stu-
dents with previous training and experience; organization, administration, programming,
current trends, evaluation, and special problems. Whenever possible, visiting speciaHsts
and field trips wdll be included.

Rec. 170. General Fundamentals of Recreation. (3)

First and second semesters. This course is designed for students not majoring in
recreation who wish to develop some understanding of the place, importance and
potentialities of recreation in modern life. Included will be limited study of the areas
of philosophy, program planning, personality and leadership techniques, organization
and administration, and interrelationships with other fields.

*Rec. 180. Leadership Techniques and Practices. (3)

First and second semesters. A study of the various kinds of levels of leadership exerted
by professional and semi-professional workers, some of the difficulties and probable
weaknesses to be met, and some of the tangible techniques to be used in personnel,
staff, and public relationships; handling of problem children, of personnel, of pubUc
relations campaigns, committee gatherings, etc. The group W'Ork approach will be
emphasized and used, insofar as possible, in the solution of particular problems that
grow out of practical ex-periences in handling on and off campus groups.

Rec. SI 84. Outdoor Education. (6)

Summer only. A full-time program for teachers, administrators, recreation leaders, and
social workers in functionalized child development through utilization of the surrovmding
natural environment and resources. Guided group work implements the acquired
techniques for use with children in developing education in democratic living, worthy
use of leisure, certain character traits and also for vitaHzing such subject-matter areas
as mathematics, language, arts, social and natural sciences, music, health and physical
education, graphic and plastic arts.

*Rec. 189. Field Laboratory Projects and Workshop. Cl-^^
First and second semesters and siammer. A course designed to meet the needs of
persons in the field with respect to workshops and research projects in special areas
of knowledge not covered by regularly structured courses.

Note: The maximum total nimiber of credits that may be earned toward any
degree in Physical Education, Recreation, or Health Education under P. E., Rec, Hea.,
or Ed. 189 is sLx.

* Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level comses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

45 ►

Recreation

*Rec. 190. Organization and Administration of Recreation. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A study of the organizational pattems-
and administrative problems involved in the various kinds of operating recreation
groups and agencies; forms of organization; finance and budgets; personnel; areas,
facilities, and equipment; public relations.

'^Rec. 196. Quantitative Methods. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A course covering the statistical techniques

most frequently used in research pertaining to physical education, recreation and

health education. An eflFort will be made to provide the student with the necessary

skills, and to acquaint him with the interpretations and practical applications of these

techniques.

For Graduates

Rec. 200. Seminar in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. (I)
First and second semesters and summer.

Rec. 201. Foundations of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. A study of history, philosophy and principles-
of Physical Education, Recreation and Health as applied to current problems in each
area and as related to general education.

Rec. 202. Philosophy of Recreation. (2)

First and second semesters and summer. A study of the meanings, relationships, and
services of recreation as expressed by past and present authorities and leaders. This
course should be of interest to people active in education, social work and related fields.

Rec. 203. Supervisory Techniaues in Physical Education, Recreation, and

Health. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. A study of current concepts, principles and
techniques of supervision and their application to the special fields indicated; observa-
tion of available supervisory programs and visits with local supervisors; practice in the
use of selected techniques.

Rec. 204. Modern Trends in Recreation. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A study of emphasis and recent developments
in the recreation field as a whole and within its various specialized areas, making
particular reference to the current and new literature.

Rec. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A study of methods and techniques of research
used in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health Education; an analysis of examples
of their use; and practice in their application to problems of interest to the student.

Rec. 230. Source Material Survey. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A library survey course, covering the total
areas of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health, plus research in one specific limited
problem of which a digest, including a bibliography, is to be submitted.

* Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

^ 46

Health Education

Rec. 240. Industrial Recreation. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. An introductory study of the philosophy of
and practices and problems in industrial recreation. Where possible the course will
include opportunities for observation and visiting specialists.

Rec. 260. Hos-pital Recreation. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. An introductory study of the philosophy of
and practices and problems in hospital and institutional recreation. Where possible
the course will include opportunities for obser\'ation and visiting specialists.

Piec. 287. Advanced Seminar. (2-2)

First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisites, P. E. 201, Hea. 201, Rec.
201, or Hea. 220, or permission of the instructor. This course is a study of the
current problems and trends in the selected fields of physical education, recreation
and health education.

Rec. 288. Special Prohleins in Physical Ed2ication, Recreation, and Health.

Cl-6^
First and second semesters and summer. Master or doctoral candidates who desire
to pursue special research problems under the direction of their advisers may register
for 1-6 hours of credit under this number.

Rec. 289. Research— Thesis. (2-5)

First and second semesters and summer. Students who desire credits for a master's

thesis, a doctoral dissertation, or a doctoral project should use this number.

Rec. 290. Administrative Direction of Physical Education, Recreation, and

Health. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. This course is devoted to the analysis of
administrative problems in the light of sound educational practice. Students concen-
trate their eEForts upon their own on-the-job administrative problems and contribute
to the solution of other class members' problems.

HEALTH EDUCATIOiN

Hea. 10. Orientation to Health Education, (i)

First and second semesters. This course explores the field of health education in both
the school and the community from the point of view of the health educator. Pro-
fessional preparation and career opportunities are considered.

Hea. 30. Introduction to Physical Education, Piccreation, and Health. (3)
First and second semesters. Development of understanding and appreciation of the
historic and significant purpose and place of each of the specialized areas in general
education. A study of the educational and personal requirements and opportunities of
a career in each professional area. Students will be acquainted with the status and
trends of each area.

47 ►

Health Education

Hea. 40. Personal and Community Health. (3)

First and second semesters. Meaning and significance of physical, mental, and social
health as related to the individual and to society; important phases of national health
problems; constructive methods of promoting health of the individual and the com-
munity; health problems of college students and young people with special emphasis on
health knowledge for the future teacher.

Hea. 50. First Aid and Safety. (I)

First and second semesters. Standard and Advanced American Red Cross courses in

first aid; safety in physical activities.

Hea. 60. Advanced First Aid. (2)

First and second semesters. Opportunity to secure Red Cross Advanced and In-
structor's Certificate.

Hea. 70. Safety Edtication. (3)

First and second semesters. A study of the causes of accidents and methods of

prevention, including principles of traffic and industrial safety.

Hea. 80. The Driver, His Characteristics and Improvement. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisites, Hea. 50, 70. The aim of this
study is to treat the driver-behavior problem in its relation to many of the psycho-
physical factors and forces in the traffic environment that impinge upon the man
behind the wheel.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates^

Hea. 105. Basic Driver Education. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisites, Hea. 50, 60, 70, 80. This
course is a study of the place of the automobile in modern life and deals with the
theory and practice of the following: traffic accidents and other traffic problems; objec-
tives and scope of driver-education; motor vehicle laws and regulations; basic automo-
bile construction and maintenance from the standpoint of safety, methods in class-
room instruction; aids to learning and practice driving instruction.

Hea. 110. Introduction to School Health Education. (2)

First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisites, Hea. 2 and 4, or Hea. 40.
This course deals with many aspects of school and community health programs, and
the backgrounds and history of the services studied with their relationships to each
other directly and indirectly. Various phases of healthful living are discussed as a
part of school and community health. Special emphasis is placed upon the health
services of both programs.

Hea. 120. Methods and Materials in Health Education. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Hea. 40 or equivalent. This course con-
siders various plans of teaching health in schools and elsewhere. Health education
teaching methods and materials are evaluated with regard to their application to
practical situations.

* Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with permission of the adviser.
Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to carry out a
special project.

M 48

Health Educatioft

Hea. 140. Curriculum, Instruction and Observation. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisites, Hea. 40, 110, 120. A course
designed to provide directed observation and discussion, coordinating these experiences
with those from previous methods courses in the development of curricula for health
and physical education. The course is planned to prepare for student teaching which
follows in the same semester. The observations will be made of health and physical
education programs in junior and senior high schools. This course must be taken
during the semester in which the student is doing student teaching.

Hea. 145. Advanced Driver Education. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisites, Hea. 50, 60, 70, 80, 105. Pro-
gressive techniques, supervision, and practice of advanced driver-education; compre-
hensive programming for trafi&c safety; psychology of trafl&c safety; improving the at-
titudes of young drivers; teaching to meet driving emergencies; program planning in
driver-education; consumer education; resources and agencies; the teacher and driver-
education; measuring and evaluating results; driver-education for adults; new develop-
ments in driver-education; insurance and liability, and the future of driver-education.

*Hefl. 150. Health Prohlems of Children and Youth. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. This course involves a study of the health
needs and problems of pupils from the primary grades through high school. Physical,
mental, and psychosomatic aspects of health are considered in relation to the develop-
mental and school levels. Consideration is given to such topics as: diet selection and
control; exercise, recreation and rest; emotional upset and its implications; and psy-
chosexual development and problems. The role of the teacher and parent in encourag-
ing optimal health is emphasized.

*Hea. 160. Prohlems in School Health Education in Elementary and Secondary

Schools. (2-6)
First and second semesters and summer. This is a workshop type course designed
particularly for in-service teachers to acquaint them with the best methods of providing
good health services, healthful environment and health instruction.

*Hea. 170. The Health Program in the Elementary School. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisites, Hea. 2 and 4 or Hea. 40.
This course, designed for the elementary school classroom teacher, analyzes biological,
sociological, nutritional and other factors which determine the health status and needs
of the individual elementary school child. The various aspects of the school program
are evaluated in terms of their role in health education. The total school health
program is surveyed from the standpoint of organizing and administration, and health
appraisal. Emphasis is placed upon modem methods and current materials in health
instruction. (The State Department of Education accepts this course for biological
science credit.)

"'Hea. 178. Fundamentals of Sex Education. (3)

This course is concerned with basic information regarding the physical, psychological,

social, historical, and comparative cultural aspects of sex. The adjustment needs and

* Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with permission of the ad\'iser.
Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to carry out a
special project.

49 ►

Health Education

problems of children and adults during the course of maturing and aging are studied;
and special consideration is given to the sex education program in schools.

*Hea. 180. Measurement in Physical Education and Health. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. Two lectures and two laboratory periods per
week. The application of the principles and techniques of educational measurement
to the teaching of health and physical education; study of functions and techniques of
measurement in the evaluation of student progress toward the objectives of health and
physical education, and in the evaluation of the effectiveness of teaching.

Hea. 188. Children's Remedial Fitness Clinic. Ci-4)

First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisite, at least junior standing in
health, physical education and recreation, or by special permission of the director,
Children are referred to the clinic by hospitals, special education groups and by
physicians, psychologists, psychiatrists, optometrists, physical educators and others
concerned with child health and fitness. Eligible students may serve as clinicians with
or without credit and work, under supervision, udth children individually (perhaps
eventually in pairs or in small groups) on prescribed programs of developmental, fitness
and recreational activities.

'^Hea. 189. Field Laboratory Projects and Workshop. (1-6)
First and second semesters and summer. A course designed to meet the needs of per-
sons in the field with respect to workshops and research projects in special areas of
knowledge not covered by regularly structured courses.

Note: The maximum total number of credits that may be earned toward any
degree in physical education, recreation, or health education under P. E. Rec, Hea.,
or Ed. 189 is six.

*Hefl. J 90. Administration and Supervision of School Health Edtication. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. The application of the principles of admin-
istration and supervision to school health education. This course involves observation
and field work in school and community health programs.

For Graduates
Hea. 200. Seminar in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. (])
First and second semesters and summer.

Hea. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. A study of history, philosophy and principles
of physical education, recreation and health as applied to current problems in each
area and as related to general education.

Hea. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Recreation, and

Health. (3)
First and second semesters and summer. A study of current concepts, principles and
techniques of supervision and of their application to the special fields indicated;
observation of available supervisory programs and visits with local supervisors; practice
in the use of selected techniques.

* Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with permission of the adviser.
Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to carry out a
special project.

M 50

Health Education

Hea. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A study of methods and techniques of
research used in physical education, recreation and health education; an analysis of
examples of their use; and practice in their application to problems of interest to
the student.

Hea. 220. Scientific Foundations of Health Education. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A course dealing with an analysis of heredi-
tary, physical, mental, and social factors which influence the total health status during
the developmental process. The role of education in fostering physical and mental
health is studied.

Hea. 230. Source Material Survey. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A library survey course, covering the total
areas of physical education, recreation and health, plus research in one specific limited
problem of which a digest, including a bibliography, is to be submitted.

Hea. 240. Modern Theories of Health. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. The purpose of this course is to familiarize
advanced students in health education with modern theories of health and disease which
involve so-called mind-body relationships. Major topics of study and analysis include
the theories of psychosomatics, stress, hypnosis and constitutional psychology.

Hea. 250. Health Prohlems in Guidance. (3)

First and second semesters and summers. A course designed to familiarize guidance
counselors with principles of health and with common deviations from health, especial-
ly during the school years. Implications of health for pupil effectiveness in the entire
curriculum, including extra-class activities, are dealt with. Special attention is given
to psychosomatic disturbances which are commonly an aspect of personal problem
situations. Methods of dealing with health problems and utilizing available resources
of school and community are discussed.

Hea. 260. Public Health Education. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A course designed to acquaint the student
with the structure, functions and major problems in public health; and with the role
of education in public health.

Hea. 270. Status and Trends in Health Education. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. This course is concerned with analyzing the
current status and implications for future trends in the various areas of health educa-
tion.

Hea. 280. The Scientific Bases of Exercise. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisites, Anatomy, Physiolog}% P. E.
100, P. E. 160, or the equivalent. A critical analysis of the role of physical exercise
in modern society with attention given to such topics as: the need for physical
exercise, its chronic effects, the role of exercise in attaining good physical condition
and fitness, factors determining championship performances, and physical fatigue.

Hea. 287. Advanced Seminar. (1-2)

First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisites, P. E. 201, Hea. 201, Rec. 201,

51 ►

Physical Therafy

or Hea. 220, or permission of the instructor. This course is a study of the current
problems and trends in the selected field of physical education, recreation and health
education.

Hea. 288. Special Problems in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health.

a-6:>

First and second semesters and summer. Master or doctoral candidates who desire to
pursue special research problems under the direction of their advisers may register for
1-6 hours of credit under this number.

Hea. 289. Research— Thesis. C^-^^

First and second semesters and summer. Students who desire credit for a master's

thesis, doctoral dissertation, or a doctoral project should use this number.

Hea. 290. Administrative Direction of Physical Education, Recreation, and

Hea. 291. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education and Health. C3)
First and second semesters and summer. A study of the principles underlying cur-
riculum construction in Physical Education and Health Education and the practical
application of these principles to the construction of a curriculum for a specific
situation. The specific content of this course is adjusted to meet the needs of the
students enrolled in it.

PHYSICAL THERAPY

COLLEGE PARK CAMPUS

P. T. 10, 11. Physical Therafy Orientation. QO, 0)

First and second semesters. General introductory course to the professional field of
physical therapy. Field trips to physical therapy departments in government and pri-
vate agencies. Orientation of the student to job opportunities with their specifications
and demands; self analysis of the students' capabilities and the major curriculum in
light of such specifications and demands.

P. T. 20, 21. Foundations of Physical Therapy. (J, i)

First and second semesters. Introduction to the development, growth and function of
physical medicine and rehabilitation with regard to the role of the physical therapist.
A study of the national organization and the leaders in the field. Analysis of medical
terminology and development of a field vocabulary.

For Advanced Undergraduates

BALTIMORE CAMPUS

Anat. 103. Human Anatomy. (8^)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Zool. 1, 2, 20. The student is given an op-
portunity to develop a basic concept of the morphology of the himian body through
a correlation of histology, gross anatomy and neuro-anatomy. Dissection of the human
body including the brain is required.

-^ 52

Physical Therafy

Path. lOS. Pathology. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Anat. 103, Physiol. 22 taken concurrently. This
course includes the study of the basic principles of disease and injury with their ap-
plication to the various systems of the body. Special emphasis is placed on the
locomotor sA^stem.

Physiol. 22. General Physiology. (5)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Zool. 1, 2; Chem. 1, 3. A course in the fundamentals
of human physiology, including neurophysiology, the heart and circulation, respiration,
digestion, the kidney and endocrine glands.

Psych. 161. Psychology for the Handicafped. (i)

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 5. This course is devoted to the consideration
of human relations as applied to the practice of physical therapy. Emphasis is placed
on obser\-ing, understanding and evaluating the personal and social factors affecting
the handicapped.

P. T. 102. Physiology of Exercise. (I)

First semester. Prerequisites, Anat. 103, Physiol. 22. A consideration of the mechanism
of muscular contraction and problems concerned wath increasing efficiency of movement
in motor activities and work.

P. T. 104. Functional Anatomy. (2%')

First semester. Prerequisites, Anat. 103, Physiol. 22. This course is primarily a con-
sideration of the locomotor activity of the human body. It is designed to include
observation and analysis of motion as it occurs in man under normal and pathological
conditions.

P. T. 106. Professional Relations, Ethics and Clinical Ohservation. (i)
First and second semesters. A consideration of appropriate conduct related to per-
sonal and professional relations of the physical therapist.

P. T. 107. Physical Therapy Theory and Technique I. (2/4)

(a) Massage

First semester. The theor\', physiological effects and techniques of scientific massage

as it is used in all aspects of physical therapy are discussed and administered.

(??) Hydrotherapy

First semester. The physics of water, cold and heat are re\'iewed. The various
techniques of whirpool, hot and cold applications, showers and underwater exercise
in relation to various conditions are practiced and discussed.

First semester. In this course one learns the principles and practice of bandaging

with particular emphasis on bandages for support and conformity.

P. T. JOS. Physical Therapy Theory and Technique U—Thermotherapy and

Actinotherapy. (J/4)
Second semester, third quarter. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory per week.
The basic physics and physiological effects of heat and ultraviolet are discussed.
The student practices the therapeutic application of infra-red and ultra-violet lamps,
diathermy, microthermy and ultrasonics.

53 ►

Physical Therafy

P. T. 110. Principles of Physical Therapy Applied to Medical and Surgical

Conditions. (TlVz)
First and second semesters. This course presents to the students various conditions
encountered in patients treated by the physical therapist. SpeciaHsts from various
fields of medicine and surgery discuss the problems in their practice vvdth emphasis
on indications for various treatment procedures.

A. Dermatology

B. Medicine

C. Psychiatry

P. T. 151. Therapeutic Exercise. (5)

First semester. A study of the principles and techniques of therapeutic exercise related
to the prevention, correction and alleviation of disease and injury. This course includes
manual muscle testing, muscle re-education, joint measurement, gait training and
functional activities.

P. T. 152. Rehabilitation. (3)

Second semester. This course is designed to study the principles and practices employed
in the comprehensive care and treatment program of the physically handicapped. It
includes the evaluation of activities of daily living as well as the application and care
of supportive devices.

P. T. 153. Physical Therapy Theory and Technique III. (3)

(a) Electrotherapy

First semester. This course includes lectures, demonstrations and laboratory tests

concerning the physical and physiological effects of low frequency, alternating and

direct currents. The therapeutic and the diagnostic use of electricity is discussed and

practiced,

P. T. 154. Interprofessional and Social Agencies Correlation, (i)
Second semester. Representatives of allied fields and of related social agencies
participate in presentation of information and discussion of their specific roles in total
patient care.

P. T. 155. Nursing Procedures Related to Physical Therapy. Ci>^)
First semester. This course serves to acquaint the student with bedside, aseptic and
isolation techniques. Laboratory practice includes the application of bandages and
splints, the dressing of wounds and methods of handling acutely ill and chronically
disabled patients.

P. T. 156. Current Literature, (i)

Second semester. This course is designed to acquaint the student with professional

and scientific literature. It aflFords experience in presenting reports and in group

discussion.

P. T. 157. Administration and Clinical Observation. (7)

First semester. The organization and administration of a hospital and of a physical

therapy department is presented.

^ 54

Physical Therapy

P. T. 158. Clinical Experience. (6)

First and second semesters. During this period the student gains experience practicing
physical therapy procedures in a hospital physical therapy department under the careful
supervision of qualified physical therapists.

P. T. 160. Princifles of Physical Therapy Applied to Medical and Surgical

Conditions. (5)
First and second semesters. These lectures present to the students various conditions
encountered in patients treated by the physical therapists. Specialists from various
fields of medicine and surgery discuss the problems in their practice which are related
to physical therapy with emphasis on indications for various treatment procedures.

A. Gynecology and Obstetrics

B. Neurology

C. Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation

D. Pubhc Health

E. Surgery

F. Pediatrics

G. Orthopedics

55 ►

NON-MAJOR PROGRAM

Required Physical Education Courses For Men and Women

All undergraduate men and women students classified as freshmen or sopho-
mores, who are registered for more than six semester hours of credit are required
to enroll in and successfully complete four prescribed courses in physical edu-
cation and/or athletics for a total of four semester hours of credit. The success-
ful completion of these courses is required for graduation. These courses must
be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at the
University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Men and women who have
reached their thirtieth birthday are exempt from these courses. Students who are
physically disqualified from taking these courses must enroll in adapted courses
for which credit will be given. Transfer students who do not have credit in
these courses, or their equivalent, must complete them or take them until
graduation, whichever occurs first.

Students majoring or minoring in physical education, recreation, health
education, physical therapy, or specializing in elementary school physical edu-
cation and health education, may meet these requirements by special professional
courses.

REQUIRED COURSES

P. E. Courses for men carry odd numbers—!, 3, 5, 7.

P. E. Courses for women carry even numbers— 2, 4, 6, 8.

Co-ed classes are formed by combining men's and women's sections.

A student having a physical handicap which prevents participation in the
regular required program will be assigned to an adapted activity suitable to his
or her physical capacity. This refers to P. E. 1 to 8, inclusive.

Fees for all physical education courses will be $6.00 per semester.

Equipment— Students may be required to provide individual equipment for
some courses.

P. E. SIO. Physical Education Activities. 0-6^

Summers only. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Instruction and practice in selected sports;

tennis, golf, and swimming.

Note. (1). Not available for credit to physical education majors.

Note. (2). Non-majors in physical education may use this credit to fulfill
graduation requirements in physical education.

-^ 56

Required Physical Education

THE PROGRAM FOR MEN

The program of physical education for men offers the college student an
opportunity to acquire skills, knowledges, and appreciations in a variety of
physical and sport activities. Adequate participation now and in the future will
contribute to more efiBcient physiological functioning, effective movement, im-
proved human relations, and worthwhile use of leisure time.

Students are required to complete one unit of work in each of the following
four courses.

P. E. 1. Orientation to Physical Education, (i)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. The
purpose of this course is to give the student a better understanding and appreciation
of the place of sports and physical education in the American way of life. It is
designed to introduce the student to the value of sports participation in each of the
three areas: (1) Developmental and Combative Sports, (2) Team Sports and
Aquatics, (3) Recreational Activities. This is accomplished through reading assign-
ments, lectures, discussions, and by participation in a variety of sports in each area.
In addition, each student is acquainted with the fitness, health, social, and leisure
time values inherent in continued participation in sports and other physical education
acti\aties.

All entering freshmen are required to complete P.E. 1. Orientation to Physical
Education. Students are then guided into an activity in each of the three areas
indicated below. The selection of an acti\'ity is based upon the student's individual
needs, interests, his past experience, and his level of fitness. Students who fail the
swimming classification test, one of the Orientation to Physical Education require-
ments, are required to enroll in elementary swimming.

P. E. 3. Develo'pmental and Cottihative Sforts. (1)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, P.E. 1. Laboratory fee,
$6.00. Students are guided into one of the following: apparatus; double tumbling and
balancing; indi\'idual tumbling; track and field and wTestling; weight training, basic
motor fitness.

P. E. 5. Team S'ports and Aquatics. (1)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, P. E. I. Laboratory
fee, $6.00. Students are guided into one of the following: Elementary swimming;
advanced swimming; life saving; water safety instructors course*; fancy diving; soft-
ball and basketball; speedball and flickerball; touch football and volleyball; soccer
and volleyball.

P. E. 7. Recreational Activities, (i)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, P. E. 1. Laboratory
fee, $6.00. Students are guided into one of the following: archery and bowling**;
tennis and badminton**; camping and outdoor activities**; canoeing**; fishing**;
sailing**; social dance**; square dance**.

* Prerequisite for this course: 18 years of age or older and hold a current Senior
Life Saving Card.

**Some sections of these activities are co-ed.

57 ►

Required Physical Education

costume: Each male student enrolled in required physical education will
be furnished a red and black reversible T-shirt, black trunks, socks, supporter,
and towel. Gymnasium shoes, and for some classes, sweat clothes will be fur-
nished by the student.

At the end of each semester or upon withdrawal from the University each
student must return his clothing to the equipment custodian or he will be billed
for all items of clothing missing, plus a $2.00 penalty fee. In addition the College
will not assume responsibility for student's personal clothing or his lock.

LOCKS AND lockers: A basket is assigned each student upon presentation of
his University fee receipt. During class time each student secures his clothing
and basket in a locker.

THE PROGRAM FOR WOMEN

Through participation in a variety of activities, freshman and sophomore
women have the opportunity to acquire skills, knowledge, and attitudes which
will contribute to personal enjoyment and better physical efficiency. Students
are required to complete one unit of work in each of the four areas. Activities
vdthin the specified areas may be selected according to individual interests and
needs. Students are urged to develop new skills as well as to select those in
which they would like to have further experience.

The areas are designated by specific numbers as follows:

P. E, 2. Orientation Activities, (i)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Required of all freshman women.
Laboratory fee, $6.00. This is a summary course designed to acquaint the student
with the role of the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health at the
University of Maryland. It includes the teaching of basic body mechanics as related
to posture and sports skills. It helps the student understand the use of exercise and
relaxation in relation to total fitness for her college life and for the future.

P. E. 4. Swimming. (J)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Classification
tests are given in swimming to determine the skill level of all students. Having
taken this test each student may elect a course best suited to her own skills from
the following: beginning, low intermediate, high intermediate, advanced, synchronized,
diving, senior life saving, water safety instructors, methods of teaching aquatics.

Each course is designed to improve the skill of the individual, to increase enjoyment
in swimming and to give an understanding of safety factors involved in swimming.

P. E. 6. Dance. (I)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Students
may elect one of the following: folk and square, social, beginning modern, intermediate
modem, dance composition. This area offers the student a variety of opportunities in
the field of dance. The courses included give instruction in skill, style, and the creative
aspect of dance and are designed to increase enjoyment, appreciation and understanding
of dance.

^ 58

Required Physical Education

''.E.%. S forts. CO

"irst and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. This area
ncludes team and individual sports, recreational games, and outdoor education. Stu-
lents may elect from the following: archer)', badminton, basketball, bowling, camp-
ng and outing, canoeing, fencing, fishing, golf, hockey, recreational games, riding
see note), sailing, softball, tennis, trampoline, stunts and tumbling, and volleyball,
rhese courses are planned to improve the skill of the individual and to increase
njoyment as a spectator and/or a participant.

Note; A special fee of $26.00 is charged for riding instruction.

PROFICIENCY examination: There is one exception to the above depart-
nental requirement. Any student who feels she is proficient in one or more areas
vill be given the opportunity to take an examination to prove this fact. If she
hooses to take it and passes she is then permitted to acquire her four credit
lOurs of Physical Education in any area she wishes.

COSTUME: Each woman student is expected to provide herself with gym-
lasium costume consisting of dark green gabardine shorts, white slip-over blouse,
v'hite socks and tennis shoes. Leotards are usually worn in modern dance classes,
rhis is optional.

LOCKS AND lockers: A lockcr and lock are assigned to each girl at the
irst meeting of her class upon presentation of her University fee receipt. At the
lose of the last class each one is held responsible for cleaning out her locker
nd returning the lock.

REQUIRED HEALTH EDUCATION COURSES FOR WOMEN

All freshman women are required to complete one semester of Personal Health
Hea. 2) and one semester of Community Health (Hea. 4) for graduation,
itudents who demonstrate proficiency in personal health on the classification test
re exempt from Hea. 2. These courses must be taken in consecutive order with
iea. 2 taken first. Transfer students who do not have credit in these courses, or
heir equivalent, must complete them or take them until graduation, whichever
ccurs first. These semester courses are designed to meet the functional health
leeds and interests of college women. The basic units of instxuction have been
volved from present day scientific backgrounds. It is hoped that through these
lealth courses the student will be better able to develop correct attitudes, habits
nd knowledges that will facilitate a more effective type of everyday living. Audio-
isual aids, readings, reports, field trips, guest speakers, and special lectures help
3 enrich the class discussions. The University environment, the personal and
roup adjustment which the students must make are considered to form the core
f these courses.

Women who have reached their thirtieth birthday are exempt from these
ourses.

59 ►

Student Organizations

Hea. 2. Personal Health. (2)

First and second semesters. A course concerned primarily with health knowledge,
attitudes and skills as they apply to the individual. Here consideration is given
to basic overall concepts of health, nutrition, mental health, and preparation for
family living.

Hea. 4. Community Health. (2)

First and second semesters. A course designed to explore the magnitude of com-
munity health problems as they affect the individual. Basic units of instruction include
chronic and communicable diseases, stimulants, and depressants, consumer health,
problems of the aging, and health services on the local, state, national, and interna-
tional levels.

Student Organizations Sponsored by the College

PHI ALPHA epsilon: Honorary Society of the College of Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health.

The purpose of this organization is to recognize academic achievement and
to promote professional grov^'th by sponsoring activities in the fields of physical
education, recreation, health, physical therapy, and related areas.

Students shall qualify for membership at such time as they shall have at-
tained junior standing in physical education, health, recreation, or physical
therapy, and have a minimum overall average of 2.7 and a minimum profes-
sional average of 3.1. Graduate students are invited to join upon passing the
Master's qualifying examinations.

The organization is open to both men and women.

w^omen's professional club: All women students enrolled in the College
are eligible for membership in this organization. It conducts various professional
meetings, brings in speakers and promotes various co-recreational activities. It has
sponsored trips to District and National conventions of the American Association
for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation, and is chartered as a student
major club of that organization.

SIGMA TAu epsilon: This society, founded in 1940, selects those girls who
have attained an overall 2.5 average and demonstrated outstanding leadership,
service and sportsmanlike qualities in the organization and activities of the
Women's Recreation Association and its affiliated groups.

aqualiners: This synchronized swimming club is open to all men and
women registered in the University. Through weekly meetings the group con-
centrates on additional stroke perfection, individual and group stunts, diving,
and experimentation with various types of accompaniment and choreographic
techniques. An original water show is presented each spring and several demon-
strations are given each year.

M 60

Student Organizations

MODERN DANCE GROUPS: Men and women interested in modem dance con-
centrate on dance techniques and individual and group compositions. Members
present a spring concert and perform in demonstrations on and off campus. Ad-
vanced and beginning groups meet weekly. No experience necessary for begin-
ning club.

GYMKANA TROUPE : The Gymkana Troupe includes men and women students
from all colleges that wish to express themselves through the medium of gymnas-
tics. These individuals coordinate their talents in order to produce an exhibitional
performance that has been seen in many places including Bermuda, Iceland,
Azores, Idaho, Montana, and the Eastern Seaboard of the United States. The
organization has three principal objectives: (1) to provide healthful, co-recrea-
tional activities that provide fun for the students during their leisure hours:
(2) to promote gymnastics in this locality; (3} to entertain our students and
people in other communities.

This organization is co-sponsored by the Physical Education Department and
the Student Government Association; and it welcomes any student, regardless
of the amount of experience, to join and to have fun.

INTRAMURALS FOR MEN: The Intramural Department offers an extensive
opportunity for all men to participate in a recreational program of either individual
or team sports. A variety of activities are available to fill the student's leisure
time and develop skills which may be carried over into later life. Also, many
desirable attributes, such as fair play, leadership, team work and sportsmanship,
are encouraged and developed by the student participating in the program.

Leagues and tournaments are conducted in the following sports: touch
football, horseshoe pitching, tennis, cross country, track and field, basketball,
table tennis, badminton, boxing, wrestling, bowling, volleyball, swimming, foul
shooting and softball.

Management and officiating in intramural sports are conducted by students
majoring in physical education under the supervision of the Director of Intra-
murals and under policies and regulations established by the Intramural Council.

WEIGHT LIFTING CLUB : The University of Maryland Weight Lifting Club is
open to all students and faculty for exercise wdth the weights throughout the
week. A returnable deposit fee of $5.00 is required.

The University of Maryland Olympic Barbell Club is a more highly organized
group of the original Club. They hold bi-monthly meetings; assist in leadership;
participate in competition; earn an award of recognition.

women's RECREATION ASSOCIATION: All xvomen students of the University are
members of the Women's Recreation Association, an affiliate of the Athletic Recrea-
tion Federation of College Women. Under the leadership of its elected student
officers and representatives and appointed sports managers, the WRA sponsors a full
program of intramural, extramural, and interest group activities. These activities

61 ►

Student Organizations

seek to develop new interests and skills for leisure-time enjoyment, provide ojv
portunities for continuing both old and new interests, and provide a democratic
atmosphere for educational leadership experiences. Included are free and tourna-
ment play in archery, badminton, basketball, bowling, fencing, field hockey,
golf, Softball, swimming, table tennis, tennis, and volleyball; social events such
as cookouts, square dancing, roller skating parties, etc.; and co-recreational activi-
ties in bowling, badminton, volleyball, etc. Intramural tournaments are organized
through the dormitory, sorority, and "day dodger" groups of the University.
Sports Days and Play Days with other colleges and universities enable the more
skilled students to participate with others of similar abilities. Opportunities also
are provided for officiating experiences and for the earning of official WNORC
ratings in basketball, field hockey, swimming, tennis and volleyball.

Various special groups and clubs interested in recreation exist on campus
outside the jurisdiction of the Women's Recreation Association and offer rich
opportunities for the development of other recreational interests. Some of these
are the Terrapin Trail Club, Ballroom Dance Club, Riding Club, Chess Club,
Gymkana Troupe, Sailing Club, Ski Club, and musical and dramatic groups.

FACULTY

1960-1961

COLLEGE OF

PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION,

AND HEALTH

Administrative Officer

LESTER M. FRALEY, Professor of Physical Education and Dean of College of
Physical Education, Recreation and Health

A.B., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; m.a., Peabody College, 1937; ph.d., 1939.

Professors

DOROTHY F. DEACH, PfofessoT and Head, Department of Physical Education for
Women

B.S., University of Illinois, 1931; m.s., 1932; ph.d., University of Michigan, 1951.

JAMES H. HUMPHREY, Professor of Physical Education and Health

A.B., Denison University, 1933; a.m., Western Reserve University, 1946; ed.d.,
Boston University, 1951.

WARREN R. JOHNSON, Profcssor of Physical Education and Health

B.A., University of Denver, 1942; m.a., 1947; ed.d., Boston University, 1950.

BENJAMIN H. MASSEY, Profcssor of Physical Education

A.B., Erskine College, 1938; m.s.. University of Illinois, 1947; ph.d., 1950.

DOROTHY R. MOHR, Profcssor of Physical Education

B.S., University of Chicago, 1932; a.m., 1933; ph.d.. University of Iowa, 1944.

Associate Professors

FRANK H. CRONiN, Associate Profcssor of Physical Education; Head Golf Coach
B.S., University of Maryland, 1946.

MARVIN H. EYLER, Associate Profcssor of Physical Education

A.B., Houghton College, 1942; m.s.. University of Illinois, 1948; ph.d., 1956.

ELLEN E. HARVEY, Associate Professor of Physical Education and Recreation
B.S., New College, Columbia University, 1935; m.a.. Teachers College, Columbia
University, 1941; ed.d.. University of Oregon, 1951.

BURRis F. husman, Associatc Professor of Physical Education

B.S., University of Illinois, 1941; m.s., 1948; ed.d.. University of Maryland, 1954.

63 ►

Faculty

JAMES KEHOE, Assoctate Professor of Physical Education, Director of Intramurals,
and Head Track Coach

B.S., University of Maryland, 1940.

H. BURTON SHIPLEY, Associate Professor of Physical Education and Head Baseball
Coach

B.S., University of Maryland, 1934.

THERON A. TOMPKINS, Associate Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Eastern Michigan College of Education, 1926; m.a.. University of Michigan,
1939.

GLADYS E. wADswoRTH, Associatc Profcssor and Head of the Department of

Physical Therapy

B.S., East Stroudsburg State Teacher's College, 1936; m.a., Columbia University,
1942; Certificate in Physical Therapy, Army Medical Department, 1943; ph.d..
University of Maryland, 1955.

ALBERT A. WOODS, Associate Professor of Physical Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933; m.ed., 1949.

Assistant Professors

WILLIAM R. CAMPBELL, Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Head
Swimming Ccach

B.S., Springfield College, 1949; m.ed., 1953.

HAROLD w. FREEMAN, Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1942; m.a.. New York University, 1948.

MARTHA J. HAVERSTicK, Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1943; m.s.. University of Wisconsin, 1950.

LOUISE s. HOWARTH, Assistant Professor of Physical Ediication
A.B., Breanau College, 1928; m.ed.. University of Minnesota, 1949.

JOSEPHINE w. HUBBELL, Assistant Professor of Health Education

B.S., William and Mary College, 1947; m.a., State University of Iowa, 1948; ph.d.,
New York University, 1956.

GEORGE P. KRAMER, Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953; m.a., 1956.

WILLIAM E. KROUSE, Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Head Wrest-
ling Coach

E.S., University of Maryland, 1942; m.ed., 1949.

JACK s. LCWDER, Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Wake Forest, 1950; m.e.. University of North Carolina, 1955.

DOROTHY G. MADDEN, Assistant Professor of Physical Education
A.B., Middlebury College, 1936; m.a., Syracuse University, 1937.

'4 64

Faculty

DORIS TERRY, Assistant Professor of Health Education

B.S., Western Kentucky State College, 1949; M.S., University of Indiana, 1952;
M.P.H., University of North Carolina, 1958.

Instructors

M. JOSEPHINE GAINES, Instructor of Health Education

B.S., University of California, Los Angeles, 1949; m.a.. New York University, 1952.

DOROTHY HAMBERG, Instructor of Physical Education

B.S.E., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1946; m.e.. University of Arkansas, 1951.

MARY R. HARRINGTON, Instructor of Physical Education

B.S., College of William and Mar)', 1949; m.a.. New York University, 1951.

ETHEL KESLER, Instructor of Physical Education

B.S., Woman's College, University of North Carolina, 1949; M.S., Wellesley College,
1953.

MARY LOUISE MOSELEY, Instructor of Physical Education

B.S., Limestone College, 1945; m.ed., Woman's College, University of North
Carolina, 1959.

ELEANOR BRYAN SANDERSON, Instructor of Physical Education

B.S., East Carolina College, 1955; m.ed.. Woman's College, University of North
CaroHna, 1959.

CAROL H. SMITH, lustructcr of Physical Education

B.S., Brooklyn College, 1954; M.S., University of Michigan, 1956.

DONALD H. STEEL, Instructor of Physical Education

B.S., Trenton State Teachers College, 1955; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1957.

WESLEY A. STiCKNEY, Instructor of Physical Educatiori

B.S., Seattle Pacific College, 1946; b.ed., Seattle Pacific College, 1952.

PAULINE THOMAS, Instrtictor of Physical Education

B.S., Cortland State Teachers College, 1954; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1958.

MARGARET TiFFT, InstructoT of Health Education

B.S., Ohio State University, 1946; m.a., Columbia University, 1948.

Lecturers

w. w. coBEY, Associate Professor, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Marj'land, 1930.

H. A. MiLLiKAN, Associote ProfcssoT and Head Basketball Coach
B.S., Oklahoma A. & M. College, 1943.

ALFRED J. WYRE, Head Trainer

65 ►

DEPARTMENT
of

AIR SCIENCE

Catalog Series 19604961

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

VOLUME 13

MAY 25, 1960

NO. 25

Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.

CONTENTS

University Calendar

Board of Regents

vii

Officers of Administration

Committee Chairmen, Faculty Senate

The Department of Air Science

Basic Exemptions

Basic, Advanced and Chaplain Trainee Programs

Basic Course

Advanced Course

Chaplain Trainee Candidate Program

Air Science Instruction for Women

GENERAL

Uniforms

Commutation

Academic Instruction

Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps Band

University and Air Force R.O.T.C. Rifle Teams 5

Air Force R.O.T.C. FUght Instruction Program

Honors and Awards

Course Offerings

Faculty

JANUARY 1960

UiNIVERSITY CALENDAR

FALL SEMESTER 1959

on .^^"'^^y-Chnstmas Recess Ends 8 a.m
_, 20 Wednesday-Pre-Examination Study Day
21-27 Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive-Fall Semester Examinations

SPRING SEMESTER I960
FEBRUARY

1-5 Monday to Friday-Spring Semester Registration

» Monday-Instruction Begins

22 Monday-Washington's Birthday Holiday
MARCH

25 Friday-Maryland Day
APRIL

14 Thursday-Easter Recess Begins After Last Class

ly luesday-Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
MAY

18 Wednesday-Military Day

26 Thursday-Pre-Examination Study Day
May 27-)

June 3| F"day to Friday, inclusive-Spring Semester Examinations

29 Sunday-Baccalaureate Exercises

30 Monday-Memorial Day, Holiday

JUNE

4 Saturday-Commencement Exercises

SUMMER SESSION I960
JUNE 1960

27 Monday-Summer Session Registration

28 Tuesday-Summer Session Begins

AUGUST

5 Friday-Summer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES I960
JUNE 1960

20-25 Monday to Saturday-Rural Women's Short Course
AUGUST

8-13 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week
SEPTEMBER

6-9 Tuesday to Friday-Firemen's Short Course

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

FALL SEMESTER 1960
SEPTEMBER

12-16 Monday to Friday— Fall Semester Registration

19 Monday— Instruction Begins
NOVEMBER

23 Wednesday— Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class
28 Monday— Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m.
DECEMBER

20 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Begins
JANUARY 1961

3 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Friday— Inauguration Day Holiday

25 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day

P 1 ,> Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations
SPRING SEMESTER 1961

FEBRUARY

6-10 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration
13 Monday— Instruction Begins
22 Wednesday— Washington's Birthday Holiday
MARCH

25 Saturday— Maryland Day

30 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
APRIL

4 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
MAY

17 Wednesday— Military Day

30 Tuesday— Memorial Day, Holiday
JUNE

2 Friday— Pre-Examination Study Day

3-9 Saturday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations

4 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises

10 Saturday— Commencement Exercises

SUMMER SESSION 1961
JUNE 1961

26 Monday— Summer Session Registration

27 Tuesday— Summer Session Begins

AUGUST

4 Friday— Summer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES 1961
JUNE 1961

19-24 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course
AUGUST

7-12 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week
SEPTEMBER

5-8 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course

BOARD OF REGENTS

and
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE

Term

Charles P. McCormick ^^^^^^

Chairman \Qf,f,

McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2
Edward F. Holter

V ice-Chairman 1Q68

The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, NAV., Washington' 6

B. Herbert Brown

^^^retary ^^^^

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1

Harry H. Nuttle

Treasurer , „ . ,

Denton

Louis L. Kaplan

Assistant Secretary , qx i

5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15

1960

. 1965

. 1963

. 1962

. 1968

. 1967

Enos S. Stockbridge

Assistant Treasurer

10 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Thomas W. Pangborn

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown
Thomas B. Symons

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park
C. Ewing Tuttle

907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2
WiLLMM C. Walsh

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst

4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18

Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for temis of nine
years each, beginnmg the first Monday in June.

Board^' P^^^id^"^ of ^he University of Maryland is, by law. Executive Officer of the

The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture. maryiana

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION

Principal Administrative Officers

WILSON H. ELKiNS, President j tt • ^,c,v,r iq^6-

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; m.a., 1932; b.ott., Oxford University, 1936,

D. PHIL., 1936.

ALBiN o. KUHN, Executive Vice President

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; ph.d., 1948.

ALViN E. CORMENY, Assistunt to the President, in Charge of Endowment and

Development . .

B.A., Illinois College, 1933; ll.b., Cornell University, 1936.

R LEE HORNBAKE, Dean of the Vacxdty .

BsSme Teachers College, California, Pa., 1934; m.a., Ohio State University, 1936;

PH.D., 1942.
FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant, President's Office
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952.

Emeritus

HARRY c. -BYKV, President Emeritus iq^a xr r. Dickin-

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; ll.d., Washington Mege, 1936, ll.d., Dickin
son College, 1938; d.sc, Western Maryland College, 193«.

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges

MYRON s. AisENBERG, Dean of the School of Dentistry
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.

VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; ph.d.. University of Colorado, 1942.

RONALD bamford. Dean of the Graduate School

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926, ph.d.,
Columbia University, 1931.

GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agricidture

B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; ph.d., 1940.

TJAV w PHRENSBERGER, Dcan of University College .

bZ Wabash College, 1929; m'.., Bu.ler Umversity, 1930; PH.D., Syracuse Um-

versity, 1937.

--.:; S ^i::^. "/-nrW, M.S., U« 0. Ma,la„.
1932; PH.D., 1933.

vii ►

LBSXBK M. PH..HV. Dean of t,e College of Pkysical Education, Recreation, and
B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; m..., 1937; ph.o., Peabody College 1939

FLORENCE M. GiPE, Dean of the School of Nursing

B.S., t^atholic Universitv of America 19^7- ^^ ^ tt • • r -r.

ECD., University of tZryhnd^mi ' '^"""""y "^ Pennsylvania, 1940;

K.N UJk School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York 19^S. . . II ■ •
of Denver, 1942, m.b... in Hospital Adminl.rationt'uliisilf'f Chlea^o'm?

Unlve"t"fl4laS°i9f3''^ "■^■' "^'= ^°^'=*= °' «'-'>-P-. '^O^ --.
ROGER HOWELL, Dean of the School of Law

B^A., Johns Hopkins University, 1914; ph..., 1917; ll.b.. University of Maryland,

^T^nw K^l^ ^'T''' ^"g^«^^"«g Experiment Station

^:^^^^:^^^^?n^ -- -le Uni-

'^^n v"''''^^' ^n^"V^ '^' ^""^^^ 'f ^^^^ Economics
B.S., Arkansas State Teachers Collepe 19^8- a^ c tt • • r -^
T>xTT^ P^ 1 ■ c^ a^"ci5 y^uncge, iy:5», m.s.. University of Tennessee 194'i-
PH.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953. ^ Tennessee, iy^5,

FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; m.s., 1926; c.e., 1932; ph.d., 1935.

PAUL E NYSTROM, Director, Agricultural Extension Service '

B^s., University of California, 1928; m.s.. University of Maryland 1931- mpa
Harvard University, 1948; d.p.a., 1951. ividryiana, ly^i, m.p.a.,

^' p!f T-'"''^^' ?n^'^ '^' ^°"'^' 'f ^'''"'''' «"^ P^^^i- Administration
PH.B., University of Chicago, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d., 1925.

LEON P. SMITH, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

D^o^l7r{iSr£^:;iri93?^^^^^^^^ '' ^^^-^°' ''''•' -- ^^30;

Zu'^Ton^nTZ'e^r '^ ''' '''''' '^ '''''''^ ^^ ^^'-^ ^f ^'^^^^^

B^s., University of Idaho, 1924; m.s., 1925; m.d.. University of Louisville 1929-
PH.D., (HON.), University of Louiswile, 1946. ^ouibvme, ly^y,

General Administrative Officers

G. WATSON ALGiRE Director of Admissions and Registrations
b.a,. University of Maryland, 1930; m.s., 1931.

T^t^ence' ^"""'^°^^"' ^''f''^'^ 'f ^^ ^<^^--ce and Head, Department of
B.S., Mansfield State Teachers College, 1936; m.s.. University of Pennsylvania, 1949.

viu

NORMA J. A2LEIN, Registrar

B.A., University of Chicago, 1940.

B. JAMES BORRESON, Excciitive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.

DAVID L. BRiGHAM, Director of Alumni Relations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1938.

c. WILBUR cissEL, Director of Finance and Business

B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; m.a., 1934; c.p.a., 1939.

WILLIAM w. coBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930.

LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service

B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; m.d.. University of Iowa, 1926.

GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men

B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926.

GEORGE w. FOGG, Director of Personnel

B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; m.a., 1928.

ROBERT J. MCCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941.

GEORGE w. MORRISON, Associatc Director and Supervising Engineer Physical
Plant ^Baltimore')

B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; e.e., 1931.

HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; m.a., 1937; b.s.l.s., Columbia University, 1940.

ADELE H. STAMP, Dean of Women

B.A., Tulane University, 1921; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1924.

GEORGE o. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical
Plant

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

Division Chairmen

JOHN E. FABER, JR., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; ph.d., 1937.

HAROLD c. HOFFSOMMER, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; m.a., 1923; ph.d., Cornell University, 1929.

wiLBERT J. HUFF, Chairman of the Division of Physical Sciences

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc, (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.

CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division
B.S., University of Mar^'land, 1923; M.S., 1924; ph.d., 1926.

ADOLF E. 2UCKER, Chairman of the Division of Humanities

B.S., University of Illinois, 1912; m.a., 1913; ph.d., University of Pennsvlvania,
1917.

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS

Dr. Russell G. Brown (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PKOCEDURES

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION

Dr. Robert Rappleye (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA AND COURSES

Dr. Irvin C. Haut (Graduate School), Chairman

""ZriZl N r °';r'""^ "^" CRANTS-IN-AID

Dr. Paul Nystrom (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

Dr. Edward J. Herbst (Medicine), Chairman

COMMITTEB ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS

Mr. B. James Borreson (Executive Dean for Student [fe) Ch.ir

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES ^' ^''«^'^"'«^^

Dr. Charles Murphy (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Dr. Charles A. Taff (Business and Public Administration^ ri ■

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND ACTIVITIES ^^' '''"''"^"

Dr. L. Morris McClure (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT DISCIPLINE

Uv. Allan J. Fisher (Business and Public Administration"^ ri ■
COMMITTEE ON RELIGIOUS LIFE ^cimmistration), Chairman

Professor Louis E. Otts (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDEKT HEALTH AND WELFARE

Dr. Marvin H. Eyler (Physical EducatSi) C/..V..«n
"Sr" Wa?renVTor^ -p x ^^..J^

comL^kJ ^ ^^^^"'^^ Education), Chairman

Dr CW°? '?^T°"^T""^ COMPETITION

Dr. Clyne S. ShafFner (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHTP^ Ar^^r^..,

Dr. Pete. Lejins CA„s and S™eSsrS^™'^°°" ^™ "™-

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMFmtc t,t,^,
COMMITTBE ON PACULTV LIFE ^nD WELFABE

Dr. Guy B. Halhorn (Business and Public Administraeion-) C, ■
ui. Joseph C. Biddix (Dentistry), Chairman

THE DEPARTMENT OF AIR SCIENCE

THE DEPARTMENT OF AIR SCIENCE PROVIDES, IN THE TWO-YEAR COURSE
termed Basic Air Science, a foundation for leadership and air age citizen-
ship. The second two years of instruction (together with four weeks of summer
training at the end of the junior year) termed Advanced Air Science, builds
upon the foundation in further developing upper classmen who are to become
Air Force Officers.

Instruction in Air and/or Military Science has been an important phase of
instruction at the University of Maryland since 1856. In 1864 the General
Assembly of Maryland accepted the provisions of the Act of Congress of 1862
whereby public lands were donated to the States providing colleges in which
a course of military training was maintained. Until 1916 the institution was
a military school. After World War I the military training was reorganized
and given as specified in the Acts of Congress of 1916 and 1920, as amended,
which are commonly known as the National Defense Acts. Under these laws
the Reserve Officers Training Corps is organized to provide basic training and
to offer advanced training leading to a commission in the United States Air
Force Reserve.

All male students, unless specifically exempted, under University rules are
required to engage in Air Science instruction for a period of two years. This is
a prerequisite "for graduation and must be taken by all eligible students in
their first two years of attendance whether they intend to graduate or not.
Students of the University, regardless of college in which registered, who
successfully complete the Basic Course, may apply for admission to the Advanced
Course.

The mission of the Advanced Reserve Officers Training Corps Program
is to produce junior officers who have the qualities and attributes essential to
their progressive and continued development as officers in the United States
Air Force. The major mission is the training of candidates for commissioned
service as pilots, observers, and technical and administrative officers in the
United States Air Force Reserve. In addition, the Advanced Air Force Reser\'e
Officers Training Corps Program will provide the principal source for procure-
ment of junior "officers for the Regular Air Force since many of the Reserve
Officers apply for and are appointed as Regular Officers.

Air Force personnel approved by the President of the University, are de-
tailed by the Department of the Air Force to administer these programs. Officers
serve under appointment by the University as Professor or Assistant Professior
of Air Science.

The Armory located east of the Administration Building has been declared
by a Department of the Air Force inspector to be one of the finest buildings
used for Air Science instruction in the country. It contains clothing storerooms,

General Information

Air Science Instruction For Women

r.^X'^'^r^ "I^'^- '"l^ ^'' ^"'^'^ instruction as an elective subject. They will
A Fo^r'.^l Jf" %'^'''''^^ i-^-^^-- -d in Leadership Laboratory.^ ^
Air Force W.A.F^ uniform may be worn, but must be purcj^ased by the indi-
vidual student. Permission to take Air Science must be obtained^rom the
Dean of Women as well as the dean of the student's college.

General

UNIFORMS

All cadets must appear in proper uniform at all Leadership Laboratory for-
mations and at such other times as the PAS may designate Uniforms for
cadets m the Basic Course are furnished by the Univcrsit? of Maryland The;
are purchased from an allowance provided by the United States Air Force The
uniforms are the regu ation uniforms of the United States Air Force vdth
certain distinguishing features. Such uniforms must be kept in good con
ditxon by the cadets The uniforms will not be worn in part^or u^d whi
Ca'detr?-Vl '"^'^'^ T athletic activity. The uniforms issued to Basic Course
Cadets ^vill be returned to the University of Maryland Property Custodian in
the Department of Air Science at the end of the year, or before, if a student
severs his connection with the Department.

The Advanced Course cadets will wear an officer-type uniform, purchased
on a Federal Government Allowance. ^

COMMUTATION

All members of the Advanced Course will receive a monetary allowance
in heu of subsistence equivalent to the current value of the garrison ration,
0 be paid quarterly during the periods of enrollment in the Advanced Course
less the period of the summer camp of four weeks. During this camp the
student will receive the pay of the seventh enlisted grade as well as travel pay
to and frorn camp The total period of commutation will not exceed 609 days

b7th7GTBm olmo^r^'' "^'^ '' '-'' ^" ^''^'^'^ - ^-^fi^^ -^^--^

ACADEMIC INSTRUCTION

Air Science instruction offered by the Department of Air Science is on a
par with other University work, and the requirements of this Department as to
proficiency are the same as those of other departments. Academic elective
credits are given m all colleges for the Advanced Air Science Course.

Students who have received R.O.T.C. training at any other educational institu-
tion under the direction of officers detailed as Professor of Military Science and
Tactics, Professor of Air Science, and Professor of Naval Science, mav receive
such credit as applicable Air Force Regulations allow.

General Information

AIR FORCE RESERVE orFICER TRAINING CORPS BAND
The A F R O T C. Band is composed of Basic Cadets who are members ot the
Uni«ri.t of Maryland Band. Bo.fc the A.F.R.O.T.C. Band -^ the Unn-ersUy
of Maryland Band function under the Department of Mus.c. The C^" Band

participating in the Cadet Band.

UNIVERSITY AND AIR FORCE RESERVE OFFICER
TRAINING CORPS RIFLE TEAMS , , r^

The University's rifle teams are under the supervision of the Department

of Ssdence Rifle shooting at the University of Maryland .s rated a a

I30; spra^ivity, and varsity le-s and ^.at.^^^^^^^^^^

bers. The nfle teams ^epresentrng this mstitution have achl^^ed ^

standing for they have ^;j;^^%^^%^^'^,X^^^ '"ntl^ National Inter-
Intercolleg^te Rifle Match^ ,^,47 1949 i953 and 1954. The Intercollegiate
collegiate Championship m 194/, 19-^y, ^^^^ ^ j^^^ 1^^^^

record score of 1442 vvas established ml 9. 3 The A^^^^ ^^^ ^^^

a consistent winner m f ^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^ ^tlatl^^^^^^^ consistently

Secretary of the Air Force A.F.R.O.l^C.Kihym^ ^^^ ^^^^^^^^^

won a very high percentage of the regular!) ^c^^^^^^^ P ^ ^^^^^^ Gov-

the country. , ^ . . n -,.0

Both a VarsUy Team and ^J-^man Team are V^^^^^'^^,

'^T^t^^^^'^ ^^^Ses, .ibbons and medals for

their performance on the team.

A F R.O .T.C. FLIGHT INSTRUCTION PROGRAM ^ ^ ^ , ,

under the Fl.ght Instruction ^';^^-;^^^iT'^rr^^

are scheduled » become plots -^'ij^^^'t 1 hi airplane. ThI cadet is

hd^tc-r-hof^ro^^^J,^^

^^l^-S.,^t^.£lietf-ht:m-
increase interest in a tiymg career in ine ci .,ainees

prior to entry on active duty, the capabilities of plot trainees.

Honors and Awards presented to Air Science Students

"°L .etc. ™^-— ™^ :-— S LTm^t^aS rs;:!

Honors and Awards

actoiseics, and in perfonnance during the period of summer camp.

.nira=d"cr Xdi;Vs'L;:xs.-;^. '^ --^^ '° *»

AMERICAN LEGION GOLD MEDAL-The gold medal is awarded to the senior
advanced cadet for academic achievement in leadership.

ARMED FORCES COMMUNICATIONS MEDAL-This medal is awarded tn fh.

TSL^rtSr' "'" " '^^°«°'"°" °f outstanding "ctiev^er-'lhe^filu

ARNOLD AK SOCIETY PLAQUE-This pkque is awarded to the second vear

a^SS^-f-old t%te™^' '° ^^'"" '"^ ^•^•«-°-'^-C- '---"^

.P^.Tf'T"'' r"-"^ AIRCRAFT CORPORATION AWARD-This award is Dre-
Tx^dW. "^'°"°" "'^^ '^^P^^^"S ^^^^-^^P ^^^% and acadeSS

DISABLED AMERICAN VETERANS' GOLD CUP-This CUD is awardpd tn fh.

j^zihir ^^'" "'° '" ''^^^^^^' °""^"'^"^ ^^^^"'^^p' ^^^°^^^^^^^^^ -^

DISTINGUISHED A.F.R.o.T.c. CADET AWARDs-These awards aic presented tn
senior cadets who have been outstanding in A.F.R.O.T.C. and who a^re ouTtand
mg in their academic major fields. Distinguished A.F.R.O.T.C Tadets Le eSle
to apply for regular Air Force commission. ^'^^^

partmenfoTAirT™ f^'^^f c^p-Awarded by the Freshman Division, De-
Eran1C;tiS^-:d7esL^^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^P' ^^^^

ernr^^^^aX;;^ S;^^^^^ '' ""' '-'-^ ^'^ ^-

Theta^ Chi^T.rT''- ''''^^"^""P' P^'^^^' °ff^^^^ ^y ^^^ 1«^^1 chapter of
sh^^'L^schdS?'' ^^ ^"""^' " ^'^ ^°P^°"^°^^ -'^^^ --"-H -leader-

theTFR0Tc°wW'°-t-'^- ^^^,"^f-^"""^^'^ ^° distinguished cadets of
qualSes '° ^''^^'^ outstanding academic and leadership

ber of"the°AngerFl5it"""' ^— ?— ^d to the most outstanding mem-

CHARLES H DICKINSON MEMORIAL PLAQUE-OfFered by the Veterans Club
University of Maryland, to the junior cadet who has shown leaLrsh p abihtv
outstanding individual characteristics of military bearing. ^^^^^rstup abihty,

<i 6

Honors and Awards

VANDENBEKG GUARD AWAHD-Piesented to the member displaying most
leadership ability.

GLENN L. MARTIN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING AWARD-This .^^^ard is pie-

sentedTr academic excellence in the field of aeronautical engmeenng to a
senior advanced cadet who has applied for flight trammg.

ATARYLAND STATE SOCIETY DAUGHTERS OF FOUNDERS AND PATRIOTS OF

AMErAA^RD This award is presented to the freshman cadet attaining the
highest over-all academic grades.

MILITARY ORDER OF WORLD WARS -"^^T^f ^^ ro'mtLS'I)^

of World Wars to the outstanding graduate of the Non-Commissioned Uthcers
Academy of the University of Maryland Cadet Corps.

NATIONAL DEFENSE TRANSPORTATION ASSOCIATION AWARD-This organization

offers a citation in recognition of leadership qualities, academic standmg, apti-
fde for S; servicer and noteworthy ser..ce in furtherance of the -ms and
objectives of the Association in promoting preparedness for the national defense
of the United States.

PERSHING RIFLE REGIMENTAL MEDAL-Prcsented to the member of Pershing
Rifles who shows outstanding service to the company.

PERSHING RIFLE SILVER AND BRONZE MEDALS-The Pcrshing Rifle Company
presents Xese medals to the most outstanding first and second year basic cadets
who are members of the Pershing Rifles.

PERSHING RIFLE AWARD-Mcdal presented by ^^^^^ ^I^J^f ST' '"
the best drilled cadet of the corps who is not a member of Pershmg Rifles.

PERSHING RIFLE GOLD MEDAL-This medal is awarded to the outstanding
member of the Pershing Rifles.

for flying.

RBSEHVE OKICBHS ASSOOUT.ON SENIOR AWAHD-Presen.ed .0 the outstand-
ing senior cadet of the Corps of Cadets.

bronze, are prebenucu uy a r; R O T T and in other studies.

ing academic achievement in the A.F.R.U. 1 .^. ana m o

^uSaXg Lphomore eadets, and to 10 outstandn-g jun.ors.

SCABBAHD AND BLADE COBLENTZ MEMORIAE CUP-ThiS CUp awarded tO the

Commrd« of the ^vinning squadron in driU competition.

Honors and Awards

SOCIETY OF AMERICAN MILITARY ENGINEERS AWARD OF MERIT-PrCSented tO

the senior cadet displaying outstanding scholastic achievement and leadership
and majoring in the field of engineering.

SONS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION AWARD-This award is presented to the
senior advanced cadet who exhibits in his work a high degree of merit with
respect to leadership, military bearing, and excellence in his academic course
of study.

SUN NEWSPAPER AWARD-This award is presented to a basic cadet in recogni-
tion of being the best drilled basic cadet in competitive drill.

^ 8

COURSE OFFERfNGS

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number ei.ends through two semesters.

„ed^Tsr^'';=rr:sl.rn%trL=

his program.

A.S. 1, 2. First Year Basic Air Science. (2 20

Two one-hour periods of class i-"-^;-; ^^^^^^ smd^^^^^^^^^ an undersUnding
A general survey of air power designed to p^^^de the s ^^^^^^^^ ^^^ ^^.

of ^he elements of air power, to include cud a^^^^^^^ ^^j 3

velopment, aerodynamics, -"^l^ 2\nSy as an ^instrument of national secunty,
vehicles. Students are mtroduced to the mih ary as ^^^^^^

and to professional opportunities m the United btates

A.S. 3, 4. Second Year Basic Air Science. (2, 2-) Leadership

Two one hour periods of class instn^ction; ^^ ^^^^ J^^^,^ by the com'-
Laboratory. A -ore advanced con.d anon of ai^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ .^^P^^^^ ^^^ ^^

'^S'^:l:'^tZ^ aerS'vLare and the present and future employ-
ment of Air Forces, including operations in space.

A.S. lOl, 102. First Year Advanced Mr S----^J .^^ 1^ Laboratory

Four one-hour periods of class instruction; oneone^hoi^pe^^^^^^^^^^^ P _^^^^ ^

per week. Introduces advanced ^J 7;'\^^- ^3 be applied to current and future
leadership and functions of '^on^n^'.^^^^^l'^'J.Ss an understanding of beha^aoral
problems in the United States Air Force^ ^^X^%,f blem solving as they may
Ld communication skills and ^^^^ ^"^ f^g^Xls. Introduces the military justice

be employed in Air F«-%---^"^.^tstmctional procedures and techniques as they
system, military correspondence and instruction p ^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^,

cadet's potential in realistic problem situations.

A.S. m, 104. Second Year Advanced Air S^^J^^ ^Jj/ leadership Labora-
Four one-hour periods of class ^^^^-^^^^^y^^^-^^Zr^^^ the Air ForL officer
tory. A study of global ^^^^^^^^^^^Pf, ^^/^^^ '/'rn oeography and intemationa
S attention' to such aspects ^^. ^I'f^esSZce^i'' the inter-relationship o

FACULTY

1960-1961
DEPARTMENT OF AIR SCIENCE

Administrative Officer

rS:; ■ ""-™™. ^™/-- of Air Science »„, He., of Depan„e„, of

Colonel, United States Air Force

B.S., Mansfield State Tparh^rc n n n

Pennsylvania, 1949! ^"'' ^°^'^'' Pennsylvania, 1936; m.s.. University of

Associate Professor

LOUIS w. CRACKEN, Associate Professor nf A^r Q ■
Major, United States Air Force ^ ^"'""'

A.B., University of Denver 1954- at a r^ ttt ,

y nver, iy54, m.a., George Washington University, 1956.

Assistant Professors

^^ii^Zmuetiiir^t::: °^ ^' '-'"- -' c«'^- of c...„

B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1934- ed m Hpr,,o ^ rr • •

' ^^:>t, ED.M., Harvard University, 1939

DAVID E. AMBROSE, Assistant Professor of Air Q.,-.
Mapr, United States Air Force ^ ^''''

A.B., Johns Hopkins University, I949.

DAVID R. BROWN, Assistant Professor of Air Q.,-.
Major, United States Air Fori! ^ '"

B.S., University of Maryland, 1956.

M^-^' '',\''f''^\^'^i^i^nt Professor of Air Science
Major, United States Air Force science

B.S., University of Colorado, 1951.

CAsiMiR F. HYBKi, JR., Assistant Professor of Aw Q.-
Major, United States Air Force ^^"°' °^ ^'' ^^^^"^^
B.S., University of Maryland, 1957.

RICHARD L. GRiBLiNG, Assistant Professor of Air Q.-
Major, United States Air Force ^"'°' °^ ^'' ^"^«^^
B.S., University of California, 1948.

FRANK w LITTLETON, JR., Assistant Professor of Air Q •
Major, United States Air Force '^'^''^^"°' °^ ^^'^ ^^'^nce
A.B., Sacramento State College, 1951.

JAMES J. CANTLON, Assistant Professor of Air Q.;.
Captain, United States Air Force ^ "'

B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1950.

^ 10

Vacvlty

CECIL J. DOTSON, Assistunt ProfcssoT of Air Science
Captain, United States Air Vorce
LL.B., University of Maryland, 1950.

JOHN c. DUNN, Assistant Professor of Air Science
Captain, United States Air Force

B.S., Boston University, 1949.
BRADLEY R. FOSTER, Assistant Professor of Air Science
Captain, United States Air Vorce

Is., American University, 1953; m.a., 1955.

WILLIAM R. GRAHAM, Assistant Professor of Air Science
Captain, United States Air Vorce
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952.

RALPH w. HALLA, Assistant Professor of Air Science
Captain, United States Air Vorce
B.S., GeorgetowTi University, 1950.

iHViN L. KLiNGENBERG, JR., Assistant Professor of Air Science
Captain, United States Air Vorce
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952.

ALLEN D. MAXWELL, Assistant Professor of Air Science
Captain, United States Air Vorce
A.B., American University, 1959.

DAVID H. E. OFFER, Assistant Professor of Air Science
Captain, United States Air Vorce
B.S., University of Maryland, 1959.

JOHN w. PERDUE, Assistant Professor of Air Science
Captain, United States Air Vorce
University of Maryland.

RICHARD H. PERLicH, Assistant Professor of Air Science
Captain, United States Air Vorce
University of Maryland.

MAURICE c. SLUSS, Assistant Professor of Air Science
Captain, United States Air Vorce

B s., United States Naval Academy, 1953.

THOMAS F. THAMANN, Assistant Professor of Air Science
Captain, United States Air Force
B.A., University of Cincinnati, 1951.

DONALD w. CORRICK, Assistant Professor of Air Science
First Lieutenant, United States Avr Vorce
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953.

Vacuity

Instructors

ROBERT c. BROWN, Instructor, Department of Air Science
M/Sgt., United States Air Force

GEORGE M. MARTIN, Instructor, Department of Air Science
M/Sgt., United States Air Force

GEORGE w. BURKE, Instructor, Department of Air Science
T/Sgt., United States Air Force

KENNETH F. MULLEDY, Instructor, Department of Air Science
T/Sgt., United States Air Force

DAVID P. PRUiTT, JR., Instructor, Department of Air Science
T/Sgt., United States Air Force

WILLIAM G. RICHARDSON, Instructor, Department of Air Science
T/Sgt., United States Air Force

DONALD D. BLEViNS, Instructor, Department of Air Science
S/Sgt., United States Air Force

HOWARD V. DOVE, Instructor, Department of Air Science
S/Sgt., United States Air Force

WILLIAM A. HOLLAND, Instructor, Department of Air Science
S/Sgt., United States Air Force

HAL A. LACY, Instructor, Department of Air Science
S/Sgt., United States Air Force

WILLIAM F. MAYNE, Instructor, Department of Air Science
S/Sgt., United States Air Force

JOHN E. SCHMIDT, JR., Instructor, Department of Air Science
S/Sgt., United States Air Force

FREDERICK J. SMITH, Instructor, Department of Air Science
S/Sgt., United States Air Force

M 12

UNIVERSITY
COLLEGE

Catalog Series 19594961

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

VOLUME 12

JUNE 25, 1959 NO. 30

A University of Maryland publicarion is published twelve tunes in January; three
dmes in February; once in March and April; three times m May; twrce in June
^Jst and October; once in July and September; three times in November; and once

in December.

Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.

CONTENTS

GENERAL

University Calendar v

Board of Regents vii

Dfi&cers of Administration viii

Chairmen of Standing Committees xi
(Administrative Staff, University

College xii

THE COLLEGE
Introduction

Purposes 1

History 1

Degree Opportunities 1

Academic Programs

On-Campus Evening Program 2

On-Campus Bootstrap Program 2

Credit Courses 3

Certificate Programs 3

Institutes and Short Courses 3

In-ser\'ice Traininc; Proorams 4

Special Programs for Teachers 4

Statement of Advanced Standing 4

Establishment of Credit

Credit by Correspondence ... 5
Credit by Examination includ-
ing GED Credit 6

Maximum Service School

Credit 7

Student Responsibility in Plan-
ning a Part-Time Program

Candidates for Degrees 7

Teacher Certification Require-
ments 7

Off-Campus Library Service ... 7
UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS RE-

GARDING ADMISSION, REGIS-
TRATION, FEES, WITHDRAW-
ALS AxND GRADES
Admission

Regular Admission 8

Provisional Admission 8

Admission to Graduate School 8
Transfer of Evening Division
Campus Students to Full-

Time Day Program 9

Classification of Students ... 9

Guidance 9

Degrees 10

Quality of Credit Courses . . 10
Registration

Registration Periods 10

Prerequisites 10

Changes in Registration .... 10

Course Loads 10

Definition of Residence .... 11
Fees

Matriculation Fee 11

Tuition Charge 11

Laboratory Fees per Course . . 11
Miscellaneous Fees and

Charges 12

Property Damage Charge ... 12

Pa^Tnent of Fees 13

Fees for Short Courses and

Institutes 13

Withdrawal and Refund of

Fees 13

The Grading System 14

CURRICULA

Requirements Common to All

Curricula 16

University College Curricula .... 16
Bachelor of Arts Degree in

General Studies 17

Bachelor of Science Degree in

Military Studies 19

Arts and Sciences Curricula 21

Business and Public Administration

Curricula 27

Education Curricula 28

Graduate School Curricula 30

Nursing Curricula 31

Physical Education, Recreation and

Health Curricula 33

Qcontinued on next fage)

iii ►

CONTENTS

CENTERS

Establishment of Off-Campus

Centers 35

Stateside Centers 35

Aberdeen Proving Ground .... 38

Andrews AFB 38

Baltimore 39

Boiling AFB 40

Bureau of Ships 41

David Taylor Model Basin ... 41

Fort Detrick 41

Fort Meade 42

Fort Holabird 42

Fort Ritchie 42

National Bureau of Standards . . 43

Naval Ordnance Laboratory ... 43

Naval Research Laboratory .... 43

Patuxent Naval Air Station .... 44

The Pentagon 4'-'

Walter Reed Army Hospital ... 45
Overseas Divisions

European Division 4(

Atlantic Division 5(

Far East Division 5i

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Botany 55

Business Administration 55

Chemistry 58

Economics 59

Education 60

Engineering 69

English 76

Geography 78

Government and Politics 80

Mealth 83

History 84

Journalism and Public Relations . . 87

Foreign Languages 87

The Faculty

Mathematics 8

Microbiology 9

Military Studies 9<

Music 91

Nursing 9;

Nutrition 9'

Philosophy 9'

Physical Education 9

Physics 9

Psychology 9

Recreation 10

Sociology 10

Speech and Dramatic Art 10

•< iv

UNIVERSm^ CALENDAR

FALL SEMESTER 1959

SEPTEMBER

14-18 Monday to Friday— Fall Semester Registration

21 Monday— Instruction Begins
SrOVEMBER

25 Wednesday— Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Qass

30 Monday— Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m.

DECEMBER

19 Saturday— Christmas Recess Begins After Last Class
[ANUARY 1960

4 Monday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.

20 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day

21-27 Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations

SPRING SEMESTER 1960
FEBRUARY

1-5 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration

8 Monday— Instruction Begins

22 Monday— Washington's Birthday Holiday
VIARCH

25 Friday— Maryland Day
iPBIL

14 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Qass

19 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
VlAY

18 Wednesday— Mihtary Day

26 Thursday— Pre-Examination Study Day

May 27-]

r o( Friday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations

29 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises

30 Monday— Memorial Day, Holiday

fUNE

4 Saturday— Commencement Exercises

SUMMER SESSION 1960

ruNE 1960

20 Monday— Summer Session Registration

21 Tuesday— Summer Session Begins
HJLY

29 Friday— Summer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES 1960

ruNE 1960

13-18 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course
i^UGUST

1-6 Monday to Saturday-4-H Qub Week
SEPTEMBER

6-9 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

FALL SEMESTER 1960
SEPTEMBER

12-16 Monday to Friday— Fall Semester Registration

19 Monday— Instruction Begins

NOVEMBER

23 Wednesday— Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class

28 Monday— Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m.
DECEMBER

20 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Begins
JANUARY 1961

3 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Friday— Inauguration Day Holiday

25 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day

pi" if Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations

SPRING SEMESTER 1961
FEBRUARY

6-10 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration
1 3 Monday— Instruction Begins
22 Wednesday— Washington's Birthday Holiday

MARCH

25 Saturday— Maryland Day

30 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class

APRIL

4 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
MAY

17 Wednesday— Military Day

30 Tuesday— Memorial Day, Holiday

JUNE

2 Friday— Pre-Examination Study Day

3-9 Saturday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations

10 Saturday— Commencement Exercises

SUMMER SESSION 1961
JUNE 1961

26 Monday— Summer Session Registration

27 Tuesday— Svmimer Session Begins

AUGUST

4 Friday— Summer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES 1961
JUNE 1961

19-24 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course

AUGUST

7-12 Monday to Saturday— 4-H Club Week
SEPTEMBER

5-8 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course

■< vi

BOARD OF REGENTS

and

MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE

3harles p. McCormick

Term
Expires

Chairman 1966

McQ)rmick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Edward F. Holter
Vice-Chairman 1968

The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, N.W., Washington 6

S. Herbert Browist
Secretary 1960

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1

H[arry H. Nuttle
Treasurer 1966

Denton

Louis L. Kaplan

Assistant Secretary 1961

5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15

iNos S. Stocks RIDGE

Assistant Treasurer 1960

10 Light Street, Baltimore 2

Fhomas W. Pangborn 1965

The Panghom Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstovra

Fhomas B. Symons 1963

Suburban Trust Company, 6590 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park

2. EwiNG TuTTLE 1962

907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2

;VilliAxM C. Walsh 1968

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland

VIrs. John L. Whitehurst 1967

4101 Green way, Baltimore 18

jMembers of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of nine
(^ears each, beginning the first Monday in June.

The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of the

Board.

The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.

vii ►

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION

Princi'pal Administrative Officers

WILSON H. ELKiNS, President

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; m.a., 1932; b.litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D.PHIL., 1936.

ALBiN o. KUHN, Executive Vice President

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; ph.d., 1948.

ALViN E. CORMENY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development

B.A., Illinois College, 1933; ll.b., Cornell University, 1936.

R. LEE HORNBAKE, Dean of the Eactdty

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pa., 1934; m.a., Ohio State University, 1936;
PH.D., 1942.

FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant, President's Office
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952.

Emeritus

HARRY c. BYRD, President Emeritus

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; ll.d., Washington College, 1936; ll.d., Dickin-
son College, 1938; d.sc. Western Maryland College, 1938.

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges

MYRON 8. AisBNBERG, Dean of the School of Dentistry
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.

VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; ph.d., University of Colorado, 1942

RONALD BAMFORD, Dean of the Graduate School

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; m.s., University of Vermont, 1926; ph.d.,
Columbia University, 1931.

GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agriculture

B.S., Cornell University, 1936; m.s., 1938; ph.d., 1940.

RAY w. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of the University College

B.A., Wabash College, 1929; m.a., Butler University, 1930; ph.d., Syracuse Uni
versity, 1937.

NOEL E. Foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy

PH.c, South Dakota State College, 1929; b.s., 1929; m.s.. University of Maryland
1932; PH.D., 1933.

LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Edtication, Recreation, am
Health

B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; m.a., 1937; ph.d., Peabody College, 1939.

■^ viii

FLORENCE M. GiPE, Dean of the School of Nursing
B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1940;
ED.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

LADISLAUS F. GRAPSKi, Director of the University Hos'pital

R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; b.s., University
of Denver, 1942; m.b.a. in Hospital Administration, University of Chicago, 1943.

mviN c. HAUT, Director, Agricultural Experiment Station and Head, Department
of Horticulture

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; ph.d..

University of Maryland, 1933.

ROGER HOWELL, Dean of the School of Law
B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1914; PH.D., 1917; ll.b.. University of Maryland,
1917.

wiLBERT J. HUFF, Director, Engineering Experiment Station

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc. (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.

SELMA F. LiPPEATT, Dean of the College of Home Economics

B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; m.s.. University of Tennessee, 1945;
PH.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; m.s., 1926; c.E., 1932; ph.d., 1935.

PAUL E. NYSTROM, Director, Agricultural Extension Service

B.S., University of California, 1928; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1931; m.p.a.,
Harvard University, 1948; d.p.a., 1951.

J. FREEMAN PYLE, Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration
PH.B., University of Chicago, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d., 1925.

LEON P. smith. Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

B.A., Emory University, 1919; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1928; ph.d., 1930;
Diplome le I'lnstitut de Touraine, 1932.

WILLIAM s. STONE, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of Medical
Education and Research

B.s., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; m.d.. University of Louisville, 1929;

PH.D., Chon.), University of Louisville, 1946.

General Administrative Officers

G. WATSON ALGiRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; m.s., 1931.

THEODORE R. AYLEswoRTH, ProfessoT of Ait Science and Head, Department of
Air Science

B.S., Mansfield State Teachers College; m.s.. University of Pennsylvania.

NORMA J. AZLBiN, Registrar

B.A., University of Chicago, 1940.

ix ►

B. JAMES BORRESON, Executive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.

DAVID L. BRiGHAM, DtrectoT of AlufYini Relations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1938.

c. WILBUR cissEL, DiTectOT of Finance and Business
B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; m.a., 1934; c.p.a., 1939.

WILLIAM w. COBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930.

LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service

B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; m.d.. University of Iowa, 1926.

GEARY F. EPPLBY, Dean of Men

B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; m.s., University of Maryland, 1926.

GEORGE w. FOGG, Director of Personnel

B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; m.a., 1928.

ROBERT J. MCCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941.

GEORGE w. MORRISON, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer Physical
Plant QBaltimore^

B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; e.e., 1931.

HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; m.a., 1937; b.s.l.s., Columbia University, 1940.

ADELB H. STAMP, Dean of Women

B.A., Tulane University, 1921; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1924.

GEORGE o. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical
Plant

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

Division Chairmen

JOHN E. FABER, JR., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; m.s., 1927; ph.d., 1937.

HAROLD c. HOFFSOMMER, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; m.a., 1923; ph.d., Cornell University, 1929

wiLBERT J. HUFF, Chairman of the Division of Physical Sciences

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni
versity, 1917; d.sc, (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.

CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division
E.S., University of Maryland, 1923; m.s., 1924; ph.d., 1926.

ADOLF E. zucKER, Chairman of the Division of Humanities

B.A., University of Ilhnois, 1912; m.a., 1913; ph.d., University of Pennsylvania.
1917.

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY

Dr. Charles White (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS

Dr. Charles White (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES

Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman

:30MMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION

Dr. Robert Rappleye (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA AND COURSES

Dr. Irvin C. Haut (Agriculture), Chairman

iJOMMITTEE ON SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID

Dr. Nathan L. Drake (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

Dr. Horace S. Merrill (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS

Mr. B. J. Borreson (Executive Dean for Student Life), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES

Dr. Russell G. Brown (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Dr. Charles A. TaflF (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND ACTIVITIES

Dr. Charles N. Gofer (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS

Prof. George F. Batka (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT DISCIPLINE

Prof. Warren L. Strausbaugh (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

jOMMITTEE ON RELIGIOUS LIFE

Dr. Stanley Jackson (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

30MMITTEE ON STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE

Dr. William E. Bickley (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT EMPLOYMENT AND SELF-HELP

Dr. John E. Foster (Agriculture), Chairman

30MMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION

Dr. Clyne S. Shaffner (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM AND TENURE

Prof. Laurence M. Jones (Law), Chairman

30MMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS AND SALARIES

Dr. Monroe H. Martin (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE

Dr. Gladys A. Wiggin (Education), Chairman

30MMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION

Dr. William Hahn (Dentistry), Chairman

»►

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
1959-60

ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
College Park, Maryland

RAY EHRENSBERGER, Ph.D., Dean

STANLEY J. DRAZEK, Ph.D., Associate Dean
RALPH J. KLEIN, Ph.D., Assistant Dean

G. ALLEN SAGER, M.S., Assistant to the Dean
HELMUT siEG, Phys., St. Ex., Assistant to the Dean
LEO A. KNIGHTS, M.S. in L.S., Bookmohile Librarian

DIVISION OF MILITARY STUDIES

College Park, Maryland

T. DODSON STAMPS, Brig. Gen., U.S. Army (Ret.), B.A., B.S.,
Assistant Dean for Military Studies

JAMES REGAN, JR., Col., U.S. Army (Ret.), Assistant to the
Dean for Military Studies

DIVISION OF INSTITUTES
College Park, Maryland

RICHARD H. STOTTLER, M.A., Assistant Dean and Director
A. JOHN VALOis, M.A., Assistant to the Dean

BALTIMORE DIVISION

Baltimore, Maryland

EDWARD F. COOPER, M.A., Director

JOSEPHINE LEO, B.S., Assistant Director

FRANCES c. wiCKHAM, M.A., Adviser in Public Health Nursing

ATLANTIC DIVISION

College Park, Maryland

GEORGE J. DiLLAvou, M.A., Director

EUROPEAN DIVISION
Heidelberg, Germany

HERMAN BEUKEMA, Brig. Gen., U.S. Army (Ret.), LL.D., Director

ERNEST H. HOFER, B.Litt., (Oxon.), Associutc Director

DON E. TOTTEN, Ph.D., Assistant Director, France and Spain

ROBERT c. LARSON, Ph.D., Assistant Director, P^lhlic Relations

JOSEPH E. DELLEN, Ph.D., Assistant Director, United Kingdom

PAUL DICKSON, Ph.D., Col., U.S. Army (Ret.), Resident Dean, Munich Branch

ERNEST HERBSTER, B.A., Comptroller, European Division

ANN R. REED, B.A., Assistant Director of Admissions

MARGERY o. FRY, B.S., Evaluator, Admissions

MONA J. BLAS, M.A., Assistant Registrar

KLAUS BURKHARDT, B.S., SupcrvisoT of Language Courses

ULRICH A. GRONKE, Dr.Phil., Assistant Langriage Siipervisor

ROSE BEYER, Dr.Sc, SupervisoT of Mathematics Courses

MARY ANN LAKE, M.S., Administrative Assistant

JAN HARTMAN, M.A., Manager, Book Department

FAR EAST DIVISION
Tokyo, Japan

MASON G. DALY, Ph.D., Director

LESLIE R. BUNDGAARD, Ph.D., Associatc DircctOT

J. VAN CLEVE LOTT, B.S., Assistant Comptroller

PBOGY ANN LOTT, B.S., Assistant Director of Admissions and Registrar

SECTION I
THE COLLEGE

PURPOSES

THE PRIMARY PURPOSES OF UNIVERSITY COLLEGE ARE: (1) TO EXTEND THE
facilities of the University by offering adult educational programs'^* in the
on-campus evening division and conveniently established off-campus centers
overseas and throughout the State of Maryland and environs of the District of
Columbia; (2) to offer the Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies and the
Bachelor of Science degree in Military Studies to mature adult students; and
(3) to arrange conferences, institutes and special programs for interested groups
of adults.

HISTORY

On the recommendation of the Administrative Board and the President of
the University, the Board of Regents established in 1947 the College of Special
and Continuation Studies. In 1959, action by the Board of Regents resulted
in the change of its name to University College.

The scope of activity of this College has been greatly extended since its in-
ception in 1947. The College administers one of the world's largest campuses
with operations conducted on four continents. Last year there were in operation
more than two hundred different Education Centers in nineteen countries, serving
over twenty thousand students. In addition there are over forty conveniently
established Centers located throughout the State of Maryland and environs of
the District of Columbia, serving more than five thousand adults.

DEGREE OPPORTUNITIES

University College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies and
the Bachelor of Science degree in Military Studies.

In cooperation with other colleges of the University, the College administers
courses which may be applied to other established undergraduate or graduate
degrees. Stude^tts matrictilated in other colleges of the University of Maryland
on campus may not transfer to the Bachelor of Arts ctirriculum in General Studies
or the Bachelor of Science curriculum in Military Studies and -pursue these
degrees as full-time on-campus students.

** Adult education is here used to include aU those forms of training and instruc-
tion pursued incidentally during leisure hours by persons otherwise regularly and fully
employed.

Academic PTOgrams

Further information regarding degree programs may be found in Section III
of this catalog.

ASSOCIATE IN ARTS OR ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE.— Students following an adult
program with the University of Maryland who have completed the first two
years of an established curriculum may be granted a Certificate of Associate in
Arts or Associate in Science whichever is appropriate, providing they have com-
pleted 60 semester hours, not including Basic Air Science and physical activities,
and that at least 15 semester hours have been completed in residence at the
University of Maryland with an average grade of 2.0. The student must make
formal application for the certificate to the Office of the Registrar. The cer-
tificate must be recommended by the college in charge of the curriculum, as
in the case of degrees.

Academic Programs

University College programs are usually offered on an after-hour basis for
mature adult students who are otherwise occupied during the normal daytime
hours and who carry only a part-time educational program.

During the 1958-59 school year, the College offered approximately 300
credit courses in the State and the District of Columbia each semester. Over
100 courses were given in the summer term. These figures do not include the
European, Atlantic, and Far East Divisions which offer more than 500 courses
during each eight-week term. While credit courses comprise the bulk of the
offerings, institutes, certificate programs, and in-service training programs are
.also given.

ON-CAMPUS EVENING PROGRAM

Starting with the spring semester of 1959, the Board of Regents authorized
the establishment of an on-campus evening program of college credit courses
for adults. Fifteen courses were offered during the spring semester, primarily
lower division courses in the fields of business administration, economics, English,
foreign languages, government and politics, history, mathematics, philosophy,
psychology, and speech. If future enrollments warrant, program offerings will
be expanded with each succeeding semester, and upper level course offerings
will be included. The on-campus evening program also includes a wide selection
of courses in the field of education which are administered by the College of
Education. Students enrolled in the Evening Division must satisfy all campus
and academic requirements. For further information about on-campus evening
courses, contact the administrative offices of University College in the Skinner
Building on the College Park campus.

ON-CAMPUS "bootstrap" PROGRAM

Each semester approximately 100 military officers and enlisted men are

M 2

Institutes and Short Courses

assigned by their respective branches of the service to the campus on a temporary
duty basis. The purpose of the temporary duty is to enable them to complete
college degree requirements through a final semester (or final year in the case
of Marines) of full-time study. All tuition and other fees are paid by the student
who continues to receive his military pay while attending the University. For
further information on the Bootstrap Program, contact your installation education
adviser or University College.

CREDIT COURSES

The College offers credit courses in the social and natural sciences, military
studies, the humanities, mathematics, engineering, education, and other fields.
There are limited offerings in the technical areas.

In off-campus centers, such as Baltimore and military establishments, planned
sequences of courses are offered. It is not always possible to offer a complete
sequence of courses satisfying special curriculums at all centers.

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Single courses or sequences of courses leading to a certificate may be set up
where university credit is not desired.

INSTITUTES AND SHORT COURSES

Adults whose primary interest is that of acquiring additional knowledge and
skills in specialized fields should call the Director of Institutes.*

Institutes, short courses and educational programs specifically designed to
meet the particular needs of a group may be arranged. A partial list of these
programs follows:

Adult Education Institute

Agricultural Meteorology Institute

Armed Forces Education Conference

Business Management Institute

Correctional Administration Institute

Cosmetology Institute

Delinquency Control Institute

Emplo}'ment Counselors Training Institute

High School Choral Workshop

High School Band Workshop

Highway Maintenance Institute

Hospital Management Institute

House-Parents Institute

Institute on Chinese-American Cultural Relations

'Warfield 7-3800, extension 541.

' 3 ►

Statement of Advanced Standino

International Home Economics Congress

Law Enforcement Institute

Library Building and Equipment (Pre-conference Institute)

Maryland Education Conference— PDK

Maryland Press Institute

Maryland Traffic Institute

Maryland State Conference on Welfare

Maryland Student Library Clubs Convention

Maryland Workshop on Economic Education

Motor Fleet Supervisor's Institute *

Nursing Home Administration Institute

Space Research and Technology Institute

World Trade Seminar

IN-SERVICE TRAINING PROGRAMS

A number of in-service training programs involving credit or non-credit
courses have been offered in the fields of labor-management, supervisory training,
health and welfare, law enforcement, highway engineering, and social service.
Interested persons should communicate with the College Park or Baltimore offices
of this college.

SPECIAL PROGRAMS FOR TEACHERS

The staff of the Institute for Child Study of the College of Education offers
for teachers a series of courses on human development and on the techniques of
child study. Tlie sequence of three courses, Child Development Laboratory I, II,
and III, involves the direct year-long study of children as individuals and in
groups. It is offered to teachers in the field through this College.

A series of community study courses offered in Baltimore and in several
counties supplement the child development work by emphasizing the social en-
vironment of the child.

University College, in cooperation with the College of Education, offers
courses which fulfill the State Department of Education requirements for cer-
tification.

Statement of Advanced Standing

An ofi&cial statement of Advanced Standing will be prepared, upon request,
by the Director of Admissions when the following conditions are fulfilled:

1 . Submission of a formal application for admission, including high school |
record.

2. Submission of official transcripts from all other institutions attended (in-
cluding ofi&cial transcripts from military service schools where applicable).

^ 4

Estahlishment of Credit

3. Submission of official G.E.D. test reports from USAFI (where appli-
cable).

4. Completion of form D.D. 295 in duplicate (for military personnel).

5. Completion of twelve (12) semester hours of Maryland course work, with
a minimum grade average of "C".

An unofficial evaluation vidll be prepared, u-pon request, as soon as student's
file in the office of the Director of Admissions is complete (items 1 through 4
above).

Establishment of Credit

CREDIT BY CORRESPONDENCE

In adult programs of education at the University of Maryland, credit for cor-
respondence courses from approved institutions is accepted toward certain degrees
at the University of Mar)'land, providing this credit is accepted by the institution
conducting the correspondence course as credit toward its own baccalaureate
degrees.

USAFI college level correspondence courses may also be assigned credit by the
University to degree seeking students. These will not include USAFI self-study
and group-study courses. Credit will be accepted provided the work has been
validated by successful completion of the appropriate end-of-course examination.
Grades "with distinction" or "satisfactory" must be obtained. USAFI correspond-
ence courses are offered at the freshman and sophomore levels only.

USx'\FI college level correspondence credit can be evaluated only upon receipt
from USAFI, Madison, Wisconsin, of certification of the completion of college
level correspondence courses and the official end-of-course examination results
with identifying code numbers. Such documents must come directly from USAFI,
Madison. They are not official if sent first to the student or education adviser.

The following regulations govern acceptance of correspondence work taken
either with USAFI or other accredited colleges and universities:

1. A maximum of twelve (12) semester hours of correspondence credit
may be accepted by the University of Maryland.

2.' Usually no correspondence credit will be accepted as part of the last
thirty (30) hours for a degree with the University of Maryland.

3. A student planning to take correspondence course work, either with
USAFI or another institution, should first check with the Dean of
University College concerning acceptability of the course(s) in the
curriculum being pursued. It is the student's responsibihty to clear
this with his Dean.

5 ►

Establishment of Credit

4. The University of Maryland will not accept correspondence credit
earned in public speaking and/or foreign languages.

CREDIT BY EXAMINATION, INCLUDING GED CREDITS'^

Credit towards the Bachelor's degree may be established by examination pro-
viding that the individual can exhibit an area of competence. A request to
establish credit by examination must be approved by the head of the academic
department, the dean of the academic college in which the examination subject
is offered, and by the dean of the college in which the student is enrolled. Not
all academic departments permit or allow credit by examination. The following
conditions govern credit by examination:

a. The applicant must have completed at the University of Maryland at
least 12 semester credits with a minimum average grade of "C" before making
the application for an examination to establish credit.

b. Usually credit by examination will not be accepted for any of the final
30 semester credits.

c. No more than 20 semester credits can be granted by examination except
when a student takes GED credit. Only persons on active military duty are per-
mitted by USAFI authorities to take the GED. Students who establish 24 hours of
credit by GED tests are ineligible for further credit by examination. A combination
of credit by GED tests and by advanced standing examination may not total more
than 24 hours. Non-degree students are ineligible to establish credit by examina-
tion. After September 1, 1959, if a student fails to achieve the minimum score
required by the University of Maryland on any fart of the college level GED,
he may not later establish credit by retaking that part of the test battery. The
deficiency must be made uf by academic work.

d. A foreign student may not establish credit by examination in freshman
or sophomore courses of his native language.

e. The fee for an advanced standing examination is $5.00 per semester
hour of credit.

*The following conditions govern credit granted for the completion of the Gen-
eral Education Development examinations:

TEST STANDARD SCORES COURSE EQUIVALENT CREDrTS

I 65 English 1 & 2 3, 3

II 60 Soc. 1, G & P 1 3, 3

III 61 General Science 6

IV 60 English 3 & 4 3, 3

No credit will be given for English 3 and 4 until requirements for English 1 and 2
are satisfied. English 8 or 14 will be required of all those who receive 12 hours of
English credit by means of the GED examinations.

Student Res'ponsihilities

MAXIMUM SERVICE SCHOOL CREDIT

Credit earned by means other than regular class attendance in an approved
degree-granting institution excluding Basic and Advanced Air Science and phys-
ical activities and credit by examination including credit for General Education
Development (GED) tests, cannot be applied toward a degree at the University
of Maryland in excess of 24 semester hours. This credit embraces credit for
military education (Officers Candidate School), credit which might be trans-
ferred from certain service schools recommended by the American Council on
Education, and credit earned by correspondence courses from approved institu-
tions. The amount of such credit actually used for a degree at the University
of Maryland depends upon the curriculum and college from which adult students
elect to graduate.

Student Responsibility In Planning A Part-Time Program

CANDIDATES FOR DEGREES

Students taking credit work in this College will receive their degrees through
the degree-granting colleges and the Graduate School. Work to be credited
toward an undergraduate or graduate degree should be planned with advisers
in colleges granting the degrees. Admission requirements for off-campus degree
candidates are the same as for full-time day students at the University. Before
registering, a candidate for a degree should be admitted to the University.

Each candidate for a degree must file in the OfiBce of the Registrar, eight
weeks prior to the date he expects to graduate, a formal application for a degree.

Students earning their degrees in other colleges must transfer from University
College to their degree-granting college when registering for their last six hours.

TEACHER CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

A Student intending to qualify as a teacher in any city, county, or state
should obtain a statement of certification requirements for that particular area
and plan a program accordingly.

Maryland State Department of Education requirements provide that a teacher
in service may present for certificate credit not more than six semester hours of
credit completed during a school year.

01 f -Campus Library Service

In cooperation with the University of Maryland Library, University College
operates an off-campus library service. Scheduled bookmobile visits are made
to off-campus centers, where students may borrow library materials; and in certain
distant class centers collections of course-related books are placed under the super-
vision of the local library or of the course instructor for the convenience of
students.

Overseas, course-related books are sent from base to base with the instructors.

7 ►

SECTION II
UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS REGARDING ADMISSION,
REGISTRATION, FEES, WITHDRAWALS, AND GRADES

Admission

REGULAR ADMISSION

THE ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR PART-TIME STUDENTS WHO DESIRE TO
become candidates for degrees are the same as for full-time students at the
University. Before registering, a candidate for a degree should be admitted to
the University. All students desiring to enroll in any of the degree-granting col-
leges must apply to the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at
College Park or Baltimore depending on the location of the oflSce at which they
are registering for course work.

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good grades and
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern
of subject matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each of social and
natural sciences are required. One unit each of algebra and plane geometry is
desirable. While foreign language is desirable for certain programs, no foreign
language is required for entrance. Fine arts, trade and vocational subjects are
acceptable as elecrives.

For a more detailed statement of admissions, write the Editor of Publications
for a copy of the publication entitled An Adventure in Learning.

Those who seek graduate degrees should apply to the Dean of the Graduate
School, College Park.

PROVISIONAL ADMISSION

Students who are not sure that they wish to matriculate for degrees may be
admitted to the University on a provisional basis.

ADMISSION TO GRADUATE SCHOOL

Students who seek graduate school credits must be formally admitted to the
Graduate School 'prior to their registration for any University College courses.
Applications should be submitted at least two months in advance of the date on
which the student wishes to register for a course. Only students who have
been officially admitted to the Graduate School will be permitted to register for
"200 level" courses.

The student must establish a working relationship, at the beginning of
his graduate program, with his academic department head, or duly appointed

-i 8

Admission

adviser, on campus. Prior to each registration, the student should consult with
his appointed adviser.

TRANSFER OF EVENING DIVISION CAMPUS STUDENTS
TO FULL-TIME DAY PROGRAM

An adult student may be admitted provisionally to the Evening Division
program An evaluation's made of his record after he has completed twelve
semester hours with the University' of Maryland If the student chooses to
tJamfer to the day program before he successfully competes twelve semester
hours with the UnLrsit^ he ^^dll be required to meet the adm:ss.on requ.remen^
of a rraularly admitted day student. Once the student has been accepted
without VoviLn in the Evening Division he may transfer to the f Y Progj^^^^^
If the transfer involves a change in colleges the requirements of the college
to which he is transferring must be satisfied.

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS
REGULAH STUDENTS. Students who prior to their registration f^!^ w^jl^J^
University College have been admitted to degree-grandng_ colleges wall be con-
sidered as students in good standing subject to academic ^^g^^^^ions of the
UnTversity. Students who desire to matriculate for a degree must be high school
graduates or must present a high school equivalence certificate.

Students matriculated in other colleges of the University ^M'^^^^^J^^f J"'
camvus may not transfer to the Bachelor of Arts curr^c^dnn^ m General Studtes
or Z Bachelor of Science curriculum in Military Studies and fursue these
degrees as full-time on-camyus students.

SPECIAL STUDENTS. Applicants who are at least twenty-one years of age, and
wKn do not meet the reaular entrance requirements, may be admitted to sucn
"a" they seeni fitted to take. Special students are ineligible to matr^ulate
for a degree until entrance requirements have been satisfied.

Other categories of special students are: (a) those who wish to transfer their
University of Maryland credits to another institution, or (b) take University of
SrI'lanLourses for self-improvement. These students may pursue any courses
for which they have met the prerequisites.

Students who wish to take courses for transfer of credit to other institutions
are advised to consult the institution from which they plan to receive their
degrees.

GUIDANCE

The student who ^vishes to pursue work toward a degree in a program ad-
ministered by University CoUege must secure guidance and permission to take
off-campus courses from an adviser in the college in which he %vishes to obtam
his degree.

Registration

DEGREES

Credit courses taken under these conditions through University College may
be counted toward any of the degrees granted by the colleges of the University.

QLTx\LITY OF CREDIT COURSES

Both instructors and courses in University College are approved by appro-
priate department heads and deans and meet the same academic standards as
courses and faculty on campus. Courses carry residence credit identical to
that given for regular campus courses. Classes meet for sixteen weeks, making
a total of 48 class hours for three-credit courses and 32 hours for two-credit

Registration

REGISTRATION PERIODS

All Students are expected to complete their registration on the day or days
designated for each center. This includes the filing of all registration forms and
the payment of all bills. Students who fail to register within the prescribed days
will be charged a late fee of $5.00.

PREREQUISITES

Students taking off-campus courses must have the approval of their advisers in
degree-granting colleges to take any course for which the prerequisites have not
been fulfilled.

CHANGE IN REGISTRATION

Once the student has officially registered he cannot substitute one course for
another or add one or more courses after the second week of classs in a 16-
week semester or after the first week of classes in an 8-week term. (See the
section on fees.)

The student cannot change his course registration from credit to audit after
the end of the 5th week of 16-week classes or the end of the 3rd week of
8-week classes.

The student cannot drop one or more courses and continue with one or more
courses after the end of the 5 th week of 16-week classes or the end of the 3rd
week of 8-week classes unless he submits a letter to the Dean, University College,
giving legitimate reasons for this action.

COURSE LOADS

For 16-week courses, the normal load is 6 semester hours. Only exceptional
students will be allowed to take more than 6 semester hours and then only with
approval of an official University adviser.

-^ 10

Fees

approval by an official University adviser.

dean piiorw enrolling in courses offered by this College.

DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE

IV „ ;„ fli^ f.ill-time dav program of the University,
Adult students, enro ling in the lull time ^^J P ° ; ,h have been

are considered to be residents if f '•>; '™ J^.^ sulh Sence has no. been

domiciled in Maryland for at least one >'=" P"™f!anland or elsewhere. Time

acquired while --^.'"8 ,7^^^°; ;^f Thi k s'Sedta Maryland will not

n.Sd:Xst'^4i"Hrjnt:;rar^

-^^ t ttm3 t"S^ld vSetrolled in any school during

Fees

. $10.00

^'^":otaV;ime;f£;;t-regist..ionby^^

time; candidates for degrees and non-candidates. CUnly

fee need be paid for each degree.) ^^

Tuition Charge per Credit Hour • • ' ' ' ' ' ' "

^ -dtho- rcclSe: Ltt-XaTu: -^=0 ^e^gut^'^.p^us

fees.
b. Maximum tuition charge per term for graduate students, $120.00.

LABORATORY FEES PER COURSE

Agricultural Engineering . ^^^ .3.00 Chem.t, ^^^^ J-- ^ --

Sy"'°'^' : ; : :'S5:0°0 r„d fo:00 Laboratory) ?1.00, 52.00^_ ^^^

Business Administration- ^^^ ^^^^ p^_^^ .^^ ^^^^„„„ ; . . . . 30.OO

^ . . 3.50 Dairy ^'X^

Statistics Electrical Engineering 4.00

Chemical Engineering- ^ ^^^ ^^^^ Elee^_^^^^^^ , „,

11 ►

Physics-
Lecture Demonstrarion—

$2.00 and 3.00

Introductory 3.00

All other 10.00

Psychology 4.00

Office Techniques and Man-
agement $7.50 and 10.00

Speech-
Television 10.00

Radio and Stagecraft 2.00

All other $1.00 and 3.00

Zoology 8.00

Fees

Home Economics—

(Non-Home Ec. Students)
Practical Art, Crafts,

Textiles and Clothing 3.00

Foods and Home Manage-
ment (each)—

$3.00, 7.00 and 10.00

Horticulture 5.00

Industrial Education—

$5.00 and 7.50

Journalism $3.00 and 6.00

Mechanical Engineering 3.00

Music (applied music only) . . 40.00

Physical Activities Courses. . . 6.00

The ahove laboratory fees wall be charged whenever the availabihty of per-
sonnel, facilities, and other factors make it possible to offer laboratory instruction.
If equipment other than that belonging to the University of Maryland is used,
laboratory fees may not be charged, depending upon the arrangements that can
be made with the cooperating party.

MISCELLANEOUS FEES AND CHARGES

Late Registration Fee

All students are expected to complete registration, including the filing
of class cards and payment of bills, on the regular registration
days. Those who do not complete registration during the prescribed
days will be charged a fee of $ 5.00

Fee for Change in Registration (Substitution of one course for another,

or increase in semester hour registration)* 3.00

Special Examination Fee— to establish college credit— per semester hour 5.00

Makeup Examination Fee

For students who are absent during any class period when tests or

examinations are given 1 .00

Transcript of Record Fee

No charge is made for first copy

Each additional copy 1 .00

PROPERTY DAMAGE CHARGE

Students will be charged for damage to property and/or equipment. Where
responsibility for the damage can be fixed the individual student will be billed
for it; where responsibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repairing the damage or
replacing equipment wdll be pro-rated.

*This fee is not charged to part-time students who drop a course and do not sub-
stitute in its place another course carrying the same number of credit hours.

-^ 12

Fees

LIBRARY CHARGES. Foi failure to return books to general library on or

before due date— per day .05

For failure to return books to bookmobile on or before due date—

per week .25

Satisfactory restitution must be made for lost or mutilated books.

GRADUATION FEES. Graduation Fee for Bachelor's degree $10.00

Graduation Fee for Master's Degree 10.00

Graduation Fee for Doctor's Degree 50.00

Foreign Language Examination (first examination without charge) . . 5.00

All fees, except Graduation Fee, are payable at the time of registration for
each semester. Graduation Fee must be paid prior to graduation.

PAYMENT OF FEES

All checks, money orders, or postal notes should be made payable to the
University of Maryland.

FEES FOR SHORT COURSES AND INSTITUTES

Fees for short courses and institutes will be determined in terms of cost of
each such short course or institute.

WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES

Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the
academic year must file in person or by letter, a request for withdrawal. The
Dean of University College will initiate and sign the necessary withdrawal forms
and forward them to the OflBce of the Registrar. If this is not done, the student
will not be entitled to a certificate of honorable dismissal, and will forfeit his right
to any refund to which he would otherwise be entitled.

Withdrawals must be submitted in order to reach the Dean's office within
fifteen days after the student has ceased attending classes. In this case the date
of the last class attended vidll serve as the basis for the refund. If the with-
drawal is received after fifteen days, the refund will be computed as of the
date the application is received by the Dean's office rather than the date of last
class attendance.

Students withdrawing from the University will receive a refund of all
charges, less the matriculation and laboratory fees in accordance with the follow-
ing schedule:

13 ►

Fees, Grading System

PERIOD FROM DATE INSTRUCTION BEGINS— 16 WEEK SEMESTER.

2 weeks or less 80%

between 2 and 3 weeks 60%

between 3 and 4 weeks 40%

between 4 and 5 weeks 20%

over 5 weeks 0

PERIOD FROM DATE INSTRUCTION BEGINS— 8-WEEK TERM OR LESS

First week 60%

Second week 20%

Over two weeks 0

When regularly enrolled part-time students for off-campus instruction ofiGciall^
drop a course or courses and continue with one or more courses, they may receive
a refund of 80% for the dropped courses if they are ofl&cially dropped prior to the
third meeting of the class or classes.

The Grading System

MARKING SYSTEM

The follovdng grades are used by the University of Maryland; A— Superior
Scholarship; B— Good Scholarship; C— Fair Scholarship; D— Passing Scholarship;
F— Failure; I— Incomplete; W— Official Withdrawal; X— Ceased to attend a class
without an ofiBcial withdrawal.

THE GRADE OF "i". A Student may be given the mark of Incomplete if his
work in a course has been qualitatively satisfactory and if he can present valid
reasons to support his request. In no case will the mark "I" be recorded for a
student who has missed more than one fourth of the meetings of the class.

The student must consult his instructor, presenting documentation to sub-
stantiate his request for an Incomplete. The instructor will make the final
decision concerning the granting of the request.

An Incomplete automatically becomes an "F" if it is not removed by the
end of the next semester or term in which that subject is again offered (at the
same off-campus center). An "I" cannot be removed by the grades "W" or "X."

THE GRADE OF "x". A mark of "X" will be used on records of off-campus
adult students in those cases where such a student has ceased to attend a class
without an official withdrawal provided the student is doing passing work at
the time of withdrawal. If he is doing failing work, the grade of "F" vdll be given.
A mark of "X" indicates no record, no prejudice, is terminal, and may not later
be changed as in the case of the incomplete mark of "I."

CHANGE OF GRADE. With the exception of the grade of "I," all grades are
final and cannot be changed. If a student wishes to establish credit in a course

■^ 14

Grading System

in which he has previously received an "F" or "X," he must re-register, pay the full
tuition fee, and repeat the entire course. A student may repeat a course only
once, except where he has obtaind the written permission of the dean and the
head of the department in which he took the course and has had such written
permission filed in the Registrar's Ofi&ce.

COMPUTATION OF SCHOLASTIC AVERAGES. In Computing scholastic averages,
numerical values are assigned to the marks, per semester credit, as follows:
A-4, B-3, C-2, D-1, F-0. The grade of "F" is included in any computation of
scholastic average, but the grades of "X" and "I" are not.

15 ►

SECTIOiN III
CURRICULA

ANY CURRICULUM OF THE UNIVERSITY MAY BE FOLLOWED BY THE STUDENT
enrolled in University College, provided that: (1) adequate laboratory and
library facilities are available where necessary, (2) a suflBcient number of stu-
dents desire the program, and (3) qualified and approved faculty are available.

Requirements Common to All Curricula

Requirements for all degrees must be met to the satisfaction of the dean of
the college concerned.

A minimum of 30 semester hours must be completed in residence for a
baccalaureate degree. Credit earned through University College is residence
credit.

Normally, the University requires that the last 30 consecutive hours be com-
pleted in residence. In case of hardship, however, an adult student who has
at least a 2.5 grade average may petition to take up to six of the last 30 hours
at some other recognized institution. Such petition must be made in writing to
the Dean of University College.

An average mark of "C" (2.0) is required for graduation. The "C" average
is computed on the basis of the academic courses required by each student's cur-
riculum. The average of transfer students and of those seeking combined degrees
is computed only on the courses taken in residence in the University and in satis-
faction of the non-professional curricular requirements of the college granting the
degree. An over-all average is also computed to include all academic courses taken
in the University as a basis for the award of honors and for such other uses as
may be deemed appropriate.

Most curricula require 16 semester hours in physical education and air
science in the freshman and sophomore years. These requirements are waived
for adult, off-campus student. All students should consult the appropriate college
catalog for specific degree requirements.

All students are required to complete the University Program in American
Civilization which is described in the pubhcation entitled An Adventure in
Learning. Students who are able to avail themselves of classification tests admin-
istered by the University of Maryland may exercise certain options for English
1, 2, Sociology 1, Government and Politics I, and History 5 and 6, which are a
part of the American Civilization program. However, the classification tests do
not reduce the 24 semester hours required by the American Civilization Program.

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE

TELEPHONE, WASHINGTON, D. C. EXCHANGE
WARFIELD 7-3800, EXTENSION 425, 434, 541
University College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies and
M 16

General Studies Curriculum

the Bachelor of Science degree in Mihtary Studies. These degree programs are
designed to meet the educational needs of mature o£F-campus students and provide
optimal latitude in program planning to meet individual needs.

Bachelor of Arts Degree in General Studies

The Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies provides opportunity for
programs in the area of the social sciences, with concentrations of study in such
fTelds as: economics, history, government and politics, sociology, geography,
psychology, commerce, and military studies. In special cases, and with per-
Bsission of the dean, the student may elect concentrations in other areas.

The Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies is administered in coopera-
tion with the various academic deans and department heads. Students matricu-
lated in other colleges of the University of Maryland on camptis may not trans-
fer to the Bachelor of Arts ciirricnlum in General Studies and fursue this curricu-
lum as full-time on-campus students.

Freshman and Soyhowore Years Credit Hours

Eng. ] , 2 and 3, 4 er 5, 6 12

Math or Science 6

^Foreign Language 12

Government and Politics 1 3

Sociology 1, or ^

Psychology 1, or ( _

Philosophy 1, or (

Economics 31 '

Historv 5,6 6

Speech 103, 104 6

Electives 12

Total 60

Junior and Senior Years

Primary Concentration from one Department

(100 level courses) 15

Secondary Concentration from one or more Departments

(100 level courses) 21

Other Electives 24

Total 60

SUMMARY OF DEGREE REGULATIONS

The Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies requires 120 semester hours
of academic work for graduation.

All applicants for this degree must meet the same admission requirements
as those applpng for other undergraduate degrees at the University of Maryland.

* Students desiring a primary concentration in commerce may substitute geography
1, 2 or 20, 21, and economics 31, 32, for the language requirement.

17 ►

General Studies Curriculum

During the third and fourth year, a student will select primary and second-
ary areas of concentration. These areas would include the departments of econ-
omics, history, government and politics, sociology, geography, psychology, com-
merce and military studies. In special cases, and with permission of the Dean,
the student may elect a primary concentration in other areas.

a. PRIMARY AREA— A Student must select 15 hours of 100 level (junior-
senior) courses in a single department listed above.

b. SECONDARY AREA— A Student must select 21 hours of 100 level courses in
one or more of the above listed departments or in departments that are
related.

c. A student must pursue work in related fields. Only a systematic program
of courses will be approved. The Dean or the student's adviser will assist
the student in mapping a program that involves a coherent concentration
of work within a general framework of study.

d. It is recommended that the 24 hours of elective credit in the junior and
senior years include as many 100 level courses as possible.

CREDIT BY EXAMESTATION AND GED CREDIT

College level General Educational Development (GED) credit will be awarded
up to 24 semester hours to military personnel only as governed by the
University regulations and as explained in Section I of this catalog. Those per-
sons who receive 12 semester hours of credit for Enghsh by satisfactorily passing
GED tests I and IV will be required to validate this credit by completing Eng-
lish 8 or Engish 14. This English credit will be applied toward electives.

After Se-ptemher 1, 1959, if a student fails to achieve the minimum score re-
quired hy the University of Maryland on any •part of the college level GED, he
may not later establish credit hy re-taking that part of the test battery. The
deficiency must be made up by academic work.

Civilians, who have special competencies, and who are unable to establish
credit through the GED examinations, may petition to establish by special
examination a maximum of 20 semester hours. Regulations governing these exam-
inations are explained in Section I of this catalog.

CORRESPONDENCE CREDIT

A maximum of 12 semester hours of correspondence work (including most
college level USAFI Correspondence Courses) will be accepted toward this
degree from approved institutions, providing this credit is accepted by the institu-
tion conducting the correspondence course as credit toward its own baccalaureate
degrees. Credit for USAFI Correspondence Courses is awarded only at the fresh-
man and sophomore levels.

^ 18

Military Studies Curriculum

SERVICE SCHOOL CREDIT

Military service school credit will be considered up to 12 semester hours.
Basic ROTC, advanced ROTC, Officer Candidate School courses and physical
activities credits will not be included in the maximum 12 hours allowed for
military service credit. Only recognized service school credits will be accepted,
and these must be validated by ofl&cial transcript.

MAXIMUM COMBINED CREDIT

The maximum combined credit allowed toward this degree for examination
•credit (including GED credit), correspondence credit and service school credit
shall not exceed 36 semester hours.

GRADUATE STUDY

It must be emphasized that in order to do graduate work, a student must
elect enough 100 le'S'el courses within a single department to qualify for ad-
vanced work. The usual number of credits required for entrance is 24 hours.
Sufficient electives are available to enable a student to meet this requirement.
Furthermore, the student is advised that the quality of work is of more importance
than a specific number of courses.

Students desiring to pursue graduate studies should consult the Graduate
School requirements in the area of their choice and plan their program
accordingly.

Bachelor of Science Degree in Military Studies

TTie Bachelor of Science degree in Military Studies is designed to meet the
needs of military personnel. Its purpose is to offer to those interested students a
broad education in subjects pertinent to military and public aff'airs, with
emphasis on military studies, government and politics, and history.

As a prerequisite for completion of this curriculum, a student must have
satisfactorily held or presently hold a commission in one of the Armed Forces.
In unusual circumstances, special permission can be given by the proper dean to
civilians to enroll in the program. Other off-campus degree-seeking students
should follow the General Studies curriculum (refer to page 17).

MILITARY STUDIES CURRICULUM

Freshman Year Credit Hours 'per Semester

I U

^English 1, 2— Composition and American Literature. ... 3 3

'Sociology 1— Sociology of American Life or

Philosophy 1— Philosophy for Modern Man or

Psychology 1 —Introduction to Psychology

* Government & Politics 1— American Government 3

***Math. 10, 11— Algebra; Trigonometry and Analytic

Cor Math. 5, 6) Geometry 3 3

Foreign Language 3 3

'Science 3 3

**Basic Air Science 2 2

**Physical Acti\'ities 1 1

18 18

Sophomore Year Credit Hours per Semester

I II

'English 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or ... . 3 3

'English 5, 6— Composition and English Literature

History 5, 6— History of American Ci^dlization 3 3

Economics 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3

Speech 103, 104— Speech Composition and Rhetoric .... 3 3

Foreign Language 3 3

"Basic Air Science 2 2

'^Physical Activities 1 1

» »i

18 18

Junior Year Credit Hours per Setnester

I U

Military Studies 147, 148-Military History 3 3

Military Studies 151— Military Logistics 3

Military Studies 149-MiHtary Law . . 3

"Advanced Air Science 3 3

Electives 6 6

15 15

'Credit by examination may be permitted for these courses (excepting Philosophy
1 and Psychology 1) upon successful completion of the college level General Educa-
tion Development Tests. Students who receive 12 credit hours in English by this
means are required to complete English 8 or English 14. The credits earned in either
of these courses may be used as electives.

"Credit allowed for equivalent service in the Armed Forces. Waived for adult off-
campus students.

'"Mathematics 18 and 19 may be substituted for Mathematics 10, 11 or 5, 6. The
excess credits may be placed in lower division electives.

< 20

Military Studies Curriculum

Senior Year Credit Hours 'per Semester

*IVHlitary Studies 152— Military Leadership .. 3

Military Studies 153— Military Policy of the United States 3

Two of the following:
Government and Politics 101— International Political

Relations

Government and Politics 106— American Foreign

Relations

Government and Politics 154— Problems of World

Politics

Government and Politics 197— Comparative Govern-
mental Institutions

*Advanced Air Science '. 3 3

Electives 6 6

15 15

ESTABLISHMENT OF CREDTT

Policies on the establishment of credit by examination are explained in
Section I and also in connection with the description of the program for the
Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies.

GRADUATE STUDY

A student wishing to pursue graduate studies upon the completion of the
Bachelor of Science degree in Military Studies should plan to use the electives
in his curriculum as a major in some one of the departments open to him, such
as history, government and politics, sociology and economics. This major must be
arranged under the advisement of the head of the department concerned and the
Dean of University College.

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

TELEPHONE, WASHINGTON D, C. EXCHANGE
WARFIELD 7-3800, EXTENSION 287

Degrees in the College of Arts and Sciences are based primarily upon major
and minor concentrations rather than upon curricula. The student must meet
the conditions set for both major and minor (or required supporting courses) by
the department in charge of his major work. These requirements vary from one
department to another. In general they include a full year's work in the major
subject (30 to 40 semester hours) and a half year's work in the minor or in sup
porting courses (18 semester hours). The major department has authority over

* Credit allowed to those who are serving or have served as commissioned or war-
rant officers in the Armed Forces.

21 ►

Arts and Sciences Curriculum

both the major and the minor. A general college requirement is that the student
must have a "C" average in his major and a "C" average in his major and minoi
combined unless the major department sets a higher requirement.

Major work uniformly must be done in one department, as in history,
sociology, or government and politics. Minor work need not be restricted to one
department, provided the head of the major department approves of the individual
courses taken. For example, a history major may take, as a part of his 18
semester hours of minor work, courses in such subjects as sociology, governmenl
and politics, psychology, and economics. The minor, however, must consist ol
a coherent group of courses, and the head of the major department must approve
such a divided minor. Of the 18 semester hours required in the minor, at leasl
six must be in one department in courses numbered 100 or above. The safesi
procedure, for the adult off-campus student, who is denied the privilege ol
registering each semester with the direct approval of the head of his majoj
department, is to concentrate his minor work in one department. Thus, the
major in history may take his 18 semester hours of minor work in sociology, 03
government and politics, or other comparable departments.

In accordance with University regulations, a student must acquire a mini-
mum of 56 semester hours of academic work with an average grade of "C" oi
better before he will be permitted to take courses numbered 100 or above ir
his major or minor. A student who has established a "B" average in work done
at this University may take courses numbered 100 or above after the completior
of 48 semester hours of academic work. The student should be careful to avoic
taking courses for which he does not have the prescribed prerequisites.

Before a student selects a major or minor, he should consult the head of the
major department at College Park. It is this person alone, or his designatec
representative, who can give the candidate for the Arts and Sciences degree
approval on major and minor requirements. Department heads are willing t(
answer by mail or telephone any inquiries from adult off-campus students major
ing with their departments.

Majors offered in the College of Arts and Sciences are as follows:

American Civilization

12.

History

Art

13.

Mathematics

Botany

14.

Microbiology

Chemistry

15.

Music

Classical Languages

16.

Philosophy

Comparative Literature

17.

Physics

Economics

18.

Psychology

English

19.

Sociology

Foreign Languages

20.

Speech

10.

Geography

21.

Zoology

11.

Government and Politics

Arts and Sciences Curriculum

Two considerations must be emphasized in connection with this Hsting of
najors. In the first place, many science courses cannot be given at off-campus
;enters where laboratory facilities are not available. And, in the second place,
:ourses in specialized subjects cannot be offered at a given center if there is not
I sufficiently large body of students to support them. For this latter reason,
:specially, it is not always practicable for a student to complete all degree
equirements in specialized subjects off-campus. The Arts and Sciences majors
vhich have been shown by experience to be most nearly attainable at off-campus
renters are history, government and politics, and sociology.

It must be noted that no course generally required in the University may
)e counted toward a major or minor in the College of Arts and Sciences. Thus,
he courses Government and Politics 1, Sociology 1, History 5 and 6, and the
irst two years of English may not be counted toward majors and minors. The
welve semester hours required in a foreign language and the twelve semester
lours required in mathematics or science may not be counted toward the major
)r minor.

COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS

1. FOREIGN LANGUAGE. Twclvc scmcstcr hours in one language, unless
)therwise specified.

2. NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS. TwclvC SCmCStCr hourS, unlcSS

)therwise specified. The science courses elected require the approval of the
lean; they vdll usually be from those departments offering majors in the College
)f Arts and Sciences. At least one course must include laboratory experience
md one course must be elected in each of the divisions of Biological and Physical
Sciences except in the case of students whose science courses are specifically
jrescribed in their curricula.

3. SPEECH. Two or three semester hours in accordance with the particular
mrriculum.

4. MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS. When a Student has completed
;atisfactorily the requirements of the freshman and sophomore years he will select
i major in one of the departments of an upper division and for graduation
m\\ complete a departmental major and a minor. The courses constituting the
najor and the minor must conform to the requirements of the department in
which the major work is done.

The student must have an average of not less than "C" in the introductory
:ourses in the field in which he intends to major.

A major shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental require-
ments, of 24-40 hours, of which at least twelve must be in courses numbered
100 or above.

A minor, in programs leading to the A.B. degree, shall consist of a coherent
group of courses totalling 18 semester hours in addition to the requirements

23 ►-

Arts and Sciences Curriculum

listed above. At least six of the 18 hours must be in a single department in
courses numbered 100 or above. The courses comprising the minor must be
chosen vi^ith the approval of the major department.

No minor is required in programs leading to the B.S. degree, but the student
must take such supporting courses in science or other fields as are required by
his major department.

The average grade of the work taken in the major field must be at least
"C"; some departments will count toward satisfaction of the major requirement
no course completed with a grade of less than "C." The average grade of the work
taken in the major and minor fields combined must be at least "C." A general
average of "C" in courses taken at the University of Maryland is required for
graduation.

HISTORY MAJOR

1. Every major in history is required to complete a minimum of 24
semester hours in advanced courses (courses numbered 100 or above), with
the following exceptions: (a) the total may be reduced by 3 credit hours for
those students who, in addition to the prerequisites, have taken 6 credits in
other history courses under the 100 level; and (b) the total may be reduced
by 6 credit hours for those who, in addition to the prerequisites, have com-
pleted 12 semester hours in history courses under the 100 level.

2. No less than 15 nor more than 18 semester hours of the 24 in advanced
courses should be taken in any one field of history, e. g., European, American,
or Latin American.

3. Prerequisites for majors in history are History 5 and 6 (required of
all students) and History 1 and 2.

4. All majors are required to take the proseminar (History 199) during
their senior year. History 199, the proseminar, may be waived in hardship
cases where the o£F-campus student cannot come to the campus or is unable
to take this course at his oflF-campus center.

5. No grades of "D" in the major field will be counted toward completing
the major requirements. An average grade of "C" must be maintained in the
courses selected for a minor.

SOCIOLOGY MAJOR

1. Every major in sociology is required to take 27 hours in sociology
exclusive of Sociology 1.

2. Required courses for sociology majors are the following:

Sociology 2, Principles of Sociology
Sociology 183, Social Statistics
Sociology 186, Sociological Theory
Sociology 196, Senior Seminar

•< 24

Arts and Sciences Ciirriculutn

Sociology 196, the Senior Seminar, may be waived in hardship cases, where
he oflF-campus student cannot come to the campus or is unable to take the
ourse at his ofiF-campus center.

3. No grades of "D" in the major field will be counted toward complet-
ng the major requirements.

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS MAJOR

In addition to the regular University requirements, a student majoring in
he field of government and politics must meet the following conditions:

1. Government and Politics 1, American Government, or its equivalent, is
)rerequisite to all the other courses offered by the Department. All persons
najoring in government and politics must first complete this course with a
;rade of "C" or better.

2. All majors must take 33 hours of government and politics, exclusive
)f Government and Politics 1.

3. No grades of "D" in the major field will be counted toward completing
he major requirements.

4. A student's program must include at least one course in each of five of
he six following fields: (1) foreign and international, (2) local government,
'3) public administration, (4) public law, (5) public policy and (6) political
heory. Information as to the classification of Government and Politics courses
n the fields may be obtained by application to a major adviser.

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION ULAJOR

The program in American Civilization embraces a combined major-minor
>lan. The Committee in charge of the program consists of the heads of the
lepartments of English, histor)^ government and politics, and sociology. Mem-
bers of the committee serve as official advisers to students electing to work in
he field. The principal objectives of the work for majors are cultural rather than
irofessional.

In choosing a curriculum, students are required to concentrate in one of
he four departments primarily concerned with the program. A student fol-
awing this curriculum must elect at least 18 hours of work at the 100 level in
t least two of the departments represented in this program. Elective courses
re, with the aid of an official adviser, chosen from courses offered in the
Lumanities, in the social sciences, or in education. Normally, most elective
ourses are in history, English, foreign languages, comparative literature, econ-
mics, sociology, government and politics, and philosophy; but it is possible for
student to fulfill the requirements of the program and to elect as many as
hirty semester hours in such subjects as art and psychology, provided that such
rork fits into a carefully planned program.

25 ►

Arts and Sciences Curriculum

In his senior year, each major is required to take a conference course o:
six semester hours in which the study of American civiHzation is brought t(
a focus. During this course, the student analyzes eight or ten important book
which reveal fundamental patterns in American life and thought and receive
incidental training in bibliographical matters, in formulating problems fo;
special investigation, and in group discussion.

EMPHASIS HISTORY. A Student following this curriculum must elect at leas
18 hours of work at the 100 level in at least two of the four department
represented in the program.

This curriculum is in some ways ideal for the off-campus student, in tha
it enables the student to move toward a degree with a minimum of semeste
hours in one department. There are, however, two principal obstacles to it
usefulness to the off-campus student. Frist, not all courses offered by thi
departments mentioned above are applicable to this program. For example
the departmental adviser might not approve a course in medieval history fo
this program. A planned program for the individual student necessitates ful
agreement with advisers in one of the four departments directing the program
It is necessary for the student to understand fully what courses will fit inti
his program. Secondly, it may prove difficult, at a given center, to arrange fo
the conference course of six semester hours required in the senior year. If
however, a large enough group of students desire the course at a given time
it can be arranged.

Students interested in this program should consult with the Executiv
Secretary of the American Civilization Curriculum, Professor Carl Bode, De
partment of English, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.

PHILOSOPHY

The department's undergraduate courses are designed to help student
attain philosophical perspective, clear understanding, and sound critical evalua
tion concerning the nature of man, his place in the universe, and the sig
nificance of the principal types of human experiences and activities. Student
planning to major in philosophy should consult the chairman of the depart
ment about preparation for the major.

OTHER MAJORS

Other majors in the College of Arts and Sciences are available as mentione(
above. None of them are closed to adult off-campus students except in practica
terms of (1) the difficulties in offering laboratory courses, and (2) an adequat<
number of students to support them at a given center during a given term. Th'
work in history, government and politics, and sociology are emphasized above onl
because experience with off-campus offerings has shown them to be most nearl
feasible as off-campus majors.

^ 26

use

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

TELEPHONE, WASHINGTON, D. C. EXCHANGE:

WARFIELD 7-3800, EXTENSION 346

I The College of Business and Public Administration is fully accredited by
he American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. The College com-
irises seven departments:

I. Department of Business Organization and Administration

1. Accounting and Statistics

2. Financial Administration

3. Industrial Administration

4. Insurance and Real Estate

5. Marketing Administration

(a) Advertising

(b) Foreign Trade and International Finance

(d) Sales Management

6. Personnel Administration

7. Transportation Administration

(a) Airline and Airport Management

(b) TrafiBc Management

8. Public Administration

II. Department of Economics

III. Department of Foreign Service and International Relations

IV. Department of Geography

V. Department of Government and Politics

VI. Department of Journalism and Public Relations

VII. Department of Office Techniques and Management

1. Office Management

2. Office Techniques

For the details of curricula, the student should consult the catalog of the
Uollege of Business and Public Administration. Most important, in addition to
he regular university requirements, are the following:

1. Most curricula require the following courses:

Business Administration 10 and 11. Organization and Control
Business Administration 20 and 21. Principles of Accounting
Economics 4 and 5. Economic Developments
Economics 31 and 32. Principles of Economics
Geography 1 and 2. Economic Resources
Government and Politics 1. American Government
Mathematics 5. General Mathematics
Mathematics 6. Mathematics of Finance

27 ►

Education Curriculum

2. A student must acquire a minimum of 56 semester hours of academ
work with an average grade of "C" or better before he will be permitted '
take courses numbered 100 or above. A student who has established a "1
average in work done at this University may take courses numbered 100 (
above after the completion of 48 semester hours of academic work, providir
he has the necessary prerequisites.

3. The curricula in Business Administration are specialized, as the aboi
list indicates. As in the cases of some other curricula and Arts and Scieno
majors it is not always possible to complete these curricula at off-campi
centers operated by the University College. Any course in any curriculum m;
be given, however, if an adequate number of students desire it at a given tin
and center.

COLLEGE OF EDUCATIOiN

TELEPHONE, WASHINGTON, D. C. EXCHANGE:

WARFIELD 7-3800, EXTENSION 234

The College of Education offers curricula for students of Education ar
for teachers in service. Undergraduate education curricula and advisers a
as follows:

1. Academic Education

English— Marie D. Bryan

Foreign Languages Fern D. Schneider

Mathematics— John R. Mayor, M. L. Keedy, H. L. Garstens

Natural Sciences— Orval L. Ulry

Social Sciences— Robert G. Risinger, Jean D. Grambs

Speech— Warren L. Strausbaugh

2. Agricultural Education (under the College of Agriculture)— H. Palm

Hopkins

3. Art Education— Vienna Curtiss, E. L. Longley, Jr.

4. Business Education— Arthur S. Patrick

5. Elementary Education— Alvin W. Schindler, Marie Denecke, Glen (

Blough, Leo W. O'Neill, Wesley J. Matson

6. Home Economics Education— Mabel Spencer

7. Industrial Education— Donald Maley, Paul E. Harrison, Eckhard Jaco

sen, George R. Merrill, William F. Tiemey, Edmund Crosby, Cs
Schramm

8. Music Education— Herbert Henke

9. Nursery School— Kindergarten Education— James L. Hymes, Jr., Margar

A. Stant
10. Physical Education— (Men)— Albert W. Woods
U. Physical Education— (Women)— Dorothy Mohr

-^ 28

Education Curriculum

Areas in which graduate work is oflFered include adult education, business
ilucation, educational administration and supervision, curriculum and teaching,
ismentary education, guidance, higher education, history, philosophy, and
■ imparative education, home economics education, human development, indus-
ial arts, music education, secondary education, and vocational-industrial edu-
ution.

Specific curriculum requirements may be obtained from the College of
iducation catalog or the Graduate School catalog.

i Only a few of the curricula are described below. The College of Education
id Graduate School catalogs should be consulted for full descriptions and
quirements of all curricula listed above.

OFF-CAMPUS COURSES IN EDUCATION

University College oflFers courses in education for in-service teachers to per-
lit them to complete a part of the work required for a bachelor's degree, to
lable graduate students to work toward advanced degrees, and to fulfill or
:new the Maryland State Department of Education certification requirements,
ducation courses are oflFered most frequently at the Baltimore Center and at
irious other centers established in cooperation with the counties of Maryland.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION FOR UNDERGRADUATE TEACHERS

This curriculum is for teachers who have completed a two- of three-year
irriculum in a teachers college. It is also for teachers who have two or more
;ars of successful teaching experience which can be used in lieu of student
aching to meet certification requirements.

This curriculum, leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in elementary
lucation, requires a total of 128 semester credits. The last 30 credits earned
;fore the conferring of the degree must be taken with the University of Mary'
ad.

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION

Three curricula are administered by the Industrial Education Department;
[) Industrial Arts Education, (2) Vocational-Industrial Education, and (3)
iucation for Industry.

The Industrial Arts Education curriculum prepares people to teach indus-
ial arts at the secondary level. It is a four-year professional program leading
a Bachelor of Science degree.

The Vocational-Industrial curriculum may lead either to certification as a
(cational-industrial teacher, with no degree involved, or to a Bachelor of Science
igree including certification. The University of Maryland is designated as
e institution which shall oflFer the "Trade and Industrial" certification courses

29 ►

Graduate School Curriculum

and hence the courses which are offered are those required for certification ii
Maryland. The Vocational-Industrial curriculum requires trade competenc
as specified by the Maryland State Flan for Vocational Education. A persoi
who aspires to take the certification courses should review the State plan an^
he may well contact Maryland State Department of Education officials. 1
the person has in mind teaching in a designated city or county, he should di;
cuss his plans with the vocational-industrial official of that city or county ina;
much as there are variations in employment and training procedures.

The Education for Industry curriculum is a four-year program leading t
a Bachelor of Science degree. The purpose of the program is to prepare pe;
sons for jobs within industry and, as such, it embraces four major areas of con
petence, (a) technical competence, (b) human relations and leadership comp<
fence, (c) communications competence, and (d) social and civic competenc(
The student who is enrolled in this curriculum is required to obtain work i
industry in accordance with the plan described in the course. Industrial Educi
tion 124, a.b. Consult course descriptions in the back section of this catalog.

GRADUATE SCHOOL

TELEPHONE, WASHINGTON, D. C. EXCHANGE:
WARFIELD 7-3800, EXTENSION 232

Master's and doctor's degrees are given by most of the departments at tt
University. Graduate programs are administered by the Graduate School i
cooperation with the various departments. Students are admitted to the Grac
uate School only if (1) they hold baccalaureate degrees and (2) their previoi
work is in quality and extent acceptable to the department in which they desh
to work. A "B" average is required.

A student 'pursuing a graduate program should keep constantly in touc
vnth the graduate adviser of his major department.

It is sometimes difficult to proceed toward graduate degrees at off-campi
centers conducted by University College. Library and laboratory facilities ai
not always available at off-campus centers. Many of the departments requii
that a certain number of courses be completed on the campus. Furthermor
graduate work is highly specialized, and the number of students desiring pa
ticular courses at a given time and center is seldom large. If the circumstance
are favorable, however, graduate work in some fields can be offered off-campus.

Courses may be taken for graduate work only if the student has bee
admitted to the Graduate School.

Graduate degrees are awarded at the completion of an individually planne
course study. The student must register for each course in full consultatio
with the departmental adviser concerned. In general, the master's degree
based upon a division of work between a major and a minor. A minimum c

^ 30

Nursing Cunictilitm

lalf the required courses for this degree must be taken in courses numbered
JOO or above. These courses are open only to graduate students. The remain-
ng courses required for the degree may be taken in courses numbered between
100 to 199. These courses are open to juniors and seniors as well as to grad-
uate students. Courses taken for undergraduate credit may not be counted
:oward graduate degrees. Information regarding the requirements for all ad-
i^anced degrees may best be obtained from the Graduate School catalog and by
:onsultation with the head of the department concerned.

University College arranges extensive graduate course programs at several
tenters. The programs in the various counties and at Baltimore frequently in-
clude graduate courses in Education. Graduate courses in mathematics and the
sciences are offered at the Aberdeen Proving Ground, Bureau of Ships, David
Taylor Model Basin, National Bureau of Standards, Naval Ordnance Laboratory,
sNaval Research Laboratory, Patuxent (Naval Air Test Center), and the Pen-
tagon.

Occasionally graduate courses in the social sciences, particularly history,
government and politics, and sociology, are oflFered at other centers.

SCHOOL OF NURSING

TELEPHONE, BALTIMORE, MARYLAND EXCHANGE:

PLAZA 2-1100, EXTENSION 292

OR LEXINGTON 9-0320, EXTENSION 752

The specific objectives of this program are to bring up to full collegiate
level the basic nursing preparation of graduates of three year diploma schools,
and to supply the non-professional courses considered desirable as a basis fct
further cultural and professional education.

Registered nurses who have completed a three year program in an approved
school of nursing, and who have successfully passed the Maryland State Board
Examination for Registration of Nurses, or the equivalent, and have qualified
as registered nurses, and meet the admission requirements of the University of
Maryland may pursue studies in the School of Nursing leading to the degree
of Bachelor of Science in Nursing.

ADVANCED STANDING CREDIT

Advanced standing involving a maximum of 45 credits is determined by
the applicant's Nursing School record and the results of the Registered Nurse
Qualifying Examination of the National League for Nursing. Students who
fail to meet the required percentile score in any clinical area wiU be required
to take additional work.

Nursing Curriculum

REQUIREMENTS

General Requirements Credit Hours per Semeste\

Eng. 1— Composition and American Literature 3

Eng. 2— Composition and American Literature 3

Eng. 3— Composition and World Literature 3

Eng. 4— Composition and World Literature 3

Eng. 5— Composition and English Literature 3

Eng. 6— Composition and English Literature 3

G. & P. 1— American Government 3

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3

H. 5— History of American Civilization 3

H. 6— History of American Civilization 3

Sdence Requirements Credit Hours per Semestet

Microb. 1— Microbiology 3 or 4

Microb. 101— Pathogenic Microbiology 3 or 4

Chem. 1— General Chemistry 4

Chem. 3— General Chemistry 4

Chem. 11— General Chemistry 3

Chem. 1 3— General Chemistry 3

Nursing Requirements Credit Hours per Semeste\

Nurs. 9-Nursing in Child Health 2

Nurs. 108— Applied Psychology 2

Nurs. 153-Public Health 2

Nurs. 1 54— Principles of Management in a Nursing Unit 2

Nurs. 1 56-Public Health Nursing I 2

Nurs. 1 57-Pubhc Health Nursing II 4

Nurs. 1 58-Biostatistics 3

Nurs. 199— Pro-Seminar 2

Nurs. 1 59— Clinical Practicima 2

Additional Requirements Credit Hours -per Semester

Hea. 120-Teaching Health 3

Psych. 1 —Introduction to Psychology 3

Sp. 1— Pubhc Speaking 1 2

Sp. 10— Group Discussion C 2

Sp. 103— Speech Composition and Rhetoric 3

Ed. 90— Development and Learning 3

P.E. 160— Theory of Exercise 3

Nut. 1 14— Nutrition for Health Services 3

Soc. 64— Courtship and Marriage 3

ELECTIVES

Electives may be selected after consultation with the adviser in the areaj
of psychology, education, and nursing.

A total of 128 semester credits are necessary for the degree, the last 3C
semester hours of which must be taken in the University of Maryland.

■< 32

COLLEGE OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION, AND HEALTH

TELEPHONE, WASHINGTON, D. C. EXCHANGE:

WARFIELD 7-3800, EXTENSION 252

This College provides professional preparation leading to the Bachelor's
degree in the following general areas: physical education, recreation, health
and safety education, and physical therapy. Moreover, in conjunction with the
Graduate School and the College of Education, graduate programs leading to
both master's and doctor's degrees are available in physical education, recrea-
tion and health. A research laboratory is maintained for faculty members and
selected graduate students who are interested in investigating the e£Fects of
exercise and various physical education activities upon the body.

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred upon students who have
met the conditions of their curricula as herein prescribed by the College of
Physical Education, Recreation, and Health, and have completed 120 academic
hours, not including air science and/ or physical activities. Candidates enrolled
in the College of Education with a major in Physical Education or Health Edu-
cation receive a Bachelor of Science degree upon fulfillment of the requirements
as prescribed by that College.

33 ►

SECTION IV
CENTERS

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE PROVIDES EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS IN THE COUNTIES
of the State, in Baltimore, in various Air Force, Army, Navy and other
governmental agencies, and in industrial establishments.

Classes are offered at centers ranging from Oakland, approximately 160 miles
west of College Park, to Worcester County which borders on the Atlantic Ocean.
Centers also range from counties bordering on Pennsylvania to Patuxent in
Southern Maryland.

Establishment of Off-Campus Centers

The College is prepared to establish credit courses, institutes, and special pro-
grams for groups of adults who are qualified to do university work. If facilities
permit and demand is sufficient, courses or institutes may be set up in any com-
munity requesting this service.

The ability of University College to meet all requests for off-campus courses
is limited by three factors: (1) The College prefers to use regular University
staff members to teach its courses. Occasionally, staff members are not free for
off-campus assignments. (2) Courses can be given only where there are adequate
reference library materials, laboratories or other necessary facilities. (3) Another
limiting factor is student enrollment. Occasionally a course which has been
scheduled must be cancelled if there is insufficient enrollment.

Stateside Centers

During the 1958-59 school year, programs were offered at the fifty-
three stateside centers listed below:

^Aberdeen Proving Ground Chestertown

Accokeek Cumberland

Andrews Air Force Base David Taylor Model Basin

^Annapolis Denton
*Army Chemical Center District Heights

^Baltimore *Dundalk
*Bel Air Easton

Boiling Air Force Base *Ellicott City

Bureau of Ships *Fort Holabird

Campus (College Park) Fort Meade

Cambridge Fort Ritchie

Centreville Frederick

^Courses at these centers are administered through the Baltimore ofiBce, Lombard
and Greene Streets, Baltimore 1, Maryland.

35 ►

Stateside Centers

Gaithersburg
*Glen Bumie

Hagerstown

Hughesville

La Plata
^Maryland Penitentiary

Marley

Metropolitan Police

National Bureau of Standards

Naval Ordnance Laboratory

Naval Research Laboratory

Oakland

Park Lawn

Patuxent Naval Air Test Center

Pentagon

Prince Frederick

Princess Anne
*Reisterstown

Rockville

Rollingwood

Salisbury

Silver Spring

Snow Hill

Suitland
*Towson

Viers Mill

Walter Reed Army Hospital
*Westinghouse

Woodlin

A schedule of courses for each of the centers described is available approxi-
mately six weeks prior to the beginning of each semester.

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION

Human Development laboratory courses are offered in many states throughout
the country. These courses are given by the Institute for Child Study and reg-
istrations are administered by University College.

During the past several years, students in the following states enrolled in this
program for credit:

Alabama Georgia

Arkansas Idaho

California Kentucky

District of Columbia Louisiana

Florida Maryland

New Jersey
Ohio

Pennsylvania
South Carolina
Virginia

COUNTY PROGRAMS FOR TEACHERS

University College offers courses for teachers in nearly every county in Mary-
land. The specific courses and their locations depend on the requests made by
County Superintendents of Education, their supervisors and assistants, and
teachers. The actual courses presented will depend on local interest and sup-
port of specific courses. Experience has shown that at least three months are
required to arrange courses at off-campus centers. The courses are normally
scheduled concurrently with campus courses. See Section I for further de-
tails. For information concerning registration, contact University College or
the County Superintendent of Education.

*Courses at these centers are administered through the Baltimore ofiBce, Lombard
and Greene Streets, Baltimore 1, Maryland.

-^ 36

Stateside Centers

In cooperarion with County Superintendents, University College and the
College of Education have developed three-year cycles of course offerings in
certain areas of the State. Such long range scheduling permits everyone con-
cerned to plan programs more intelligently. At the invitation of County Super-
intendents, similar cycles will be developed in other areas of the State.

Courses have been offered in the counties indicated below:
Allegany— Cumberland
Anne Arundel— Annapolis
Baltimore— Dundalk, Reisterstown
Calvert— Prince Frederick
Carolme— Den ton
Charles— Hughesville
Dorchester— Cambridge
Frederick— Frederick
Garrett— Gran tsville
Harford— Aberdeen, Bel Air
Howard— Ellicott City
Ken t— Chester tovm
Montgomery— Bethesda, Chevy Chase, Gaithersburg, Rockville, Silver

Spring, Wheaton
Prince Georges— Accokeek, College Park, District Heights, Landover Hills,

Langley Park, Suitland
Queen Anne— Centreville
Somerset— Princess Anne
St. Mary's— Leonardtown
Talbot— Easton
Washington— Hagerstown
Wicomico— Salisbury
Worcester— Snow Hill

Teachers interested in having a program in Education started in their
county or community should make their requests known to this college through
their county Superintendent of Schools or some other school official.

CHILD STUDY

The staff of the Institute for Child Study, College of Education, offers in
each county a series of courses on human development and on the techniques
of child study for members of the educational profession. The sequences of
three courses called Child Development Laboratory I, II, and III involve the
direct year-long study of children as individuals and in groups and are offered
to teachers in the field. Teachers should contact their county Superintendent
of Schools for offerings in their community. Graduate courses in human de-
velopment are also available in a few of the counties.

COMMUNITY STUDY

During the past year three separate courses in community study Ed. 163,

37 ►

Aberdeen Proving Ground, Andrews Air Force Base

164, 165 were o£Fered in Baltimore. These courses dealt with the study of local
community problems and their influence upon the child, the school, and the
home.

The complexity of this program prohibits its being offered in a number of
centers. Teachers interested in this program should direct their inquiries to
the Dean of this college.

ABERDEEN PROVING GROUND

Courses offered at the Aberdeen Proving Ground are planned to meet the
educational needs of military and civilian personnel of the Aberdeen-Edgewood
area. During the past year, courses in business administration, economics,
English, history, languages, government and politics, mathematics, military
studies, psychology and speech were offered. A regular sequence of courses
is arranged to permit Army personnel to pursue degrees in Military Studies.

The Army Education Office at the Proving Ground assists the University in
planning this program.

Civilians may enroll if they can secure special passes from the military
post concerned.

Further information regarding this program may be obtained from Mr.
George Baker, Jr., Education Officer and Adviser, telephone: Aberdeen 1000,
Extension 27185, or the Baltimore Office of UC, PLaza 2-1100, Extension 292,
293.

ANDREWS AIR FORCE BASE

During the 1951 spring semester an educational program was initiated at
Andrews Air Force Base. The education office at Andrews, with the coopera-
tion of this College, plans the program for Andrews several months in advance
of each semester.

The past semester's offerings included courses in business administration,
economics, English, foreign languages, government and politics, history, mathe-
matics, military studies, psychology, sociology, and speech. OflBcers and airmen
enroll in the various courses to pursue Military Studies and other degrees.

The Andrews educational program complements that of Boiling Air Force
Base. Personnel may enroll at either installation or they may enroll concur-
rently at both.

Further information may be obtained from Mr. Murphy Mears, Director of
Education, REdwood 5-8900, Extension 4222, or this College.

^ 38

Baltimore Center

BALTIMORE

EDWARD F. COOPER, M.A., Director
JOSEPHINE LEO, B.S., Assistant Director

An oflGce of University College is maintained in the Administration Building,
University of Maryland, Baltimore, at Lombard and Greene Streets, to serve as
headquarters for the largest center of the College. This office also administers
the programs in the environs of Baltimore.

During the academic year 1957-58, over two thousand students from Balti-
more city and surrounding counties were enrolled in some 200 different courses.
Students are currently working on degrees in several undergraduate colleges
and in the Graduate School of the University.

SCOPE OF OFFERINGS

The plan of the Baltimore OflBce each semester is to offer courses in the
various natural and physical sciences, business administration, economics, edu-
cation, government and politics, geography, histor}', industrial education, lan-
guages, philosophy, psychology, sociology, speech and English that may be
applied toward meeting the requirements of the various undergraduate and
graduate degree programs of the University.

A printed schedule of courses for Baltimore and nearby centers is issued each
semester by the Baltimore Ofl&ce. Copies of this schedule may be secured by
writing the oflBce of the director or by calling PLaza 2-1100, Extension 292.

Institutes and short courses upon request may be provided to meet the
specialized educational needs of vocational and avocational groups.

SERVICE TO BUSINESS, INDUSTRIAL AND PROFESSIONAL GROUPS

In addition to the regular academic offerings listed above, this ofiBce provides
consultant service opportunities for specialized institutes, short courses, cer-
tificate programs, and in-service training programs that are specifically designed
to meet the educational needs of business, industrial and professional groups.

EDUCATION

The College of Education supports a steadily expanding offering for teachers
and school officials in Baltimore city and in surrounding counties.

Courses are offered which teachers may apply toward bachelor's degrees and
master's degrees in education and/or to meet certification requirements.

Those teachers planning to enroll in courses for the purpose of meetino
certification requirements are advised to consult with the State Department of
Education and/or their local school supervisor.

39 ►

Baltimore Center, Boiling Air Force Base

Students pursuing degree programs are advised to consult with their facuhy
adviser.

CHILD STUDY

The staflF of the Institute for Child Study, College of Education, oflFers each
year a series of courses on Human Development, and on the techniques of
child study for members of the educational profession. The sequences of three
courses called Child Development Laboratory I, II, and III, which involve
the direct year-long study of children as individuals and in groups, are offered
to teachers in the field. Teachers should contact their Boards of Education for
ofiFerings in their community. Graduate courses in Human Development are
also available through cooperation of the Institute.

COMMUNITY STUDY

With the cooperation of the Departments of Education of the City of
Baltimore, and Baltimore County, a series of community study courses are
offered to supplement the child development work by presenting the social en-
vironment of the child. University courses dealing with city and community
organization and structure are regularly scheduled to enrich the community
study program.

NURSING

The School of Nursing, through University College, offers a program for
graduate nurses leading toward a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing.

For further information, nurses should contact the Baltimore Offices of
University College, University of Maryland, Lombard and Greene Streets, Bal-
timore 1, Maryland.

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION

Courses conducted in the Baltimore Center by the Industrial Education
Department are selected from the total offerings which constitute the three
curriculums administered by the Department; namely, the Industrial Arts cur-
riculum, the Education for Industry curriculum and the Vocational-Industrial
teacher certification curriculum. Courses required for Vocational-Industrial
teacher certification are arranged in a two-year cycle so that these persons may
obtain the necessary course work within two years.

BOLLING AIR FORCE BASE

An extensive educational program is offered at the Boiling Air Force Base
each semester and during each summer session. The education ofl&ce at Bolhng,

-< 40

Bureau of Ships, David Taylor Model Basin

with the cooperation of this College, plans each program several months in
advance.

The past year's offerings included courses in business administration, eco-
nomics, education, English, foreign languages, government and politics, his-
tory, mathematics, miUtary studies, psychology, sociology and speech. Officers
and airmen enroll in the various courses to pursue Military Studies and other
degrees.

The Boiling educational program complements that of the Andrews Air
Force Base. Personnel may enroll at either installation or they may enroll
concurrently at both.

Further information may be obtained from Mr. S. Edward Corbin, Educa-
tion Services Officer, JOhnson 2-9000, Extension 679 and 348, or this College.

BUREAU OF SHIPS, DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY

18th and constitution AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C.

The educational program at the Bureau of Ships is designed to aid Navy
engineers and scientists to work toward degrees in engineering, physics, and
mathematics. This program is offered in cooperation wdth the training divisions
in the Navy bureaus and this College.

During the past year, advanced courses were offered in mechanical engi-
neering and mathematics.

Further information may be obtained from Mrs. Edna K. Trudeau, Training
Officer, Room 2438, Main Navy, Liberty 5-6700, Extension 64847, or this
College.

DAVID TAYLOR MODEL BASIN — NAVY DEPARTMENT

CAKDEROCK, MARYLAND

A program of graduate study in fluid mechanics, aeronautical engineering,
mechanical engineering, physics and mathematics is offered at the David Taylor
Model Basin, under the sponsorship of the Glenn L. Martin College of Engi-
neering and Aeronautical Sciences of the University of Maryland.

Courses in aeronautical enaineerina mathematics, mechanical engineerino
and physics, were offered during the past year. These courses were intended
to review mathematical methods and physical principles.

Further details about this program may be obtained from Mr. W. H. Struhs,
Head of Training and Safety Branch, EMerson 5-2600, Extension 394, or this
College.

41 ►

Fort Detrick, Fort Meade, Fort Holahird, Fort Ritchie

FORT DETRICK-FREDERICK, MARYLAND

The educational program at Fort Detrick is planned to advance the tech-
nical knowledge of the personnel employed at this post. This program is planned
by the Detrick Education Office and this College.

During the past year courses were offered in agrononiy, bacteriology, business
administration, chemistry, chemical engineering, English and mathematics.

Further information relative to this program may be obtained from Miss
Veronica Catlett, Project Officer, Frederick, MOnument 3-4111, Extension 5147,
or this College.

FORT GEORGE G. MEADE-HEADQUARTERS
SECOND ARMY

Courses offered at Fort Meade are designed to meet the educational needs
of military and civilian personnel at this post. A regular sequence of courses
is arranged for each semester to permit Army personnel to pursue the Military
Studies and General Studies degrees.

During the past year courses in English, geography, foreign languages,
government and politics, history, mathematics, military studies, psychology and
speech were offered.

Further information may be obtained from Mr. David C. Berry, Director
of Education, Army Education Center, ORchard 4-3311, Extension 2575, or this
College.

FORT HOLABIRD

Courses offered at Fort Holahird are planned to meet the educational needs
of the military and civilian personnel at this installation. A sequence of
courses is arranged to permit Army personnel to pursue the Military Studies
and General Studies degrees.

During the past year courses were offered in government and politics,
mathematics, military studies, foreign languages, and speech. Since Fort Hola-
hird is located a short distance from Baltimore many of the military and
civilian personnel find it desirable to enroll concurrently in Baltimore and
Holahird courses. This arrangement permits a wider selection of courses.

Further information may be obtained from Mr. Gustaf Berglund, Education
Adviser, Fort Holahird, MEdford 3-9000, Extension 2110, or the Baltimore
office of this College, PLaza 2-1100, Extension 292, 293.

FORT RITCHIE— CASCADE, MARYLAND

Courses offered at Fort Ritchie are designed to meet the educational needs
of military and civilian personnel located at this post.

< 42

Bureau of Standards, NOL, NRL

During the past year courses in English, history and speech were oflFered.

Further information may be obtained by writing to the Education Officer,
Fort Ritchie, Cascade, Maryland, or telephoning HIghfield 360, Extension 41103,
or this College.

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

CONNECTICUT AVENUE AT UPTON STREET, N.W., WASHINGTON 25, D. C.

Courses at the National Bureau of Standards are offered under the direction
of the Bureau's Educational Committee and this College. The program includes
graduate and undergraduate courses.

During the past year the educational program at the National Bureau of
Standards included courses in chemistry, electrical engineering, mathematics,
mechanical engineering and physics. An announcement of courses for each
year is available from the Registrar at the National Bureau of Standards.

Further information concerning this program may be obtained from Mr.
Joseph Hilsenrath, member of the Educational Committee, or Mrs. L. L.
Chapin, Registrar, EMerson 2-4040, Extension 366, The Manse, or this College.

NAVAL ORDNANCE LABORATORY

WHITE OAK, SILVER SPRING, MARYLAND

The center at the Naval Ordnance Laboratory is set up for Navy Depart-
ment personnel in the Washington area. For the most part, courses at this
center are of graduate level.

In addition to its regular program, special courses are offered from time to
time in support of new projects. A number of courses are arranged at the
College Park campus evenings and Saturdays to amplify the NOL program.

During the past year, advanced courses were offered in aeronautical engi-
neering, electrical engineering, mathematics, mechanical engineering, and
physics. A printed brochure is available which explains the NOL program.

Additional information may be obtained from Mr. D. E. Starnes, Chief,
Training Division, or Mr. James Reese, Education and Training Specialist, HEm-
lock 4-7100, Extension 411, NOL, or this College.

NAVAL RESEARCH LABORATORY

ANACOSTIA

Courses under this program are designed primarily for Navy scientists
doing graduate study in the fields of chemistry, engineering, mathematics, and
physics and are given in cooperation with the Science Education Section of the

43 ►

Patuxent River, The Pentagon

Naval Research Laboratory. A printed brochuie is available at the Naval
Research Laboratory which explains the program.

During the past year the Naval Research Laboratory program included
advanced courses in electrical engineering, mathematics, mechanical engineer-
ing, metallurgy and physics.

Further information concerning this program may be obtained from Mr.
John Harms, Assistant Personnel OflBcer or Mr. William McLaughlin or A. W.
Philbrick, JOhnson 3-6600, Extension 856, or this College.

PATUXENT RIVER-UNITED STATES
NAVAL AIR STATION

The Patuxent program is aimed primarily at meeting the graduate needs
of personnel interested in electrical, mechanical, and aeronautical engineering.
During the past year, advanced courses were offered in chemical engineer-
ing, electrical engineering, mathematics, and mechanical engineering.

Further information concerning this program may be obtained from Mr.
Harry Ocker, Personnel Director, Industrial Relations Division, Patuxent River,
or Dr. H. R. Reed, Professor of Electrical Engineering, College Park campus,
or this college.

THE PENTAGON

The Pentagon program, sponsored by the MiUtary District of Washington's
University Center, is operated in cooperation with the Army, Air Force, Navy,
and Marine Corps, and includes both military and civilian Department of Defense
personnel in the Washington area. Well in advance of program planning, the
respecrive services conduct poUs to determine the educational needs of military
personnel.

The educational ofiFering at the Pentagon represents the worlds largest off-
campus university program for military personnel currently in operation. Dur-
ing the past year courses were offered in business administration, economics,
English, foreign languages, geography, government and politics, history, jour-
nalism, mathematics, military studies, philosophy, psychology, sociology, and
speech. The majority of the students at the Pentagon are primarily interested
in courses leading to the B.A. degree in General Studies and the B.S. degree
in Military Studies. Others are working toward degrees in various colleges.
An increasing number of students are pursuing graduate degrees.

Further information concerning this program may be obtained during the
day from Miss Dorothy Martin and Mr. George Bowman at the Pentagon,
Room 3C147, University Center, OXford 7-8015 or OXford 7-2823. Air Force
personnel may obtain information from Mrs. Lois Roberts, Pentagon, Room 5D476,
Oxford 7-7874 or OXford 7-1863, or this College.

< 44

WALTER REED ARMY MEDICAL CENTER

WASHINGTON 12, D. C.

Courses are given at the Army Medical Center in cooperation with the
Troop Information and Education OfiBce at the post. Course offerings are
planned to meet the needs of Army and Air Force personnel interested in work-
ing for military and general studies degrees and nurses interested in meeting
requirements for a professional degree.

Courses in English, foreign languages, government and politics, history,
mathematics, military studies, psychology, sociology and speech have been offered
during the past year.

Further information regarding the Walter Reed program may be obtained
from Mr. Robert E. Hynes, Education Adviser, RAndoIph 3-1000, Extension
3670, or this College.

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
OVERSEAS DIVISIONS

RAY EHRENSBERGER, Ph.D., Dean

STANLEY J. DRA2EK, Ph.D., Associute Dean

RALPH J. KLEIN, Ph. D,, Assistant Dean for General Studies

T. DODSON STAMPS, Brig. Gen., U.S. Army (Ret.), B.A., B.S.,

Assistant Dean for Military Studies

EUROPEAN DIVISION
HEIDELBERG, GERMANY

HERMAN BEUKEMA, Brig. Gen., U.S. Army (Ret.), LL.D., Director

ERNEST H. HOFER, B.Litt., (OxoH.), Associate Director

DON E. TOTTEN, Ph.D., Assistant Director, France and Spain

ROBERT c. LARSON, Ph.D., Assistant Director, PiiMic Relations

JOSEPH E. DELLEN, Ph.D., Assistant Director, United Kingdom

PAUL DICKSON, Ph.D., CoL, U.S. Army (Ret.), Resident Dean, Munich Branch

ERNEST HERBSTER, B.A., Comftroller, European Division

ANN R. REED, B.A., Assistant Director of Adtnissions

MARGERY o. FRY, B.S., Evalitator, Admissions

MONA J. BIAS, M.A., Assistant Registrar

KLAUS BURKHARDT, B.S., Supervisor of Language Courses

ULRiCH A. GRONKE, Dr. Phil., Assistant Language Supervisor

ROSE BEYER, Dr.Sc, Supervisor of Mathematics Courses

MARY ANN LAKE, M.S., Administrative Assistant

JAN HARTMAN, M.A., Manager, Book Department

HISTORY

The success of the course work ofFered by the University of Maryland at
the Pentagon since 1947 encouraged high officials in the Army and in the Air
Force to propose the establishment of similar operations in Europe (with other
institutions undertaking like assignments in other areas; notably, the Univer-
sity of California in the Pacific and Louisiana State University in the Caribbean).

Exploratory studies revealed the need and indicated the probable benefits
of such a program. Classes began on October 31, 1949, at sLx of the Armed
Forces Education Centers selected for the initiation of the program: Berlin,
Frankfurt, Heidelberg, Munich, Numberg, and Wiesbaden. The Administra-
tive Offices were opened in Heidelberg in April, 1950.

-< 46

EuTO'pean Division

The fact that 1,851 students registered for the first term was interpreted
as an expression of appreciation for the co-operative efforts of the Armed Forces
and the University in bringing college-level instructon to where the men were
located. In successive terms the program has been expanded and decentralized,
so that over ten thousand students were served during the past academic year.

The Program is operated on an accelerated basis, wdth classes meeting two
evenings each week for eight weeks. There are five terms each year. The
terms are as follows:

September— November
November— January
February— March
April— May
June— July

Because of the size and extent of its program, the European Division has
more autonomy than do the various stateside centers. It maintains an oflSce
in Heidelberg with Admissions, Registrar, and Comptroller sections, and an office
in London to serve students from the Third Air Force and Seventh Air Division.

COURSES OFFERED

The courses of study arranged for the European Program lead primarily to
the Bachelor of Science degree in Military Studies and the Bachelor of Arts
degree in General Studies. Courses are offered in business administration,
economics, English, government and politics, history, foreign languages, mathe-
matics, military studies, philosophy, psychology, sociology, and speech.

TEACHING PERSONNEL

A faculty of 400 to 500 full- and part-time teachers is maintained during
each academic term. All full-time lecturers are selected at College Park in
consultation with the respective dapartment heads. Each department head
appoints one of the instructors assigned overseas to act as his departmental rep-
resentative on matters pertaining to departmental policy. A close liaison is
maintained between the department head and his overseas representative.

Foreign Languages and Mathematics courses are taught by qualified nationals
who have been approved by the respective department heads or their repre-
sentatives.

The number of education centers sponsoring classes varies from term to
term as dictated by military policy and other factors that result from the move-
ment of military personnel. Classes are being offered during the current academic
year at the following overseas centers:

47 ►

European Division

Centers in

Europe, North Africa and the Middle

GERMANY QcOnt.^

Berlin

Bitburg

Bremerhaven

Darmstadt

Erding

Erlangen

Frankfurt

Freising

Friedberg

Fuerstenfeld-
bruck

Fuerth

Garmisch

Gelnhausen

Giessen

Goeppingen

Hahn

Hanau

Heidelberg

Heilbronn

Herzo Base

Hof

Idar Oberstein

Kaiserslautem

Karlsruhe

Kirch Goens

Komwestheim

Landshut

Landstuhl

Leipheim

Ludwigsburg

Mainz
GEUMANY Mannheim

Amberg Munich

Ansbach Mumau

Aschaffenburg Neubruecke

Augsburg Neckarsulm

Babenhausen Nellingen

Bad Aibling Nurnberg

Bad Kissingen Oberammergau

Bad Kreuznach Pirmassens

Bad Toelz Ramstein

Bamberg Regensburg

Baumholder Rhein-Main

Bayreuth Rothwesten

-< 48

East

ETHIOPIA

Asmara

FRANCE

Bussac

Camp des

Loges

Chateauroux

Chaumont

Chinon

Dreux

Etain

Evreux

Fontainebleau

Jeanne D'Arc

Laon

La Rochelle

Maison Fort

Metz

Nancy

Orleans

Phalsbourg

Paris

Poitiers

Rochefort

Toul Gen.
Depot

Toul-Rosieres

Troisfontaines

Verdun

Vitry-le-
Francois

GERMANY Ccont.")

SPAIN Ccont.')

Schwaebisch

Madrid

Gmuend

Madrid-

Schwaeblisch

Torre j on

Hall

Moron

Schweinfurt

Sevilla

Schwetzingen

Villa Tobas

Sembach

Zaragoza

Spangdahlem

TURKEY

Straubing

Adana

Stuttgart

Ankara

Ulm

Izmir

Vaihingen

Main Site

Wackemheim

UNITED KINGDOM

Wertheim

Alconbury

Wiesbaden

Bentwaters

Wildflecken

Brize Norton

Worms

Bruntingthorpe

Wuerzburg

Burtonwood

Zweibruecken

Bushy Hall

GREECE

Bushy Park

Athens

Chelveston

ITALY

Chicksands

Aviano

Croughton

Leghorn

Denham

Naples

Fairford

Verona

Feltwell

Vicenza

Greenam

LIBYA

Common

Tripoli

Grosvenor

MOROCCO

Square

Ben Guerir

High

Wycombe

Nouasseur

Rabat

Kirknewton

Sidi Slimane

Lakenheath

NETHERLANDS

Mildenhall

Soesterberg

Prestwick

NORWAY

Sculthorpe

Oslo

Shepherd's

SAUDI ARABIA

Grove

Abqaiq

South Ruislip

Dhahran Air

Upper Heyford

Field

West Drayton

Rastanura

Wethersfield

SPAIN

Wimpole

Constantina

Park

European Division

COOPERATION OF EDUCATION BRANCHES

The European Program would not be possible except for the valuable
assistance and support of the Education Branches of the Armed Services.
Full-time staff members are provided military transportation to and from Europe.
Extensive assistance is given to the University in matters involving registration,
quarters, and many other essentials of university existence in the centers of
troop concentration in Europe.

American civilians entitled to logistical support are admitted to the University
of Maryland classes, provided that no armed services personnel are excluded
thereby.

DEGREE OPPORTUNITIES

Credit earned in the European program is considered as residence credit
at the University of Maryland, as is credit earned at the stateside centers.
Students may pursue studies leading to degrees at the University of Maryland
or transfer credits to other institutions.

THE MUNICH PROGRAM

The Overseas Program makes available at Munich a program of freshman
and sophomore level courses, primarily designed to meet the needs of service
dependents who are qualified for college v.'ork. The courses are of American
college standard and are for the most part those required in the curricula of
the College of Arts and Sciences. These are two semesters per academic year.

Dormitory facilities are available for authorized dependents. Board, room,
tuition, and a student activities fee amount to $415 per semester, and books
involve a total cost of approximately $40.00 per year.

OVERSEAS AND MUNICH BRANCH CATALOGS

Independent catalogs for the European Program and for the Munich Branch
are published by the Heidelberg oflBce. A copy of either catalog may be obtained
from University College at College Park or by addressing a request to: University
of Maryland, APO 403, New York, New York.

49 ►

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE

RAY EHRENSgERGER, Ph.D., Dean

STANLEY J. DRAZEK, Ph.D., Associate Dean

RALPH J. KLEIN, Ph.D., Assistant Dean for General Studies

T. DODSON STAMPS, Brig. Gen., U.S. Army (Ret.), B.A., B.S.,

Assistant Dean for Military Studies

ATLANTIC DIVISION

GEORGE J. DiLLAvou, M.A., Director
NEWFOUNDLAND

At the request of the North East Air Command, University College inaugur-
ated a Newfoundland program on July 1, 1951. This program is operated on an
accelerated basis, with classes meeting two evenings each week for eight weeks.

Classes in accounting, economics, English, foreign languages, geography,
government and politics, history, mathematics, sociology, and speech were
offered during 1958-59. Courses are offered at the following Newfoundland
Centers:

Harmon Air Force Base— Stephenville
Pepperrell Air Force Base— St. John's
Argentia Naval Station— Argentia

LABRADOR
Goose Bay

GREENLAND

At the request of the North East Air Command, University College inaugur-
ated the Greenland program in February, 1953.

Classes in business administration, economics, English, French, German,
geography, government and politics, history, and mathematics were offered dur-
ing the 1958-59 terms at the following Greenland bases:

Sondrestrom CBW-8)
Thule

Further information regarding the Newfoundland, Labrador and Green-
land centers may be obtained from Captain John Cantrell, Personnel Services
Division, Headquarters, Eighth Air Force, Westover Air Force Base, Massa-
chusetts, or University College, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.

ICELAND

At the request of the Military Air Transport Service a center was estab-
lished at Keflavik, Iceland, in December 1951. Courses have been offered in

< 50

Atlantic Division

economics, English, foreign languages, history, government and politics, so-
ciology, and speech.

Further information relative to Iceland oflFerings may be obtained from the
Education Officer, Keflavik Air Force Base, Keflavik, Iceland, or Mr. Huoh
Reddon, Headquarters, Military Air Transport Service, Scott Air Force Base,
Illinois, or this College.

BERMUDA

At the request of the Military Air Transport Service a center was estab-
lished at Kindley Air Force Base in September, 1957.

Information concerning offerings at Kindley Air Force Base may be obtained
by writing Miss Geraldine C. O'Donnell, Education Adviser, Kindley A.F.B.,
Bermuda, or from this college.

At the request of the U.S. Navy a center was established at the Naval
Operating Base on Bermuda in September, 1958.

Information concerning course offerings may be obtained by writing to the
I. & E. office, N.O.B., U.S. Navy, Bermuda, or from this College.

LAJES, THE AZORES

Classes began in August, 1959, at the Azores Air Transport Station. Infor-
mation concerning course offerings may be obtained from Mr. Fred Souk, Educa-
tion Adviser, Azores Air Transport Station, APO 406, New York, or from this
College.

ADMINISTRATION

The Newfoundland, Greenland, Iceland, Labrador, and Bermuda offerings
are administered as the Atlantic Division from University College at College Park.

This program would not be possible without the valuable assistance and
support of the Educational Personnel at the respective centers.

51 ►

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE

RAY EHRENSBERGER, Ph.D., Dean

STANLEY J. DRAZEK, Ph.D., Assoctate Dcati
RALPH J. KLEIN, Ph.D., Assistant Dean for General Studies
T. DODSON STAMPS, Brig. Gen., U.S. Army (Ret.), B.A., B.S., |

Assistant Dean for Military Studies |

FAR EAST DIVISION )

MASON G. DALY, Ph.D., Director j

LESLIE R. BUNDGAARD, Ph.D., Associate Director t
JANUS POPPE, Ph.D., Assistant Director and Comptroller

GENE I. BUNDGAARD, B.E., Assistant Director of Admissions and Registrations i

HISTORY !

In August, 1956, the University of Maryland facilities were extended into
Japan, Okinawa and Korea. Taiwan and Guam were added during the first year
of operation. This extension was made possible by arrangements both with the
military and with the University of California, which had conducted an educa-
tional program in the Far East since 1950. On its withdrawal, the University of
California recommended to the Far East Command that the University of
Maryland expand its Overseas Program by offering courses to American military
and civilian personnel stationed across the Pacific Ocean. When the Maryland
classes opened in September of 1956, there were 1,820 course enrollments in,
83 classes at 42 centers. Average enrollments currently top 3,000 per term. \

The program in the Far East, like that in Europe, is operated on a term
basis, with classes meeting two evenings each week during an eight week period.'
There are five terms each year.

The administrative ofl&ces for the Far East Division are located in Tokyo, Japan.
The Tokyo office maintains a director, an associate director, an assistant director
and comptroller and an assistant director of admissions and registrations.

COURSES OFFERED

The courses of study arranged for the University's program in the Far East
are aimed primarily toward the attainment of the Bachelor of Science degree
in Military Studies and the Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies. Courses
are taught in business administration, economics, English, foreign languages,
government and politics, history, mathematics, military studies, philosophy,
psychology, sociology and speech.

■< 52

^ >.»-■"<.:■;,-■■;■.(

••^J^

-a^^

S' j*^^

*»>

HEADQUAR1L1\S BUILDING FOR A WORLD-WIDE
EDUCATION PROGRAM
The central administrative offices of the University College are
located in the Skinner Building on the College Park campus. This
building also houses the College of Education and the Graduate
School. Other frincipal offices of University College are located in
Heidelberg, Germany, and Tokyo, jwpan.

i»:^

taKiSfl^M'Uitlilliltiliilflllltit: ^')**'

Far East Divisk

TEACHING PERSONNEL

A faculty of between 130 and 160 full and part-time teachers is main-
tained during each academic term. All teachers are selected at College Park,
in consultation with the respective department heads. A close liaison is main-
tained between department heads and their respective departmental instructors.

Centers where Alaryland courses are offered vary from term to term, as
dictated by military policy and other factors which result because of the
movement of military personnel. Classes are currently being offered at the
Following centers in the Far East:

[APAN

Ashiya AB

Atsugi NAS

Brady AB

Camp Drake

Chitose AEC

Fleet Activ. Yokosuka

Fuchu AS

Iwakuni MAS

Johnson AB

Kishine Barracks (Yokohama)

Misawa AB

Tachikawa AB

U.S. Army Map Service (Tokyo)

Washington Hts.

Yokota AB

Zama AEC

DKINAWA

Kadena AB
Machinato AEC
Naha AB
Naha AEC
Sobe AEC
Sukiran AEC

JUAM

Andersen AFB

:OREA

Ascom AEC
Det. L, KMAG

Inchon AEC
Kimpo AB
Kunsan AB
Osan AB

Camp Page

Pusan AEC

Seoul AEC

Camp Shoonover

I Corps

Camp Red Cloud
Camp St. Barbara
Camp Stanley

1st Cav. Div.

Hq., 1st Cav.

Hq., 2nd Cav.

4th Cav.

Hq., 1st BG, 5th Cav.

Hq., 1st BG, 7th Cav.

Hq., 1st BG, 8th Cav.

7th Inf. Div.

East Camp Casey
7th Div. Arty.
West Camp Casey
Camp Hovey
Camp Kaiser
Camp Beavers

TAIWAN

Taipei

Far East Division

COOPERATION OF EDUCATION BRANCHES

The Far East Division would not be possible except fo^ the valuabl
assis ance and support of the arn.ed services Education Branches. Full-tun
staff members are provided mihtary transportation to and from centers i
the pTdfic a ea Extensive assistance is given to the University m matte,
Solving registration, quarters, and other essentials of the University s existenc
in centers of troop concentration in the Onent.

Personnel other than military may be admitted to classes on a spac
available basis.

DEGREE OPPORTUNITIES

Credit earned in the Far East Division is considered as residence cred
at the UnLrsity of Maryland, as is credit earned at stateside Europea
DiviL and other overseas centers. Students may either pursue studies leadi
to degrees in the University of Maryland, or they may transfer credits eame
to other institutions.

ADDRESS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION

Information concerning the Far East Division may be obtained by writii
to the T^kyo office. Inqukies should be addressed to: University of Marylan
722 Washington Heights, APO 94, San Francisco, California.

SECTIOiN V

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

A LL CURRENT COURSES WHICH HAVE BEEN TAUGHT IN THE LAST THREE

[\_ years through the University College are listed below. They are arranged
n alphabetical order by academic department. The number of hours of credit
s shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of the course.

Course numbers are designated as follows:

1 to 99— Courses for undergraduates

100 to 199— Courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all 100-level courses may be taken for graduate credit.)

200 to 299— Courses for graduates only.

Courses listed in the catalogs of other colleges of the University may be
)flFered by the University College if demand warrants and the academic depart-
nent concerned approves.

BOTANY

3ot. 1. General Botany. (4)

^cture and laboratory. General introduction to botany, touching briefly on all phases
)f the subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological principles of the highei
)lants. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

3. A. 10, 11. Organization and Control. (2, 2)

Required in all Business Administration curriculums. A survey course treating the
internal and functional organization of a business enterprise. B. A. 11 includes in-
llustrial management, organization and control.

J. A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting. (4, 4)

lequired in all Business Administration curriculums. Prerequisite, sophomore train-
ig. The fundamental principles and problems involved in accounting for proprietox-
bips, corporation and partnerships.

Vor Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

•. A. 100. Office Oferations and Management. (3)

terequisite, jimior standing. Deals with the principles of scientific management as
ley apply to the examination, improvement, installation, and operation of the most
lective paperwork methods and systems that a given organization can use to achieve

55 ►

Business Administration

its obiectives Procedure How analysis and form design for control of paperwork;
process work distribution, and layout charts, distribution of authonty and responsi-
bility for office activities are among the areas considered.

BA 130. Elements of Business Statistics. (3)

Prerequisite iunior standing and completion of Math. 5 and 6 or equivalent. Laborato^
fee Too A^ introductory course!^ Emphasis is placed upon statistical mference
To;ics covered include statistical observation, frequency distnbutions, averages, meas
Ire^ of var ability, elementary probability, sampling distributions, problems of estima
Son sin^ple tests of hypotheses, index numbers, time senes, graphical and tabula,
pres'entS Selected a^plicatiorls of the techniques are dra^.^ from economics, indus
trial management, marketing and accounting.

B A 140. Financial Management. (3)

Prereauisite Econ. 140. This course deals with the principles and practices involve.

fn tS o ganization, financing, and reconstruction of corporations; the venous types a

securftieslnd their use in raising funds; apporrioning income, nsk, ^^d controWt«

corporate relations; and new developments. Emphasis on solution of problems o

financial policy faced by management.

B A 150a Marketing Princifles and Organization. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. This is an introductoty course in the field of niarketing

its pulse s to give a general understanding and appreciarion of the forces operaon

Surions employed, and methods followed in marketing agricultural products, natura

products, services, and manufactured goods.

B A. 150. Marketing Management. (3)
Prerequisite B.A. 150a. A study of the work of the marketing division in a goiii
organLtion. The work of developing organizations and procedures for the control t
mfrkering activities are surveyed. The emphasis throughout the course is placed o
Te dete4inarion of policies, methods, and practices for the effective marketmg of va
ious forms of manufactured products.

B A. 160. Personnel Management. (3)
Prerequisite Econ. 160. This course deals essentially with functional and administr
ri e relationships between management and the labor force^ It -mprises a survey <
the scientific selecrion of employees, "in-service" trainmg, job analysis, classification a.
rating, motivation of employees, employee adjustments, wage incentives, employee di
cipUne and techniques of supervision, and ehmination of employment hazards.

B A. 163. Industrial Relations. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 160. A study of the development and methods of organized grou]
in industry with reference to the settlement of labor disputes. An economic and leg
analysis of labor union and employer association activiries, arbitration, inediation, ai
conciliation; collective bargaining, trade agreements, strikes, boycotts, lockouts, coi
pany unions, employee representation, and injunctions.

B. A. 164. Recent Labor Legislation and Court Decisions. (3)
Prerequisite B. A. 160 and senior standing. Case method analysis of the modem la
of industrial relations. Cases include the decisions of administrative agencies, coui
and arbitration tribunals.

^ 56

Business Administration

B. A. 166. Business Communications. (3)

Prerequisite, junior standing. A systematic study of the principles of effective written
communications in business. The fundamental aim is to develop the ability to write
clear, correct, concise, and persuasive business letters and reports.

B. A. 167. Job Rumination and Merit Rating. (2)

Prerequisite, B. A. 160. The investigation of the leading job evaluation plans used
in industry, study of the development and administrative procedures, analyzing jobs
and writing job descriptions, setting up a job evaluation plan, and relating job evalua-
tion to pay scales. Study of various employee merit rating programs, the methods of
merit rating, and the uses of merit rating.

B. A. 169. Industrial Management. (3)

Prerequisites, B. A. 11 and 160. Studies the operation of a manufacturing enter-
prise. Among the topics covered are product development, plant location, plant lay-
out, production planning and control, methods analysis, time study, job analysis, budget-
ary control, standard costs, and problems of supervision. An inspection trip to a large
manufacturing plant is made at the latter part of the semester.

B. A. 177. Motion Economy and Time Study. (3)

Prerequisite, B. A. 169. A study of the principles of motion economy, simo charts,
micromotion study, the fundamentals of time study, job evaluation, observations, stand-
ard times, allowances, formula construction, and wage payment plans.

B. A. 178. Production Planning and Control. (2)

Prerequisite, B. A. 169. Analysis of the man- and material- and machine require-
ments for production according to the several types of manufacture. The develop-
ment of apphcation of inventory records, load charts, production orders, schedules,
production reports, progress reports and control reports. One lecture period and one
laboratory period each week.

B. A. 179. Problems in Supervision. (3)

Prerequisite, B. A. 169. A case study coiuse of supervisory problems divided into diffi-
culties with subordinates, wath associates and with superiors. The purposes of the
course are to apply general principles of industrial management to concrete cases and
to extract principles from a study of cases.

B. A. 180, 181. Business Law. (4, 4)

Prerequisite, senior standing. Required in all Business Administration ciorriculums.
Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instnmients, agency, part-
nerships, corporations, real and personal property, and sales.

B. A. 229. Studies of Special Problems in the Fields of Control and Or-
ganization.
(Arranged.)

B. A. 262. Seminar in Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations.
(Arranged.)

57 ►

Business Administration, Chemistry

B. A. 265. Development and Trends in Industrial Management. (3)

B. A. 266. Research in Personnel Management.

CArranged.)

B. A. 267. Research in Industrial Relations.

(Arranged.)

B. A. 269. Studies of Special Problems in Employ er-Em'ployee Relationships.

(Arranged.)

B. A. 271. Theory of Organization. (3)
(Arranged.)

B. A. 299. Thesis.

(Note: The student must take the initiative in arranging to see the professor concerned,

at the latter's convenience).

CHEMISTRY

Chem. 1, 3. General Chemistry. (4, 4)

Prerequisite, 1 year high school algebra or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $10.00.

Chem. 11, 13. General Chemistry. (3, 3)

Lecture and laboratory. Laboratory fee, $10.00. An abbreviated course in general
chemistry for students in home economics and pre-nursing. This course is open only
to students registered in home economics and pre-nursing.

Chem. 19. Elements of Quantitative Analysis. (4)
Prerequisite, Chem. 15. Laboratory fee, $10.00.

Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. (2)
Prerequisite, Chem. 37, 38, 123.

Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry. (2, 2)

Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38. An advanced study of the compounds of carbon.

Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry. (2, 2)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 33, or Chem. 35, 37. This course
is designed primarily for students in agriculture, bacteriology, or chemistry, and for
those students in home economics who used a more extensive course of biochemistry
than is offered in Chem. 81, 82.

Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory. (2, 2)

Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, or Chem. 36, 38. Laboratory fee, $10.00.

Chem. 303. Electrochemistry. (3)

Chem. 360. Research.

M 58

ECONOMICS

Econ. 31, 32. Princi'ples of Economics. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Econ. 31 is a prerequisite for Econ. 32. Required
in the Business Administration Cuiriculums. In Econ. 31 basic concepts, the monetary
system, the national accoimts, national income analysis, and business cycles are intro-
duced. In Econ. 32 emphasis is placed on price theory, distribution, international
trade, and economic development.

Econ. 102. National Income Analysis. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32. An analysis of national income accoimts and the level of

national income and employment.

Econ. 131. Comfarative Economic Systems. C3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. An investigation of the theory and practice of various
types of economic systems. The course begins with an examination and evaluation of
the capitalistic system, and is followed by an analysis of alternative types of economic
systems such as fascism, sociaUsm, and communism.

Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32. Required for Economics majors. This course is an analysis
of price and distribution theory with special attention to recent developments in the
theory of imperfect competition.

Econ. 136. International Economic Policies and Relations. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A descriptive and theoretical analysis of international
trade. Full consideration is given to contemporary problems facing international trade
and to the impact of governmental pohcy upon international commercial relations.

Econ. 138. Economics of the Soviet Union. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Required by students in Soviet Area and Language
Program. (European Program.) Analysis of the organization, operating principles and
performance of the Soviet economy with attention to the historical and ideological
background, planning, resources, industry, agriculture, domestic and foreign trade,
finance, labor, and the structure and growth of national income.

Econ. 140. Money and Banking. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the organization, functions, and operation
of our monetary, credit, and banking system; the relation of commercial banking to
the Federal Reserve System; the relation of money and credit to prices; domestic and
foreign exchange; and the impact of public pohcy upon banking and credit.

Econ. 160. Labor Economics. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. The historical development and chief characteristics
of the American labor movement are first surveyed. Present-day problems are then
examined in detail, wage theories, unemplojTnent, social security, labor organization,
and collective bargaining.

59 ►

Education

Econ. 170. Monopoly and Com'petitton. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Changing structure of the American economy, price
policies in different industrial classifications of monopoly and competition in relation
to problems of public policy.

EDUCATION

Ed. 52. Children's Literature. (2)

Prerequisite, English 1, 2. A study of literary values in prose and verse for chil-
dren.

Ed. 90. Development and Learning. (3)

A study of the principles of learning and their application to school situations. De-
signed to meet the usual teacher-certification requirement for educational psychology.

Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States. (3)

A study of the origins and development of the chief features of the present system of

education in the United States.

Ed. 107. Philosophy of Education. (2-3)

A study of the great educational philosophers and their contributions to modem educa-
tion. Earlier periods.

Ed. 121. The Language Arts in the Elementary School. (2)

Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written expression, and creative expression.

Special emphasis given skills having real significance to the pupils.

Ed. 122. The Social Studies in the Elementary School. (2)

Consideration given to curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, evaluation

of newer materials in the field.

Ed. 123. The Child and the Curriculum. (3)

Relationship of the elementary school curriculimi to child growth and development.

Recent trends in curriculvim organization; the effect of environment on learning;

readiness to leam; and adapting curriculum content and methods to maturity levels of

children.

Ed. 124. Arithmetic in the Elementary School. (2)

Emphasis on materials and procedures which help pupils sense arithmetical meanings
and relationships. Helps teachers gain a better understanding of the number system
and arithmetical processes.

Ed. 125. Art in Elementary Schools. (2")

Concerned wdth art methods and materials for elementary schools. Includes laboratory

experiences with materials appropriate for elementary schools.

Education

Ed. 130. The Junior High School. (2-3)

A general overview of the junior high school. Purposes, functions and character-
istics of this school unit, a study of its population, organization, program of studies,
methods, staff, and other similar topics, together with their implications for prospective
teachers.

Ed. 133. Methods of Teaching Social Studies in Secondary School. (2-3)
Designed to give practical training in the everyday teaching situations. Use of various
lesson techniques, audio and visual aids, reference materials, and testing programs and
the adoption of teaching methods to individual and group differences. Present ten-
dencies and aims of instruction in the social studies.

Ed. 134. Materials and Procedures for the Secondary School Core Curricur
lum. (3)

This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who are in charge
of core classes in junior and senior high schools. Materials and teaching procedures
for specific units of work are stressed. Laboratory fee, $1.00.

Ed. 137. Methods of Teaching Mathematics and Science in Secondary School.
(2-3)

Considers such topics as objectives, selection, organization, and presentation of sub-
ject matter, appropriate classroom methods and procedures, instructional materials and
evaluation of learning experiences in the areas of mathematics, the physical sciences,
and the biological sciences. Laboratory fee, $2.00.

Ed. 141. Methods of Teaching English in Secondary Schools. (3)
Content and method in teaching the English language arts.

Ed. 145. Princi'ples and Methods of Secondary Education. (2-3)

This course is concerned with the principles and methods of teaching in junior and

senior high schools.

Ed. 147. Audio-Visual Education. (3)

Laboratory fee, $1.00. Sensory impressions in their relation to learning; projection ap-
paratus, its cost and operation; sUdes, film-strips, and films; physical principles imder-
lying projection.

Ed. 150. Educational Measurement. (2)
Constructing and interpreting measures of achievement.

Ed. 153. The Teaching of Reading. (2)

Ed. 154. Remedial Reading Instruction. (2)

For supervisors and teachers who vdsh to help retarded readers. Concerned with
causes of reading difficulties, the identification and diagnosis of retarded pupils, instruc-
tional materials, and teaching procedures. Prerequisite, Ed. 153 or the equivalent.

61 ►

Education

Ed. 160. Educational Sociology. (2)

Ed. 161. Principles of Guidance. (3)

Overview of principles and practices cf guidance-oriented education.

Ed. 163, 164, 165. Community Study Laboratory 1, U, and III. (_2, 2, 2)
Involves experience from the educational standpoint with the agencies, institutions,
cultural patterns, living conditions, and social processes which play significant roles
in shaping the behavior of children and adults and which must be understood by
individuals working toward school and community improvement. Each participant
becomes a member of a group in a given area of study and concentrates on problems
which have direct application in his school situation. Readings are integrated with
techniques of study.

Ed. 189. Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes. 0-6^

The following types of educational enterprises may be scheduled under this course
heading: workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively
with other colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course
listing; clinical experiences in pupil-testing contests, reading clinics, speech therapy
laboratories, and special education centers; institutes developed around specific topics
or problems and intended for designated groups such as school superintendents, prin-
cipals, and supervisors. The maximum number of credits may be earned under
this course symbol toward any degree is six semester hours, the symbol may be used
two or more times until six semester hours have been reached.

For Graduates Qoffered only hi Baltimore Center^

Ed. 203. Problems in Higher Education. (3)
A study of present problems in higher education.

Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education. (3)
The basic course is school administration. Deals with the organization and adminis-
tration of school systems— at the local, state, and federal levels; and with the admin-
istrative relationships involved.

Ed. 211. The Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Secondary
Schools. (2)

The work of the secondary school principal. The course includes topics such as
personnel problems, supervision, school-community relationships, student activities,
schedule making, and internal financial accounting.

■< 62

Education

Ed. 214. School Plant Planning. (2)

An orientation course in which the planning of school buildings is developed as edu-
cational designing wath reference to problems of site, building facilities, and equip-
ment.

Ed. 216. High School Su-pervision. (2)

Prerequisite, teaching experience. Deals with recent trends in supervision; the nature
and function of supervision; planning supervisory programs, evaluation and rating;
participation of teachers and other groups in policy development; school workshops;
and other means for the improvement of instruction.

Ed. 217. Administratio7i and Supervision in Elementary Schools. (2)

Problems in organizing and administering elementary schools and impro\'ing instruc-
tion.

Ed. 219. Seminar in Educational Administration and Supervision. (2-4)

Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships. (2-6')

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Enrollment limited. Designed to help teachers,
school administrators, and other school staff members to learn to function more effec-
tively in developing educational poUcy in group situations. Each student in the course
is required to be working concurrently in the field with a group of school staff mem-
bers or citizens on actual school problems.

Ed. 225. School Public Relations. (3)

A study of the interrelationships between the community and the school. Public opin-
ion, propaganda, and the ways in which various specified agents and agencies within
the school have a part in the school public relations program are explored.

Ed. 226. Child Accounting. (2)

An inquiry into the record keeping activities of the school system, including an ex-
amination of the marking system.

Ed. 227. Public School Personnel Administration. (3)

A comparison of practices with principles governing the satisfaction of school person-
nel needs, including a study of tenure, salary schedules, supervision, rewards, and
other benefits.

Ed. 229. Seminar in Elementary Education. (2)

Primarily for individuals who wish to write seminar papers. Enrollment should be

preceded by at least 12 hours of graduate work in Education.

Ed. 234. The School Curriculum. (2-3)

A foundations course embracing the curriculum as a whole from early childhood through
adolescence, including a review of historical developments, an analysis of conditions
affecting curriciilvmi change, an examination of issues in curriculum making, and a
consideration of current trends in curriculum design.

Ed. 235. Principles of Curriculum Development. (3)

Curriculum planning, improvement, and evaluation in the schools; principles for the
selection and organization of the content and learning experiences; ways of working
in classroom and school on curriculum improvement.

63 ►

Ediication

Ed. 245. Introduction to Research. (2)

Intensive reading, analysis, and interpretation of research; applications to teaching

fields; the writing of abstracts, research reports, and seminar papers.

Ed. 250. Analysis of the Individual. (3)

Knowing students through use of numerous techniques. Ed. 161 desirable as pre-
requisite.

Ed. 253. Guidance Information. (2)

Finding, filing, and using information needed by students for making choices, plans,
and adaptations in school, occupations, and in interpersonal relations. Ed. 161 is de-
sirable as prerequisite.

Ed. 254. Organization and Administration of Guidance Programs. (2)
Instilling the guidance point of view and implementing guidance practices. All
guidance courses except Seminar are prerequisites.

Ed. 260. School Counseling: Theoretical Foundations and Practice. (3)
Prerequisites, Ed. 161, 250, 253. Prerequisites may be waived by instructor. Ex-
ploration of learning theories as applied to counseling in schools, and practices which
stem from such theories.

Ed. 263, 264. A-ptitiides and Aptitude Testing. (2, 2)
coffered in Baltimore.)

Ed. 267. Curriculum Construction Through Community Analysis. (2)
Prerequisites, Ed. 163, 164, 165. Selected research problems in the field of community
study wdth emphasis on the Baltimore area.

Ed. 269. Seminar in Guidance. (2)

Ed. 288. Special Problems in Education. Ql-C")

Master of education or doctoral candidates who desire to piusue special research prob-
lems under the direction of their advisers may register for credit under this num-
ber.

Ed. 399. Research-Thesis. (1-6)

Students who desire credit for a master's thesis, a doctoral dissertation, or a doctoral

project should use this number.

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

C. Ed. 110. Child Development III. (3)

Developmental growth of the child from the prenatal period through the early child-
hood years, with implications for home and school practice. For students in other
colleges of the University.

C. Ed. 115. Children's Activities and Activities Materials. (3)
Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100, 101, or 110. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Storytelling; selec-
tion of books for pre-school children; the use, preparation, and presentation of such

M 64

Education

raw materials as clay, paints (easel and finger), blocks, wood, and scrap materials for
nursery school and kindergarten.

C. Ed. 116. Creative Music for Young Children. (2-3)

Prerequisite, Mus. 16 or equivalent. Creative experiences in songs and rhythms;
correlation of music and everyday teaching with the abilities and development of
each level; study of songs and materials; observation and teaching e.xperience with
each age level.

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION

H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II and 111.
(2, 2, 2)

Prerequisite, general or educational psychology or anv course in Human Development.
These courses involve the direct study of children throughout the school year. Each
participant gathers a wide body of information about an individual; presents the accumu-
lating data from time to time to the study group for criticism and group analysis, and
writes an interpretation of the dynamics underljong the child's learning, behavior and
development.

H. D. Ed. 200. Introduction to Human Development and Child Study. (3)
This course offers a general overview of the scientific principles which describe himian
development and behavior and makes use of these principles in the study of individual
children. Each student will obser^'e and record the beha\'ior of an individual child
throughout the semester and must have one half-day a week free for this purpose.
The course is basic to further work in child study and serves as a prerequisite for ad-
vanced courses where the student has not had field work or at least six weeks of
workshop experience in child study.

H. D. Ed. 201. Biological Bases of Behavior. (3)

This course emphasizes that understanding human life, growth and behavior depends
on understanding the ways in which the body is able to capture, control and expand
energy. Application throughout is made to human body processes and implications
for understanding and working with people. H. D. 250 a or b or c must be taken
concurrently with this course. (Prerequisite, H. D. Ed. 200.)

H. D. Ed. 202. Social Bases of Behavior. (3)

This course analyzes the socially inherited and transmitted patterns of pressiues,
expectations and limitations learned by an individual as he grows up. These are
considered in relation to the patterns of feeling and behaving which emerge as the
result of growing up in one's social group. H. D. Ed. 250a or b or c must be taken
conciurently with this course. (Prerequisite, H. D. Ed. 200.)

H. D. Ed. 250a, 250h, 250c. Direct Study of Children, (i, 1, i)
This course provides the opportunity to observe and record the behavior of an in-
dividual child in a nearby school. These records wiH be used in conjunction with
the advanced courses in Himian Development and this course will be taken concxir-
rently with such courses. Teachers active in their jobs while taking advanced courses
in Human Development may use records from their own classrooms for this course.
May not be taken concurrently with H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104, or H. D. Ed. 200.

65 ►

Education

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATIOiN

(The courses below do not constitute a complete listing of Industrial Educa-
tion oflFerings but are the courses currently offered at off-campus centers.)

Ind. Ed. 1. Mechanical Drawing. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. This course constitutes an introduction to ortho-
graphic muki-view and isometric projection. Emphasis is placed upon the visuaHza-
tion of an object when it is represented by a multi-view drawing and upon the making
of multi-view dravvdngs. The course carries through auxiliary views, sectional views,
dimensioning, conventional representation and single stroke letters. Laboratory fee,
$5.00.

Ind. Ed. 2. Elementary Woodworking. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. This is a woodworking course which involves pri-
marily the use of hand tools. The course is developed so that the student uses
practically every common woodworking hand tool in one or more situations. There
is also included elementary wood finishing, the specifying and storing of lumber,
and the care and conditioning of tools used. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

Ind. Ed. 28. Electricity I. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. An introductory course to electricity in general.
It deals with the electrical circuit, elementary wiring problems, the measurement of
electrical energy, and a brief treatment of radio. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

Ind. Ed. 48. Electricity 11. (2)

Principles involved in A-C and D-C electrical equipment, including heating measure-
ments, motors and control, electro-chemistry, the electric arc, inductance and reactance,
condensers, radio, and electronics. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

Ind. Ed. 50. Methods of Teaching. (2)

For vocational and occupational teachers of shop and related subjects. The identi-
fication and analysis of factors essential to helping others learn; types of teaching
situations and techniques; the use of instructional aids; measuring results and grading
student progress in shop and related technical subjects.

Ind. Ed. 60. Observation and Demonstration Teaching. (2)
(Offered in Baltimore only.) Prerequisite, Educational Psychology and/or Methods
of teaching Vocational and Occupational Subjects. Primarily for vocational and oc-
cupational teachers. Sixteen hours of directed observation and demonstration teaching.
Reports, conferences, and critiques constitute the remainder of scheduled activities in
this course.

Ind. Ed. 124 a, h. Organized and Supervised Work Experience.
(.3 credits for each internship period, total: 6 credits). This is a work experience
sequence planned for students enrolled in the curriculum, "Education for Industry".
The purpose is to provide the students vdth opportunities for first-hand experiences
with business and industry. The student is responsible for obtaining his own em-
ployment vidth the coordinator advising him as regards the job opportunities which
have optimmn learning value.

^66

Education

The nature of the work experience desired is outHned at the outset of employment
and the evaluations made by the student and the coordinator are based upon the planned
experiences.

The time basis for each internship period is 6 forty-hour weeks or 240 work hours.
Any one period of internship must be served through continuous employment in a
single establishment. Two internship periods are required. The two internships
may be served with the same business or industry.

The completion for credit of any period of internship requires the employer's
recommendation in terms of satisfactory work and work attitudes.

More complete details are found in the handbook prepared for the student of this
curriculum.

hid. Ed. 143. Industrial Safety Education I. (2)

This course deals briefly with the history and development of effective safety pro-
grams in modern industry and treats causes, effects, and values of industrial safety
education inclusive of fire prevention and hazard controls.

hid. Ed. 144. hidiistrial Safety Education 11. (2)

This course presents exemplary safety practices through conference discussions, group
demonstrations, and organized plant visits to selected industrial situations. Methods
of lire precautions and safety practices are emphasized. Evaluative criteria in safety
programs are formulated.

Ind. Ed. ISO. Training Aids Develcpment. (3)

Study of the aids in common use as to their source and application. Special emphasis
is placed on principles to be observed in making aids useful to shop teachers. Actual
construction and application of such aids will be required.

Ind. Ed. 161. Principles of Vocational Guidance. (2)

This course identifies and applies the imderlying principles of guidance to the problems
of educational and vocational adjustment of students.

hid. Ed. 164. Shof Organization and Management. (2)

This course covers the basic elements of organizing and managing an Industrial hdu-

cation program including the selection of equipment and the arrangement of the

shop.

Ind. Ed. 165. Modern Industry. (3)

This course provides an overview of manufacturing industry in the American sociaj,
economic and culture pattern. Representative basic industries are studied from the
viewpoints of personnel and management organization, industrial relations, production
procedures, distribution of products, and the like.

Ind. Ed. 167. Problems in Occupational Education. (2)

The purpose of this course is to obtain, assemble, organize, and interpret data relative

to the scope, character and effectiveness of occupational education.

Ind. Ed. 168. Trade or Occupational Analysis. (2)

Provides a working knowledge of occupational and job analysis which is basic in

67 ►

Education

organizing vocational-industrial instruction. This course should precede Ind. Ed. 169.

Ind. Ed. 169. Course Construction. (2)

Surveys and applies techniques of building and reorganizing course materials for

efitective use in vocational and occupational schools.

Ind. Ed. 170. Principles of Vocational Education. (2)

The course develops the Vocational Education movement as an integral phase of the

American program of pubhc education.

Ind. Ed. 171. History of Vocational Education. (2)

An overview of the development of Vocational Education from primitive times to the

present.

For Graduates

Ind. Ed. 207. Philoso'phy of Industrial Arts Education. (3)

This course is intended to assist the student in his development of a point of view
as regards Industrial Arts and its relationship with the total educational program. He
should, thereby, have a "yardstick" for appraising current procedures and proposals and
an articulateness for his own professional area.

Ind. Ed. 214. School Sho-p Planning and Equipment Selection. (3)
This course deals with principles involved in planning a school shop and provides
opportunities for applying these principles. Facilities required in the operation of a
satisfactory shop program are catalogued and appraised.

Ind. Ed. 216. Supervision of Industrial Arts. (2)

Ind. Ed. 240. Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education. (2")
This is a course offered by arrangement for persons who are conducting research m
the areas of Industrial Arts and Vocational Education.

Ind. Ed. 241. Content and Method of Industrial Arts. (3)
Various methods and procedures used in curriculum development are examined and
those suited to the field of Industrial Arts education are applied. Methods of and
devices for Industrial Arts instruction are studied and practiced.

htd. Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education. (2)

MUSIC EDUCATION

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Mus. Ed. 128. Music for the Elementary Classroom Teacher. (2)
Prerequisite, Mus. 16 or consent of instructor. A study of the group activities and
materials through which the child experiences music. The course is designed to aid
both music specialists and classroom teachers. It includes an outline of objectives and
a survey of instructional methods.

M 68

Education

For Graduates

Mus. Ed. 204. Current Trends in Music Education QSeminar'). (2)
A survey of current philosophies and objectives of music in the schools. The scope and
sequence of the music curricula, vocal and instnamental, on the elementary and sec-
ondary levels.

SCIENCE EDUCATION

Sci. Ed. 105. Workshop in Science for Elementary Schools. (2)
Designed to help teachers acquire general science understandings and to develop teach-
ing materials for practical use in classrooms. Includes experiments, demonstrations,
constructions, observations, field trips, and use of audio-visual materials. The em-
phasis is on content and method related to science units in common use in elemen-
tary schools. Laboratory fee, $2.00.

Note: For courses in physical education and health education, see the Catalog
of the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health.

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Sf. Ed. 170. Introduction to Special Education. (3)

Designed to give an understanding of the needs of all types of exceptional children,
stressing preventive and remedial measures.

Sp. Ed. 171. Characteristics of Exceptional Children. (3)
A. Mentally Retarded-B. Gifted

Studies the diagnosis, etiology, physical, social and emotional characteristics of excep-
tional children. Describes how the educational program should be modified to utilize
the full capacity of these children.

Sp. Ed. 172. Education of Exceptional Children. (3)
A. Mentally Retarded-B. Gifted

Offers practical and specific methods of teaching exceptional children. Selected obser-
vation of actual teaching may be arranged. (Prerequisite, Sp. Ed. 171 or equivalent)

Sp. Ed. 173. Curricidiini for Exceptional Children. (3)

A. Mentally Retarded— B. Gifted

Examines the principles and objectives guiding curriculum for exceptional children.

Gives experience in developing curriculum for these children. Studies various ciu-

ricula currently in use. (Prerequisite, Sp. Ed. 171 or equivalent)

Ed. 278. Seminar in Special Education. (2)
An overview of education of exceptional children.

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

Aero. E. 101. Aerodynamics. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 21 and Math. 21. Basic fluid mechanics

and the aerodynamic theory.

69 ►

Aeronautical Engineering, Chemical Engineering

Aero. E. 211. The Design and Use of Wind Tunnels (Supersonic'). (3)
The design and use of wind tunnels (supersonic). Review of basic aerodynamics and
thermodynamics. Problems in supersonic tunnel design such as pumping, power sup-
ply, condensation and dries. Equipment for measuring results such as balances, man-
ometer, optical instrvmients, such as schlieren, spark illumination and X-ray equipment.
Investigations in supersonic wind tunnels are described with special reference to
simihtude required for conversion to full scale.

Aero. E. 212, 213. Bodies at Supersonic Speeds. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, degree in Aero. E. or M. E. or equivalent,
and consent of instructor. Brief review of gasdynamics, drag, lift, stability, and damping
on a body in a supersonic stream. Special aerodynamic problems in the design of
supersonic missiles. Methods for obtaining accurate test data on the aerodynamic
characteristics of supersonic missiles.

Aero. E. 214. Seminar.

(In accordance wdth work outlined by the Aero. E. Staff.) Prerequisite, graduate

standing.

Aero. E. 215. Research.

(Credit in accordance with work outlined by Aero. E. staff.) Prerequisite, graduate

standing.

Aero. E. 216. Selected Aerohallistics Problems. (3)

Prerequisites, degree in Aero. E. or M. E. or equivalent and consent of instructor.
Physical processes and aerothermodynamic laws connected with the flow around super-
sonic missiles. Boundary layer problems and the transfer of heat and mass.

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Ch. E. 240, 241. Advanced Heat and Mass Transfer. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Elective of graduate students in Chemical Engineering
and others. Prerequisite, permission of the Department. The technical and scientific
elements of the mathematical theory of heat and mass transfer.

Ch. E. 399. Research in Chemical Engineering. Research in Nuclear Engi-
neering.

Credit hours to be arranged. The investigation of special problems and the preparation
of a thesis in partial fulfillment of the requirements of an advanced degree. Laboratory-
fee $8.00 per semester (Research in Chemical Engineering). Laboratory fee, $10.00
per semester (Research in Nuclear Engineering).

NUCLEAR ENGINEERING COURSES

Ch. E. 142. Environmental Considerations of Nuclear Engineering. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Engineerino analysis-
of protection of the public and the environment from the hazards of nuclear energy
operations. Emphasis is on the handling and disposal of gaseous, liquid and sofid'
radioactive wastes. Meteorological, hydrological and geological phases are included^

M 70

Nuclear Engineering, Metallurgical Option

Typical problems encountered from mining of ores through nuclear reactor operations
and chemical separations are considered. Legislative and economic factors, site selec-
tion, plant design and operations as related to the environment are discussed.

Ch. E. 30L Seminar in Nuclear Engineering. Ql')

First and second semesters. One meeting a week. Survey of nuclear engineering
literature, and oral presentation of prepared reports. Since the content of this covirse
is constantly changing, a student may receive a number of credits by re-registration.

Ch. E. 302, 303. Nuclear Reactor Engineering. (3, 3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Introduction to the
engineering problems of the design, construction and operation of typical nuclear
reactors, including general design, nuclear reactor theor}', materials of construction,
heat transfer, control, etc. Emphasis is toward commercial nuclear reactors.

Ch. E. 311. Nuclear Separation Engineering. (2)

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Application of chemical
engineering to the chemical and isotopic separations necessary for nuclear reactor
operation. These separations include (1) processing of uranium, thorium and other
ores, (2) chemical separation of plutonium, uranium, fission products and other
elements from materials irradiated in nuclear reactors, (3) treatment and disposal of
radioactive wastes, (4) isotopic separation of U235 and heavy water.

Ch. E. 315. Non-Power Uses of Nuclear or High Energy Radiation. (2)
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. An engineering survey of
the current applications and those under development. Included are such uses of
radiation as producing valuable radioactive and stable isotopes, synthesizing chemicals,
and preserving foods. The changes in the design and operation of power-only nuclear
reactor complexes required for such additional applications are discussed.

METALLURGICAL OPTION

Met. 150, 151. Physical Metallurgy. 0> ^^

Met. 152, J 53. Physical Metallurgy Lah. (2, 2)
Laboratory fee, $8.00.

Met. 164, 166. Thermodynamics of Metallurgical Processes. (3, 3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 187, 189; Chem. 188, 190. The applica-
tion of the principles of thermodynamics to metallurgical systems with emphasis on
steel making; laws of chemical reactions; materials and reactions in steel making
processes; applications of theory to steel making; applications of theory to selected
non-ferrous systems.

Met. 172. Light Metals and Alloys. (2)

First semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, Met. 150, 151. The physical
metallurgy of aluminum, magnesium, titanium, and their aUoys. Discussion of the
classic researches that have determined the course of thinking regarding such metals
and alloys. Pertinent phase diagrams of industrial importance to light alloys. The
special metallurgical processes influencing the fabrication and use of hght alloys.

71 ►

Metallurgical Option

Met. 188, 189. Alloy Steels I, 11. (2, 2)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, graduate or undergraduate standing. (Met. 188
is not prerequisite to Met. 189). Pvecent advances in the physical metallurgy of
steel; ferrite, cementite, and austenite; the isothermal transformation of austenite;
decomposition of austenite by continuous cooling; the effects of various metallxugical
treatments on the mechanical properties of steels. The properties of quenched and
tempered steels; importance of hardenability in engineering applications, calculation
of hardenability; variables affecting hardenability; intensifiers; effects of alloying ele-
ments on the mechanical properties of steels; efficient use of alloying elements in steel.
CNote: To be offered at off-campus naval installations as determined by departmental
and registration requirements.)

Met. 228. Seminar in Metallurgy. (I)

One meeting a week. Required of graduate students in metallurgical curriculum.

Smvey of metals literature, and oral presentation of prepared reports. The content of

this course is constantly changing, so a student may receive a number of credits by

re-registration.

Met. 230, 231. Mechanical Metallurgy. (3, 3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math. 114, 115; Met. 182, 183. Theory of
plastic flow and rupture of polycrystalline metals; the influence of combined stresses,
rate of deformation and temperature variation on the flow and rupture of metals.
Flow and fracture in single crystals; theoretical crystal plasticity, theory of failure,
recovery, recrystallization, and texture formation.

Met. 232, 233. Advanced Physical Metallurgy. (3, 3)

Three lectures a week. Required of graduate students in metallurgical curriculum.
The principles of X-ray metallography; the atomic theory of metals; magnetic materials;
phase equilibria; review of important binary and ternary system, diffusion and trans-
formations in the solid state. COffered at the Navy Department.)

Met. 238. Metallurgy of Nuclear Reactor Materials I. (2)
First semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, Met. 150, 151. Theory and
practice relating to metals such as uranium, thorium, and plutonium. The preparation
of such metals in their purest state for use in nuclear reactors. The physical, metallurgi-
cal and mechanical characteristics of fissionable metals, their melting, casting, fabrica-
tion, and heat treatment. The alloys of uranium, thorium, and plutonium. Theoretical
considerations and precautions in their preparation, investigation and use. Discussion
of phase diagrams of nuclear alloy systems.

Met. 239. Metallurgy of Nuclear Reactor Materials U. (2)
Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Met. 238. Theory and practice
of nuclear metals used in reactors including structural materials such as beryllium and
zirconium, and metals used for transfer of heat such as sodium, bismuth, and various
low melting alloys. Discussion of pertinent phase diagrams. Radiation damage, mass
transfer, and other specialized effects.

Met. 399. Research in Metallurgy.

Credit hours to be arranged. The investigation of special problems and the preparation

-^ 72

Electrical Engineering

of a thesis in partial fulfillment of tlie requirements of an advanced degree. Laboratory
fee, $8.00 per semester.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERLNG

E. E. 1. Basic Electrical Engineering. (j4^

Prerequisites, Math. 21 and Phys. 21 or concurrent registration. Required of sophomores
in electrical engineering. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Basic concepts of electric potential,
current power, and energy, d-c circuit analysis by the mesh-current and nodal methods,
network theorems, magnetic field concepts; magnetic effects of engineering importance.

E. E. 60. Electricity and Magnetism. (3)

Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21, and E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical
engineering. Electromagnetism as applied to electrical engineering; electric field theory
with emphasis on capacitance calculations, magnetic field theory with emphasis on
inductance calculations; boundary layer phenomena.

E. E. 65. Direct-Current Machinery. (3)

Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21, and E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical
engineering. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Construction, theory of operation, and performance
characteristics of direct-current generators, motors, and control apparatus. Experiments
on the operation and characteristics of direct-current generators and motors.

E. E. 100. Alternating-Current Circuits. (4)

Prerequisites, coverage (by courses) in Math. 20-21, Phys. 20-21, and E. E. I.
Required of juniors in electrical engineering. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Single-, and
polyphase-circuit analysis under sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal conditions of operation.
Mesh-current and nodal methods of analysis. Harmonic analysis by the Fourier series
method. Theory and design of turned coupled circuits.

E. E. 101. Engineering Electronics. (4)

Prerequisite, E. E. 100. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. Laboratory fee,

$4.00. Theory and applications of electron tubes and associated circuits with emphasis

on equivalent circuit and graphical analysis of audio amphfiers, theory of feedback

amplifiers.

E. E. 102. Alternating Current Machinery. (4)

Prerequisites, E. E. 65 and E. E. 100. Required of seniors in electrical engineering.
Laboratory fee $4.00. The operating principles of alternating-current machinery con-
sidered from theoretical, design, and laboratory points of view. Synchronous generators
and motors; single and polyphase transformers; three-phase induction generators and
motors; single-phase induction motors.

E. E. 104. Comimmications. (3)

Prerequisites, E. E. 60 and E. E. 100. Required of juniors in electrical engineering.
Long-line theory applied to audio-frequency and ultra-high-frequency systems. Ele-
ments of filter theory; impedance matching; Maxwell's equations in rectangular and
cylindrical coordinates and in scalar notation; elements of rectangular wave guide
theory,

E. E. JOS. Electric Transients. (3)

Prerequisites, E. E. 101, and Math. 64. Required of seniors in electrical engineering.

73 ►

Electrical Engineering

Current, voltage, and power transients in lumped-parameter networks. IntroductioE
and utilization of Laplace transformers.

E. E. 110. Transistor Circuitry. (3)

Prerequisite, E. E. 101. P-n junction theory; point contact and junction-type transistors;

transistor parameters; equivalent circuits; typical transistor amplifier and oscillator circuits.

E. E. 114. Applied Electronics. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 101. Detectors and discriminators; gas tube
characteristics and associated circuits; photoelectric tubes and associated circuits; rectifiers
and regulators: vacuum tube instruments.

E. E. 120. Electromagnetic Waves. (3)
Prerequisites, Math. 64 and senior standing in electrical engineering or physics. Basic
mathematical theory of electromagnetic wave propagation employing Maxwell's equa-
tions in scalar and vector form and in generalized coordinates; application to wave-guidt
transmission.

E. E. 130. Electronic Analog Computers, (3)
Prerequisites, E. E. 101, Math. 64. Principles of electronic computers of the analog
type. Analog computing components, operational amphfiers, d-c amplifiers, instrument
servos, multiphers, and fimction generators.

E. E. 131. Electronic Digital Computers. (3)
Prerequisites, E. E. 101, Math. 64. Principles of electronic computers of the digital
type. Digital computing operations, basic computing and control circuits, logical
design, arithmetic unit, memory systems, and control imits.

For Graduates

E. E. 201. Electromagnetic Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, E. E. 120 or E. E. 215. Theoretical analysis and engineering applications

of Laplace's, Poisson's, and Maxwell's equations.

E. E. 202, 203. Transients in Linear Systems. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, oi
physics. Operational circuit analysis; the Fourier integral, transient analysis of electrical
and mechanical systems and vacuum tube circuits by the Laplace transformer method.

E. E. 206, 207. Microwave Engineering. (3, 3}

Prerequisite, E. E. 201 or E. E. 216. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Basic consideration in
solving field problems by differential equations; circuit concepts and their validity at
high frequency; propagation and reflection of electromagnetic waves; guided electro-
magnetic waves; high frequency oscillators and tubes; radiation engineering.

E. E. 2i2, 213. Servomechanism. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical or mechanical engineering or physics.
(It is desirable that the student should have had E. E. 202.) ITie design and analysis
of regulatory systems, emphasizing ser\'o-mechanisms. Regulatory systems are analyzed
by means of the governing differential equations to provide background for more

< 74

Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering

practical studies of frequency spectrum analysis. Characteristics of actual systems and
practical considerations are studied.

E. E. 215, 216. Radio Wave Pwpagation. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical engineering, physics, or mathematics.
E. E. 215 required of M.S. degree candidates in electrical engineering. Maxwell's
wave equation; concept of retarded magnetic vector potential, propagation over plane
earth; propagation over spherical earth; refraction; meteorological effects; complex
antennas; air-to-air propagation; lobe modulation.

E. E. 218, 219. Signal Analysis and Noise. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical engineering or physics. Fourier series
and integrals; phase and frequency modulation; noise figiures of linear systems; shot
effect; power spectra; apphcations of correlation function; properties of noise.

E. E. 230. Mathematics of Circuit Analysis. (3)

Prerequisites, undergraduate major in electrical engineering or physics. The mathe-
matics of Circuit analysis, including determinants, matrices, complex variable, and the
Fourier integral.

E. E. 231. Active Network Analysis. (3)

Prerequisite, E. E. 230. The complex frequency plane; conventional feedback ampU-
fier theory; Bode's mathematical definitions of feedback and sensitivity; theorems for
feedback circuits; stabihty and physical realizability of electrical networks; Nyquist's
and Routh's criteria for stabihty.

E. E. 232, 233. Network Synthesis. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, E. E. 231 or equivalent. Design of driving-point and transfer impedance

functions with emphasis on the transfer loss and phase of minimvim-phase networks;

Bow diagrams; physical network characteristics, including relations existing between

the real and imaginary components of network functions; modem methods of network

synthesis.

E. E. 399. Electrical Engineering Research.

Prerequisite, approved application for candidacy to the degree of Master of Science or
Doctor of Philosophy in electrical engineering. Six semester hovirs of credit in E. E.
250 are required of M.S. degree candidates and a minimum of eighteen semester hours
is required of Ph.D. candidates. A thesis covering an approved research problem and
written in conformity with the regulations of the Graduate School is a partial require-
ment for either the degree of Master of Science or the degree of Doctor of Philosophy
in electrical engineering.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
For GToduates
M. E. 200, 201. Advanced Dynamics. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, M. E. 24; Matii. 64; M. E. 153, M. E. 155. Mechanics of machinery.
Dynamic forces. Balancing of rotating parts. Vibrations and \ibration damping.
Critical speeds.

75 ►

Mechanical Engineering, English

M. E. 202, 203. Applied Elasticity. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Mech. 52; Math. 64; M. E. 107. Advanced methods in structural and
experimental stress analysis. Advanced strength of materials involving beam problems,
curved bars, thin plates and shells, buckling of bars, plates and shells, etc. Advanced
work in stress concentrations, plastic deformations, etc., and problems involving in-
stability of structures.

M. E. 220. Seminar.

Credit in accordance wdth work outhned by mechanical engineering staff. Prerequisite,

graduate standing in mechanical engineering.

M. E. 221. Research.

Credit in accordance with work outHned by mechanical engineering staff. Prerequisite,
graduate standing in mechanical engineering. Research in any field of mechanical
engineering as applied mechanics, heat transfer, thermodynamics, heat, power, etc.

M. E. 225, 226. Advanced Properties of Metals and Alloys. (2, 2)
Prerequisites, M. E. 23, 103, 152, 153. Properties of metals including tensil, impact,
fatigue, damping, capacity, hardenability, wear, etc. Fabrication problems and selec-
tion of metals and alloys. Service failures. Properties required for nuclear engineering
applications. Properties of metals at elevated and extremely low temperatures.

M. E. 227, 228. Theory of Elasticity. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, M. E. 202, 203. Stress and strain at a point. Relation between stresses
and strains, general equations of elasticity, plane strain and plane stress, torsion, bend-
ing, axially symmetric distribution of stress, plates, thermal stresses, strain energy and
approximate methods.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

Eng. 1,2. Composition and American Literature. (3, 3)

Eng. 1 is the prerequisite of Eng. 2. Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of writ-
ing; frequent themes. Readings will be in American hterature.

Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an acceptable* combination of
the two required of sophomores. Practice in composition. An introduction to world
hterature, foreign classics being read in translation.

Eng. 5, 6. Composition and English Literature. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Credit will not be given for more than six hours of work

in Eng. 3, 4, and 5, 6. Practice in composition. An introduction to major Enghsh

writers.

* In practice this means one first semester course and one second semester course.
Combination 3-6 or 4-5 is acceptable. 3-5 or 4-6 is not.

< 76

English

E77g. 8. College Grammar. (3)

Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. An analytical study of Modem English grammar, with lec-
tures on the origin and history of inflectional and derivational forms.

Eng. 12. hitrodiiction to Creative Writing. (2)

Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Intended primarily for sophomores and juniors of demon-
strated ability.

Eng. 14. Expository Writing. (3)

Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Credit will not be given for Eng. 7 in addition to Eng. 14.
Methods and problems of exposition; practice in several kinds of informative writing,
including the preparation of technical papers and reports. Not offered on the College
Park campus.

Eng. 101. History of the English Language. (3)

Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare. (3, 3)
Twenty-one important plays.

Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period. (3, 3)

Eng. 139, 140. The English Novel. (3, 3)

English novels of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries.

Eng. 143. Modern Poetry. (3)

The chief British and American poets of the twentieth century.

Eng. 144. Modern Drama. (3)
The drama from Ibsen to the present.

Eng. 145. The Modern Novel. (3)

Major English and American novelists of the twentieth century.

Eng. 148. The Literature of American Democracy. (3)
Literature which relates closely to the democratic tradition.

Eng. 150, 151. American Literature. (3, 3)

Representative American poetry and prose from colonial times to the present, with

special emphasis on the literature of the nineteenth century.

Eng. 155, 156. Major American Writers. (3, 3)
Two writers studied intensively each semester.

Eng. 157. Introduction to Eolklore. (3)

jHistorical background of folklore studies; types of folklore wth particular emphasis

pn folktales and folksongs, and on American folklore.

Eng. 160. Advanced Ex-pository Writing. (3)

Theories of composition; editing; style manuals. Practice in wTiting essays, critical

papers, reports.

77 ►

Geography

Eng. 170. Creative Writing. (2)
Prerequisite, permission of the instructor.

Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Writing. (2)
Prerequisite, permission of the instructor.

GEOGRAPHY

Geog. 10, 11. General Geography. (3, 3)
Introduction to geography as a field of study. A survey of the content, philosophy
techniques, and application of geography and its significance for the understanding oi
world problems.

Geog. 20, 21. Economic Geography. (3, 3)
Cannot be taken for credit by students who have had Geog. 1 and 2 or 60 and 61
Study of the nature and geographic distribution of the world's resources, its agri
cultural, mineral, and other industries in relation to such basic factors as land forms
climates, population centers, and trade routes.

Geog. 40. Principles of Meteorology. (3)

An introductory study of the weather. Properties and conditions of the atmosphen

and methods of measurement. The atmospheric circulation and conditions responsibl

for various types of weather and their geographic distribution patterns. Practica

applications.

Geog. 41. Introductory Clitnatology. (3)
Prerequisite, Geog. 40, or permission of the instructor. Qimatic elements and thai
controls, the classification and distribution of world climates, and relevance of climatii
differences to human activities.

Geog. 100. Regional Geography of Eastern Anglo-America. (3)
Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2, or Geog. 10, or permission of the instructor. A study of thi
cultural and economic geography and the geographic regions of Eastern United State
and Canada, including an analysis of the significance of the physical basis for present
day di\'ersification of development, and the historical geographic background.

Geog. 101. Regional Geography of Western Anglo-America. (3)
Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 10, or permission of the instructor. A study o'
Western United States, Western Canada and Alaska along the lines mentioned unde
Geog. 100.

Geog. 103. Geographic Concepts and Source Materials. (2)
A comprehensive and systematic survey of geographic concepts designed exclusivel
for teachers. Stress will be placed upon the philosophy of geography in relation t
the social and physical sciences, the use of the primary tools of geography, souro
materials, and the problems of presenting geographic principles.

Geog. 104. Geography of Major World Regions. (2)

A geographic analysis of the patterns, problems, and prospects of the world's principa

human-geographic regions, including Europe, Anglo-America, the Soviet Union, th'

M 78

Geogru'phy

hi East, and Latin America. Emphasis upon the casual factors of differentiation and
he role geographic differences play in the interpretation of the current world scene,
rhis course is designed especially for teachers.

7eog. 105. Geography of Maryland and Adjacent Areas. (3)
'rerequisite, permission of the instructor. An analysis of the physical environment,
latural resources, and population in relation to agriculture, industry, transport, and
rade in the State of Maryland and adjacent areas.

Jeog. 120. Economic Geography of Europe. (3)

[he natural resources of Europe in relation to agricultural and industrial development

nd to present-day economic and national problems.

yeog. 130, 131. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and Eastern
\sia. (3, 3)

^ study of China, Japan, India, Burma, Indo-China and Indonesia; natural resources,
(opulation, and economic activities. Comparisons of physical and human potentialities
I major regions and of the economic, social, and political development.

yeog. 134, 135. Cultural Geography of East Asia. (3, 3)

V comprehensive and systematic survey of the geographical distribution and interpre-
ation of the major racial groups and cultural patterns of China, Japan, and Korea,
[pedal emphasis wall be placed on the unique characteristics of the peoples of these
reas, their basic cultural institutions, outlooks on life, contemporary problems, and
rends of cultural change. Designed especially for students of the social sciences, and
hose preparing for careers in foreign service, foreign trade, education, and international
elations.

yeog. 140. Soviet Lands. (3)

fhe natural environment and its regional diversity. Geographic factors in the

xpansion of the Russian State. The geography of agricultural and industrial produc-

ion, in relation to available resources, transportation problems, and diversity of

»opulation.

jgog. 150. History and Theory of Cartography. (3)

[he development of maps throughout history. Geographical orientation, coordinates,
nd map scales. Map projections, their nature, use, and limitations. Principles of
epresentation of features on physical and cultvu-al maps. Modem uses of maps and
elationships between characteristics of maps and use types.

jeog. 155. Problems and Practices of Photo Interpretation. (3)
nterpretation of aerial photographs with emphasis on the recognition of landforms
if different types and man-made features. Study of vegetation, soil, and other data
hat may be derived from aerial photographs. Types of aerial photographs and limita-
ions of photo interpretation.

yeog. 160. Advanced Economic Geography I. Agrictdtural Resaurces. (3)
Prerequisite, Geog. 1 and 2 or Geog. 10. The nature of agricultural resources, the
aajor types of agricultural exploitation in the world, and the geographic distribution
)f certain major crops and animals in relation to the physical enxdronment and eco-
lomic geographic conditions. Main problems of conservation.

79 ►

Geography, Government and Politics

Geog. 161. Advanced Economic Geogra-phy II. Mineral Resources. (3)
Prerequisite, Geog. 1 and 2, or Geog. 10. The nature and geographic distribution
of the principal power, metallic, and other minerals. Economic geographic aspects of
modes of exploitation. Consequences of geographic distribution and problems of
conservation.

Geog. 190. Political Geography. (3)

Geographical factors in national power and international relations; an analysis of the

role of "Geopolitics" and "Geostrategy," with special reference to the current world

scene.

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

G. ^ P. 1. American Government. (3)

This course is designed as the basic course in government for the American Civilization
program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all other courses in the Depart-
ment. It is a comprehensive study of governments in the United States— national, state,
and local.

G. & P. 97. Major Foreign Governments. C3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An examination of characteristic governmental institutions
and political processes in selected major powers, such as Britain, Russia, France, Ger-
many, Italy, Japan, and China. Students may not receive credit in this course and
also obtain credit in G. & P. 7, 8, or 10.

G. &• P. 101. International Political Relations. (3)
Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the major factors underlying international relations,
the influence of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperialism, and the development
of foreign policies of the major powers.

G. & P. 102. International Law. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. I. Fundamental principles governing the relations of states,
including matters of jurisdiction over landed territory, water, airspace, and persons;
treatment of aliens; treaty-making; diplomacy; and the laws of war and neutrahty.

G. &• P. 104. Inter-American Relations. (3)

G. & P. JOS. Recent Far Eastern Politics. (3) I

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. The background and interpretation of recent political events]
in the Far East and their influence on world politics. I

G. & P. 106. American Foreign Relations. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. The principles and machinery of the conduct of American
foreign relations, with emphasis on the Department of State and the Foreign Service,
and an analysis of the major foreign policies of the United States.

^ 80

Government and Politics

G. & P. iOS. International Organization. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the objectives, structure, functions, and pro-
cedures of international organizations, including the United Nations and such func-
tional and regional organizations as the Organization of American States.

G. & P. I JO. Principles of Public Administration. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of public administration in the United States, giv-
ing special attention to the principles of organization and management and to hscal,
personnel, planning, and public relations practices.

G. ^ P. 111. Public Personnel Administration. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 110 or B. A. 160. A survey of public personnel administration,
including the development of merit civil service, the personnel agency, classification,
recruitment, examination techniques, promotion, service ratings, training, discipline,
employee relations and retirement.

G. & P. 131, 132. Constitutional Law. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A systematic inquiry into the general principles of the
American constitutional system, with special reference to the role of the judiciary in
the interpretation and enforcement of the federal constitution; the position of the
states in the federal system; state and federal powers over commerce; due process of
law and other civil rights.

G. e; P. 141. History of Political Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A survey of the principal political theories set forth in the

works of writers from Plato to Bentham.

G. & P. 142. Recertt Political Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of nineteenth and twentieth century political thought,

with special emphasis on recent theories of socialism, communism, and fascism.

G. & P. 144. American Political Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the development and growth of American pohtical

concepts from the colonial period to the present.

G. & P. 154. Problems of World Politics. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of governmental problems of international scope such
as causes of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students are required to
report on readings from current literature.

G. & P. 174. Political Parties. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A descriptive and analytical examination of American pohtica]

parties, nominations, elections, and political leadership.

G. & P. 178. Public Opinion. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An examination of public opinion and its effect on pohtical
action, with emphasis on opinion formation and measurement, propaganda, and
pressure groups.

G. & P. 191. The Government and Administration of the Soviet Union. (3)
Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. .A study of the adoption of the Communist philosophy by
the Soviet Union, of its governmental structure, and of the administration of govern-
ment policy in the Soviet Union.

81 ►

Government and Politics

G. & P. 197. Comparative Governmental Institutions. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of major political institutions, such as legislatures,

executives, courts, administrative systems, and political parties, in selected foreign

governments.

Vor Graduates

G. & P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization. (3)
A study of the forms and functions of various international organizations.

G. &■ P. 202. Seminar in International haw. (3)

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in substantive

and procedural international law.

G. & P. 205. Seminar in American Political Institutions. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the background and

development of American government.

G. & P. 206. Seminar in American Foreign Relations. (3)

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in American

foreign policy and the conduct of American foreign relations.

G. & P. 207. Seminar in Comparative Governmental Institutions. (3)
Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in governmental
and political institutions in governments throughout the world.

G. & P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of recent
federal-state relations.

G. & P. 2i3. Problems of Public Administration. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public
administration.

G. &■ P. 221. Seminar in Public Opinion. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public
opinion.

G. &■ P. 223. Seminar in Legislatures and Legislation. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading about the composition

and organization of legislatures and about the legislative process.

G. & P. 224. Seminar in Political Parties and Politics. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields of political

organization and action.

G. & P. 225. Man and the State. (3)

Individual reading and reports on such recurring concepts in pohtical theory as
liberty, equality, justice, natural law and natural rights, private property, sovereignty,
nationalism, and the organic state.

M 82

Health

G. & P. 231. Seminar in Public Law. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields of consitu-

tional and administrative lavp.

G. & P. 251. Bihliogra'phy of Government and Politics. (3)

Survey of the literature of the various fields of government and politics and instruc-
tion in the use of government documents.

G. & P. 261. Problems of Government and Politics. (3)
Credit according to work accomplished.

G. & P. 399. Thesis Research.
(Arranged).

HEALTH

In addition to the Health courses hsted below consult the College of Physical
Education, Recreation and Health catalog for graduate level courses in the
Health field.

Hea. 80. The Driver, His Characteristics and Improvement. (3)
Prerequisites, Hea. 50, 70. The aim of this study is to treat the driver-behavior problem
in its relation to many of the psycho-physical factors and forces in the tra£Bc environ-
ment that impinge upon the man behind the wheel.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates'''

Hea. 120. Methods and Materials in Health Education. (3)
Prerequisites, Hea. 40 or equivalent. This course considers various plans of teaching
health in schools. Health education teaching methods and materials are evaluated
with regard to their application to practical situations.

Hea. 145. Advanced Driver Education. (3)

Prerequisites, Hea. 50, 70, 80, 105. Progressive techniques and practice of advanced
driver-education; comprehensive programming for traffic safety; psychology of traffic
safety; improving the attitudes of young drivers; teaching to meet driving emergencies;
program planning in driver-education; consumer education; resources and agencies;
the teacher and driver education; measuring and evaluating results, driver-education for
adults; new developments in driver-education; insurance and liability, and the future
of dri\'er-education.

Hea. 160. Problems in School Health Education in Elementary and Secondary
Schools. (2-6)

This is a workshop t^'pe course designed particularly for in-service teachers to acquaint
them with the best methods of pro\ading good health services, healthfiil environment
and health instruction.

*Note: Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit vdth permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to carry
out a special project.

83 ►

Health, History

Hea. 170. The Health Program in the Elementary School. (3)

Prerequisites, Hea. 2 and 4 or Hea. 40. This course, designed for the elementary

school classroom teacher, analyzes biological, sociological, nutritional and other factors

which determine the health status and needs of the individual elementary school child.

The various aspects of the school program are evaluated in terms of their role in health

education.

The total school health program is surveyed from the standpoint of organization and
administration, and health appraisal. Emphasis is placed upon modem methods and
current materials in health instruction. (The State Department of Education accepts
this course for biological science credit.)

"'Hea. 178. T'undam.entals of Sex Education. (3)

This course is concerned with basic information regarding the physical, psychological,
social, historical, and comparative cultural aspects of sex. The adjustment needs and
problems of children and adults during the course of maturing and aging are studied,
and special consideration is given to the sex education program in schools.

Hea. 189. Field Laboratory Projects and Workshops, els')

A course designed to meet the needs of persons in the field vdth respect to workshops

and research projects in special areas of knowledge not covered by regularly structured

courses.

Note: The maximum total number of credits that may be earned toward any degree
in Physical Education, Recreation, or Health Education under P.E. Rec, Hea., or Ed.
189 is six.

HISTORY

H. 1, 2. History of Modern Europe. (3, 3)

The basic course, prerequisite for all advanced courses in European History. A study
of European History from the Renaissance to the present day. First semester to 1815.
Second semester since 1815.

H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization. (3, 3)

Required for graduation of all students who enter the University after 1944-45.

Normally to be taken in the sophomore year.

H. 101. American Colonial History. (3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The settlement and development of colonial

America to the middle of the eighteenth century.

H. 102. The American Revolution. (3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The background and course of the American

Revolution through the formation of the Constitution.

H. 105. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1865. (3)
Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A synthesis of American life from Inde-
pendence through the Civil War.

< 84

u •!:

-^ 2

^ -.^

fe i

-s w

3 "a.

pi S

'- u

:2 o

<u ,:::

^ ^

•-* r*

:i: s

■^:h

.^Q

<U 2

^i «

• « «)

= S^

:3 s

, 2 w

H~ .

Zm-. s

uj => 2

•T- y OC

^ ~~ Q,

- > ' 2 u.

r^ -r 0-1

U ^

Z Si «

aj S ^

%^ t

S^O

o --^

^.s1

^-^

o s ^

n- <fl «

3'g§

J 3 o

i 1 f

uj 2 -

i-in "^ '~

w:-^

<
H

\_^

"" o

.J,

^ '■/■,

~ 2

S ■«

.H^

UNIVERSITY OF

College Park

[ARYLAND

npus

Bl'UDINC CODH LKT TKRS FOR CLASS SCHKDl'LKS

Am ind ScioKO— Fnncu Scoii Kc7 Hall

Nuncry School

Armor)-

Muse

ChaTiiilry

FiytholofT

Col

Colimun

Dijry— Turner LAboraiory

Ptycho-Pturnucologr Labonior>

Afrenofny— Bol»ny— H, J, Paiicmn Hall

Counaelinf Cenirr

Honkuliurr— Holiaplcl Hail

Temporary CUMrrxm

Joumalum

Cole Sludoii Activiua Buildin|

Home Eeonomica

Agricultural tngineennf — Shhvrr Laboratory

Poultry— jull Hall
Engiocchjtg Clanroom Building

En^rMj Rocarch Laboratory (Molecular Phyaca}

Zoolofy— Silveaier Hall

Nonh Administration Buildutg

Library— McKcklin Hall

Morrill Hall

Shoemaker Building

Agriculture — Symoro Hall

Induslnal Ana and F^ucation— J M Patteraon B>d|

BuaitKn & Public Admitujtration — Talialerro HalJ

Qaiaraom Buildinf- Woodi HaU

EngiiKtring Laboratories

Education — Skinner Building

Chemical Engineering

Vtmd Tunnel

Prtinien Field Houae

Judging Pavilion

Malhemalia

PhyiicJ

Sorofiliei Nol Shown

Alplu Xi Delta

Fratemtiies Not Shown

Alpha Epaibn Pi

Zeta Beta Tau

Phi Kappa Gamma

Tau Epailon Phi

History

H. 106. Social and Economic History of the United States since the Civil
War. (3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The development of American life and
institutions, v\ath emphasis upon the period since 1876.

H. 116. The Civil War. (3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Military aspects; problems of the Con-
federacy, political, social, and economic effects of the war upon American society.

H. 118, 119. Recent American History. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Party politics, domestic issues, foreign rela-
tions of the United States since 1890. First semester, through World War I. Second
semester, since World War 1.

H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States. (3, 3)
Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A historical study of the diplomatic negotia-
tions and foreign relations of the United States. First semester, from the Revolution
to the Civil War; second semester, from the Civil War to the present.

H. 129. The United States and World Affairs. (3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A consideration of the changed position of

the United States \vith reference to the rest of the world since 1917.

H. 133, 134. The History of Ideas in America. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. An intellectual history of the American

people, embracing such topics as libert}', democracy, and social ideas.

H. 141, 142. History of Maryland. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. First semester, a survey of the political,
social and economic history of colonial Maryland. Second semester, Maryland's his-
torical development and role as a state in the American Union.

H. 145, 146. Latin-American History. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, H. 1 and 2 or H. 5 and 6 or equivalent. A survey of the historj' of
Latin America from colonial origins to the present, covering political, cultural, eco-
nomic, and social development, with special emphasis upon relations with the United
States. First semester, Colonial Latin America. Second semester, the Republics.

H. 155. Medieval Civilization. (3)

Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54, or the permission of the instructor. A survey of
Medieval life, culture, and institutions from the fall of the Roman Empire to the
thirteenth century.

H. 161. The Renaissance and Reformation. (3)

Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or 53, 54, or the permission of the instructor. The culture of

the Renaissance, the Protestant revolt and CathoHc reaction through the Thirty Years

War.

H. 166. The French Revolution. (2)

The Enlightenment and the Old Regime in France; the revolutionary uprisings from

1789 to 1799.

85 ►

History

H. 171, 172. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919. (3, 3)
Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. A study of the political, economic, social an(
cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the First World Wai

H. 175, 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century. (3, 3]
Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. A study of political, economic, and cultural de
velopments in twentieth century Europe with special emphasis on the factors involvec
in the two World Wars and their global impacts and significance.

H. 185, 186. History of the British Empire. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. First semester, the development of England'
Mercantilist Empire and its fall in the war for American Independence (1783^
second semester, the rise of the Second British Empire and the solution of the prob
lem of responsible self-government (1783-1867), the evolution of the British Empir
into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the development and problems of the depend
ent Empire.

H. 191. History of Russia. (3)

Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or the equivalent. A history of Russia from the earliest time

to the present day.

H. 192. Foreign Policy of the USSR. (3)

Prerequisite, H. 191. A siK\'ey of Russian foreign policy in the historical perspective
with special emphasis on the period of the USSR. Russian aims, expansion, and con
Hicts with the western powers in Europe, the Near and Middle East, and the Fa
East will be studied.

H. 195. The Far East. (3)

A survey of the institutional, cultural and political aspects of the history of Chin:

and Japan, and a consideration of present-day problems of the Pacific area.

H. 196. Southeast Asia. (3)

The political, economic, and cultural history of the new nations of Southeast A si.

wdth emphasis on the colonial period and a view to understanding contemporary de

velopments.

H. 200. Research. (1-6)

Credit proportioned to amount of work.

H. 201. Seminar in American History. (3)

H. 202. Historical Literature. (3)

Assignments in various selected fields of historical literature and bibliography to mee

the requirements of qualified graduate students who need more intensive concentra

tion.

H. 216. Seminar in the American Civil War. (3)
Readings and conferences on the controversial literature of the Civil War. Attentioi
is focused upon the conflicting interpretations and upon the social and economic im
pact of the war on American society. Opportunity is also given to read in the ricl
source material of this period.

-< 86

Journalism and Public Relations, Foreign Languages

H. 233, 234. Topics in American Intellectual History. (3, 3)

headings and conferences on selected phases of American thought, with emphasis on

eUgious traditions, social and political theory, and development of American ideas.

H. 250. Seminar in European History. (3)

H. 282. Problems in the History of World War 11. (3)

[nvestigation of various aspects of the Second World War, including military opera-
ions, diplomatic phases, and political and economic problems of the war and its
iftermath.

H. 287. Historiography. (3)

headings and occasional lectures on the historical writing, the evolution of critical

tandards, the rise of auxiliary sciences, and the works of selected masters.

JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

hur. 165. Feature Writing. (3)

A^riting and selling of magazine and newspaper feature articles.

0. R. 166. Public Rehtions. (3)

survey of public relations; general orientation, principles and techniques.

P. R. 170. Publicity Techniques. (3)

Strategy and techniques of publicity. Orientation and practice in the use of major

nedia of public communication.

P. Pi. 186. Public Relations of Government. (3)

Study of public relations, publicity, propaganda, information services in public ad-

mnistration.

LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE, FOREIGN

A student who offers two units of a foreign language from high school will
Qot receive credit in college for the first semester of the introductory course in that
[anpuaee.

ARABIC

Arabic 1, 2. Modern Arabic. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations a week. Elements of pronunciation,

script, colloquial conversation and translation.

CHINESE

Chinese 1, 2. Elementary Chinese. (3, 3)

Elements of pronunciation, simple ideograms, colloquial conversation, translation.

87 ►

Foreign Languages

Chinese 4, 5. Intermediate Chinese. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Chinese 1 and 2 or equivalent. Reading of texts designed to give some

knowledge of Chinese life, thought, and culture.

Chinese 161, 162. Chinese Civilization. (3, 3)

Chinese 161 and 162 may be counted as history credits in meeting major and minor
requirements, and, along with Chinese 1 and 2, as meeting the 12-hour language re-
quirement.

FRENCH

French 1, 2. Elementary French. (3, 3)

Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in composition and

translation.

French 4, 5. Intermediate Literary French. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Reading of texts designed to give some

knowledge of French life, thought, and culture.

French 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation. (3, 3)

An elective course in conversation which can be taken after completion of French 5.

GERMAN

German 1, 2. Elementary German. (3, 3)

Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in composition and
translation.

German 4, 5. Intermediate Literary German. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent. Reading of narrative prose designed to

give some knowledge of German life, thought and culture.

German 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation. (3, 3)

An elective course in conversation which can be taken after completion of German 5.

RUSSIAN

Russian 1,2. Elementary Russian. (3, 3)

Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in translation.

Russian 3. Elementary Conversation. (J)

Russian 4, 5. Intermediate Russian. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Russian 1 and 2, or equivalent. Reading of texts designed to give some

knowledge of Russian life, thought and culture.

Russian 8. Intermediate Conversation. (2)

An elective course in conversation which can be taken after completion of Russian 5.

Foreign Languages, Mathematics

SPANISH

Spanish 1, 2. Elementary S'panish. (3, 3)

Elements of grammar and exercises in translation. Pronunciation and conversation.

Spanish 4, 5. Intermediate Spanish. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent. Reading of texts designed to give some

knowledge of Spanish and Latin-American life, thought and culture.

Spanish 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (3, 3)

An elective course in conversation which can be taken after completion of Spanish 5.

MATHEMATICS

In general, students should enroll in only one of the course sequences. Math.
5, 10-11, 18-19. In case this rule is not followed, proper assignment of credit
will be made upon application to the Department of Mathematics. The follow-
ing are listed as typical situations:

Math. 5, 10, 18. Credit in only one course, the one enrolled in latest.

Math. 11, IS. Math. II-I credit; Math. 18-5 credits.

Math. 5. Business Algebra. (3)

Prerequisite, one unit of algebra. Open only to students in the College of Business
and Public Administration, the College of Agriculture, College of Special and Con-
tinuation Studies, and the Department of Industrial Education. Note regulation
above in case student enrolls in more than one of the courses. Math. 5, 10, 18. Fun-
damental operations, fractions, ratio and proportion, linear equations, exponents, log-
arithms, percentage, trade discount, simple interest, bank discount, true discount, and
promissory notes.

Math. 6. Mathematics of Finance. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 5 or equivalent. Required of students in the College of Business
and Public Administration, and open to students in the College of Arts and Sciences
only for elective credit. Line diagrams, compound interest, simple interest, ordinary annu-
ities, general annuities, deferred annuities, annuities due, perpetuities, evaluation of
bonds, amortization, and sinking funds.

Math. 10. Algebra. (3)

Prerequisite, one unit each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to biological, pre-
medical, predental. College of Special and Continuation Studies, and general Arts
and Sciences students. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in more than
one of the courses. Math. 5, 10, 18. Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, progressions, logarithms,
permutations and combinations, probability and mathematics of investment.

Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 10 or equivalent. Open to biological, premedical, predental,

University College and general Arts and Sciences students. This course is not recom-

89 ►

Mathematics

mended for students planning to enroll in Math. 20. Note regulation above, in case
student enrolls in more than one sequence, Math. 10-11, 18-19. Trigonometric func-
tions, identities, addition formulas, solution of triangles, coordinates, logic problems, the
straight line and circle, conic sections, and graphs.

Math. 18, 19. Elementary Mathematical Analysis. (5, 5)

Prerequisites, high school algebra completed and plane geometry. Open to students
in the sciences, engineering, education. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls
in more than one of the course sequences. Math. 5, 10-11, 18-19. The elementary
mathematical functions, composed of algebraic, exponential, trigonometric types and
their inverses, are stuched by means of their properties, their graphical representa-
tions, the identities interconnecting them, the solution of equations involving them.
The beginning techniques of calculus and a full discussion of solid analytic geometry
are included. Other material may be selected from such topics as permutations, com-
binations, probability, statistics, determinants, vectors, and matrices.

Math. 20,21. Calculus. (4, 4)

Three lectures and two one-hour drill periods a week. Summer School. Prerequi-
site, Math. 19 or equivalent. Open to students in engineering, education, and the
physical sciences. Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketch-
ing, rates, curvature, kinematics, integration udth geometric and physical applications,
partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple integrals, infinite series.

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

Math. 100. Higher Algebra. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. The algebra of vector spaces and matrices,

with emphasis upon those aspects of interest to students in applied mathematics.

Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21, or equivalent. Limits and continuity of real and complex
functions, Riemann integration, partial differentiation, line and surface integrals, in-
finite series, elements of vector analysis and of complex variable theory. Emphasis
on problems and techniques.

Math. 114. Differential Eqimtions. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 110 or equivalent. Ordinary differential equations, symbolic
methods, successive approximations, solutions in series, orthogonal functions, Bessel
functions, Sturmian theory.

Math. 115. Partial Differential Equations. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 114. Partial differential equations of first and second order,

characteristics, boundary value problems, systems of equations, applications.

Math. 116. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Open to students of engineering and the physical
sciences. Graduate students of mathematics should enroll in Math. 286. Funda-
mental operations in complex niunbers, differentiation and integration, sequences and
series, power series, analytic functions, conformal mapping, residue theory, special
functions.

^ 90

Mathematics, Microbiology

Math. 126, 127. Introduction to Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis.
(3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. The differential geometry of curves and sur-
faces with the use of vector and tensor methods, curvature and torsion, moving frames,
cur\dlinear coordinates, the fundamental differential forms, covariant derivatives, in-
trinsic geometry, curves on a surface, applications to problems in dynamics, mechanics,
electricity, and relativity.

Math. 130. Prohahility. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Combinatory' analysis, total, compoiuid and in-
verse probability, continuous distributions, theorems of Bernoulli and Laplace, theory of
errors.

Math. 132. Mathematical Statistics. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Frequency distributions and their parameters,
multivariate analysis and correlation, theory of sampUng, analysis of variance, statis-
tical inference.

Math. 150, 151. Advanced Mathemxitics for Engineers and Physicists. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. An introduction to advanced mathematical
methods and their application to the technical problems of physics and engineering.
Topics include Fourier series, matrices, ordinary and partial differential equations of
applied mathematics, numerical methods, Bessel functions, complex variables, operational
calculus.

Math. 152. Vector Analysis. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Algebra and calculus of vectors and applications.

Math. 153. Operational Calculus. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Operational solutions of ordinary and partial

differential equations, Fourier and Laplace transforms.

Math. 155. Numerical Analysis. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 110 and 114, or consent of instructor. A brief survey of com-
puting machines, study of errors involved in niamerical computations, the use of desk
machines and tables, numerical solution of polynomial and transcendental equations,
interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, ordinary differential equations,
systems of linear equations.

MICROBIOLOGY

Microh. 1. General Microhiology. (4)

Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. The physiology, culture
and differentiation of bacteria. Fundamental principles of microbiology in relation
to man and his environment. Laboratory fee, $10.00.

Microh. 101. Pathogenic Microbiology. (4)

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. The role of microorganisms in the

diseases of man and animals with emphasis upon the differentiation and culttire of

91 ►

Microhiology, Military Studies

bacterial species, types of diseases, modes of disease transmission; prophylactic, thera-
peutic and epidemiological aspects. Laboratory fee, $10.00.

MicToh. 108. Epidemiology and Public Health. (2)

Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 1. History, characteristic features,

and epidemiology of the important communicable diseases; public health aspects of

man's struggle for existence; public health administration and responsibilities; vital

statistics.

Microh. 202. Genetics of Microorganisms. (2)

Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An introduction to

genetic principles and methodology applicable to microorganisms.

Microh. 206, 208. Sfecial Topics, (i, 1)

Prerequisite, 20 credits in microbiology. Presentation and discussion of fundamental

problems and special subjects in the field of microbiology.

Microh. 210. Virology and Tissue Culture. (2)

Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 101 or equivalent. Characteristics

and general properties of viruses and rickettsiae. The principles of tissue culture.

Microh. 211. Virology and Tissue Culture Lahoratory. (2)

Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 101 or equivalent.
Registration only upon consent of instructor. Laboratory methods in virology and
tissue culture. Laboratory fee, $20.00.

MILITARY STUDIES

M. S. 147, 148. Military History. (3, 3)

A study of the evolution of the art of war to include the following:

(1) the impact of technological advances on the conduct of war;

(2) the development of the principles of strategy and higher tactics;

(3) the interrelationship of land, sea, and air power and the organization and func-
tioning of high commands in combined operations;

(4) the attributes of the great military leaders and their contribution to the advance-
ment of the art of war.

M. S. 149. Military Law. (3)

A study of the basic principles of civil and criminal law that are applicable to the
military profession; the applicable provisions of the Constitution; and the legal prin-
ciples affecting military government.

M. S. 151. Military Logistics. (3)

A study of logistics, including (a) the principles governing the national economic
activities and resources necessary to support the armed forces; (b) a study of the
principles and fundamentals of the elements of military logistics, including supply,
maintenance, transportation, hospitalization and evacuation, construction and logistics
planning; and Qc') research by the student on a selected phase of logistics.

•< 92

Military Studies, Music, NuTsing

M. S. 152. Military Leadership. (3)

A study of the basic requities, principles and attributes of good military leadership,
including both the practical and psychological approaches to the subect. Individual
differences in human behavior and the personal element in successful leadership are

stressed.

M. S. 153. Military Policy of the United States. (3)

A study of our military history and our military concepts and policies, and their
effects upon national objectives and national policies. A continuing analysis of all
the factors which influence national policies, particularly military policy; an evaluation
of the lessons to be learned from this historical study.

MUSIC

DJusic 7, 8. Theory of Music. (3, 3)

Two lectures and three laboratory hours per week. A fundamental course in the
elements of music. Study of rhythms, scales, chord structures, and tonalities through ear
training, sight singing, and keyboard drill. The student must achieve a grade of
"C" in Music 8 in order to register for Music 17 and 70.

Music 16. Miisic Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher. (3)

Open to students majoring in Elementary Education or Childhood Education; other

students take Music 7. Music 7 and 16 may not both be counted for credit. The

fundamentals of music theory and practice, related to the needs of the classroom and

kindergarten teacher, and organized in accord with the six-area concept of musical

learning.

Miisic 20. Survey of Music Literature. (3)

This course may be taken by students who qualify to select courses within Elective

Group 11 of the American Civilization Program. A study of the principles upon which

music is based, and an introduction to the musical repertoires performed in America

today.

NURSING

hhirs. 9. Nursing in Child Health. (2)

This course is designed to help the student gain an understanding and appreciation

of the health needs of the child in relation to his physical, mental, emotional, and social

development.

Nurs. 108. Applied Psychology. (2)

This educational experience is designed to supplement and implement nurses' basic
knowledge of psycholog}' and sociolog)\ Through lectures, discussions, and observa-
tions focused on patient and nurse behavior, nurses can become more aware of the
importance of, and can be helped to develop, positive nurse-patient relationships.

Nurs. 153. Public Health. (2)

Designed to assist the student in the application of her knowledge in caring for
patients and their families in the community. Eight weeks field experience with the
Baltimore City Health Department is included.

93 ►

Nursing, Nutrition, Philoso'phy

Nurs. 154. Principles in Management in a Nursing Unit. (2)
This course considers the elementary principles of administration; and the interrela-
tionships of the various departments of a health agency. It deals with the position of
the supervisor, staff nurse and other members of the nursing team. Methods of super-
vision and evaluation of clinical work are included.

Nurs. 156. Public Health Nursing I. (2)

The development and current trends of public health nursing are considered in this
course. Principles, objectives and methods of public health nursing are incorpo-
rated.

Nurs. 157. Puhlic Health Nursing 11. (4)

Designed to assist students in the application of knowledge and skills in caring for
patients and their families in the community. Thirteen weeks clinical experience is
offered through the facilities of the city and state health departments. Eight weeks
clinical experience offered to graduate nurse students.

Nurs. 158. Bio-statistics. (3)

Purpose is to orient the student in the proper interpretation of observational data,

and to evaluate quantitative aspects of medical literature.

Nurs. 159. Clinical Practicum. (2)

Course provides opportunity for the graduate professional nurse to apply her knowledge,
understanding and skills in the nursing care of selected patients. Registration and
area of clinical assignment upon the advice of the adviser.

Nurs. 199. Pro-seminar. (2)

Integration of scope and trends in nursing as compared with theoretical and practical

applications. (For graduate nurse students).

Nurs. 201. Trends of Higher Education in Nursing. (2)
One lecture or two hour conferences a week.

NUTRITION

Nutrition 114. Nutrition for Health Services. (3)

Laboratory fee, $3.00. A scientific study of nutritional status and the effect of food
habits on family health. Nutritional requirements for individuals in different stages
of development. Techniques and procedures for the application of nutrition knowledge
with consideration of various economic levels and social backgrounds.

PHILOSOPHY

Phil. 1. Philosophy for Modern Man. (3)

Modem man's quest for understanding of himself and his world, with particular ref-
erence to American ideas and ideals.

Phil. 120. Oriental Philosophy. (3)

A brief survey of Indian and Chinese philosophy. Discussion of Indian thought will
center about the Rig-Veda, the Upanishads, the Buddhist philosophers and the chief
Hindu systems. Discussion of Chinese thought will center about Confucius, Lao-tse

-^ 94

Philoscyphy, Physical Education

and their disciples, particular attention being given to the development of democratic
ideals from Mencius to Sun Yat-sen.

Phil. 123, 124. Philosophies Men Live By. (3, 3)

An exploration of the fundamental beliefs which determine what men make of their
lives and of the world they live in. Each semester classic statements of these beliefs
by great philosophers will be chosen for class discussion on the basis of their signifi-
cance for the problems confronting modem man.

Phil. 125. The Great Philosophers. (3)

A discussion of the ideas of the great Western philosophers, based on readings in theii

works.

Phil. 130. The Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization. (3)
A critical and constructive philosophical examination of the assumptions, goals, and
methods of contemporary democracy, fascism, socialism, and communism, wdth special
attention to the ideological conflict between the United States and Russia.

PHYSICAL EDUCATIOiN

For Advanced Undergraduates
P. E. 120. Physical Education for the Elementary School. (3)
This course is designed to orient the general elementary school classroom teacher to
physical education. Principles and practices in elementary school physical education
are presented and discussed, and a large variety of appropriate activities are considered
and demonstrated from a standpoint of their use and application at the various grade
levels.

F. E. 130. Fiindamentals of Body Dynamics. (3)

This course is designed to acquaint the elementary teacher with the scientific prin-
ciples applied to fundamental motor skills, posture and body mechanics as they relate
to physical growth and development.

*P. E. 155. Physical Fitness of the Individual. (3)

A study of the major physical fitness problems confronting the adult in modem society.
Consideration is given to the scientific appraisal, development and maintenance of
fitness at all age levels. Such problems as obesity, weight reduction, chronic fatigue,
posture, and special exercise programs are explored. This course is also open to
persons outside the fields of physical education and health.

*P. E. 160. Theory of Exercise. (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory hour a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 1, 14, and 15,
and P. E. 100 or the equivalent. A study of exercise and its physiological and kine-
siological bases. Special emphasis is placed upon the application of exercise to the
development and maintenance of physical efficiency. Corrective therapy, condition-
ing for athletics, the effects of exercise and training on the human organism, fatigue,
staleness, relaxation, and the nature of athletic injuries are investigated.

*Note: Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of
the adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

95 ►

Physical Education

P. E. 195. Organization and Administration of Elementary School Physical
Education. (3)

Prerequisite, P. E. 120. This course considers the procedures which are basic to the
satisfactory organization of all phases of the elementary school physical education pro-
gram. Stress will be placed on the organizational and administrative factors necessary
for the successful operation of the program in various types of elementary schools.
Strong emphasis will be placed on organization and administration from a standpoint
of adapting the program to specific situations.

P. E. 196. Quantitative Methods. (3)

A course covering the statistical techniques most frequently used in research pertain-
ing to physical education, recreation, and health education. An effort wdll be made
to provide the student with the necessary skills, and to acquaint him with the inter-
pretations and practical applications of these techniques.

For Graduates

P. E. 200. Seminar in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. CO

P. £. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. (3)
A study of histor)', philosophy and principles of physical education, recreation and
health as applied to current problems in each area and as related to general educa-
tion.

P. E. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Recreation and
Health. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A study of current concepts, principles and
techniques of supervision and of their application to the special fields indicated;
observation of available supervisory programs and visits with local supervisors; practice
in the use of selected techniques.

P. E. 204. Physical Education and the Development of the Child. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. An analysis of the place of physical education

in meeting the growth and developmental needs of children of elementary school age.

P. E. 205. Analysis of Contemporary Athletics. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A study of current problems, practices, and

national issues of paramount importance to the conduct of athletic competition in a

democracy.

P. E. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research. (3)

P. E. 215. Principles and Techniques of Evaluation. (3)

M 96

Physical Education, Physics

education in schools and colleges. Specific problems concerning evaluation, brought in
by members of the class, will be analyzed.

P. E. 250. Mental and Emotional As-pects of Sports and Recreation. (3)
Prerequisites, Psych. 1, or H. D. Ed. 100, 101, or equivalents. An exploration of
psychological aspects of physical education, athletic sports and recreation. AppUca-
tions of psychology are made to teaching and learning, coaching, athletic efEciency
(motivation, emotional upset, staleness, etc.), and the problem of interpreting physical
education and recreation experiences. Means of studying problems of these kinds
are evaluated.

P. E. 290. Administrative Direction of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health. (3)

This is essentially a problem course in which administrative policies and techniques
are analyzed in the light of sound educational practice. Opportunities are provided for
students to concentrate their efforts upon their own on-the-job administrative problems.

P. E. 291. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education and Health. (3)
A study of the principles underlying curriculum construction in Physical Education
and Health Education and the practical application of these principles to the construc-
tion of a curriculum for a specific situation. The specific content of this course is
adjusted to meet the needs of the students enrolled in it.

PHYSICS

Phys. 1. Elevients of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. (3)
Two lectures, and one recitation a week. The first half of a survey course in general
physics. This course is for the general student and does not satisfy the requirement
of the -professional schools. Successful passing prerequisite of the qualifying examina-
tion is elementary mathematics. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00.

Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and Optics. (3)
The second half of a survey course in general physics. This course is for the general
student and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. Prerequisite,
Phys. 1. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00.

Phys. 102. Optics. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21.

Phys. 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism. (3, 3)
Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21.

Phys. 106, 107. Theoretical Mechanics. (3, 3)
Prerequisites, Phys. 51 or consent of instructor.

Phys. 108. Physics of Electron Tuhes. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 104. Must be taken previously or con-
currently.

97 ►

Physics

Phys. 109. Electronic Circuits. (4)

Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 105 must be taken previously or concur-
rently.

Phys. 114, 115. Introduction to Biophysics. (2, 2)

Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, intermediate Physics and Calculus.

Phys. 116, 117. Fundamental Hydrodynamics. (3, 3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and Math. 21.

Phys. 118. Introduction to Modern Physics. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Math. 21 and Phys. 11 or 21.

Phys. 119. Modern Physics. (3)
Prerequisite, Phys. 118.

Phys. 120. Nuclear Physics. (4)
Prerequisite, Phys. 118, or equivalent.

Phys. 121. Neutron Physics and Fission Reactors. (4)
Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 120.

Phys. 122. Properties of Matter. (4)

Four lectures per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 118 or equivalent.

Phys. 126. Kinetic Theory of Gases. (3)
Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and Math. 21, or equivalent.

Phys. 200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics. (6, 6)

Primarily for students planning to do graduate work. Prerequisite, advanced standing

in physics and mathematics.

Phys. 208. Thermodynamics. (3)
Prerequisite, Phys. 201, or equivalent.

Phys. 210. Statistical Mechanics. (3)
Prerequisites, Phys. 112 and 201.

Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. (4, 4)
Prerequisite, Phys. 201.

Phys. 222, 223. Boundary-Value Problems of Theoretical Physics. (2, 2)
Prerequisite, Phys. 201.

Phys. 230. Seminar. (I)

Seminars on various topics in advanced physics are held each semester, with the con'

tents varied each year. One semester hour of credit for each seminar each semester.

Phys. 234, 235. Theoretical Nuclear Physics. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Phys. 213.

•< 98

Physics, Psychology

Phys. 237. Relativistic Oiiantwn Mechanics. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213.

Phys. 238. Quantum Theory— selected to'pics. (3)
Prerequisites, Phys. 212 and 236.

Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Phys. 201.

Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids. (2, 2)
Prerequisite, Phys. 213.

Phys. 248, 249. Special Topics in Modern Physics. (2, 2)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, calculus and consent of instructor.

Phys. 399. Research.

(Credit according to work done.) Laboratory fee, $10.00 per credit hour. Pre-
requisite, approved application for admission to candidacy or special permission of
the Physics Department.

PSYCHOLOGY

Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology. (3)

A basic introductory course intended to bring the student into contact v/ith the major

problems confronting psychology' and the more important attempts at their solution.

Psych. 2. Applied Psychology. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Application of research methods to basic human problems in

business and industry, in the professions, and in other practical concerns of everyday

life.

Psych. 5. Mental Hygiene. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Introduces the student to the psychology of human personality
and adjustment with a view toward increasing self-understanding and developing an
appreciation of the mental health movement and each individual's stake in it.

Psych. 21. Social Psychology. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Psychological study of himian behavior in social situations;
influence of others on individual behavior, social conflict and individual adjustment,
communication and its influences on normal social activity.

Psych. 106. Statistical Methods in Psychology. (3)

Prerequisites, Psych. 1, and Math. 1, 5 or 10, or equivalent. A basic introduction

to quantitative methods used in psychological research; measures of central tendency,

of spread, and of correlation. Majors in Psychology must take this course in the junior

year.

Psych. 110. Edzi cation al Psychology. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Researches on fundamental psychological problems encoun-
tered in education; measurement and significance of individual differences, learning,
motivation, transfer of training.

99 ►

Psychology, Recreation, Sociology

Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology. (3)

Prerequisites, three courses in Psychology. The nature, diagnosis, etiology, and treat-
ment of mental disorders.

Psych. 161. Industrial Psychology. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 1. A survey course, intended for those who plan to enter some

phase of personnel work, but who do not plan to undertake graduate study.

RECREATION

In addition to the Recreation courses listed below consult the College of
Physical Education, Recreation and Health catalog of graduate level courses in
the Recreation field.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates*

*Hec. ISO. Leadership Techniques and Practices. (3)

A study of the various kinds of levels of leadership exerted by professional and semi-
professional workers, some of the difficulties and probable weaknesses to be met, and
some of the tangible techniques to be used in personnel, staff, and public relation-
ships; handling of problem children, of personnel, of public relations campaigns, com-
mittee gatherings, etc. The group work approach will be emphasized and used, insofar
as possible, in the solution of particular problems that grow out of practical experiences
in handling on and off campus groups.

For Graduates

Rec. 288. S-pecial Problems in Physical Education, Recreation and Health.
CI-6)

Master or Doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under
the direction of their advisers may register for 1-6 hours of credit under this num-
ber.

SOCIOLOGY

Sociology 1 or Sociology 2 is a prerequisite for all more advanced Sociology
courses.

Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life. (3)

Sociological analysis of the American social structure; metropolitan, small town, and
rural communities; population distribution, composition and change; social organiza-
tion.

Soc. 2. Principles of Sociology. (3)

The basic forms of human association and interaction; social processes; institutions;

culture; human nature and personality.

* Note: Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses will be expected to carry out a special
project.

^ 100

Sociology

Soc. 52. Criminology. (3)

Criminal behavior and the methods of its study; causation; topologies of criminal acts

and offenders; punishment, correction, and incapacitation; prevention of crime.

Soc. 6-f. Cotirtship and Marriage. (3)

A sociological study of courtship and marriage including considerations of physiolog-
ical and psychological factors. Inter-cultural comparisons and practical considera-
tions. Designed primarily for students in the lower division.

Soc. 105. Culttiral Anthropology. (3)

A sur\'ey of the simpler cultures of the world with attention to historical processes

and the application of anthropological theory to the modem situation.

Soc. 114. The City. (3)

The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions; ecological process and structure;

the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control, and planning.

Soc. 115. Indjistrial Sociology. (3)

The sociology of human relations in American industry and business. Complex in-
dustrial and business organizations as social systems. Social relationships within and
between industry, business, community, and society.

Soc. 116. Military Sociology. (3)

The sociology of military life. Social change and the growth of military institutions.
Complex formal military organizations. Military organizations as social systems. Mih-
tary Service as an occupation or profession. Career patterns, problems and satisfac-
tions. Relations between militarj' institutions, cixdlian communities and society.

Soc. 118. Cojnmiinity Organization. (3)

Community organization and its relation to social welfare; analysis of community

needs and resources; health, housing, recreation; community centers; neighborhood

projects.

Soc. 121. Population. (3)

Population distribution and growth in the United States and the world; population

problems and policies.

Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities. (3)

Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups within the state; immigration

groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities in Europe.

Soc. 151. Introduction to Social Service. (3)

General survey of the field of social-welfare activities; historical development, grov.-th,

functions and specialization of agencies and services, private and public.

Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality. (3)

Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social life; processes

of socialization; attitudes, individual differences, and social behavior.

Soc. 144. Collective Behavior. (3)

Social interaction in mass behavior; communication processes; structure and function-
ing of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and the public.

101 ►

Sociology

Sac. 145. Social Control. (3)

Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group influence on human behavior; problems.

of social control in contemporary society.

Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency. (3)

Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime; analysis of factors.

underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention.

Soc. 154. Crime and Delinquency Prevention. (3)

Mobilization of community resources for the prevention of crime and delinquency; area

programs and projects.

Soc. 164. The Family and Society. (3)

Study of the family as a social institution; its biological and cultural foundations,,
historic development, changing structure and function; the interactions of marriage and
parenthood, disorganizing and reorganizing factors in present-day trends. Open to.
upper division students.

Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare. (3)

Procrrams of family and child welfare agencies; social services to families and children;.

child placement, foster families.

Soc. 183. Social Statistics. C3)

Measures of central tendency and dispersion, use of statistical inference in simple
testing of null hypotheses, chi square, and labor saving computational devices for corre-
lation.

Soc. 186. Sociological Theory. (3)

Development of the science of sociology; historical backgrounds; recent theories of

society.

Soc. 201. Methods of Social Research. (3)

Selection and formulation of research projects; methods and techniques of sociological

investigation and analysis. Required of graduate majors in sociology.

Soc. 221. Population and Society. (3)

Selected problems in the field of population; quantitative and qualitative aspects;

American and world problems.

Soc. 224. Race and Culture. (3)

Race and culture in contemporary society; mobility and the social effects of race

and culture contacts and intermixture.

Soc. 255. Seminar: Juvenile Delinquency. (3)
Selected problems in the field of juvenile delinquency.

Soc. 256. Crime and Delinquency as a Community Problem. (3)

An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and juvenile delinquency in

Maryland.

< 102

Speech

Soc. 262. Family Studies. (3)

Case studies of family situations; statistical studies of family trends; methods of inves-
tigation and analysis.

Soc. 290. Research in Sociology. QCredit to he determined^

Soc. 291. Special Social Prohlems. (^Credit to he determined')
Individual research on selected problems.

SPEECH AiND DRAMATIC ART

Speech 4. Voice and Diction. (3)

Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation, and phonation. May be taken
concurrently with Speech 1, 2.

Speech 10. Group Discussion. (2)

A study of the principles, methods and types of discussion and their application in
the discussion of contemporary problems.

Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric. (3, 3)

A study of rhetorical principles and studies of speech composition in conjunction with
the preparation and presentation of specific forms of public address. Speech 103 is
prerequisite to Speech 104.

Speech 105. Speech-Handicapped School Children. (3)

Admission by consent of instructor. The occurrence, identification and treatment of

speech handicaps in the classroom. An introduction to speech pathology.

Speech 106. Clinical Practice Ql to 5 credits, up to 9).

Prerequisite Speech 105. Clinical practice in various methods of corrective procedures
with various types of speech cases in the University clinic, veterans hospitals, and the
public schools. May be taken for 1-5 credit hours per semester. May be repeated
for a total of 9 semester hours credit. Laboratory fee, $1.00 per hour.

Speech 109. Speech and Language Development of Children. (3)

An analysis of normal and abnormal processes of speech and language development in

children.

Speech 112. Phonetics. (3)

Training in the recognition and production of the sotmds of spoken English, with
an analysis of their formation. Practice in transcription. Mastery of the international
phonetic alphabet. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

Speech 120. Speech Pathology. (3)

Prerequisite, Speech 105. A continuation of Speech 105, with emphasis on the causes

.and treatment of organic speech disorders. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

Speech 126. Seviantic Aspects of Speech in Human Relations. (3)

.An analysis of speech and language habits from the standpoint of General Semantics.

103 ►

Speech

Speech 133. Communication Processes in Conferences. (3)

Limited to students in the Department of Air Science. Prerequisite, Speech 104.

Speech 136. Principles of Speech Therapy. (3)

Prerequisite, Speech 120. Differential diagnosis of speech and language handicaps-
and the appHcation of psychological principles of learning, motivation and adjustment
in the treatment of speech disorders. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

Speech 201. Special Prohlems Seminar (A through K). Ci-3)
(6 hours applicable toward M.A. degree.) A. Stuttering; B. Cleft Palate; C. Delayed
Speech; D. Articulation; E. Cerebral Palsy; F. Voice; G. Special Problems of the Deaf;
H. Foreign Dialect; L Speech Intelligibility; J. Neurophysiology of Hearing; K. Minor
Research Problems.

Speech 210. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing. (3)
A study of the anatomy and physiology of the auditory and speech mechanisms. Lab-
oratory fee, $3.00.

^ 104

THE FACULTY
Instructional Staff, All Centers

ALFRED H. AiTKEN, LectuTcr in Physics

B.A., Lehigh University, 1949; M.S., Indiana University, 1950; ph.d., 1955.

ALBERT L. ALFORD, Assistant Professor of Government and Politics

A.B., University of Akron, 1948; a.m., Princeton University, 1951; ph.d., 1953.

HARRY CLAY ALLEN, JR., Lecturer in Physics

B.S., Northeastern University, 1948; sc.m.. Brown University, 1949; ph.d.. Uni-
versity of Washington, 1951.

ROBERT L. ALLEN, Lecturer in Economics

B.A., University of Redlands, 1947; m.a.. Harvard University, 1950; ph.d., 1953.

WALLACE L. AMUNDSON, Lecturer in Education
B.A., University of Marj'land, 1957.

MALTHON M. ANAPOL, Instructor in Speech

B.S., Rutgers University, 1949; m.a.. Temple University, 1953.

DELMAR c. ANDERSON, Lccturcr in Speech.

FRANK G. ANDERSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology

A.B., Cornell University, 1941; ph.d.. University of New Mexico, 1951.

NANCY p. ANDERSON, Instructor in Psychiatric Nursing
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; m.s., 1957.

RALPH R. ANDERSON, LectuTCT in Foreign Languages

B.S., University of Missouri, 1947; m.a.. University of Dlinois, 1949; ph.d., Ohio
State University, 1958.

MARY L. ANDREWS, Assistant Professor of English

B.S., New York University, 1929; m.a., 1935; ph.d., 1941.

PHILIP E. ARSENAULT, Instructor in Foreign Languages

B.A., Clark University, 1935; m.ed., 1937; m.a., Princeton University, 1950.

JOHN p. AUGELLi, Associatc Profcssor of Geography

B.A., Clark University, 1943; m.a.. Harvard University, 1949; ph.d., 1951.

FRANK p. AVONDA, Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S., The College of the City of New York, 1948; a.m., Columbia University, 1949;
PH.D., The Ohio State University, 1953.

THOMAS J. AYLWARD, InstTuctOT in Speech

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1947; M.S., 1949.

EUGENE H. BACON, Lecturer in History

A.B., Loyola College, 1947; m.a., Georgetown University, 1949; ph.d., 1951.

105 ►

Faculty

]. DOUGLAS BAiRD, Lecturer in English (Europe)

B.A., University of British Columbia, 1924; s.a., 1925; ph.d., University of Wash-
ington, 1952.

ROSCOB BAKER, Lecturer in Government and Politics (Ettrope)

A.B., Berea College, 1929; a.m., Ohio State University, 1933; ph.d., Northwestern
University, 1950.

jAGjiT s. BAKSHi, Assistant Instructor in Mathematics

BACCALAUREATE A.S., College Khanna, 1952; m.a.. Government College Ludhvori,
1955.

CECIL R. BALL, Associate Professor of English

B.A., College of William and Mary, 1923; m.a., University of Maryland, 1934; ph.d.,
Johns Hopkins University, 1955.

HARRY BARD, Lccturcr in Education

B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1929; m.a., Columbia University, 1938; ed.d., Uni-
ver.sity of Maryland, 1951.

JACK c. BARNES, Assistant Professor of English
A.B., Duke University, 1939; m.a., 1947.

CHARLES E. BARRETT, Instriictor in Economics

A.B., Loyola College, 1942; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1950.

HOWARD s. bass, JR., Lecturer in Business Administration

B.S., Virginia Military Institute, 1951; m.b.a., Harvard University, 1957.

EDMOND w. BASTEK, Lecturer in Military Studies
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; m.b.a., 1955.

WHITNEY K. BATES, Instructor in History

A.B., University of Washington, 1941; m.a.. University of Wisconsin, 1948; ph.d.,
1952.

GEORGE P. batka, Assistant Professor of Speech

A.B., University of Wichita, 1938; m.a.. University of Michigan, 1941.

JOSEPHINE BAUER, Lecturer in English (Europe)

A.B., Washington University, 1930; m.a., 1931: ph.d.. University of London.

RICHARD H. BAUER, Associate Professor of History

PH.B., University of Chicago, 1924; m.a., 1928; ph.d., 1935.

RONALD H. bayes, Lecturer in English (^Atlantic')
B.S., Eastern Oregon College, 1955; M.S., 1956.

EUGENE H. BEACH, Lecturcr in Electrical Engineering

B.S.E., University of Michigan, 1941; m.s., 1947; ph.d., 1953.

OTHO T. BEALL, JR., Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Williams College, 1930; m.a., University of Minnesota, 1933; ph.d., University
of Pennsylvania, 1953.

-< 106

Faculty

EARL s. BEARD, Assistant Professor of History

B.A., Baylor University, 1948; m.a.. State University of Iowa, 1950; ph.d., 1953.

WILLIAM R. BELMONT, Lecturer in Economics

A.B., DePaul University, 1952; m.a., George Washington University, 1954; ph.d.,

1958.

LAWRENCE H. BENNETT, Lecturer in Physics

B.A., Cum Laude, 1951; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1955; ph.d., Rutgers, The
State University, 1958.

LYNN B. BENNiON, Lecturer in English (Far East")

B.A., University of Utah, 1942; ph.d., Johns Hopkins University, 1946.

IVAN BENSON, Lecturer in EnglisJi (Far Ensf)

E.A., Colgate University, 1920; m.a., University of Kansas, 1928; ph.d.. University
of South Carolina, 1937.

JOSEPH c. BERNARDO, Lecturer in Military Studies

B.S., St. John's University, 1938; m.a., Fordham University, 1940; ph.d., George-
town University, 1950.

BARRY BERNSTEIN, Lccturcr in Mathematics

B.S., City College of New York, 1951; M.S., Indiana University, 1954; ph.d., 1956.

ALFRED J. BINGHAM, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Yale University, 1933; ph.d., Columbia University, 1939.

josiAH A. BLACKLOCK, Lecturer in Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1940; m.ed., 1948.

WARREN J. BLACKMAN, Lcctiirer in Economics

A.B., Ball State Teachers College, 1948; m.a., Edinburgh University, 1951; ph.d.,
1956.

PAUL s. bodenman, Lecturer in Mathematics
A.B., Lakeland College, 1934.

FRANCIS R. bodine. Lecturer in Mathetnatics
B.S., Pennsylvania State Teachers College, 1951.

CHARLES s. BORSUK, Lecturer in Business Administration (Far East^
ph.b.. University of Wisconsin, 1947; m.b.a., 1954.

JOHN a. bottomley. Lecturer in Economics (Eurofe')

B.A., University of British Columbia; m.a.. University of Virginia.

ARTHUR p. bouvier, Lecturer in English (Europe')
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1921; ph.d., 1943.

JOHN H. bowen. Lecturer in Psychology

B.A., University of Arkansas, 1949; m.a., 1950; ph.d.. University of Maryland, 1954.

RAYMOND T. BOWMAN, Lecturer in Economics

B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1925; ph.d., 1933.

107 ►

Faculty

EDMUND G. BOY, Lecturer in Economics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1958; m.b.a., Babson Institute, 1958.

VINCENT c. BRANN, Lscttirer in Speech (Europe) *

B.A., State University of Iowa, 1950; m.a., Columbia University, 1953.

FREDERICK BRANTLEY, Lecturer in English

A.B., Louisiana State University, 1940; m.a., University of Iowa, 1942.

PELA F. BRAUCHER, Associate Professor of Foods and Nutrition

A.B., Goucher College, 1927; m.s., Pennsylvania State University, 1929.

HENRY BRECHBiLL, Professor of Education

B.A., Blue Ridge College, 1911; m.a.. University of Pittsburgh, 1917; ph.d., George
Washington University, 1933.

RICHARD B. BRIAN, Instructor in Mathematics
B.S., Grove City College, 1953.

FURMAN A. BRiDGERS, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Duke University, 1925; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1928.

SIMEON M. BRIGHT, Lecturer in History

A.B., West Virginia University, 1949; m.a., 1950.

CLARA BROGAN, Lecturer in History

B.A., University of Buffalo, 1929; m.a.. University of Pennsylvania, 1945.

LILLIAN w. BROWN, Instructor in Child Education
B.A., Lake Erie College, 1930.

SAMUEL E. BROWN, Instructor in English

A.B., Indiana University, 1934; m.a., 1946; ph.d., Yale University, 1955.

RAY B. BROWNE, Instructor in English

A.B., University of Alabama, 1943; m.a., Columbia University, 1947; ph.d.. Uni-
versity of California at Los Angeles, 1956.

RUFus c. BROWNING, Lecturer in Sociology

A.B., Illinois College, 1940; m.p.s.. University of Colorado, 1949; ph.d., American
University, 1955.

WILLIAM FRENCH BRUCE, Lccturer in Education

B.S., Ohio State University, 1911; m.a., 1924; ph.d., 1926.

FRANKLIN L. BURDETTE, Professor of Government and Politics

A.B., Marshall College, 1934; m.a.. University of Nebraska, 1935; m.a., Princeton,
1937; PH.D., 1938.

ELBERT M. BYRD, JR., Instructor in Government and Politics
B.S., American University, 1953; m.a., 1954.

JAMES BYRD, Instructot in Speech and Dramatic Arts
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1948; m.a., 1949.

■< 108

Faculty

RICHARD H. BYRNE, Pwfessor of Education

A.B., Franklin and Marshall College, 1938; m.a., Columbia University, 1947; ed.d.,
1952.

EDWARD R. CAIN, Lecturer in Government and. Politics QEurcpe^

A.B., Boston University, 1948; m.a., Colvunbia University, 1950; ph.d., 1952.

JOHN F. CALLAHAN, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., United States Naval Academy, 1942; m.c.e., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute^
1948.

GEORGE H. CALLCOTT, Instructor in History

A.B., University of South Carolina, 1950; m.a., Columbia University, 1951; ph.d.,.
University ot North Carolina, 1956.

MARY K. CARL, Associate Professor of Education

B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1946; ph.d., University of Maryland, 1951.

WILLIAM D. CARMicHAEL, Lccturer in Economics

B.A., Yale University, 1950; m.a., Princeton University, 1952; m.p.a., 1952.

EUGENE F. CARRAHER, Lecturer in History

A.B., Clark University, 1948; m.a.. University of Connecticut, 1950.

IRVING J. CASEY, Lccturcr in Military Studies

A.B., Brovvn University, 1942; ll.b.. The George Washington University, 1954; m.a..
University of Maryland, 1957.

VERNE E. CHATELAiN, Profcssor of History

B.A., Nebraska State Teachers College, 1917; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1925;
PH.D., University of Minnesota, 1943.

CHUNjEN c. CHEN, Instructor in Foreign Languages

B.S., Cornell University, 1919; M.S., University of Maryland, 1920.

YAOHAN CHU, Lccturcr in Electrical Engineering

B.S., Chiao-Tung University, 1942; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology,.
1945; scD., 1953.

JOHN c. CLENDENiN, Instructor in English

B.S., Mansfield State Teachers College, 1935; m.a., Bucknell University, 1941.

ROBERT R. CLUSE, Instructor in Business Administration
B.B.A., University of Miami, 1951; m.a., 1952.

LOUIS A. COLON, Lccturcr in Foreign Languages

JAMES V. compton. Lecturer in History (Europe')

B.A., Princeton University, 1950; m.a., University of Chicago, 1952.

JAMES conlan. Lecturer in Mathematics

B.A., University of California, 1945; m.a., 1948; ph.d., 1958.

VIRGINIA CAROLYN coNLEY, Associatc ProfcssoT of Nursing Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1940; m.a., 1953.

109 ►

Faculty

FRANKLIN D. cooLEY, Associate Professor of English

A.B., Johns Hopkins University, 1927; m.a., University of Maryland, 1933; PH.D.,
Johns Hopkins University, 1940.

SHEROD M. COOPER, JR., Instriictor in English
B.S., Temple University, 1951; m.a., 1953.

LESLIE c. cosTELLO, Instructor in Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1954; ph.d., 1957.

JOHN L. COULTER, JR., Assistant Professor of English

B.A., American University, 1934; m.a., North Carolina University, 1936.

KENNETH L. COWAN, Lecturer in Economics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1958; m.b.a., Babson Institute.

JOHN p. CRAVEN, Lecturer in Physics

B.S., Cornell University, 1946; M.S., California Institute of Technology, 1947; PH.D.,
State University of Iowa, 1951; ll.b., George Washington University, 1958.

BARBARA w. CREAMER, Instructor in Nutrition
B.S., University of Washington, 1943.

GEORGE ROBERT CREEL, JR., Lecturer in Public Relations

B.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1937; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1952.

WILLIAM J. CRiBB, JR., Lecturer in Business Administration
B.S., University of Maryland, 1956; m.b.a., 1957.

EDMUND D. CROSBY, Assistant Professor of Industrial Education

A.B., Western Michigan University, 1934; m.a., Colorado A & M, 1940.

HERBERT A. CROSMAN, Lecturer in History ^Europe')
A.B., Harvard University, 1938; a.m., 1938; ph.d., 1948.

WALLACE w. CULVER, Lecturer in Sociology

B.A., N.W. Missouri State College, 1933; m.a., Pennsylvania State University, 1950;
PH.D., 1951.

MARGARET T. cussLER, Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., New York State College of Teachers at Albany, 1933; m.a., Radcliffe College,
1941; PH.D., 1943.

JOHN A. daiker. Assistant Professor of Business Organization
B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; m.b.a., 1951.

JOHN L. DALTON, Assistant Professor of Economics
A.B., University of California, 1943; ph.d., 1955.

GERALD H. DAVIS, Lecturer in History QAtlantic")

B.A., Morris Harvey College, 1952; ph.d., Vanderbilt University, 1958.

PHILIP J. DAVIS, Lecturer in Mathematics

S.B., Harvard University, 1943; M.S., 1947; ph.d., 1950.

-^ 110

Faculty

TOWNES L. DAWSON, Associate Professor of Business Law

B.B.A., The University of Texas, 1943; m.b.a., 1947; ph.d., 1950; ll.b., 1954.

DOROTHY F. DEACH, Profcssor and Head of Physical Education— Women
B.S., University of Illinois, 1931; m.s., 1932; ph.d.. University of Michigan, 1951.

JAMES P. DEE, Lecturer in Sfeech (Par East^

A.B., University of Florida, 1948; m.a.. University of Missouri, 1950; ph.d., Ohio
State University, 1957.

JULES DE launay, Lecturer in Physics

B.A., Oxford (England), 1935; m.a., 1939; ph.d., Stanford University, 1939.

WALTER w. DESHLER, Assistant Professor of Geography

B.S., Lafayette College, 1943; m.a., University of Maryland, 1953; ph.d., 1957.

DONALD DEW, Instructor in Sfeech

B.A., University of Maryland, 1950; m.a.. State University of Iowa, 1956.

ELLIOT a. DEWEY, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., U. S. Naval Academy, 1947; b.c.e., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1950.

CHARLES DE WITT, Lecturer in Education

A.B., Culver-Stockton College; m.s., Drake University, ed.d., University of Maryland,

PETER DiAMADOPOULAS, Instrtictor in Philosophy

B.A., 1952; M.A., 1956; ph.d.. Harvard University, 1957.

EiTEL w. DOBERT, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., University of Geneva, 1932; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1949; ph.d., 1954.

ALAN L. DODD, Lecturer in Education

A.B., Western Maryland College, 1951; m.ed., University of Maryland, 1956.

NORMAN J. DOORENBOS, Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Michigan, 1950; M.S., 1951; ph.d., 1953.

DONALD MARQUAND DOZER, Lecturer in History

B.A., College of Wooster, 1927; m.a.. Harvard University, 1930; ph.d., 1936.

DICK DUFFEY, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering
B.S., Purdue University, 1939; m.s.. University of Iowa, 1940.

GERALD H. DuiN, Lecturer in Foreign Languages
B.S., U. S. Military Academy, 1936.

RALPH EMERSON DUNHAM, Lecturer in Education

B.A., Kansas State Teachers College, 1938; m.a., 1942; ed.d., Universit)' of Cahfomia
at Berkeley, 1950.

BERNARD E. DUPUis, Lecturer in Government and Politics (Atlantic')
B.S., University of Maryland, 1956; m.a., 1958.

ROBERT Y. DURAND, Lecturer in Business Administration (Euro-pe)
A.B., Oberlin College, 1934; m.b.a., Harvard Business School, 1941.

Ill ►

Faculty

FRANK A. DURGiN, Lecturer in Economics QEurope')

B.A., Tufts University, 1949; ph.d., Universite de Toulouse, 1956.

DAVID M. EARL, Lecturer in Government and Politics (Far East)

A.A., Flint Junior College, 1931; a.b., Oberlin College, 1933; m.a., Wayne University,
1950; PH.D., Columbia University, 1957.

CHARLES B. EDELSON, Assistant Professor of Accounting

b.b.a., University of New Mexico, 1949; m.b.a., Indiana University, 1950.

GERALD GORDON EGGERT, Instructor in History

B.A., Western Michigan College of Education, 1949; m.a., University of Michigan,
1951.

<^. ASHLEY ELLEFSON, Lecturcr in English

B.A., Wisconsin State College, 1952; m.a.. University of Iowa, 1955.

HERMAN E. ELLiNGSON, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.A., Luther College, 1924; m.s.. State University of Iowa, 1927; ph.d., 1948.

WILLIAM p. ELLIS, Instructor in S'peech

B.S., Towson Teachers College, 1954; m.a.. Northwestern University, 1956.

MARTiNUS H. ESSER, Instructor in Mathematics
M.S., Northwestern University, 1944; ph.d., 1946.

GAYLORD B. ESTABROOK, ProfcSSOT of PhysicS

B.S., Purdue University, 1921; M.S., Ohio State University, 1922; ph.d.. University
of Pittsburgh, 1932.

FREDERICK EVERHARDT, C.P.A., Lccturcr in Busincss Administration
B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1934.

ROBERT D. EWEN, Lecturer in Speech (Eurofe')

A.A., Los Angeles City College, 1946; a.b., University of California at Los Angeles,
1948; M.S., University of Southern California, 1949.

MARVIN H. EYLER, Associate Professor of Physical Education

A.B., Houghton College, 1942; M.S., University of Illinois, 1948; ph.d., 1956.

WILLIAM F. FALLS, Professor of Foreign Languages

A.B., University of North Carolina, 1922; m.a., Vanderbilt University, 1928; ph.d.,
University of Pennsylvania, 1932.

JOSEPH CONRAD FEHR, Assistant Professor of Military Science
LL.B., George Washington University, 1921.

WILLIAM s. FELTON, JR., Instructor of Sociology

B.A., Marietta College, 1948; m.a.. University of Colorado, 1951; ph.d., 1955.

E. JAMES FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of History

B.A., University of Washington, 1939; m.a., 1941; ph.d.. University of Wisconsin,
1951.

M 112

Faculty

THERESA M. FERNANDEZ, Instructor in Nursing Education
B.S., Teachers College, Columbia University, 1952; m.a., 1953.

JOHN A. FiBiGER, Lecturer in Mathematics
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953; m.a., 1954.

SHERWOOD M. FINE, Lecturer in Economics

B.A., New York University, 1936; m.a., Columbia University, 1938; ph.d., 1943.

HELEN L. FiSK, Lecturer in Nursing
B.S., New York University, 1949.

■SHERMAN K. FITZGERALD, Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., Brigham Young University, 1948; m.a., 1949; ph.d., Cornell University, 1952

WILLIAM c. FLANNiGAN, Lecturer in Military Studies
3.S., University of Maryland, 1953; m.a., 1956.

ABRAHAM FLATAU, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S.A.E., Purdue University, 1947; m.a.e.. New York University, 1948; m.e.,
Columbia University, 1950; m.a., 1951.

FXLEN D. FOSTER, Instructor in Nursing

B.S., University of Maryland, 1955; M.S., 1957.

JOHN H. FREDERICK, Professor and Head of Business Organization
B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1918; a.m., 1925; ph.d., 1927.

■CHARLES E. FREEDEMAN, Lecturer in History (Europe)

A.B., Mount Union College, 1949; a.m., Columbia University, 1954.

MELViN ]. FRIEDMAN, Instructor in English

A.B., Bard College, 1949; a.m., Columbia University, 1952; ph.d., Yale University,
1954.

WERNER J. FRIES, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1948; m.a., 1952; ph.d., 1953.

M. JOSEPHINE GAINES, Instructor in Health

B.S., University of California at Los Angeles, 1949; m.a., New York University, 1952.

Dv/iGHT L. GENTRY, Associate Professor of Business Organization

A.B., Elon College, 1941; m.b.a.. Northwestern University, 1947; ph.d., Univer.>itv
of Illinois, 1952.

WESLEY M. GEWEHR, Professor of History QRetired~)
PH.B., University of Chicago, 1911; a.m., 1912; ph.d., 1922.

HERPERT R. GiLLis, Instructor in Speech
A.B., Kent State University, 1947; m.a., 1949.

FLORENCE M. GiPE, Profcssor and Dean of Nursing

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1940;
ED.D., University of Maryland, 1952; R.N.

113 ►

Faculty

KURT GLASER, Lecturer in Government and Politics QEurope')
B.A., Harvard University, 1935; a.m., 1938; ph.d., 1941.

ROBERT G. GLASSER, Lecturer in Physics

A.B., and S.B., University of Chicago, 1948 and 1950; M.S., 1952; ph.d., 1954.

ALFRED GOLDBERG, Lecturer in Military Studies

A.B., Western Maryland College, 1938; ph.d., Johns Hopkins University, 1950.

HENRY N. GOLDSTEIN, Lecturer in Economics

A.B., University of North Carolina; m.a., Johns Hopkins University.

WILLIAM D. GOMRAR, Lecturer in S-peech (Ettrope)

B.A., University of Scranton, 1939; m.a.. Harvard University, 1950.

RICHARD c. GONZALES, Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Texas, 1951; m.a., 1952; ph.d., University of Maryland, 1957,

RICHARD A. GOOD, Associate Professor of Mathematics

A.B., Ashland College, 1939; m.a.. University of Wisconsin, 1940; ph.d., 1945.

FRANK GOODWYN, Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., Texas College of Arts and Industries, 1939; m.a., 1940; ph.d.. University of
Texas, 1946.

WILLIAM H. GRAVELY, JR., Associate Professor of English

A.B., College of William and Mary, 1925; m.a.. University of Virginia, 1934; ph.d.,.
1953.

EDITH GREER, Lectiirer in Education

B.S., University of Nebraska, 1926; m.a., 1940; ph.d., 1946,

ALLAN G. GRUCHY, PtofessoT of Economics

A.B., University of British Columbia, 1926; m.a., McGill University, 1929; ph.d...
University of Virginia, 1931.

HANS K. GUNTHER, Lecturer in History (Europe^

B.A., University of Missouri, 1951; ph.d., Stanford University, 1954.

u^iLLiAM w. HAGUE, Lccturer in Military Studies

A.B., Washington and Jefferson College, 1916; m.a., 1920.

THOMAS w. HALL, Instructor in Foreign Languages

E.A., University of Maryland, 1938; m.a., Middlebury College, 1950; ph.d.. Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1958.

TIMOTHY HALLiNAN, Lecturer in History QEuro-pe^

A.B., Harvard University, 1946; d.phil., Oxford University, 1955.

EDWARD B. HAMBLETT, JR., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., University of Missouri, 1947; s.m., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1957.

CHARLES HAMMOND, JR., Lecturcr in Economics (Eurofe")
B.A., University of Illinois, 1949; m.a., 1954; ph.d., 1958.

^ 114

Faculty

'PIERRE HAN, Lecturer in English

A.B., Catholic University of America, 1951; a.m., Oiliambia University, 1952.

PETER V. HANFORD, Lecturer in Psychology QEurope')

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1952; M.S., 1953; ph.d., 1958.

■R. JUSTUS HANKS, Instructor in History
M.A., University of Chicago, 1949.

JOHN p. HARDT, Lecturer in Economics

B.A... University of Washington, 1945; m.a., 1948; ph.d., Columbia University, 1955.

NORRis G. HARiNG, Lecturer in Education

B.A., Nebraska State Teachers College, 1948; m.a.. University of Nebraska, 1950;
ED.D., S)T:acuse University, 1956.

SUSAN E. HARMAN, Professor of English

A.B., University of Nebraska, 1917; a.m., 1918; ph.d., Johns Hopkins University,
1926.

LEONARD H. HARRIS, Lecturer in Mathematics
B.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1951.

HORACE V. HARRISON, Assistant Professor of Government and Politics

B.A., Trinity University, 1932; m.a.. University of Texas, 1941; ph.d., 1951.

i^ARK HARRISON, Lccturer in Physics

B.S., Missouri State College, 1942; ph.d.. Catholic University of America, 1952.

PAUL E. HARRISON, JR., Associate Professor of Industrial Education

B.ED., Northern Illinois University, 1942; m.a., Colorado State College, 1947; PH.D.,
University of Maryland, 1955.

ELLEN E. HARVEY, Associate Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Teachers College, Columbia University, 1935; m.a., 1941; ed.d.. University
of Oregon, 1951.

GUY B. HATHORN, Assistant Professor of Government and Politics

A.B., University of Mississippi, 1940; m.a., 1942; ph.d., Duke University, 1950.

HERBERT AARON HAUPTMAN, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., City College of New York, 1937; m.a., Columbia University, 1939; ph.d.,
University of Maryland, 1955.

MARTHA J. HAVERSTiCK, Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1943; m.a.. University of Wisconsin, 1950.

ELLIS HAwoRTH, Lecturer in Education

B.A., George Washington University, 1922; m.a., 1927; ph.d., Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, 1928.

JOHN J. HEBAL, histructor in Government and Politics

PH.B., University of Wisconsin, 1947; m.a.. University of Alabama, 1948.

115 ►

Faculty

ROBERT A. HEESfTZE, Instructor in Business Organization

B.A., George Washington University, 1953; m.b.a., Syracuse University, 1955.

FERDINAND HELM, JR., LecturcT in English (Euro'pe)

A.B., Union College, 1937; m.a., Indiana University, 1955.

MARIE J. HENAULT, Instructor in English

B.A., University of Washington, 1945; m.a., 1946; ph.d.. University of Maryland^
1952.

RICHARD HENDRICKS, Associatc ProfcssoT of S'pecch

A.B., Franklin College, 1937; m.a., Ohio State University, 1939; ph.d., 1956.

CHRisTOPH HERiNG, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
PH.D., University of Bonn, 1950.

RICHARD J. HERRNSTEiN, Lecturer in Psychology

B.A., City College of New York, 1952; ph.d.. Harvard University, 1955.

CHARLES M. HERZFELD, LecturcT in Physics

B.E.C., Catholic University of America, 1945; ph.d.. University ui Chicago, 1951.

DONALD c. HESTER, Instructor in Government and Politics
B.A., Blufton College, 1943; m.a., Ohio State University, 1944.

ROBERT A. HiGHBARGER, Lccturer in Mathematics

B.S., Northwestern University, 1950; M.S., University of Iowa, 1951.

ROBERT STANLEY HIMES, Instructor in Business Organization
B.S., The American University, 1951; m.b.a., 1955.

ROBERT K. HiRZEL, Instructor in Sociology

B.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1946; m.a., 1950; ph.d., Louisiana State Uni-
versity, 1954.

FRANK HOADLEY, Instructor in English

B.A., George Peabody College for Teachers, 1950; m.a., 1951; ph.d., University of
OUahoma, 1955.

HAROLD c. HOFFSOMMER, Profcssor and Head of Sociology

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; m.a., 1923; ph.d., Cornell University, 1929.

WALTER V. HOHENSTEEsr, Lccturcr in Government and Politics ^Europe')
B.A., Winona State, 1950; m.a.. University of Minnesota, 1951; ph.d., 1956.

STANLEY M. HOLBERG, Instructor in English
B.S., University of Buffalo, 1941; m.a., 1951.

DAVID J. M. HOOSON, Assistant Professor of Geography

E.A., Oxford University, England, 1948; m.a., 1950; b.sc. (Econ.), London Uni-
versity, England, 1951; ph.d., 1955.

BILLY M. HORTON, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering

B.A., University of Texas, 1941; m.s., University of Maryland, 1949.

M 116

Faculty

CAROL M. HOSFELD, Assistant Professor of Medical and Surgical Nursing

Diploma in Nursing, University of Maryland, r.n., 1950; b.s., 1952; m.s.. University
of Pennsj'lvania, 1956.

KENNETH o. HovET, Profcssor of Education

B.A., St. Olaf College, 1926; ph.d.. University of Minnesota, 1950. •

CHABLES Y. Hu, Profcssor of Geography

B.A., University of Nanking, 1930; m.s.. University of California, 1936; ph.d..
University of Chicago, 1941.

JAMES A. HUMMEL, Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1949; m.a., Rice Institute, 1953; ph.d.,
1955.

JAMES H. HUMPHREY, Professor of Physical Education

A.B., Denison University, 1933; a.m.. Western Reserve University, 1946; bd.d.,
Boston University, 1951.

JULIUS L. JACKSON, LcctuTeT in Physics

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1945; m.a., Princeton University', 1947; ph.d., New York
University, 1950.

BCKHART A. JACOBSEN, Associate Professor of Ind^istrial Education

Osvpego State Teachers College, New York, 1937; m.s., Comell University, 1946;
PH.D., University of Connecticut, 1957.

EDWARD F. JAMES, Lccturer in English QAtlantic^
B.A., University of Maryland, 1954; m.a., 1955.

JOSEPH A. JAMES, InstriictOT tn Foreign Languages

B.A., Bates College, 1925; m.a.. West Virginia University, 1930; Diploma Universi-
dad de Granada, Spain, 1934; Certificado, Centre de Estudios, Madrid, 1934.

HAROLD M. JARRETT, Lecturer in Mathematics
B.S., West Chester State Teachers College, 1939.

ROBERT JASTROW, Lccturcr in Physics

A.B., Colimibia College, 1944; a.m., 1945; ph.d., 1948.

RODERICK H. jELLEMA, Instructor in English

B.A., Calvin College, 1951; Post Graduate Diploma in English Studies, Edinburgh
University, 1954.

RICHARD H. JENKINS, Lecturer in Education

B.S., Salisbury State Teachers College, 1939; m.e.. University of Maryland, 1948.

CARL p. N. JENSEN, Lccturcr in Military Studies

B.S., University of California at Berkeley, 1934; m.s., Columbia University, 1946.

M. CLEMENS JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Education
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1943; m.a., 1949; ph.d., 1954.

WARREN R. JOHNSON, ProfcssoT of Physical Edtication

B.A., University of Denver, 1942; m.a., 1947; ed.d., Boston University, 1950.

117 ►

Faculty

MORRIS L. KALES, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1933; M.S., 1934; ph.d.. Brown Uni-
versity, 1936.

JEROME I. KAPLAN, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., University of Michigan, 1950; ph.d., University of California, 1954.

ARTHUR E. KARiNEN, Instructor in Geogra'phy
B.A., University of California, 1944.

LEON T. KATCHMAR, Lecturer in Psychology

A.B., Bucknell University, 1950; M.S., University of Maryland, 1953; ph.d., 1955.

THEODORE w. KATENKAMP, JR., Lecturer in Education

B.S., Maryland State Teachers College, 1946; m.ed.. University of Maryland, 1950.

THOMAS c. KEEDY, JR., Instructor in Sociology

A.B., University of Southern CaUfomia, 1948;' M.S., 1951; a.m., 1955; ph.d., 1956.

DANIEL R. KiFNER, Lecturer in Military Studies

B.S., University of Marj'land, 1955; m. a., American University, 1957.

THOMAS w. KiLLOUGH, JR., Lccturer in S'peech QAtlantic^

B.A., Henderson College, 1953; jni.a., University of Arkansas, 1957.

ROBERT T. KiRKPATRicK, Lecturer in Philoso-phy (Far East")

B.A., University of Illinois, 1948; m.a., Northwestern University, 1950; ph.d., 1954.

JOSEPH M. KissANE, Lecturcr in English (Europe')

B.A., Duquesne University, 1952; a.m., Columbia University, 1956.

ANN LOUISE KLiNGELHOFER, Lecturer in Nursing

B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1945; m.a., University of Maryland, 1950; r.n.

LORAiNE G. KNUPP, Lecturer in Education

B.S., District of Columbia Teachers College, 1936; m.ed.. University of Maryland,
1948.

WILLIAM KOREY, Lecturer in History

B.A., University of Chicago, 1946; m.a., Columbia University, 1948.

HENRY J. KosTKOwsKi, Lecturer in Physics
PH.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1954.

F. RALPH KOTTER, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering

B.S., University of Utah, 1937; m.a., George Washington University, 1940; sc.d.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1955.

FRANK J. KOTTKE, Lecturer in Economics
B.A., Northwestern University, 1937; m.a., 1938; ph.d., Coliunbia University, 1944.

GEORGE F. KRAMER, Assistajit Professor of Physical Education
B.S., University of Mar)'land, 1953; m.a., 1956.

HERMANN H. KURZWEG, Lecturcr in Aeronautical Engineering
PH.D., University of Leipzig, Germany, 1933.

M 118

Faculty

HAROLD LARSON, Lcctiirer in Government and Politics

B.A., Momingside College, 1927; m.a., Columbia University, 1928; PH.D., 1943.

CHARLES NICHOLAS LEE, InstructOT in Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1955.

LEROY L. LEE, Assistant Professor of Business Organization
A.B., George Washington University, 1948; m.a., 1952.

PATRICK LEEHEY, Lccturer in Mathematics

B.S., United States Naval Academy, 1942; ph.d.. Brown University, 1950.

RICHARD c. LEHMANN, Lecturer in Foreign Languages
B.S., 1956.

PETER P. LEjiNS, Profcssor of Sociology

MAG. PHIL., University of Latvia, 1930; mag. ixjris, 1933; ph.d.. University of
Chicago, 1938.

LEO R. lemaire, InstTUctOT in Foreign Languages

JOHN LEMBACH, Associatc ProfessoT of Art

B.A., University of Chicago, 1934; m.a.. Northwestern University, 1937; ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1946.

GEORGE F. LEMMER, Lccturcr in Military Studies

B.S., Central Missouri State College, 1938; a.m.. University of Missouri, 1941;
PH.D., 1947.

HENRY A. LEPPER, Profcssor of CivH Engineering

B.S., George Washington University, 1936; m.s.. University of Illinois; doctoh of
ENGINEERING, Yale University, 1947.

CHARLES w. LESLIE, Assistant Professor of Education

B.A., University of Toronto, 1930; m.a., 1933; ph.d.. Harvard University, 1945.

DAVID M. LEWIS, Lecturer in Sociology QFar East')
B.A., University of Maryland, 1954; m.a., 1956.

MARY R. LE%vis, Lecturer in Education
B.A., Columbia University, 1930; M.S., 1933.

DAVID REYNOLDS LiDE, JR., Lecturcr in Physics

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1949; m.a., Harvard University, 1951;
PH.D., 1952.

LEONARD c. LiDSTROM, Lecturcr in Mathematics
B.E., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.S., 1955.

JULIUS LiEBLEiN, Lecturer in Mathematics
A.B., Colgate University, 1937; ll.b., Harvard University, 1940.

GILBERT lieberman, Lccturer in Mathematics

B.A., New York University, 1948; m.a., Columbia University, 1949.

119 ►

Faculty

IRVING LiNKOW, Assistant Professor of S'peech
B.A., University of Denver, 1937; m.a., 1938,

NORMAN M. G. LocKSLEY, Lecturer in Military Studies

B.S., North Texas State C!ollege, 1937; m.a.. University of Minnesota, 1949.

GLEN M. LONEY, Lecturer in Speech (Ewrope)

A.B., University of California at Berkeley, 1950; m.a.. University of Wisconsin, 1951
PH.D., Stanford University, 1954.

MAURICE E. LONG, Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering
B.S., University of Akron, 1934; M.S., 1935.

RALPH H. LONG, JR., Profcssor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Tufts College, 1943; m.eng., Yale University, 1948; d.eng., 1952.

WILLIAM F. LONG, JR., Lecturer in Military Studies
B.A., Otterbein, 1941.

BLAKE M. LORiNG, Lecturer in Chemical Engineering

S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1937; sen., 1940.

LEONARD LUTWACK, Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Wesleyan University, 1939; m.a., 1940; ph.d., Ohio State University, 1950.

EDWARD F. MC CABE, Lccttircr in Mathematics

B.S., United States MiUtary Academy, 1943; M.S., Harvard College, 1949.

HAROLD MCCARTHY, Lccturcr in English (Eurcpe)

A.B., University of Massachusetts, 1941; m.a.. Harvard University, 1942; PH.D., 1950.

RICHARD J. MC DEviTT, JR., Lccturcr in Military Studies
B.S., Villanova University, 1931.

ANNIE L. MC ELHENiE, Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., Frankhn College, 1926; b.s., Hillsdale College, 1927; m.a.. University ol
Chicago, 1941; Certificate Third Year, New York School of Social Work, Columbij
University, 1951.

WILLIAM F. MCKEE, Instructor in History

B.A., College of Wooster, 1952; m.a.. University of Wisconsin, 1954.

THEODORE H. MC NELLY, Lccturcr in Government and Politics QFar East)
B.sc, University of Wisconsin, 1941; m.a., 1942; ph.d., Columbia University, 1952.

DONALD MALEY, Profcssor and Head of Industrial Education

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pa., 1943; m.a.. University of Maryland,
1948; PH.D., 1950. '

WALTER H. MALONEY, Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S.S., Georgetown University, 1951; ll.b., 1953; ll.m.. University of Michigan,
1954.

JOHN E. MANAHAN, Lecturer in History ^Atlantic')

B.A., University of Virginia, 1939; m.a., 1946; ph.d., 1946.

^ 120

Faculty

ARTHUR A. MANDEL, Lecturer in Economics QEuro'pe')
PH.D., University of Berlin, 1932.

JOSEPH R. MARCHES, histnictOT in Sociology

B.A., University of Minnesota, 1952; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1953.

MINERVA L. MARTIN, Lecturer in English (^Europe')
B.S., University of Alabama, 1931; m.a., Louisiana State University, 1937; PH.D.,
1940.

WILLIAM MARTIN, LectuTcr in Sociology
A.B., Northwestern College, 1939; m.a., 1942.

WALTER R. MARTINI, Instructor in Speech
B.F.A., 1948; M.F.A., 1950.

BENJAMIN H. MAssEY, Professor of Physical Education

A.B., Erskine College, 1938; M.S., University of Illinois, 1947; ph.d., 1950.

MAURICE MATLOFF, Lecturer in History

B.A., Columbia College, 1936; m.a.. Harvard University, 1937; ph.d., 1956.

WESLEY J. MATSON, Assistant Professor of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1948; m.a.. University of California at Berkeley, 1954.

MARTHA J. MAXWELL, Instructor in Psychology
B.A., University of Maryland, 1946; m.a., 1948.

L. KENTON MEALS, Lcctiirer in Mathematics

A.B., Gettysburg College, 1942; m.a.. University of Missouri, 1947.

WALTER s. measday. Assistant Professor of Economics
A.B., College of William and Mary, 1941.

BRUCE L. melvin, Associate Professor of Sociology

B.S., University of Missouri, 1916; m.a., 1917; ph.d., 1921.

LOUIS G. MENDEZ, Lccturcr in Foreign Languages

B.S., United States Military Academy, 1940; m.a., Georgetovm University, 1956.

JOHN A. MENDioLA, histructor in Sfeech

B.A., Hiram College, 1954; m.a., Ohio State University, 1955.

RAMON c. MERCADO, Lecturer in Foreign Lang^^ages
B.A., University of Michigan, 1933; m.a., 1934,

GEORGE R. MERRILL, Instructor in Industrial Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; m.ed., 1955.

HORACE s. MERRILL, Professor of History

B.E., River Falls State College, 1932; ph.m.. University of Wisconsin, 1933; ph.d.,
1942.

EDNA M. MERSON, Lecturer in Education

B.S., Maryland State Teachers College, 1945; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1949.

121 ►

Faculty

DONALD Y. MILLER, Lecturer in Education

B.A., University of Iowa, 1949; m.a., 1950; ed.d., Syracuse University, 1958.

FRANCIS M. MILLER, AssociutB Profcssor of Chemistry

B.S., Western Kentucky State College, 1946; ph.d., Northwestern University, 1949.

PAUL R. MILLER, Lccturer in Chemical Engineering

B.E., Johns Hopkins University, 1951; M.S., University of Maryland, 1956.

ROZELLE J. MILLER, Lecturer in Education
M.A., University of Maryland, 1957.

STANLEY MILLER, Lecturer in History (Far East')

B.S.S., City College of New York, 1950; m.s., University of Wisconsin, 1953; ph.d.,
1957.

LEONARD L. MiTNiCK, Assistant Professor of Psychology

A.B., Temple University, 1951; m.a., 1953; ph.d.. University of Maryland, 1956.

DON MiTTLEMAN, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., Columbia University, 1939; a.m., 1940; ph.d., 1951.

DOROTHY R. MOHR, ProfessoT of Physical Education

B.S., University of Chicago, 1932; m.a., 1933; ph.d.. University of Iowa, 1944.

SHAW MARION MOONEY, Lccturcr in English
B.A., Cornell University, 1931; m.a., 1937.

GEORGE ANDREW MOORE, Lecturer in Chemical Engineering

B.S., Union College, 1934; M.S., Harvard University, 1935; ph.d., Princeton Uni-
versity, 1939.

JAMES D. MORGAN, LecturcT in Business Administration
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; m.b.a., 1950.

JOHN L. MORRISON, Lecturer in Military Studies

B.A., Albion College, 1947; m.a.. University of Missouri, 1949; ph.d., 1951.

ALBERT D. MOTT, Assistant Professor of History

B.A., University of Missouri, 1947; m.a., 1949; ph.d.. University of California, 1956.

CHARLES D. MURPHY, Profcssor and Head of English

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1929; m.a., Harvard University, 1930; ph.d., Cornell
University, 1940.

GEORGE R. MUSAL, Lecturer in History (Eurofe)

B.A., Brigham Young University, 1955; m.a., Syracuse University, 1956; ph.d.,
1958.

RAMON h. MYERS, Lccturer in Economics

B.A., University of Washington, 1954; m.a., 1956.

BOYD L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1947; m.a., 1948; ph.d., 1952.

M 122

Faculty

ROGER s. NELSON, Lecturer in Economics

B.A., Yankton College, 1935; ph.d., University of California, 1947.

GRACiELA p. NEMES, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages

B.S., Trinity College, 1942; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1949; ph.d., 1952.

CLARENCE A. NEWELL, Profcssor of Education

A.B., Hastings College, 1935; a.m., Teachers College, Columbia University, 1939;
PH.D., Columbia University, 1943.

HOMER E. NEWELL, JR., Lecturer in Mathematics

A.B., Harvard University, 1936; a.m.t., 1937; ph.d.. University of Wisconsin, 1940.

BOB R. NICHOLS, Lecturer in Education
B.A., Tulsa University, 1930; m.s., Oklahoma State University, 1935; ph.d., 1947.

MARY R. NORTHROP, R.N., Lecturcr in Nursing

B.S., Georgetown University, 1952; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1958.

ANN E. NORTON, Instructor in Foreign Languages
A.B., Syracuse University, 1945; m.a., 1947.

HUGH s. NORTON, LectuTcr in Economics

A.B., The George Washington University, 1947; m.a., 1948.

MAURICE E. o'donnell. Assistant Professor of Government and Politics

B.S., Eastern Illinois State College, 1948; m.s.. University of Wisconsin, 1951;
PH.D., 1954.

GUNNAR P. ohman, Lccturer in Electrical Engineering

B.S., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1943; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1948.

LEO w. o'neill, jr., Associatc Professor of Education

B.A., University of Chicago, 1938; m.a., University of Kansas City, 1952; ed.d..
University of Colorado, 1955.

CHARLES R. ORR, Lecturer in Speech (Euro'pe')
A.B., Muskingum College, 1928; m.a.. University of Michigan, 1938.

hansjorg oser. Lecturer in Mathematics

DIPLOMA OF physics, University of Freiburg, 1954; dr. of math, 1957.

PAUL D. OYER, Lccturcr in Mathematics
E.S., Indiana University, 1948; m.a., 1949.

|. NORMAN PARMER, Instructor in History
B.A., Indiana University, 1949; m.a.. University of Connecticut, 1951; ph.d., Cornell
University, 1957.

ARTHUR s. PATRICK, Professor in CJiarge of Office Techniques and Management
B.ED., Wisconsin State College, 1931; m.a.. University of Iowa, 1940; ph.d., Ameri-
can University, 1956.

[)ONALD J. PATTON, LectuTcr in Geography
S.B., Harvard University, 1942; a.m., 1947; ph.d., 1949.

123 ►

Faculty

juDSON B. PEARSON, Lccturer in Sociology (Etirope)

B.A., University of Colorado, 1946; m.a., 1949; ph.d.. University of Washington, 1953

ALICE L. PEET, Instructor in Speech

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1944; m.a., 1952.

WILLIAM A. PENNINGTON, Profcssor of Chemical Engineering
B.S., Union University, 1925; ph.d., Iowa State College, 1933.

FREDERICK c. PEREGOY, Lecturer in Industrial Education
B.S., United States Naval Academy, 1945.

HUGH V. PERKINS, ProfcssoT of Education

B.A., Oberlin College, 1941; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1946; ph.d., 1949; ed.d..
New York University, 1956.

PETER ANTHONY PETiTo, Lecturer in Mathematics
B.S., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1934.

FRANKLIN A. PHILLIPS, LectUTcr in Mathematics

B.A., Arizona State College, 1952; m.a.. University of Oklahoma, 1953.

ROBERT M. PiERSON, Instructor in English

B.A., De Pauw University, 1946; m.a., Duke University, 1948; ph.d., 1951;
M.S.L.S., Catholic University of America, 1955.

WATSON FARLEY piNDELL, Lecturer in Education

B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1928; m.a., Loyola College, 1953; ed.d., Colvunbia
University, 1955.

ELMER PLiscHKE, Profcssor and Head of Government and Politics

PH.B., Marquette University, 1937; m.a., American University, 1938; ph.d., Clark
University, 1943.

STANLEY s. PLiSKOFF, Instructor in Psychology

B.S., New York University, 1951; m.s., 1953; ph.d., 1956.

MARK A. PLivELic, Instructor in Business and Puhlic Administration
B.S., Duquesne University, 1951; m.litt.. University of Pittsbiurgh, 1956.

ROBERT G. POHRER, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., St. Louis University, 1950; m.a., Duke University, 1952; ph.d., 1954.

JOSEPH F. POLAND, Lccturer in History (Eurofe')

B.A., University of California at Los Angeles, 1952; m.a., 1955.

RICHARD D. POLL, Lecturer in History (Europe")

B.A., M.A., Texas Christian University, 1939; ph.d.. University of California, 1948.

IRWIN POLLACK, Lccturcr in Psychology

B.S., University of Florida, 1945; m.a.. Harvard University, 1946; ph.d., 1949.

GEORGE B. H. POPE, Lccturer in Military Studies
PH.B., Hamilton College, 1916

< 124

Faculty

JANUS POPPE, Lecturer in Economics QFar East^

B.S., Nautical Academy, 1939; m.a., Georgetown University', 1947; ph.d., 1948.

JOHN PORTZ, Instructor in English

B.A., Duke University, 1937; m.a.. Harvard University, 1942.

EUGENE s. POWELL, L^ct^lrer in Government and. Politics ^Europe')
A.B., San Diego State College, 1948; m.a., University of California, 1951.

JOSEPH E. POWELL, Lccturer in Mathematics

B.S., University of Colorado, 1945; m.s., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1955.

GORDON w. prange, Profcssor of History

B.A., University of Iowa, 1932; m.a., 1934; ph.d., 1937.

DANIEL A. PRESCOTT, Profcssor of Education

B.S., Tufts College, 1920; m.ed.. Harvard University, 1922; ed.d., 1923.

FAY B. PRiCKETT, Lecturer in Military Studies
B.3., United States Military Academy, 1916.

JOHN R. PROBERT, Lecturer in Government and Politics

A.B., Lafayette College, 1937; a.m.. University of Pennsylvania, 1938; ph.d., 1957.

RUDOLPH E. PUGLiESE, Assistant Professor of Speech

B.A., Miami University, Ohio, 1947; m.a.. Catholic University, 1949.

DONALD K. PUMROY, Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Iowa, 1949; m.s.. University of Wisconsin, 1951; ph.d.. Uni-
versity of Washington, 1954.

HENRY R. REED, Professor of Electricol Engineering

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; m.s., 1927; e.e., South Dakota State College,
1930; PH.D., University of Iowa, 1941; Registered Professional Engineer.

JAMES H. REiD, Professor of Marketing

B.S., University of Iowa, 1923; m.a., American University, 1933.

HAROLD RICE, Lecturer in Military Sttuiies

B.S., United States Military Academy, 1942; m.b.a.. Harvard University, 1949.

OLIVER L. RICE, Instructor in English

B.A., Central College, 1943; m.a., Columbia University, 1949.

G. HENRY RiCHERT, Lecturer in Business Administration (Eurofe^

B.ED., Illinois State Normal University, 1929; m.b.a.. Northwestern University,

1937.

PATRICK w. RiDDLEBERGER, Assistant Professor of History

B.A., Virginia Military Institute, 1939; m.a.. University of California, 1949; ph.d.,
1952.

HELEN A. RivLiN, Assistant Professor of History

B.A., University of Rochester, 1949; m.a., RadcHfiFe College, 1950; ph.d., Oxford
University, 1953.

125 ►

Faculty

BENNiE L. ROBBiNS, Lecturcr in Matheviatics

A.B., High Point College, 1954; m.e., University of North Carolina, 1957.

RICHARD D. ROBBINS, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., Mississippi Southern College, 1950; m.a., Johns Hopkins University, 1951.

JACK ROBERTS, Lccturcr in Foreign Langiiages

EDWARD A. ROBINSON, Lecturer in Economics

B.A., St. Mary's Seminary and University, 1944; m.a.. Catholic University of America,
1948; PH.D., 1954.

JOHN M. ROBINSON, Assistant Professor of Philoso'phy

B.A., Middlebury College, 1945; ph.d., Cornell University, 1949.

BERNARD G. ROSENTHAL, Lccturcr in Psychology QEurope")

B.S., Northwestern University, 1942; m.a., Princeton University, 1943; ph.d., 1944.

PHILIP ROVNER, InstructoT in Foreign Languages
B.A., George Washington University, 1948; m.a., 1949.

CHARLES R. ROWDYBUSH, Lecturer in Military Studies

B.S., Ohio State University, 1936; m.a., American University, 1957.

MICHAEL E. RUDDY, LecturcT in Business Administration (^Atlantic')
B.S., University of Maryland, 1957; m.b.a., 1958.

FRANK L. RYAN, Instructor in English

B.A., University of Michigan, 1947; m.a., Boston College, 1948.

VIRGIL SALERA, Lecturer in Economics
B.S., University of California, 1955.

DAVID SCOTT SANDERS, JR., Instructor in English

B.A., University of Cahfomia at Los Angeles, 1949; m.a., 1953; ph.d., 1956.

ANTHONY sas, Assistant Professor of Geography

B.A., University of Amsterdam, 1947; m.a.. University of Washington, 1951; ph.d.,
Clark University, 1957.

SAMUEL s. SASLAw, Lccturer in Mathematics

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1933; m.s., 1934; ph.d., 1938.

AT.vTN w. SCHINDLER, Professor of Education

A.B., Iowa State Teachers College, 1927; m.a.. State University of Iowa, 1929; ph.d.,
1934.

WALTER E. scHLARETZKi, Assistant Professor of Philosofhy

B.A., Monmouth College, 1941; m.a.. University of Illinois, 1942; ph.d., Cornell
University, 1948.

JOHN F. SCHMIDT, Instructor in Sociology

B.A., University of Chicago, 1941; m.a., 1946; ph.d., 1950.

M 126

Faculty

WOLFE w. SCHMOKEL, Lcctiirer in History QAtlantic^

B.A., University of Maryland, 1957; m.a., Yale University, 1958.

MARIE B. SCHMUCK, LectUTcr in Education

B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1948; m.ed., 1952.

IDA G. SCHOLL, LectuTCT in Foreign Languages

EARL A. SCHUCHARD, Lccturcr in Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Washington, 1933; M.S., 1934; ph.d., 1940.

ELMER c. SCOTT, Lecturer in Physics

A.B., Washington University, 1937; M.S., Ohio State University, 1941; ph.d.,
University of Michigan, 1948.

ARNOLD E. SEiGEL, Lccturcr in Aeronautical Engineering

B.S., University of Maryland, 1944; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
1947; PH.D., University of Amsterdam, 1952.

GLADYS SELLEW, Professor of Nursing

A.B., University of Cincinnati, 1918; b.s., 1920; m.a., 1921; ph.d.. Catholic Uni-
versity of America, 1938.

ROBERT s. SHAFFNER, Lccturet in Education
A.B., University of Maryland, 1948; m.ed., 1952.

HAROLD G. SHAZLEE, Lecturer in Mathematics
B.S., Oklahoma University, 1949; m.a., 1950.

DANIEL SHANKS, Lccturcr in Mathematics

B.S., University of Chicago, 1937; ph.d.. University of Maryland, 1954.

PAUL w. shankweiler, Associatc Professor of Sociology

ph.b., Mulilenberg, 1919; m.a., Columbia University, 1921; ph.d.. University of
North Carolina, 1934.

SOLOMON SHAPIRO, Lecturer in Psychology

B.S., Maryland State Teachers College, 1942; m.a., Johns Hopkins University, 1948;
PH.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

3. DONALD SHELBY, Assistant Professor of Economics
B.A., University of Cincinnati, 1947; ph.d.. University of California, 1955.

nviNG A. siRKEN, Lecturer in Economics
B.A., McGill University, 1942; m.a., 1943; ph.d., Harvard University, 1953.

ELEANOR L. SLACUM, Assistant Professor of Nursing
DIPLOMA IN NURSING, Cambridge Marj'land Hospital School of Nursing, 1928; B.s.,
University of Maryland, 1951.

'RANK J. SLAMA, Profcssor of Botany
B.S., University of Maryland, 1928; M.S., 1930; ph.d., 1935.

127 ►

Faculty

ZAKA I. SLAwsKY, Lecturer in Physics

B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1933; M.S., California Institute of Technology,
1935; PH.D., University of Michigan, 1938.

GAYLE s. SMITH, InsttuctoT in English

B.S., Iowa State College, 1948; m.a., Cornell University, 1951.

HARRISON SMITH, Lccturcr in History (Europe')

B.S., GeorgetovxTi University, 1939; m.a., 1942; fh.d., 1950; PH.D., Fribourg Uni-
versity, 1951.

SPENCER M. SMITH, JR., Assistant Professor of Economics
B.A., State University of Iowa, 1941; m.a., 1942; ph.d., 1948.

THOMAS E. SMUCK, Lccturcr in History (For East^

A.B., Chico State College, 1946; m.a., University of Cahfomia at Berkeley, 1947;
PH.D., 1952.

DAVID s. SPARKS, Assistant Professor of History

B.A., Grinnell College, 1944; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1945; PH.D., 1951.

EDWIN E. SPEAKER, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., United States Naval Academy, 1950; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology, 1956.

RICHARD F. SRB, Lccturer in History ^Europe')
B.A., Oxford University, 1953; M.S., 1953.

WILLIAM E. STAHR, Lecturer in English

A.B., University of Maryland, 1951; a.m., 1953.

STEPHEN STAMAS, Lecturer in Government and Politics

A.B., Harvard University, 1953; b.phil., Oxford University, 1955; ph.d.. Harvard
University, 1957.

THEODORE G. STANDING, Lecturer in Sociology (Eurofe^

B.A., William Penn College, 1925; m.a., State University of Iowa, 1929; ph.d., 1932.

E. THOMAS STARCHER, Instructor in Speech

B.A., University of Southern California, 1940; m.s.. University of Arkansas, 1948.

DOROTHY R. STEEPENS, Lecturer in Education

REUBEN G. STEINMEYER, Profcssor of Government and Politics
A.B., American University, 1929; ph.d., 1935.

FRANK STERN, Lccturcr in Physics

B.S., Union CoUege, 1949; ph.d., Princeton University ,1955.

GEORGE L. STEVENS, Lecturer in English

B.A., Loyola College, 1951; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1956.

CHARLES T. STEWART, Lccturcr in Education

M.A., University of California, 1936; ph.d., Columbia University, 1941.

'^ 128

Faculty

MARTHA c. STONE, Instructor in English

B.S., Southeast Missouri State College, 1927; m.a.. University of Missouri, 1927.

CHARLES DALE STORY, Lecturer in Government and Politics QAtlantic")
B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1950; m.a., 1952; ph.d., 1957.

WARREN L. STJiAusBAUGH, Associote ProfessoT and Head of Speech
B.S., Wooster College, 1932; m.a.. University of lovpa, 1935.

HERBERT L. SWAN, Lecturer in Speech (Europe')

PH.B., Brovra University, 1928; m.a.. University of Redlands, 1949.

JACK F. swEARMAN, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Cahfomia, S.T.C., 1951.

HAROLD F. SYLVESTER, Profcssor of Personnel Administration
PH.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1938.

MATTHEW TAYBACK, Lccturcr in Nursing

A.B., Harvard University, 1939; a.m., Columbia University, 1940; ss.D., Johns Hop-
kins School of Hygiene, 1953.

TED TAYLOR, JR., Instructor in Speech
B.L.I., Emerson College, 1954.

VIVIAN T. THAYER, LcctUTcr in Education
A.B., University of Wisconsin, 1922; m.a.; ph.d.

FEODOR THEiLHEiMER, Lecturer in Mathematics
PH.D., University of Berlin, 1936.

WILLIAM R. THiCKSTUN, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1947; m.a., 1949; ph.d., 1952.

FRED R. THOMPSON, Associate Professor of Education

B.A., University of Texas, 1929; m.a., 1939; ed.d.. University of Maryland, 1952.

RAYMOND THORBERG, Instructor in English

B.A., University of Alaska, 1939; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1946; ph.d., Cornell
University, 1954.

JOHN LESTER TiERNEY, Lecturer in Business and Ptihlic Administration

A.B., University of Minnesota, 1929; ll.b.. University of Wisconsin, 1938; ll.m.,
George Washington University, 1956.

WILLIAM F. TIERNEY, Associate Professor of Industrial Education

B.S., Teachers College of Connecticut, 1941; m.a., Ohio State University, 1949; ed.d..
University of Maryland, 1952.

JAMES H. TIMBERLAKE, JR., Lecturer in History (Europe)

B.A., Hampden-Sydney College, 1943; m.a.. Harvard University, 1950; ph.d., 1955.

HORACE M. TRENT, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering

B.A., Berea College, 1928; m.a., Lidiana University, 1929; ph.d., 1934.

129 ►

Faculty

ORVAL L. ULRY, Associate Professor of Education

B.S., Ohio State University, 1938; m.a., 1944; ph.d., 1953.

JAMES R. UMPHREY, Lecturer in Speech QEurope^
A.B., University of Michigan, 1952; m.a., 1954.

JOHN N. VAN DUSEN, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., Loyola University of Los Angeles, 1951; m.s., Oklahoma State University, 1956.

WILLIAM VAN ROYEN, ProfessoT and Head of Geography

M.A., Rijksuniverisiteit Utrecht, 1925; ph.d., Clark University, 1928.

NELSON s. VAN VALEN, Lecturer in History (Ewrope)

B.A., Swarthmore, 1948; m.a., Claremont Graduate School, 1951.

JAMES A. VAN zwoLL, Professor of Education

A.B., Calvin College, 1933; m.a., University of Michigan, 1937; ph.d., 1942.

FRANCIS A. VELTRE, Instructor in Microbiology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1954.

HAROLD J. VETTER, JR., Lecturer in Psychology QEurope')
B.A., University of BufiFalo, 1949; m.a., 1952; ph.d., 1955.

MARY B. WACKWiTZ, Lecturer in Education

B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; m.a., Columbia University, 1953.

WALTER w. WADA, Lecturcr in Physics

B.A., University of Utah, 1943; m.a.. University of Michigan, 1946; ph.d., 1950.

ROBERT s. WALDROP, Lecturer in Psychology

B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1934; ph.d.. University of Michigan, 1948.

JAMES A. WALKER, Instructor in English

B.A., Amherst College, 1939; m.a.. Harvard University, 1941; ph.d., 1948.

ROGER w, WALKER, Lccturcr in Economics
B.A., University of Miami, 1953; m.a., 1954.

VIRGIL R. WALKER, Lecturer in Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; m.a., 1933; ph.d., 1957.

ROALD K. WANGSNEss, Lecturer in Physics

B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944; ph.d., Stanford University, 1950.

KATHRYN P. WARD, Associate Professor of English

A.B., George Washington University, 1935; m.a., 1937; ph.d., 1946.

GLENN E. WARNEKiNG, Lecturer in Education

B.A., Nebraska Wesleyan University, 1951; m.ed.. University of Nebraska, 1954.

WILLIAM E. WATERS, JR., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Kentucky, 1947; m.s., 1949.

wiLMER A. wATROus, Instructor in Industrial Management
B.S., University of California, 1940; m.a., 1946.

^ 130

Faculty

LiNViLL F. WATSON, Lecturer in Sociology (Euro'pe')
A.B., University of Pennsylvania, 1939; ph.d., 1953.

EDWABD c. WATTERS, Lccturer in Electrical Engineering

B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1943; M.S., 1946; ph.d.. University of Maryland,
1954.

fRED w. WELLBORN, Professor of History

B.A., Baker University, 1918; m.a.. University of Kansas, 1923; ph.d.. University of
Wisconsin, 1926.

PHIL WELSH, Instructor in Psychology
B.A., Temple University, 1950; m.a., 1951.

NORMAN I. WENGERT, Profcssor of Government and Politics

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1938; m.a., Fletcher School, 1939; ll.b.. University
of Wisconsin, 1942; ph.d., 1947.

JAMES P. WESTON, Lecturer in Mathematics
B.S., Louisiana State University, 1948; m.s., 1950.

JAMES J. WHALEN, Lccturer in Psychology (Eurofe^

A.B., Franklin and Marshall College, 1950; M.S., Pennsylvania State University,
1952; PH.D., 1955.

PHILIP D. WHEATON, Lecturer in History (Eurofe')

A.B., Clark University, 1938; m.ed., 1946; ph.d.. University of Maryland, 1955.

J. PATRICK WHITE, LectuTer in History (Ewrope)

B.A., University of Michigan, 1949; m.a., 1950; ph.d., 1956.

PAUL w. WHITNEY, Instructor in English

B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1950; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1952.

FRANCES c. wiCKHAM, Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Cathohc University of America, 1947; m.a., 1957.

GLADYS A. wiGGiN, Professor of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1929; m.a., 1939; ph.d.. University of Maryland, 1947.

LARMAN c. WILSON, Lccturcr in Government and Politics ^Atlantic')
B.A., Nebraska State College, 1952; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1957.

ROBERT E. WILSON, Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering

B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1941; m.s., 1942; ph.d., University of Texas,
1952.

MAURICE R. WOLFE, Lecturer in Sociology (Europe)
A.B., University of California at Berkeley, 1948; m.a., 1952.

DALE E. woLGAMUTH, Instructor in Speech

B.A., Western Reserve University, 1954; m.a., 1955.

131 ►

Faculty

JOHN A. WORTMAN, LectureT in Government and Politics QEurofe')

B.A., Macalester College, 1951; m.a., Columbia University, 1953; ph.d.. University
of Minnesota, 1958.

THEODORE WYCKOFF, LectuvBT in Government and Politics

B.A., University of California at Los Angeles, 1942; m.a., Princeton University,
1957; M.P.A., 1957.

MATTHEW YARCZOWER, LectuYcr in Psychology

B.A., City College of Nevi^ York, 1953; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1955; ph.d.,
1958.

CHARLES H. YOUNG, Lccturer in Mathematics
B.S., Purdue University, 1942.

VIRGINIA H. YOUNG, LecturcT in Education

A.B., Goucher College, 1928; m.ed., Johns Hopkins University, 1943.

w. GORDON ZESVELD, ProfcssoT of English

A.B., University of Rochester, 1924; m.a.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1929;
PH.D., 1936.

JANY N. ZEMEL, Lecturer in Physics

A.B., Syracuse University, 1949; M.S., 1953; ph.d., 1956.

CECELIA M. ziTKtTS, Assistant Professor of Nursing

A.B., Orsuline College, 1940; diploma in nursing, St. Alexes School of Nursing,
R.N., 1943; M.A., University of Maryland, 1954.

ADOLF E. zucKER, ProfessoT and Head of Foreign Languages

A.B., University of IIHnois, 1912; a.m., 1913; ph.d.. University of Pennsylvania, 1917.

< 132

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Combined catalog. Vol. 1, College Park, University of Maryland"

See other formats